Abrasive Wheels Online Course IIRSM andamp; CPD ApprovedCOURSE DESCRIPTIONThis course is aimed at anyone who uses abrasive wheels, or employs people who use abrasive wheels as part of their work.There are a wide range of tools and processes that use abrasive wheels and ensuring these are used correctly and safely is of paramount importance. Applications range from hand grinding to disc cutting. They can be used at all stages of a work process, for making preliminary cuts and scores in materials, or for fine polishing and finishing.Different wheels will have different properties and characteristics suitable for particular tasks. They also have different weaknesses and can pose different risks and hazards in handling and use. For this reason, it’s important that you always select the right abrasive wheel for the job and use it with the right machinery. This course covers the anatomy of an abrasive wheel, the dangers associated with their use, Storage and handling and much more.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introducing Abrasive WheelsModule 2:The Anatomy of an Abrasive WheelModule 3:The Dangers of Abrasive WheelsModule 4:Abrasive Wheel SafetyModule 5:Safe SpeedsModule 6:Other Wheel MarkingsModule 7:Storage and HandlingModule 8:Checking and TestingModule 9:Training and Certification Module 10: Inspections Module 11: Course SummaryDuration: 100 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Occasional employee absence is unavoidable, but frequent absence comes at a considerable cost to an organisation. Absent employees cost their employers money and time and repeated absence can lower morale. A team will feel discouraged if one or more of their members are often away from work and this can lead to resentment and tension in the workplace. Ultimately, persistent employee absence has a detrimental effect on profits and can damage valuable relationships between a business and its clients. Therefore, all organisations need to take a proactive approach when it comes to absence management and prevention. Fortunately, you can reduce absenteeism by understanding the underlying causes and taking practical steps to reduce it. In this course, you will learn why employees may be absent from work, how to handle instances of absence, how to help those with genuine reasons for absence return to the workplace and how to discipline employees who are absent without good cause. You will discover how to strike a balance between supporting the needs of your organisation while promoting the health and wellbeing of its employees. You Will Learn: What is meant by employee absence, the financial costs of absence and why it is imperative that all businesses think carefully about how to handle it. The most common reasons for both short-term and long-term absences and how the causes of absence vary by sector. The elements that make up a good absence management policy and how to ensure that it is implemented in a consistent way. The practical steps line managers and business owners can take when disciplining and dismissing employees with a history of frequent or prolonged absences. How to prevent absence by improving working conditions, raising morale and offering effective incentives. Benefits Of Taking This Course: If you are in a management role, this course will give you the confidence to talk to employees about absence and to implement absence policies. If you are responsible for drawing up absence policies, this course will help you devise fair, effective procedures that promote a healthy workplace. If you own a business or are the head of an organisation, this course will encourage you to examine your workplace culture and understand how it may foster a culture of absenteeism. You will gain practical insights into measures that reduce employee absence, which will allow you to immediately start tackling the problem in your own organisation. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is Absence Management and Why is it a Priority Module 2: The Causes of Employee Absence Module 3: What Makes for a Good Absence Management Policy? Module 4: Disciplining and Dismissing Employees on the Basis of Absence Module 5: Reducing Workplace Absence Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Achieving Food Hygiene Rating Level 5 Online Course IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedIn December 2008 the Food Standards Agency agreed a National Food Hygiene Rating Scheme. It is now running in all areas of Wales, Northern Ireland and in 99% of England. In practice the rating scheme is designed to ensure that businesses that are broadly compliant with food law and are managing food safety risks will receive a rating of three … and those who are managing the risk well will receive a rating of four or five. However, significant lapses in any of the scoring criteria can also have a significant effect on the rating. This course is intended to give you an overview of how the National Food Hygiene Rating Scheme works, what the scoring criteria are and how these are assessed by the inspectors, the appeals process, the Safer Food Better Business management system, E-Coli and concludes with some practical advice for ensuring your premises gets the best score possible.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1:Food Hygiene Ratings – An IntroductionModule 2: Scoring CriteriaModule 3: AppealsModule 4: Safer Food Better Business (SFBB)Module 5: E.ColiModule 6: Good Hygiene Structure and CleaningDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Achieving Sales on the Telephone course will teach you the skills and give you the tools you need to succeed in any telesales position in the UK. This training course is filled with information about how you can take your basic telephone skills and enhance them to push yourself forward in a telephone sales career. Making sales via telephone is a challenge for most, but this course teaches students tried and true techniques for telephone sales. You will get a full introduction to the world of telephone sales, and as you work through the course, you will not only receive information about telesales in general, you will also obtain the skills and information to succeed in your chosen field and enhance your earning capabilities. Introduction to the Achieving Sales on the Telephone Course This online training course gives you the advantage of being able to study on your own time, and at your own pace. You can continue to work whilst taking the course, and when finishing, you will have the certification you need to succeed in the telephone sales industry. You can access this course from any device with internet access, and you will also have full online support as you study. The course is also broken up into easy to digest modules, which help to make it easy to manage, even for those who have only a short time each day or week to study. Upon completing this course, you will take a multiple choice test. When passing the test, you will receive your certificate in Achieving Sales on the Telephone, which you can use to accelerate your career. You can download and print your certificate. What You Will Learn When you take the Achieving Sales on the Telephone course, you will receive a full overview of working in telephone sales. This course includes: An introduction to telesales. Information about the skills a successful telephone sales person requires for success. A look at what makes people buy something, and how you can use these motivations to your advantage. How to communicate with people effectively. An introduction to neurolinguistic programming, and how to learn to use it naturally. How to use call script samples, and how to personalise them to your style. Information on learning about the products and services you sell, and how to effectively present these to potential customers. How to build trust with a potential customer, and how to deal with concerns and objections a potential customer might have Information on closing the sale and getting a repeat customer Benefits of the Achieving Sales on the Telephone Course There are so many benefits of completing the Achieving Sales on the Telephone course including these: The ability to study anywhere and everywhere that is suitable for you, as long as you have an online connection. Study at your own pace. You can do the course in days, weeks, or even months. Since the course is broken down into short modules, you will experience an easy way to learn. Online support is available, allowing you to stay on track. Improve your prospects when seeking out a job in telesales. Affordable pricing. When completing the course, you will receive a certification that you can trust. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 6 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Introduction Module 2 : What Makes People Buy? Module 3 : Call Scripts and Individual style Module 4 : Your Product or Service and Business Module 5 : Closing the Sale Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
ADHD Awareness Video Based Online Course CPD ApprovedDescriptionADHD is a chronic condition that creates a range of persistent symptoms such as difficulty sustaining attention, hyperactivity and impulsive behaviour.The course covers the definitions of ADHD, the different types of ADHD and how to recognise some key signs and symptoms.Beyond this the course will look at some of the possible causes of ADHD, how it is diagnosed and how it can be treated, including environmental changes, types of therapy and medication that can be prescribed.The course concludes with some advice for people living with or caring for those with ADHD and provides some practical advice for supporting children, teenagers and adults with the condition.Learning ObjectivesBy the end of this course, you will be able to: Define the types of ADHD and recognise the numerous symptoms that need to be exhibited to help with diagnosis. Understand that that ADHD is chronic condition that runs from childhood right through to adulthood. State the methods of assessment that lead to diagnosis. Identify treatment regimes, from therapy to medical intervention. Understand how symptoms can be managed and how an individual with ADHD can be helped. Target AudienceThis course will prove useful to anyone who works with or has regular contact with children or adults with ADHD.AdvantagesOnline training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.Further ProgressionThere are a lot of courses in our health and social care suite that would make great follow ups to this course and if you are in the adult social care sector then they would all provide valuable additions to your knowledge.DEMO VIDEODuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Adobe CC Creative Cloud Master Training Bundle Take your creative skills to the max level with our Mega Adobe Creative Cloud Training Bundle. This Adobe Training bundle provides students with the knowledge to fully utilize the most comprehensive suite of products offered in the Adobe Creative Cloud and includes training for PhotoShop, Lightroom, Illustrator, InDesign, Dreamweaver, Adobe XD and much more. Who is this Adobe Creative Cloud Training Series for?Whether you're a beginner to Adobe software or an advanced user, our online training programs will provide the fundamental knowledge and skill set necessary for mastering as many of the Adobe software programs as possible. For those who are already familiar with the system, they offer instruction on more intricate features and concepts.About Our 15 Online Training CoursesEnhance your design skillset with a comprehensive bundle of 15 courses! With over 87 hours of high-quality video tutorials that are all on demand training courses, plus resources to help you succeed, you'll be well on your way to becoming an Adobe CC master. Expert instructors will guide you through the ins and outs of Photoshop, Illustrator, InDesign andamp; Lightroom – all that's left for you is to put it into practice!Each course ensures you are up and running with the basics such as navigating through the interface, customizing preferences, manipulating layers to create effects, styling text, and publishing your work. Follow along using our project files or develop projects of your own! Whether you're a beginner or an experienced professional, this Mega Adobe Creative Cloud Training Series will give you the opportunity to hone your design skills and create stunning visuals using industry-leading software. Dive into image editing, vector graphic creation, and page layout with top of the line Adobe Creative Cloud applications. Our online training course covers graphic design, illustration, animation, sound editing, video editing and more, students are able to immerse themselves in a world of creative fun and productivity. The Adobe CC Master Digital Marketing Bundle includes the following courses:Adobe Photoshop CCThis Adobe Photoshop Training course is designed to equip you with the essential basics of Photoshop so that you can maximize its potential. Upon finishing, it is expected that you will be familiar enough with the program to open and import files, take advantage of navigational tools adeptly, understand fundamental imaging concepts without difficulty , perform simple editing tasks efficiently, as well as generate images appropriate for print or web-based presentations.Adobe Premiere Pro CCAdobe Premiere Pro is the industry-standard tool for timeline-based editing, which makes Premier Pro expertise a valuable commodity in the workplace. The purpose of this course is to introduce basic Premiere Pro training features and concepts so that you can use the program effectively.Adobe Illustrator CCIn this Adobe Illustrator Training Course, we’ll talk about the differences between vectors and pixel graphics as well as different color modes and when to use them. We will also explore Illustrator’s expansive toolset and apply them to real world applications such as logos, custom illustrations and vectorizing photographs.Adobe After Effects CCThis Adobe After Effects CC tutorials course is designed to provide an accessible introduction to Adobe After Effects for both novices and experienced users. You’ll start with the fundamentals, learning how to navigate the Effects interface so you can begin creating projects right away! As your skills grow, we’ll delve into more sophisticated features such as mastering workflow techniques, applying effects and presets animating text, constructing shape layers animations and showing off a multimedia presentation.Adobe Audition CCIn this Adobe Audition training course you will learn to record, edit, and mix audio just like the pros. Adobe Audition is one of the best audio mixing software suites you can use. Musicians, podcasters and video producers alike prefer it, as It works seamlessly with other Adobe applications like Premiere Pro and After Effects.Adobe Lightroom CCIn this Adobe Lightroom Course, you will learn the basic tools and editing fundamentals in order to take your photography work to the next level via professional post-production.Adobe InDesign CCAdobe InDesign is an indispensable tool for anyone looking to create cohesive layouts that combine text and visuals. In our Adobe InDesign training course, you will learn it can be used to create dynamic materials such as books, magazines, brochures or portfolios; with InDesign ou can also craft eye-catching business cards, advertisements, posters and flyers that are sure to make a lasting impression!Adobe BehanceThrough this online Adobe Behance Course, you will uncover the power of Adobe Behance—a service included in Adobe Creative Cloud. Not only will you learn to display and promote your creative work, but also discover other inspiring artists’ projects!. Creative professionals will be able to build profiles consisting of projects and others can comment, work, etc. on those projects within this creative community destination.Adobe FontsIn this online Adobe Fonts Training course you will learn how to access a library of high-quality fonts to use in your designs. These fonts can be used in numerous projects, such as ads, websites, and various graphic design projects. This fundamental training course is great for anyone working in the creative field and uses graphic design for any portion of their job responsibilities.Adobe PortfolioThis Adobe Portfolio Training course will teach you how to use this online, social-media based website editor. You will learn how to create, manage, and personalize your work in order to showcase it to others. This course is great for anyone in the graphic design field, as well as all those involved in a creative profession.Adobe StockIn this Adobe Stock Training course you will learn how to access millions of high-quality, curated, and royalty-free photos. Adobe Stock also includes illustrations, vector graphics, and many more creative tools. You can use these assets with any and all of your creative work.Adobe Dreamweaver CCThis Adobe Dreamweaver Training course will teach you how to gain an understanding of web concepts, coding languages, resolutions practices, as well as basic code, and design process on how to build your website with Adobe Dreamweaver CC. Adobe Premiere RushThis Adobe Premiere Rush Course will teach you how to use this video editing software that is meant to create videos quickly and easily. Although it is more simplified than the related Adobe Premiere Pro, it is a very robust program that can do powerful high-quality editing.Adobe SparkThis course is comprised of three different programs geared towards creating social media and web-based content, Adobe Spark Post, Adobe Spark Page, and Adobe Spark Video. The course is intended for people who are content creators for the internet and who need fast editing capabilities to create professional-looking media content.Adobe XDAdobe XD is the ideal Vector based software for UI and UX Designers to create remarkable prototypes, wireframes, and designs for interactive screen-based applications such as websites or mobile apps. This program offers a great opportunity to quickly learn to craft design models that are compatible with screens or mobiles in no time at all! Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: We use the industry's finest instructors who have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Our custom practice quizzes and tests prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Advanced English Spelling Certificate Good spelling skills are essential in every professional environment. They help you to clearly communicate complex messages. However, the English language is complicated and it’s easy to make mistakes. This course will teach you how to avoid the most common pitfalls when it comes to spelling, capitalization, prefixes, and suffixes. You will also learn how to use spelling games, in order to cement your knowledge. You Will Learn: How to spell some of the most confusing words in the English language and where people usually go wrong How to use prefixes, to change the meaning of a word and when to use a hyphen between a prefix and a base word How to use suffixes, to change the meaning of a word, including the rules governing the use of vowel and consonant suffixes When to use capital letters and how you can use spelling exercises and games in order to improve your understanding Benefits of Studying This Course Whatever your occupation, this course will help you create more professional business correspondence, e-mail messages, and more. Building your spelling skills will also help you improve your reading ability, which is useful both in and outside of work. If you are responsible for proofreading documents as part of your job, this course will help you identify errors. If you work in the education or training sector, this course will help you assist others in developing their literacy skills. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Commonly Misspelt Words Module 02: Using Prefixes Module 03: Using Suffixes Module 04: Capitalisation and Spelling Games and Puzzles Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Are you looking for an opportunity to push your career forward to the next level? Do you have your eye on a promotional opportunity at work and want to gain more knowledge and skill in the advertising industry? Do you want to improve your knowledge and possibly change your career completely? Our advertising diploma will provide you with all the information you need to enjoy a successful career in advertising at a price you can afford. If you have a creative flair, if you want to put marketing strategies together and help your company achieve it's goals, then this advertising diploma may be just what you are looking for. Introduction to the Advertising Diploma This diploma offers the convenience of online learning. You access all the information packed modules via the internet, which enables you to study using any device at any time. You can even study on your way home from a full day at work on the bus, train or tube. The course is broken into easy to manage modules, all of which take around thirty minutes to complete. Once you have completed the course you will take the multiple choice test and on passing, you will have the chance to download and print your certificate immediately. In the event you don't pass the first time, don't despair, you will be given a second chance to go through the modules and take the test again. You will have the unique opportunity to study at your own pace, in your own time and from any device to gain the certification you need to boost your career moving forward. What you will learn This course is broken into eighteen easy to manage and information packed modules, each module will give you the knowledge you need to enjoy a successful career in advertising. You can expect to gain a wealth of knowledge when taking this course. You will learn: Take a deeper look into advertising and understand the difference between advertising and marketing. Learn about media planning, what it is, the process and scheduling, to name a few. Understand what marketing strategies are, why they are important and how they can benefit your company. Get insight into the purpose of adverts. This module will take a closer look at the history of adverts, how adverts benefit a company and viral advertising. Understand the importance of market research in advertising and how this can be of benefit. Learn about customer research and satisfaction and the different types of research you can carry out at any time. Take a look at setting budgets and how to stick to them. Learn about message positioning. Understand how to define your brands message and how to create messages. Learn the different elements of an advertising campaign. Get a good understanding on how to create the perfect advert. Learn how to buy advertising space while focusing on your target customers. Learn what viral marketing is. Master social media marketing. Identify common mistakes and learn how to avoid them at all costs. Learn about advertising abbreviations Understand the advertising law in the United Kingdom. Know the different of online and print advertising. Examine different advertising examples. Understand the various career opportunities you can take advantage of in advertising. Benefits of the Advertising Diploma There are numerous benefits you will find when you take and successfully complete this advertising course. The benefits include: Gain essential knowledge and skills to achieve success in the fast paced advertising industry. Study online at your own convenience, in your own time and at your own pace Study using any device, as long as it connects to the internet Enjoy the convenience of an online tutor Have lifetime access to your course content online Affordable price Fast track your career Certified diploma accepted by leading employers in the advertising industry. Ability to take what you are learning and use it in your current working environment without delay. Easy to understand modules, broken down and brimming with valuable information. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 18 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all 18 modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the 18 modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: In-depth Look at Advertising Module 2 : Media Planning Module 3 : Marketing Strategies Module 4 : The Purpose of Adverts Module 5 : Market Research Module 6 : Designing the Budget Module 7 : Positioning Your Message Module 8 : Elements of an Advertising Campaign Module 9 : Recipe for a Perfect Advert Module 10 : Buying Advertising Space Module 11 : Viral Marketing Module 12 : Mastering the Art of Social Media Marketing Module 13 : Avoiding Pitfalls in Marketing and Advertising Module 14 : Understanding the Important Abbreviations in Advertising Module 15: Advertising and the Law in the UK Module 16: Print and Online Advertising Module 17: Important Advertising Examples Module 18: Career Opportunities in Marketing and Advertising Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description There is a lawful requirement for every licensed premises to make sure that they have an age verification policy relating to the supply of alcohol on their premises. This online age verification training course enables you to complete the legal requirement by providing you with a “model age verification policy” and by detailing each of the procedures you need to follow in order to verify the age and I.D. of younger and younger looking customers. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Current law on age verification for alcohol sales How to go about challenging for proof of age Exactly what a policy on age verification should say How to make the decision to ask for proof of age Explaining why you are asking for a proof of age Identifying which proofs of age are and are not acceptable Some common conflict scenarios Procedures for putting the policy into practice Refusing a proxy sale of alcohol How you should deal with an angry or abusive customer who won’t take no for an answer Techniques to adopt if the customer won’t accept a refusal to serve Your exit from a high-risk situation The consequences for failing to implement a policy on age verification for the sale of alcohol. Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description An agenda is essentially a meeting plan that outlines key items and topics to be discussed, and in what order. Depending on the purpose of the meeting and nature of your business, the agenda may be very simple, containing only a few items, or it may be more in-depth. The main goal, however, is always the same – to inform and prepare meeting participants in advance, and to ensure a smooth meeting process. This course will be providing an overview of agenda-setting, why it’s important, how to create an effective agenda, as well as how to use an agenda to run a successful meeting. You Will Learn: About the function of agenda-setting Why agenda setting is important How to create a well-planned agenda How to use an agenda to run a more effective meeting Benefits of Studying This Course You will better understand the role agenda setting plays in preparing for a meeting You will learn how a well-planned agenda can benefit the organizer and participants of a meeting Your knowledge of agenda-setting will equip you with the tools needed to lead more productive and effective meetings You will be able to ensure that team members are well-prepared and encouraged to attend Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction Module 02: The Benefits of Agenda Setting Module 03: Creating and Sharing the Agenda Module 04: Using an Agenda to Run an Effective Meeting Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Alcohol is not harmful when consumed in moderation, but the effects of alcohol abuse and dependency can be severe. Problematic drinking not only affects an individual’s private life, but can also have a detrimental impact on their performance at work. This can result in decreased productivity, low morale and high absence rates. 7% of adults regularly exceed recommended safe limits for alcohol consumption. This means that most organisations will employ workers with problematic drinking habits at some point and it is best to prepare in advance for the possibility that an employee may at some stage require help to overcome their alcohol abuse or addiction.Alcohol abuse is a sensitive subject and employers may feel ill-prepared to approach and assist employees who need help. Fortunately, organisations can learn how to reduce levels of problematic drinking among their employees, offer support to workers who need help controlling their alcohol intake and take steps to create a healthy, safe working environment. This course contains practical advice for employers across all sectors. You Will Learn: What alcohol misuse and addiction are, why problematic drinking has negative effects on both an employee and their organisation and why employers have a legal duty to address alcohol abuse in the workplace. Why every employer needs to draw up a comprehensive alcohol policy and the key issues to consider when putting together a policy document. How to spot signs of alcohol abuse in the workplace, how to approach an employee who misuses alcohol and the support an employee may require during treatment. Why some workers are more likely than others to abuse alcohol, how a working environment can contribute to alcohol misuse and the role of screening in the workplace. Benefits Of Taking This Course: If you are in a supervisory role, you will benefit from learning how to identify the most common signs of alcohol abuse in your team. If you work in an HR role, this course will provide you with valuable background information regarding alcohol abuse. This will help you offer support to employees who engage in problematic drinking. If you are in a management or HR role, you will benefit from the opportunity to learn how to put together an effective alcohol policy. If you are considering a career in occupational health, this course will provide you with a useful introduction to the impact of alcohol on employees and organisations. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Why Employers Need to Think About Alcohol at Work Module 2: The Elements of a Good Alcohol Policy Module 3: How to Help Employees Who Misuse Alcohol Module 4: Preventing Problematic Drinking in the Workplace Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Alcohol Personal Licence Holder Online Course CPD andamp; Laser Awards ApprovedThe alcohol licensing laws of the United Kingdom regulate the sale and consumption of alcohol. Any organisation, business or individual who wishes to sell alcohol must have a licence. This is obtained from a Licensing Authority.This course starts with an overview of UK alcohol licensing laws and the importance of promoting the four key licensing objectives.The three main types of licence are covered, including applications, conditions, representations, and reviews. You'll learn about the legal duties of personal licence holders, and how to deal with Licensing Authorities, along with information relating to objections, fees and hearings.The course will also discuss issues surrounding Temporary Event Notices, and mandatory conditions, which are compulsory for all licensed premises.It'll also look in detail at the major issue of age verification - and you'll learn about the licensing laws and best practices as they apply to children and under 18s.Finally, it outlines the responsibilities involved in alcohol retailing including drinking guidelines and how to avoid and reduce conflict.DEMO VIDEOTaget AudienceAnyone working in, or wanting a career in the hospitality industry who wants to open up promotion opportunities or to move into a role that requires a personal licence. AdvantagesOnline training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life.Further ProgressionOther courses that would be useful for candidates taking this one include; Drug Awareness, Conflict Management and Leadership skills.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introduction Module 2: Premises LicencesModule 3: Personal Licences and Club Premises CertificatesModule 4: Dealing with Licensing AuthoritiesModule 5: Types of Businesses Selling AlcoholModule 6: Representations and Mandatory ConditionsModule 7: Licensing Authority PowersModule 8: Children and 18's Module 9: Responsibility in Alcohol Retailing Duration: 90 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course has been designed to comply with the new EU legislation law which came into force in December 2014. This module will show you how to provide allergy information on pre-packed or unpackaged foods. It will cover what effects allergies may have to the body, considerations of allergies in the factory, How allergenic ingredients should be displayed on a label, Identifying allergens in example of dishes in the restaurant and How food businesses should be providing consumers with allergen information about the non-prepacked food they serve. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES This module will show you how to provide allergy information on pre-packed or unpackaged foods. It will cover what effects allergies may have to the body, considerations of allergies in the factory, How allergenic ingredients should be displayed on a label, Identifying allergens in example of dishes in the restaurant and How food businesses should be providing consumers with allergen information about the non-prepacked food they serve. Courses Include 2 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Allergen Awareness Online Course CPD andamp; RoSPA ApprovedAllergies occur when the body’s immune system reacts to a usually harmless substance as though it is harmful. Why this happens, isn’t clear. However, most sufferers come from families that have a history of allergies, or related problems. Every year, the number of people with allergies is increasing so having an awareness of potential allergens and why they can be harmful is becoming more important, particularly if you work in the service industry. This course covers general allergies, food allergies and food intolerances and explain the differences between them. It covers the 14 allergens controlled by legislation along with food additives and how they can trigger allergic reactions. It takes a detailed look at the symptoms of food allergies and takes in the wider picture discussing the current theories of why rates are increasing. It then finishes off by covering practical steps that can be taken to reduce the risk from allergens and also what steps can be taken both internally and externally to monitor the control measures. Target Audience This course is aimed at anyone working within the food industry and can be sold to individuals or pitched to businesses who might want to put all of their staff through the training. Advantages Allergic reactions can have serious consequences so knowing which substances can cause them and how to avoid cross contamination is vital to anyone working in the food industry CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life Further Progression Our Food Safety level 2 courses go hand in hand with Allergen Awareness as they provide detailed information on food safety and hygiene practices. They are industry specific so more relevant than generic courses and should be completed by anyone who is handling food. For supervisors and managers in the food industry our Introduction to HACCP Level 2 course provides an in depth introduction to Hazard Analysis and managing critical control points so that food remains safe for consumption from farm to fork. As with many of our Health and Safety courses if candidates are undertaking this training it is likely that other subjects such as Fire Safety or Slips Trips and Falls will also be relevant to them.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1:Food Intolerance and Allergens: the BasicsModule 2:Food Intolerances - Causes and SymptomsModule 3:Allergies - Causes and SymptomsModule 4: Allergen FactsModule 5: Food Allergens and the LawModule 6: Food Allergens - Practical Steps Module 7: Allergen Information for Consumers Module 6: Internal Monitoring and Review Module 6: External Monitoring and ReviewDuration: 100 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Alternative Healing Therapies Certificate consists of three different courses: Crystal Healing Certificate The Crystal Healing Certificate course offers students the opportunity to learn all about the healing power of crystals. This training course provides all the necessary information to help you begin a career in this field. This course is ideal for therapists, medical students, or for others who wish to learn more about this subject. The use of contemporary and alternative medicine is a rapidly increasing trend. Crystal therapy, or crystal healing, is a form of alternative medicine, or vibrational medicine that involves the application of crystals or gemstones. As you work through this online training course, you will obtain a comprehensive overview into how these crystals are utilised, the conditions they treat, and the different types of crystals that are used. Colour Therapy Certificate The colour therapy course offers students all the necessary information required to perform colour therapy. This training course provides students with instruction that will put you on the path to beginning a career in this field. This course is ideal for students interested in learning more about alternative therapies. Colour therapy is a holistic procedure that employs the use of colours to treat illness and balance energies in the body. This holistic approach is a method known to treat a myriad of general health conditions. As you work through this course you will gain a comprehensive overview of the history of colour therapy and how the process works. Sound Healing Certificate The Sound Healing Course offers students the ability to learn all about the use of therapeutic sound frequencies for the treatment of various physical, mental and spiritual conditions. This is an excellent course for individuals who wish to find out more about holistic healing techniques and the human body. Sound is a very powerful healing tool that works on blocked or dysfunctional energy systems. This ancient holistic healing method dates back thousands of years and is used in modern medicine today. Students taking this course will gain an overview of how sound healing works, its benefits and how to perform the different treatment techniques. You will also learn how to begin a career utilising sound healing in the United Kingdom. Crystal Healing Certificate Module 1 : What’s Behind Crystal Healing Module 2 : About Amethyst and Apatite Module 3 : Green Serpentine, Turquoise Gemstone and Quartz Module 4 : The Blood Stone and How to Choose the Right Crystals Colour Therapy Certificate Module 1 : THE ORIGINS OF COLOUR HEALING Module 2 : HOW DOES COLOUR HEALING WORK? Module 3 : Chakras, Application of Colour and Colour Therapy Module 4 : COLOUR IN OUR LIVING ENVIRONMENT Module 5 : COLOUR LIST Sound Healing Certificate Module 1 : Sound Healing and The Chakras Module 2 : Understanding Sound and Light Module 3 : Grounding and Chakra Sounds Module 4 : Sound Therapy Module 5 : Sound and Music in our Environment Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The Alternative Healing Therapies Certificate Course consists of 3 courses. Each course consists of between 4 and 5 individual modules. Modules can take from 20 to 90 minutes to complete. You are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total. Course Content This program features 3 individual courses: Crystal Healing Online Training Course Colour Therapy Online Training Course Sound Therapy Online Training Course Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course has been designed to provide you with an awareness of the 'National Early Warning Score' in its current form (aka. NEWS2).This course will cover the following: Learning Outcomes Signs and Symptoms of Sepsis What Is NEWS2 How Does NEWS2 Work Using NEWS2 When Identifying and Monitoring Sepsis Where Should NEWS2 Be Used Changes to NEWS2 Case Study Implementing NEWS2 Summary of NEWS2 Useful Resources and References By the end of this course, you will be able to read a NEWS2 chart and will understand the numerical scoring system. You will also know the physiological parameters that are included in NEWS2. It also covers the use of NEWS2 in identifying and monitoring sepsis. The purpose of the course is not to measure competency in diagnosing or treating patients with sepsis, nor is it meant to be used to measure competency in completing a NEWS2 chart. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Anaphylaxis (also known as anaphylactic shock) is a severe potentially fatal allergic reaction. It is your body's immune system reacting badly to the presence of a foreign object (e.g food or a substance) it wrongly perceives as a threat. Your whole body is affected, usually within minutes of contact with an allergen but sometimes the reaction can take place hours later. There is a sudden drop in blood pressure and narrowing of the airways. Anaphylactic shock can lead to death due to obstructed breathing or extremely low blood pressure Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is Anaphylaxis Signs andamp; Symptoms Who is affected? Causes and Triggers Causes of Anaphylaxis Diagnosing Anaphylaxis Treating someone who has Anaphylaxis The Recovery Position Courses Include 2 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Our pets are often one of the biggest sources of joy in our lives. With their boundless energy, impeccable senses and loving companionship, animals are an integral part of any family, and, as with any family member, our pets can fall ill or suffer health problems with age. Being able to help your pet feel better, even as they age, is often a goal of many pet owners. People who invest their time into learning more about animal physiotherapy benefit by gaining a new perspective on holistic veterinary medicine, how to resolve certain health conditions in their particular breed of animal, feel confident in meeting their pet’s needs and more. Becoming an animal physiotherapist can be an even greater challenge with more fulfilling rewards. In this course, you will learn more about animal physiotherapy and how people can train to become animal physiotherapists. What You Will Learn What animal physiotherapy is, why it is used and when it may not be an option for your pet The different types of physiotherapy treatments and assistive devices that are used to help animals How an animal physiotherapist assesses pets in physical therapy treatments How to get certified and become a veterinary physiotherapist The Benefits of Taking This Course: Understand the non-invasive treatments that can help your pet feel better, regain fitness and more the situations where a veterinarian may prescribe physical therapy for your pet and when they may advise against it You become closer to your pet and develop a deeper understanding of your pet’s fitness and physical health needs Understand the ways to help your pet at home with animal physiotherapy and when to seek out a professional Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What Animal Physiotherapy Is and Why It Is Used Module 02: Types of Animal Physiotherapy Treatments and Assistive Devices Module 03: How an Animal Physiotherapist Assesses a Pet for Treatment Module 04: Becoming a Veterinary Physiotherapist Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Anti Harassment and Bullying Online Course CPD ApprovedYour Company should be committed to providing a working environment free from harassment and bullying and ensuring all staff are treated, and treat others, with dignity and respect.This course covers the commitments that will be laid out in your company's anti-harassment and bullying policy. It then explains the differences between harassment and bullying, the steps that can be taken if either of these occur in or out of work, and some case studies to illustrate the points covered throughout the course.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Policy Commitments, Harassment And Bullying Module 2: Informal Steps, Raising A Formal Complaint and InvestigationsModule 3:Action Following InvestigationsModule 4:Case StudiesDuration: 32 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Online Course CPD Approved Course DescriptionActs of bribery and corrupt business practices are still an all to common part of business to business activity in the UK and Worldwide. Inducements can range from small 'facilitation payments' to gifts worth millions of pounds. They can come in many different forms and can sometimes be hard to track down. This course examines some of the reasons why bribery and corruption occur as well as providing an overview of how common these practices are believed to be, before discussing how normal business activities, such as gifts, hospitality, sponsorship and donations, can be manipulated to become bribes. It goes on to cover the legislation that is in place both in the UK and Internationally and the severe penalties that can be brought against someone found to be acting a corrupt way. It also looks at the effects of bribery at a national level, including corruption in state-owned enterprises and governments, worldwide.Finally, on a more practical level, it will show you some of the ways management and employees can reduce the risk of bribery and corruption in their organisations, particularly through anti-bribery and anti-corruption policies. Target Audience The course content is aimed at employees at all levels of an organisation that may encounter bribery or corrupt working practices. Advantages Training staff in this area can be used as part of a companies proof that they are actively working to discourage corrupt working practices. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.Further Progression For candidates that want to add more qualifications to their CV our Leadership Skills and Developing Teamwork courses are ILM approved and can provide them with a recognised qualification.For candidates new to management roles Managing Meetings would be a great next step although working through any of our range of Business Skills courses would be valuable.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1:Introduction Module 2:Why Corruption and Bribery OccurModule 3:The UK Bribery Act 2010 Module 4:Reducing the Risk: ManagementModule 5:ISO 37001 and Employee ResponsibilitiesDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Whether you own your own company, you work in the finance industry or you are in a management position, knowing and understanding fraud, how to identify it and the different fraudulent methods can reduce the risk of someone in the company costing your business millions in the long run. Our Fraud Awareness Diploma provides valuable insight into fraud and money laundering for you to take advantage of. Introduction to the Fraud Awareness Diploma The Fraud Awareness Diploma is an information packed course which is broken down into twenty five manageable modules. Each module provides you with valuable insight, information and advice that you can use daily to reduce the risk of your company being a victim of fraud and money laundering. This course is offered via distance learning with all modules accessible via the internet. You can use any device to gain access to the modules, whether you are at home using a laptop or on the tube using your phone, as long as you have internet access. You will be given lifetime access to the modules, so you can brush up on your knowledge at any time. The diploma is industry recognised and you will be given the opportunity to download and print your certificate on successful completion and passing of the test. What you will learn The course is brimming with information that can help you identify money laundering and fraud on both a personal and business level. The course will teach you the following: Learn the fundamentals of fraud. Identify what is internal and external fraud. Identify with the human element of fraud. This includes studies, reasoning, motivation and rationalisation. Understand what finance crime is, the types, most common forms of finance crime and more. Learn about fraud analysis along with five methods you can use. Get insight into the analytical process from risk areas to what to look for. Identify the various methodologies associated with fraud. Learn everything there is to know about identity theft. Learn how to prevent it and what to do if you find yourself a victim. Understand the correlations and trends relating to fraud from its correlation to gambling, money laundering, wealth and more. Identify the five step management process. Learn about bribery and corruption. Gain valuable insight into UK Bribery Law. Learn how to detect fraud, how to predict anomalies and events. Get insight into the various fraud solutions from knowing your employees to raising awareness and setting up reporting programs. Identify what action you should take when you suspect fraud. Learn valuable information regarding bank fraud. Understand the investigative process. Learn the best fraud tools to use. Identify what money laundering is. Learn the various methods of money laundering. Learn about money laundering regulations, who you report to, identifying risks and so much more. Get valuable insight into the Proceed of Crime and Terrorism Acts in the United Kingdom. Know what the HMT sanctions list is and how you can use it. Learn about record keeping and reporting. Identify how to report to the NCA and how this differs from a police report. Get insight into staff training, internal reporting procedures, policies and more. Benefits The Fraud Awareness Diploma is full of valuable information that you can start implementing and using each and every day without delay. The course has many benefits, these include: Enjoy online access to training modules twenty four hours a day, seven days a week. Access modules from any device linked to the internet. Course is broken down into manageable information packed modules. Enjoy lifetime access to modules online. Enjoy the convenience of online support at all times. Two chances to pass multiple choice test at end of course. On successful completion and passing, download and print certificate. Industry recognised certificate. Employers and potential employers can confirm certification online. Fast track career. Gain valuable insight into fighting fraud and money laundering and save the company money in the long run. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 25 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Fundamental Concepts Module 2 : The Human Element of Fraud Module 3 : Financial Crime Module 4 : Fraud Analysis Module 5 : The Analytical Process Module 6 : Methodologies Module 7 : Identity Theft Module 8 : Correlation, Trend Analysis Module 9 : The Fraud Management Process Module 10 : Bribery and Corruption Module 11 : Fraud Detection Module 12 : Fraud Solutions Module 13 : Taking Action Module 14 : Bank Fraud Module 15: The Investigative Process Module 16: New Fraud Tools Module 17: What is Money Laundering? Module 18: Methods of Money Laundering Module 19 : An Introduction to Money Laundering Regulations Module 20 : The Proceeds of Crime and Terrorism Acts Module 21 : The HMT Sanctions List and Client Identification Module 22 : The Financial Services and Markets Act Module 23 : Record Keeping and Training Module 24 : Disclosure to the NCA Module 25 : Internal Reporting / Staff Training Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Anti-Money Laundering Online Course CPD Approved Course DescriptionMoney-Laundering is a major criminal problem, worldwide. This course starts by defining moneylaundering and describing the 'regulated sector' as defined by the Proceeds of Crime Act. The course discusses a number of money-laundering offences, including tax evasion, theft, fraud, bribery and the financing of terrorism. You'll learn about some of the 'red flags' which could indicate illegal activity, and the connections between money-laundering and certain financial institutions.You'll see how the regulated sector combats money-laundering through compliance, due diligence, and record-keeping. Finally, the course examines the internal controls and monitoring used by companies to fight against money-laundering, including policy statements, effective reporting systems, and staff responsibilities Target Audience This course is suitable for anyone working in an organisation that handles large amounts of money. It can also be used as an introduction to the subject for those working or planning to work in a regulated sector. Advantages Training staff in this area can be used as part of a company’s proof that they are actively working to identify and discourage money-laundering.Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.Further Progression For candidates that want to add more qualifications to their CV our Leadership Skills and Developing Teamwork courses are ILM approved and can provide them with a recognised qualification.For candidates new to management roles Managing Meetings would be a great next step although working through any of our range of Business Skills courses would be valuable. For anyone working in the financial industry our Anti-Bribery and Corruption course would be a good further step as it explores in detail another financial crime and will show you some of the ways management and employees can reduce the risk of bribery and corruption in their organisations.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1:Introduction Module 2:The LawModule 3:Money-LaunderingModule 4:Due DiligenceModule 5:Internal Controls and MonitoringDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Anxiety is one of the biggest mental health conditions experienced by thousands of British citizens every year. While anxiety helps us evaluate our responses to dangers and threats, it can turn into a problem when it becomes the norm rather than the exception. The anxiety awareness course is designed to promote awareness regarding the nature of anxiety, the causes, symptoms and treatments. Self-awareness plays a crucial role in helping us understand our fears, insecurities and beliefs. In addition, anxiety awareness also empowers you to help loved ones. The causes, signs and treatments explained in the Anxiety Awareness Course will help you understand the condition in its entirety. What you will learn in the Anxiety Awareness Course The nature of anxiety and why we feel anxious about different events. You will understand how anxiety can help motivate and spur you on to achieve and how a chronic problem can deplete your self-confidence There are a lot of connections between modern day lifestyles and anxiety disorders. The fast pace, job pressures and frantic socialising can trigger perennial bouts of anxiety. You will learn to identify common triggers There are several causes of anxiety, including psychological, physiological or personal reasons. The treatment for anxiety will vary depending on the cause. Different types of anxiety disorders, including panic attacks, GERD, PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder), OCD (Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder) The different effects of anxiety, including psychological, emotional and physical effects. You will learn how anxiety can progress from a mild and sporadic condition to a chronic or acute condition. You will also learn about the different ways in which anxiety can manifest itself in physical ways The causes, symptoms and treatments for GERD or Generalised Anxiety Disorder Causes, symptoms and treatments for panic attacks The causes, signs and treatments for social anxiety as well as anxiety at work How to care for a loved one who suffers from anxiety Psychological therapy (CBT) and different medications to manage anxiety Alternative treatments for anxiety, including mindfulness practices, yoga, meditation and counselling. You will also learn about how hypnosis can help people help themselves The different centres and clinics in the UK that offer guidance, assistance and treatments for anxiety Benefits of taking the Anxiety Awareness Diploma course Increasing our awareness about anxiety, its causes and effects helps to understand people who suffer from the condition Whether it is for yourself or a loved one, you will be in a better position to identify triggers and manage the condition better Understanding the nature and effects of anxiety prevents us from trivialising the harrowing experience of another person; we are able to appreciate what they are going through We are able to perform better at work without insecurity or worry You are able to enjoy higher levels of self-confidence and self-esteem By learning how to manage anxiety, you can help yourself and others live a happier, peaceful and more fulfilling life The Anxiety Awareness course helps you become familiar with different therapies, self-help techniques and holistic treatments that help treat and manage anxiety effectively. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Understanding Anxiety, its Impact on our Lives and Research into Anxiety Disorders Module 2 : External Causes of Anxiety Module 3 : Inherited Causes of Anxiety, Signs and Symptoms of Anxiety Module 4 : Cognitive, Affective and Behavioural Causes of Anxiety; Generalised Anxiety Disorder (GAD) Module 5 : OCD (Obsessive Compulsive Disorder) Module 6 : Panic Attacks, Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia Module 7 : Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) Module 8 : Social Anxiety Disorder Module 9 : Anxiety Therapies and Treatments (Part I) Module 10 : Anxiety Therapies and Treatments (Part II); Anxiety Centres in the UK Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Artificial ventilation assists or stimulates breathing for a patient who may not be able to breathe independent of a breathing aid. Artificial ventilation prevents injury to the patient by maintaining a stable airway and allowing the patient's respiratory muscles to recover until they can breathe normally without assistance. This online Artificial Ventilation course will give learners an understanding of the anatomy and physiology of respiration as well as the process, indications and complications of artificial ventilation. This will enable staff to better manage artificially ventilated patients. It also covers the relevant procedures and policies to consider. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this Artificial Ventilation course, learners should know and understand the following: The respiratory tract Know the anatomy and physiology of the respiratory organs Mechanics of breathing Be able to describe the mechanics of breathing Indications Understand the indications of artificial ventilation Complications Demonstrate a knowledge of the complications of artificial ventilation Patient management Know the theory of managing an artificially ventilated person Additional procedures Understand additional procedures that require training e.g., cough assist, nebulisers, suction Policies and procedures Understand your role in relation to local policies and procedures Course OutlineThe aim of this Artificial Ventilation course is to greater increase your understanding of artificial ventilation and the awareness of its associated risks.The key points covered in this course are: Respiratory anatomy and physiology Mechanics of breathing Indications for artificial ventilation Complications of artificial ventilation Management of an artificially ventilated person Additional procedures e.g., cough assist, nebulisers, suction Local policies and procedures Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Our ‘Asbestos Awareness’ course aims to build awareness and develop knowledge and educating to the hazards and risks posed by asbestos containing materials (ACM’s) within their everyday working environment. It also offers an overview of the legislative measures in place to safeguard workers. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Asbestos products History of asbestos Health effects Identification Legislation Responsibility Treatment of asbestos Asbestos removal How employees may encounter asbestos Courses Include 2 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Asbestos Awareness for Architects and Designers Online Course RoSPA andamp; IATP Approved Course DescriptionAsbestos is probably the most dangerous building material ever used. Every year thousands of people fall ill and die because of exposure to asbestos and it was widely used by the construction industry right up until the year 2000.The Control of Asbestos Regulations (CAR) apply to employers, employees, self-employed persons and duty holders and cover all work with asbestos containing materials. Regulation 10 of CAR states that every employer must ensure that adequate information, instruction and training is given to employees who are liable to be exposed to asbestos. This includes maintenance workers and others who may come into contact with or disturb asbestos.As well as informing candidates about the risks of working with asbestos, the course will deliver content to help them recognise asbestos containing materials, make them aware of where it was used, include steps they can take to minimise the risks and discuss the legislation that applies to working with asbestos.Each module is rounded off with several multiple-choice questions, candidates are required to get 100% on these tests to pass the course. They have the opportunity to review all the answers at the end of each module before final submission and will be given 3 attempts to achieve the required result.DEMO VIDEOTaget AudienceThe Asbestos Awareness course is designed for anyone who may come into contact with asbestos in their work. Most commonly, that includes builders, plumbers, electricians, carpenters and other building related and maintenance trades.AdvantagesBeing aware of the products that are likely to contain asbestos and the risks associated with them give workers and supervisors the information they need to avoid work that may disturb asbestos.The course is approved by leading industry bodies ROSPA and the IATPOnline training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal lifeFurther ProgressionThere are a wide range of other health and safety courses available in the eLearning suite that are relevant to the same industries as these courses.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Properties and Risks of Asbestos ExposureModule 2: Different Types of AsbestosModule 3: Avoiding the Risks from AsbestosModule 4: An Outline of Asbestos Legislation Module 4: Content for Architects and DesignersDuration: 65 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions)Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Asbestos Awareness Online Course RoSPA andamp; IATP Approved Course DescriptionAsbestos is probably the most dangerous building material ever used. Every year thousands of people fall ill and die because of exposure to asbestos and it was widely used by the construction industry right up until the year 2000.The Control of Asbestos Regulations (CAR) apply to employers, employees, self-employed persons and duty holders and cover all work with asbestos containing materials. Regulation 10 of CAR states that every employer must ensure that adequate information, instruction and training is given to employees who are liable to be exposed to asbestos. This includes maintenance workers and others who may come into contact with or disturb asbestos.As well as informing candidates about the risks of working with asbestos, the course will deliver content to help them recognise asbestos containing materials, make them aware of where it was used, include steps they can take to minimise the risks and discuss the legislation that applies to working with asbestos.Each module is rounded off with several multiple-choice questions, candidates are required to get 100% on these tests to pass the course. They have the opportunity to review all the answers at the end of each module before final submission and will be given 3 attempts to achieve the required result.DEMO VIDEOTaget AudienceThe Asbestos Awareness course is designed for anyone who may come into contact with asbestos in their work. Most commonly, that includes builders, plumbers, electricians, carpenters and other building related and maintenance trades.AdvantagesBeing aware of the products that are likely to contain asbestos and the risks associated with them give workers and supervisors the information they need to avoid work that may disturb asbestos.The course is approved by leading industry bodies ROSPA and the IATPOnline training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal lifeFurther ProgressionThere are a wide range of other health and safety courses available in the eLearning suite that are relevant to the same industries as these courses.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Properties and Risks of Asbestos ExposureModule 2: Different Types of AsbestosModule 3: Avoiding the Risks from AsbestosModule 4: An Outline of Asbestos LegislationDuration: 65 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions)Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Asperger Syndrome Awareness course is beneficial for practitioners and parents or anyone with an interest in Autism who wishes to improve their knowledge and skill in the area. We give some basic tips and strategies for supporting people with Asperger Syndrome. We discuss the history of Asperger’s as a syndrome; definitions of Asperger syndrome and what makes it different from other autistic spectrum disorders. The myths and fallacies about Asperger syndrome will be explored. We also include the range of conditions which people with ASD often have alongside their main diagnosis. We examine the current understanding of the biological basis of Asperger syndrome and why it tends to have a high heritability. We will also examine why there are gender differences in the presentation of Asperger’s in men and women. For people working or wishing to work with people who have Asperger syndrome, we have advice on the therapeutic and educational techniques which have been used, developed or adapted to help support people with Asperger syndrome. By the end of this course you will have an overview of the characteristics, diagnosis and the effects of having Asperger syndrome on individuals with the syndrome and how this presents challenges to them, as individuals, in the context of school and work and also the implications for family and loved ones. What You Will Learn You will also understand some basic tips and strategies for supporting people with Asperger Syndrome. The course will cover: What is Asperger syndrome and how is it defined? The History of Research into Asperger syndrome and How it is Diagnosed The Causes of Asperger syndrome The Effects of Asperger syndrome Techniques for coping with AS Issues for Adolescents and Young Adults with AS Adults with Asperger Syndrome How to handle Asperger syndrome while in the workplace Famous people with Asperger syndrome Support for people with Asperger syndrome Benefits of the Asperger Syndrome Awareness Diploma There are a number of benefits to those who complete the course and earn their diplomas. These include: The ability to study from anywhere and at any time, even when at work or away from home. The option to study as quickly or slowly as you wish, as there is no time limit for the course. The capability to study from any device including computers, mobile phones, or tablets. An easy to understand course structure, which is broken down into short modules. The convenience of support when you require it, all online. A full syllabus, which virtually guarantees that you will get the knowledge you require to work and support those with Asperger syndrome, both in your personal and professional lives. Improving prospects when applying for work or volunteer opportunities with those who have Asperger syndrome. An affordable pricing structure. Upon completion, you will receive a certified diploma. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is Asperger syndrome and how is it defined? Module 2: The History of Research into Asperger’s and How it is Diagnosed Module 3: The Causes and Diagnosis of Asperger Syndrome Module 4: The Effects of Asperger Syndrome Module 5: Techniques for coping with AS Module 6: Issues for Adolescents and Young Adults with AS Module 7: Adults with Asperger Syndrome Module 8: How to handle Asperger’s in the workplace Module 9: Famous people with Asperger’s Module 10: How to support people with Asperger Syndrome Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description There are many ways in which people with Aspergers syndrome might be different. Though people with this diagnosis might well have the core difficulties with social communication/interaction, and repetitive or rigid behaviour and thinking, there are many ways in which their presentation can vary. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES This module is designed to increase your understanding of Asperger's Syndrome. We look at the main characteristics and its place on The Autistic Spectrum and there are sections on Asperger's and supporting those with the syndrome. Understanding of Asperger’s Syndrome Main characteristics of Asperger’s Syndrome Understanding Asperger’s Syndrome on the Autistic Spectrum Supporting those with Asperger’s Syndrome Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Being assertive can help you achieve your goals. Assertiveness is a confident behaviour which can help you in many avenues of your life. You can learn how to become more assertive on a daily basis, changing behaviours to ensure you are more confident at all times. This online training course will deliver insight, information, tips and advice on how to become more assertive, helping to boost your confidence. This course is accessible online and is easy to understand, providing you with all you need to know. Introduction to the Assertiveness Training Course This course is broken down into five information packed modules. The modules each focus on an element of assertiveness to help you start introducing these new elements into your life without delay. You can study at your own pace, taking a few days to complete it or a few months, depending on your schedule. During the course you will have access to online support, as well as having lifetime access to your course modules, enabling you to go back and visit them at any time. On successful completion of the course, you will be awarded with a certificate, which you can choose to download and print for instant access. All certificates can be verified online from the website, which enables potential employers to check credentials with complete confidence. What you Will Learn This course is full of valuable advice giving you all the tools you need to become more assertive in everything you do each and every day. Assertiveness can be an effective tool both in the workplace and in your personal life. Some of the things you can expect to learn include: Learn what assertiveness is Identify the difference between assertive, aggressive and passive behaviours How assertiveness can help you in your career Why it's such a valuable asset in any workplace Effective tips on using assertiveness How to achieve productive relationships How to overcome a flawed thinking process Understand assertive and persuasive communications How to use body language to show confidence Learn how to listen effectively Acquire useful and highly effective questioning techniques Gain influencing techniques Know how to plan your behaviour in order to be assertive Useful toolkit and more Benefits Assertiveness is so beneficial, especially in the workplace. Taking this online training course to help you become more effective can provide you with a wealth of benefits, these include: Course material available online, giving you access to your learning modules at any time of the day or night Study at your own pace Coursework compatible with most devices Online support throughout your learning experience The course is broken into easy to manage modules Lifetime access to modules, enabling you to revisit modules as and when you need to Improve productivity in the workplace Certification which can be verified online Affordable price Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Defining Assertiveness Module 2 : The Value of Assertiveness in the Workplace Module 3 : Identifying and Overcoming Flawed Thinking Processes Module 4 : Adopting Assertive Body Language and Exuding Confidence Module 5 : Assertive Influencing Techniques Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Assessing Display Screen Equipment Online Course IIRSM Approved Course DescriptionOur display screen equipment courses are aimed at users of display screen equipment (DSE) and those responsible for assessing display screen equipment. A ‘user’, is anyone who regularly uses display screen equipment for a significant part of their normal work. In practice, if you use display screen equipment continuously for more than one hour a day, then you’re a ‘user’.So what do we mean by display screen equipment?The first thing most people think of is a computer monitor. But that’s not the only thing it refers to Display screen equipment could also mean laptops, tablet PCs, televisions, smartphones, CNC control pads, portable diagnostic screens or equipment containing cathode ray tubes, or CRTs.The Health and Safety (Display Screen Equipment) Regulations contain special directives covering DSE safety. Both employers and employee‐users have responsibilities under the legislation.This course fulfils your statutory training obligations and covers among other things, the correct way to set up and use your display screen equipment safely. Reducing the risk of work related conditions.DEMO VIDEOTarget AudienceThe Asbestos Awareness course is designed for anyone who may come into contact with asbestos in their work. Most commonly, that includes builders, plumbers, electricians, carpenters and other building related and maintenance trades.AdvantagesBeing aware of the products that are likely to contain asbestos and the risks associated with them give workers and supervisors the information they need to avoid work that may disturb asbestos.The course is approved by leading industry bodies ROSPA and the IATPOnline training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal lifeFurther ProgressionThere are a wide range of other health and safety courses available in the eLearning suite that are relevant to the same industries as these courses.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: LegislationModule 3: Protecting Your BodyModule 4: Adjusting Your Chair Module 5: Adjusting Your Screen Module 6: Work Arrangements Module 7: Adjusting the Layout of Your Workstation Module 8: Adjusting Your Work Environment Module 9: Risk Assessment Overview Module 10: Principles of Sensible Risk Management Module 11: Key Health and Safety Legislation Module 12: DSE Hazards and Risks Module 13: DSE Assessments Module 14: Control and Prevention Strategies Module 15: Practical ElementDuration: 110 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The ADHD course will give you the information you require to live with or work with a person who suffers from attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. This training course is designed to teach students everything about ADHD from defining and controlling the condition to success stories and improving it. ADHD doesn’t discriminate, and it is likely that you live with, work with, know, or even are someone who has this condition. This course will also give anyone who is unfamiliar with the condition an overview of the symptoms and struggles that those with ADHD deal with. You will also learn how to interact with those who have the condition. Introduction to the ADHD Diploma Course This online training course will allow you to study this information when it is convenient for you and at your own pace. Many who take this course continue to work a full time job, and study when they can. You can access this course on any mobile device that has internet access, and you will also have access to online support whenever you require it. The course also includes a syllabus, which has been broken into easy to get through modules. When completing this course, to test your knowledge of the material, you must take a test, and when passed, you will receive a diploma, which is recognised throughout several industries. This is a downloadable certificate. What You Will Learn The ADHD course will provide a full overview of what ADHD is, how it is treated, theories surrounding ADHD, and how to live a full life with the condition. When taking this course, you will learn: An introduction and history of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. ADHD and the family structure. How ADHD is diagnosed. How ADHD affects children, adolescents, teens, and adults. The different treatment methods and therapies for ADHD. How to recognise behavioural patterns in those with ADHD. What the future of ADHD might look like. About the misconceptions often associated with ADHD. Examples of ADHD success stories. Benefits of the ADHD Diploma Once enrolled on this course, you will find a number of benefits when earning this ADHD diploma. These include: The ability to study anywhere, as long as you have an internet connection. You can study in your lunch break, at home, or almost anywhere. You can study when you want and how you want. There is no time limit, so you can complete it in days, weeks, or even months. You will have the ability to study from any internet-connected device including a PC, mobile telephone, or tablet. An easy to follow structure, as the course is divided into easy to manage modules. This helps to make the experience enjoyable. Access to online support, which helps you to stay on track as you study. Leaning from a comprehensive course, which will give you all of the knowledge necessary to work with, live with, or interact with those with ADHD. Improving your prospects when applying for work in the field. Access to a trustworthy, certified diploma. Affordable pricing. Who can take the ADHD Diploma course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 15 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all 15 modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the 15 modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the ADHD Diploma course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to ADHD The basic definition of ADHD. Who discovered it and created the term. How understanding has changed over the years. How to start to take control of the issues. Module 2 : The Family Picture of ADHD How a child with ADHD can act within a family. A look at how the parents can initially deal with such a condition. How siblings can deal with, or be helped, in this situation. The future for the family when a child has ADHD. Module 3 : The Diagnosis of ADHD and its First Treatments The initial symptoms to look out for How to get that all-important diagnosis The first treatments that could be an option How to know if those treatments are making a difference Module 4 : The Picture of ADHD and how it affects the Child What is going on in the child with ADHD? How it bursts out and affects them. Dealing with those initial outbursts. Preventing things from getting worse. Module 5 : Moving into Adolescence with ADHD The problems of a later diagnosis. Signs in adolescence that all is not well. How it affects their ability to evolve into an adult. How to move forward in this situation. Module 6 : Moving into Adulthood with ADHD The latest research on ADHD in adults. How it progresses into this stage of life. How to still get treatment. How to help the individual. Module 7 : Recognised Approaches to ADHD The key medications that are used for the treatment of ADHD. Potential side effects associated with these medications. Therapies that are available, that can also help. What to do if you feel that the treatment is not helping. Module 8 : Treatment with the Holistic Approach What we actually mean by the holistic approach. The key treatments associated with this approach. How effective are they going to be? Combining both options, to improve the quality of life. Module 9 : Patterns of Behaviour for Parents to be Aware of What we mean by patterns of behaviour. The key patterns to look out for. How to react when you spot this behaviour. Is there anything to worry about - and how do you proceed? Module 10 : How Parents Can Cope with a Child That Has ADHD The basic steps when handling a child with ADHD. The key mistakes you must avoid making. Important strategies to put into place to help you. How to seek help and not struggle all on your own. Module 11 : Everyday Issues to Be Overcome By Everybody Involved Common everyday issues for people with ADHD. Common everyday issues for those that help people with ADHD. How a person with ADHD can overcome them. How a person without ADHD can overcome their issues. Module 12 : The Future for an Individual with This Diagnosis Why a diagnosis does not have to ruin their future. The picture of the future, according to those that do not understand it. The actual future that can be out there. How to make sure that you can have the future that you want with ADHD. Module 13 : Common Misconceptions Regarding ADHD The most common misconceptions linked to the condition. What the reality is for those with the condition. How these misconceptions hurt those that have the condition. What to do in order to rectify the situation. Module 14 : Giving Hope to Those That Suffer Examples of success stories of those with ADHD. The key lessons to take from these success stories. How to take those lessons - and put them into action. A step by step breakdown on how to improve the life of the sufferer, due to these lessons. Module 15 : Key Points to Consider Regarding ADHD The absolute key points on how ADHD affects the individual. The key points on how to help those individuals. How to improve your ability to deal with the condition. Where to get further help. Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Award for Underage Sales Prevention focuses on preventing unlawful sales in age-restricted products. It covers topics such as what age-restricted products are, how to refuse service to persons who are intoxicated by alcohol and/or under-aged and the penalties that can be incurred when you are guilty of unlawful supply. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Identifying what age-restricted products are How to refuse service to persons who are intoxicated by alcohol/or under-ages Understanding the penalties that can be incurred from unlawful supply Courses Include 2 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This care training course is aimed at care workers who are involved with clients who have Autism. Candidates will gain a better understanding of what Autism is and the effect it has on an individual. The course can follow two different pathways: Child development and Autism Awareness or Adult Mental Health and Autism Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Introduction to Autism in Children Child Development Characteristics of Autism Social Interaction Social Communication Sensory Difficulties Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Autism Awareness Online Course IIRSM andamp; CPD ApprovedAutism is a lifelong developmental disability that affects how a person communicates with and relates to other people around them. According to the National Autistic Society, autism affects about 700,000 people in the United Kingdom, which equates to 1 in 100 of the population and the number of children being diagnosed with the condition is continuing to increase. This course will provide you with an understanding of what autism is and how it affects a child's daily life. It will touch on what factors contribute towards a child developing autism as well as some of the typical behaviors associated with it and how you can provide effective support for those with the condition. It also discusses what happens during the diagnosis process, some of the intervention methods that can help manage the condition, and suggests some simple adaptations you can make to improve a child with autism's day to day life.DEMO VIDEOTarget Audience People working in adult and child care environments. Those working in all areas of care may come into contact with people who has Autistic Spectrum Disorders ASD. Although the course focuses on children with autism, having an awareness of the condition and how best to provide support to someone with ASD will be of use to anyone who interacts with and cares for children and adults as part of their work. Advantages Having a knowledge of the typical behaviors and challenges associated with ASD can equip you to identify these and act in a supportive way. CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves. Online training is flexible, efficient, and cost-effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life. Further Progression There are a lot of courses in our health and social care suite that would make great follow-ups to this course and if you are responsible for the care of adults or children then a wide range of them would provide valuable additions to your knowledge. Specific topics that complement this directly are Introduction to Early Years Foundation Stage, Equality and Diversity, and Mental Health Awareness.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Definitions, Context andamp; BackgroundModule 2:Understanding Autism Spectrum DisorderModule 3:Diagnosing Autism Spectrum DisorderModule 4:Testing and SupportDuration: 30 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This Autism Awareness course is great for those who care for people with autism. Learners will understand more about Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs) and how to assist those on the autistic spectrum. Meet CQC requirements easily today! Learning the positive and negative impacts that communication can have on those with autism is vital to providing the best care possible. Protect your organisation and your patients by teaching employee's how to manage autism effectively.This Autism Awareness course covers what autism is, explores the autism spectrum, the different types of autism, key legislation, how to identify characteristics and how to care for someone with autism. Upon successful completion of this Autism Awareness training online, your staff will receive a downloadable and printable accredited Autism Certificate.The disorder is much more common than many people think. In fact, did you know that there are around 700,000 people on the autism spectrum in the UK? Ensure your staff know how to identify the signs of autism and how to support an autistic child or adult in any setting. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this Autism Awareness training for employers and employees, learners should know and understand the following: Recognise what autism is Learn what autism is, the causes of autism, how a person with autism feels and how it can affect carers and families Understand what ASD is Understand what ASD is, how it affects them differently, possible traits that can be presented in some people that have ASD and behaviour difficulties Characteristics of someone that has autism Identify and go into depth about the 3 main characteristics of autism, along with examples of the 3 main areas of difficulty Care for someone with autism Identify and learn how to care for someone with autism including mental health issues in people living with autism, physical pain, discomfort and medical issues. Enabling those with autism Understand and learn how to enable those with autism Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Autobiography Writing Diploma has all the information that any aspiring auto / biography writer needs to become successful in this writing genre in the UK. This course contains all the knowledge needed to write a commercially viable biography, and become an authority on your subject. From choosing the right person, to interviewing techniques, to ensuring your writing brings your subject to life, this course covers it all. You will receive a comprehensive introduction to writing gripping biographies and a thorough understanding of how to achieve success in the biography industry. Introduction to the Autobiographical Writing Diploma This online course provides students with the opportunity to cover the diploma’s curriculum in their own time and at their own pace. Most students are able to complete the course in a reasonable amount of time while continuing to work full time. As this course is online, this diploma is accessible from any device with an internet connection, and you will have access to online support during your study. Before completing the course, you must pass a comprehensive test, covering the curriculum in detail, which will lead to the award of your certificate. You can download and print the certificate yourself at home. What You Will Learn This Autobiography Writing Diploma has been designed to give students a comprehensive overview of how to become a biographical writer, and will set you on the route to success. This course will cover: What a biography is The practical aspects of becoming a writer The lives and works of famous biographers How to identify your target market Working with your chosen subject and an extensive list of interview questions The ethics of writing a biography, what to include and what to omit How to create a research plan, organise your research, and tell your subject’s story The technical aspects of writing and structure and keeping it interesting and dynamic Developing self-confidence and belief in your abilities Finding your own writing style Writing your autobiography Different publishing options, and how to approach publishers and deal with rejection Benefits of the Biographical Writing Diploma The Biographical Writing Diploma offers students the following benefits: The ability to study anywhere at times that suit you Study at your own pace, with no deadlines: complete it as quickly or as slowly as you like Use any internet enabled device to study on, including computers, tablets and mobile phones Follow the course easily thanks to short, informative modules, which make studying fun A convenient online support system, helping you to stay on track throughout the course A comprehensive curriculum, providing you with the knowledge you need to begin writing biographies Improved prospects when contacting publishers Earning a certified, recognised diploma An affordable cost Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 13 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Biographical Writing Module 2 : What do you need to Become a Good Biographical Writer? Module 3 : Be Guided by the Best – a Look at other Successful Biographical Writers Module 4: Identifying Your Target Demographic Module 5 : Interviewing and Working Closely with Your Subject Module 6 : Undertaking Accurate and Thorough Research Module 7 : Planning the Full Biography Module 8 : How to Make Boring Facts Seem More Interesting Module 9 : Ensuring the Best Flow from Start to Finish Module 10 : Improving Your Confidence and Sense of Purpose as a Biographical Writer Module 11 : Practical Writing Exercises in the Biography Writing Niche Module 12 : Tackling Your Own Autobiography Module 13 : Dealing with Publishers and Selling Your Biography Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Amazon Web Services is a subsidiary of Amazon. This technology includes cloud storage, computing, networking, database, analytics, application services, customer relationship management (CRM), mobile and developer tools. Amazon Web Services certifications are very common in the IT industry. However, with over 90 distinct services, it is very difficult to know what to even study if preparing for one of the certification exams. In this course, you will learn the foundational cloud computing concepts and AWS services needed to achieve the AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner certification. First, you will learn core concepts about cloud computing and its differences from traditional data centers. Next, you will review the core AWS services that are covered in the exam. Finally, you will review techniques for taking the exam that will improve your overall score. When you have completed this course, you will have the knowledge and skills that you need to successfully complete the AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner exam.In this course, you will learn how to: Define what the AWS Cloud is and the basic global infrastructure Describe the key services on the AWS platform and their common use cases Describe basic AWS Cloud architectural principles Describe basic security and compliance aspects of the AWS platform and the shared security model Define the billing, account management, and pricing models Identify sources of documentation or technical assistance (e.g., whitepapers, support tickets) Describe the AWS Cloud value proposition Describe basic/core characteristics of deploying and operating in the AWS Cloud This course is intended for all AWS Solutions Architects, Developers, Admins, Networking, and Big Data Experts, as well as anyone interested in learning and advancing their knowledge in the AWS Platform.Video Content: 17 Hours 17 MinutesTest Questions: 102 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: We use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Introduction to Cloud ComputingWelcomeWhy Cloud ComputingWhat is Cloud ComputingCloud Computing Deployment ModelsCloud Computing TypesAWS Cloud OverviewAWS Management Console Walk-ThroughAWS Shared ResponsibilitySummaryModule 2: Identity and Access Management IAMIAM OverviewIAM Users andamp; Groups Hands-OnIAM Policies Hands-OnMFA OverviewMFA Hands-OnAWS CLIAWS CLI Installation Hands-OnAWS CLI Hands-OnIAM RolesIAM Roles Hands-OnIAM Security ToolsIAM Security Tools Hands-OnIAM Best PracticesShared Responsibility Model for IAMIAM SummaryModule 3: Elastic Cloud Computing EC2Budget SetupEC2 OverviewEC2 Instance Hands-OnSecurity GroupsSecurity Groups Hands-OnSSH OverviewSSH Using Putty-WindowsSSH Using CMD-WindowsEC2 Instance ConnectEC2 Instance RolesEC2 Launch TypesShared Responsibility Model for EC2EC2 SummaryModule 4: EC2 StorageIntro to EC2 Instance StorageEBS Volume OverviewEBS Volume Hands-OnEBS SnapshotsEBS Snapshots Hands-OnAMI OverviewAMI Hands-OnEC2 Instance StoreEC2 Instance Store Hands-OnElastic File System - EFSShared responsibility Model for EC2 StorageSection CleanupEC2 Instance Storage SummaryModule 5: Elastic Load Balancer and Auto Scaling Group ELB and ESGIntroduction to Scalability andamp; High-AvailabilityHigh Availability, Scalability and ElasticityELB OverviewELB Hands-OnASG OverviewASG Hands-OnSection CleanupSummaryModule 6: Amazon S3S3 IntroductionS3 OverviewS3 Hands-OnS3 SecurityS3 Bucket Policies Hands-OnS3 WebsitesS3 Website Hands-OnS3 VersioningS3 Versioning Hands-OnS3 Access LogsS3 Access Logs Hands-OnS3 ReplicationS3 Replication Hands-OnS3 Storage ClassesSnowball, Snowball Edge and SnowMobileS3 SummaryModule 7: Database and AnalyticsDatabase IntroductionRDS andamp; Aurora OverviewRDS Database Hands-OnElastiCache OverviewDynamoDB OverviewDynamoDB Hands-OnRedShift OverviewAmazon EMR OverviewAthena OverviewAWS GlueDMS OverviewDatabase andamp; Analytics SummaryModule 8: Other ServicesOther Compute IntroductionECS-Fargate-ECR OverviewWhat is ServerlessAWS LambdaAWS Lambda Hands-OnAWS BatchAWS LightSailAWS LightSail Hands-OnOther Compute SummaryModule 9: Scaling Your InfrastructureCloudFormation OverviewCloud Formation Hands-OnElastic Beanstalk OverviewElastic Beanstalk Hands-OnAWS CodeDeployAWS SSMAWS OpsWorksInfrastructure at Scale SummaryModule 10: Global ApplicationsWhy Global ApplicationRoute 53Route 53 Hands-OnCloudFrontCloudFront Hands-OnS3 Transfer AccelerationAWS Global AceeleratorGlobal Application SummaryModule 11: Cloud IntegrationCloud Integration IntroductionSQS ServiceSQS Service Hands-OnSNS ServiceSNS Service Hands-OnCloud Integration SummaryModule 12: Cloud MonitoringCloudWatch Metrics and AlarmsCloudWatch Metrics and Alarms Hands-OnCloudWatch LogsCloudWatch Events and EventBridgeCloudWatch Events and EventBridge Hands-OnCloudTrailX-RayService Health DashboardPersonal Health DashboardMonitoring SummaryModule 13: Virtual Private NetworkSettings the ExpectationsVPC and subnets, Internet Gateway and NAT GatewaysVPC and subnets, Internet Gateway and NAT Gateways-Hands-OnNACL and Security GroupsNACL and Security Groups Hands-OnVPC Flow LogsVPC PeeringVPC Flow Logs and VPC Peering Hands-OnVPC EndpointsVPC Endpoints Hands-OnSite-to-Site VPNs and Direct ConnectTransit GatewayVPC SummaryModule 14: Security and ComplianceIntroduction to Security and ComplianceDDoS MitigrationPenetration TestingKMS and CloudHSMSecrets ManagerAWS ArtifactGuardDutyInspectorAWS ConfigAWS MacieSecurity and Compliance SummaryModule 15: Machine LearningAmazon RekognitionAmazon TranscribeAmazon PollyAmazon TranslateAmazon Lex and ConnectAmazon ComprehendAmazon SageMakerMachine Learning SummaryModule 16: Advanced IdentityAmazon CognitoDirectory ServicesSingle Sign-On (SSO)Advanced Identity SummaryModule 17: Are You Well Architected?Are You Well ArchitectedOperational ExcellenceSecurityReliabilityPerformance EfficiencyCost OptimizationTrusted AdvisorModule 18: Congratulations andamp; Exam PreparationExam Tips andamp; Congratulations Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course introduces students to the AWS Storage Gateway features and the functions of its three modes: File, Volume, and Tape. It teaches students how to create and manage each type of gateway by using the AWS Management Console. In addition, it provides the skills to apply AWS security features to protect access to data in the gateway and in the AWS Cloud. Finally, it teaches users how to monitor gateways for performance and troubleshoot common problems that can arise in the day-to-day operation of a Storage Gateway.This path is designed for enterprise storage engineers to learn how to architect and manage highly available solutions, with a focus on AWS storage services.What will you learn? Define what the AWS Cloud is and the basic global infrastructure Describe the key services on the AWS platform and their common use cases Describe basic AWS Cloud architectural principles Describe the AWS Cloud value proposition Describe basic/core characteristics of deploying and operating in the AWS Cloud VPC’s and how they play a vital role in the cloud Describe the key services on the AWS platform and their common use cases An in-depth view of AWS Cloud architectural principles Discuss the ongoing evolution of resources in the cloud Describe basic/core characteristics of deploying and operating in the AWS Cloud Intended Audience: This provides an overview of some of AWS cloud services and basic knowledge of what the services are for the specified objectives. This is intended for Sales, Marketing, Project Managers, and new business professionals learning AWS, as well as IT Professionals who have a working knowledge with AWS. This is designed to teach you some basic concepts of cloud computing.Video Content: 11 Hours 30 MinutesTest Questions: 50 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: We use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Introduction to AWS Basics 1.1 Instructor Intro 1.2 AWS Basic Intro 1.3 What Is AWS 1.4 Advantages of cloud computing 1.5 Types of cloud computing Module 2: AWS Web Services and Cloud Platform Services 2.1 Console 2.2 CLI 2.3 Compute/EC2 2.4 Database-RDS 2.5 Networking and content delivery 2.6 Analytics 2.7 SQS-SNS 2.8 Workmail 2.9 SES 2.10 Systems manager 2.11 CloudTrail 2.12 Route53 2.13 Elastic Load Balancing (ELB) 2.14 Certificate manager 2.15 Directory service 2.16 Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) 2.17 Identity and Access Management (IAM) Module 3: AWS Basic Summary 3.1 AWS Basic Summary Module 4: Introduction to AWS Deep Dive 4.1 AWS Deep Dive Intro Module 5: AWS Management of Services and Features Deep Dive 5.1 VPC and Endpoint services pt 1 5.1 VPC and Endpoint services pt 2 5.2 DNS (Route 53) 5.3 Elastic Load Balancing (ELB) andamp; Certificate manager pt 1 5.3 Elastic Load Balancing (ELB) andamp; Certificate manager pt 2 5.4 Compute-EC2 Stand alone and SA with AR pt 1 5.4 Compute-EC2 Stand alone and SA with AR pt 2 5.5 ASG and Suspended ASG processes pt 1 5.5 ASG and Suspended ASG processes pt 2 5.6 Code deploy pt 1 5.6 Code deploy pt 2 5.7 Backups-Recovery of EC2 pt 1 5.7 Backups-Recovery of EC2 pt 2 5.7 Backups-Recovery of EC2 pt 3 5.8 RDS pt 1 5.8 RDS pt 2 5.8 RDS pt 3 5.9 Directory service 5.10 Identity and Access Management (IAM) pt 1 5.10 Identity and Access Management (IAM) pt 2 5.11 Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) 5.12 SES 5.13 Cloudwatch 5.14 Cloudtrail Module 6: AWS Deep Dive Summary 6.1 AWS Deep Dive Summary Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Are you currently doing balloon modelling as a DIY project for family and friends, having fun with the children at parties and putting your skills to the test? Is this something you would like to do as a career, maybe start your own successful business catering to children's parties and events on a national scale? The balloon modelling academy diploma may be the solution you have been looking for. Introduction to Balloon Modelling Academy Diploma Choosing to complete this accredited course can give you all the knowledge and insight you need to start your own successful business. The course covers everything from the equipment you will need to managing bookings, performing risk assessments and more. The course comprises of twenty six information packed modules which take approximately ten hours to complete. These include photographic and video instructions on how to make various models using balloons. You study online from any device at any time. You can study at your own pace, managing a full time job and studying in your spare time. On completion you will receive a certificate and the knowledge to start your own balloon modelling business. What You Will Learn This accredited course is made up of twenty six modules, each one providing you with valuable information you can use to run a successful business. These include: Introduction to becoming a balloon modeller – learn more about the industry and what it takes to be successful in this industry. Types of work balloon modellers do – in this module you will be given insight into the types of jobs you can expect to do, adult entertainment and the importance of staying up to date with the latest trends and crazes. Equipment and materials needed – here you will learn what equipment and materials you will need to run your own balloon modelling business. It also covers how marker pens can be a valuable resource and why you need your own transport when running a business in this industry. Code of Conduct/Child Protection – this is a very important module which will help you identify the code of conduct relating to equity and how to ensure you adhere to the child protection regulations at all times. Health and Safety and Risk Assessments – this module is going to provide you with valuable information on carrying out an effective risk assessment and health and safety protection. Managing Bookings – in this module you will learn how to manage your bookings effectively, manage your time and the importance of booking contracts. Pricing and costs – here you will learn how to set different pricing models and how to identify your costs as a balloon modeller. You will also learn how to track income and expenditure and how to set pricing for certain events. Starting and running your own business – this module is dedicated to giving you the guidance and information you need to start and run your own successful balloon modelling business from business plans to services offered. Insurance, Accounting and Tax – as a business owner there are so many important factors to take into consideration and this module is designed to give you advice on insurance, accounting and tax. Marketing – make the most of online marketing tools and social media, networking and what to include in your advertising material are just some of the marketing information covered in this module. The Do's and Don'ts When Things Don't Go to Plan – this module will cover dealing with complaints, dealing with last minute damage to equipment and so much more. Balloon modelling techniques – an information packed module on the basics of balloon modelling techniques; twisting balloons, pumping balloons and tying balloons. How to make modules – the remaining modules comprise of valuable information and guides on how to make various animals and shapes with balloons, along with video tutorials and guides to help you successfully build your balloon modelling career. Benefits of Balloon Modelling Academy Diploma There are numerous benefits to completing this accredited diploma and jump start your career in balloon modelling. Start your own business Learn various and useful techniques you will use daily Jump start your balloon modelling career Learn the secrets to success in this industry Know all the rules and regulations associated with health and safety Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 26 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Your Introduction to Becoming a Balloon Modeller Module 2 : The Types of Work/Jobs Balloon Modellers Do Module 3 : The Equipment and Materials You Will Need for Balloon Modelling Module 4 : Code of Conduct / Child Protection Module 5 : Health andamp; Safety and Risk Assessments Module 6 : Taking / Managing Bookings – Establishing Job Requirements – and Time Planning Module 7 : Pricing and Costs Module 8 : Starting / Running Your Own Business Module 9 : Insurance, Accounting and Tax Module 10 : Marketing Your Business andamp; Social Media Module 11 : The Do’s and Don’ts and What to Do When Things Don’t Go to Plan Module 12 : Balloon Modelling Techniques: The Basics Module 13 : How to Make a Balloon Dog Module 14 : How to Make a Balloon Elephant Module 15: How to Make a Balloon Rabbit Module 16: How to Make a Balloon Parrot Module 17: How to Make a Balloon Crocodile Module 18: How to Make a Balloon Reindeer Module 19: How to Make a Balloon Turtle Module 20: How to Make a Balloon Monkey in a Tree Module 21: How to Make a Balloon Teddy Bear Module 22: How to Make a Balloon Biplane Module 23: How to Make a Balloon Flower Module 24: How to Make Balloon Fairy Wings Module 25: How to Make a Balloon Sword Module 26: How to Make a Balloon Twisty Hat Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Accounting Course offers students the necessary information required to manage your business better or begin a career in the financial industry in the United Kingdom. This online training course provides students with instruction that will put you on the path to beginning a career as a successful accountant. Accounting plays a critical role in maintaining and processing the important financial information that helps to operate a profitable business. This is a wide subject that focuses not only on accounting records, but on bookkeeping, taxes and on all aspects of finance. In order to prepare you in this regard, this course offers you a comprehensive overview of what you can expect from your career in accounting and finance. Introduction to the Accounting Course As this is an online training course students have the ability to study curriculum whenever and wherever it is convenient for them. Many enrolled students are still able to work full time and maintain an active lifestyle. Our study material is easily accessed across any device with an internet connection with online support available while you train. After successful completion of this course and a multiple choice exam, you will be awarded your certificate, which you can download and print from home. What You Will Learn The accounting diploma course prepares students for a career in the financial industry by offering a comprehensive overview of accounting and finance. This course will cover: An introduction into the importance of accounting A look at four ways to structure your business How to deal with relevant government bodies, registering and filing The benefits of a business bank account How to set up a business bank account Evaluating funding sources for your business Dealing with money from customers How to keep track of business costs and tax relief The essentials of recordkeeping and bookkeeping How to deal with taxes Employing staff Taking money out of your business How to read the profits, cash and ratios in your accounts Using forecasting methods to plan for the future How to know if you need an accountant Ethical practices of an accountant Benefits of the Accounting Diploma The Accounting Diploma offers students a variety of benefits. These include the following: The convenience of studying from home, or anywhere with an internet connection. The ability to study at your own pace. There is no time limit for this course, so if it takes days, weeks or months, you can still complete your studies. Study material that is available across any device with an internet connection including computers, tablets or mobile phones. Convenient easy to manage course modules that make studying more enjoyable. Online support available to help keep you focused while you study. The opportunity to learn using a comprehensive syllabus that assists you in acquiring the knowledge necessary to start your career in accounting. Improving your prospects while you apply for work in the financial industry. After successful course completion, you will earn a certified and recognised diploma. An affordable pricing structure. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 17 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all 17 modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the 17 modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Introduction to the Importance of Accounting Module 2 : Four Possible Ways in Which to Structure Your Business Module 3 : Dealing with Relevant Government Bodies and Registering and Filing Module 4 : Setting Up and the Benefits of a Business Bank Account Module 5 : Evaluating the Sources of Funding for Your Business Module 6 : Dealing with Money from Customers Module 7: Keeping Track of Business Costs and Tax Relief Module 8 : Essential Record Keeping and Bookkeeping Module 9 : Dealing with Dreaded Taxes Module 10 : Employing Staff Module 11: Taking Money Out of Your Business Module 12 : Reading your accounts Part I: Profit Module 13: Reading your accounts Part II – Cash Module 14: Reading your accounts Part III – Ratios Module 15: Using Basic Forecasting Methods to Plan for the Future Module 16 : Do You Need an Accountant? Module 17 : The Daily Life and Ethical Practice of an Accountant Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Basic Life Support is a specialist course covering terminology, legal requirements and basic life support techniques in case of an emergency. The course aims, in particular, to teach its readers how to assess an incident and manage a casualty who is choking, vomiting, unconscious or not breathing. The course uses audio-visual elements to help the readers learn how to perform Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation step by step and how to manage an unconscious person. This course also includes proper defibrillation use. This course can be used as stand-alone or in conjunction with practical training.COURSE OUTLINESection 1 (Primary Survey)This course is aimed at healthcare professionals and others who share an interest in the modules or are required to know the basic principles of basic life support.Objectives:After completing this course, the healthcare professional should have the theoretical knowledge to be able to: Carry out a primary survey in an emergency situation Place a casualty in the recovery position Treat a casualty who is vomiting or choking Perform cardiopulmonary to the Resuscitation Council (UK) 2010 guidelines Recognise the difference between a heart attack and angina Section 2 (Recovery Position)This section covers: What is the Recovery Position When would I use it How do I do it Each section is concluded by a short test.This knowledge will be assessed through a multiple-choice question paper (self-assessment), and it is recommended that this theoretical knowledge is followed by optional, practical training.Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen) otherwise, you will not have the option of taking the test.The course should take no more than 2 hours to complete. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course has been written to introduce its reader to the requirements and competency surrounding baseline investigations. It is not designed to act as a means by which competency in undertaking these competencies are assessed. It aims to introduce the reader to the required competency surrounding the tasking of baseline investigations (clinical observations).This includes: Instruction on communicating with patients Gaining consent Interpreting test results Conditions that require more frequent monitoring When to report anything abnormal Hand hygiene and 'bare below the elbow' requirements This course will take around three hours to complete and will provide three CPD points. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Basic Fire Safety Awareness for Care Homes Online Course RoSPA, IOSH andamp; CPD Approved Course DescriptionCurrent legislation, The Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005, applies to all workplaces regardless of the number of employees and requires employers to provide adequate training in fire awareness for all members of their staff.Our online fire safety training courses are aimed at all employees to assist them in identifying and reducing the risk that fire presents in the workplace.This course covers the same content as the Basic Fire Safety course with additional content tailored specifically for employees that work in care homes.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Chemistry of FireModule 2: Common Causes of FireModule 3: Basic Safety Features in BuildingsModule 4: Introduction to Fire Extinguishers Module 5: What to do in Cases of Fire?Duration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions)Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Basic Fire Safety Awareness Online Course RoSPA, IOSH, IFE andamp; CPD Approved Course DescriptionCurrent legislation, The Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005, applies to all workplaces regardless of the number of employees and requires employers to provide adequate training in fire awareness for all members of their staffOur online fire safety training courses are aimed at all employees to assist them in identifying and reducing the risk that fire presents in the workplace.This course will provide candidates with a general understanding of basic fire awareness including what should be done in the event of a fire, how to prevent a fire occurring and a basic introduction of the protocol of extinguishing a fireIt is a cost effective way for employers to fulfil their legal obligation to provide their employees with the necessary understanding of fire awareness.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Chemistry of FireModule 2: Common Causes of FireModule 3: Basic Safety Features in BuildingsModule 4: Introduction to Fire Extinguishers Module 5: What to do in Cases of Fire?Duration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions)Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Basic Legionella Management Online Course RoSPA andamp; CPD Approved Course DescriptionCurrent legislation set out by the Health and Safety at Work Act along with the HSE’s updated code of practice known as L8, state that companies and building owners have a legal duty to manage Legionella. Our interactive training course is aimed at all employers and staff to assist them in identifying the danger that Legionella poses, as well as covering ways to identify and assess sources of risk from Legionella on the premises.It also gives you enough knowledge to get a Legionella control programme off the ground yourself – or make confident, informed choices when commissioning others to take this on for you. DEMO VIDEO Target Audience This course is primarily aimed at building and facilities managers and maintenance professionals that have nominated responsibilities for water systems. Advantages Lack of training and awareness of Legionella have been shown to be factors in many outbreaks of legionella. Having adequate training and carrying out appropriate checks can ensure water system safetyThe course is approved by ROSPA giving you peace of mind and delegates increased confidence that the content is accurate and relevant. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life. Further Progression There are a wide range of other health and safety courses available in the eLearning suite that are relevant to the same industries as these courses.There are also business skills courses such as Leadership Skills and Developing Teamwork which could be of value to managers and team leaders that may also have responsibilities for buildings and facilities.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What is Legionella?Module 2: Risk AreasModule 3: LegislationModule 4: Risk Management Module 5: Water System Monitoring Module 6: Cooling System AwarenessDuration: 75 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Early resuscitation can improve survival rates by up to 60%. This course is for anybody, trained or untrained, who wishes to feel more confident in dealing with a collapsed adult or child. Please note that the Online course does not qualify its users to carry out either of these tasks without further practical training. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Know how to assess the collapsed victim Learn how to perform chest compression and rescue breathing Know how to deal with a person who is choking Be able to place an unconscious person in the recovery position Understand your legal obligations under the first aid regulations Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Basic Life Support is a specialist course covering terminology, legal requirements and basic life support techniques in case of an emergency. The course aims in particular to teach its readers how to assess an incident and manage a casualty who is choking, vomiting, unconscious or not breathing. The course uses audio-visual elements to help the readers learn how to perform Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation step by step and how to manage an unconscious person. This course can be used as stand-alone or in conjunction with practical training. This course is aligned to the UK Core Skills Training Framework subject "Resuscitation". This course provides the knowledge component of the UK Core Skills Training Framework subject "Resuscitation". Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Basic Life Support - Section 1 (Primary Survey)This course is aimed at healthcare professionals and others who share an interest in the modules or are required to know the basic principles of basic life support. After completing this course, the healthcare professional should have the theoretical knowledge to be able to:• Carry out a primary survey in an emergency situation• Place a casualty in the recovery position• Treat a casualty who is vomiting or choking• Perform cardiopulmonary to the Resuscitation Council (UK) 2010 guidelines• Recognise the difference between a heart attack and anginaThis knowledge will be assessed through a multiple-choice question paper (self-assessment), and it is recommended that this theoretical knowledge is followed by optional, practical training. Each Section is concluded by a short test. This course is aligned to the UK Core Skills Training Framework subject "Resuscitation". This course provides the knowledge component of the UK Core Skills Training Framework subject "Resuscitation".Basic Life Support - Section 2 (Recovery Position)This section covers:• What is the Recovery Position?• When would I use it?• How do I do it?Basic Life Support - Section 3 – Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)This section covers:• A review of the Primary Survey• Resuscitation in adults• Resuscitation in children and babies• Resuscitation following asphyxia• VomitingBasic Life Support - Section 4 (Choking)This section covers:• The difference between coughing and choking• How to recognise choking in an ADULT• How to treat an ADULT who is choking• Choking in children and babiesBasic Life Support - Section 5 (Heart Attack and Angina)This section covers:• What is a heart attack?• What are the signs and symptoms?• How do I treat it?• What is the difference between heart attack and angina attack? Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Basic Observations training course is especially suitable for registered nurses, healthcare assistants and anyone working in the health and social care sector. This e-learning care course will enable care workers to confidently and competently take, record and report clinical observations.The online Basic Clinical Observations course aims to help care workers increase their skills and knowledge by teaching them how to spot normal and abnormal clinical observations/vital signs, perform a range of clinical observations including temperature, blood pressure and respiration rate, and how to accurately document and report the findings.On successful completion, learners will be able to download, save or print their CPD accredited Basic Observations certificate. This can be used to provide evidence for compliance and audit. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this online Basic Observations training course, learners should know and understand the following: Vital signs Learn about the normal and abnormal vital signs and clinical observations Perform a range of clinical observations Perform a range of clinical observations including: blood pressure heart rate temperature oxygen saturation levels respiratory rate Neurological observations Understand and learn about neurological observations Urinalysis Learn about urinalysis and how to obtain samples Axillary, oral, tympanic temperature Understand Axillary, oral and tympanic temperature Blood glucose levels Know how to monitor and test blood glucose levels Handwashing Learn the correct hand hygiene and handwashing techniques Record keeping, consent and confidentiality Record keeping, consent and confidentiality will also be discussed Course OutlineThe aim of this Basic Clinical Observations Training Course is to greater increase your knowledge of how to care for patients and the importance of vital signs and observations.The key points covered in this course are: Vital signs Perform a range of clinical observations Neurological observations Urinalysis Axillary, oral, tympanic temperature Blood glucose levels Handwashing Record keeping, consent and confidentiality Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Tutoring is an incredibly fun and rewarding profession to go into. In addition to this, it’s also very flexible and convenient, as all this work can be conducted from your home. However, there are certain features that you need to be equipped with, to enable you to be successful as an online tutor. One element that you need is a strategic mindset, with various approaches to broaden your chosen niche. Creating and improving on methods that are going to enhance student engagement and interaction is incredibly important; however, when beginning your e-learning platform, you're rarely going to have bucket loads of students creating online traffic. Therefore, it's important to create a strategic marketing plan that's not only sufficiently detailed but also centered around your target audience and the needs that you are satisfying, by providing customers with your products and services. Investigating every aspect of your target audience is vital to gaining success within the online tutoring industry. This directly impacts the courses that you need to create and the way in which you promote these courses. It also plays a role in the type of tutoring environment that you ultimately create. This environment dictates the types of software and tools used. What You Will Learn How to determine the characteristics and requirements of your target audience How to choose the right subject and the appropriate way in which to create the correct course model How to choose the best online platform The process involved in creating your own online tutoring business The different methods that can be used to create an e-learning platform How you can effectively manage your courses and tutoring activity The best ways in which to conduct marketing for your commercial and niche e-learning platform Benefits of Taking This Course Learn how to effectively analyse your desired audience and market to them Gain knowledge on how to choose the best subjects Better understand the procedures that you need to undergo to build your own online tutoring platform Be better prepared to start or enhance your career as an online tutor Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 26 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Determining Your Requirements and Knowing Your Audience Module 02: Choosing Your Subject and Creating an Appropriate Course Pattern Module 03: How to Model Your Course and Setting Your Rates Module 04: Choosing or Creating an Online Platform on Which to Sell Your Courses Module 05: Marketing Your E-learning Platform and Creating a Niche Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The personal stylist profession can be lucrative and rewarding in terms of experience. However, just like any other industry, it takes hard work to become a successful image consultant. A professional should learn the basics of colour theory, fashion history and keep fashion trends and varied styles and looks at their fingertips. Professional personal stylists help clients choose the best hair, clothes and makeup based on their budget, age, profession or type of work and body type. It is important for persons aspiring to take up a career in the industry to learn about what it takes to become a personal stylist or image consultant. This course has been designed to help you learn everything that it takes to become a personal stylist. What You Will Learn Benefits of working as an image consultant Requirements to becoming a personal stylist Why personal stylists should get certifications Qualities of a personal stylist Tips to becoming a personal stylist How personal stylists get clients Potential earnings of image consultants Who qualifies to become an image consultant Benefits of Taking This Course Know what it takes to become a personal stylist Determine if you want to become a personal stylist Determine if you have what it takes to become a personal stylist Learn how to become a personal stylist Decide whether you want to take up comprehensive courses for personal stylists Demonstrate the necessary business skills such as marketing for personal stylists Determine potential earnings Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Becoming a Personal Stylist Module 02: Requirements to Becoming a Personal Stylist Module 03: Qualities of a Personal Stylist Module 04: How Stylists Get Clients Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Behavioural Safety Online Course IIRSM, IOSH andamp; CPD Approved Course DescriptionThis course defines behavioural safety and explains the origins of the concept. It covers how it can be implemented in the workplace and some of the potential benefits. It includes analysis of some examples of 'at risk behaviours' and some examples of ways you can measure how well your organisation is doing when it comes to safety. Finally it touches on some of the key laws regarding health and safety in the workplace and how to ensure positive workforce attitudes.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: Essential Terms and Business BenefitsModule 3: How Behavioural Safety WorksModule 4: Setting Up a Programme Module 5: Ensuring Positive Workforce AttitudesDuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description One in six adults have a common mental health condition, and 1% have bipolar disorder. Awareness and understanding of mental illness can go a long way in promoting mental health not just in affected individuals but society as a whole.This course contains a practical overview of bipolar disorder, its causes, treatment and the impact it has on an individual’s everyday life. It also outlines the steps employers and workers can take to support someone diagnosed with bipolar disorder. You Will Learn: What bipolar disorder is, the main symptoms and the signs that accompany depressed, manic and mixed episodes How bipolar is diagnosed, why it is important to treat it in a timely manner and how it is treated using medication and therapy The challenges faced by people living with bipolar disorder and how lifestyle changes can help them manage the condition How and why employers should support workers with bipolar disorder and how to uphold the legislation that protects people with the condition from discrimination Benefits Of Taking This Course: If you know someone with confirmed or suspected bipolar disorder, this course will give you a valuable insight into their condition If you work with someone diagnosed with bipolar disorder, this course will help you support them in a sensitive manner If you are a business owner or manager, this course will highlight your obligations under the law with regards to supporting someone with a chronic mental illness If you work in an HR role or have an interest in occupational health, you will benefit from this insight into the difficulties people with bipolar disorder face in the workplace Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is Bipolar Disorder? Module 2: The Diagnosis andamp; Treatment of Bipolar Disorder Module 3: Living with Bipolar Module 4: Supporting Someone with Bipolar Disorder at Work Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course will give you an overview of blogging – why you should blog, how to choose the right blogging platform for you, how to write high-quality content, and how to use a blog to further your personal and professional goals. You will learn the following: What is meant by the terms “blog,” “blogging,” and other related phrases. How blogging started, and how it became popular among internet users. The main reasons why people decide to write blogs. The various groups of people who run blogs, and what they often hope to achieve. Key questions you need to ask yourself before you decide to begin blogging. How to choose the right platform for your blog. How to make the decision between using a blog hosting service and hosting your own blog. The main features and costs associated with six of the most commonly-used blogging platforms. How to secure a domain name and hosting if you decide to set up a self-hosted blog. How to find extra help and support when launching your blog if you should require it. Why it is important to choose the right topic for your blog. How to devise an initial list of ideas for blog topics. How to select an idea that has the potential to make money at a later date. How to research the existing level of interest around your topic. The power of evergreen content and why you should consider an evergreen topic as the basis for your blog. Why producing high quality content should be your primary concern as a blogger. The various kinds of blog post you may wish to publish to your blog. How to devise ideas for your blog posts. Why it is a good idea to plan your posts using a posting schedule or diary. How to add extra value to your posts so that your readers will come to think of you as a reliable and authoritative resource. An overview of the most popular ways of making money from a blog. How to make money by placing advertisements on your blog. How to make money by promoting other people’s products on your blog. How to make money by selling your own products via your blog. Why you should not view blogging as a means of making money quickly. Why it is helpful to think of yourself as a member of a wider blogging community. Where you can find other bloggers writing in your niche. How you can attract more readers to your blog by networking with other bloggers. Why including guest posts on your blog is a good strategy for increasing engagement and traffic. How to collaborate with other bloggers on projects, and how doing so can boost your income and reputation. Why you should maintain a social media presence on at least one social media website. An overview of the most popular social media platforms for bloggers, and how each can be used to attract new readers and engage with your existing audience. The kind of content you can post to social media and how it can be used to engage readers. How to use social media to devise new ideas for blog content. The basics of social media etiquette and how to attract more followers. Why effective blogs often make use of images and videos alongside text. Different types of blog content that is often enhanced by visual media. Legal issues to consider when using other people’s media on your blog. How to produce your own memorable visual media for use on your site. How to optimize your images so that they help your blog rank well in search engines. Why you should consider starting a blog if you have a business. How you can use content to engage with existing customers and attract new prospects. How building an email list via a blog can provide you with a new means of selling products. How to strike a balance between maintaining a professional image and showcasing the personality of your business. How to promote your blog content on social media in such a way that attracts new customers. Why you need to be aware of the most common online security threats. An overview of the potential consequences of successful cyber-attacks. The reasons why people attempt to hack into blogs and other websites. Why you should keep backups of your blog content. How to keep a WordPress blog secure. How to stop spam and malicious communications being posted to your blog. Benefits of taking this course: You can learn the material any place, any time, and at your own speed. All you need is an internet-enabled device. Content is presented as brief modules, making learning easy. Access to an online support system. A complete overview of the issues you need to consider when launching a blog. Affordable cost. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Blogging Basics Module 2: How To Set Up A Blog Module 3: How To Choose A Blog Topic Module 4: How To Write Captivating Content Module 5: How To Make Money From Your Blog Module 6: How And Why You Should Network With Other Bloggers Module 7: How To Use Social Media To Widen Your Audience Module 8: How To Make Effective Use Of Images And Other Visual Media Module 9: Using A Blog To Attract New Customers To An Existing Business Module 10: Safety And Security Issues Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is for people that assess or manage transfusions and alternatives as part of their daily duties. It is useful for staff new to blood transfusion nursing, existing nurses refreshing their learning and non-medical prescribers for blood components. It is not suitable for staff in the specialist settings of Maternity, Paediatrics and Critical Care. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course? We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES This course is for people that assess or manage transfusions and alternatives as part of their daily duties. It is useful for staff new to blood transfusion nursing, existing nurses refreshing their learning and non-medical prescribers for blood components. It is not suitable for staff in the specialist settings of Maternity, Paediatrics and Critical Care. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description An introduction to blood transfusions for staff that need to understand the process of blood transfusion and real world scenarios to help support patients who have had a transfusion. This course develops an understanding of the Blood Transfusion process for learners who are not directly involved with this process to widen their broad understanding of the subject. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Name the different blood groups and describe the importance of the correct blood group List different types of blood products and name at least one purpose of each type of blood product Describe how someone’s blood group is determined Explain why blood transfusions are sometimes clinically necessary Briefly describe the risks and benefits associated with blood transfusions Describe alternatives to blood transfusions Briefly describe the process associated with collecting a blood sample Briefly describe the concerns patients may have Explain why it is important to gain the patient’s consent for a blood transfusion Courses Include 2 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Welcome to our online Blood Transfusion Level 3 Training Course (blood component transfusion) for front-line healthcare professionals.Using blood and blood components is a standard therapeutic procedure in NHS and private hospitals. Blood transfusion, if used safely and appropriately, will improve the quality of life or be a life-saving treatment for many patients.Doctors and nurses, in particular, have an essential role in a safe blood transfusion. Therefore, registered nurses must have sufficient knowledge of the situations, amounts and methods of using blood components, possible side effects and necessary care of those receiving blood transfusions.Certificate duration: 2 yearsEntry requirements: No entry restrictionsRecommended prerequisites: N/AAssessment type: End of course assessmentAssessment pass mark – 80% needed to pass and gain a CPD certificateCost(s) of assessment and certification – All costs included in the course priceWho is the course for?This online Blood Transfusion training course is primarily aimed at those healthcare staff who are not directly involved in blood sampling, the decision to transfuse, or administering blood transfusions. However, senior clinical staff, including specialist nurses and doctors, will also find this course beneficial.Healthcare staff who are specifically involved in the clinical decisions related to the blood transfusion process will receive more specialised training, and this may include completing the individual NHS Trust or private hospital’s internal classroom training or e-learning. Speak to your line manager or learning and development lead if you think this applies to you.What is covered in this course?This online Blood Transfusion training course covers the following: The different blood groups and why people must get the correct blood group in a blood transfusion, Different types of blood products and their purposes, The purpose of a red cell transfusion, platelet transfusion and a Fresh Frozen Plasma (FFP) transfusion, ABO and the Rh D blood groups. How a patient’s blood group is determined, The difference between a group and screen sample and a crossmatch sample, The correct process of labelling blood samples, Why blood transfusions are sometimes clinically necessary, The risks and benefits associated with blood transfusions, Alternatives to blood transfusions – for example, oral iron tablets, The concerns patients may have about receiving a blood transfusion, The importance of gaining the patient’s consent for a blood transfusion and the reasons why some patients may refuse this treatment, The process associated with blood transfusion, including: Blood sample collection, The correct procedure of collection and transportation of blood components, Collecting a blood bag from the blood storage point, Safety checks, Blood product administration to a patient, Critical checks clinical staff must make and why they are required, The equipment needed for a blood transfusion. The safe process for the administration of different blood components, Potential adverse reactions to a blood transfusion, The risks of blood transfusion, including severe allergic reactions, Managing risks related to blood transfusions, Documentation about blood component transfusion. Who can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Blood-borne pathogens are microorganisms inside the human body which can cause a number of serious diseases through contamination. Employees who work in nursing, dentistry, laboratories or surgeries have an occupational risk of exposure to blood or other potentially hazardous bodily fluids. A comprehensive Blood-borne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan will help to protect these employees.This course provides an in-depth overview of Exposure Control Plans. The course will cover what the plan should entail, the step-by-step procedures surrounding exposure to blood borne pathogens in the workplace and how to introduce the plan to employees in training. You Will Learn: What a Bloodborne Pathogen Exposure Control Plan is and what it involves. How an effective Exposure Control Plan can save lives, prevent injuries and protect the health of employees. How to introduce a Control Plan to employees in training. What steps to take to reduce the risk of exposure to employees. What to do in the immediate aftermath of an exposure incident. Benefits Of Taking This Course: You will learn about Blood-borne Pathogen Exposure Control and how to implement a successful plan in the workplace. Your staff will be better trained to work in an environment where there is a risk of exposure to blood-borne pathogens as a result of you taking this course. You will gain an insight into the dangers of blood-borne pathogens and why your workplace should have an Exposure Control Plan in place. You will learn the preventative measures to put in place to keep staff safe and reduce the risk of contamination. You will learn what to do in the event of a member of your team being exposed to potentially hazardous blood-borne pathogens. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What are blood-borne pathogens? Module 02: What is an Exposure Control plan and Why do you Need one? Module 03: Preventative Measures Module 04: Vaccines Module 05: Post-exposure Procedures Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course on ‘Body Language’ is designed to help you understand the different aspects of body language so that you are able to use the information to your personal and professional advantage. In addition, you can also consider using the knowledge to train others in the understanding of body language. Actions truly speak louder than words and it is possible to convey volumes of meaning without uttering a single syllable in the process. Body language is an intricate subject and detailed insights described in the course reveal the secrets of successful communication. Learning the nuances of body language can not only help you connect better with your co-workers, but can also help reduce conflict and improve your skills in negotiation as well as customer interactions. In addition, becoming more aware of the subtle cues associated with gestures, expressions and position can also help us improve self-awareness. We become more aware of how our communications are perceived by others. As a result, we are more likely to enjoy more fulfilling and loving personal relationships with family members, friends and other loved ones. Paying attention to body language and gestures can help us discern between truthful and untruthful communications. If you work or volunteer in a field that involves interaction with disabled or autistic individuals, interpretation of body language can help you forge closer and more understanding relationships with your students or patients. What you will learn The course offers information, insights and explanations regarding the following: The fundamentals of body language and its importance in our everyday lives in terms of business and personal relationships. The impact of cultural differences on the understanding and interpretation of body language. Understanding one’s own body language and the unspoken communication that we tend to convey through our gestures, postures and expressions. You will also be able to identify signs that indicate lying or concealing behaviours. This will help you further improve your ability to interact on a professional as well as personal level. As you learn to identify negative body language, you will gradually eliminate these gestures or posture. You will be able to adopt a more mindful attitude towards body language. Body language plays a crucial role when it comes to attending job interviews, negotiating a business deal or interacting with customers. The course will explain how to improve the likelihood of business or job success by using the correct body language. In addition to work situations, body language also plays an integral role in personal relationships and development. The course will describe different interpretations of body language and the impact on interpersonal communication. Body language is often a decisive factor that determines the overall effect of communication in professional as well as personal situations. Research indicates that most of our communication is influenced by subtle body language signals compared to actual spoken words. Benefits of the Body Language course By completing the course on body language, you can expect the following benefits: Decrease the likelihood of conflicts that arise from misunderstanding others or being misunderstood. Look forward to becoming a more established and effective communicator. Improve your chances of business or job success. The ability to study from home, or anywhere with a convenient internet connection. Study at a pace that is comfortable for you. Since there is no time limit for this course, you will complete your studies, regardless of how long it takes you. The ability to easily manage modules and understand course structure. Convenient online support available while you train. A certified and recognised certificate upon successful course completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Introduction to Body Language Module 2: Dimensions and Attributes Module 3 : Basics of Body Language (Part I) Module 4: Basics of Body Language (Part II) Module 5: Hand Gestures and Introduction to Handshakes Module 6 : Different Types of Handshakes and Crossed Arm Postures Module 7 : Eye Signals and Eye Contact Module 8 : Gestures and Postures that Reveal Deceit and Lies Module 9 : Body Language for Career Success Module 10: Cross-Cultural Interpretations of Body Language, Common Gestures and Postures in Daily Life Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) is a disorder of mood accompanied by maladaptive relationship patterns and thinking styles. BPD can cause a significant amount of distress and it typically impacts every area of a person’s life. In this course, you will receive an overview of BPD, including its symptoms, causes, and treatment. You will learn how Dialectical Behaviour Therapy (DBT) is used to help people with BPD lead more fulfilling lives and how social and medical support can help them recover from their condition. You will also learn why and how people with this diagnosis may benefit from extra support at work. You Will Learn: What is meant by the term “personality disorder”, the most common symptoms of BPD, what causes BPD, and why it requires prompt and careful treatment. How BPD is diagnosed and an overview of the main treatments available. How Dialectical Behaviour Therapy (DBT) can improve mood and functioning in people with BPD. The challenges people with BPD face in the workplace and how their colleagues and managers can support them in getting the help they need. Benefits of Studying This Course If you know someone with BPD, this course will help you understand their condition and offer support if required. If you work with service users with a BPD diagnosis, this course will give you an insight into their condition and help you meet their needs. If you supervise someone with BPD, this course will enable you to help meet their needs in the workplace. If you have an interest in occupational health or mental illness in general, you will benefit from this comprehensive introduction to the most common personality disorder. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What Is Borderline Personality Disorder? Module 02: Diagnosis and Treatment of Borderline Personality Disorder Module 03: Dialectical Behaviour Therapy Module 04: Supporting an Employee with Borderline Personality Disorder Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Brain injuries can have serious and long-term impacts. Understanding the symptoms of brain injuries, their severity and how to promote rehabilitation is crucial for healthcare professionals. This online Brain Injury training course will enhance your staff’s skills and knowledge, helping them provide quality care.The brain is the most important organ in the human body and should be treated accordingly. The impacts of either an ABI (Acquired Brain Injury) or TBI (Traumatic Brain Injury) can be severe, with serious consequences if untreated. This comprehensive Brain Injury ABI and TBI course is designed to equip healthcare staff with the necessary knowledge and skills to effectively handle brain injuries. From the initial identification of symptoms to the implementation of rehabilitation methods, this course covers every step of the procedure with utmost detail and precision. By enrolling in this Brain Injury ABI and TBI course, healthcare staff will not only enhance their own professional development but also play a crucial role in improving the outcomes for individuals with brain injuries. Whether you are a nurse, doctor, therapist, or caregiver, this course is an essential resource for anyone involved in the care and support of individuals with brain injuries. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this Brain Injury Awareness course, learners should know and understand the following: What ABI and TBI mean - ABI (Acquired Brain Injury) and TBI (Traumatic Brain Injury)Symptoms of brain injuries - Be able to identify brain injury symptomsBrain injury severity - Understand how brain injury impacts are dependent upon the severity of injuriesConcussion awareness - Have an awareness of concussionPost-brain injury behaviour - Understand communication and behaviour of those with a brain injuryPromoting brain injury rehabilitation - How to support recovery from brain injuriesDuration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your CPD certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The UK Bribery Act 2010 came in to force on the 1st of July 2011 making it a legal requirement for all business operating within the UK to ensure adequate training and protection is in place against corruption and bribery in an organisation. This online bribery awareness training course will enable the user to gain a full understanding required to recognise and prevent bribery from happening within the workplace. In addition, this Bribery Act Awareness training course will assist with procedures and how to create and put into practice an anti-bribery policy/risk assessment. This e-learning bribery act awareness course is designed for businesses across all market sectors and will help them demonstrate their due diligence under the new legislation Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES The nature of bribery Anti-bribery corruption legislation The implications of a bribery compliance program Consequences of failing to implement a bribery program Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course gives you everything you need to know about becoming a freelance bridal hair stylist. At the conclusion of this course, participants have the knowledge they need to successfully style a bride’s hair as well as market their skills to other clients. This bridal hair course covers many topics related to becoming a skilled and effective stylist, as well as how to attract a robust clientele. We have developed this course to give students important information about how to succeed in this highly competitive field. Throughout the course, students are provided with instruction, tips and techniques for creating numerous bridal styles, including traditional up-dos, free-flowing styles and combinations of the two. The course also goes into the specific details involved in preparing, setting and completing a highly-sought after, modern romantic look. Students of this course further learn about the tools and techniques they need to style hair efficiently and beautifully. At the conclusion of the course, students receive a certificate, proving they have successfully completed each module. What You Will Learn This course was designed to give students a total overview of what is involved in creating popular bridal styles: Here’s what the course covers: The tools and equipment you need to succeed as a bridal stylist Information about the various products that are recommended How to best curl hair for loose, beachy waves Tips and techniques on how to create and set Hollywood-glam inspired waves Which pins are the best for which type of hair The best way to form a messy bun with maximum hold Other popular bridal styles, especially those suited for outdoor weddings Marketing strategies you can use to expand your client base Benefits of the Bridal Hair Course This Bridal Hair course includes the following benefits: An affordable course that gives you all the information you need to successfully and confidently style bridal hair A curriculum that is easy to understand, divided into 5 complete modules The achievement of knowing how to market your business to get more customers The ability to learn a variety of hair styles Learning the techniques experienced stylists use to create lasting and natural-looking bridal ‘dos’ The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience.Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Preparation and Required Tools Module 2: Modern Romance Up-Do Part 1 – Hollywood Glam Module 3: Modern Romance Up-Do Part 2 – Pinning it Up Module 4: Other Popular Bridal Styles Module 5: Tips, Recommendations and Marketing Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Bridal Makeup mini course gives you everything you need to know about becoming a freelance bridal makeup artist. At the conclusion of this course, participants have the knowledge they need to successfully work as a freelance bridal makeup artist. The course covers many topics related to becoming a skilled and effective artist, as well as how to attract a robust clientele. We have developed this course to give students important information about how to succeed in this highly competitive field. Throughout the course, students are provided with instruction, tips and techniques for applying and styling makeup for brides, including methods for priming the face, applying foundation and creating the perfect bridal smoky eye. The course also goes into the specific details involved in starting and running a freelance company. Students of this course further learn about the tools and equipment they need to succeed as a bridal makeup artist. At the conclusion of the course, students receive a diploma, proving they have successfully completed each module. What You Will Learn This course was designed to give a total overview of what is involved in becoming a freelance bridal makeup artist: Here’s what the course covers: Information about the various products and brands that are recommended Best techniques to use when working with oily or dry skin How and why you should prepare the skin before applying any makeup The importance of a trial run Incorporating the bride’s signature style into the look you create The best way to deal with difficult clients How to create the perfect smoky eye for a bride Marketing strategies you can use to expand your client base Benefits of the Bridal Makeup Mini-Course This bridal makeup course includes the following benefits: An affordable course that gives you all the information you need to successfully and confidently work as a makeup artist A curriculum that is easy to understand, divided into 5 complete modules The achievement of knowing how to market your business to get more customers Learn a variety of techniques you can use to create the perfect bridal look Understanding the importance of customer service The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience.Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 9 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Tools, Tips and Skin Preparation Module 2: Eye Makeup – Tips, Tricks and Recommendations Module 3: Completing the Romantic Bridal Look Module 4: Customer Service for Makeup Artists Module 5: Starting andamp; Running a Freelance Makeup Artist Business Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The British Citizenship Diploma is ideal for anyone who wants to understand the intricacies of British citizenship, whether they are looking to apply for citizenship themselves, or simply want to know more about what it is and how it works. From learning about the different classes of citizenship, to working and living in the UK, to finally achieving naturalisation, this course covers it all. You will receive a full introduction to the theory and practicalities of living in the UK and becoming a full citizen. This is an online course that will give all students the unique ability to learn the curriculum in their own time and at their own pace. Most students are able to continue working full time, and still finish the course in a reasonable amount of time. Since this is an online course, this diploma is accessible from any device with an internet connection, and you will also have access to online support during the time you train. What You Will Learn An introduction to the different types of British citizenship A history of, and current British nationality and immigration laws The British visa system and who may apply The criteria for entitlement to enter and stay in the UK both temporarily and permanently What naturalisation is, and how to apply for it What the English Language test involves Taking the Life in the UK test Finding work in the UK, and the selection and interview process Aspects of British life and culture Dual nationality - what it is and travelling as such Brexit and its implications for EEA and non-EEA citizens Useful contact details for different governmental departments Benefits of the British Citizenship Diploma When taking the British Citizenship Diploma course, there are a number of benefits that you will experience. These include: The option to study from any location at any time, both at home and away or out and about Studying at your own pace; there is no time limit, so you can take days, weeks or even months to finish the course Using any internet-enabled device to study from, including mobile phones, tablets and computers Easily reading the course, thanks to the short modules, which make studying more enjoyable Experiencing the convenience of an online support system, which allows students to stay on track during their studies Learning from a comprehensive syllabus, which helps to guarantee that you get a comprehensive understanding of British citizenship Earning a certified and recognised diploma An affordable cost Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction to British Citizenship Module 2: British Nationality and Immigration – A Legislative Overview Module 3: Naturalisation – What it is and How to Apply Module 4: Life in the UK and English Language Tests Module 5: The Right to Stay in the UK Module 6: Finding Work in the UK – What Happens After Applying Module 7: Finding Job Vacancies in the UK Module 8: Dual Nationality, Brexit and Useful Contacts Module 9: The British Visa System Module 10: Life and Culture in the UK Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether you want to start your own successful cleaning business or you want to improve your career prospects within the company you currently work for, you will find that the British Cleaning Certificate Award can be a useful step in the right direction. Introduction to the British Cleaning Certification Award (BCCA) This industry recognised certification includes twenty two information packed modules that you can learn at your own pace in your own space. This online training takes approximately ten hours to complete with online support that you can rely on and trust. The course covers the essential things you need to know to boost your career within the British cleaning industry. It provides you with the ability to improve your earning potential. On completion of the course you will be required to pass a multiple choice test, which covers all the modules you have just completed. On passing, with a pass rate of seventy percent, you will have the ability to download and print your certificate and start using it to improve your cleaning career without delay. What You Will Learn The twenty two modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your cleaning career, this includes: Understand the cleaning industry from career prospects to starting your own cleaning business. Know the different types of cleaning jobs from domestic cleaning to commercial and industrial cleaning. Identify whether it is worthwhile to work for someone or own your own cleaning business. Get to grips with essential cleaning equipment. Know what equipment you will need and how to use it. Also learn how to effectively store cleaning equipment. Learn about chemical safety, including the chemicals you will use on a daily basis. Know the difference between acidic, alkaline and neutral chemicals and what they are used for. Understand the job in detail. This includes working hours, average earnings and working conditions. Learn essential cleaning techniques and expected standards. This includes dusting surfaces, cleaning glass and mirrors, how to clean speciality surfaces and what standards you need to maintain. Know about cleaning products and protective clothing, helping you identify what you should wear to protect your clothes, speciality cleaning products and clothing branding to boost brand visibility. Understand the importance of effective kitchen cleaning. Learn about food safety, how to effectively clean a cooker and a refrigerator and so much more. Identify how to complete commercial kitchen cleaning to the highest standard. Know the best routine to clean a bathroom and toilet area. Learn about the best routines and why you should have colour coded cloths. Understand hospital cleaning from areas you may need to clean to health and safety requirements. Learn how office cleaning differs from residential cleaning and identify various techniques to effectively clean staff toilets. Know what equipment you will need for industrial cleaning, along with the difference between wet and dry industrial vacuum cleaners and how to keep safe when cleaning these environments. Identify with green cleaning solutions from homemade cleaning products to steam cleaning and more. Know the reporting procedures. Reporting procedures include regulation reporting, injury and disease reporting and get to know what an accident book is. Know what it takes to clean outdoor areas. You will learn about planning, preparation, safety and legal requirements. Learn how to deal with non-categorised waste. You will get to know the different types of waste and how to manage the transfer flow of waste to ensure cleanliness at all times. Get to know more about working in confined spaces and why and how to conduct a thorough risk assessment before you begin to ensure your safety. Learn more about running an ironing service and what this entails. Receive valuable information on starting your own cleaning business from what you will need, the benefits and disadvantages and more to help you decide if this is the best choice for you and how to proceed. Learn more about marketing your business, what insurances you will need, tax and more. Benefits of the British Cleaning Certification Award (BCCA) Improve your career prospects. Improve your earning potential with the knowledge and skills obtained in this course. Show the BCCA logo on your marketing and promotional materials to provide your clients with peace of mind when using your services. Industry recognised certification on completion. Download and print your certificate as and when you need it. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 26 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Finding Your Career: A Job in the Cleaning Corps Module 2 : The Different Types of Cleaning Jobs Module 3 : Cleaning Equipment Module 4 : Chemical Safety and Competence Module 5 : About The Job Module 6 : Meeting Clients and Your Behaviour in Clients’ Homes/Workplaces Module 7 : Keyholding and Alarm Codes for Cleaners Module 8 : Food Kitchen andamp; Cleaning Module 9 : Cleaning Products andamp; Clothing Module 10 : Food Kitchen Cleaning Module 11 : Commercial Kitchen Cleaning Module 12 : Bathrooms andamp; Toilets Module 13 : Hospital / Medical practice Cleaning Module 14 : Office Cleaning Module 15: Industrial Cleaning Equipment Module 16: Green andamp; Steam Cleaning Module 17: Pressure Washing andamp; Machine Sweeping Module 18: Reporting Procedures Module 19 : Cleaning External Surfaces/Areas Module 20 : Dealing with Non-Routine Waste Module 21 : Running An Ironing Service Module 22 : Starting Your Own Cleaning Business Module 23 : Marketing A Cleaning Business Module 24 : Taking on Staff Module 25 : Communication Skills and Dealing with Customer Complaints Module 26 : Business Insurance, Equipment andamp; Tax Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes - BCCA (British Cleaning Certificate Award) Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Sign language is one of the only ways in which deaf people or those with hearing impairments are able to communicate. This type of language involves not only hand gestures but also facial expressions and body language, all combined to enable effective communication. Sign language is now used all over the world in many different forms. In this online training course, we will primarily focus on the UK’s main form of sign language: British Sign Language. The British Sign Langauge course will go over some of the main elements of this language, as well as its interesting history. From there, the course will move on to explore some of the world’s other forms of sign language. American Sign Language is most commonly used worldwide, but there are actually hundreds of different versions of sign language. The course will also take a look at the importance of deaf awareness and why sign language is such an irreplaceable tool. People who learn sign language have many opportunities in the job market, which this course will also go over. You will then learn many commonly used words in BSL. These are covered in three separate stages: 1. ‘Foundation’ - alphabet, numbers, colours, animals2. ‘Basic’ - people, hobbies, weather, transport, time3. ‘Expansion’ - greetings, daily life, home, question forms, expressions, food, and drink, compass The BSL words will be demonstrated in videos. When practicing the words yourself, try to copy exactly what the person in the video is doing. Many signs require the use of only one hand, but some require both hands to be used. You can choose which is your dominant or main hand in signing - most people choose the hand they write with. Whichever you choose, make sure you are consistent. Don't start signing with one dominant hand and then change halfway through the conversation, as this will lead to confusion. All in all, you will complete this BSL course with a good knowledge of sign language in general and, specifically, a sound understanding of British Sign Language. You will then have enough knowledge to go on to complete the Level 1 Award in BSL. You Will Learn: The difference between British Sign Language and other types of sign language around the world How sign language is used, and why it’s so important The basics and history of British Sign Language Job opportunities for people who learn British Sign Language Nearly 300 signs that can help in your day-to-day life Benefits of Studying This Course Gain a working knowledge of British Sign Language Discover what kinds of job opportunities people who know sign language have access to Learn about important aspects of the deaf community, and help build awareness Complete the course with valuable knowledge about sign language and its history It’s a great introduction to BSL, before taking the Level 1 Award. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 18 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to British Sign Language and Overview of Worldwide Sign Language Module 02: Deaf Awareness and Career Opportunities for People Who Know Sign Language Module 03: Foundation – Letters Module 04: Foundation – Numbers Module 05: Foundation – Colours Module 06: Foundation – Animals Module 07: Basic – People Module 08: Basic – Hobbies Module 09: Basic – Weather Module 10: Basic – Transport Module 11: Basic – Time Module 12: Expansion – Greetings Module 13: Expansion – Daily Life Module 14: Expansion – Home Module 15: Expansion – Question forms Module 16: Expansion – Expressions Module 17: Expansion – Food and Drink Module 18: Expansion – Compass Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The recent rise in terrorist attacks and extremist activities has become a source of growing concern in Britain. Even more alarming is the threat of radicalisation of youth by Islamic terrorist groups. The Department for Education strongly suggests instilling British values from the early years as a means of counteracting the risks of radicalisation. What You Will LearnThis course can particularly benefit teachers and school staff who interact with children on a daily basis. You will have the opportunity to instil British values in students right from an early age By understanding each value, you can create innovative and practical activities to promote these values You can allow students adequate freedom while simultaneously overseeing their efforts to create agreements, implement rules and think about current problems You can organise debates, speech writing and essay contests to motivate students to think critically about important issues Promoting British values at school helps you develop future citizens of the country who will act with fairness and tolerance The promotion of British values motivates students to resist radicalisation and brainwashing. Instilling British values helps students develop into mature, well-adjusted adults and allows them to positively contribute to life in modern Britain.This course can particularly benefit teachers and school staff who interact with children on a daily basis. You will have the opportunity to instil British values in students right from an early age By understanding each value, you can create innovative and practical activities to promote these values You can allow students adequate freedom while simultaneously overseeing their efforts to create agreements, implement rules and think about current problems You can organise debates, speech writing and essay contests to motivate students to think critically about important issues Promoting British values at school helps you develop future citizens of the country who will act with fairness and tolerance The promotion of British values motivates students to resist radicalisation and brainwashing. Instilling British values helps students develop into mature, well-adjusted adults and allows them to positively contribute to life in modern Britain.Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What are British Values Module 02: How Schools can Promote British Values Module 03: Democracy and the Rule of Law Module 04: Individual Liberty, Mutual Respect and Tolerance Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Find out what the Equality Act 2010 protected characteristics are, and the legal issues surrounding harassment and bullying. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is bullying and harassment? What’s the difference? Examples of behaviours Why it is important The law Protected characteristics Who is liable? Who is responsible? Importance of perception Processes and procedures Case studies Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Welcome to our online Bullying and Harassment at Work Level 2 training course for all sectors. This online training course was developed in line with the latest UK legislation and meet the requirements set out by the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) and other professional and regulatory bodies.Certificate duration: 2 yearsEntry requirements: No entry restrictionsRecommended prerequisites: N/AAssessment type: End of course assessmentAssessment pass mark – 80% needed to pass and gain a CPD certificateCost(s) of assessment and certification – All costs included in the course priceWho is the course for?This comprehensive online Bullying and Harassment at Work training course is suitable for all employees, as well as employers, HR staff, managers, and supervisors who are responsible for the health, safety, and welfare of staff and have a duty to prevent workplace bullying and harassment proactively.What is covered in this course?This online Workplace Bullying and Harassment training course covers the following: An introduction to workplace bullying and harassment, including; Definitions of bullying and harassment, Examples of workplace bullying and harassment, The impact of bullying and harassment and how they affect staff and the organisation, How and where bullying and harassment happens, The law relating to bullying and harassment and the law, Types of harassment and bullying, Examples of discrimination and protected characteristics under the Equality Act 2010. Recognition of what is not bullying and harassment and; The risk factors that lead to bullying, Individual and organisational culture about bullying and harassment, How to develop a healthy culture with fellow employees, Individual and organisational responsibilities. Guidelines and procedures including; Local bullying and harassment policies, Local management Standards and codes of professional standards, Informal and formal measures, formal complaints procedures, mediation, constructive dismissal and employment tribunals. Organisational responsibilities to support employees, including; Reasonable steps that must be taken to protect and support employees who are at risk of bullying, Handling complaints, providing advice, confidentiality, counselling, rehabilitation, sickness absences, return to work interviews and fit to work notes, Where and how to get help and support. Who can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Anti-Bullying and Bullying Prevention Diploma course provides a general overview on the topic of bullying in primary and secondary schools including knowledge, statistics and advice required in order to be able to understand the topic and effectively deal with bullying incidents. From learning about what bullying is and why children feel the need to bully other children to modern concepts such as cyberbullying. The course includes an in-depth overview of the legal frameworks that protect children in schools as well as analysis of the laws and government guidance that are applicable to cases of bullying. Bullying is a complex problem that requires active involvement of the entire school community. It also requires that fundamental knowledge on the issue is in place so that meaningful discussions between pupils, parents and teachers are held. The Anti-Bullying and Bullying Prevention Diploma course has been developed with pupils, parents and teachers in mind and provides all the necessary knowledge required to tackle the bullying in schools issue. Taking the course and working on the additional exercises will assure that you will be better prepared to respond in situations where bullying is present. The additional information that is included on the legal side of bullying will give you a broad understanding of the most important Acts and Regulations and you will know how to talk to school teachers and governors if your child has been a victim of bullying. In particular, the course focuses on discussing special cases of bullying that include disability-based bullying, as well as homophobic, transphobic, racist and other prejudice-based bullying. Parents will particularly benefit from taking the course as it also gives extensive advice on dealing with bullying and supporting your child should they be affected, including guidance on how to talk to your child and the activities you can engage in together. The course also touches on the need to be tolerant and open-minded and the values and ideas that need to be instilled in children by teachers and parents to prevent bullying occurring in the first place. What you will learn: An introduction to the concept of school bullying How to tell if a child has been bullied based on a specific set of criteria Which areas of schools are preferred arenas for bullying What cyberbullying is and how to stay safe and protect a child’s online presence What is identity-based bullying and special cases of bullying The behavioural characteristics and beliefs of a bully The reasons and motivations why a child becomes a bully What are the short and long term effects of bullying on the involved children Actions that parents can take if their child has been bullied How to correct a bully’s behaviour What are the life circumstances that may cause some children to become bullies What is the teacher’s responsibility in bullying incidents What is discrimination under Equality Act 2010 How schools implement Government and Ofsted guidelines in order to prevent bullying Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is bullying? Module 2: What is Cyberbullying? Module 3: Why children bully Module 4: Short and long term effects of bullying and how to spot the signs of bullying Module 5: What can parents do if their child is being bullied? Module 6: What to do if your child is a bully? Module 7: Teacher’s perspective on bullying in schools Module 8: Identity-based bullying andamp; special cases Module 9: The Equality Act 2010 Module 10: Government andamp; Ofsted guidance on tackling bullying in schools Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether you are just entering the workforce or you have been working as an administrative assistant and want to push your career to the next level, our Business Administration Diploma can provide you with the insight, skills and knowledge you need to succeed in this busy career. Become a top class administrative assistant or personal assistant by taking this online course, made up of twenty one modules and only taking fifteen hours to complete. Introduction to the Business Administration Course This information packed course is designed for anyone who wants to push their career forward and improve their productivity as an administrative assistant or PA. The course covers an extensive range of topics spanning over twenty one levels. During this top quality course, you will learn the importance of diary management, you will learn effective time management skills and why customer care is such as important aspect of your job description. In addition to this, you can learn the basics of petty cash handling, how to use the software you need to complete your tasks effectively and so much more. The good news is that there are no entry requirements to complete this course. You don't need any particular educational or work experience, just a desire to learn, improve your knowledge and skills and succeed in your chosen career moving forward. Once you choose the Admin andamp; PA Diploma and your payment is received, you will be able to start learning straight away. Everyone studies at different paces, which is why this course is such a good opportunity, enabling you to work full time and study in your private time. On completion you will need to complete a multiple choice test and on passing, you have the ability to download and print your certificate which is recognised by industry leaders. What You Will Learn The Business Administration Diploma comprises of twenty one information packed modules for you to learn and gain knowledge from. In total the modules should take around fifteen hours to complete, bearing in mind that everyone studies at different paces and some people will have more time to study than others. The essential modules in this course include: Introduction to the PA Course – This module teaches you about the role and the responsibilities that will be expected from you as an administrative assistant or personal assistant. Diary management – In the diary management module you will learn how to effectively schedule appointments while managing dates and times. You will learn how to become creative in designing a user-friendly system. Business Letter Writing – This module of the Admin andamp; PA Diploma will provide you with the tools you need to write a good business letter. You will learn how to structure the letter, along with the importance of editing. Composing Faxes, Memorandums and Emails – This module will teach you how to compose and send faxes, how to write memorandums and how to compose and send emails. Telephone Skills as a PA – You will learn how to make phone calls and speak in a professional tone in this module. You will also be given tips on how to communicate over the phone, along with mistakes that you need to avoid. Hotel and Travel Arrangements – During this module you will learn to identify what to look for when booking a hotel for business travel, along with things you should avoid. Filing Systems – You will learn how to set up a good filing system, how to categorise, sub-categorise and manage your filing system effectively. Time Management Skills – This module is essential to your productivity as a PA and will teach you how to manage your time effectively and what you need to avoid when trying to complete tasks. Invoicing/Petty Cash – The invoicing/petty cash module will teach you how to create and send invoices and how to handle petty cash effectively. Customer Care – As a PA, it is essential that you understand how important customer care is to a business. You will be dealing with customers daily and you need to know what you should be avoiding and how to represent your company in a professional manner at all times. Customer Complaints Management – Dealing with customer complaints can be a daunting task, but this module will teach you how to handle customer complaints effectively. Work Planning – How to work to a schedule to achieve the best results. Document Presentation and Proofreading – How to present documents in a professional manner. Confidence Building – How to build your confidence in the working environment. Typing and audio skills – Improving your typing skills. Organise Effective Meetings – Understanding the importance of meetings and what they achieve. Microsoft Outlook, PowerPoint, Excel and Word – Learn the basic computer software you need to know to perform at your best on a daily basis. Customer communication and Reception skills – Learn the importance of effective communication and reception skills. Benefits of the Business Administration Diploma The Admin andamp; PA Diploma will provide you with a host of skills and knowledge you will be able to use on a daily basis. There are a number of benefits to completing the Admin andamp; PA Diploma: There are no entry requirements; you don't need any particular educational or work experience level to apply for this learning diploma. You can fast track your career by having the certification, knowledge and skills you need to progress in your career. You will learn how to be an effective administrative assistant or PA. You will learn how to boost your productivity with time management solutions. You get to study at your own pace. You can access the learning modules from anywhere at any time. Print your certificate which is recognised by industry leaders. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 21 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to the PA Course Module 2 : Diary Management Module 3 : Business Letter Writing Module 4 : Composing faxes, memorandums and emails Module 5 : Telephone skills as a PA Module 6 : Hotel and travel arrangements Module 7 : Filing systems Module 8 : Time Management Skills Module 9 : Invoicing/Petty cash Module 10 : Customer Care Module 11 : Customer Complaints Management Module 12 : Work Planning Module 13 : Document Presentation and Proofreading Module 14 : Confidence Building Module Module 15: Typing and audio skills to proficient level or further if you already touch type/Audio transcribe Module 16: How to Organise Effective Meetings Module 17: How to use Microsoft Outlook Module 18: How to use Excel – the Basics Module 19 : How to use PowerPoint (Basics) Module 20 : Word Processing with Microsoft Word Module 21 : Customer Communication and Reception Skills Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description No business can be successful without a reliable and well-structured business plan. Writing out a business plan forces you to review your entire business, investigate every important aspect and think about how to link different facets of your business together. In fact, a business plan is the blueprint for your business and will lend itself to change and evolution as your business grows and thrives. It’s an equally useful resource when things go wrong and you need to analyse your business.Writing a business plan correctly is crucial to the foundation of your business and it's important to be comprehensive, clear and effective. It’s equally important to avoid common mistakes and pitfalls that most entrepreneurs make.What's Covered in the Course?This course on creating a business plan explains many important elements that comprise a good business plan. You will learn about: Why you need a business plan and when you should have one ready The important information that a business plan should include How to identify and reach out to your niche market How to choose the best streams of revenue for your business How to develop a strong founding team for your business Understanding SWOT analysis and competition in your business How to include financials in the business plan like revenue, projects, profits, losses etc How to understand the economics surrounding your business and product and determining the correct pricing How to use pricing to calculate your profit margins, breakeven point and so on Determining equity, liability, assets of your business and including a balance sheet The course also includes several well-designed exercises to help you practise creating a solid business plan for your product or service. This video course offers the following benefits: Understanding the different components that go into building a successful business Learning the intricacies and nuances of writing the perfect business plan Understanding the importance of targeting the right niche market for your product Understanding the financials that are crucial to creating a good business plan Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 50 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction Module 02: Exercises Module 03: Three Sentence Business Plan Module 04: 3 Tier Business Plan Example Module 05: Your 3 Tier Business Plan Module 06: 1 Page Business Plan Module 07: 1 Page Business Plan Example Module 08: What is a Business Plan? Module 09: When You Need a Business Plan Module 10: What is a Business Model Module 11: How Long Should a Business Plan Be? Module 12: Executive Summary Module 13: Executive Summary Example Module 14: Product or Service Section Module 15: What Stage is Your Company In? Module 16: Company Stage Example Module 17: Market Size Module 18: Opportunity Size Module 19: How to Identify Your Target Market Module 20: Target Market Example Module 21: Marketing Plan Module 22: Marketing Plan Example Module 23: Marketing Plan – Continued Module 24: Revenue Streams Module 25: Revenue Streams Section of the Business Plan Module 26: Founding Team andamp; Management Module 27: Team Section of the Business Plan Module 28: Competition Module 29: Competition Section of Your Business Plan Module 30: SWOT Analysis Module 31: SWOT Example Module 32: Appendix Session Module 33: Cash Flow Projection Module 34: Forecasting For Existing Businesses Module 35: Profit Forecasting for a New Business Module 36: Income Statement Module 37: Pricing andamp; LTV Module 38: Unit Economics Module 39: Unit Economics Example Module 40: Previous Funding Module 41: How to Calculate Gross andamp; Net Profit Module 42: Entering Profit Calculations on Your Business Plan Module 43: Profit Margin Module 44: Profit Margin Example Module 45: Proforma Earnings Module 46: Proforma Example Module 47: Elements of a Balance Sheet Module 48: Company Assets Module 49: Liabilities Module 50: How to Calculate Equity Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Effective communication – both internally and externally – is arguably one of the most important elements of running a business. Regardless of profession or whether an individual is part of a private or public sector organization, business documents and reports are often used as a base of many (often large) decisions. Therefore, some feel that the ability to write a good business report is a skill that is not easily quantifiable. However, with proper training, the benefits of learning how to write a business report can be invaluable, as it can be vital to how an organization effectively persuades and influences. While there are many ways of writing a good business report, here are some common guidelines that a good business report writing training course will teach. Let’s have a look:- What You Will Learn What business reports are used for and why they are important The importance of a business report plan How to structure a business report How to write a business report Common mistakes and what to avoid when writing a business report Benefits of Taking this Course: Individuals will learn the importance of business reports and what is needed to build an impactful document Individuals can learn how to speed up the writing process by understanding how to effectively construct a business document Understand the use of various business reports and why a structure is a vital element of logical information flow How to properly write a successful business report with the audience in mind Learn about common mistakes that are inadvertently detrimental to the objective of the business report Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 4 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What are Business Reports Used For and Why are they Important? Module 02: Organise and Plan the Business Report Module 03: How to Structure a Business Report Module 04: How to Write a Business Report Module 05: Common Mistakes and What to Avoid When Writing a Business Plan Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Over the past 25 years, the commercial landscape has undergone a seismic shift. Rather than relying on bricks-and-mortar stores and offices for revenues, businesses are increasingly using the internet to generate sales. In this course, you will discover the history of e-commerce, its current role in the commercial landscape, and its broader implications for society. You will learn about the technology that makes e-commerce possible, and what the future may hold. You will gain a practical insight into how consumers can make the most of e-commerce, how to get the best deals when buying goods and services online, and how you can use the internet to begin or expand your own business. You Will Learn: The history of e-commerce and what it means not only for the retail landscape but for society as a whole. How to navigate and use the most widely-used online retailers when buying goods and services. How to sell products and services online – whatever you want to sell, there is an online platform to meet your needs. Why your business may benefit from an online store, and how to set up a shop that will boost your revenue. The advantages of running an internet-based business, and practical considerations to bear in mind when starting out. How online sellers make money by promoting other people’s products and services, and how you can generate income as an affiliate marketer. How businesses use internet-based advertising to promote their products and services online. How to offer freelance services via the internet, and how to work with online freelancers. How to keep yourself safe when buying and selling online. The future of e-commerce, and the trends that look set to continue in the coming years. Benefits Of Taking This Course You will learn how individuals and businesses use the internet as a means of exchanging money, goods and services. You will know how to find the best deals online, and how to shop safely and securely. You will discover how to sell your own products and services online, and how to supplement income from a bricks-and-mortar business with e-commerce. Your knowledge will stand you in good stead for business roles that demand modern commercial awareness. You can study from any location with an internet connection. Learn the material at any time and at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines. Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction To E-Commerce Module 2: The Most Popular Platforms For Buying andamp; Selling Material Goods Module 3: The Most Popular Platforms For Buying andamp; Selling Digital Goods andamp; Services Module 4: How To Find The Best Deals Online Module 5: Creating An Internet Store For Your Business Module 6: How To Promote Products andamp; Services Online Via Advertising Module 7: Selling Other People’s Products andamp; Services Via Affiliate Marketing Module 8: Buying andamp; Selling Freelance Work Online Module 9: Security andamp; Safety Issues To Consider When Buying andamp; Selling Online Module 10: Current andamp; Future Trends In E-Commerce Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Have you always wanted to work on an aircraft and be zipped around the world? Do you already work in the aviation industry and want to improve your career prospects? The cabin crew certification will teach you everything you need to know to enjoy a successful career as a valued member of the cabin crew on board planes around the world. Introduction to the Cabin Crew Certification This online study course is designed to give you an introduction into cabin crew careers. It is broken down into twenty informative and manageable modules, which take around ten hours to complete. You study online at your own pace. As long as you have access to the internet, you can study from anywhere where you are comfortable, whether it's at home or at your desk during your lunch break. Because there is no schedule or deadline to complete the course, you can work full time and study when you have the time, you can complete the course in two days or two months, this is down to personal preference and the time you have available. When you have studied all twenty modules, you will need to complete a multiple-choice test with a pass mark of seventy five percent. In the event you don't pass the first time, you will be given an opportunity to go back over the modules and retake the test. On successful passing, you can download and print your certificate. What You Will Learn The twenty information packed modules will teach you the following: Understand passenger aviation. This covers the history of cabin crew members, what to expect when working as a member of a cabin crew and the hierarchy on the airline. Learn about the different aircrafts you can work on from private charters to budget flights and which offer the best career prospects looking forward. Get an understanding of the aviation rules. You will learn which governing bodies regulate British air travel, what ATOL is and how the regulations change and what you can do to prepare for these changes. Identify with various aviation abbreviations. Know when they are used, why you need to know them and the most common abbreviations you will hear throughout your career. Learn how to adapt to different time zones and how currencies are calculated. Get an understanding of weather conditions and interruptions. You will learn more about turbulence, what weather conditions can impact a flight and how to keep your passengers safe. Know the layout of a commercial flight from the area names to what areas you can and cannot enter. Learn about communications systems and passenger announcements. You will learn how to effectively communicate with passengers and flight crew. You will also learn how to adapt your tone of voice when using the communications systems. You will learn about the galley (kitchen). You will learn how to keep it safe, how to use it for storage and how to maintain privacy in the galley at all times. Learn about emergency exits on the plane from the different types and locations to opening them in the event of an emergency. Learn everything you need to know about hand luggage from when it's not appropriate to legal guidelines, restrictions and storage. Understand emergency equipment and how to use it. Learn about the different flight procedures and what you need to know. Know the different types of emergencies you may be faced with when on duty. Know how fires on board may start and how to handle them effectively. Learn the importance of health and safety for crew and passengers. Get essential medical and first aid knowledge you may need during a flight. Understand about your uniform and personal grooming and why it is so important. Get useful advice on fatigue management. Learn valuable crew resource management tips and advice. Benefits of Cabin Crew Certification Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success as a valuable member of the cabin crew. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Use any device to access your study modules. Enjoy the convenience of online support throughout your studies. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 20 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: About Passenger Aviation Module 2 : Types of Airlines Module 3 : Aviation Regulation Module 4 : Understanding Aviation Abbreviations Module 5 : Geography and Time Zones Module 6 : Weather Conditions and Aviation Interruptions Module 7 : Layout of the Commercial Aircraft Module 8 : Passenger Announcements and Communication Systems Module 9 : The Galley Module 10 : Emergency Exits/Doors Module 11 : Cabin Area Hand Luggage Module 12 : Familiarisation of Emergency Equipment Module 13 : Flight Procedures Module 14 : Emergency Procedures andamp; Stress Management Module 15 : Fire andamp; Teamwork in the Event of a Fire Module 16 : Aviation Security andamp; Health and Safety Module 17 : Medical andamp; First Aid Module 18 : Cabin Crew Uniform andamp; Personal Grooming Module 19 : Fatigue Risk Management Module 20 : Crew Resource Management Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Wire and cable management – does it matter? Yes, and it goes way beyond just organisation. There are proper methods of cable and wire management that are necessary for performance, efficiency and appearances. But most importantly, it is vital to maintain proper wire and cable management for health and safety reasons.As an employer, it is necessary to keep your employees safe. Similarly, it is vital to ensure that clients are not exposed to any hazardous material or environments. Therefore, technicians are often encouraged to take a cable management course to keep themselves safe and to learn about proper wire and cable installations in order to keep their clients safe.However, not only technicians benefit from a cable and wire management course, but also individuals carrying out their own equipment installation, as well as those who want to learn better ways to organise their cables.What's Covered in the Course? What is cable and wire management and why is it important? Ways to organise wires and cables Where to apply proper wire and cable management practices How cable management can affect overall performance and efficiency Benefits of this course Understand why proper cable and wire management is vital for safety and how proper installation allows for longer material lifespan Learn how to keep an electrical area clean and safe Learn how to effectively and neatly organise cables and wire without compromising on performance or efficiency Understand the dangers associated with poor cable and wire exposures and how to avoid electrical hazards Become familiarised with ways to label cables and how to trace and locate them without spending too much time trying to identify them Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 10 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is cable and wire management and why is it important? Module 2: Ways to organise cables and wires Module 3: Where to apply proper cable and wire management practices Module 4: How cable and wire management can affect overall performance and efficiency Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Most of us will be affected either directly or indirectly by cancer at some point in our lives. This video explains the many different types of cancer, their causes, progression and various treatment options and will provide you/your staff team with a good understanding of the many forms of cancer. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Statistics Causes of cancer Risk factors Signs and symptoms Stages of cancer Treatment Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Canine Communication Diploma Course will give you the information necessary to not only communicate with your own dog, but also with dogs you don’t know or dogs you work with. It is full of information that one must have to successfully train and understand dogs, and to enhance the relationship you have with canines. From a study on canine evolution and intelligence to how to teach basic commands and understand canine emotions, this course teaches all you require to become a successful canine communicator. You will receive a full introduction on what canine communication truly is, as well as how dogs communicate with us and how we can more effectively communicate with dogs. Introduction to the Canine Communication Diploma Course The Canine Communication Diploma Course is an online course that gives all students the ability to learn the curriculum when it is convenient to them. Most students who take this course can easily continue to work a full time job, and still finish the course rather quickly. Since this course is online, it is accessible from any internet-enabled device, and you will have access to online support during your training. This brings peace of mind as you work through the course. Before completing the course, you will have to take and pass a comprehensive test. When you have passed the test, you will receive a certificate that you can download and print. What You Will Learn The Canine Communication Course has been designed to prepare and teach students to communicate with all types of dogs, and it will certainly put you on track to succeed, no matter what goal you have your mind set on. The course covers the following: Information about canine evolution and intelligence The importance of socialisation How dogs communicate with each other The similarities and differences between dog breeds Canine calming signals Common canine behaviour issues and how to fix them How dogs communicate with humans How humans can communicate with dogs The role of a dog owner How to teach a dog basic commands Canine emotions and signs of suffering Working with dogs Benefits of the Canine Communication Diploma Course When studying the Canine Communication Course, you will experience a number of benefits. These include: The ability to study from anywhere at any time, either at home or even at work. You can study when it’s convenient for you, and since there is no time limit, you can finish the course in a matter of days, weeks, or months. You can use any device with internet access to work on the course. This includes tablets, computers, or mobiles. The modules are short and easy to read, which makes studying an enjoyable experience. You will experience the convenience of our online support system, which helps students to stay on track whilst studying. Leaning from a syllabus that will help to guarantee success. Improving your prospects when applying for jobs where you will work with dogs. Getting a better understanding of what the actions of dogs mean. Earning a recognised, respected, and certified diploma. Affordability. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : An Overview of Canine Communication Module 2 : How Dogs Socialise and Speak Module 3 : Differences in Breed and Cross-Breed Communications Module 4 : Behavioural Problems in Dogs Module 5 : How Dogs Communicate With Humans Module 6 : How Humans Communicate With Dogs Module 7 : The Role of a Dog Owner Module 8 : How To Teach Your Dog Basic Commands Module 9 : Canine Emotions Module 10 : Working With Dogs Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Cannulation training course is designed to teach and train healthcare professionals how to properly and competently use this equipment in all aspects of care.Cannulation is the most commonly performed invasive procedure and it's important to know the correct technique, skills and knowledge to perform this procedure well and to a safe standard.This Cannulation training course will teach your staff what a cannula is, the characteristics of an appropriate vein, the equipment needed, the potential risks/hazards, and how to deal with sharp injuries. This online Cannulation course is suitable for all registered healthcare professionals including nurses, midwives, health visitors and pharmacists. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this online Cannulation training course, learners should know and understand the following: What is a cannula- Identify what a cannula isAdvantages of cannulation- Learn what the advantages of cannulation areIndications of cannulation- Learn the indications of cannulationAnatomy and physiology of the circulatory system- Demonstrate knowledge of the anatomy and physiology of the circulatory systemCharacteristics of veins- Identify the characteristics of an appropriate vein to cannulateAssessment of patient- Know how to assess the patientEquipment and reasons for cannula selection- Be able to list the equipment and reasons for cannula selectionPeripheral intravenous cannulation- Observe peripheral intravenous cannulation in a safe and timely manner, with the appropriate deviceHazards/risks/complications - Be aware of the potential hazards/risks/complications associated with this procedure and the appropriate course of action in dealing with identified risksDealing with sharps injury- Learn an understanding of how to deal with sharps injuryCourse OutlineThe aim of this Cannulation training course is to greater increase your knowledge of cannulation and how to perform it safely.The key points covered in this course are: What is a cannula Advantages of cannulation Indications of cannulation Anatomy and physiology of the circulatory system Characteristics of veins Assessment of patient Equipment and reasons for cannula selection Peripheral intravenous cannulation Hazards/risks/complications Dealing with sharps injury Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Carbon monoxide kills hundreds of people each year. Virtually undetectable without specialist equipment, it is sometimes known as the “silent killer”.This course addresses the problem of carbon monoxide exposure in the workplace. It combines factual information about the causes and consequences of carbon monoxide poisoning with practical guidance on how to reduce the risk of exposure. What's Covered in the Course? What carbon monoxide is, how it is produced and its short and long-term effects on human health. How to prevent carbon monoxide leaks by choosing and maintaining suitable equipment, setting up a suitable workspace and making adjustments to work processes if necessary. The duties of employers and employees under the law and an overview of how health and safety legislation can act as a guide to preventing carbon monoxide poisoning. What you need to do in the event of a carbon monoxide leak and how to work with third parties in reducing the risk of future incidents. Benefits Of Taking This Course:- Any employer looking to further their knowledge of their obligations under health and safety law will benefit from taking this course. You will be able to identify potential sources of carbon monoxide poisoning in the workplace and take steps to remedy the situation. Anyone working in an environment which could potentially expose them to carbon monoxide will benefit from developing an understanding of the signs and symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning. If you are interested in occupational health, this course will provide you with a valuable overview of a common workplace hazard. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 10 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What Is Carbon Monoxide And Why Is It Dangerous? Module 2: How To Minimise The Risk Of Carbon Monoxide Poisoning Module 3: Carbon Monoxide And Workplace Legislation Module 4: How To Respond To A Carbon Monoxide Leak Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Work in collaboration with your colleagues to ensure the delivery of high quality, safe and compassionate healthcare, care and support. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand their own role Work in ways that have been agreed with their employer Understand working relationships in health and social care Work in partnership with others Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This e-learning course focusses on the importance of Safeguarding of Adults; the course covers the definitions of abuse, forms of abuse, principles of safeguarding, person centred care, serious case reviews, multi-agency working and alerting of abuse. This course is ideal for all staff throughout the health and social care sector, in particular new starters and existing employees as a refresher. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES National Occupational Standards SCDHSC0024 Support the safeguarding of individuals Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This online Safeguarding Children course will deliver key knowledge delivers key to healthcare worker which can be used towards achieving the care certificate, this course can be taken as part of the Care Certificate: Full Package. This course is ideal for all staff throughout the health and social care sector, in particular new starters and existing employees as a refresher Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES National Occupational Standards SCDHSC0034 Promote the safeguarding of children and young people Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This online course 'Basic Life Support' covers; assessing situation where first aid is needed, dealing with an unconscious breathing and non-breathing casualty, choking, shock, bleeding and minor injuries Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES National Occupational Standards CHS36 Provide Basic Life Support Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This online Health andamp; Safety course will deliver key knowledge to healthcare workers which can be used towards achieving the care certificate, this course can be taken as part of the Care Certificate: Full Package. This course is ideal for all staff throughout the health and social care sector, in particular new starters and existing employees as a refresher. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand their own responsibilities, and the responsibilities of others, relating to health and safety in the work setting Understand Risk Assessment Move and assist safely Understand procedures for responding to accidents and sudden illness Understand medication and healthcare tasks Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This online Handling Information course will deliver key knowledge to healthcare workers which can be used towards achieving the care certificate, this course can be taken as part of the Care Certificate: Full Package. This course is ideal for all staff throughout the health and social care sector, in particular new starters and existing employees as a refresher. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding their responsibilities when handling potentially sensitive information Discuss ways of ensuring the security of information Support others to handle information correctly Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to: Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This online Infection Control course will deliver key knowledge to healthcare workers which can be used towards achieving the care certificate, this course can be taken as part of the Care Certificate: Full Package. This course is ideal for all staff throughout the health and social care sector, in particular new starters and existing employees as a refresher. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Describe the main ways an infection can get into the body Demonstrate effective hand hygiene Explain how their own health or hygiene might pose a risk to the individuals they support or work with List common types of personal protective clothing, equipment and procedures and how and when to use them Explain the principles of safe handling of infected or soiled linen and clinical waste Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Strive to improve the quality of healthcare, care and support through continuing professional development. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Reflect on their own practice Evaluate their own work performance Define what is meant by competence in their work role Develop a personal development plan Use reflective activities to help develop their own performance Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description You are responsible for, and have a duty of care to ensure that your conduct does not fall below the standards detailed in the Code. Nothing that you do, or omit to do, should harm the safety and wellbeing of people who use health and care services, and the public. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand how duty of care contributes to safe practice Understand the support available for addressing dilemmas that may arise about duty of care Deal with Comments and complaints Deal with Incidents, errors and near misses Deal with confrontation and difficult situations Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Uphold and promote equality, diversity and inclusion. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Describe the importance of Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Work in an inclusive way Promote Equality, Diversity and Inclusion in their workplace Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Promote and uphold the privacy, dignity, rights, health and wellbeing of people who use health and care services and their carers at all times Work in collaboration with your colleagues to ensure the delivery of high quality, safe and compassionate healthcare, care and support. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand person centred values Understand working in a person centred way Promote and uphold the privacy, dignity, rights, health and wellbeing of people who use health and care services and their carers at all times Support the individual to maintain their identity and selfesteem Support the individual using person centred values Work in collaboration with your colleagues to ensure the delivery of high quality, safe and compassionate healthcare, care and support Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Communicate in an open and effective way to promote the health, safety and wellbeing of people who use health and care services and their carers. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Recognise the importance on communication in the workplace Understand how to overcome the barriers of communication Understand how to meet the communication needs of individuals Understand how to use appropriate verbal and non-verbal communication Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Promote and uphold the privacy, dignity, rights, health and wellbeing of people who use health and care services and their carers at all times. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand the principles of privacy and dignity in care Describe the methods of maintaining the privacy and dignity of individuals Understanding the individual’s right to make choices and supporting them to make decisions about their care Understand how to support active participation Support the individual in active participation in their own care Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Promote and uphold the privacy, dignity, rights, health and wellbeing of people who use health and care services and their carers at all times. Work in collaboration with your colleagues to ensure the delivery of high quality, safe and compassionate healthcare, care and support. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand the importance of hydration and nutrition Support individuals to have access to fluids in accordance with their plan of care Support individuals to have access to food and nutrition in accordance with their plan of care Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Dementia is a term used to describe various different brain disorders in that they have a common 'a loss of brain function'. Dementia is progressive, which means the symptoms will gradually get worse. How fast dementia progresses will depend on the individual. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 2 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand the needs and experiences of people with mental health conditions Understand the importance of promoting positive health and wellbeing for an individual who may have a mental health condition Understand the adjustments which may be necessary in care delivery relating to an individual who may have a mental health condition Understand the meaning of mental capacity in relation to how care is provided Understand the needs and experiences of people with Dementia Understand the importance of promoting positive health and wellbeing for an individual who may have Dementia Understand the adjustments which may be necessary in care delivery relating to an individual who may have Dementia Understand the meaning of mental capacity in relation to how care is provided Understand the needs and experiences of people with a Learning Disability Understand the importance of promoting positive health and wellbeing for an individual who may have a Learning Disability Understand the adjustments which may be necessary in care delivery relating to an individual who may have a Learning Disability Understand the meaning of mental capacity in relation to how care is provided Courses Include 2 Months Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Care Certificate is an identified set of standards that health and social care workers adhere to in their daily working life. Designed with the non-regulated workforce in mind, the Care Certificate gives everyone the confidence that workers have the same introductory skills, knowledge and behaviours to provide compassionate, safe and high quality care and support. The Care Certificate is the start of the career journey for these staff groups and is only one element of the training and education that will make them ready to practice within their specific sector. The Care Certificate builds on the Common Induction Standards (CIS) and National Minimum Training Standards (NMTS) and sets out explicitly the learning outcomes, competences and standards of behaviour that must be expected of a HCSW/ASCW in both sectors, ensuring that such a 2 HCSW/ASCW is caring, compassionate and provides quality care. The Certificate also reflects how these behaviours are underpinned by the Chief Nursing Officer's 6Cs (care, compassion, competence, communication, courage and commitment) Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?Each course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based courses as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The tests, like the courses, are online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the tests first time then you will get further opportunities to take them again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the tests. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificates any time you need them. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that each program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for each end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES andamp; STANDARDS Care Certificate - Standard 1: Understand your role Care Certificate - Standard 2: Your personal development Care Certificate - Standard 3: Duty of Care Care Certificate - Standard 4: Equality and Diversity Care Certificate - Standard 5: Work in a person centred way Care Certificate - Standard 6: Communication Care Certificate - Standard 7: Privacy and Dignity Care Certificate - Standard 8: Fluids and nutrition Care Certificate - Standard 9: Awareness of Mental Health conditions, Dementia and Learning Disability Care Certificate - Standard 10: Safeguarding Adults Care Certificate - Standard 11: Safeguarding Children Care Certificate - Standard 12: Basic Life Support Care Certificate - Standard 13: Health and Safety Care Certificate - Standard 14: Handling Information Care Certificate - Standard 15: Infection prevention and control Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The care planning awareness course enables participants to understand the importance of care planning, their implementation and how to review them. It provides knowledge and understanding to enable candidates to work alongside other professionals and make initial assessments to meet the needs of the individual. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding Individual care plans The importance of updating care plans Observation Skills Stages of Care Planning The assessment process Creating a Care Plan Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This training is designed to help you understand who carers are and what they do. The course will also look at the legal rights of carers and will explore the types pf needs they might have. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Who is a Carer? What is it like to be a Carer? The Impact of Caring Carers' Needs Legislation The National Carer Strategy Work andamp; Caring Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Urinary catheterisation is a medical procedure used to drain and collect urine from the bladder. Our Catheterisation Course, designed for RGN’s andamp; Care Staff, covers both theoretical and practical elements. By the end of the course attendees will be familiar with reasons for catheterisation, the equipment selection and the processes involved. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Definitions andamp; methods of catheterisation Differences between supra-pubic andamp; urethra catheters Advantages/disadvantages of urinary catheters Reasons for catheterisation Male/female anatomy Male catheterisation procedure (theory) Female catheterisation procedure (theory) Post procedure catheter positioning Post procedure check list Record keeping Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This online Catheterisation Male and Female training course will teach learners sufficient skills and knowledge on how to use a catheter for catheterisation procedures.Catheterisation is the process of inserting a catheter, a thin tube, into the body to insert or remove fluids. This online course is aimed at those whose job includes catheterisation of male and female patients. Our Catheterisation Male and Female course will familiarise learners with what catheterisation is, the anatomy and physiology of the body parts related to the procedure, as well as the indications, complications and documentation. It also covers the appropriate equipment and preparation for the correct procedure and how to correctly manage the patient’s catheterisation experience.Upon successful completion, learners will receive a downloadable and printable Catheterisation Male and Female certification. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this online Catheterisation Male and Female training, learners should know and understand the following: What catheterisation is- Learn and understand what catheterisation isAccountability andamp; consent- Discuss accountability and consent for the procedureAnatomy andamp; physiology- Be able to label the relevant body parts and explain the physiology related to catheterisationIndications andamp; contraindications- List indications and contraindications for when catheterisation should or shouldn't be usedComplications andamp; troubleshooting- Identify and discuss possible complications and troubleshootingEquipment andamp; preparation- Consider the appropriate equipment and preparation for the procedureDocumentation- Discuss documentation relevant to your areaPatient experience- Consider how to correctly manage the patient's catheterisation experienceCorrect procedure- Learn the correct procedure for catheterisationCourse OutlineThe aim of this Catheterisation Male and Female training online course is to greater increase your knowledge of catheterisation.The key points covered in this course are: What catheterisation is Accountability andamp; consent Anatomy andamp; physiology Indications andamp; contraindications Complications andamp; troubleshooting Equipment andamp; preparation Documentation Patient experience Correct procedure Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
CDM Awareness Online Course IIRSM, IOSH andamp; CPD Approved Course DescriptionThe Construction Design and Management Regulations cover the management of health, safety and welfare when carrying out construction projects. Whatever your role in the construction industry these regulations are there to improve your health and safety.They are intended to ensure that projects are planned and run effectively and safely right from the start. This awareness course covers the core concepts of the regulations and details the various roles that are required for a construction project along with the key documents that need to be produced. It starts with an introduction to CDM, then covers some of the parameters that need to be checked when a project is being planned. It finishes by detailing a number of example projects that illustrate how the regulations can be applied.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: LegislationModule 2: CDM Application and NotificationModule 3: Duty Holders and DocumentsModule 4: Duties and Legal Documents Module 5: Example Projects and SummaryDuration: 40 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description *** October 2018 : Updated to latest 6th Edition PMBOK *** Regardless of your career stage, the Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM)® is an asset that will distinguish you in the job market and enhance your credibility and effectiveness working on — or with — project teams. Organizations with standardized practices attain better results, as shown in our 2015 Pulse of the Profession® report. Because the CAPM® recognizes your knowledge of the profession’s preeminent global standard, you’ll stand out to employers and be poised to move ahead. Project management is a rapidly growing profession. Through 2020, 1.57 million new jobs will be created each year and qualified practitioners are in demand. With the CAPM, you’ll be on the fast track to opportunity. The 6th edition of the PMBOK® takes the CAPM to another level by explicitly acknowledging that project management life cycles run in a continuum from predictive to adaptive, and that the project manager must be aware of the following factors in each knowledge area: key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations to ensure that the right project management tools are employed to maximize stakeholder value and project success. The CAPM signifies that you speak and understand the global language of project management and connects you to a community of professionals, organizations and experts worldwide. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry’s finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development.Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365’s custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam.Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and “like” different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features.Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high.Navigation and Controls: Learn 365’s self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Getting Certified to take the Examination Learning objectives – Understanding prerequisites for applying to take the exam and the application process Techniques for Preparing for and Taking the Examination Learning objectives – Understanding how the exam is structured, as well as tips and tricks for exam preparation and post exam continuing education requirements to maintain the certification are also reviewed. Project Management Framework Learning objectives – Understanding of how the PMBOK is structured, general project management concepts, project management roles and responsibilities, and leadership skills required to be a successful project manager Project Integration Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Integration Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project integration management Project Scope Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Scope Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project scope management Project Schedule Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Schedule Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project schedule management Project Cost Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Cost Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project cost management Project Quality Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Quality Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project quality management Project Resource Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Resource Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project resource management Project Communications Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Communications Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project communications management Project Risk Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Risk Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project risk management Project Procurement Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Procurement Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project procurement management Project Stakeholder Management Learning objectives – Understanding the Project Stakeholder Management processes, and their associated Inputs, Tools and Techniques, and Outputs, as well as key concepts, trends and emerging practices, and tailoring considerations in project stakeholder management Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Blockchain technologies are now more than just a trial run. They are starting to go from a Proof of Concept to a Production use case. As a developer or software engineer knowing how to develop blockchain applications is an in-demand career. Welcome to the Certified Blockchain Developer – Hyperledger Course. This course is ideal for technology-focused engineers, application developers, software engineers, or anyone wanting to obtain the Blockchain Training Alliance Certified Blockchain Developer - Hyperledger Certification.In this course, we will provide an exam overview of the Blockchain Training Alliance Certification, Certified Blockchain Developer - Hyperledger (CBDH). What is a CBDH? A person who holds this certification demonstrates their ability to: Plan and prepare production-ready applications for the Hyperledger blockchain Write, test, and deploy secure chain code Understand how to use Hyperledger Composer to rapidly build Hyperledger applications Write chain code using either Go or NodeJS What we will cover to get you enabled Understand the objectives for the Certified Blockchain Developer – Hyperledger Exam The main objectives are: Create a Hyperledger model Build proper access controls for blockchain assets via .acl Implement a Hyperledger ".bna" banana Write and compile smart contracts as chain code Deploy smart contracts on channels in the private network Resources to help study for the exam This training course is for you because...You are a developer or software engineer and want to understand the materials to study for the CBDH certification exam. Prerequisites1 Year Development Experience3 Months Hyperledger ExperienceInstructor: Joe Holbrook.Video Content: 3 Hours 6 MinutesTest Questions: 20 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Certified Blockchain Developer Hyperledger Overview1.1 Course Introduction1.2 Module 1 Introduction1.3 Audience for the Certification1.4 What is a CBDH1.5 Exam Objectives1.6 Exam OverviewModule 2: Hyperledger Framework2.1 Module 2 Introduction2.2 Hyperledger Project Overview2.3 Hyperledger Frameworks2.4 Hyperledger Fabric2.5 Hyperledger Fabric Use CasesModule 3: Hyperledger Fabric Blockchain3.1 Module 3 Introduction3.2 Hyperledger Fabric Design Overview3.3 Hyperledger Fabric Whiteboard 3.4 Hyperledger Fabric Consensus3.5 Hyperledger Fabric Transactions3.6 Transactions Whiteboard3.7 Hyperledger Fabric Ledger3.8 Ledger Whiteboard3.9 Hyperledger Fabric Versions3.10 Hyperledger Fabric Membership Services3.11 Node Types and Roles3.12 Nodes and Peers Whiteboard3.13 Channels3.14 Channels WhiteboardModule 4: Access Controls and Secure Chaincode4.1 Module 4 Introduction4.2 Access Controls Lists (.acl)4.3 Certificates and Certificate Authority4.4 Organizations and Participants4.5 Endorsement Policies4.6 Rest APIsModule 5: Plan and Prepare Apps for Deployment5.1 Module 5 Introduction5.2 Development Whiteboard5.3 Installation Considerations5.4 Composer5.5 Composer DemoModule 6: Hyperledger Fabric Explorer6.1 Module 6 Introduction6.2 Hyperledger Fabric Explorer Basics6.3 Installation Requirements of Hyperledger ExplorerModule 7: Chaincode and Development7.1 Module 7 Introduction7.2 What is Chaincode7.3 Writing Chaincode Considerations7.4 Development Language7.5 Client App Considerations7.6 BNA Files7.7 Service DiscoveryModule 8: Course Wrap Up8.1 Module 8 Introduction8.2 Course Review8.3 Top 10 Things to know for the exam8.4 Taking the Exam8.5 Course Closeout Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Blockchain technologies are now more than just a trial run. They are starting to go from a Proof of Concept to a Production use case. As a pre-sales engineer, solutions engineer or technically focused expert facing customers, knowing how to speak blockchain is going to be a required skill especially for large VARs, Vendors, Integrators, etc. Welcome to the Certified Blockchain Solutions Architect (CBSA) LiveLessons Course. This course is ideal for technology-focused engineers, application developers, IT administrators, or anyone wanting to obtain the Blockchain Training Alliance Certified Blockchain Solutions Architect Certifications.In this course, we will provide an exam overview of the Blockchain Training Alliance Certification, Certified Blockchain Solutions Architect (CBSA). This will include Blockchain basics such as components, terminology, and ledgers, as well as why the blockchain is revolutionizing how businesses and governments are looking at technology to create efficiencies. We will cover the top ten areas to focus on for the exam and what topics to study, as well as the exam process and what to expect before, during, and after the exam.What we will cover to get you enabled Understand the objectives for the Certified Blockchain Solutions Architect (CBSA) Exam Blockchain Architecture basics and advanced concepts Choose appropriate blockchain systems for various use cases Work effectively with both public and permissioned blockchain systems Blockchain Terminology critical to know for the exam Resources to help study for the exam This training course is for you because... You are new to blockchain technology and want to understand the basic concepts of blockchain and what materials to study for a Blockchain certification. Anyone who has an interest in Blockchain technology and would be interested in obtaining the Certified Blockchain Solutions Architect (CBSA) Certification You need an introduction to the objectives of the Certified Blockchain Solutions Architect (CBSA) exam in a concise format that provides study materials You are an aspiring blockchain architect that would like to validate your knowledge with the industry-leading blockchain architecture certification You need to understand the use cases for blockchain and resources to help get started in the blockchain space. Video Content: 5 Hours 17 MinutesTest Questions: 20 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Certified Blockchain Solutions Architect Overview1.1 Module 1 Introduction1.2 What is a CBSA1.3 Exam Questions1.4 Exam ObjectivesModule 2: Blockchain 101 Terminology and Components2.1 Module 2 Introduction2.2 What is a Blockchain2.3 Blockchain Terminology2.4 Blockchain Key ComponentsModule 3: Exam Objectives3.1 Module 3 Introduction3.2 Proof of Work, Proof of Stake, Other Proof Systems3.3 Why Cryptocurrency is Needed3.4 Public, Private, and Permissioned Blockchains3.5 How Blocks are Written to a Blockchain3.6 Block Activity Demo3.7 Transactions Whiteboard3.8 Cryptography3.9 LTC Wallet Demo3.10 Database or Blockchain3.11 Public Blockchain Common Uses3.12 Private andamp; Permissioned Blockchain Common Uses3.13 Launching Your Own Blockchain3.14 Segwits and Forks3.15 Mining3.16 Byzantine Fault Tolerance3.17 Consensus Among Blockchains3.18 Hasing3.19 Anders Hashing Demo3.20 Security in Blockchain3.21 Smart Contracts and dApps3.22 History of Blockchain3.23 Blockchain Programming Languages3.24 Common Testing and Deployment Practices3.25 Metamask Demo3.26 Value Creation3.27 Blockchain Architecture3.28 Corda Blockchain Architecture Whiteboard3.29 Enterprise Blockchains3.30 Bitcoin Improvement ProtocolsModule 4: Hyperledger4.1 Module 4 Introduction4.2 Hyperledger Project4.3 Hyperledger Fabric4.4 Hyperledger Chaincode4.5 Hyperledger Fabric Whiteboard4.6 Hyperledger Fabric on AWS DemoModule 5: Ethereum5.1 Module 5 Introduction5.2 Ethereum Overview5.3 Ethereum EVM5.4 Ethereum Browsers5.5 Ethereum Development5.6 Etherscan DemoModule 6: Course Closeout6.1 Module 6 Introduction6.2 Summary Review6.3 Taking the CBSA Exam6.4 Practice Question Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description CCSP is the industry’s premier Cloud Security Certification. Earning the globally recognized CCSP cloud security certification is a proven way to build your career and better secure critical assets in the cloud.In this course, the instructor will ensure you have the advanced technical skills and knowledge to design, manage and secure data, applications and infrastructure in the cloud using best practices, policies and procedures established by the cybersecurity experts.What will you learn?In this course, students will learn a thorough understanding of the information security risks and mitigation strategies critical to data security in the cloud. The course covers the following learning objectives: How to identify and explain the five characteristics required to satisfy the NIST definition of cloud computing How to differentiate between various as-a-service delivery models and frameworks that are incorporated into the cloud computing reference architecture Explain strategies for protecting data at rest and data in motion Discuss strategies for safeguarding data, classifying data, ensuring privacy, assuring compliance with regulatory agencies, and working with authorities during legal investigations Contrast between forensic analysis in corporate data centers and cloud computing environments Video Content: 15 Hours 51 MinutesTest Questions: 100 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Modules Cloud Concepts, Architecture and Design Legal, Risk and Compliance Cloud Data Security Cloud Platform and Infrastructure Security Cloud Application Security Cloud Security Operations Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Certified Ethical Hacker v12 is the latest iteration of EC-Council’s Certified Ethical Hacker v12 series. Learning247 offers CEH training to provide you the tools to research, discover and scan targets, analyze vulnerabilities and test attack methods and tools. The focus of this CEH online training course is to solve the challenge of breaking into a target network, collect evidence of success, and escape unnoticed. Every lesson and topic are infused with step-by-step guided practice using real hardware- and software-based hacking tools. Throughout both lecture and hands-on activities, the instructor, Chrys Thorsen provides commentary from the field including tips, tricks and hard-learned lessons.Master the Art of Ethical Hacking with CEH Certification TrainingEmbark on a transformative journey with our CEH training, the latest version in EC-Council’s Certified Ethical Hacker series. This CEH training for ethical hacking is meticulously designed to arm you with the skills to scan, analyze, and penetrate target networks. The course offers a blend of theory and hands-on activities, guided by experts sharing invaluable tips, tricks, and hard-learned lessons from the field. Our CEH training is presented by Chrys Thorsen, a certified ethical hacker and cybersecurity expert in her field.Course Highlights CEH v12 Expertise: Stay ahead in cybersecurity with the latest CEH training. Comprehensive Learning: With 56 CEH training hours, 322 on-demand videos, and closed captions, you’ll gain in-depth knowledge. 20 Topics, 220 Prep Questions: Master ethical hacking concepts and test your skills with practice questions included in this CEH training. Certificate of Completion: Prove your expertise with a prestigious certificate upon course completion. What You’ll Gain from Our Ethical Hacking Certification Training In-Depth Learning: Our CEH training course covers 20 comprehensive topics, from ethical hacking fundamentals to advanced cryptography. Real-World Practice: Engage in step-by-step guided practice using actual hardware and software-based hacking tools. CEH Exam Preparation: Our CEH training course helps to prepare you with 220 prep questions. It’s a perfect choice to ensure you will be well-prepared for the CEH exam. CEH Certification Cost: Our CEH training course offers an affordable pathway to CEH certification, providing excellent value for the CEH exam cost you’ll incur. Why Choose CEH Training? CEH Cert Recognition: Stand out with a globally recognized CEH cert. Career Advancement: Unlock various cybersecurity roles with your CEH certification. Flexible Learning: As with all our training, you’ll have access to on-demand CEH training videos and resources 24/7, allowing you to study at your own pace. How to Become a Certified Ethical Hacker Preparation: Prior knowledge of networking and general web security principles is recommended. You’ll also need specific hardware and software requirements. CEH Bootcamp: Our CEH classes offer intensive training to prepare you for the CEH test. CEH Exam: Pass the CEH exam to earn your certified ethical hacker certification. CEH Certification Cost: The CEH price varies depending on the training package you choose. Ethical Hacking Certification Cost and MaintenanceThe CEH training cost for certification varies. To maintain your certified ethical hacker certification, you’ll need to earn Continuing Professional Education (CPE) credits over three years. For complete costs related to taking the CEH exam, visit the governing body, EC-Council website.This CEH training course is ideal for: Ethical Hackers Cybersecurity Analysts Cybersecurity Consultants White Hat Hackers System Administrators Network Administrators Engineers Web Managers Security Analysts Security Consultants Auditors Security Professionals Anyone in the Cybersecurity Industry Prerequisites for CEH Certification TrainingWhile no strict prerequisites are required, prior to beginning your CEH training, we recommend prior knowledge of networking and general web security principles. Completing CompTIA Network+ and CompTIA Security+ courses or equivalent before embarking on your CEH training is highly recommended. You’ll also need a 64-bit PC with VMware Workstation Player, 8GB+ RAM (16GB preferred), and 100GB of free disk space, running Windows 10 Professional or later. Course Outline Module 1 - Introduction To Ethical Hacking1.0 Introduction to CEH v121.1 Elements of Security1.2 Cyber Kill Chain1.3 MITRE ATTandamp;CK Framework1.3.1 Activity - Researching the MITRE ATTACK Framework1.4 Hacking1.5 Ethical Hacking1.6 Information Assurance1.7 Risk Management1.8 Incident Management1.9 Information Security Laws and Standards1.10 Introduction to Ethical Hacking ReviewModule 2: Footprinting and Reconnaissance2.1 Footprinting Concepts2.2 OSINT Tools2.2.1 Activity - Conduct OSINT with OSR Framework2.2.2 Activity - OSINT with theHarvester2.2.3 Activity - Add API Keys to theHarvester2.2.4 Activity - Extract Document Metadata with FOCA2.2.5 Activity - Extract Document Metadata with FOCA2.3 Advanced Google Search2.3.1 Activity - Google Hacking2.4 Whois Footprinting2.4.1 Activity - Conducting Whois Research2.5 DNS Footprinting2.5.1 Activity - Query DNS with NSLOOKUP2.6 Website Footprinting2.6.1 Activity - Fingerprint a Webserver with ID Serve2.6.2 Activity - Extract Data from Websites2.6.3 Activity - Mirror a Website with HTTrack2.7 Email Footprinting2.7.1 Activity - Trace a Suspicious Email2.8 Network Footprinting2.9 Social Network Footprinting2.10 Footprinting and Reconnaissance Countermeasures2.11 Footprinting and Reconnaissance ReviewModule 3: Scanning Networks3.1 Scanning Concepts3.2 Discovery Scans3.2.1 Activity - ICMP ECHO and ARP Pings3.2.2 Activity - Host Discovery with Angry IP Scanner3.3 Port Scans3.3.1 Activity - Port Scan with Angry IP Scanner3.4 Other Scan Types3.5 Scanning Tools3.5.1 Activity - Hping3 Packet Crafting3.5.2 Activity - Fingerprinting with Zenmap3.6 NMAP3.6.1 Activity - Nmap Basic Scans3.6.2 Activity - Host Discovery with Nmap3.6.3 - Activity - Nmap Version Detection3.6.4 Activity - Nmap Idle (Zombie) Scan3.6.5 Activity - Nmap FTP Bounce Scan3.6.6 - Activity - NMAP Scripts3.7 Firewall and IDS Evasion3.7.1 Activity - Nmap Advanced Scans3.8 Proxies3.9 Scanning Countermeasures3.10 Scanning Networks ReviewModule 4: Enumeration4.1 Enumeration Overview4.2 SMB_NetBIOS_Enumeration4.2.1 Activity - Enumerate NetBIOS Information with Hyena4.3 File Transfer Enumeration4.4 WMI Enumeration4.4.1 - Activity - Enumerating WMI with Hyena4.5 SNMP Enumeration4.5.1 Activity - Enumerate WMI, SNMP and Other Information Using SoftPerfect4.6 LDAP Enumeration4.7 DNS Enumeration4.8 SMTP Enumeration4.8.1 Activity - Enumerate Email Users with SMTP4.9 Remote Connection Enumeration4.10 Website Enumeration4.10.1 Activity - Enumerate a Website with DirBuster4.11 Other Enumeration Types4.12 Enumeration Countermeasures and ReviewModule 5: Vulnerability Analysis5.1 Vulnerability Scanning5.1.1 Vulnerability Scanning with OpenVAS5.2 Vulnerability Assessment5.3 Vulnerability Analysis ReviewModule 6: System Hacking6.1 System Hacking Concepts6.2 Common OS Exploits6.3 Buffer Overflows6.3.1 Activity - Performing a Buffer Overflow6.4 System Hacking Tools and Frameworks6.4.1 Activity - Hack a Linux Target from Start to Finish6.5 Metasploit6.5.1 Activity - Get Started with Metasploit6.6 Meterpreter6.7 Keylogging and Spyware6.7.1 Activity - Keylogging with Meterpreter6.8 Netcat6.8.1 Activity - Using Netcat6.9 Hacking Windows6.9.1 Activity - Hacking Windows with Eternal Blue6.10 Hacking Linux6.11 Password Attacks6.11.1 Activity - Pass the Hash6.11.2 Activity - Password Spraying6.12 Password Cracking Tools6.13 Windows Password Cracking6.13.1 Activity - Cracking Windows Passwords6.13.2 Activity - Cracking Password Hashes with Hashcat6.14 Linux Password Cracking6.15 Other Methods for Obtaining Passwords6.16 Network Service Attacks6.16.1 Activity - Brute Forcing a Network Service with Medusa6.17 Post Exploitation6.18 Pivoting6.18.1 Activity - Pivoting Setup6.19 Maintaining Access6.19.1 Activity - Persistence6.20 Hiding Data6.20.1 Activity - Hiding Data Using Least Significant Bit Steganography6.21 Covering Tracks6.21.1 Activity - Clearing Tracks in Windows6.21.2 Activity - View and Clear Audit Policies with Auditpol6.22 System Hacking Countermeasures6.23 System Hacking ReviewModule 7: Malware Threats7.1 Malware Overview7.2 Viruses7.3 Trojans7.3.1 Activity - Deploying a RAT7.4 Rootkits7.5 Other Malware7.6 Advanced Persistent Threat7.7 Malware Makers7.7.1 Activity - Creating a Malware Dropper and Handler7.8 Malware Detection7.9 Malware Analysis7.9.1 Activity - Performing a Static Code Review7.9.2 Activity - Analyzing the SolarWinds Orion Hack7.10 Malware Countermeasures7.11 Malware Threats ReviewModule 8: Sniffing8.1 Network Sniffing8.2 Sniffing Tools8.2.1 Activity- Sniffing HTTP with Wireshark8.2.2 Activity - Capturing Files from SMB8.3 ARP and MAC Attacks8.3.1 Activity - Performing an MITM Attack with Ettercap8.4 Name Resolution Attacks8.4.1 Activity - Spoofing Responses with Responder8.5 Other Layer 2 Attacks8.6 Sniffing Countermeasures8.7 Sniffing ReviewModule 9: Social Engineering9.1 Social Engineering Concepts9.2 Social Engineering Techniques9.2.1 Activity - Deploying a Baited USB Stick9.2.2 Activity - Using an O.MG Lightning Cable9.3 Social Engineering Tools9.3.1 Activity - Phishing for Credentials9.4 Social Media, Identity Theft, Insider Threats9.5 Social Engineering Countermeasures9.6 Social Engineering ReviewModule 10: Denial-of-Service10.1 DoS-DDoS Concepts10.2 Volumetric Attacks10.3 Fragmentation Attacks10.4 State Exhaustion Attacks10.5 Application Layer Attacks10.5.1 Activity - Performing a LOIC Attack10.5.2 Activity - Performing a HOIC Attack10.5.3 Activity - Conducting a Slowloris Attack10.6 Other Attacks10.7 DoS Tools10.8 DoS Countermeasures10.9 DoS ReviewModule 11: Session Hijacking11.1 Session Hijacking11.2 Compromising a Session Token11.3 XSS11.4 CSRF11.5 Other Web Hijacking Attacks11.6 Network-Level Session Hijacking11.6.1 Activity - Hijack a Telnet Session11.7 Session Hijacking Tools11.8 Session Hijacking Countermeasures11.9 Session Hijacking ReviewModule 12: Evading IDS, Firewalls, and Honeypots12.1 Types of IDS12.2 Snort12.3 System Logs12.4 IDS Considerations12.5 IDS Evasion12.5.1 Activity - Fly Below IDS Radar12.6 Firewalls12.7 Packet Filtering Rules12.8 Firewall Deployments12.9 Split DNS12.10 Firewall Product Types12.11 Firewall Evasion12.11.1 Activity - Use Social Engineering to Bypass a Windows Firewall12.11.2 Activity - Busting the DOM for WAF Evasion12.12 Honeypots12.13 Honeypot Detection and Evasion12.13.1 Activity - Test and Analyze a Honey Pot12.14 Evading IDS, Firewalls, and Honeypots ReviewModule 13: Hacking Web Servers13.1 Web Server Operations13.2 Hacking Web Servers13.3 Common Web Server Attacks13.3.1 Activity - Defacing a Website13.4 Web Server Attack Tools13.5 Hacking Web Servers Countermeasures13.6 Hacking Web Servers ReviewModule 14: Hacking Web Applications14.1 Web Application Concepts14.2 Attacking Web Apps14.3 A01 Broken Access Control14.4 A02 Cryptographic Failures14.5 A03 Injection14.5.1 Activity - Command Injection14.6 A04 Insecure Design14.7 A05 Security Misconfiguration14.8 A06 Vulnerable and Outdated Components14.9 A07 Identification and Authentication Failures14.10 A08 Software and Data integrity Failures14.11 A09 Security Logging and Monitoring Failures14.12 A10 Server-Side Request Forgery14.13 XSS Attacks14.13.1 Activity - XSS Walkthrough14.13.2 Activity - Inject a Malicious iFrame with XXS14.14 CSRF14.15 Parameter Tampering14.15.1 Activity - Parameter Tampering with Burp14.16 Clickjacking14.17 SQL Injection14.18 Insecure Deserialization Attacks14.19 IDOR14.19.1 Activity - Hacking with IDOR14.20 Directory Traversal14.21 Session Management Attacks14.22 Response Splitting14.23 Overflow Attacks14.24 XXE Attacks14.25 Web App DoS14.26 Soap Attacks14.27 AJAX Attacks14.28 Web API Hacking14.29 Webhooks and Web Shells14.30 Web App Hacking Tools14.31 Hacking Web Applications Countermeasures14.32 Hacking Web Applications ReviewModule 15: SQL Injection15.1 SQL Injection Overview15.2 Basic SQL Injection15.3 Finding Vulnerable Websites15.4 Error-based SQL Injection15.5 Union SQL Injection15.5.1 Activity - Testing SQLi on a Live Website - Part 115.5.2 Activity - Testing SQLi on a Live Website - Part 215.6 Blind SQL Injection15.7 SQL Injection Tools15.7.1 Activity - SQL Injection Using SQLmap15.8 Evading Detection15.9 Analyzing SQL Injection15.10 SQL Injection Countermeasures15.11 SQL Injection ReviewModule 16: Hacking Wireless Networks16.1 Wireless Concepts16.2 Wireless Security Standards16.3 WI-FI Discovery Tools16.4 Common Wi-Fi Attacks16.5 Wi-Fi Password Cracking16.6 WEP Cracking16.6.1 Activity - Cracking WEP16.7 WPA,WPA2,WPA3 Cracking16.7.1 Activity - WPA KRACK Attack16.8 WPS Cracking16.9 Bluetooth Hacking16.10 Other Wireless Hacking16.10.1 Activity - Cloning an RFID badge16.10.2 Activity - Hacking with a Flipper Zero16.11 Wireless Security Tools16.12 Wireless Hacking Countermeasures16.13 Hacking Wireless Networks ReviewModule 17: Hacking Mobile Platforms17.1 Mobile Device Overview17.2 Mobile Device Attacks17.3 Android Vulnerabilities17.4 Rooting Android17.5 Android Exploits17.5.1 Activity - Hacking Android17.5.2 Activity - Using a Mobile Device in a DDoS Campaign17.6 Android-based Hacking Tools17.7 Reverse Engineering an Android App17.8 Securing Android17.9 iOS Overview17.10 Jailbreaking iOS17.11 iOS Exploits17.12 iOS-based Hacking Tools17.13 Reverse Engineering an iOS App17.14 Securing iOS17.15 Mobile Device Management17.16 Hacking Mobile Platforms Countermeasures17.17 Hacking Mobile Platforms ReviewModule 18: IoT AND OT Hacking18.1 IoT Overview18.2 IoT Infrastructure18.3 IoT Vulnerabilities and Threats18.3.1 Activity - Searching for Vulnerable IoT Devices18.4 IoT Hacking Methodology and Tools18.5 IoT Hacking Countermeasures18.6 OT Concepts18.7 IT-OT Convergence18.8 OT Components18.9 OT Vulnerabilities18.10 OT Attack Methodology and Tools18.11 OT Hacking Countermeasures18.12 IoT and OT Hacking ReviewModule 19: Cloud Computing19.1 Cloud Computing Concepts19.2 Cloud Types19.3 Cloud Benefits and Considerations19.4 Cloud Risks and Vulnerabilities19.5 Cloud Threats and Countermeasures19.5.1 Activity - Hacking S3 Buckets19.6 Cloud Security Tools And Best Practices19.7 Cloud Computing ReviewModule 20: Cryptography20.1 Cryptography Concepts20.2 Symmetric Encryption20.2.1 Activity - Symmetric Encryption20.3 Asymmetric Encryption20.3.1 Activity - Asymmetric Encryption20.4 Public Key Exchange20.5 PKI20.5.1 Activity - Generating and Using an Asymmetric Key Pair20.6 Digital Signatures20.7 Hashing20.7.1 Activity - Calculating Hashes20.8 Common Cryptography Use Cases20.9 Cryptography Tools20.10 Cryptography Attacks20.11 Cryptography Review20.12 Course Conclusion LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description A Kubernetes Certification can take your career to a whole new level. Learning Kubernetes is essential for any DevOps professional. DevOps engineers are always in demand. Currently, the average Silicon Valley salary for a DevOps engineer is 20% higher than what a software engineer makes. DevOps engineers make an average of £100,000 to £150,000 annually. Kubernetes is an open-source system for automating deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications. It was originally designed by Google and is now maintained by the Cloud Native Computing Foundation.Lectures alone will not help you clear the certification. This Kubernetes Certification is a practical hands-on exam. You will need hands-on experience and you will need to practice. This course explains several important aspects of taking the official Certified Kubernetes Administrator (CKA) exam. You will learn about the exam procedure, where to find the latest information about the exam, and a few helpful tips for taking the exam.The Exam Objectives are below and will be covered in the course. Cluster Architecture, Installation andamp; Configuration 25% Workloads andamp; Scheduling 15% Services andamp; Networking 20% Storage 10% Troubleshooting 30% The following topics are covered. Kubernetes history - where it came from Kubernetes – Business Benefits Kubernetes Architecture - Masters, Nodes, Pods, Services andamp; Deployments Understand the desired state and declarative model Installing Kubernetes on Minikube, GCP What are Services, Deployments and Containers Working with Pods. Deploying your first pod. Kubernetes Control Plane Kubernetes Ingress and Egress Hands-On: Kubernetes deployments. Creating your first deployment Exam Preparation Scenario Questions Career Demand and Salaries What can you expect from the Kubernetes? Full downloadable content Kubernetes Demos Whiteboard Discussions Practice Questions Optional Exercises to follow Who would be the target audience?This course is for Kubernetes beginners and experienced professionals that want to have full coverage of the updated CKA exam objectives. Instructor Joe HolbrookVideo Content: 6 Hours 22MinutesTest Questions: 20 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Course Overview1.1 Course Overview1.2 Course PreReqsModule 2: Kubernetes and Container Fundamentals2.1 Core Concepts2.2 What is the CKA Exam2.3 Why Get Certified2.4 CKA Exam Domains2.5 What is Kubernetes2.6 What is a Container2.7 What is Docker2.8 Kubernetes Terminology2.9 Kubernetes Components2.10 Kubernetes Documentation2.11 Whiteboard - Kubernetes OverviewModule 3: Kubernetes Installation3.1 Kubernetes Installation3.2 Installation Options3.3 MiniKube3.4 Demo - Install Minikube3.5 Demo - Clusters3.6 Kubectl Basics3.7 Demo - Install KubectlModule 4: Working with Kubernetes Clusters and Nodes4.1 Working with Kubernetes Clusters and Nodes4.2 Understanding the Architecture4.3 Understanding the nodes4.4 Core Objects4.5 API4.6 Create a Cluster4.7 Demo - Create a Cluster4.8 Demo - YAML4.9 Demo - Nodes4.10 Demo - Kubectl Client ConfigModule 5: API Access and Commands5.1 API Access and Commands5.2 About the API5.3 Accessing the APIs5.4 Demo - Exploring APIS5.5 Kubectl5.6 Using YAML for API Objects5.7 Using Curl5.8 Labels and AnnotationsModule 6: Running Pods and Deployments6.1 Running Pods and Deployments6.2 Pods and Deployments6.3 What is a Namespace6.4 Scalability Options6.5 Rolling Updates6.6 Apply Changes to a Pod6.7 Stateful Sets6.8 Demo - Manage DeploymentsModule 7: Configuring Storage7.1 Configuring Storage7.2 Storage options with Kubernetes7.3 Configure Pod Volumes7.4 Configure Persistent Volumes7.5 Storage Classes7.6 Whiteboard - Persistent Volumes7.7 Demo - Configure StorageModule 8: Kubernetes Networking8.1 Kubernetes Networking8.2 Understanding Networking8.3 Services8.4 Network Plugins8.5 DNS8.6 Network Policies8.7 Namespaces8.8 Demo - Networking8.9 Manage High AvailabilityModule 9: Managing Security9.1 Managing Security9.2 Kubernetes Security9.3 Container and Pod Security9.4 Certificates9.5 API Security9.6 Configmaps and Secrets9.7 Secure Images9.8 Security Context9.9 RBACModule 10: Managing Kubernetes In the Enterprise10.1 Managing Kubernetes In the Enterprise10.2 Cluster Management and Maintenance10.3 Demo - Scale Deployment10.4 Demo - Restart Cluster10.5 Demo - Add or Remove Nodes10.6 Demo - Create a Pod in the Background10.7 Kubelet Restarts and Drains10.8 UI Dashboard10.9 Demo - Describe Resources10.10 Kube-scheduler10.11 Demo - Set-Up AliasModule 11: Kubernetes Monitoring and Troubleshooting11.1 Kubernetes Monitoring and Troubleshooting11.2 Monitoring Resources11.3 Monitoring Pods11.4 Demo - Monitoring Pods11.5 Logging11.6 Demo - Logging11.7 Troubleshooting11.8 Affinity and TaintsModule 12: CKA Practice Exams12.1 CKA Practice Exams12.2 Exam Preparation Must Know12.3 Question 1 - Create a Cluster, Deploy Pods and a Deployment12.4 Question 2 - Create a Pod and Verify12.5 Question 3 - Create a Pod with a Secret12.6 Question 4 - Get Logs on a Pod and Send to File12.7 Question 5 - Liveness Probe12.8 Question 6 - Use Labels12.9 Additional QuestionsModule 13: Course Closeout13.1 Course Closeout13.2 Course Review13.3 Kubernetes Certifications13.4 Additional Resources13.5 Exam Readiness13.6 Course Closeout Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description A Kubernetes Certification can take your career to a whole new level. Learning Kubernetes is essential for any DevOps professional. DevOps engineers are always in demand. Currently, the average Silicon Valley salary for a DevOps engineer is 20% higher than what a software engineer makes. DevOps engineers make an average of £100,000 to £150,000 annually. Kubernetes is an open-source system for automating deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications. It was originally designed by Google and is now maintained by the Cloud Native Computing Foundation.Lectures alone will not help you clear the certification. This Kubernetes Certification is a practical hands-on exam. You will need hands-on experience and you will need to practice. This course explains several important aspects of taking the official Certified Kubernetes Application Developer (CKAD) exam. You will learn about the exam procedure, where to find the latest information about the exam, and a few helpful tips for taking the exam.The Exam Objectives are below and will be covered in the course. Core Concepts – 13% Configuration – 18% Multi-Container Pods – 10% Observability – 18% Pod Design – 20% Services andamp; Networking – 13% State Persistence – 8% The following topics are covered. Exam Domain Objectives covered in Full. Kubernetes Architecture - Masters, Nodes, Pods, Services andamp; Deployments Understand the desired state and declarative model. Installing Kubernetes on Minikube, GCP, AWS Working with Pods. Deploying your first pod. Kubernetes Services Exposing Applications Namespaces Hands-On Demos to follow Scenario Questions Career Demand and Salaries Instructor: Joe HolbrookLegal Notice:Kubernetes and the Kubernetes logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of The Linux Foundation. in the United States and/or other countries. The Linux Foundation and other parties may also have trademark rights in other terms used herein. This course is not certified, accredited, affiliated with, nor endorsed by Kubernetes or The Linux Foundation.Video Content: 4 Hours 11 MinutesTest Questions: 20 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Course Overview1.1 Course Overview1.2 Course PreReqsModule 2: Kubernetes and Container Fundamentals2.1 Core Concepts2.2 What is the CKAD Exam2.3 Why Get Certified2.4 CKAD Exam Domains2.5 APIs2.6 Demo - Explore APIS2.7 Pods2.8 Whiteboard - Pod Creation Workflow2.9 Create a Pod2.10 Lifecycle Status2.11 Inspecting Pods2.12 Demo - Create a Pod and InspectModule 3: Configuration3.1 Configuration3.2 Understand Configmaps3.3 Understand Security Contexts3.4 Demo - Create a Security Context3.5 Create and Consume Secrets3.6 Understand Service Accounts3.7 Demo - Create a Pod to Use a Secret3.8 Demo - Define a Service AccountModule 4: Multi Container Pods4.1 Multi Container Pods4.2 Multi Container Pods Design and Patterns4.3 Ambassador Containers4.4 Connecting to Pods4.5 Side Cars4.6 Demo - Create an Init ContainerModule 5: Observability5.1 Observability5.2 Container Health5.3 Probes5.4 Logging5.5 Monitor Resources and Apps5.6 Monitoring Pods5.7 Demo - Monitoring and LoggingModule 6: Pod Design6.1 Pod Design6.2 Deployments6.3 Rolling Updates6.4 Pod Changes6.5 Jobs and Crons6.6 Labels and Annotations6.7 Demo - Define and Query Labels6.8 Scalability OptionsModule 7: Services and Networking7.1 Services and Networking7.2 Understanding Networking, Routing and Services7.3 Network Policies7.4 Namespaces7.5 Demo - NetworkingModule 8: State Persistence8.1 State Persistence8.2 Storage Options8.3 Volume Storage8.4 Configure Pod Volumes8.5 Configure Persistent Volumes8.6 Whiteboard - Persistent VolumesModule 9: CKA Practice Exams9.1 CKAD Practice Preparation9.2 Exam Prep Need to Know9.3 Question 1 - Create a Pod and Inspect9.4 Question 2 - Define a Pods Readiness9.5 Question 3 - Create a Pod with a Secret9.6 Question 4 - View Pods logs in Real Time9.7 Question 5 - Define and query labels9.8 Additional QuestionsModule 10: Course Closeout10.1 Course Closeout10.2 Course Summary Review10.3 Kubernetes Certifications10.4 Additional Resources10.5 Exam Review10.6 Course Closeout Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is designed for healthcare professionals undertaking the role of a chaperone as part of their duties.This course will cover: Who is a Chaperone and their roles and duties Understanding when a Chaperone needs to be present and navigating the role with care The rights of patients and any concerns they may have Understanding confidentiality issues and the procedures involved in raising concerns Developing your communication skills for this role Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Introducing our Cutting-Edge ChatGPT Training Course: Unleash the Power of Conversational AIAre you ready to revolutionize the way you interact with AI-driven technologies? Look no further! Our comprehensive ChatGPT training course is designed to equip you with the skills and knowledge needed to harness the full potential of Conversational AI. Whether you’re a developer, data scientist, or simply an AI enthusiast, this course will take you on an exciting journey towards mastering ChatGPT and unleashing its true capabilities.Why Choose Our ChatGPT Training Course?Comprehensive Curriculum: Our ChatGPT training course comprises 38 meticulously crafted modules that cover all aspects of ChatGPT and Conversational AI. From the basics of natural language processing (NLP) to advanced techniques for fine-tuning models, each module is thoughtfully designed to build upon the previous one, ensuring a smooth learning experience.Interactive Learning: Say goodbye to dry, passive learning. Our course is designed to keep you engaged and excited throughout the entire journey. Each module incorporates interactive elements, practical exercises, and real-life examples to help you understand concepts better and apply them effectively.Real-World Applications: We believe in learning by doing. That’s why our ChatGPT training course places a strong emphasis on real-world applications. By the end of the course, you’ll be equipped with the skills to integrate ChatGPT into your projects, applications, and business use cases, making you a valuable asset in the AI landscape.Core Topics Covered In This ChatGPT Training Understanding ChatGPT Fundamentals: Learn the core concepts and principles behind ChatGPT’s powerful capabilities. What is ChatGPT: Dive deeper into the specifics of ChatGPT and how it differs from traditional chatbots. Exploring Use Cases: Discover the wide range of applications for ChatGPT across various industries. The Role of ChatGPT: Understand how ChatGPT can revolutionize customer support, content generation, and more. Unveiling the Future of ChatGPT: Explore the exciting possibilities and upcoming advancements in Conversational AI. ChatGPT Statistics, Facts andamp; Trends: Stay up-to-date with the latest statistics and trends shaping the field of AI. Acknowledging Limitations: Grasp the current boundaries and challenges that ChatGPT faces. Demystifying Chatbots: Gain insights into the functioning and components of chatbot technology. Understanding AI-ML: Get an overview of the fundamental concepts of Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning. Tools to Use with ChatGPT: Witness a live demonstration of tools that complement and enhance ChatGPT’s capabilities. Business Benefits: Learn about the advantages of integrating ChatGPT into various business processes. Whiteboard – How it all works: Visualize the inner workings of ChatGPT through an informative whiteboard session. Getting Started with ChatGPT: Follow along with a step-by-step demonstration to set up and initiate ChatGPT. Example Prompts: Observe practical examples of effective prompts for generating desired responses. Discussion – ChatGPT Performance Issues: Engage in a meaningful discussion about optimizing ChatGPT performance. What is a Prompt: Deepen your understanding of prompts and their role in ChatGPT interactions. Best Practices For Writing Prompts: Master the art of crafting prompts that yield accurate and valuable responses. Asking Questions: Learn how to formulate prompts to extract information effectively. Top Ten Lists: Discover how to utilize prompts to create engaging and informative lists. Long Form Docs: Harness the power of prompts for generating lengthy and detailed documents. Complex Form and Code: Explore the potential of prompts in handling intricate tasks and coding challenges. Feedback: Utilize prompts to collect feedback and engage in insightful conversations with users. Content Modification: Learn how prompts can be employed to refine and enhance existing content. Instruction Generation: Explore the possibilities of using prompts to generate instructional materials. Information Extraction: Grasp techniques for extracting specific details and data through prompts. Writing Computer Code: Unleash the potential of prompts in generating computer code and algorithms. Solving Math Problems: See how prompts can be utilized for mathematical problem-solving. Create YT Video Outline: Learn how to craft prompts for outlining engaging YouTube video scripts. Write a Blog Article: Utilize prompts to generate ideas and structure content for blog articles. SEO Keywords: Understand how prompts can optimize content for search engine visibility. Comparing Google Bard vs. ChatGPT: Differentiate between ChatGPT and Google Bard and Resources Included in the Course? Test Quiz: Evaluate your progress and reinforce your understanding with our test quiz after each module. The quiz is designed to challenge your knowledge and ensure that you’ve grasped the essential concepts before moving on. Downloadable ChatGPT Mind Map: To help you visualize and organize your learning journey, we provide a downloadable ChatGPT mind map. This comprehensive visual aid will serve as a quick reference guide, enabling you to navigate through the vast world of Conversational AI with ease. Powerpoint Slides: For all 38 modules, you’ll receive access to the presentation slides used in the course. Use them to review the material at your own pace, or even share your newfound knowledge with colleagues and friends. Prompt Guide: Craft engaging and effective prompts for ChatGPT with confidence. Our prompt guide will walk you through the best practices of generating prompts and getting the most accurate and relevant responses from ChatGPT. Course Ebook: Take your learning offline with our comprehensive course ebook. This carefully curated resource compiles all the essential information covered in the modules, enabling you to revise and explore further, even without an internet connection. Who Can Benefit from the ChatGPT Course? AI Enthusiasts: If you’re curious about the world of Conversational AI and want to explore its possibilities, this course will introduce you to the fundamental concepts and practical applications of ChatGPT. Developers: For developers seeking to integrate AI-driven chat capabilities into their applications and websites, this course will equip you with the necessary skills to get started and customize the ChatGPT model to your specific needs. Data Scientists: If you’re a data scientist looking to enhance your NLP and AI expertise, our ChatGPT training course will provide you with insights and techniques to fine-tune models and achieve optimal performance. Business Professionals: For entrepreneurs and business professionals interested in leveraging the power of Conversational AI for customer support, chatbots, or marketing, this course will empower you to make informed decisions and strategize effectively. Enroll Now and Unleash the Power of Conversational AI!Don’t miss this opportunity to become proficient in ChatGPT training and embark on an exciting journey towards mastering Conversational AI. Enroll in our course today and gain the knowledge, skills, and confidence to create intelligent, dynamic, and engaging AI-powered interactions. Unlock the full potential of ChatGPT and revolutionize the way you interact with AI. Join us now and step into the future of Conversational AI! Course Outline Module 1 - ChatGPT Fundamentals1.1 Course Welcome1.2 Instructor Introduction1.3 Download Course Resources1.4 ChatGPT Fundamentals1.5 What is ChatGPT1.6 Use Cases for ChatGPT1.7 Role of ChatGPT1.8 Future of ChatGPT1.9 ChatGPT Statistics, Facts andamp; Trends1.10 Limitations1.11 What is a Chatbot1.12 Understanding AI-ML1.13 Demonstration - Tools to Use with ChatGPT1.14 Business Benefits1.15 Whiteboard - How it all works1.16 Demonstration - How to Get Started with ChatGPT1.17 Demonstration - Example Prompts1.18 Discussion - ChatGPT Performance Issues1.19 Module SummaryModule 2 - ChatGPT Prompt Demonstrations2.1 ChatGPT Prompt Demonstrations2.2 What is a Prompt2.3 Best Practices For Writing Prompts2.4 Prompt Demonstration - Asking Questions2.5 Prompt Demonstration - Top Ten Lists2.6 Prompt Demonstration - Long Form Docs2.7 Prompt Demonstration - Complex Form and Code2.8 Prompt Demonstration - Feedback2.9 Prompt Demonstration - Content Modification2.10 Prompt Demonstration - Instruction Generation2.11 Prompt Demonstration - Information Extraction2.12 Prompt Demonstration - Writing Computer Code2.13 Prompt Demonstration - Solving Math Problems2.14 Prompt Demonstration - Create YT Video Outline2.15 Prompt Demonstration - Write a Blog Article2.16 Prompt Demonstration - SEO Keywords2.17 Comparing Google Bard vs ChatGPT Courses Features: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The highly interesting psychological field of child attachment is explored in great detail in this course. Starting with a look at the main theories and theorists, the course explains the main concepts and principles clearly and we make sure we cover all the fundamental points for you. Bowlby and Ainsworth have proven to be huge contributors to the field of child attachment and their work is carefully considered within the course’s 10 modules.This course will hopefully teach you how to think like a true expert in the field of child attachment theory. You will be taught the signs to look out for when there are any issues in this field and there are tests that can be implemented along the way to better facilitate this. By the end of the course, you should be able to apply the guiding principles of child attachment theory with relative ease.From working as a social worker, to a child psychologist and even a classroom assistant, this course will prove to you that there is such a huge variety of roles connected with the field of child attachment. Indeed, the final module is devoted entirely to this discussion and is conveniently split between roles that are more ‘hands-on’ in the field of child attachment, compared with those that may involve this psychological niche in a little more tentative manner. You Will Learn: A detailed look at the history and evolution of child attachment theory A discussion of the internal working models that are used in this field We look at the main contributors to this field (e.g. Ainsworth and Bowlby) You will have plenty of opportunity to fully learn the important ‘Strange Situation Test’ You will consider the main influences of child attachment A look at the ethical considerations that must be borne in mind, especially when working with children How attachment should stabilise in later childhood You will consider the hugely important concept of vulnerability in relation to child attachment Define ‘harm’ and look at ‘degrees of harm’ in good detail A sneaky peak at just some of the myriad roles of employment that are connected with this interesting psychological niche. Benefits Of Taking This Course: The ability to recognise the signs of child attachment problems You will understand how to implement the ‘Strange Situation Test’ You will gain the skills that will enable you to work in a huge variety of fields connected with child attachment Gain knowledge of a truly interesting psychological niche Learn how you can make a real difference in the field of child attachment The ability to study from any location with an Internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Child Attachment Module 2: Fundamental Concepts and Theorists in the Field of Child Attachment Module 3: Defining Attachment Theory Module 4: Attachment and Internal Working Models Module 5: The Main Influences of Attachment Module 6: Child Attachment Stabilisation, Psychotherapy and Neuroscientific Considerations Module 7: Understanding and Implementing the “Strange Situation Test” Module 8: Vulnerability Module 9: Further Research Considerations Relating to Child Attachment Module 10: Employment Opportunities in the Field of Child Attachment Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Children are exposed to the internet from a very young age in this modern world, and so it’s important to understand how to make it as safe as possible for them. If you work with children or young people, this course will be a valuable addition to your CV. This course provides parents, carers and anyone working with children with an overview of the dangers children and young people face when they use the internet. It encourages parents and carers to develop strong lines of communication when talking with their children, and contains practical advice for holding conversations about sensitive issues including cyber-bullying, pornography use and online relationships. What you will learn In taking this course, you will learn the following: Why the dangers of the digital era must be taken seriously. How and why children make use of the internet. How to keep up to date with the latest technology and the tools your child is likely to be using online. The most common ways in which children and teenagers use social media. The importance of teaching your child to use privacy settings as a means of protecting their personal information and identity from misuse. Why you must be prepared to support your child in the event that they become a victim of bullying. The factors that may make a child or teenager particularly vulnerable to cyber-bullying. How to spot the signs that indicate your child may be a victim of bullying. How to start a discussion with your child if you suspect that they are being bullied. How best to talk to your child if they have been accused of bullying behaviours. Why good communication skills are important in keeping your child safe online. The sensitive issues you will have to discuss with your child when educating them about online safety. How to develop your listening skills in such a way that your child will feel comfortable raising sensitive issues. How to discuss internet safety issues with children who have learning disabilities. What is meant by the term “grooming”, and why parents need to be aware of the dangers. The various types of online grooming used by predators on the internet. How the grooming process typically unfolds, from beginning to end. How to spot the signs of grooming and abuse in children and teenagers. How to verify that an online “friend” is who they claim to be. The kinds of extreme material that children and teenagers can view online. The nature of extremist and radical political content and how its impact can be lessened. The kind of content posted on pro-eating disorder sites and how some websites normalise other mental illnesses and self-destructive behaviours. What children and teenagers learn about sex, gender roles and relationships online. The potential effects of viewing pornography on healthy sexual development and the ability to form appropriate relationships. How to talk to your child about pornography and other sexually explicit material. How children and young people use the internet to date and develop romantic relationships. How to help your child if they have become involved in an abusive relationship. What internet addiction is, the main symptoms, and the long-term effects if it is left untreated. Why you need to remain alert to the possibility of internet addiction in children and teenagers. The factors that make an individual more susceptible than average to developing an internet addiction. How you can help your child or teenager cut down on their internet use. The professional treatment options available to you and your child if their internet addiction appears to be out of control. Why you may want to consider using tools, such as monitoring applications, to keep your child safe online. The ways in which older children and teenagers may try to work around monitoring tools. The importance of using good communication in conjunction with monitoring tools. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Outline Module 1: Understanding Why Internet Safety Is So Important – How Children Use the Internet Today Module 2: Safe Use Of Social Media Module 3: How to Help a Child Suffering Online Bullying Or Harassment Module 4: What If My Child Is Bullying Others? Module 5: Talking To Children About Internet Safety Module 6: Online Grooming and How to Prevent It Module 7: Online Extremism and Managing The Risk Of Radicalisation Module 8: How The Internet Affects Young Peoples Attitudes Towards Sex and Relationships Module 9: Identifying, Preventing and Overcoming Internet Addiction in Children and Teenagers Module 10: Tools To Help You Monitor Your Child’s Internet Use Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Child Protection Certificate Course Description In the UK alone, one in five children have endured severe mistreatment, including various forms of child abuse. The key to preventing future incidents, as well as helping the victims of abuse, is understanding more about it. This knowledge is crucial to have, if there are any children in your life, regardless of your profession. Those engaged in occupations that deal directly with children have a special obligation to look out for the children in their lives, while the rest of us have a moral obligation to protect the children whom we know. This course goes into detail regarding child protection. We begin by giving you an introduction to child protection, including the rights that children have, as laid down by UK law and the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. We also talk about the various pieces of legislation and government guidance in place that discuss child protection, the safeguarding of children, and the roles and responsibilities that agencies play in this process. Next, we review the types of child abuse that may be encountered, along with the possible indicators of each type of abuse. Finally, we review the various ways in which parents and other caregivers can work, to actively protect children from harm. You Will Learn: The importance of child protection across every occupation What to do, if you suspect that a child whom you know is being abused or harmed or is in need of protection The specific pieces of legislation and government guidance that you can turn to, for more information, in the case of specific incidents Additional information on the types of discrimination that children in the UK frequently face The specific steps that parents and caregivers can take, to keep children safe, both online and in public Benefits of Studying This Course Understanding when you should contact emergency services regarding a child, and which service is most appropriate Becoming more confident in your role as a caregiver or an individual who is actively engaged in a child’s life Being able to recognize potential cases of abuse sooner, so that you can immediately seek help for the child Understanding more about lesser-known types of abuse, such as emotional abuse and discriminatory abuse Feeling better as a parent in terms of your decisions regarding your child’s freedom, both online and in the real world Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction Module 02: Law and Legal Requirements Module 03: Child Abuse Module 04: Prevention and Awareness Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Child Protection in Sports Certificate Course Description Across the UK, nearly 87% of all children have played at least one sport in the last 12 months. This gives those who work and volunteer in the sporting industry a lot of contact and interaction with children. As a result of this extended contact and their position as an authority or trustworthy figure, these individuals have certain child protection responsibilities. Being aware of how to keep children safe when engaged in sports, both from dangers at home and risks from other children, is a key part of fulfilling these responsibilities. This course goes into detail regarding child protection in sport. We begin by giving you an introduction to the topic, including a discussion on the numerous benefits seen by children who are engaged in sport. Next, we talk about the unique risks that face children today, including radicalization. The course also talks about the signs of child abuse, so that you can keep an eye on the children in your care. Finally, we talk about the administrative steps that all organizations should take to keep children safe. You Will Learn: What steps the adults in a child’s life can take to keep the child safe Which groups are most vulnerable to abuse, radicalization, and bullying What the reporting process is The importance of taking support training Which pieces of legislative guidance you should know Benefits of Studying This Course Understanding more about how to keep the children in your care safe from abuse and harm Learning how to create an atmosphere of acceptance and understanding Understanding more about the modern-day risks faced by children Feeling confident about how to respond if a child confides in you about abuse or bullying Learning the importance of following high child protection safety standards, even if it is not required for your organization Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction Module 02: Modern Day Risks Module 03: Monitoring and Reporting Module 04: Administrative Steps Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Child Psychology Diploma will provide you with all the knowledge you need to succeed in this field in the United Kingdom. This information packed training course gives you everything you will need to know about child psychology and push yourself forward in your chosen career. During childhood, there is a rapid development of the mind and body. This course will give you a full introduction to the study of child psychology, and as you work through the material, you will obtain a much deeper understanding of how psychologists work with children to improve their psychological states. Introduction to the Child Psychology Diploma This training course is offered online, which gives you the ability to study at your own pace and in your own time. You can still work a full time position while studying to get the certification you need to help you achieve your dream of working in the child psychology profession. The child psychology diploma is accessible on any device with access to the internet, complete with online support throughout your training. The course comprises of a comprehensive syllabus broken down into easy and manageable modules. On completion of the course you will be required to complete a multiple choice test and, once passed, you will be awarded with your industry recognised certification, which you can download and print. What You Will Learn The child psychology diploma is designed to provide you with a complete overview, enabling you to start your journey towards your new career. This course includes: An introduction into child psychology. How psychologists work with children to improve their psychological states. Research and theories on child development and how to apply these theories. An overview of cognitive development, from infancy to adolescents. Information on genetics and the interaction between genes and the environment. The nature/nurture debate and the science supporting each side. Learn about a child’s physical development from birth and how the body prepares for adulthood. An overview of social development and how to support a child through these changes. The stages of emotional development and how it’s linked with a child’s performance at school. Learn about childhood intelligence concepts. Learn about the importance of a child’s early relationships. Language and communication milestones. How to improve self-esteem and confidence in children. Signs of behavioural problems and specific treatments. Understand why proper nutrition is important for a child’s development. The transition from adolescence into adulthood. Benefits of the Child Psychology Diploma There are so many benefits of completing your child psychology diploma online, these include: Study from anywhere and at any time that is suitable to you. You can study at home after work or during your lunch break. Study at your own pace, complete the course within days or months based on your current schedule and workload. Study using any device, from your PC when at home, to your tablet or mobile phone when on the move. The course is broken down into easy to manage modules to ensure the most enjoyable learning experience at all times. Enjoy the convenience of online support throughout your study experience to ensure that you stay on track at all times. Learn from a comprehensive syllabus, which is guaranteed to give you the knowledge you need to fast track your career within the child psychology profession. Improve your prospects when applying for jobs in this field. Enjoy the added benefit of a certified diploma that you can trust. Affordable pricing structure. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 22 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Child Psychology Module 2 : Child Development Research and Theories Module 3 : An Overview of Cognitive Development Module 4 : Cognitive Development in the First Year Module 5 : Cognitive Development in the Toddler and Preschool Years Module 6 : Cognitive Development in the Middle Years Module 7 : Cognitive Development and the Teenage Years Module 8 : Genetics Module 9 : The Nature/Nurture Debate Module 10 : Physical Development Module 11 : Social Development Module 12 : Emotional Development Module 13 : Intellectual Development Module 14 : Attachment and Relationship Building Module 15 : The Role of Separation in Child Development Module 16 : Language and Communication Module 17 : Self-Esteem and Confidence Module 18 : Behavioural Problems Module 19 : Gender Roles and Differences Module 20 : Education: Schooling, Learning Difficulties and High Intelligence Module 21 : Health and Nutrition in a Child’s Development Module 22 : Developing Into Adulthood Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description It’s important all schools, universities, colleges and anyone who works with children or young people know how to spot the signs of child sexual exploitation (CSE). This online CSE training course is designed to teach learners to understand and help children and young people at risk and the signs that exploitation is occurring.Sexual exploitation of children is a very real threat and is carried out in various forms. This CSE course will cover everything your staff needs to know about child sexual exploitation, including the threats of child sexual exploitation and grooming, how to identify these situations, and how to report and respond to any concerns.This online Child Sexual Exploitation (CSE) training is suitable for anyone who works with children or young people, whether they’re full time, part time, or a volunteer. It is essential for those with safeguarding responsibilities and duties. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this CSE training for schools, learners should know and understand the following: Identifying child sexual exploitation- Identify what child sexual exploitation is and how it happensSection 17 or Section 47 risks- Demonstrate what to do if you identify a child to be a Section 17 or Section 47 riskDefinition of human trafficking- Learn the definition of human traffickingThreats- Assess the threat of online groomingProcess of grooming- Summarise the process of groomingCourse OutlineThe aim of this online Child Sexual Exploitation Awareness training is to greater increase your knowledge of child sexual exploitation and how to identify it, as well as the relevant laws and legislation you and your staff need to know.The key points covered in this course are: Identifying child sexual exploitation Section 17 or Section 47 risks Definition of human trafficking Threats Process of grooming Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Children are becoming at risk of sexual exploitation at an alarming rate across the UK. In 2016, it was reported that over 4,000 London children were ‘at risk of sexual exploitation’. The perpetrators can be people whom the children already know or the exploitation can result from online sources. The best way in which to keep the children in your life safe from this type of exploitation is to be armed with as much knowledge as possible. Understanding how and why exploitation occurs, as well as who is most likely to be targeted, is the first step in preventing it from happening to your loved ones or children in your care. This course goes into detail regarding child sexual exploitation. We begin by giving you a brief introduction to the topic, including a definition of the term and specific examples. Next, we talk about how child sexual exploitation occurs, including the warning signs that you should look for and the behaviour patterns displayed by those who are most likely to start grooming children. We then discuss the reactions that children have to being exploited. Finally, we review the best practices for responding to and reporting allegations of sexual abuse or exploitation. You Will Learn: The most common models of grooming for sexual exploitation The warning signs exhibited by children who may be being sexually exploited The emotional and physical effects of sexual exploitation The reasons why children may choose not to report incidents of sexual exploitation or abuse How to respond if a child in your life discloses sexual exploitation or abuse Benefits of Studying This Course Understanding the dangers that sexual exploitation poses to the children in your life Learning the importance of creating an atmosphere where a child feels safe and believed Understanding the risks of online grooming and how to combat them Learning about the reporting process and why it is best to leave your name when going through the process Understanding more about your role and responsibilities in keeping the children in your life safe from harm Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction Module 02: How Child Sexual Exploitation Happens Module 03: Reactions to Child Sexual Exploitation Module 04: Responding to and Reporting Exploitation and Abuse Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Children and Young Peoples Mental Health Video Based Online Course CPD Accredited CourseCOURSE DESCRIPTIONThis course starts by defining mental illness and mental health problems and their impact on children and young people.There's extensive coverage of the many types of mental illnesses found in this group, and how they can be recognised and treated.We'll look at attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, depression and self-harm - along with eating disorders, including anorexia, bulimia and binge eating.Other mental illnesses covered include schizophrenia, autism, learning difficulties, post-traumatic stress disorder, along with bipolar disorder, panic disorder, sleep apnoea and social phobia.You'll learn about symptoms and causes - and the actions to take if you suspect someone has a mental health condition.We'll discuss the role of mental healthcare professionals, such as a psychologists, psychiatrists, psychiatric nurses or clinical social workers - and show how parents can become involved.Treatments covered include psychotherapy, mindfulness, play therapy, cognitive behavioural therapy and medication.We'll deal with prognosis and prevention – and show how to promote positive mental health and dispel common myths.Finally, you'll learn practical techniques to help you talk to children or young people about their mental health..LEARNING OBJECTIVESBy the end of this course, you will be able to: Define Mental Health and its impact in Children and Young People. Learn about the common Mental Health issues found in Children and Young People. Recognise the signs and symptoms found in Children and Young peoples and recognise the causes and risk factors involved. Understand the treatment and support available and understand the long-term outcomes of Mental Health issues in Children and Young People. TARGET AUDIENCE This course is aimed at teachers and youth workers who may work with children who exhibit signs of mental health issues.ADVANTAGES The course will provide candidates with an awareness of the signs and symptoms of a wide range of conditions and better prepare them to listen to and support young people.Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: Mental illnesses in children and young adults - Part 1Module 3: Mental illnesses in children and young adults - Part 2Module 4: Mental illnesses in children and young adults - Part 3Module 5: Signs of Mental illnesses in children and young adultsModule 6: Diagnosis and TreatmentsModule 7: Prognoses and OutcomesModule 8: Support DURATION: 90 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) DEMO VIDEO Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Have you always wanted to allow your creativity to flow and become a successful children's story writer? This is your chance to learn all you need to know to write your own children's book, come up with your own characters and discover your passion for writing. Introduction to Children's Story Writing Diploma The Children's Story Writing Diploma covers a range of topics, helping you develop your characters, the plot and write a great story that you can publish for children around the world. This course covers a range of topics in thirteen modules which takes between fifteen to twenty hours to complete. You will learn how to develop your characters and plot. You will get the guidance, skills and support you need to become a children's story writer with online modules that you can study from anywhere at any time on any device. This course will help to allow your creativity to flow and become a successful writer, with no previous experience necessary. The information packed modules have been carefully constructed to give you everything you need to write a children's story with complete confidence. What You Will Learn The course comprises of thirteen information packed modules and a multiple choice test. The course includes: Introduction – the introductory module includes what writing a book for children entails and what it is about children's story writing that appeals to you. What you will need to write literature for children – this value packed module will identify the tools and personal skills you will need to write a successful story. Examples of what other children's writers do well – in this module you will learn what some of the best children's writers do well and how to use existing children's books to write your own. How to choose an age group's point of view – you will learn how to choose an age group and the importance of writing for a particular age group. You will also learn a number of points of view you can make use of when writing your book. Getting started from the first page and creating the perfect setting – this module will teach you what you can do to make your first page stand out and the importance of the first line and page of your children's book. Learn how to build a good character for your book – learn how to get good characters and why your characters are so important. You will also learn how to differentiate your characters based on the age group you are targeting. Plot planning – learn how to create a plot, identify with other plot structures and learn ways to develop your plot structure. Using a backstory – What is a backstory? How to ensure your backstory isn't boring? Why you need a backstory when writing children's literature. Writing dialogue that makes your story flow – this module will teach you how to use dialogue and why it is so important, along with how to make your dialogue realistic and engaging. Useful advice to improve confidence and purpose – identify common problems you will face, tips to achieve your writing goals and effective tools to overcome writer's block. Practical writing exercises – identify why writing exercises are so important and how writing a blog may enhance your writing. Working with illustrators – know the power of illustration, how to submit a picture book for publication and how to choose and work with an illustrator. Working with publishers and selling your story – know the difference between traditional publishing and self-publishing, the process you will have to go through in getting your children's book published and whether you are going to need a literary agent. Benefits of the Children's Story Writing Diploma This diploma will provide you with a host of benefits once you have completed the course successfully, including being able to download and print your certificate on successful passing of the multiple choice test. The benefits of taking this course include: The course will help you to become a creative thinker when working on your own project. You will learn how to organise your ideas in order to write clearly. Your self-confidence will improve when you see your work on paper. You will discover your passion for writing. You will get to step outside your comfort zone to achieve writing success. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 13 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: A Course on How to Write Children’s Books Module 2 : What you’ll need to Write Children’s Literature in regards to Tools and Personal Skills Module 3 : Learn from the Best: Great Examples of What Other Children’s Writers do Well Module 4: Selecting an Age Group Point of View: Who’s Telling the Story Module 5 : How to Get Started From Getting the First page Spot-on to Creating the Perfect Setting Module 6 : How to Build a Good Children’s Book Character Module 7 : How to Plan a Perfect Plot Module 8 : How to Use Backstory Without Being Boring Module 9 : How to Write Dialogue that makes your Story Flow Module 10 : Advice on Improving Confidence and Sense of Purpose Module 11 : Practical Writing Exercises Module 12 : Illustrating your Story and Working with Illustrators Module 13 : How to Deal with Publishers and Selling your Stories Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description ISA is to Audit what CPA and CA are to Accounting. CISAs are recognized internationally as professionals with the knowledge, skills, experience and credibility to leverage standards, manage vulnerabilities, ensure compliance, offer solutions, institute controls and deliver value to the enterprise. CISA job practice analysis has been completed by ISACA. This analysis resulted in a new CISA job practice which reflects the vital and evolving responsibilities of IT auditors. The new CISA job practice (identified below) was effective beginning with the June 2011 CISA exam administration.(For purposes of these statements, the terms enterprise and organisation or organisational are considered synonymous) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industrys finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Domain 1 The Process of Auditing Information Systems (14%)Domain 2Governance and Management of IT (14%)Domain 3Information Systems Acquisition, Development and Implementation (19%)Domain 4Information Systems Operations, Maintenance and Support (23%)Domain 5Protection of Information Assets (30%) Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Cisco Certified Network Associate Wireless (CCNA Wireless) validates associate-level knowledge and skills to configure, implement and support of wireless LANs, specifically those networks using Cisco equipment. With a CCNA Wireless certification, network professionals can support a basic wireless network on a Cisco WLAN in a SMB to enterprise network. The CCNA Wireless curriculum includes information and practice activities to prepare them for configuring, monitoring and troubleshooting basic tasks of a Cisco WLAN in SMB and Enterprise networks. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industries finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365s self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Wireless Basics 1.1 Course And Instructor Introduction 1.2 Wireless Basics Part 1 1.3 Wireless Basics Part 2 1.4 Wireless Basics Part 3 1.5 Wireless Basics Part 4 1.6 Wireless Basics Part 5 1.7 Wireless Basics Part 6 Module 2: Wireless Standards 2.1 Wireless Standards Part 1 2.2 Wireless Standards Part 2 2.3 Wireless Standards Part 3 2.4 Wireless Standards Part 4 2.5 Wireless Standards Part 5 Module 3: Wireless Signals 3.1 Wireless Signals Part 1 3.2 Wireless Signals Part 2 Module 4: Antennas 4.1 Antennas Part 1 4.2 Antennas Part 2 4.3 Antennas Part 3 Module 5: Topologies 5.1 Topologies Part 1 5.2 Topologies Part 2 Module 6: Frame Types 6.1 Frame Types Part 1 6.2 Frame Types Part 2 6.3 Frame Types Part 3 Module 7: Planning Coverage 7.1 Planning Coverage Part 1 7.2 Planning Coverage Part 2 7.3 Planning Coverage Part 3 Module 8: Architectures 8.1 Architectures Part 1 8.2 Architectures Part 2 8.3 Architectures Part 3 Module 9: Stand Alone And Cloud Deployments 9.1 Stand Alone And Cloud Deployments Part 1 9.2 Stand Alone And Cloud Deployments Part 2 Module 10: Controller Based Deployment 10.1 Controller Based Deployment Part 1 10.2 Controller Based Deployment Part 2 10.3 Controller Based Deployment Part 3 Module 11: Controller Discovery 11.1 Controller Discovery Part 1 11.2 Controller Discovery Part 2 11.3 Controller Discovery Part 3 Module 12: Roaming 12.1 Roaming Part 1 12.2 Roaming Part 2 Module 13: Radio Resource Management13.1 Radio Resource Management Part 1 13.2 Radio Resource Management Part 2 13.3 Radio Resource Management Part 3 Module 14: Wireless Security 14.1 Wireless Security Part 1 14.2 Wireless Security Part 2 14.3 Wireless Security Part 3 Module 15: WLAN Configuration 15.1 WLAN Configuration Module 16: Guest Networks 16.1 Guest Networks Module 17: Client Connectivity 17.1 Client Connectivity Part 1 17.2 Client Connectivity Part 2 Module 18: Managing Wireless 18.1 Managing Wireless Part 1 18.2 Managing Wireless Part 2 Module 19: Interference 19.1 Interference Part 1 19.2 Interference Part 2 Module 20: Troubleshooting 20.1 Troubleshooting Part 1 20.2 Troubleshooting Part 2 20.3 Course Conclusion Total Time: 15 hours 26 minutes Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course focuses on providing the skills and knowledge necessary to implement Cisco Collaboration and UC Solutions. We cover administration of end-user interfaces, telephony and mobility features, and Cisco UC solutions maintenance. This course covers several video labs of the day to day administration of a Cisco UC solution, and shows candidates step by step procedures to complete the common tasks associated with the day-to-day administration of a Cisco Collaboration solution while preparing for the CICD exam. Describe the components of a Cisco Collaboration solution, and identify call flows and signaling types Provide an overview interfaces for both administration and end-users in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express, Cisco Unity Connection, and Cisco Unified Communications Manager IM and Presence Service. Understand call flows in Cisco Unified Communications Manager and Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express Perform endpoint and end-user administration tasks in Cisco Unified Communications Manager and Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express Describe telephony features supported in CUCM and CUCME Administer users in Cisco Unity Connection and Cisco Unified Communications Manager IM and Presence Service, and enable the most commonly used features Describe how to maintain a Cisco Collaboration Solution Example Training Video (Not From This Course) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1 Introducing Cisco Collaboration Architecture 1.1 Course Introduction 1.2 Introducing Cisco Collaboration Architecture Part 1 1.3 Introducing Cisco Collaboration Architecture Part 2 1.4 Small To MidSize Business Part 1 1.5 Small To MidSize Business Part 2 1.6 Small To MidSize Business Part 3 1.7 Cisco Unified Communications Manager Part 1 1.8 Cisco Unified Communications Manager Part 2 1.9 Cisco Unified Communications Manager Part 3 1.10 Cisco Unified Connection 1.11 Lab Introduction Module 2 Telephony And Call Routing 2.1 Telephony 101 Part 1 2.2 Telephony 101 Part 2 2.3 Telephony 101 Part 3 2.4 Telephony 101 Part 4 2.5 Telephony 101 Part 5 2.6 Telephony 101 Part 6 2.7 Call Routing101Part 1 2.8 Call Routing101Part 2 2.9 VoIP Call Routing 101 2.10 Call Routing With DNS 2.11 Deployment Scenarios Part 1 2.12 Deployment Scenarios Part 2 2.13 Deployment Scenarios Part 3 2.14 Gateway Call Routing Basics Part 1 2.15 Gateway Call Routing Basics Part 2 2.16 Gateway Call Routing Basics Part 3 2.17 Gateway Call Routing Basics Part 4 2.18 Configuring The Gateway Lab Part 1 2.19 Configuring The Gateway Lab Part 2 Module 3 Preparing The Network And Phone Behavior 3.1 Preparing The Network For Voices Part 1 3.2 Preparing The Network For Voices Part 2 3.3 IP Phone Behavior 3.4 Configuring The LAN Lab 3.5 Standing Up The Platform Lab 3.6 Using OVA Templates To Deploy CUCMCUCIMP Lab Part 1 3.7 Using OVA Templates To Deploy CUCMCUCIMP Lab Part 2 3.8 Using OVA Templates To Deploy CUCMCUCIMP Lab Part 3 3.9 Using OVA Templates To Deploy CUCMCUCIMP Lab Part 4 3.10 Using OVA Templates To Deploy CUCMCUCIMP Lab Part 5 3.11 Using OVA Templates To Deploy CUCMCUCIMP Lab Part 6 3.12 Using OVA Templates To Deploy CUCMCUCIMP Lab Part 7 3.13 Using OVA Templates To Deploy Prime Collaboration Provisioning Lab Part 1 3.14 Using OVA Templates To Deploy Prime Collaboration Provisioning Lab Part 2 Module 4 CUCM Administration Interfaces 4.1 CUCM Administration Interfaces Part 1 4.2 CUCM Administration Interfaces Part 2 4.3 CUCM Stand Up 4.4 CUCM Stand Up Lab 4.5 End User Interfaces 4.6 End User Configuration Lab 4.7 AD Integration Lab 4.8 End Point Implementation Part 1 4.9 End Point Implementation Part 2 4.10 IMP Integration Lab 4.11 CUC Integration Lab Part 1 4.12 CUC Integration Lab Part 2 4.13 IP Communicator Lab 4.14 Profiles And Templates Lab 4.15 CUCME Phone Configuration 4.16 Configuring CUCME Lab Part 1 4.17 Configuring CUCME Lab Part 2 4.18 CUCM EndUser Portal Lab 4.19 Configuring CUCM Phones From Scratch 4.20 Configuring Cisco SX20 Codec Part 1 4.21 Configuring Cisco SX20 Codec Part 2 Module 5 Call Configuration 5.1 Advanced Call Coverage Part 1 5.2 Advanced Call Coverage Part 2 5.3 Advanced Call Coverage Part 3 5.4 Call Coverage Lab Part 1 5.5 Call Coverage Lab Part 2 5.6 Call Coverage Lab Part 3 5.7 Call Coverage Lab Part 4 5.8 Call Coverage Lab Part 5 5.9 Calling Constrictions And COS Part 1 5.10 Calling Constrictions And COS Part 2 5.11 Implementing Class Of Control Lab Part 1 5.12 Implementing Class Of Control Lab Part 2 5.13 Connecting To The PSTN Part 1 5.14 Configuring Voice Gateway Features Lab Part 1 5.15 Configuring Voice Gateway Features Lab Part 2 5.16 Configuring Voice Gateway Features Lab Part 3 5.17 Connecting To The PSTN Part 2 5.18 PSTN Calling And Digit Manipulation Lab Part 1 5.19 PSTN Calling And Digit Manipulation Lab Part 2 5.20 PSTN Dial Plan Configuration Lab Part 1 5.21 PSTN Dial Plan Configuration Lab Part 2 5.22 Course Conclusion Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course provides students with the necessary knowledge to describe and implement Cisco Video solution architectures including Cisco Tele-Presence products, video based end-points, and digital media platform including digital media players for small to medium size businesses. This course was designed as the second part of a two part series on Cisco Collaboration technologies which are designed to provide students with the necessary information to earn a CCNA Collaboration certification. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Part 1: Cisco Video Components And ArchitecturesModule 1: Cisco Video And Content Delivery 1.1 Cisco Video And Content Delivery Part 1 1.2 Cisco Video And Content Delivery Part 2 1.3 Cisco Video And Content Delivery Part 3 Module 2: Cisco Video Surveillance 2.1 Cisco Video Surveillance Part 1 2.2 Cisco Video Surveillance Part 2 Module 3: Cisco Collaboration 3.1 Cisco Collaboration Part 1 3.2 Cisco Collaboration Part 2 3.3 Cisco Collaboration Part 3 Module 4: Central Collaboration Endpoint Control 4.1 Central Collaboration Endpoint Control Part 2: Unified IP Phones, Desk Endpoints And Cisco JabberModule 5: Unified IP Phones, Desk Endpoints And Cisco Jabber 5.1 Unified IP Phones Desk Endpoints And Cisco Jabber Module 6: Configuring Unified IP Phones And Cisco Jabber 6.1 Configuring Unified IP Phones And Cisco Jabber Part 1 6.2 Configuring Unified IP Phones And Cisco Jabber Part 2 Module 7: Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Snd Cisco Jabber 7.1 Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone And Cisco Jabber Part 1 7.2 Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone And Cisco Jabber Part 2 7.3 Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone And Cisco Jabber Part 3 Part 3: Cisco Telepresence EndpointsModule 8: Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Installation And Characteristics 8.1 Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Installation And Characteristics Part 1 8.2 Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Installation And Characteristics Part 2 8.3 Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Installation And Characteristics Part 3 8.4 Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Installation And Characteristics Part 4 Module 9: Configuring Cisco Telepresence CTS And Cisco DX650 Endpoints 9.1 Configuring Cisco Telepresence CTS And Cisco DX650 Endpoints Part 1 9.2 Configuring Cisco Telepresence CTS And Cisco DX650 Endpoints Part 2 Module 10: Configuring Cisco Telepresence TC Endpoints 10.1 Configuring Cisco Telepresence TC Endpoints Part 1 10.2 Configuring Cisco Telepresence TC Endpoints Part 2 10.3 Configuring Cisco Telepresence TC Endpoints Part 3 10.4 Configuring Cisco Telepresence TC Endpoints Part 4 10.5 Configuring Cisco Telepresence TC Endpoints Part 5 10.6 Configuring Cisco Telepresence TC Endpoints Part 6 Module 11: Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Telepresence Endpoints 11.1 Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Part 1 11.2 Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Part 2 11.3 Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Part 3 11.4 Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Part 4 11.5 Operating And Troubleshooting Cisco Telepresence Endpoints Part 5 Part 4: Multipoint ConferencingModule 12: Cisco Multipoint Conferencing Solutions 12.1 Cisco Multipoint Conferencing Solutions Part 1 12.2 Cisco Multipoint Conferencing Solutions Part 2 12.3 Cisco Multipoint Conferencing Solutions Part 3 Module 13: Configuring And Monitoring Cisco Multipoint 13.1 Configuring And Monitoring Cisco Multipoint Part 1 13.2 Configuring And Monitoring Cisco Multipoint Part 2 Part 5: Cisco Digital Media PlayersModule 14: Cisco DMP Characteristics And Installation 14.1 Cisco DMP Characteristics And Installation Part 1 14.2 Cisco DMP Characteristics And Installation Part 2 Module 15: Configuring Cisco DMPs 15.1 Configuring Cisco DMPs Module 16: Managing Cisco Edge 340 DMPs 16.1 Managing Cisco Edge 340 DMPs 16.2 Course Conclusion Module 17: Labs 17.1 Basic Switch Port Configuration 17.2 Dashboard Options Part 1 17.3 Dashboard Options Part 2 17.4 Preparations For Endpoints Part 1 17.5 Preparations For Endpoints Part 2 17.6 Preparations For Endpoints Part 3 17.7 Preparations For Endpoints Part 4 17.8 Basic Troubleshooting 17.9 Setup TC Endpoint Part 1 17.10 Setup TC Endpoint Part 2 17.11 Setup TC Endpoint Part 3 17.12 Setup TC Endpoint Part 4 Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE 300-101) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP certifications. The ROUTE 300-101 exam certifies the routing knowledge and skills of successful candidates. They are certified in using advanced IP addressing and routing in implementing scalable and highly secure Cisco routers that are connected to LANs, WANs, and IPv6. The exam also covers the configuration of highly secure routing solutions to support branch offices and mobile workers. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industrys finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365s custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365s self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1 Plan And Design 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Review Routing Fundamentals 1.3 Review Route Selection 1.4 Review Switching Versus Routing 1.5 Review IP Subnetting 1.6 Review How To Subnet 1.7 Review IP Address Classes Module 2 EIGRP Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Procol 2.1 Plan And Design Part1 2.2 Plan And Design Part2 2.3 EIGRP Config 2.4 Configuring RIPng 2.5 Building EIGRP Topology Table 2.6 EIGRP Stub Routing 2.7 EIGRP Summarization 2.8 EIGRP Load Balancing 2.9 Discovering Main EIGRP Configuration 2.10 Implementing EIGRP Through Name Config 2.11 Configure EIGRP Authentication 2.12 Configure Authentication For EIGRP Routes Module 3 IPv6 3.1 Introduction To IPv6 Part1 3.2 Introduction To IPv6 Part2 3.3 IPv6 Addressing 3.4 Basic IPv6 Configuration 3.5 EIGRP For IPv6 3.6 BGP For IPv6 3.7 Configure And Optimize EIRGP For IPv6 Module 4 OSPF 4.1 lntroduction To OSPF Part1 4.2 lntroduction To OSPF Part2 4.3 lntroduction To OSPF Part3 4.4 Basic OSPF Configuration Introduction 4.5 Configure OSPF 4.6 Building The Link State Database 4.7 OSPF Path Selection 4.8 OSPF Route Summarization 4.9 OSPF Stub Areas 4.10 Implement OSPF 4.11 Optimize OSPF 4.12 OSPF Authentication Configuration 4.13 Configure OSPF V3 4.14 Basic Redistribution Module 5 Border Gateway Protocol BGP 5.1 Introduction To BGP 5.2 BGP Specifics 5.3 Basic BGP 5.4 BGP Path Selection 5.5 Configure BGP Authentication 5.6 Configure BGP Course Review 6.1 Configure Basic EIGRP 6.2 Basic OSPF Configuration 6.3 Summary Of EIGRP OSPF IPv6 BGP 6.4 Conclusion Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH 300-115) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching and CCDP certifications. The SWITCH 300-115 exam certifies the switching knowledge and skills of successful candidates. They are certified in planning, configuring, and verifying the implementation of complex enterprise switching solutions that use the Cisco Enterprise Campus Architecture. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1 Plan And Design 1.1 Course And Instructor Introduction 1.2 Planning For Complex Network Part1 1.3 Planning For Complex Network Part2 1.4 Intro To Cisco Enterprise Architecture And CAM Part1 1.5 Intro To Cisco Enterprise Architecture And CAM Part2 1.6 Review Networking Topology 1.7 Review OSI Model 1.8 Review SLA 1.9 Network Discovery 1.10 NTP Explained 1.11 Network Security Part1 1.12 Network Security Part2 Module 2 Switch Configuration 2.1 VLAN And Trunking Part1 2.2 VLAN And Trunking Part2 2.3 VTP Intro And Config 2.4 Ether Channel Configuration And Load Balancing 2.5 More Ether Channel Configuration 2.6 Port Security 2.7 Root Guard 2.8 Configuring MST Module 3 IP Configuration 3.1 DHCP Intro And Config Part1 3.2 DHCP Intro And Config Part2 3.3 IPV6 Intro And Config Part1 3.4 IPV6 Intro And Config Part2 3.5 Configure DHCP 3.6 Configure DHCP V6 3.7 Confiure IPSLA 3.8 NTP Configuration 3.9 Network Monitoring Using IPSLA Module 4 STP And RTP 4.1 STP Intro And Config 4.2 Improve STP Config Part1 4.3 Improve STP Config Part2 4.4 Implement RSTP 4.5 Intro And Config MST Module 5 Routing 5.1 Config Routing Between VLANs With A Router 5.2 Routing On A MultiLayer Switch 5.3 Routing With An External Router 5.4 Further Routing On Multilayer Switch Module 6 HSRP, VRRP, GLBP 6.1 Configure And Tune HSRP 6.2 Configure HSRP With Load Balancing 6.3 HSRP For IPv6 6.4 Configure VRRP 6.5 Configure VRRP With Load Balancing 6.6 Implement GLBP 6.7 Configure GLBP Module 07 Course Review 7.1 Designing Complex Networks 7.2 Review Demo CAM 7.3 Review Demo VLAN's And Trunking 7.4 Review Demo VTP Configure 7.5 Review Demo Ether Channel And Load Balancing 7.6 Review Demo RSTP 7.7 Review Demo Routing Between VLAN's With A Router 7.8 Review Demo Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT 300-135) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching certification. The TSHOOT 300-135 exam certifies that the successful candidate has the knowledge and skills necessary to: Plan and perform regular maintenance on complex enterprise routed and switched networks Use technology-based practices and a systematic ITIL-compliant approach to perform network troubleshooting Example Training Video (Not From This Course) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1 Introduction to Cisco Troubleshooting 1.1 Troubleshooting And Maintenance 1.2 IOS Troubleshooting Commands 1.3 Remote Data Gathering 1.4 Introduction To Graphical Troubleshooting Tools And Review Module 2 Troubleshooting Switches 2.1 Troubleshoot Catalyst Switches 2.2 Troubleshoot TCAM And Troubleshoot Errdisable Module 3 Troubleshooting VLANS and Trunking 3.1 ARP VLANS Trunking Troubleshooting VLANS And Trunks And Review 3.2 TroubleTicket #1 VLANS Module 4 Troubleshooting Spanning Tree Protocol, EtherChannel 4.1 Spanning Tree Protocol 4.2 STP Port Configuration 4.3 EtherChannel 4.4 Trouble Ticket#2 Trunking Module 5 Troubleshooting Inter_VLAN Routing and Layer 3 EtherChannel 5.1 Troubleshooting Inter_VLAN Routing 5.2 Troubleshooting Layer3 EtherChannel Module 6 Troubleshooting Switch Security Features 6.1 Troubleshoot Switch Security And Review 6.2 Trouble Ticket #3 Switch Security Part1 6.3 TroubleTicket #3 Switch Security Part2 Module 7 Troubleshooting First-Hop Redundancy Protocols 7.1 Hot Standby Routing Protocol Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Gateway Load Balancing Protocol 7.2 Questions 7.3 Trouble Ticket #4 Module 8 Troubleshooting IPv4 and IPv4 Addressing 8.1 IPv4 Addressing DHCP NAT 8.2 Trouble Ticket #5 8.3 Trouble Ticket #6 Module 9 IPv6 Addressing and Addressing Technologies 9.1 IPv6 Addressing Options Module 10 Troubleshooting IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs and Prefix Lists 10.1 IPv4 ACLs 10.2 Prefixlists IPv6 ACLs 10.3 Trouble Ticket Access Control List 10.4 Trouble Ticket Access Control List2 Module 11 Troubleshooting GRE and Basic Routing Tunnels 11.1 IPv4 Routing 11.2 IPv6 Routing 11.3 GRE Tunnels Module 12 Troubleshooting RIPv2 and RIPng 12.1 RIP v2 12.2 RIP ng Module 13 Troubleshooting EIGRP 13.1 EIGRP 13.2 EIGRP For IPv6 13.3 Trouble Ticket 1 13.4 Trouble Ticket 2 Module 14 OSPF and OSPFv3 14.1 OSPF 14.2 OSPF v3 14.3 Trouble Ticket1 14.4 Trouble Ticket2 14.5 Trouble Ticket3 Module 15 Troubleshooting Route Maps and Policy Based Routing 15.1 Route Maps 15.2 Policy Based Routing Module 16 Troubleshooting Redistribution 16.1 Verifying Redistribution Configuration 16.2 Troubleshooting Redistribution With Route Maps Module 17 Troubleshooting BGP 17.1 BGP Overview 17.2 BGP Configure Multiprotocol BGP 17.3 Trouble Ticket 1 Module 18 Troubleshooting Management Protocols and Tools 18.1 NTP 18.2 SNMP 18.3 Cisco IOS IPSLA 18.4 SPAN And RSPAN Module 19 Troubleshooting Management Access 19.1 Management Access Troubleshooting Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Cisco 300-410 ENARSI Certification Offers you High Value and Excellent Job ProspectsThe Cisco 300-410 ENARSI Certification course is designed to give you a deeper understanding of enterprise network installation, configuration, operation, network devices, protocols, Routing andamp; Switching, troubleshooting and advanced networking topics. This builds upon the knowledge covered in the Cisco 300-410 ENARSI Certification v1.0 course regarding advanced routing and infrastructure technologies. Individuals mastering the skills set and passing certification by taking Cisco exam 300-410 are often in demand and have great a stable job outlook.If you want to become Cisco Certified and obtain the CCNP Enterprise certification, as well as the Cisco Certified Specialist – Enterprise Advanced Infrastructure Implementation credential, this course will get you ready for success in taking on the 300-410 Implementing Cisco Enterprise Advanced Routing and Services (ENARSI) exam. Let us help equip you with all of the knowledge necessary to excel in your certification journey. Module 1 – Welcome to ENARSI Module 2 – EIGRP (Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol) Module 3 – OSPF (Open Shortest Path First) Module 4 – Route Redistribution Module 5 – Implementing Path Control Module 6 – BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) Module 7 – Implementing VRF (Virtual Routing and Forwarding) Module 8 – Implementing DHCP Module 9 – Securing Cisco Routers (Control Plane) Module 10 – Infrastructure Services What is Covered in the Cisco 300-410 ENARSI Certification Exam?According to Cisco, the exam tests will test your knowledge of implementation and troubleshooting for advanced routing technologies and services, including: Layer 3 VPN services Infrastructure security Infrastructure services Infrastructure automation Earn the Cisco Certified Specialist – Implementing Cisco Enterprise Advanced Routing and Services certification by passing this exam!Our online IT training course consists of 58 educational videos to ensure you are prepared for the Cisco 300-410 ENARSI Certification exams and help move your career forward. With our comprehensive approach, you can rest assured that not only will you have a clear conceptual knowledge, but also possess the skills required to enhance your professional-level job role in any organization!Course OutlineModule 1 - Welcome to ENARSI1.1 Welcome to ENARSI1.2 A Few Things Before We StartModule 2 - EIGRP (Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol)2.1 EIGRP Features2.2 EIGRP Operations2.3 EIGRP Exchange of Routing Information2.4 EIGRP Metrics2.5 EIGRP Queries2.6 EIGRP Obtaining a Default Route2.7 EIGRP Load Balancing2.8 EIGRP Authentication2.9 Troubleshooting EIGRP Part 12.10 Troubleshooting EIGRP Part 22.11 Troubleshooting EIGRP Part 32.12 Troubleshooting EIGRP Part 4Module 3 - OSPF (Open Shortest Path First)3.1 Implementing OSPF Part 13.2 Implementing OSPF Part 23.3 Implementing OSPF Part 3 DR BDR Election3.4 Implementing OSPF Part 4 LSA Types3.5 Implementing OSPF Part 5 OSPF States3.6 Optimizing OSPF Summarization3.7 Optimizing OSPF Default Routing3.8 Optimizing OSPF Authentication3.9 Optimizing OSPF Virtual LinksModule 4 - Route Redistribution4.1 Route Redistribution Introduction4.2 Route Redistribution Implementation4.3 Route Redistribution OSPF E1 or E24.4 Route Redistribution Types4.5 Route Redistribution Manipulation andamp; Filtering4.6 Route Redistribution Prefix-Lists4.7 Route Redistribution Route-MapsModule 5 - Implementing Path Control5.1 Implementing Path Control5.2 Implementing Path Control ImplementationModule 6 - BGP (Border Gateway Protocol)6.1 BGP Fundamentals6.2 BGP Attributes6.3 BGP Path Selection Criteria6.4 BGP Transit AS6.5 BGP Split Horizon6.6 BGP Weight Attribute6.7 BGP Local Preference Attribute6.6 BGP MED Attribute6.9 BGP Route Filtering6.10 BGP Peer Groups6.11 BGP Route Reflectors6.12 BGP Authentication6.13 BGP Troubleshooting Part 16.14 BGP Troubleshooting Part 2Module 7 - Implementing VRF (Virtual Routing and Forwarding)7.1 Implementing VRF-LiteModule 8 - Implementing DHCP8.1 Implementing DHCP8.2 Implementing DHCP Relay Manual Binding and Options8.3 Implementing DHCP SLAAC and DHCPv68.4 Troubleshooting DHCPModule 9 - Securing Cisco Routers (Control Plane)9.1 Securing Cisco Routers Control Plane Security CoPP9.2 Securing Cisco Routers Control Plane Security CoPP ImplementationModule 10 - Infrastructure Services10.1 Infrasctucture Services AAA10.2 Infrastructure Services SNMP10.3 Infrastructure Services SYSLOG10.4 Infrastructure Services SSH10.5 Infrastructure Services HTTP FTP SCP10.6 Infrastructure Services NetFlowVideo Content: 9 HoursCourse Videos: 58Test Questions: 76 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry’s finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development.Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365’s custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam.Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded.Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high.Navigation and Controls: Learn 365’s self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases. COURSE OUTLINE Module 1: Exploring the Functions of Networking Course Introduction Instructor Introduction Exploring the Functions of Networking Pt 1 Exploring the Functions of Networking Pt 2 Module 2: Introducing the Host-To-Host Communications Model Introducing the Host-To-Host Communications Model Pt 1 Introducing the Host-To-Host Communications Model Pt 2 Module 3: Introducing LANs Introducing LANs Get Started with CLI Demo Pt 1 Get Started with CLI Pt Demo 2 Adding Descriptions to Interfaces Demo Configure Gateway on a Switch Demo Visualize Interfaces and Statistics Demo Show Version Command Demo CDP Demo Module 4: Exploring the TCP/IP Link Layer Exploring the TCP-IP Link Layer Pt 1 Exploring the TCP-IP Link Layer Pt 2 Module 5: Subnetting Subnetting Pt 1 Subnetting Pt 2 Subnetting Pt 3 Subnetting Pt 4 Subnetting Pt 5 Subnetting Pt 6 Module 6: Explaining the TCP/IP Transport Layer and Application Layer Explaining the TCP-IP Transport Layer and Application Layer Pt 1 Explaining the TCP-IP Transport Layer and Application Layer Pt 2 Explaining the TCP-IP Transport Layer and Application Layer Pt 3 Module 7: Exploring the Functions of Routing Exploring the Functions of Routing Pt 1 Exploring the Functions of Routing Pt 2 Exploring the Functions of Routing Pt 3 Configuring RIP Demo EIGRP Demo Pt 1 EIGRP Demo Pt 2 Module 8: Exploring the Packet Delivery Process Exploring the Packet Delivery Process Module 9: Troubleshooting a Simple Network Troubleshooting a Simple Network Module 10: Introducing Basic IPv6 Introducing Basic IPv6 Pt 1 Introducing Basic IPv6 Pt 2 Introducing Basic IPv6 Pt 3 Introducing Basic IPv6 Pt 4 Introducing Basic IPv6 Pt 5 Introducing Basic IPv6 Pt 6 Introducing Basic IPv6 Pt 7 Introducing Basic IPv6 Pt 8 IPV6 Basic Configuration and SLAAC Demo Pt 1 IPV6 Basic Configuration and SLAAC Demo Pt 2 IPV6 Routing Demo Pt 1 IPV6 Routing Demo Pt 2 IPV6 Static Routes Demo Module 11: Configuring Static Routing Configuring Static Routing Static Routes Demo Module 12: Implementing VLANs and Trunks Implementing VLANs and Trunks Pt 1 Implementing VLANs and Trunks Pt 2 Implementing VLANs and Trunks Pt 3 Implementing VLANs and Trunks Pt 4 Spanning-tree Protocol Demo Pt 1 Spanning-tree Protocol Demo Pt 2 Spanning-tree Protocol Demo Pt 3 Module 13: Routing Between VLANs Routing Between VLANs Inter VLAN Routing Demo Module 14: Introducing OSPF Introducing OSPF Pt 1 Introducing OSPF Pt 2 Introducing OSPF Pt 3 Introducing OSPF Pt 4 OSPF Single Area Demo Pt 1 OSPF Single Area Demo Pt 2 OSPF Multiple Area Demo Pt 1 OSPF Multiple Area Demo Pt 2 Module 15: Building Redundant Switched Topologies Building Redundant Switched Topologies Pt 1 Building Redundant Switched Topologies Pt 2 Module 16: Improving Redundant Switched Topologies with EtherChannel Improving Redundant Switched Topologies with Ether Channel Pt 1 Improving Redundant Switched Topologies with Ether Channel Pt 2 Configuring Ether Channel Demo Module 17: Exploring Layer 3 Redundancy Exploring Layer 3 Redundancy Module 18: Introducing WAN Technologies Introducing WAN Technologies Pt 1 Introducing WAN Technologies Pt 2 Introducing WAN Technologies Pt 3 Introducing WAN Technologies Pt 4 Introducing WAN Technologies Pt 5 Introducing WAN Technologies Pt 6 Module 19: Explaining Basics of ACL Explaining Basics of ACL Pt 1 Explaining Basics of ACL Pt 2 Explaining Basics of ACL Pt 3 Module 20: Enabling Internet Connectivity Enabling Internet Connectivity DHCP Demo Static NAT Demo PAT Using Specific IP Demo PAT Using IP of Interface Demo Module 21: Introducing QoS Introducing QoS Pt 1 Introducing QoS Pt 2 Introducing QoS Pt 3 Introducing QoS Pt 4 Introducing QoS Pt 5 Module 22: Introducing Architectures and Virtualization Introducing Architectures and Virtualization Pt 1 Introducing Architectures and Virtualization Pt 2 Introducing Architectures and Virtualization Pt 3 Introducing Architectures and Virtualization Pt 4 Module 23: Introducing System Monitoring Introducing System Monitoring Pt 1 Introducing System Monitoring Pt 2 Introducing System Monitoring Pt 3 Module 24: Managing Cisco Devices Managing Cisco Devices Pt 1 Managing Cisco Devices Pt 2 NTP Demo Syslog Demo Module 25: Examining the Security Threat Landscape Examining the Security Threat Landscape Pt 1 Examining the Security Threat Landscape Pt 2 Module 26: Implementing Threat Defense Technologies Implementing Threat Defense Technologies Pt 1 Implementing Threat Defense Technologies Pt 2 Implementing Threat Defense Technologies Pt 3 Implementing Threat Defense Technologies Pt 4 Implementing Threat Defense Technologies Pt 5 Authentication Protocols Demo Pt 1 Authentication Protocols Demo Pt 2 Device Hardening Demo Pt 1 Device Hardening Demo Pt 2 Device Hardening Demo Pt 3 Port Security Demo Module 27: Exam Preparation Exam Prep Tips Module 28: Practice Demos Get Started with CLI Demo Pt 1 Get Started with CLI Pt Demo 2 Adding Descriptions to Interfaces Demo Configure Gateway on a Switch Demo Visualize Interfaces and Statistics Demo Show Version Command Demo CDP Demo Static Routes Demo DHCP Demo Static NAT Demo PAT Using Specific IP Demo PAT Using IP of Interface Demo Configuring RIP Demo Configuring Ether Channel Demo Inter VLAN Routing Demo Spanning-tree Protocol Demo Pt 1 Spanning-tree Protocol Demo Pt 2 Spanning-tree Protocol Demo Pt 3 EIGRP Demo Pt 1 EIGRP Demo Pt 2 Authentication Protocols Demo Pt 1 Authentication Protocols Demo Pt 2 NTP Demo Syslog Demo Device Hardening Demo Pt 1 Device Hardening Demo Pt 2 Device Hardening Demo Pt 3 Port Security Demo OSPF Single Area Demo Pt 1 OSPF Single Area Demo Pt 2 OSPF Multiple Area Demo Pt 1 OSPF Multiple Area Demo Pt 2 IPV6 Basic Configuration and SLAAC Demo Pt 1 IPV6 Basic Configuration and SLAAC Demo Pt 2 IPV6 Routing Demo Pt 1 IPV6 Routing Demo Pt 2 IPV6 Static Routes Demo
Course Description Anthony Sequeira will provide students with the knowledge necessary to pass the Cisco 350-401 ENCOR certification exam. The course will teach students about implementing Cisco Enterprise network core technologies and is intended for those interested in learning advanced Enterprise technologies using Cisco Systems equipment. The ultimate goal is to obtain the CCNP Enterprise certification, but students will also obtain valuable on-the-job IT skills. Once you pass the ENCOR exam, you will then be qualified to sit for the CCIE Enterprise practical lab exam.Topics covered in this Cisco IT training course: Common architecture designs including high availability, WLANs, on-premise versus Cloud, QoS, SD-Access, SD-WAN, and hardware architectures Virtualization technologies including device, data path, and network virtualization Infrastructure topics including Layer 2, Layer 3, Wireless, and IP services Network assurance technologies such as NetFlow, syslog, SNMP, DNA Center, and more Security technologies such as device access control. infrastructure security features, REST API, wireless security, and modern components for security Automation in the Enterprise network including Python, JSON, DNA Center, and more COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Architecture1.1 About Your Instructor1.2 Course Introduction1.3 Welcome to the Architecture Domain1.4 Classic 3 and 2 Tier Models1.5 2 Tier Spine Leaf1.6 Fabric Capacity Planning1.7 High Availability1.8 Designing a WLAN Deployment1.9 Cloud vs On-Prem1.10 The Cisco SD-WAN1.11 Cisco SD-Access1.12 QoS1.13 Hardware vs Software SwitchingModule 2: Virtualization2.1 Welcome to the Virtualization Domain2.2 Device Virtualization Technologies2.3 Data Path Virtualization2.4 Network Virtualization ConceptsModule 3: Infrastructure3.1 Welcome to the Infrastructure Domain3.2 Trunking - VTP - EtherChannel3.3 RSTP and MST3.4 EIGRP vs OSPF3.4 OSPF3.5 eBGP3.6 eBGP Part 23.7 WLANs3.8 NTP NAT PAT3.9 HSRP VRRP GLBP3.10 MulticastModule 4: Network Assurance4.1 Welcome to the Network Assurance Module4.2 Diagnose Network Issues4.3 NetFlow4.4 SPAN4.5 IP SLA4.6 DNA CenterModule 5: Security5.1 Welcome to the Security Module5.2 Device Access Control5.3 ACLs and CoPP5.4 Wireless Security5.5 Components in Security DesignModule 6: Automation6.1 Welcome to the Automation Module6.2 Python6.3 JSON6.4 YANG6.5 NETCONF-RESTCONF6.6 APIs6.7 EEM6.8 Orchestration Tools. Video Content: 8 Hours 30 MinutesCourse Videos: 47Test Questions: 150 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry’s finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development.Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365’s custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam.Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded.Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high.Navigation and Controls: Learn 365’s self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Prepare for the Cisco CCNA 200-301 exam with this comprehensive course covering network fundamentals, IP connectivity, security, and automation. Boost your networking career today! The Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) 200-301 certification is a pivotal credential for IT professionals aiming to excel in networking. Our comprehensive online training course is meticulously designed to prepare you for the 200-301 CCNA v1.1 exam, the essential step toward earning your CCNA certification. Course Highlights Our CCNA training program offers an in-depth exploration of key networking concepts, including: Routing Protocols: Gain proficiency in OSPFv2 for IPv4, OSPFv3 for IPv6, EIGRP for both IPv4 and IPv6, enabling efficient network routing and management. Switching Technologies: Master VLANs, Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), and EtherChannel configurations (static, PAGP, and LACP) to optimize network performance and redundancy. WAN Technologies: Understand and implement WAN protocols such as PPP, MLPPP, PPPoE, and GRE to ensure robust and scalable wide-area network connections. Quality of Service (QoS): Learn techniques for marking, shaping, and prioritizing voice, video, and data traffic to maintain optimal network service quality. Device Monitoring and Management: Utilize SNMPv2 and SNMPv3 for effective device monitoring, and implement AAA protocols with TACACS+ and RADIUS for secure device management. Emerging Technologies: Explore the integration of AI and machine learning in network operations to stay ahead in the evolving networking landscape. Why Choose Our CCNA Training? Expert Instruction: Learn from seasoned professionals with extensive experience in Cisco technologies and networking. Flexible Learning: Access course materials online at your convenience, allowing you to study at your own pace. Comprehensive Coverage: Our curriculum aligns with the latest CCNA exam objectives, ensuring you’re well-prepared for certification. Practical Application: Engage in hands-on labs and real-world scenarios to reinforce your understanding and application of networking concepts. Who Should Enroll? This course is ideal for: Aspiring Network Administrators: Individuals new to networking seeking a structured and thorough introduction to Cisco technologies. Current IT Professionals: Experienced network administrators aiming to validate and update their skills in line with current industry standards. Advance Your Networking Career Earning your CCNA certification opens doors to various career opportunities, including roles such as network administrator, network engineer, and IT support specialist. Stay competitive in the IT industry by mastering the skills and knowledge that are in high demand. Enroll Today Take the next step in your professional journey. Enroll in our Cisco CCNA v1.1 (200-301) online training course and equip yourself with the expertise needed to excel in the networking field Frequently Asked Questions Related to Cisco CCNA v1.1 (200-301) What is the CCNA Certification 200-301?The CCNA Certification 200-301 is a foundational-level certification offered by Cisco, designed to validate a candidate’s knowledge and skills related to networking fundamentals, IP services, security fundamentals, automation, and programmability. It is one of the most sought-after credentials for networking professionals. What are the prerequisites for the CCNA 200-301 exam?There are no formal prerequisites for the CCNA 200-301 exam, but it is recommended that candidates have a basic understanding of networking concepts and some hands-on experience with Cisco devices. Having knowledge of IP addressing and network fundamentals will help in preparing for the exam. How can I prepare for the CCNA 200-301 certification exam?To prepare for the CCNA 200-301 exam, you can use Cisco’s official study resources, including the CCNA Study Guide, online courses, lab exercises, and practice tests. It is also beneficial to have practical experience working with Cisco routers and switches to reinforce theoretical knowledge. What topics are covered in the CCNA 200-301 exam?The CCNA 200-301 exam covers a broad range of topics, including network fundamentals, network access, IP connectivity, IP services, security fundamentals, automation, and programmability. These topics ensure that candidates have a well-rounded knowledge of networking concepts and Cisco solutions. How long is the CCNA 200-301 certification valid?The CCNA 200-301 certification is valid for three years from the date of passing the exam. To maintain the certification, candidates must either pass the recertification exam or earn Continuing Education (CE) credits within the three-year period. Video Content: 35 HoursCourse Videos: 107Prep Questions: 300Certificate of Completion: YesClosed Captioning (Subtitles) Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry’s finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development.Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365’s custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam.Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded.Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high.Navigation and Controls: Learn 365’s self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases. COURSE OUTLINE Module 1: CCNA 200-301 v1.1 Network Fundamentals1.1 Intro to Networking1.2 OSI Model1.3 TCP-IP1.4 Network Components1.5 Network Topology1.6 Copper Cable Types1.7 Fiber Optic Cable Types1.8 Virtualization Fundamentals1.9 Review Module 2: CCNA 200-301 v1.1 Network Device Management2.1 Connecting to a Cisco Device2.1.1 ACTIVITY - Intro to Packet Tracer2.2 Basic Cisco Commands2.2.1 ACTIVITY - Navigating the CLI2.3 Configuring for Connectivity2.3.1 ACTIVITY - Configuring a Router Interface2.3.2 ACTIVITY - Making a Remote Telnet Connection2.3.3 ACT - Making a Remote SSH Connection2.4 Neighbor Discovery2.4.1 ACT - Discovering Neighbors2.5 Basic Troubleshooting2.6 Review Module 3: CCNA 200-301 v1.1 Switching3.1 Ethernet Basics3.2 Switching Overview3.2.1 ACTIVITY - Setting Up a Simple Switched Network3.3 Spanning-Tree Protocol3.4 Rapid PVST+3.5 VLANs3.6 VLAN Trunking Protocol3.6.1 ACTIVITY - Creating Trunk Links3.7 VLAN Trunking Protocol (VTP)3.8 VLAN Routing3.8.1 ACTIVITY - Configuring the VLAN 1 Interface on a Switch3.8.2 ACTIVITY - Routing Between VLANs3.9 Switchport Configuration3.9.1 ACTIVITY - Configuring Voice and Data VLANs3.10 EtherChannel3.10.1 ACTIVITY - Bundling Links into an EtherChannel3.11 Review Module 4: CCNA 200-301 v1.1 Internet Protocol (IP)4.1 IPv4 Basics4.2 IP Packet and Interface Types4.3 Binary Numbering System4.4 Classful and Classless Addressing4.5 IPv4 Subnetting4.5.1 ACTIVITY - Moving the Subnet Mask4.6 Subnetting in Other Octets4.6.1 ACTIVITY - Subnetting4.6.2 ACTIVITY - Subnetting by Host Requirements4.6.3 ACTIVITY - Grouping Hosts into Subnets4.7 Supernetting4.7.1 ACTIVITY - Supernetting4.8 IPv64.9 Review Module 5: CCNA 200-301 v1.1 Routing5.1 Introducing the Route5.2 Routing Basics5.3 Packet Delivery on the Same Network5.4 IP Routing Across a Single Router5.4.1 ACTIVITY - Configuring Basic Routing5.5 IP Routing Across Multiple Routers5.5.1 ACTIVITY - Configuring IPv4 Static Routes5.5.2 ACTIVITY - Adding Special Static Routes5.6 Routing Protocols Overview5.7 Route Selection5.8 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)5.8.1 ACTIVITY - Deploying Single Area OSPF5.9 First Hop Redundancy Protocol (FHRP)5.10 Network Address Translation (NAT)5.10.1 ACTIVITY - Implementing Static NAT5.10.2 ACTIVITY - Using a NAT Pool5.10.3 ACTIVITY - Configuring PAT5.11 Review Module 6: CCNA 200-301 v1.1 IP Services6.1 Remote Control6.2 File Transfer6.3 Monitoring6.4 Infrastructure6.4.1 ACTIVITY - Implementing a DHCP Relay6.5 Quality of Service6.6 Review Module 7: CCNA 200-301 v1.1 Wireless7.1 Wi-Fi Principles7.2 Cisco Wireless Architectures7.3 WLC Configuration7.3.1 ACT - Configuring a WLAN7.4 Review Module 8: CCNA 200-301 v1.1 Security Fundamentals8.1 Intro to Security8.2 Local Device Access Control8.3 Protecting Privileged EXEC Mode8.4 Password Management8.5 Local User8.6 Password Recovery8.6.1 ACTIVITY - Password Recovery8.7 Remote Access8.8 Access Control List (ACL)8.8.1 ACTIVITY - Deploying a Standard ACL8.8.2 ACTIVITY - Deploying an Extended ACL8.9 DHCP Snooping8.10 Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI)8.11 Layer 2 Port Security8.11.1 ACTIVITY - Securing Layer 2 Ports8.12 Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA)8.13 Wireless Security8.14 Review Module 9: CCNA 200-301 v1.1 Automation and Programmability9.1 Network Automation Overview9.2 Software Defined Networks9.3 JSON9.4 REST APIs9.5 Management Mechanisms9.6 AI in Network Operations9.7 Review
If you're looking for the best value in Cisco training, look no further! Cisco certifications are widely respected in the IT industry and some of the most sought after certifications available in the IT field today! Cisco Certifications bring valuable, measurable rewards to network professionals, their managers, and the organizations that employ them. The Cisco learning bundle is a complete resource for all your Cisco training. This bundle will give you the skills needed to master the CCNA and CCNP suite of certifications. For individual Course Outlines click on the links below: Cisco 200-301: Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) Cisco 350-401: Implementing Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) (CCNP) Cisco 210-060 CICD: Implementing Cisco Collaboration Devices Cisco 210-065 CIVND: Implementing Cisco Video Network Devices Cisco 210-260 IINS: Implementing Cisco Network Security Cisco 200-355: Implementing Cisco Wireless Network Fundamentals Cisco ROUTE 300-101 Cisco SWITCH 300-115 Cisco TSHOOT 300-135 Cisco 640-864: CCDA Cisco Certified Design Associate Cisco 640-461: Cisco Voice and Unified Communications Administration Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. The Cisco Certification Complete Training Bundle by Learn365 contains all of the following courses: Cisco 200-301: Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) Cisco 350-401: Implementing Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) (CCNP) Cisco 210-060 CICD: Implementing Cisco Collaboration Devices Cisco 210-065 CIVND: Implementing Cisco Video Network Devices Cisco 210-260 IINS: Implementing Cisco Network Security Cisco 200-355: Implementing Cisco Wireless Network Fundamentals Cisco ROUTE 300-101 Cisco SWITCH 300-115 Cisco TSHOOT 300-135 Cisco 640-864: CCDA Cisco Certified Design Associate Cisco 640-461: Cisco Voice and Unified Communications Administration LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The CISM training course is designed to provide on-the-job skills, as well as knowledge to pass the ISACA Certified Information System Manager (CISM) certification exam. This is advanced-level cybersecurity training to complete once the PenTest+, CySA+, and various higher-level certifications in Cisco and Microsoft have been completed. The course instructor is Roger St Hilaire, with 30+ years of experience and CISM, CGEIT, MOF, TOGAF andamp; PSP-Rainmaker Foundation Certifications. The expected outcomes of this training are as follows: The understanding of requirements for the design and implementation of a Security Strategy and Governance Framework The ability to leverage the Enterprise Risk Management Practice in the organization for identification, analysis, treatment, and monitoring of Security Risks. To gain an understanding of the key tenets of developing and implementing a Security Program The parameters for designing, structuring, and maintaining the performance of Information Security Incident Management teams. The course will cover the following list of main areas, spanning the four domains of the CISM practice and the related tasks. CISM Exam Preparation Course Outline: Information Security Defined Information Security Principles Support the Business Defend the Business Promote Responsible Information Security Behavior DOMAIN 1 - Information Security Governance - Tasks and Knowledge Section One: Designing a Strategy and Governance Framework Section Two: Gaining Management Approval Section Three: Implementing the Security Strategy DOMAIN 2 - Information Security Risk Management - Tasks and Knowledge Section One: Risk Identification Section Two: Risk Analysis and Treatment Section Three: Risk Monitoring and Reporting DOMAIN 3 - Information Security Program Development and Management - Tasks and Knowledge Section One: Alignment and Resource Management Section Two: Standards Awareness and Training Section Three: Building Security into Processes and Practices Section Four: Security Monitoring and Reporting DOMAIN 4 - Information Security Incident Management Section One: Planning and Integration Section Two: Readiness and Assessment Section Three Identification and Response Exam Techniques ISACA Requirements for Certification: To facilitate the student's understanding of ISACA’s approach to information security, and its related concepts such as risk. Develop an understanding of key practices in the governance, management of risk, program development, and incident management in the realm of information security. Ensure that the student is appropriately prepared for successful completion of the Certified Information Security Manager exam given by ISACA on the first attempt. Number of Videos: 48Duration: 17 hrs 18 minsTest Questions: 100COURSE OUTLINE:Module 1: IntroductionInstructor IntroductionCourse IntroductionExam Overview Module 2: Information Security GovernanceModule OverviewInfoSec Strategic Context Part 1InfoSec Strategic Context Part 2GRC Strategy and AssuranceRoles and ResponsibilitiesGMA Tasks Knowledge and MetricsIS Strategy OverviewStrategy ImplemenationStrategy Development SupportArchitecture and ControlsConsiderations and Action PlanInfoSec Prog Objectives and Wrap-UpModule 3: Information Security Risk ManagementModule OverviewRisk Identification Task and KnowledgeRisk Management StrategyAdditional ConsiderationsRisk Analysis and Treatment Tasks andamp; KnowledgeLeveraging FrameworksAssessment Tools and AnalysisRisk Scenario DevelopmentAdditional Risk FactorsAsset Classification and Risk ManagementRisk Monitoring and CommunicationInformation Risk Management SummaryModule 4: InfoSec Prog Development and ManagementModule OverviewAlignment and Resource Management - Task and KnowledgeKey RelationshipsStandards Awareness and Training - Tasks and KnowledgeAwareness and TrainingBuilding Security into Process and Practices - Tasks and KnowledgeAdditional Technology Infrastructure ConcernsSecurity monitoring and reporting Overview Tasks and KnowledgeMetrics and MonitoringSummaryModule 5: Information Security Incident ManagementModule OverviewPlanning and Integration Overview Task and KnowledgeIncident Response Concepts and ProcessForensics and RecoveryReadiness and Assessment - Overview Tasks and KnowledgeIdentification and Response Overview Tasks and KnowledgeIncident ProcessesModule 6: Exam PrepCase Study - Security On a Shoestring BudgetCase Study - APT In ActionSummaryExam Prep LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The vendor-neutral CISSP certification is the ideal credential for those with proven deep technical and managerial competence, skills, experience, and credibility to design, engineer, implement, and manage their overall information security program to protect organizations from growing sophisticated attacks.Backed by (ISC)², the globally recognized, not-for-profit organization dedicated to advancing the information security field, the CISSP was the first credential in the field of information security to meet the stringent requirements of ISO/IEC Standard 17024.Not only is the CISSP an objective measure of excellence, but also a globally recognized standard of achievement.Video Content: 19 Hours 45 MinutesTest Questions: 245 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: We use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Security And Risk Management 1.1 Course And Instructor Introduction 1.2 Introduction To Security And Risk Management 1.3 Understand And Apply Concepts Of Confidentiality Integrity Availability 1.4 Apply Security Governance Principles Part 1 1.5 Apply Security Governance Principles Part 2 1.6 Compliance 1.7 Understanding Legal And Regulatory Issues That Pertain To Information Security In A Global Context 1.8 Understand Professional Ethics 1.9 Develop And Implement Documented Security Policy Standards Procedures And Guidelines 1.10 Understand Business Continuity Requirements 1.11 Contribute To Personnel Security Policies 1.12 Understand And Apply Risk Management Concepts Part 1 1.13 Understand And Apply Risk Management Concepts Part 2 1.14 Understand And Apply Risk Management Concepts Part 3 1.15 Understand And Apply Risk Management Concepts Part 4 1.16 Understand And Apply Risk Management Concepts Part 5 1.17 Understand And Apply Threat Modeling 1.18 Integrate Security Risk Considerations Into Acquisitions Strategy And Practice 1.19 Establish And Manage Security Education Training And Awareness Module 2: Asset Security 2.1 Introduction To Asset Security 2.2 Classify Information And Supporting Assets Part 1 2.3 Classify Information And Supporting Assets Part 2 2.4 Determine And Maintain Ownership 2.5 Protect Privacy Part 1 2.6 Protect Privacy Part 2 2.7 Protect Privacy Part 3 2.8 Protect Privacy Part 4 2.9 Protect Privacy Part 5 2.10 Ensure Appropriate Retention 2.11 Determine Data Security Controls Part 1 2.12 Determine Data Security Controls Part 2 2.13 Establish Handing Requirements Module 3: Security Engineering 3.1 Introduction To Security Engineering 3.2 Implement And Manage An Engineering Lifecycle Using Security Design Principles 3.3 Understand Fundamental Concepts Of Security Models Part 1 3.4 Understand Fundamental Concepts Of Security Models Part 2 3.5 Understand Fundamental Concepts Of Security Models Part 3 3.6 Understand Fundamental Concepts Of Security Models Part 4 3.7 Select Controls And Countermeasures Based Upon Information SystemsSecurity Standards 3.8 UnderstandTheSecurityCapabilitiesOfInformationSystems 3.9 Assess And Mitigate The Vulnerabilities Of Security Architectures Designs And Solution Elements Part 1 3.10 Assess And Mitigate The Vulnerabilities Of Security Architectures Designs And Solution Elements Part 2 3.11 Assess And Mitigate The Vulnerabilities Of Security Architectures Designs And Solution Elements Part 3 3.12 Assess And Mitigate The Vulnerabilities Of Security Architectures Designs And Solution Elements Part 4 3.13 Assess And Mitigate The Vulnerabilities Of Security Architectures Designs And Solution Elements Part 5 3.14 Assess And Mitigate The Vulnerabilities Of Security Architectures Designs And Solution Elements Part 6 3.15 Assess And Mitigate The Vulnerabilities Of Security Architectures Designs And Solution Elements Part 7 3.16 Assess And Mitigate Vulnerabilities In WebBased Systems Part 1 3.17 Assess And Mitigate Vulnerabilities In WebBased Systems Part 2 3.18 Assess And Mitigate VulnerabilitiesIn Mobile Systems 3.19 Assess And Mitigate Vulnerabilities In Embedded Devices And CyberPhysical Systems 3.20 Apply Cryptography Part 1 3.21 Apply Cryptography Part 2 3.22 Apply Cryptography Part 3 3.23 Apply Cryptography Part 4 3.24 Apply Cryptography Part 5 3.25 Apply Secure Principles To Site And Facility Design Part 1 3.26 Apply Secure Principles To Site And Facility Design Part 2 3.27 Design And Implement Facility Security Module 4: Communication And Network Security 4.1 Introduction To Communication And Network Security 4.2 Apply Secure Design Principles To Network Architecture Part 1 4.3 Apply Secure Design Principles To Network Architecture Part 2 4.4 Apply Secure Design Principles To Network Architecture Part 3 4.5 Apply Secure Design Principles To Network Architecture Part 4 4.6 Apply Secure Design Principles To Network Architecture Part 5 4.7 Securing Network Components Part 1 4.8 Securing Network Components Part 2 4.9 Design And Establish Secure Communication Channels Part 1 4.10 Design And Establish Secure Communication Channels Part 2 4.11 Design And Establish Secure Communication Channels Part 3 4.12 Design And Establish Secure Communication Channels Part 4 4.13 Design And Establish Secure Communication Channels Part 5 4.14 Prevent Or Mitigate Network Attacks Part 1 4.15 Prevent Or Mitigate Network Attacks Part 2 Module 5: Identity And Access Management 5.1 Introduction To Identity And Access Management 5.2 Control Physical And Logical Access To Assets 5.3 Manage Identification And Authentication Of People Of Devices Part 1 5.4 Manage Identification And Authentication Of People Of Devices Part 2 5.6 Manage Identification And Authentication Of People Of Devices Part 3 5.7 Manage Identification And Authentication Of People Of Devices Part 4 5.8 Manage Identification And Authentication Of People Of Devices Part 5 5.9 Manage Identification And Authentication Of People Of Devices Part 6 5.10 Integrate Identity As A Service 5.11 Integrate ThirdParty Identity Service 5.12 Implement And Manage Authorization Mechanisms Part 1 5.13 Implement And Manage Authorization Mechanisms Part 2 5.14 Manage The Identity And Access Provisioning Life Cycle Module 6: Security Assessment And Testing 6.1 Introduction To Security Assessment And Testing 6.2 Design And Validate Assessment Test Strategies 6.3 Conduct Security Control Testing Part 1 6.4 Conduct Security Control Testing Part 2 6.5 Conduct Security Control Testing Part 3 6.6 Conduct Security Control Testing Part 4 6.7 Conduct Security Control Testing Part 5 6.8 Coiled Security Process Data 6.9 Conduct Or Facilitate Internal And ThirdParty Audits Module 7: Security Operations 7.1 Introduction To Security Operations 7.2 Understand And Support Investigation 7.3 Understand Requirements For Investigation Types 7.4 ConductLoggingAndMonitoringActivities 7.5 Secure The Provisioning Of Resources Through Configuration Management 7.6 Understand And Apply Foundational Security Operations Concepts 7.7 Employ Resource Protection Techniques 7.8 Conduct Incident Response 7.9 Operate And Maintain Preventative Measures 7.10 Implement And Support Patch And Vulnerability Management 7.11 Participate In And Understand Change Management Processes 7.12 Implement Recovery Strategies Part 1 7.13 Implement Recovery Strategies Part 2 7.14 Implement Disaster Recovery Processes Part 1 7.15 Implement Disaster Recovery Processes Part 2 7.16 Test Disaster Recovery Plan 7.17 Participate In Business Continuity Planning 7.18 Implement And Manage Physical Security 7.19 Participate In Personnel Safety Module 8: Software Development Security 8.1 Introduction To Software Development Security 8.2 Understand And Apply Security In The Software Development Life Cycle 8.3 Enforce Security Controls In The Development Environment Part 1 8.4 Enforce Security Controls In The Development Environment Part 2 8.5 Enforce Security Controls In The Development Environment Part 3 8.6 Enforce Security Controls In The Development Environment Part 4 8.7 Enforce Security Controls In The Development Environment Part 5 8.8 Assess The Effectiveness Of Software Security 8.9 Assess Software Acquisition Security 8.10 Conclusion Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learn the specialist technologies needed to become an advanced web developer and gain CIW Advanced HTML5 and CSS3 Specialist certification – in this powerful course-exam package. The course teaches deep knowledge of HTML5, CSS3 and Javascript – the web development trifecta. With this knowledge, learners will find themselves in an elite and highly sought-after group; they will be able to create web pages that easily adapt to display on smartphones, tablets, gaming devices and smart TVs, as well as traditional desktop and laptop computers. This course teaches advanced skills and knowledge and therefore assumes a certain amount of existing knowledge before starting, such as basic HTML coding. Completion of the course prepares candidates for the exam which, if passed, earns leads to certification. It is aimed at those working in: Web Design Internet Consultancy Information Technology Web and Graphic Design A wide range of other business The course prepares candidates to take the CIW Advanced HTML5 and CSS3 Specialist exam, which, if passed, earns certification in this advanced discipline. Key learning points The course To reach the stage of taking the exam and gaining certification, learners will be taught a fascinating range of advanced skills: Demonstrate advanced uses of the canvas element Implement JavaScript to create interactive pages Validate HTML5 code Identify ways to determine browser compatibility for a page or device Implement HTML5 forms Use CSS3 to shape content on the page Design for mobile devices Implement HTML5 APIs Identify program flow issues in relation to JavaScript-based applications Design pages for a cloud-based storefront. This course, as with all CIW courses, offers the opportunity to examine case studies about real-world skills applications and job-related topics. Guided, step-by-step labs provide opportunities to practice new skills. Learners can challenge themselves and review their skills in the Lesson Summary and Lesson Review sections of the programme. Additional skill reinforcement is provided in Activities, Optional Labs, Lesson Quizzes and a Course Assessment that are available from CIW Online. This coursebook includes additional online material, which contains the lab files used in modules. To practice skills or to perform any labs that were not completed, learners can refer to the Classroom Setup section for information about system requirements and using the lab files. The Exam The CIW HTML5 and CSS3 Specialist exam (1D0-720) lasts for 75 minutes and contains 56 questions testing candidates’ knowledge of the content in the study modules – and their ability to apply it. To pass the exam, candidates will need to achieve a score of 75%, demonstrating a range of knowledge and skills in this discipline. Advantages of this course Learners can become specialists in the web technologies known as the web trifecta through taking this course-exam package. Certification, which is achieved by passing the exam, gives learners a highly valued set of specialist skills which can lead to career advancement in a wide range of business sectors. The content of the CIW HTML5 and CSS3 Specialist course and exam is designed to mirror the Internet’s increasing focus on mobile technology, preparing candidates for the future of the industry. Learners will gain the skills to design web pages that easily adapt to display on smartphones, tablets and gaming devices – in addition to ‘traditional’ desktop or laptop computers. CIW certifications don’t expire; once you are CIW certified, you retain your status forever, regardless of if and when we update the exam. Exam scores may be challenged if candidates feel there is a legitimate reason for doing so, such as a question mark over the validity of item content. COURSE OUTLINE andamp; UNITS OF STUDY Domain 1: HTML5 Essentials1.1: Consider HTML5 development skills you can apply to both traditional and non-traditional delivery platforms, including mobile apps.1.2: Compare "apps" to mobile Websites.1.3: Identify the Web development trifecta and explain its significance.1.4: Explain the evolution of HTML and its relevance to modern design techniques.1.5: Explain the importance of universal markup creation.1.6: Create and deploy HTML5 structure tags.1.7: Perform HTML5 code validation, including mobile Webpages, which includes explaining the practical value of code validation and listing the steps to validate HTML5 code.1.8: Apply HTML5 Multimedia Elements (including: video, audio, embed and canvas).1.9: Define common elements of HTML5 application programming interfaces (APIs).1.10: Create appropriate navigation elements and hyperlinks for mobile Webpages.1.11: Use images appropriately on mobile Webpages.Domain 2: Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) Technology and CSS Version 3 (CSS3)2.1: Explain the function and purpose of the Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) technology.2.2: Explain the importance of using style guides when designing sites and documents.2.3: Define common CSS terms and syntax.2.4: Apply CSS styles to format pages.2.5: Develop and apply page layouts with CSS.2.6: Use the CSS Box Model.2.7: Describe general concerns for developing Web documents that will be delivered on mobile devices.2.8: Define common CSS positioning schemes and apply document flow.2.9: Develop appropriate page layouts for use on mobile devices.2.10: List the features added to CSS functionality in CSS version 3 (CSS3).2.11: Apply common CSS3 properties and selectors.2.12: Apply backgrounds, borders, fonts and text effects with CSS3.2.13: Determine cross-browser compatibility for traditional and mobile Webpages.2.14: Describe essential Responsive Web Design (RWD) techniques and principles. (Previously 10.8)Domain 3: Using Advanced CSS3 Techniques3.1: Apply 2D and 3D transformations with CSS3.3.2: Apply transitions and animations with CSS3.3.3: Create accessible user interfaces with CSS3.3.4: Create menus and buttons with CSS3.3.5: Create transparencies and overlays with CSS3.3.6: Explain SASS and why it is an extension to CSS.Domain 4: Introduction to JavaScript4.1: Define scripting languages and explain their functionality in Web development.4.2: Define JavaScript, describe its main features and uses, and list characteristics of JavaScript that affect Web developers and design.4.3: Compare JavaScript to other languages used in Web development.4.4: Embed JavaScript code into HTML5 documents.4.5: Define the roles of JavaScript objects, properties and methods in scripting and programming.4.6: Define the role of JavaScript variables in scripting and programming.4.7: Define the role of JavaScript expressions and operators in scripting and programming. (Including conditional statements, arrays, loops, scope isolation and iterators)Domain 5: JavaScript Events, Functions and Methods5.1: Define user events, and identify and use JavaScript event handlers.5.2: Describe the role of functions in JavaScript development.5.3: Use JavaScript code to define functions.5.4: Use JavaScript code to call functions.5.5: Use methods as functions in JavaScript code.5.6: Use functions including promises, modules, Async, await and closures.5.7: Identify common errors in JavaScript.Domain 6: Using HTML5 APIs6.1: Define the Document Object Model (DOM).6.2: Define application programming interface (API), and list the common HTML5 APIs.6.3: Use the HTML5 Canvas API for advanced techniques.6.4: Use the HTML5 Geolocation API to obtain geographic information about a user.6.5: Create drag-and-drop Webpages using the HTML5 Drag-and-Drop API.6.6: Use the HTML5 File API to interact with files.6.7: Use the HTML5 History API to manipulate a browser's history.6.8: Retrieve and manipulate HTML5 data using XMLHttpRequest and jQuery.Domain 7: Developing HTML5 Forms7.1: Describe the purpose and functionality of HTML5 forms.7.2: Develop cross-browser compatible forms using HTML5.7.3: List the new form input types available in HTML5.7.4: Use the HTML5 andlt;datalistandgt; element.7.5: Explain the function of the HTML5 andlt;outputandgt; element.7.6: Use HTML5 global attributes for HTML form elements including andlt;fieldsetandgt;, andlt;legendandgt;, andlt;labelandgt;, andlt;selectandgt; and andlt;textareaandgt;.Domain 8: Completing, Submitting and Validating User Input Forms8.1: Use HTML5 attributes for completing and submitting forms, including new attributes for the andlt;formandgt;, andlt;inputandgt; and andlt;buttonandgt; elements.8.2: Describe general concepts and techniques used to validate user input from forms.8.3: Validate user input from forms using HTML5 attributes.8.4: Validate user input from forms using JavaScript.Domain 9: Copyright, Ethics and Legal considerations9.1: Explain the importance of copyright rules in coding practices9.2: Describe accessibility compliance (including ADA and Section 508) responsibilities in Website development9.3: Implement accessibility compliance in Website coding9.4: Identify appropriate netiquette and cultural references as it applies to Website design.9.5: Differentiate between ethical and legal responsibilities9.6: Compare local and international privacy laws (e.g., HIPPA, GDPR, etc.) and Website development responsibilities.9.7: Consider appropriate security standards as it applies to Website design to protect personal and business information.9.8: Formulate standards to apply ethical reasoning and judgment on issues affected by technological advances (e.g., coding, hacking, spying).Domain 10: Project Management and Critical Thinking10.1: Demonstrate Project Management strategies and tasks for Website development.10.2: Compare and contrast various management styles in technological organizations.10.3: Identify a work-based learning experience in a local business environment.10.4: Develop appropriate personal standards for leadership techniques, customer service strategies and personal ethics.10.5: Identify various potential Website issues, and troubleshoot their causes and symptoms. (including: conformance to standards, site rendering, audience interaction and validation)10.6: Solve problems using critical thinking, creativity and innovation skills.10.7: Discuss the importance of time management, both professionally and personally.NOTE: The exam alone for this course can be found HERE : The Course without the exam can be found HERE. You Can ADD Live Tutor Support to Our Official CIW Courses HERE Course Detail Online Access : 1 YearCompatibility : Windows, MacExam Included : YesNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Data Analyst is the seventh course in the CIW Web And Mobile Design series. This course teaches how to use data to analyze all aspects of a company’s operation and make appropriate business decisions. It focuses on Web-oriented data, and methods for analyzing data in order to create appropriate dashboards, reports and solutions.This course teaches students how to identify typical sources of institutional knowledge, including Customer Relationship Management (CRM) applications, inventory management systems, transaction data, social media, marketing sources, industry systems. Students will compare and contrast structured and unstructured data in order to summarize how data can drive business decisions. The course also covers specific tactics for working with cloud-based data, including cloud-native data, migrating data to or from the cloud, backup procedures, security issues, and user training.Students will learn ways to determine relationships between organizational efforts and business outcomes, extrapolate information using data obtained from new and traditional data sources, and ways to analyze and represent data. Students will also learn how ethics and security are vital parts of a Data Analyst’s responsibilities. The Data Analyst can compile the data from many sources, prepare and deliver an objective and unbiased presentation. Advantages of this course Study online at your own pace with the comprehensive, easy to navigate courseware. Materials are available 24/7, 365 days a year, meaning students can enjoy convenient and flexible learning that can be completed around existing home and work commitments. If you do run into technical issues, our support team is available to help. Prove your new-found knowledge by sitting the accompanying CIW examination. Show off your new skills by adding them to your CV or LinkedIn profile, and impress future employers. Target AudienceIndividuals preparing to enter or continue in the workforce fields of Web site development and design can benefit from the CIW Data Analyst course and/or certification: High school students College students Technical/trade school students Professionals working in marketing, merchandising, and data-driven fields for any industry can benefit from the CIW Data Analyst course and/or certification: Data Analysis professionals Product Development professionals Merchandising professionals Web marketing professionals Advertising professionals Entrepreneurs Job ResponsibilitiesData Analyst job responsibilities can include: Use data to analyze all aspects of a company’s operation and create appropriate dashboards, reports and solutions. Work with typical databases, including Customer Relationship Management (CRM) applications, inventory management systems, transaction data, social media, marketing sources and industry systems. Work with cloud-based data, including cloud-native data, migrating data to or from the cloud, backup procedures, security issues, and user training. Determine relationships between organizational efforts and business outcomes, extrapolate information using data obtained from new and traditional data sources. Use ethics and security to present data to avoid personal or organizational bias. PrerequisitesThe CIW Data Analyst courseware requires an understanding of computers, internet technologies, and database principles. We suggest CIW Internet Business Associate and CIW Site Development Associate or equivalent knowledge. COURSE OUTLINEFundamentals of Data AnalysisThe Importance of Good Data Data FilteringData Structure TypesCentralized Data BenefitsStructured vs. Unstructured DataCase Study: Forgetting Steve JobsTypes of Data* Administrative Data* Open Data* Public Data* Research DataTypical Sources of Business Data* Marketing data on customers* Sales data* Customer data* Accounting Data* Traditional e-commerce sites* Social Media* Mobile PlatformsData Protection Policies* Challenges associated with the GDPR* Data Protection and Privacy LawsSearch Engine Optimization* Strategies to Increase Popularity and RelevanceData Life Cycle Management (DLM)Data Analysis ProcessCase Study: Business Decisions in the Non-profit IndustryIntroduction to Big DataBig DataThe Importance of IT Data ManagementIT Business EnvironmentsCloud-Based DataCloud-Native DataIn-House DataWhen to Migrate In-House Data to the CloudVariations of Cloud-Based SystemsTypical Databases Used for Data AnalysisData-driven Business DecisionsCase Study: The Internet is WorthlessImpact of Data ErrorsImportance of Organizational Strategy and Data Quality in Data AnalyticsData ModelingImportance of Data Maintenance and Data BackupWorking with Data SourcesData E-Harmony: Working with Different Departments to Bring Data TogetherThe Purpose of Customer Relationship Management (CRM)CRM Integration: A Banking Scenario* Need for CRM in a Retail Bank* Components of the CRM SystemObtaining Data from E-Mail and User ForumsObtaining Data from Other Knowledge Bases* Social Media and CRM* Supply Chain Management* Inventory Management System* Facilities Management SystemObtaining Data from CRM and Business-To-Business Frameworks* Introduction to B2B Frameworks* Sources of CRM and B2B DataTransaction, Payment and Inventory DataUsing Multiple Data SourcesCase Study: InStyle PublishingTools for Capturing and Analyzing DataData Analytics ToolsCapturing Data: Tableau Public* Graphs and Charts in Tableau Public* Other Types of Graphs* Types of CalculationsCapturing Data: Google BigQueryCapturing Data: OpenRefine* Get Started with OpenRefineOverview: Hadoop-Based Environments* What is Hadoop?* PostgresCapturing and Analyzing Data in HadoopThe R Project* R as a Programming Language* Explore Datasets and Create Graphical DisplaysAdditional Software for Data Capture* Gartner’s Magic QuadrantCase Study: Playing with Big DataAnalyzing and Reporting DataNetwork Traffic* Web logs* MarketingData Integration* Why Data Integration is Important?Why Testing is Important?* ETL TestingStatistical Computing and ProgrammingOrganizational Efforts and Business OutcomesBest Methods to Capture and Report Specific DataData Analysis and Reporting DashboardsExecutive SummariesCreate Reports and ChartsCreate a Presentation for Reporting DataFrequently Asked Questions for PresentationsCase Study: Better Business Through DataNOTE: The exam alone for this course can be found HERE : The Course without the exam can be found HERE. You Can ADD Live Tutor Support to Our Official CIW Courses HERE Course Detail Online Access : 1 YearCompatibility : Windows, MacExam Included : YesNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Database Design Specialist course (formerly titled Database Design Methodology) teaches students how to plan and design relational databases. You will learn about the theory behind relational databases, relational database nomenclature, and relational algebra. The course includes sections on Structured Query Language (SQL) and optimizing databases through normalization. You will apply your knowledge with hands-on labs designed to teach the intricacies of database design methodology.Lay some essential foundations for a career in database design, with this comprehensive course and exam package. IT, the web and software are constantly changing and developing, and for a business to achieve their optimum online reach and continue to provide the best service that they can, an efficient and effective database should be in place to help keep the company organised and productive. Give Businesses the Tools to Run Smoothly It’s easy to become quickly snowed under with workload or information if a business or service doesn’t run smoothly, so if you want to ensure the best levels of productivity, databases need to be in place to ensure background processes operate like clockwork. As a database design specialist, you could be the person to implement these changes, and be one of the main reasons why any business can be a smoothly run success. Work Through a Range of Resources By signing up to this course and sitting the accompanying exam, students will be able to access a range of top quality resources and course materials that can help them to develop a clear level of understanding of database design, prove their knowledge and be able to use their new-found expertise to make real-life changes in a business. Basic knowledge of the purpose and function of a database is recommended - this course will teach you the rest! Key learning points Perfectly suited to current or prospective software programmers, IT managers and application developers, this course will provide individuals with the tools needed to improve their database knowledge, help with business strategy and optimise databases that are already in place. Learn more about the evolution of databases including file-based databases, and gain insight into what management systems are often used by businesses all over the world. Get to grips with the basics, and more advanced techniques, of Structured Query Language (SQL), and learn how to retrieve data from relations, and understand data definition and data control language. Gain insight into database design methodology, and understand what contributes to both good and bad design practises. Understand the difference between logical and physical databases, and identify elements of database security and the importance of it. Course includes all the elements needed to pass the included exam. Advantages of this course Study online at your own pace with the comprehensive, easy to navigate courseware. Materials are available 24/7, 365 days a year, meaning students can enjoy convenient and flexible learning that can be completed around existing home and work commitments. If you do run into technical issues, our support team is available to help. Prove your new-found knowledge by sitting the accompanying CIW examination. Show off your new skills by adding them to your CV or LinkedIn profile, and impress future employers. Enhance the productivity of your business, by implementing design techniques that can help databases operate optimally. Develop your personal and professional portfolio by understanding database specialisation and design, and boost your confidence in the subject. Progress along your chosen career path with database design knowledge that is invaluable! Specialise in database design by signing up to this in-depth course today – your business’ databases will thank you for it!Target AudienceThe CIW Database Design Specialist course is for individuals who plan to pursue product-focused database specialization using products that include DB2, Oracle Database 11g, SQL and mySQL. These database skills can help you begin or grow a career in advanced database design and development for: IT managers/directors Application developers Web development professionals Software programmers Enterprise developers Database developers Database administrators Job ResponsibilitiesUse database technology to store, update and retrieve mission-critical information; implement and maintain database data using relational database management software; and create Web content.PrerequisitesIt is recommended that students have a basic knowledge of the purpose and function of a database. Also, students should be familiar with an operating system such as Microsoft Windows before taking this course. The Database Design Specialist courseware does not provide entry-level computer literacy. COURSE OUTLINEIntroduction to DatabasesIntroduction to DatabasesWhat Is a Database?File-Based DatabasesThe Evolution of DatabasesRelational Databases and Database Management Systems (DBMSs)Origins of Relational DatabasesRelational Database FundamentalsIntroduction to Relational DatabasesMultitier Database ArchitectureRelational Model TerminologyUsing Tables to Represent DataCharacteristics of RelationsData ModelsEntities and Data RelationshipsRelational IntegrityDatabase LanguagesData DictionariesDatabase PlanningIntroduction to Database PlanningDatabase Design Life CycleDatabase Requirements DocumentProAudio Case StudySelecting a DBMSSelecting an Application InterfaceOverview of Database Design MethodologyIntroduction to Database Design MethodologyEffects of Poor Database Design PracticesDatabase Design PhasesConceptual Database DesignEntity-Relationship (ER) ModelsNormalizationIntroduction to NormalizationWhat Is Normalization?Normal FormsFirst Normal FormSecond Normal FormThird Normal FormBoyce-Codd Normal Form (BCNF)Logical Database DesignIntroduction to Logical Database DesignLogical Database DesignCreating a Logical Data ModelUsing a Database Definition LanguageValidating the Logical Data ModelDefining Integrity ConstraintsCreating an Enterprise Data ModelPhysical Database DesignIntroduction to Physical Database DesignPhysical Database DesignMySQL Query BrowserCreating Enterprise ConstraintsUsing Secondary IndexesDenormalizationCreating User ViewsDesigning Database Access RulesStructured Query LanguageIntroduction to Structured Query LanguageSQL BasicsData Definition LanguageData Manipulation LanguageRetrieving Data from RelationsData Control LanguageRelational AlgebraIntroduction to Relational AlgebraDefining Relational AlgebraSelectionProjectionCartesian ProductUnionDifferenceIntersectionJoinsTransactions and Database SecurityIntroduction to Database Transactions and SecurityTransactionsConcurrency ControlDatabase SecurityNOTE: The exam alone for this course can be found HERE : The Course without the exam can be found HERE. You Can ADD Live Tutor Support to Our Official CIW Courses HERE Course Detail Online Access : 1 YearCompatibility : Windows, MacExam Included : YesNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course and exam package enables people with no prior subject knowledge in this discipline to gain the skills and knowledge needed to work effectively in today’s business environment. The exam, taken at the end of the course, is the means to gaining CIW Internet Business Associate certification. Those who pass will have permanent proof of their foundation knowledge of the important technologies that affect virtually every business operating today. The CIW Internet Business Associate course and exam are aimed at: Students at high school or college – seeking a place in higher education or their first career position Professionals in a wide range of sectors which actively benefit from Internet technology, including: Information technology Healthcare Law Marketing Graphic Design Students can add certification to their academic qualifications, while professionals can increase their existing skill set and raise their value in their current employment. Key learning points The course The purpose of the course is to equip learners with a powerful core knowledge of the Internet, and apply the foundation skills required for further specialization. Content includes: Internet connection methods, Internet protocols, the Domain Name System (DNS) and cloud computing The basic functions of web browsers, the components of web addresses, the use and control of cookies, and browser use in the business world Browser plug-ins and add-ons, and use of browsers to download and manage files Databases as they relate to web search engines, and ways to conduct basic and advanced web searches Configuration and use of e-mail clients, guidelines for effective communication over the Internet using modern web technologies and social networking tools Internet research and collaboration tools, software development tools, and the patent and licensing practices that accompany software applications Issues and risks associated with the Internet, and the security measures that can keep your computer system and your personal information secure Fundamental elements of project and program management, and the importance of acquiring these skills for all IT job roles. The exam The CIW Internet Business Associate exam (1D0-61A) lasts for 30 minutes and contains 30 questions testing candidates’ knowledge of the content in the study modules – and their ability to apply it. To pass the exam, candidates will need to achieve a score of 66.66%, demonstrating a range of knowledge and skills in this discipline. Advantages of this course This package of course + exam contains all learners need to gain CIW Internet Business Associate certification: Through the study modules, learners gain a comprehensive knowledge and skills base with which to start or further their career Passing the exam gives employers the evidence they need of candidates’ knowledge of key Internet technologies and the capability in applying them in a business environment. No prior knowledge of the subject is required – just familiarity of an operating system such as Microsoft Windows 7. It is ideal both for students at high school or college, looking to complement their studies with skills and knowledge that can be applied in the workplace; and to professionals working in positions that make use of the Internet. An official CIW Certification Practice Exam is available, which enables candidates to instantly evaluate their level of knowledge and readiness to become certified. New lesson quizzes are also available on CIW Online, and can be found on each of the lesson pages in the Online Resources. Exam scores may be challenged if candidates feel there is a legitimate reason for doing so, such as a question mark over the validity of item content. COURSE OUTLINE Introduction to IT Business and CareersInformation Technology (IT)IT Job RolesIT Industry Career OpportunitiesTechnical Concepts and TrainingTechnology Adoption ModelsBusiness ModelingData ModelingThe Importance of StandardsThat's a Hot SiteInternet CommunicationCommunicating via the InternetModern Web TechnologiesSocial NetworkingMessagingBloggingCommunicating Effectively over the InternetConvergence and Unified Communications TechnologiesWeb 2.0 Travel Guide?Introduction to Internet TechnologyInternet TechnologyOverview of NetworksOverview of the InternetConnecting to the InternetInternet ProtocolsDomain Name System (DNS)Cloud ComputingComputing in the CloudWeb BrowsingIntroduction to Web BrowsingBasic Functions of Web BrowsersInstalling a Web BrowserWeb AddressesHow Browsers WorkBrowser ChoicesBrowsing TechniquesBrowser ElementsConfiguring Web Browser PreferencesProxy ServersTroubleshooting Internet Client ProblemsWorking the Help DeskMultimedia on the WebIntroduction to Multimedia on the WebObjects, Active Content and LanguagesObjects and Security IssuesHTML5 vs. Plug-insIntroduction to Plug-in TechnologyData Compression and DecompressionPlug-in InstallationTypes of Plug-insFirefox Add-OnsTypes of ViewersMiscellaneous File FormatsDownloading Files with a BrowserThe Right Tools for the JobDatabases and Web Search EnginesIntroduction to Data Searching ToolsOverview of DatabasesIntroduction to Web Search EnginesRegistering a Web Site with a Search EngineTypes of Web SearchesBasic Web Searching TechniquesBoolean OperatorsAdvanced Web Searching TechniquesUsing Web Searches to Perform Job TasksUnexpected Web Search ResultsWeb Search StrategiesEvaluating ResourcesOrganizing Internet ResearchCiting Copyrighted Online ResourcesTo Be Valid or Not to Be Valid?Business E Mail and PersonalInformation ManagementIntroduction to Business Electronic Mail (E Mail)How E Mail WorksE Mail Configuration RequirementsE Mail Message ComponentsCreating and Sending E Mail MessagesReceiving and Viewing E Mail MessagesE Mail in the WorkplaceE Mail Problems and SolutionsPersonal Information Management(PIM)Mastering the Art of E-MailProtecting Yourself OnlineIntroduction to Protecting Yourself OnlineThe Right to Be ForgottenSpamCookiesConfiguring Browser SecurityAuthenticationEncryptionMalware (Malicious Software)Virus Detection and PreventionSpyware and Virus RemovalUpdates and PatchesLocking Your ComputerTyposquattingProtecting Company ResourcesFirewallsSecurity-Related Ethical and Legal IssuesLegal ProtectionInternet Services and Tools for BusinessInternet Resource ToolsMass E-Mail and Texting ServicesList ServersFile Transfer Protocol (FTP)Managing Downloaded FilesVirtual Network Computing (VNC)Remote Desktop ConnectionPeer-to-Peer NetworksTroubleshooting Using TCP/IP ToolsOpen-Source DevelopmentProprietary Software and EULAsSoftware PatentsThese Are Sensitive FilesIT Project and Program ManagementOverview of IT Project and Program ManagementResources for Technical DataProject Management FundamentalsProject Management SkillsProject Management PhasesThe Project TriangleProject Management SoftwareCreating Project SchedulesDocumenting ProjectsPlanning and Scheduling MeetingsBrowsers in the Business WorldReviewing ProjectsQuality AssuranceBusiness Implications of IT ProjectsProject Management Institute (PMI)Program Management ConceptsWe Need an Intranet! NOTE: The exam alone for this course can be found HERE : The Course without the exam can be found HERE. You Can ADD Live Tutor Support to Our Official CIW Courses HERE Course Detail Online Access : 1 YearCompatibility : Windows, MacExam Included : YesNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Embrace website design and perfect your JavaScript abilities, by signing up to this in-depth course and exam bundle that will provide you with all you need to know to be a pro at JavaScript. As one of the most common elements of most web pages and applications, understanding JavaScript and its uses is essential for website developers and programmers, and with the help of this course, you can! Add a Valuable Skill to your CV As a web developer, the skills you can demonstrate can affect your chances of employment, and if you wish to follow your dreams of being the best at what you do, enhancing your skillset with this course and exam package will help. Many job roles ask for an understanding of multiple programming languages, for example JavaScript, C++ and PHP, and you can easily add another skill to your portfolio upon completion of this course and sitting the associated exam. Work Through Basic and Advanced Techniques Build some solid foundations for your journey through JavaScript, by working through this course from beginning to end. From working with variables to using its functions on websites and forms, students will be able to demonstrate well-rounded expertise by the time they receive their pass certificate. Key learning points As a major player in the World Wide Web, understanding JavaScript – either at a basic or more advanced level - is essential for web developers and programmers of all abilities. Anyone working within the web, application or software development fields would benefit from this course, which will provide them with valuable tools and techniques that they can then use in future projects. Identify some of the major characteristics of JavaScript and some of the common practices used, such as object-based nature and platform-independence. Get to grips with server-side and client-side JavaScript applications. Learn about, and be confident implementing, some of the variables and methodology that exist within JavaScript, such as undefined data types, the type attribute, and alert, prompt and confirm methods. Understand more about terms inducing string concatenation, strict comparison and mathematical precedence. Get to grips with some of the primary functions, methods and events within JavaScript, including the built-in functions and calculate average. Continue on to study some intermediate techniques, such as using DOM, creating custom expressions and objects and using JavaScript to control program flow. Build the confidence required to debug and troubleshoot JavaScript code. Integrate JavaScript into forms to enhance their interactivity. Tackle some of the security issues that JavaScript users can come up against. Learn more about libraries such as jQuery and plugins, and appreciate the differences between them. Use JavaScript and AJAX to create interactive web applications and to communicate with back-end databases. Advantages of this course Study the course materials and resources at your leisure, with convenient and flexible courseware that can be picked up and put down as and when, to suit your other commitments. Courseware is accessible around the clock, 365 days a year. It’s also valid for a full 12 months, so you can work through the content without any unnecessary stress. Technical support is on hand as and when you need it, should you run into difficulty with the courseware at any stage. Add an incredibly widespread computing language to your CV and LinkedIn profile, and give future employers even more reason to hire you! Sit the accompanying exam to prove your knowledge of the subject. Boost your programming confidence and open more doors with your coding potential. The first part of this course focuses on essential JavaScript principles and techniques, including common programming practices, working with variables and data, and using functions, methods and events. Next, you will learn intermediate JavaScript programming techniques that will build upon your knowledge and present solutions for more functional and exciting Web pages. These include using control structures for program flow, manipulating the JavaScript DOM, using language objects, creating expressions, and creating and using custom objects.You will then apply JavaScript programming techniques to develop interactive forms, change HTML dynamically, create and use cookies, and explore security issues related to JavaScript. You will also learn about extensions to the JavaScript language, including JavaScript code libraries, Web APIs and advanced interactive Web applications with AJAX. Finally, you will learn throughout the course about tools and techniques for debugging and troubleshooting your JavaScript code.By the end of this course, you will understand and use the most popular applications of JavaScript. Expand your expertise into the world of JavaScript by signing up to our course and exam bundle today!Target AudienceThe CIW JavaScript Specialist course is for individuals who want to understand how to fully use the features of the JavaScript programming language in Web application development. These specialized Web language skills can help you begin or grow a career in advanced Web development and technologies: Web developers Software developers Application programmers Full-stack developers Web Designers UI/UX Designers Job ResponsibilitiesImplement and maintain hypertext-based Web sites using authoring and scripting languages; create Web content; use Web management tools and digital media tools; and apply human-factor principles to design.PrerequisitesNo prior knowledge of the JavaScript programming language is necessary. However, students should be familiar with using the Internet, developing Web pages and configuring networks to a level consistent with that found in the CIW Web Foundations series. Knowledge of HTML code development is required.COURSE OUTLINE Introduction to JavaScriptIntroduction to ScriptingJavaScript CharacteristicsJavaScript and Common Programming ConceptsJavaScript Flavors and VersionsTechnologies Based on JavaScriptServer-Side vs. Client-Side ApplicationsAnnotating Your Code with CommentsExpanding the Role of JavaScriptWorking with Variables and Data in JavaScriptUsing JavaScript to Communicate with the UserUsing Data More Than Once: VariablesJavaScript OperatorsJavaScript ExpressionsJavaScript Alerts and PromptsInline Scripting, Simple User Events and Basic Event HandlersJavaScript Keywords and Reserved WordsFunctions, Methods and Events in JavaScriptIntroduction to FunctionsDefining a FunctionCalling a FunctionMethods as FunctionsTypes of FunctionsUser Events and JavaScript Event HandlersDebugging and Troubleshooting JavaScriptWhat Is Debugging?Tools for Debugging CodeTesting Code in Various BrowsersDebugging Logic ErrorsJavaScript and Mobile DevicesControlling Program Flow in JavaScriptControlling Decisional Program FlowThe if...else StatementThe while StatementThe do...while StatementThe for StatementThe break StatementThe continue StatementThe switch StatementThe JavaScript Document Object Model (DOM)The JavaScript Document Object Model (DOM)The window ObjectThe document ObjectThe image ObjectThe history ObjectThe location ObjectThe navigator ObjectThe Virtual DOMJavaScript Language ObjectsIntroduction to JavaScript Language ObjectsThe String ObjectEvaluating StringsJavaScript Regular ExpressionsThe Array ObjectThe forEach MethodThe Map MethodThe Date ObjectSetting and Extracting Time InformationThe Math ObjectCustom JavaScript ObjectsCreating Custom ObjectsCreating a JavaScript Object: The ConstructorCreating an Instance of a Custom ObjectCreating Object MethodsCreating Functions for Your ObjectsConcept of ClassesIterators and GeneratorsCall, apply and bindChanging HTML on the FlyChanging HTML on the FlyUsing the getElementById MethodUsing the getElementsByName MethodUsing the getElementsByTagName MethodUsing the getElementsByClassName MethodModifying Attributes within the DOMAppending Text to the DOMDeveloping Interactive Forms with JavaScriptInteractive FormsOverview of Form ElementsReferring to Form ElementsThe form ObjectThe input Elements and text ObjectsThe textarea objectThe select ObjectForm ValidationCommon form Security ErrorsJavaScript SecurityIntroduction to JavaScript Security IssuesBrowser vs. Operating SystemBrowser-Specific Security IssuesBrowser Compatibility and Client-Side DetectionScript BlockingDifferences in document.write Among BrowsersMalicious and Accidental CodingFrame-to-Frame URL ChangingSigned ScriptsCross-Site Scripting (XSS)Cookies and Security in JavaScriptEthics in Collecting, Storing, Using and Protecting User DataCreating Secure JavaScript CodeJavaScript Libraries and FrameworksIntroduction to JavaScript Libraries and FrameworksChoosing a Code LibraryExternal and Pre-Made ScriptsLoading Your First LibraryUsing JavaScript Library Plug-insUsing FrameworksBest Practices with JavaScript Libraries and FrameworksCopyright Issues and JavaScriptJavaScript and AJAXIntroduction to AJAXHandling Data and Content TypesInteractions Among JavaScript, Data and HTMLUsing AJAX ScriptsAJAX and ServersAJAX and DatabasesUsability Issues with AJAXCombining AJAX with LibrariesIntroduction to Web APIsWeb Application Programming Interface (API)The Web Storage APIThe Geolocation APIThe Canvas API NOTE: The exam alone for this course can be found HERE : The Course without the exam can be found HERE. You Can ADD Live Tutor Support to Our Official CIW Courses HERE Course Detail Online Access : 1 YearCompatibility : Windows, MacExam Included : YesNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Description CIW is the world’s most popular vendor-neutral web technology education programme in the world, offering training in subject areas including web development, database technology and internet business. We have given you access to Live Chat Tutor Support for our CIW training for instant, on-demand expert help with tutors worldwide so you can get help wherever you are. When signing up to the course, you can add the tutor support which will allow you to log in at any time throughout the duration of your course access and get the help you need. You will also get email support which can be used to answer more complex questions in greater detail. You will also get access to Expert’s Screen Share which provides you with a view of your designated expert’s screen for live demonstrations, instructions and guidance. If you can’t find your answer, your tutors are always there to help. Provides a human element, taking the inhuman and impersonal elements of eLearning and bringing them to life. Maintain job-ready skills for top performance with experts who are on hand at critical times in learning. Why Choose Live Tutor Support for Your CIW Course? Live Chat – Instant chat talk to a tutor instantly - there is no sending an email and waiting for a response or waiting in a queue for hours on the phone, your Tutor is ready and waiting to support you. 6 months Unlimited access for one low fee, no matter how many times you need us (Your Tutor) you only pay one flat fee for this Unlimited anytime access service. 71% of Fortune 500 companies use mentoring to assure learning occurs in their organisation so it’s clear that mentoring has a direct correlation to successful learning for job-ready skills. The yearly average salary for a CIW certification holder is between £50,000 and £86,000 depending on the qualification held. IMPORTANT: This Live Chat Tutor Support is ONLY available as an add-on to our official CIW Courses: All CIW Courses that are applicable are listed HERE Live Chat Support Detail Online Access : 6 Months Compatibility : Windows, MacCourses Applicable : Our official CIW courses ONLYNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Multimedia Specialist is the fourth course in the CIW Web And Mobile Design series. This course teaches the essentials of using Multimedia technologies in digital marketing and business. This course builds your skills in creating graphical images, recording audio and video elements and other content for use in Websites, marketing resources and learning environments. You will learn about storyboards, lighting, shooting video, camera angles, audio and video editing.This course will also apply project management tasks and critical thinking as you learn how to create and incorporate a variety of multimedia elements in Websites, marketing and other business solutions. You will also learn why accessibility, ethics and legal topics are important to consider when creating Multimedia solutions.The CIW Multimedia Specialist course prepares students to take the high-stakes CIW Multimedia Specialist certification exam (1D0-724). Advantages of this course Study online at your own pace with the comprehensive, easy to navigate courseware. Materials are available 24/7, 365 days a year, meaning students can enjoy convenient and flexible learning that can be completed around existing home and work commitments. If you do run into technical issues, our support team is available to help. Prove your new-found knowledge by sitting the accompanying CIW examination. Show off your new skills by adding them to your CV or LinkedIn profile, and impress future employers. Target AudienceIndividuals preparing to enter or continue in the workforce fields of digital design, Website development, and design can benefit from the CIW Multimedia Specialist course and/or certification: High school students College students Technical/trade school students Professionals working in Digital Design, Website development and design fields for any industry can benefit from the CIW Multimedia Specialist course and/or certification: Web and graphic designers Digital marketing professionals Mobile application developers Art/creative directors Advertising professionals Entrepreneurs Job ResponsibilitiesDigital Design, Website development and design job responsibilities can include: Storyboarding marketing campaigns and advertisements. Recording audio and video clips for digital marketing projects Editing audio and video recordings for digital marketing projects Creating graphical images, animations and other multimedia elements PrerequisitesThe CIW Multimedia Specialist courseware requires an understanding of computers, internet technologies, and basic graphic design principles. We suggest CIW Internet Business Associate and Site Development Associate or equivalent knowledge. COURSE OUTLINEIntroduction to Multimedia on the WebWhat Is Multimedia?Multimedia and Your Web PresenceMultimedia job roles and searchesCurrent Multimedia CapabilitiesAnimation and the WebAudio and the WebVideo and the WebVirtual Reality and Augmented RealityMultimedia and Today's Mobile DevicesMultimedia and User InteractionSelecting the Right Multimedia ElementsIntegrating Multimedia into a WebsiteAccessibility and Privacy IssuesProject Management Tasks in Multimedia Development StrategiesWebsite Issues and SolutionsTime Management AnalysisCreating Graphical Images for the WebDigital Imaging ConceptsRaster vs. Vector GraphicsGraphics ApplicationsImage File FormatsCreating and Optimizing ImagesEssential Graphic Design ConceptsDigital Photography ConceptsCreating Images for Mobile PlatformsImage Metadata and TaggingPublishing Images to the WebPlanning Multimedia Content for the WebDetermining Your AudienceGetting Data from Your AudienceMaking Data-Driven DecisionsPresenting a Case for MultimediaAddressing the AudiencePresenting a Draft of Multimedia ContentDeveloping a StorylineWriting a ScriptCreating the StoryboardGathering Multimedia ElementsMultimedia Bandwidth ConsiderationsSoliciting FeedbackEffective Multimedia PresentationsAsset Storage ManagementStandards for Leadership Techniques and Customer Service StrategiesPreparing to Capture High-Quality Video ContentEquipment, Resources and Talent for Video CreationSetting Up EquipmentEnvironment for Capturing Video and AudioProper Lighting for VideoBacklighting vs. FrontlightingUse Multiple Cameras in VideoUsing Microphones EffectivelyBumper Music for VideosChoosing the Right ShotThe Purpose of ZoomingCreating Wide-Angle ShotsCreating Cutaway ShotsChanging AnglesPlanning a Video Clip to Promote a BusinessCreating Content for a Video Project and Developing Video for Mobile DevicesRecording the VideoRecording Live AudioIncorporating Still Images into VideoIncorporating Sound Effects and Clips into VideoAdding Bumper Music and TitlesUsing "B-Roll" for Alternative FootageCross-Device Compatibility for VideoVideo Formats for Mobile DevicesBandwidth Considerations for Mobile DevicesNative Development Tools for Mobile DevicesResponsive Design and Mobile VideoEditing Video ContentUsing Video-Editing Software and TechniquesDetermining Video and Topic LengthsPanning a Video or ImageInserting Additional MediaRemoving Common Video ErrorsEditing Audio Files in AudacityRepairing Audio Issues in AudacityRearranging Video SequenceApplying Metadata TagsUsing Closed CaptioningImplementing Accessibility CompliancePublishing Video Content to the WebVideo Hosting Platforms and OptionsIncorporating Video into HTML5 PagesPublishing Video to Website and a Learning Management System (LMS)Publishing Video to a Cloud Service ProviderTesting Your Website on MultipleBrowsersCopyright, Ethics and Legal ConsiderationsCopyright Laws Affecting Video and Audio DevelopmentWhy Accessibility?Netiquette and Cultural ConsiderationsLegal vs Ethical IssuesWhy Consider Global Laws?Security StandardsHow Does Ethics Affect Videos?You Can ADD Live Tutor Support to Our Official CIW Courses HERE Course Detail Online Access : 1 YearCompatibility : Windows, MacExam Included : YesNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Prepare to master the basics of business networking and gain a qualification that is proof of your skills for a wide range of business and technology-orientated careers. This course-exam package enables learners with little or no prior subject knowledge to complete the study modules and enter for the exam which, if passed, leads to CIW Network Technology Associate certification. The basics of networking, including Internet protocols and network security, are crucial to every modern business. All that is needed to undertake this course and take the exam is a familiarity with an operating system such as Microsoft Windows 7. It is aimed at: Students at high school or college – seeking a place in higher education or their first career position Professionals in a wide range of sectors which actively benefit from Internet technology, including: Information technology Healthcare Law Marketing Graphic Design Upon completion of the course and passing the exam, students can add this qualification to their academic achievements, while professionals can increase their existing skill set and raise their value in their current employment. Key learning points The course The modules on the course delve deep into network technology, from networking components and standards to connecting to the Internet and taking advantage of its multitude of services, through to hardware and devices and how to deal with network and cloud security risks. Content includes: Essential networking technologies and skills, including TCP/IP, stable network creation, wireless networking and network troubleshooting Various network components and protocols that enable users to share data quickly and easily Various types of transmission media, and the ways that network architecture and topologies provide for efficient and secure communication OSI reference model and its relationship to packet creation, plus the OSI model vs. the Internet architecture model Functions and features of internetworking server types, and the benefits of implementing a Content Management System (CMS) Basic hardware and operating system maintenance procedures Mobile computing devices and the importance of RFC documents Routing, IP addressing, IP address classes and subnet masks Routing, IP addressing, IP address classes and subnet masks Essential network security concepts, Internet-based challenges facing today's users, and methods you can use to secure networks and network transmissions, including authentication, encryption and firewalls. The exam The CIW Network Technology Associate exam (1D0-61C) lasts for 30 minutes and contains 30 questions testing candidates’ knowledge of the content in the study modules – and their ability to apply it. To pass the exam, candidates will need to achieve a score of 63.33%, demonstrating a range of knowledge and skills in this discipline. Advantages of this course The CIW Network Technology Associate course-exam package provides clear evidence of having mastered the basics of networking. For students, this prepares them for higher education or for a good career entry position in a choice of business sectors. For professionals, it increases their base skills and raised their value and prospects within their current position. An official CIW Certification Practice Exam is available, which enables candidates to instantly evaluate their level of knowledge and readiness to become certified. New lesson quizzes are also available on CIW Online, and can be found on each of the lesson pages in the Online Resources. Exam scores may be challenged if candidates feel there is a legitimate reason for doing so, such as a question mark over the validity of item content. COURSE OUTLINE Introduction to NetworkingOverview of Networks and ProtocolsTelephony and ConvergenceNetworkingNetworking EvolutionClient/Server ModelNetwork Operations Center (NOC)Networking CategoriesNetwork TopologiesNetwork Operating SystemMicrosoft Windows ServersUNIX/LinuxThe Need for ProtocolsOSI Reference ModelData EncapsulationPacketsOSI/RM Protocol ExamplesTransmission ControlProtocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)Binding ProtocolsLocal Area Network (LAN)Wide Area Network (WAN)Internet Exchange Point (IXP)Networking Components and StandardsOverview of NetworkingComponentsCommon Network ComponentsTransmission MediaWireless Network TechnologiesTransmission TypesIEEE LAN StandardsCarrier SystemsVirtualizationConnecting to the InternetIntroduction to Connecting to theInternetMobile ComputingMobile Devices and CloudComputingConfiguring a Wireless NetworkFourth-Generation (4G) WirelessTCP/IPInternet ArchitectureInternet ProtocolsDemultiplexingIntroduction to RoutingRouting ProtocolsPort NumbersInternet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4)Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6)Configuring TCP/IPDiagnostic Tools for InternetTroubleshootingInternet ServicesOverview of Internet ServicesCloud ServicesReal-World Case Study:Internet ServersChoosing Web Server ProductsContent Management System (CMS)Hardware and Device ConnectivityIntroduction to Hardware andDevice ConnectivityMotherboardStorage DevicesNetwork Interface Card (NIC)Optical DiscsDevice ConnectivitySystem ManagementPreventive MaintenanceSoftware TroubleshootingNetwork and Cloud Security RisksImportance of Network SecurityBring Your Own Device (BYOD)Real-World Case StudyCloud Security ThreatsCloud Disaster RecoveryMalware (Malicious Software)Overview of Network Attack TypesDefeating Network AttacksAuthenticationEncryptionFirewallsSecurity ZonesVirtual Private Network (VPN)Security AuditOther Security Threats NOTE: The exam alone for this course can be found HERE : The Course without the exam can be found HERE. You Can ADD Live Tutor Support to Our Official CIW Courses HERE Course Detail Online Access : 1 YearCompatibility : Windows, MacExam Included : YesNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course-exam package equips learners with the skills and knowledge to develop basic websites – and a qualification that provides permanent proof to employers. No prior knowledge of web development is required. All that is needed is a familiarity of an operating system such as Microsoft Windows 7. The online programme of study, which learners can access at their own pace and convenience, will transform their understanding and prepare them to become a sought-after professional in the modern business environment.Site Development Associate provides an introduction to tasks, job roles and careers in Web development. This course will teach you to work as a productive part of a Web site development team. Hands-on labs include real-world scenarios based on a previously live version of the Habitat for Humanity site. Note that students will build prototype pages using Habitat for Humanity content. This content is provided by Habitat for Humanity with permission to use it in labs teaching site development skills. The prototype pages that students build do not necessarily represent, duplicate or simulate the current live Habitat for Humanity Web site, which can be visited at www.habitat.org. The CIW Internet Business Associate course and exam are aimed at: Students at high school or college – seeking a place in higher education or their first career position Professionals in a wide range of sectors which actively benefit from Internet technology, including: Information technology Healthcare Law Marketing Graphic Design Upon completion of the course and passing the exam, students can add CIW Site Development Associate certification to their academic qualifications, while professionals can increase their existing skill set and raise their value in their current employment. Key learning points The course In addition to developing websites using HTML5 and CSS, learners will use Javascript Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) to extend the functionality of web pages. This is ideal grounding to pursue a career in areas including web site design or marketing. Content includes: Website development using HTML and Extensible HTML (XHTML) Manual code writing, graphical user interface (GUI) authoring tools, and XHTML code validation Web page development using images, hyperlinks, tables, forms and frames CGI and connecting webpages to databases Internet marketing and search engine optimization (SEO) CSS for formatting web page content, and fundamental web design concepts Development of websites as managed projects Introductory e-commerce solutions, and the relationship of website development to business goals. The exam The CIW Site Development Associate exam (1D0-61B) lasts for 30 minutes and contains 30 questions testing candidates’ knowledge of the content in the study modules – and their ability to apply it. To pass the exam, candidates will need to achieve a score of 63.33%, demonstrating a range of knowledge and skills in this discipline. Advantages of this course Website development is a career that continues to grow in importance in a wide range of business sectors; this course-exam package takes learners a significant step towards reaching this goal. Once certified, candidates can prove they have the skills to develop basic websites. For students, this is a valuable addition to their academic qualifications; for professionals, it substantially increases their skill set and raises their value to employers. An official CIW Certification Practice Exam is available, which enables candidates to instantly evaluate their level of knowledge and readiness to become certified. New lesson quizzes are also available on CIW Online, and can be found on each of the lesson pages in the Online Resources. Exam scores may be challenged if candidates feel there is a legitimate reason for doing so, such as a question mark over the validity of item content. COURSE OUTLINE Markup Language and Site Development EssentialsCreating Web PagesMobile and Cloud IssuesText Editors and Markup LanguagesGraphical User Interface (GUI) EditorsHistory of Markup LanguagesThe HTML Web DevelopmentTrifecta: HTML5, CSS and JavaScriptWeb Site Development PrinciplesHosting and Web Service ProvidersThe Habitat for Humanity Web SiteHTML5 CodingIntroduction to Using HTMLElements and Markup TagsDocument Structure TagsWeb Site File StructurePreparing Your Development EnvironmentParagraph Formatting and Block-Level ElementsText-Level ElementsListsGood Coding PracticeCascading Style Sheets (CSS) and Graphical ElementsCascading Style Sheets (CSS)Separating Content in HTMLImages in Web PagesHTML EntitiesSpecifying ColorsPage Colors and BackgroundsSpecifying Font InformationWeb Design IssuesHTML5 and Older BrowsersHyperlinksIntroduction to HyperlinksThe Anchor ElementCreating Local HyperlinksCreating External HyperlinksUsing Images as HyperlinksCreating Internal LinksManaging HyperlinksHTML TablesIntroduction to HTML TablesCSS Properties for All Table ElementsTable and Data Alignment OptionsHeight and Width of Table ElementsColumn and Row SpanningHTML Tables vs. CSS Page StructureWeb FormsIntroduction to Web FormsWeb Forms and CGIHTML5 and FormsBasic Tags for Creating Web FormsWeb Form FieldsVideo, Audio and Image TechniquesIntroduction to Web Video, Audioand Image TechniquesThe andlt;videoandgt; ElementThe andlt;audioandgt; ElementGraphic TypesImage MapsImage TransparencyImage InterlacingAnimationMobile Device Issues withAnimation and Plug-InsCreating and Managing ImagesExtending HTMLExtending HTMLServer-Side and Client-Side LanguagesServer-Side LanguagesClient-Side LanguagesDynamic HTML (DHTML)Document Object Model (DOM)HTML5 APIsCanvasOffline Web ApplicationGeolocationDrag-and–Drop FunctionalityWeb Application FrameworksConnecting to a DatabaseGUI HTML Editors and Mobile Web SitesIntroduction to GUI HTML EditorsTypes of GUI EditorsGUI HTML Editor FunctionalityCreating Web Pages with a GUI EditorHTML Text Editors vs. GUI EditorsPreviewing Pages and Validating CodeWeb Site PublishingDeveloping Web Pages for Mobile DevicesMobile Apps vs. Mobile Web SitesConverting a Web site for Mobile UsersWorking with Web 2.0Web Site Development for BusinessDeveloping a Business Web SiteE-Commerce ConsiderationsInternet Marketing and SearchEngine Optimization (SEO)E-Commerce Payment TechnologiesWorking in a Global EnvironmentDatabases and Web PagesOptimizing the Impact of the Web PageFront-End IssuesFile Formats and Active ContentBack-End IssuesBandwidth and Download TimeNaming Web Page Files NOTE: The exam alone for this course can be found HERE : The Course without the exam can be found HERE. You Can ADD Live Tutor Support to Our Official CIW Courses HERE Course Detail Online Access : 1 YearCompatibility : Windows, MacExam Included : YesNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Web Security Associate teaches you how to secure your local and cloud network devices and communications from unauthorized activity. This course teaches you network security principles, such as establishing an effective security policy, and about the different types of cyber-attacks activities that you are most likely to encounter.This course identifies security principles and techniques that enable you to stop a cyber-attacks by understanding how to implement access control lists, operating system hardening and firewall technology. It also teaches you how to personalize your network security system so you can create a solution that adheres to universal principles, but also conforms to your business needs in responding to specific cyber-attacks.You will learn about authentication procedures, encryption standards and implementations that help ensure proper user authentication. You will also learn about the specific ports and protocols that cyber-attacks manipulate, and about direct and indirect ways to protect your network operating systems. Finally, you will learn how to respond to and report cyber-attacks activity, engage in proactive detection, and always keep your company's needs in mind. Appendixes are included in the back of this coursebook to provide resources for you as you continue to learn about applying security measures to your network.Guided, step-by-step labs provide opportunities to practice new skills. You can challenge yourself and review your skills after each lesson with the Lesson Quizzes and Flash cards. Additional skill reinforcement is provided in the online Pre-Assessment, Activities, Lesson Quizzes, Optional Labs, Live Labs, Test Prep, Practice Exams and Post Assessment materials.Protect Data EffectivelySimple elements like password-protected accessibility and firewalls can help to ensure a network is safe – both from external hackers and also those on the inside. Data protection is critical, and if a business’ private details are to remain private, security needs to be taken seriously. Safe and Secure, from Start to Finish From the moment you log on to a computer, it’s imperative that what you do is secure. Databases need to be secured, in order to protect the details that they hold, and firewalls, passwords and encryption need to be implemented to provide a safe environment for all. Upon completion of this course and exam bundle, you will have the tools that are necessary to secure your business’ network successfully. Key learning points This course is specifically designed to suit any individual that works within the network security field. Whether network security is of paramount importance as part of your current role, or as part of a prospective one, studying this course would be valuable training for anyone working in network or IT support – or a business owner looking to learn how to protect their own online systems. Appreciate why it’s essential to have effective network security in place, and learn more about what elements of a network need to be secure, as well as how this can be achieved. Get to grips with some of the encryption methods used in internetworking, and how these are effective. Learn how to create effective solutions to ensure your business’ network is as safe and secure as possible. Identify the various threats that may arise, and how these can be tackled with the correct application of security principles. Learn more about firewalls, the types available, and what they can be used for, and when. Understand what is needed to plan and install a firewall system that responds to security breaches and protects the network, as it should. Course covers all elements needed to pass the included exam. Advantages of this course Study from the comfort of your own home, with online course delivery that is flexible and convenient. Sign in, or out, of the courseware whenever you need to, meaning you can easily juggle study, work and home commitments. Courseware is available 24/7, 365 days a year and is valid for a full 12 months, meaning plenty of time to work through the course content and confidently sit the exam. If you have any issues using the courseware, our technical support team is available to help. Finish your learning journey by sitting the exam that is part of the bundle, rather than enrolling separately for that element. Introduce some vital network security to your business and enhance what may already be there. Add network security to your skillset and update your CV and LinkedIn profile to reflect your new-found abilities. Fight off potential threats with a strong and well-protected network security plan. Secure your networks, and your future, with this fantastic course, by signing up today! COURSE OUTLINE What Is Security?Network Security BackgroundWhat Is Security? Hacker StatisticsWireless Network Technologies and SecurityWireless Network Security ProblemsWireless Network Security SolutionsPhysical and Configuration SolutionsConvergence Networking and SecurityFirewall Practices Applied to Virtual LANs (VLANs)Cyber-attacker StatisticsThe Myth of 100-Percent SecurityAttributes of an Effective Security MatrixWhat You Are Trying to ProtectSecurity ThreatsWho Is the Threat?Security Threats from Trusted UsersAnonymous Downloads and Indiscriminate Link-ClickingSecurity StandardsWireless Network ModesWireless Application Protocol (WAP)Site SurveysWeb 2.0 TechnologiesGreynet ApplicationsSensitive Data and Data ClassificationsVulnerabilities with Data at RestData and Drive SanitizingElements of SecuritySecurity Elements and MechanismsThe Security PolicyDetermining BackupsEncryptionAuthenticationSpecific Authentication TechniquesAccess ControlAuditingSecurity TradeoffsDefense in Depth StrategiesApplied EncryptionsReasons to Use EncryptionCreating Trust RelationshipsSymmetric-Key EncryptionSymmetric AlgorithmsOne-Way (Hash) EncryptionAsymmetric-Key EncryptionEncryption ReviewCertification Authority (CA)Full/Whole Disk EncryptionTypes of AttacksNetwork Attack CategoriesBrute-Force, Dictionary, and Password Spraying AttacksRainbow Tables, Pass-the-Hash, and Birthday AttacksPassword Storage TechniquesSystem Bugs and Back DoorsMalware (Malicious Software)TLS EncryptionSocial Engineering AttacksDenial-of-Service (DOS) AttacksDistributed Denial-of-Service (DDOS) AttacksSpoofing AttacksScanning AttacksMan-in-the-Middle AttacksBots and BotnetsRansomwareSQL InjectionCross-Site Scripting (XSS)Cross-Site Request Forgery (CSRF)AuditingGeneral Security PrinciplesCommon Security PrinciplesBe ParanoidYou Must Have a Security PolicyNo System or Technique Stands AloneMinimize the DamageDeploy Companywide EnforcementProvide TrainingUse an Integrated Security StrategyPlace Equipment According to NeedsIdentify Security Business IssuesConsider Physical SecurityProtocol Layers and SecurityTCP/IP Security IntroductionOSI Reference Model ReviewData EncapsulationThe TCP/IP Stack and the OSI Reference ModelLink/Network Access LayerNetwork/Internet LayerTransport LayerApplication LayerProtocol AnalyzersDomain Name Service (DNS)Trusted Platform Modules and MicroSoft BitLockerSecure TCP/IP ServicesChange ManagementSecuring ResourcesTCP/IP Security VulnerabilitiesImplementing SecurityResources and ServicesProtecting TCP/IP ServicesSimple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)Bring Your Own Device (BYOD)Internet of Things (IoT)Communication SystemsPhysical SecurityTesting SystemsSecurity Testing SoftwareSpecific toolsSecurity AssessmentsSecurity and RepetitionFirewalls and Virtual Private NetworksAccess Control OverviewDefinition and Description of a FirewallThe Role of a FirewallFirewall TerminologyOperating System and Network Device HardeningFirewall Configuration DefaultsPacket Filter RulesPacket Filter Advantages and DisadvantagesConfiguring Proxy ServersURL FilteringRemote Access and Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)Cloud Computing and VirtualizationLevels of Firewall ProtectionDesigning a FirewallTypes of Bastion HostsHardware IssuesCommon Firewall DesignsPutting It All TogetherDetecting and Distracting Cyber-attackersProactive DetectionDistracting the Cyber-attackerDeterring the Cyber-attackerIncident ResponseRisk Management, mitigation, and incident responseCreating an Incident Response PolicyDetermining If an Attack Has OccurredExecuting the Response PlanAnalyzing and Learning NOTE: The exam alone for this course can be found HERE : The Course without the exam can be found HERE. You Can ADD Live Tutor Support to Our Official CIW Courses HERE Course Detail Online Access : 1 YearCompatibility : Windows, MacExam Included : YesNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Welcome to our online Clinical Governance training course for front-line healthcare and social care providers. All our online training courses, programmes and qualifications are accredited by the CPD Certification Service (CPDUK).Clinical governance is the system through which healthcare organisations (NHS and private sector) are accountable for continuously improving the quality of their services and safeguarding high standards of care by creating an environment in which clinical excellence will flourish.Clinical governance encompasses: Quality assurance, Quality improvement, and Risk and incident management. Certificate duration: 2 yearsEntry requirements: No entry restrictionsRecommended prerequisites: N/AAssessment type: End of course assessmentAssessment pass mark – 80% needed to pass and gain a CPD certificateCost(s) of assessment and certification – All costs included in the course priceWho is the course for?This online Clinical Governance training course was designed to benefit professionals working across all healthcare settings, whether in clinical, educational or managerial roles.What is covered in this course? This Clinical Governance e-learning course covers the following: Definition clinical governance, The seven activities (pillars) that support clinical governance, How clinical effectiveness, learning effectiveness and risk management underpin clinical governance, The importance of delivering high-quality care per local and national guidance, The importance of reflecting on your role in clinical governance and healthcare service delivery, Understanding how the clinical governance framework supports and facilitates quality improvement activities in the healthcare sector, and Understanding the basic principles of safety and quality improvement in healthcare. Who can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Welcome to our online Clinical Observations training course for front-line healthcare and social care providers. All our online training courses, programmes and qualifications are accredited by the CPD Certification Service (CPDUK).Patient clinical observations are sometimes referred to as “vital signs”; “patient observations” or just “Obs”. Clinical observations are physiological markers that help medical, nursing and other clinical staff to closely monitor patients, identify those patients that are deteriorating and escalate to senior staff so that appropriate interventions are commenced to stop the patient deteriorating further. In this comprehensive online Clinical Observations training course, you will understand why, when and how observations are taken, the normal ranges for each clinical observation/vital sign and how to record as well as the action to be considered when you find observations outside of the normal ranges, including: Understand the anatomy and physiology that relates to clinical observations, Learn about normal and abnormal clinical observations/vital signs, Understand the clinical significance of anomalous vital sign readings, and Perform a range of clinical observations, including: Pulse, Blood pressure, Temperature, Respiratory rate, Oxygen saturation, and Blood glucose measurements. Certificate duration: 2 yearsEntry requirements: No entry restrictionsRecommended prerequisites: N/AAssessment type: End of course assessmentAssessment pass mark – 80% needed to pass and gain a CPD certificateCost(s) of assessment and certification – All costs included in the course priceWho is the course for?This online Clinical Observations training course should be completed by those who work in health and social care services, including: Registered Nurses, Healthcare Assistants (HCAs), Clinical Support Workers, Health and Social Care Support Workers, Nursing Auxiliaries, Midwives, Paramedics, Allied Health Professional, Emergency Care Practitioners, NHS bank nurses, AHPs and care staff, Locum nurses and HCAs, Locum allied health professionals (AHPs), Agency nurses, Agency workers, Support workers, and Care assistants. What is covered in this course? This online Clinical Observations training course covers the following: Introduction into clinical observation skills, Basic clinical observations, Patient consent, Hand hygiene (infection prevention and control), Breathing/respiratory rate, Pulse rate (heart rate), Body temperature, Blood pressure, Oxygen saturation levels (and oxygen therapy), Peak flow testing, Blood glucose testing, Urine testing, Body mass index, Complete a basic pain assessment, Consciousness assessment (AVPU), Assessing patients’ skin, Supporting medication administration, Sepsis awareness, and Additional online learning resources. Who can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Cloud Computing Security Knowledge class provides students thorough coverage of cloud security fundamentals and prepares them to take the Cloud Security Alliance CCSK certification exam. The course begins with a detailed description of cloud computing and then expands into all major domains such as; Governance and Risk Management, the Cloud Architectural Framework and Business Continuity/Disaster Recovery Upon completing this course, the students will be experts in the following topics: Pass the CCSK Exam Understanding cloud computing security challenges Cloud computing security controls recommendation Elasticity, Resiliency and Measured Usage Understand the cloud computing architectural framework Example Training Video LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline 1: Architecture NIST Definitions Essential Characteristics Service Models Deployment Models Multi-Tenancy CSA Cloud Reference Model Jericho Cloud Cube Model Cloud Security Reference Model Cloud Service Brokers Service Level Agreements 2: Governance and Enterprise Risk Management Contractual Security Requirements Enterprise and Information Risk Management Third Party Management Recommendations Supply chain examination Use of Cost Savings for Cloud 3: Legal Issues: Contracts and Electronic Discovery Consideration of cloud-related issues in three dimensions eDiscovery considerations Jurisdictions and data locations Liability for activities of subcontractors Due diligence responsibility Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and electronically stored information Metadata Litigation hold 4: Compliance and Audit Management Definition of Compliance Right to audit Compliance impact on cloud contracts Audit scope and compliance scope Compliance analysis requirements Auditor requirements 5: Information Management and Data Security Six phases of the Data Security Lifecycle and their key elements Volume storage Object storage Logical vs physical locations of data Three valid options for protecting data Data Loss Prevention Course Syllabus Detection Data Migration to the Cloud Encryption in IaaS, PaaS andamp; SaaS Database Activity Monitoring and File Activity Monitoring Data Backup Data Dispersion Data Fragmentation 6: Interoperability and Portability Definitions of Portability and Interoperability Virtualization impacts on Portability and Interoperability SAML and WS-Security Size of Data Sets Lock-In considerations by IaaS, PaaS andamp; SaaS delivery models Mitigating hardware compatibility issues 7: Traditional Security, Business Continuity, and Disaster Recovery Four D's of perimeter security Cloud backup and disaster recovery services Customer due diligence related to BCM/DR Business Continuity Management/Disaster Recovery due diligence Restoration Plan Physical location of cloud provider 8: Data Center Operations Relation to Cloud Controls Matrix Queries run by data center operators Technical aspects of a Provider's data center operations for customers Logging and report generation in multi-site clouds 9: Incident Response Factor allowing for more efficient and effective containment and recovery in a cloud Main data source for detection and analysis of an incident Investigating and containing an incident in an Infrastructure as a Service environment Reducing the occurrence of application level incidents How often should incident response testing occur Offline analysis of potential incidents 10: Application Security Identity, entitlement, and access management (IdEA) SDLC impact and implications Differences in S-P-I models Consideration when performing a remote vulnerability test of a cloud-based application Categories of security monitoring for applications Entitlement matrix 11: Encryption and Key Management Adequate encryption protection of data in the cloud Key management best practices, location of keys, keys per user Relationship to tokenization, masking, anonymization and cloud database controls 12: Identity, Entitlement, and Access Management Relationship between identities and attributes Identity Federation Relationship between Policy Decision Point (PDP) and Policy Enforcement Point (PEP) SAML and WS-Federation Provisioning and authoritative sources 13: Virtualization Security concerns for hypervisor architecture VM guest hardening, blind spots, VM Sprawl, data comingling, instant-on gaps In-Motion VM characteristics that can create a serious complexity for audits How can virtual machine communications bypass network security controls VM attack surfaces Compartmentalization of VMs 14: Security as a Service 10 categories Barriers to developing full confidence in security as a service (SECaaS) Deployment of Security as a Service in a regulated industry prior SLA Logging and reporting implications How can web security as a service be deployed What measures do Security as a Service providers take to earn the trust of their customers ENISA Cloud Computing: Benefits, Risks and Recommendations for Information Security Isolation failure Economic Denial of Service Licensing Risks VM hopping Five key legal issues common across all scenarios Top security risks in ENISA research OVF Underlying vulnerability in Loss of Governance User provisioning vulnerability Risk concerns of a cloud provider being acquired Security benefits of cloud Risks Data controller vs data processor definitions in Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), who is responsible for guest systems monitor Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description If you're curious to understand how the software that you are using every day has been created or you are eager to write your own programs but don’t know where to start, this course is for you! Join millions of people around the globe in learning to code - the most essential skill for the 21st century. Taking this fast track course will be beneficial if you are looking to become an IT professional or considering a career switch. But even if you don’t want to work as a coder, taking this course would expand your technical knowledge and confidence and give you a new perspective on the technological changes in the world. Anyone can learn to code! Coding for Beginners Certificate The course contains the essential concepts that anyone who is new to coding should learn in order to start writing simple code. This course is designed with the beginner in mind and packed full of example code in Python - one of the most popular general purpose coding languages in the last couple of years. By the end of the course, you will also know a lot about object-oriented programming, and learning these fundamental principles will not only give you a background for further study, but will show you another way to think about the world from a machine’s point of view. What you will learn: The aim of the course is to help you write and run your first lines of actual code. It is a practical course with fun coding activities and exercises as well as all the needed material to guide you in completing them. The history of coding including all notable achievements and computer prototypes The main components of a computing machine for storing digital information in binary How to create variables, set their data types and use operators for complex calculations Controlling the flow of the program by writing conditional statements for recursion How to use built-in functions and write your own self-contained code How to organise your code in modules and packages that can reference each other The ideas behind Object-Oriented coding How to construct programs using structures such as classes and instances Benefits of this course There are a number of benefits to taking this course, which include: A comprehensive, practical and easy-to-understand course material Example code with comprehensive explanations using the Python coding language End of module activities and a final test which are designed to expand your overall understanding and put what you’ve learned into action Can be completed anywhere with an Internet connection Gaining relevant knowledge about an ever-growing industry, which will provide you with practical skills for the workforce Being able to write simple Python programs at the end of the course Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Evolution of Computers and Coding Module 2: Getting ready to code Module 3: Mathematics Basics Module 4: Variables andamp; Data Types Module 5: Working with variables using operators and data type conversion Module 6: Controlling the flow of code using conditional statements and loops Module 7: Working with Built-in and User-defined Functions Module 8: Organising code into modules and packages Module 9: Creating Object Oriented programs using classes and instances Module 10: Reusing code by inheritance, external files and third-party packages Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) is a popular therapy paradigm that is used in the treatment of depression, anxiety, eating disorders, relationship problems and other causes of psychological distress. It is widely available on the NHS and there are many professional opportunities for those with qualifications in this field. This course provides further information and practical guidance for those who are already familiar with the basic ideas and implementation of CBT and are looking to further extend their knowledge. You Will Learn: The theory behind Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT), its indications and its contraindications. The basics of behavioural neuroscience, the link between the nervous system and behaviour and how a grounding in this field will help you become a more effective CBT practitioner. The key ideas underlying three distinct types of CBT therapy – Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), Behavioural Therapy (BT), and Cognitive Analytic Therapy (CAT) – and an overview of the techniques used by practitioners of each approach. How CBT practitioners approach the therapy process and how they make use of materials that guide them in helping their clients make positive changes to their lives. How CBT-E, a special type of CBT developed for use in patients with eating disorders, works in treating eating disorder symptoms and preventing relapse. How CBT can be used to improve mood in people with depression and why cognitive distortions are the key to understanding depression. How CBT provides individuals with a set of skills that help reduce their stress levels and risk of burnout, how it can be used to cure anxiety disorders, and why it is a good treatment option for insomnia. Why relationship difficulties are so common, how couples and families become locked in dysfunctional patterns of relating to one another, and how CBT practitioners can help them take a healthier approach to their relationships. What is meant by the term “addiction”, the factors that maintain an addiction, and how a well-structured CBT programme can break the cycles that keep addiction going. What to consider when embarking on a career as a therapist, including how to choose between private sector and public sector practice and how to meet your obligations under the law. Benefits of Taking This Course You will learn about the cognitive, emotional, behavioural and neurological aspects of psychological distress. You will gain insight into several mental illnesses, including their causes and symptoms. This will be useful if you work, or wish to work, with clients or patients experiencing these problems. You will discover how human behaviour is governed by external and internal factors, which will help you make sense of other people’s behaviour both at home and at work. Your knowledge of CBT practices will stand you in good stead for a career in the helping and medical professions. You can study from any location with an internet connection. Learn the material at any time and at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines. Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience.Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is CBT? Module 2: Behavioural Neuroscience Module 3: Acceptance Commitment Therapy, Behavioural Therapy and Cognitive Analytic Therapy Module 4: The Structure of CBT Therapy Module 5: Using CBT in the Treatment of Eating Disorders Module 6: CBT in the Treatment of Depression Module 7: CBT in the Treatment of Stress and Anxiety Module 8: How CBT Can Be Used To Improve Relationships Module 9: How CBT Can Be Used To Treat Addiction Module 10: Working as a CBT Therapist Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) has emerged as one of the most effective treatments for a wide range of psychological problems. By helping a client understand how their thoughts, feelings and behaviours interact to maintain faulty patterns of thinking, CBT assists them in developing a more constructive approach to problem solving and life in general. This course provides a comprehensive overview of the theory underlying CBT, the counselling skills that underpin good therapeutic practice and how to implement specific CBT techniques in the treatment of depression, anxiety and other common mental health problems. You Will Learn: What is meant by the term “cognitive behavioural therapy” (CBT) and the underlying principles that guide CBT practitioners. How counselling works to promote change and the basic counselling skills every therapist needs to develop. How to develop listening skills that promote client disclosure and how to communicate empathy. How to help clients identify their irrational beliefs and how the ABC model is used to guide CBT. How to formulate a case and plan CBT sessions. How to select and implement CBT tools such as journaling, behavioural experiments and challenging maladaptive thoughts. How to use CBT techniques to help someone overcome depression and resume engagement with day-to-day life. How to use CBT techniques to reduce the impact of a client’s anxiety, overcome panic attacks and conquer phobias. How thoughts, feelings and behaviours cause and maintain insomnia, and how CBT can help a client resume a normal sleeping pattern. An overview of two therapies based on CBT – Dialectical Behavioural Therapy (DBT) and Solution-Focused Therapy (SFT) – and the client populations most likely to benefit from them. Benefits Of Taking This Course You will learn how CBT and psychotherapy in general work to alleviate mental distress. You will gain insight into a number of common mental health conditions, which is useful for anyone working in, or looking to work in, a caring profession. You will discover how faulty cognition and maladaptive behaviours maintain mental distress, which will enable you to help yourself and others adopt more effective coping methods. Your knowledge will give you the confidence to decide whether a career as a CBT therapist is right for you. You can study from any location with an internet connection. Learn the material at any time and at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines. Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 14 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: The Underlying Principles Behind CBT Module 2: Basic Counselling Skills Module 3: Further Counselling Skills Module 4: Case Formulation, Irrational Beliefs andamp; The ABC Model Module 5: Planning A CBT Session Module 6: Basic CBT Techniques Module 7: Further CBT Techniques Module 8: Using CBT In The Treatment Of Depression, Anxiety andamp; Phobias Module 9: Using CBT In The Treatment Of Excessive Anger andamp; Insomnia Module 10: Dialectical Behaviour Therapy (DBT) andamp; Solution-Focused Therapy (SFT) Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Welcome to our online Collaborate with Other Departments training course for front-line healthcare and social care providers. All our online training courses, programmes and qualifications are accredited by the CPD Certification Service (CPDUK).This online Collaborate with Other Departments training course will draw your attention to the benefits of collaboration, alongside the key knowledge and skills for effective collaboration with other departments. Certificate duration: 3 yearsEntry requirements: No entry restrictionsRecommended prerequisites: N/AAssessment type: End of course assessmentAssessment pass mark – 80% needed to pass and gain a CPD certificateCost(s) of assessment and certification – All costs included in the course priceWho is the course for?This online Collaborate with Other Departments training course is suitable for the following: All members of staff Team players Leaders Managers. What is covered in this course? This online Collaborate with Other Departments training course includes the following: Introduction Chapter 1 – Collaboration Chapter 2 – Service level agreements Module Summary. Who can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The colour therapy course offers students all the necessary information required to perform colour therapy. This training course provides students with instruction that will put you on the path to beginning a career in this field. This course is ideal for students interested in learning more about alternative therapies. Colour therapy is a holistic procedure that employs the use of colours to treat illness and balance energies in the body. This holistic approach is a method known to treat a myriad of general health conditions. As you work through this course you will gain a comprehensive overview of the history of colour therapy and how the process works. Introduction to the Colour Therapy Course As this is an online training course, students can study material whenever and wherever it’s convenient for them. Most enrolled students are still able to work full time and maintain a lifestyle while pursuing their degrees. Our study material is accessible from any device with an internet connection and online support is available while you train. Once you have completed the course, you will be required to pass a multiple-choice exam. After successful completion of the exam, you will be awarded your certificate, which can be printed. What You Will Learn The colour therapy course provides students with an overview of the colour therapy method, which prepares you for a career in this field. This course will cover: The origins and history of colour healing An overview of colour psychology How colour healing works An overview of chakras A look into how colour is applied An overview into colour in our environment An overview of colours and their healing properties Benefits of the Colour Therapy Certificate Students who work towards earning their colour therapy certificate online will see several benefits. These include: The convenience of studying anywhere with a valid internet connection. Study at your own pace, there is no time limit for this course, so you can complete it no matter how long it takes you. Course material that is available across any device including computers, mobile phones or tablets. The convenience to easily manage modules and understand course structure. Online support available to help you stay focused. A comprehensive syllabus that will fast track in the process to becoming a colour therapy expert. The opportunity to improve prospects while applying for work or volunteer opportunities. An affordable pricing structure. A certified certificate in the industry upon successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : THE ORIGINS OF COLOUR HEALING Module 2 : HOW DOES COLOUR HEALING WORK? Module 3 : Chakras, Application of Colour and Colour Therapy Module 4 : COLOUR IN OUR LIVING ENVIRONMENT Module 5 : COLOUR LIST Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course provides an awareness of the principles of good communication and record keeping within a care environment, to ensure effective communication skills and good practice when recording information. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Definition of communication Communication methods Models of communication Communication techniques Managing communication Legislation and good practice Key principles of record keeping Care records Errors and prevention Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Communication Barriers in the Workplace Certificate Difficulties in the workplace are often a result of communication issues. Barriers to communication are specific items that hinder the exchange of ideas, information, or thoughts. Learning how to address these issues can help you improve the productivity and efficiency of your working environment. This course will be looking at six of the most common workplace communication barriers, including interpersonal, physical, cultural, language, gender and status barriers, as well as how to identify and overcome each. What You Will Learn What the most common communication barriers in the workplace are How communication barriers affect the workplace and your team How to identify and address relevant communication barriers How to be more effective at communication Benefits of Taking this Course: You will be able to identify communication barriers relevant to your workplace Your knowledge will guide you in overcoming these barriers You will learn to look at communication from different perspectives Your actions will lead to more productive and efficient teamwork in the workplace Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction Module 02: Physical Barriers in the Workplace Module 03: Cultural and Language Barriers in the Workplace Module 04: Gender and Status Barriers in the Workplace Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In this course, you will learn how to sharpen your communication skills and how to use them to positive effect in the workplace. You will learn why communication skills are so important, and the factors that influence how well others will respond to your message. You will consider barriers to communication and how to overcome them when interacting with those from your own culture and those of other backgrounds. You will consider the role of verbal and non-verbal communication throughout the course. You will learn: The definition and purpose of high impact communication, and why it is a highly valued skill. How to undertake a personal audit and understand your own communication style. How you can communicate to make a positive impression and get noticed at work. How you can make a positive impact at all levels within an organisation. How to develop the right kind of environment to facilitate high impact communication. How to put people at ease within seconds of meeting them. How to quickly establish rapport and build a sense of connection. How to use effective opening remarks and “icebreakers” helping others feel comfortable. How to detect barriers to communication between yourself and other people. How to remove communication barriers and deepen the relationship. The power of body language in high impact communication. How you can make use of multiple sensory channels when communicating with others. How you can take practical steps to overcome your personal insecurities and fears. How you can use body language to overcome the objections of others and negotiate successfully. How to emphasise your message using high impact body language. How you can invoke the past, present and future to build your message via storytelling and how to structure a message so that others feel inspired by your words. How to use metaphor in high impact communication in both written and spoken formats. How to ask questions that make people think, reflect, and give you the answers you need. How to gain the confidence of others and encourage them to believe in you. How to elicit and respond to positive and negative feedback and why negative feedback can be more valuable than praise. How to deal with negative or unresponsive individuals in a constructive manner, and to identify workplace bullying. How to understand another person’s position through active listening techniques. How to make a positive impact, elicit action from others, and maintain momentum when encouraging other people to change. How to reinforce your message across multiple channels. How to undertake further personal development and grow your communication skills, becoming an asset to your organisation in the process. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What Is High Impact Communication? Module 2: Setting The Scene For High Impact Communication Module 3: Using Body Language for Impact Module 4: The Power of Positive Language Module 5: Listening Skills Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Communication Techniques for Managers course will give you the skills to help you to communicate better in the workplace. This course is packed with information for new and current managers on how they can learn to better communicate with their team. It will also teach you how to communicate with those who may have different types of communication methods to you. People who are entering into a management career or position must have the right communication skills to truly be successful. These skills, known as soft skills, are how we deal with people and life in general, and the skills are an extremely important part of any career as a manager. By taking this course, you will learn these communication skills and how to apply them to your daily working life. Additionally, you will learn about how to speak to others and handle conflict. Introduction to the Communication Techniques for Managers Course This is an internet course, which helps you to study when you can at a pace that you find comfortable. You can still work at your current job when taking this course, and only study when it is convenient for you. You can access the course from any device that allows you to connect to the internet, and you also will receive online support when you need it. This course is also organised in a way that allows you to easily manage each module. When completing this course, there is a final, multiple choice test, and when you pass it, you will receive your certificate in Communication Techniques for Managers. This certificate can be downloaded and printed. What You Will Learn The Communication Techniques for Managers course has been designed to offer students a comprehensive overview of how to effectively communicate with others as a manager. The course covers: The attributes of an effective communicator The concept of soft-skills versus hard-skills The importance of human interactions in the workplace The different types of communication styles Important communication strategies that managers should employ Why listening, posture, and modulation are all important to understand How to interact with others effectively Creating an environment that empowers employees How to build and manage teams Conflict resolution Benefits of a Communication Techniques for Managers Certificate There are numerous benefits to completing your Communications Techniques for Managers certification online, which include: The ability to study from anywhere and at any time that you find to be suitable. This can be at home, at work on your lunch break, or even at a local coffee shop. You can study at a pace that you find comfortable. There is no time limit, so you can complete the course in a couple of days, or even months. You can use any device, such as a tablet, PC, or even a mobile phone, to access the course. This course is divided into sections called modules, which allow you to easily find good starting and stopping points for your studies. Online support for your course is available, which will help you to stay on track. You will learn from a comprehensive syllabus, which helps to fast-track your career in management. Your certificate will help to improve your chances of finding work There is an affordable pricing structure, which makes this a great investment. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 6 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Emotional Intelligence and Other Key Attributes of Effective and Sustainable Leadership Module 2 : The Crucial Role of Communication Skills in Effective Leadership and Management Module 3 : The Ability to Interact, Motivate and Work with Co-Workers Module 4 : Effective Team Building Strategies and Skills Module 5 : Conflict Resolution Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Knowledge of the handling and management of complaints and conflict resolution in the workplace is another requirement for Health andamp; Social Care Professionals. This session will give you an understanding of these important issues. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Complaint Training: • What is a complaint? • Types of complaint • How to deal with complaints correctly • Complaint responses • Abuse • Legislation • Statistics: official complaints and unofficial complaints • Complaint Training – Summary Conflict Resolution: • Conflict Resolution - Training Objectives • Legal Definitions of Conflict • Common Law • Legal References • Managing Patient behaviour - The Betaris Box • Reasons for Communication Failure • What is a conflict and when does it occur? • Warning signs to consider before conflict • How to respond to conflict? • Physical restraint, a last resort • Conflict Resolution – Summary Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course will look at how to respond to complaints, the complaints handling process and how to identify incidents and errors. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Demonstrate how to respond to comments and complaints in line with legislation and agreed ways of working; Describe who to ask for advice and support in handling comments and complaints; Explain the importance of learning from comments and complaints to improve the quality of service; Describe how to recognise adverse events, incidents, errors and near misses; Explain what you must and must not do in relation to adverse events, incidents, errors and near misses; and Identify the legislation and agreed ways of working in relation to reporting any adverse events, incidents, errors and near misses. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Bundle Description This bundle contains 6 courses. A complete description of each course can be found by clicking on each course link below: Business Basics Business Plan Writing Basic Accounting Advertising andamp; Marketing Diploma Time andamp; Priority Management Negotiation Skills Who can take theses courses?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take theses courses. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the courses?Each course is broken down into individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the courses at your convenience. Where / when can I study the courses?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the courses?Once you have completed all modules of each course, there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print the certificate any time you need it. Course Details Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Bundle Description This bundle contains 6 courses. A complete description of each course can be found by clicking on each course link below: Minute Taking Touch Typing andamp; Shorthand Basic Accounting Executive PA Time andamp; Priority Management Assertiveness Skills Who can take theses courses?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take theses courses. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the courses?Each course is broken down into individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the courses at your convenience. Where / when can I study the courses?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the courses?Once you have completed all modules of each course, there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print the certificate any time you need it. Course Details Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Bundle Description Computer programming is an important and sought-after skill in today’s workplace. People who know how to build websites, create apps and program software are increasingly in demand. However, breaking into this field can be a daunting prospect. This bundle provides you with a structured, simple introduction to programming. It will introduce you to HTML, C++, Python and other languages. These courses contain comprehensive tutorials and lab exercises that help consolidate your learning every step of the way. This combined course includes the following 8 courses: Programming Certficate Level 1 C++ Certificate Level 1 CSS Certificate Level 1 HTML andamp; CSS Certificate Level 1 HTML5 Certificate Level 2 Java Certificate Level 1 jQuery Certificate Level 1 Python Certificate Level 1 Level 1 Programming Certificate This course will give you a high-level view of programming as a discipline. It takes you on a tour of the most common languages, explaining how each is used. Throughout the course, you will have the opportunity to build and style a simple webpage, build an online form, write simple programs, and more. By the end, you will understand everyday programming jargon and feel confident discerning between coding languages. Level 1 C++ Certificate C++ is widely regarded as a reliable language. It can be used to develop software, apps and games. Because developers have built a vast library of code, it is relatively simple to create a prototype app or game. This course will teach you all the fundamental concepts you need to know to get started with C++. The course with an explanation of how the text editor works, the best browser to use when running and learning C++, and how to create statements and titles. You will learn how to call codes sequentially, create variables and discover how to pass variables to function code. Level 1 CSS Certificate CSS coding is the basis of web design. Even if you are outsourcing web design tasks to someone else, a basic knowledge of CSS is still helpful as it enables you to make minor amendments with minimal assistance. In this course, you will first learn where and how to practice your coding for free. You will learn the differences between HTML and CSS, how to identify and use “ids” and “classes,” and how to use padding in web design. The course also addresses the use of font and colour in web design, layout options and paragraph tags. Level 1 HTML andamp; CSS Certificate This course will enable you to harness the latest version of HTML5 to create your own websites and apps. This course will teach you how to select a text editor, create a new file and start building a site or app using basic code. You will then learn how to use syntax correctly when developing your project, how to preview a website as you build it and how to create lists, links and tables. You will also discover how to use simple CSS files in order to make your website appear even better. Level 2 HTML5 Certificate If you are comfortable with the basics of HTML, this course will help you build on your skills. The course begins with a brief overview of material covered in Level 1 before covering additional components of a webpage, including arrays, quotations, embedded media, and much more. You will also learn about APIs, search engine readiness and how to source code from external libraries. Upon completing the course, you will be able to build functional, well-designed websites that are both useful and aesthetically pleasing. Level 1 Java Certificate Java is a general purpose, object oriented programming language. It is favoured by programmers because it is reliable, fast and relatively secure. It is used to build software that can be run on multiple platforms. In this course, you will start by learning how to install Java and set up your text editor. You will then learn how to write, save and run a simple program. The course addresses data input and output, how to prevent and fix errors, how to create and use different types of variables and how to use conditionals and loops. Level 1 jQuery Certificate jQuery is a platform used to facilitate web design. In brief, jQuery offers the functionality of JavaScript, but with less coding involved. This course will teach you the differences between jQuery and JavaScript, how to use tag functionalities, how to add code from a library, how to toggle when programming for the web, how to use “id” and “class” tag groups and how to code and use buttons on a page. You will also learn how to code for animation. Level 1 Python Certificate Python is a general purpose programming language that is known for its readability. It is used to create websites and applications. It is considered one of the simplest languages to learn, making it a good choice if you are new to programming. In this course, you will begin by learning how to use the Shell Window and how to enter text in the Editor Window. You will learn how to use separators in creating new lines, create variables and incorporate operators. You will also use loops, options, strings and more to develop simple programs. Who can take theses courses?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take theses courses. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the courses?Each course is broken down into individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the courses at your convenience. Where / when can I study the courses?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the courses?Once you have completed all modules of each course, there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print the certificate any time you need it. Course Details Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Kickstart your IT career with the CompTIA A+ Certification Training (220-1201 andamp; 220-1202). This beginner-friendly course covers essential skills in hardware, networking, mobile devices, operating systems, security, and troubleshooting. Gain the knowledge and confidence to pass the CompTIA A+ exams and land entry-level IT support roles. Course Description for CompTIA A+ Certification 220-1201 andamp; 220-1202 Training Prepare to launch your IT career with our comprehensive CompTIA A+ Certification Training, specifically designed for the 220-1201 and 220-1202 exam series. This course provides an in-depth understanding of essential hardware, networking, mobile devices, operating systems, security, virtualization, cloud computing, and professional operational procedures. It’s the foundational certification required by many employers and widely recognized across the IT industry. You’ll gain hands-on skills in troubleshooting, installing, and maintaining a wide range of technology systems. This training covers everything from mobile devices and network troubleshooting to system hardware configuration and cybersecurity best practices. With real-world labs and performance-based learning, you’ll be fully equipped to pass the CompTIA A+ exams and succeed in a variety of entry-level IT roles. What You Will Learn in CompTIA A+ IT Technician Course This course equips you with the practical knowledge and technical skills needed to support today’s core IT systems. By the end of the training, you’ll confidently handle device configuration, security implementation, and problem resolution. Configure and support mobile devices including Android and iOS systems Understand networking concepts like IP addressing, DNS, DHCP, and VPNs Install and troubleshoot hardware components such as CPUs, RAM, printers, and motherboards Deploy and manage multiple operating systems including Windows, Linux, and macOS Execute virtualization and cloud computing tasks in real-world environments Implement cybersecurity measures such as firewalls, encryption, and malware prevention Use ticketing systems, backup protocols, and scripting fundamentals in IT operations Apply structured troubleshooting methods for technical and security-related issues Exam Objectives for CompTIA A+ 220-1201 andamp; 220-1202 Certification This course prepares you for the CompTIA A+ certification, governed by CompTIA. The certification is split into two exams: 220-1201 and 220-1202, each covering different domains of IT knowledge. 220-1201: Mobile Devices, Networking, Hardware, Virtualization andamp; Cloud Computing 220-1202: Operating Systems, Security, Software Troubleshooting, Operational Procedures Practice Exam includes multiple-choice, drag and drop, and performance-based questions Each exam is 90 minutes long, with a maximum of 90 questions per exam Who This CompTIA A+ Certification Course is For Whether you’re new to IT or looking to validate your foundational tech skills, this course is perfect for learners of all backgrounds. It’s especially beneficial for those starting their careers or transitioning into IT support roles. Beginners with little or no technical experience Students pursuing a career in Information Technology Career changers seeking entry-level IT support positions Help desk technicians and computer support specialists Professionals aiming for industry-recognized certification Possible Jobs You Can Get With This CompTIA A+ Knowledge Achieving CompTIA A+ certification opens the door to many job opportunities in IT. These roles span a variety of industries and require foundational technical support skills. IT Support Specialist Help Desk Technician Desktop Support Technician Technical Support Specialist Field Service Technician System Support Administrator Junior Network Administrator LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. CompTIA A+ 1200 Series (220-1201 andamp; 220-1202) Course Outline Module 1 - Mobile Devices1.0 CompTIA A+ Course Intro1.1 Mobile Device Hardware and Components1.2 Mobile Device Connections and Accessories1.3 Mobile Device Operating Systems1.4 Troubleshooting Mobile Devices1.5 Mobile Device,OS and Application Issues1.6 Mobile Device,OS and Application Security1.7 Identifying Connection Settings in Android1.8 Identifying Connection Settings in iOS Module 2 - Networking2.1 Network Architecture2.2 Ports and Protocols2.3 Wireless Networking2.4 Network Hosts and Services2.5 DNS and DHCP2.5.1 Demo - Working with DNS and DHCP2.6 VPNs and VLANs2.7 Network Devices2.8 Basic SOHO Configuration2.9 Internet Connections and Network Types2.10 Networking Tools2.11 Networking in Windows2.11.1 Demo - Configuring Networking in Windows2.12 Networking Commands2.12.1 Demo - Working with Networking Commands2.13 Troubleshooting Network Issues Module 3 - Hardware3.1 Display Components and Attributes3.2 Basic Cables and Connections3.3 Network Cables and Connections3.4 Storage Devices and Connections3.5 Introduction to RAID3.6 Motherboards and Form Factors3.7 Motherboard Connections3.8 BIOS and UEFI3.9 CPUs and CPU Architecture3.10 Expansion Cards3.11 System Cooling3.12 Power Supply Units3.13 Printers and Multifunction Devices3.14 Printer Maintenance3.15 Troubleshooting Computer Components3.16 Troubleshooting Storage and RAID Issues3.17 Troubleshooting Video and Display Issues3.18 Troubleshooting Printer Issues Module 4 - Operating Systems4.1 Workstation Operating Systems4.2 Common File System Types4.3 Operating System Installation Types4.4 Operating System Boot Methods4.5 Storage Partitioning4.5.1 Demo - Working with Storage Partitions4.6 Identifying Windows Editions4.7 Windows Upgrades4.8 Windows OS Installations4.9 Using Windows Task Manager4.9.1 Demo - Working with Windows Task Manager4.10 MMC Snap-ins4.10.1 Demo - Working with MMC Snap-ins4.11 Windows Operating System Tools4.12 Microsoft Command Line Tools4.12.1 Demo - Working with Microsoft Command Prompt4.13 Configuring Microsoft Windows Settings4.14 Configuring Windows Power Options4.14.1 Demo - Working with Windows Power Options4.15 Windows File Explorer4.15.1 Demo - Working with File Explorer4.16 Windows Domains vs Workgroups4.17 macOS System Configuration4.17.1 Demo - macOS Features and Tools4.18 Linux Components4.19 Linux Tools4.20 Common Application Installation Module 5 - Virtualization and Cloud Computing5.1 Virtualization Concepts5.1.1 Demo - Working with Virtual Machines5.2 Cloud Computing5.2.1 Demo - Working with the Cloud5.3 Cloud Productivity Tools Module 6 - Security6.1 Physical Security6.2 Physical Access Security6.3 Logical Security6.4 Windows Security - Firewalls and Antivirus6.4.1 Demo - Working with the Windows Firewalls and Antivirus6.5 Windows Security Users and Groups6.6 Windows Security - NTFS and Share Permissions6.6.1 Demo - Working with NTFS and Share Permissions6.7 Windows Security - Active Directory6.8 Windows Security - Data Encryption6.9 Wireless Security6.10 Malware Types6.11 Malware Detection and Prevention6.12 Social Engineering6.13 Security Threats6.13.1 Demo - Security Vulnerabilities6.14 Malware Removal Process6.15 Workstation Security6.16 Data Destruction Concepts6.17 SOHO Network Security6.18 Browser Security Settings6.19 Troubleshooting PC Security Issues Module 7 - Operational Procedures7.1 Ticketing Systems7.2 Asset Management7.3 Document Types7.4 Change Management7.5 Workstation Backup and Recovery7.6 Common Safety Procedures7.7 Environmental Impact and Controls7.8 Licensing and Policy Concepts7.9 Communication and Professionalism7.10 Basics of Scripting7.11 Remote Access Technologies7.12 Basics of Artificial Intelligence7.13 Troubleshooting Methodology7.14 CompTIA A+ Course Closeout Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) exam CAS-003 covers the technical knowledge and skills required to conceptualize, design, and engineer secure solutions across complex enterprise environments. It involves applying critical thinking and judgment across a broad spectrum of security disciplines to propose and implement solutions that map to enterprise drivers, while managing risk. While there is no required prerequisite, the CASP certification is intended to follow CompTIA Security+ or equivalent experience and has a technical, hands-on focus at the enterprise level. CompTIA is ANSI accredited Certifier 0731. The CASP program is included in the scope of this accreditation.The CASP exam covers the areas of system and network security, analysis and troubleshooting, risk management, policies and procedures, and business and legal practices related to information security.Why CASP? Approved by U.S. Dept. of Defense to meet IA technical and management certification requirements Chosen by Dell and HP advanced security personnel Globally recognized CompTIA name Vendor-neutral Relevant Job Titles IT Specialist, InfoSec Risk Manager/Analyst Security architect, ISSO Penetration Tester/Ethical Hacker Example Training Video LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1 1.0 Course Guide Module 2 2.0 Underlying Security Models Part 1 2.1 Underlying Security Models Part 2 2.2 Underlying Security Models Part 3 2.3 Underlying Security Models Part 4 2.4 Underlying Security Models Part 5 2.5 Underlying Security Models Part 6 2.6 Underlying Security Models Part 7 Module 3 3.0 General Security Part 1 3.1 General Security Part 2 Module 4 4.0 Selecting Security Products Part 1 4.1 Selecting Security Products Part 2 4.2 Selecting Security Products Part 3 Module 5 5.0 Control Selection Process Part 1 5.1 Control Selection Process Part 2 Module 6 6.0 Cryptography Symmetric and Asymmetric Part 1 6.1 Cryptography Symmetric and Asymmetric Part 2 6.2 Cryptography Symmetric and Asymmetric Part 3 6.3 Cryptography Symmetric and Asymmetric Part 4 Module 7 7.0 Cryptography Message Integrity Controls Part 1 7.1 Cryptography Message Integrity Controls Part 2 7.2 Cryptography Message Integrity Controls Part 3 Module 8 8.0 Cryptography Digital Signatures Part 1 8.1 Cryptography Digital Signatures Part 2 Module 9 9.0 Cryptography PKI and PGP Part 1 9.1 Cryptography PKI and PGP Part 2 9.2 Cryptography PKI and PGP Part 3 9.3 Cryptography PKI and PGP Part 4 Module 10 10.0 Storage Part 1 10.1 Storage Part 2 10.2 Storage Part 3 10.3 Storage Part 4 Module 11 11.0 Virtual Computing Module 12 12.0 Cloud Computing Part 1 12.1 Cloud Computing Part 2 12.2 Cloud Computing Part 3 12.3 Cloud Computing Part 4 12.4 Cloud Computing Part 5 Module 13 13.0 IPV6 Part 1 13.1 IPV6 Part 2 Module 14 14.0 Remote Access Security Part 1 14.1 Remote Access Security Part 2 Module 15 15.0 Domain Name System Part 1 15.1 Domain Name System Part 2 15.2 Domain Name System Part 3 15.3 Domain Name System Part 4 15.4 Domain Name System Part 5 15.5 Domain Name System Part 6 15.6 Domain Name System Part 7 15.7 Domain Name System Part 8 Module 16 16.0 Directory Services Module 17 17.0 Firewall and VPN Part 1 17.1 Firewall and VPN Part 2 17.2 Firewall and VPN Part 3 17.3 Firewall and VPN Part 4 Module 18 18.0 Firewall Policy Part 1 18.1 Firewall Policy Part 2 18.2 Firewall Policy Part 3 18.3 Firewall Policy Part 4 Module 19 19.0 Security Configuration Management Part 1 19.1 Security Configuration Management Part 2 19.2 Security Configuration Management Part 3 Module 20 20.0 Network Infrastructure Security Part 1 20.1 Network Infrastructure Security Part 2 20.2 Network Infrastructure Security Part 3 20.3 Network Infrastructure Security Part 4 Module 21 21.0 Secure Web Services Part 1 21.1 Secure Web Services Part 2 Module 22 22.0 OWASP top Ten Part 1 22.1 OWASP top Ten Part 2 22.2 OWASP top Ten Part 3 22.3 OWASP top Ten Part 4 22.4 OWASP top Ten Part 5 Module 23 23.0 Buffer Overflows Part 1 23.1 Buffer Overflows Part 2 Module 24 24.0 SQL Injection Part 1 24.1 SQL Injection Part 2 Module 25 25.0 Access Control Part 1 25.1 Access Control Part 2 Module 26 26.0 Single Sign-On Part 1 26.1 Single Sign-On Part 2 26.2 Single Sign-On Part 3 Module 27 27.0 Risk Assessment Part 1 27.1 Risk Assessment Part 2 Module 28 28.0 Testing and Assessment Part 1 28.1 Testing and Assessment Part 2 28.2 Testing and Assessment Part 3 Module 29 29.0 Common Vulnerability Scoring System Part 1 29.1 Common Vulnerability Scoring System Part 2 29.2 Common Vulnerability Scoring System Part 3 29.3 Common Vulnerability Scoring System Part 4 Module 30 30.0 Common Criteria Part 1 30.1 Common Criteria Part 2 30.2 Common Criteria Part 3 30.3 Common Criteria Part 4 30.4 Common Criteria Part 5 Module 31 31.0 Personally Identifiable Information Part 1 31.1 Personally Identifiable Information Part 2 Module 32 32.0 Risk Management Part 1 32.1 Risk Management Part 2 32.2 Risk Management Part 3 Module 33 33.0 Frameworks Part 1 33.1 Frameworks Part 2 33.2 Frameworks Part 3 33.3 Frameworks Part 4 Module 34 34.0 Interconnecting Systems Part 1 34.1 Interconnecting Systems Part 2 Module 35 35.0 Security Services Part 1 35.1 Security Services Part 2 35.2 Security Services Part 3 35.3 Security Services Part 4 Module 36 36.0 Continuous Monitoring Part 1 36.1 Continuous Monitoring Part 2 36.2 Continuous Monitoring Part 3 36.3 Continuous Monitoring Part 4 Module 37 37.0 Incident Handling Part 1 37.1 Incident Handling Part 2 37.2 Incident Handling Part 3 37.3 Incident Handling Part 4 Module 38 38.0 Forensic and Incident Response Part 1 38.1 Forensic and Incident Response Part 2 38.2 Forensic and Incident Response Part 3 Module 39 39.0 Requirements Processing Part 1 39.1 Requirements Processing Part 2 39.2 Requirements Processing Part 3 Module 40 40.0 Standards Bodies Module 41 41.0 Secure System Life Cycle Part 1 41.1 Secure System Life Cycle Part 2 41.2 Secure System Life Cycle Part 3 Module 42 42.0 Email Module 43 43.0 Mobile and BYOD Part 1 43.1 Mobile and BYOD Part 2 Module 44 44.0 Voice over IP Module 45 45.0 Physical Facilities Assessment Process Part 1 45.1 Physical Facilities Assessment Process Part 2 Module 46 46.0 Security Requirements Traceability Matrix Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The CompTIA Cloud Essentials+ (CL0-002) Certification Training course is designed to provide business analysts and IT professionals with the knowledge and skills needed to make strategic cloud business decisions and covers all the objectives required to pass the CompTIA Cloud Essentials+ Certification Exam.Cloud-based infrastructure is becoming an invaluable part of an organization’s IT systems and provides readily available resources for organizations to select from on a moment’s notice. These resources include services that range from pre-installed physical servers all the way up to pre-configured software and allows organizations to choose the level of service that fits their organization’s requirements and budget.The CompTIA Cloud Essentials+ is a vendor-neutral certification that provides training in all areas necessary for business managers and cloud services managers to successfully make business decisions regarding which cloud service provider(s) to use, which operations to migrate to the cloud, and when to migrate. It also provides knowledge for effectively evaluating the financial and operational impacts of cloud migrations.This course flows through the four CompTIA Cloud Essentials+ Certification Exam Objectives; Cloud Concepts, Business Principles of Cloud Environments, Management, and Technical Operations, and Governance, Risk, Compliance, and Security for the cloud, in a logical manner where each topic will build on top of the knowledge you learned in the previous one.This course is ideal for business analysts, IT managers, and project managers who are responsible for cloud deployments, and technical sales specialists who sell cloud services. It also provides a solid foundation for IT professionals who want to continue on to complete the Cloud+ Certification.Understanding cloud computing concepts, applying cloud business principles, advising a cloud design and migration, aspects of operating in the cloud, and managing cloud governance.Business analysts, cloud services managers, technical sales specialists, and students who want to move on to the CompTIA Cloud+ Certification.Video Content: 10 Hours 6 MinutesTest Questions: 100 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description CompTIA Cloud+ Certification Training – Cloud Architecture, Cloud Security, Cloud Environments, and Cloud ResourcesThis CompTIA Cloud+ CVO-003 course is taught by a former CompTIA SME and CompTIA Cloud Plus Train the Trainer.The video Instructor-Led Training course has been developed to provide you with the baseline knowledge to prepare and pass the CV0-003 exam for cloud certification and is geared toward IT professionals and organizations that have 6 months of Cloud experience.The course will walk you through the fundamentals of cloud-based technologies, cloud security measures, cloud management, cloud-based database, cloud-based services, cloud architecture, cloud administration and operations, and troubleshooting cloud issues. This IT course online includes numerous cloud-based business solutions and platform demonstrations focused on AWS and GCP.The CompTIA Cloud+ exam will certify the successful candidate has the knowledge and abilities needed and skills required to understand standard cloud methodologies to implement, maintain, and deliver cloud technologies (e.g., for network services, storage systems, and virtualization technologies) to understand aspects of cloud models and IT security and use industry best practices related to cloud implementations.About CompTIA Cloud+ CVO-003To keep professionals staying ahead of the ever-evolving cloud market, CompTIA has upgraded their CV0-002 exam to include new technologies and cloud components. As more businesses depend on cloud resources and a blend of hybrid and multi-cloud deployments for mission-critical systems, CompTIA Cloud+ ensures that candidates are capable of making use of crucial benefits of cloud infrastructure services such as::Enhancing the depth of expertise expected of system administrators, Cloud+ allows them to prove their capabilities in data center jobs and operate more efficaciously.As the IT industry continues to advance, CompTIA Cloud+ recognizes cloud-based infrastructure services as an essential element of any organization’s technology solutions.At its core, this is the only vendor-neutral, performance-based certification that guards any applicant from a single vendor or just one specific domain — like security and networking — in order to help them gain maximum value out of cloud infrastructure services.CV0-003 by CompTIA is an international, vendor-neutral certification which covers the essential concepts of cloud computing environments, resource management, systems administration and data-driven recommendations for the use of various cloud systems and services. CompTIA ensures all relevant parties are included in the process, differentiating it from other certifications in this domain. If you want to become CompTIA Cloud+ certified CV0-003, the exam requires that you demonstrate proficiency in integrating and overseeing cloud technologies as part of a larger system. You will need to craft solutions that are tailored towards individual business needs, with enough versatility for use in different scenarios.Online study tools and content outline Includes Fully Updated Content Cloud Demonstrations Cloud Whiteboard Architecture Topic Discussion Practice Questions Flashcards This certification training course Is designed For: IT Administrators Cloud Administrators Network Administrators Database Administrators IT Analysts What You Will Learn with this custom training program Cloud Computing Fundamentals Cloud Migration Considerations Cloud Operations Cloud Security Fundamentals Troubleshooting Cloud platform issues How to pass the CompTIA Cloud Plus certification Exam Course Requirements for Exam CV0-003 Have a good baseline in virtualization such as VmWare, Zen or HyperV Have at least 6 months experience in cloud computing Have at least 1 year of computer networking experience Hands-on experience with at least one public cloud IaaS platform Knowledge of common cloud deployment models (Private, Public, hybrid) definitions Knowledge of cloud service models (IaaS, PaaS, SaaS) definitions (CV0-003) Exam Objectives Domain 1 – accounts for 24% and covers deployment and configuration Domain 2 – accounts for 16% and covers security Domain 3 – accounts for 18% and covers maintenance Domain 4 – accounts for 20% and covers management Domain 5 – accounts for 22% and covers Troubleshooting FAQs About CompTIA Cloud+ Certification – CVO-003Is CompTIA Cloud+ certification worth it? Absolutely! Cloud+ is worth it for cloud specialists. It is the best solution if the questions that arise in the Cloud are nontechnical and the Cloud+ certification – for cloud specialists – is your best chance of succeeding. What is the cloud+ certification? CompTIA’s cloud plus certification demonstrates the knowledge and skills necessary to secure cloud environments. What is the salary of CompTIA Cloud+ certified professional? CompTIA Cloud+ certified professionals are typically paid around $83k to $125k per annum based on experience within the United States. How hard is the CompTIA Cloud+ exam? Use our Online CompTIA Cloud+ Certification Training for training. It can be tough to pass Cloud+ certification tests, so a solid course from a professional instructor is recommended. The software tests practically every aspect of cloud operations. CV0-003 is an examination for performance tests aimed at the deployment, security, and automation of cloud services regardless of vendor. What is the difference between CompTIA Cloud+ and cloud essentials+ CompTIA Cloud Essentials Plus gives today’s leaders business acumen whilst CompTIA Cloud + provides technical cloud management skills necessary for managing daily service operations. More businesses are moving service providers to the Cloud than at any other time. Video Content: 8 HoursTest Questions: 50 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1 - CompTIA Cloud+ CV0-003 Course Overview 1.0 Course Trailer 1.1 Course Overview 1.2 What is the Cloud + Exam 1.3 Cloud + Domain Obectives Overview 1.4 CompTIA Certification Pathways 1.5 DoD and ISO RequirementsModule 2 - General Cloud Knowledge 2.1 Domain Overview 2.2 Compare and Contrast Cloud Models 2.3 Cloud Computing Defined 2.4 Deployment Models 2.5 Service Models 2.6 Cloud Characteristics 2.7 Cloud Roles 2.8 Evaluate Cloud Providers and Services 2.9 Regions and Zones 2.10 Shared Responsibility Model 2.11 Demonstration - AWS Shared Security Model 2.12 Comparing Cloud to Virtualization 2.13 Comparing Cloud to On Premises 2.14 What is a Virtual Machine 2.15 Demonstration - Deploy a Cloud VM (AWS EC2) 2.16 What is an API 2.17 Capacity Planning Factors 2.18 Licensing, Factors, Requirements and Planning 2.19 Capacity Planning 2.20 Demonstration - AWS Trusted Advisor 2.21 HA and Scaling 2.22 High Availability and Disaster Recovery 2.23 Virtual, System and Communication Protection 2.24 Hypervisor Affinity 2.25 Analyze the solution design 2.26 Business Requirements 2.27 Business Enablers 2.28 Demonstration -AWS Well Architected Tool 2.29 Testing Techniques 2.30 Testing Success Factors 2.31 Module Review Questions 2.32 Module Summary ReviewModule 3 - Cloud Security 3.1 Domain Overview 3.2 Configure Identity and Access Management 3.3 Identification and Authorization Management (IAM) 3.4 SDLC 3.5 Directory Services 3.6 Security and Access Controls 3.7 Federation 3.8 SSO and MFA 3.9 Certificates and Key Management 3.10 Secure a Network in a Cloud Environment 3.11 Networking Devices and Segmentation 3.12 Firewalls and Proxies 3.13 NAT and PAT 3.14 Secure Network Configurations (Tunnelling and Encryption) 3.15 Demo Hardening and Configuration Changes 3.16 OS Application Controls and Security Credentials 3.17 Policies and Permissions 3.18 Host and Network Protections (HIDSIPS) 3.19 Virtualization Security 3.20 Monitoring 3.21 Data Security and Compliance Controls in Cloud Environments 3.22 Structured, Unstructured and Semi Structured Data 3.23 Data Classification and Labeling 3.24 Data Loss Prevention 3.25 Demonstration - Google Cloud DLP 3.26 Chain of Custody and Non-Repudiation 3.27 Discussion - CASB 3.28 Module Summary Review 3.29 Module Review QuestionsModule 4 - Cloud Deployment 4.1 Domain Overview 4.2 Integrate Components into Cloud Solutions 4.3 Subscription Services 4.4 Demonstration - Provision VM 4.5 Cloud Infrastructure Components 4.6 Whiteboard - Design a Resilent AWS Cloud Architecture 4.7 Containers 4.8 Microservices 4.9 Demonstration - Deploy Containers 4.10 Scaling 4.11 Provision Storage 4.12 Cloud Storage Protocols 4.13 Storage Features 4.14 Storage Cost Considerations 4.15 Storage Performance 4.16 RAID and Tiering 4.17 Demonstration - AWS S3 4.18 Deploy Cloud Networking Solutions 4.19 Connecting to The Cloud 4.20 Network Protocols 4.21 VPNS, VPC and Connectivity 4.22 Whiteboard - AWS VPC Connectivity 4.23 Demonstration - AWS VPC 4.24 Software Defined Networking (SDN) 4.25 Compute Sizing 4.26 Virtualization Considerations 4.27 Resource Rightsizing (CPU, Memory, etc) 4.28 Module Summary Review 4.29 Module Review QuestionsModule 5 - Operations and Support 5.1 Domain Overview 5.2 Logging Monitoring and Alerting 5.3 Logging, Storage and Analysis of Data Events 5.4 Monitoring Cloud Resources 5.5 Service Level Agreements 5.6 Demonstration - SLAs in AWS 5.7 Maintain Efficient Operations of a Cloud Environment 5.8 Lifecycle Management 5.9 Change and Asset Management 5.10 SOP, Patching and Upgrades 5.11 Orchestration and Automation 5.12 Orchestration or Automation 5.13 DevOps, IaC and CICD Pipelines 5.14 Playbooks and Templates 5.15 Backup and Restore Operations 5.16 Backup Types, Objects, Targets 5.17 Restore and Recovery 5.18 Module Summary Review 5.19 Module Review QuestionsModule 6 - Troubleshooting 6.1 Domain Overview 6.2 Troubleshooting Methodology Intro 6.3 Troubleshooting Methodology 6.4 Troubleshoot Security Issues 6.5 Cloud Attacks 6.6 Security Groups and NACLS 6.7 Troubleshoot Deployment Issues 6.8 Discussion Site Connectivity Issues 6.9 Discussion - Capacity Issues 6.10 Connectivity Issues 6.11 Connectivity Troubleshooting Tools 6.12 Demonstration - GCP AWS Azure Latency Test 6.13 Module Summary Review 6.14 Module Review QuestionsModule 7 - Course Closeout 7.1 Exam Preparation 7.2 Course Closeout Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
If you plan on obtaining several CompTIA certifications, this bundle is the way to go. By the time you complete A+ you will have the skills and credential to start working in the IT field. When you add on Network+, and Security+, you'll have a well-rounded foundation that will allow you to advance your IT career in many directions. As you've probably seen on www.indeed.com and www.dice.com , the more certifications you achieve, the more income you'll make! Since CompTIA certifications are vendor neutral by achieving any CompTIA certification you give yourself a broad array of skills to qualify you for a variety of IT positions. The CompTIA Training Bundle by Learn365 contains the following courses: CompTIA A+ Certification 220-1201 andamp; 220-1202 CompTIA FC0-U61: IT Fundamentals CompTIA Network+ Certification (Exam N10-009) CompTIA Security+ Certification (Exam SY0-701) CompTIA Cloud+ Certification (Exam CVO-003) CompTIA Linux+ (Exam XK0-005) CompTIA CySA+ CyberSecurity Analyst (Exam CS0-003) CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) CAS-003 CompTIA PenTest+ (Exam PT0-003) Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
The CompTIA Cyber Security Training Bundle focuses on a complete repertoire of Computer, Networking andamp; Security CompTIA training programs. The A+ by CompTIA is recognized as one of the top entry-level certifications in the industry. It provides you with a solid foundation in hardware, software and troubleshooting skills in order to build or supplement your technical knowledge. The CompTIA Network+ Certification is a worldwide recognized qualification which validates the skills of networking professionals. The qualification recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of network components and to manage, maintain, troubleshoot, install, operate and configure basic network infrastructure. The CSA+ is a vendor neutral certification that expects three to four years of experience in a related field as well as a Security+ or equivalent knowledge. In this regard, the CSA+ lies between the security+ and the CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) exams - and is an excellent go between to tackle before diving into the CASP, but when the Security+ isn’t enough. The CompTIA Cyber Security Training Bundle by Learn365 contains the following courses: CompTIA A+ Certification Exams 220-901 andamp; 902 CompTIA Network+ Certification (Exam N10-006) CompTIA Security+ Certification (Exam SY0-501) CompTIA CSA+ CyberSecurity Analyst (Exam CS0-001) Example Training Video Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
CompTIA CySA+ : Become A SOC AnalystEmbark on a transformative journey towards becoming a proficient SOC Analyst with our comprehensive course designed to prepare you for the CompTIA CySA+ certification (CS0-003). This certification is not just a milestone but a gateway to a career path that is dynamic, in-demand, and critical in the landscape of cybersecurity.Course OverviewOur course is meticulously crafted to equip you with the knowledge and skills required to excel as a SOC Analyst. You will delve into the SOC Analyst job description, understand the SOC Analyst meaning, and explore the SOC Analyst requirements. The curriculum is aligned with the latest industry standards and best practices, ensuring that you are well-prepared for real-world challenges.What is a SOC Analyst?A SOC Analyst, or Security Operations Center Analyst, is a vital member of any cybersecurity team. They are the first responders to cyber incidents, providing threat and vulnerability analysis, investigating and documenting security issues, and responding to emerging trends in real-time. SOC Analysts are the sentinels in the digital realm, ensuring that cyber threats are identified, assessed, and neutralized effectively.Module 1 – CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 BasicsIn the first module, learners are introduced to the essentials of the CompTIA CySA+ certification, including the scope and objectives of the exam. The module sets the stage for a cybersecurity career, highlighting the certification’s role in establishing a strong foundation for those aiming to become SOC analysts. It also touches on the importance of the certification for meeting Department of Defense employment criteria, emphasizing its value in the cybersecurity field.Module 2 – CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 Domain 1 – Security OperationsThis module dives into the heart of security operations, covering the architecture of systems and networks from a security perspective. Learners will gain insights into the analysis of log files and operating systems, and the significance of network architecture in SOC operations. The module also explores identity and access management, encryption, and the handling of sensitive data. Additionally, it provides practical knowledge on identifying and responding to various cyber threats, the use of specialized tools for threat detection, and the basics of threat intelligence and threat hunting.Module 3 – CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 Domain 2 – Vulnerability ManagementLearners will explore the comprehensive process of vulnerability management, including techniques for discovering and scanning vulnerabilities and assets. The module covers the interpretation of industry-standard scoring systems for vulnerabilities, the use of databases for tracking, and strategies for mitigating known security issues. It also delves into the principles of risk management and threat modeling, as well as the importance of secure coding practices within the software development lifecycle.Module 4 – CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 Domain 3 – Incident Response and ManagementThe focus of this module is on the strategies and frameworks for effective incident response and management. Learners will understand the stages of the cyber kill chain and other attack methodologies, and how to apply them in real-world scenarios. The module covers the full spectrum of incident response, from detection and analysis to recovery, and emphasizes the importance of standardized processes for post-incident activities.Module 5 – CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 Domain 4 – Reporting and CommunicationEffective communication and reporting are crucial in SOC operations, and this module addresses the skills needed to report vulnerabilities, comply with regulations, and overcome barriers to remediation. Learners will understand how to develop and use metrics and KPIs to measure security posture, and how to communicate incident response activities to stakeholders. The module also stresses the importance of conducting thorough root cause analysis and documenting lessons learned for continuous improvement.Module 6 – CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 – Course CloseoutThe concluding module prepares learners for the certification exam with practice questions and an overview of the exam process. It also discusses the importance of continuing education in the ever-evolving field of cybersecurity and provides guidance on maintaining the CompTIA certification and advancing in the cybersecurity career path.By integrating the clustered keywords throughout these summaries, the content is optimized to address the various aspects of becoming a SOC Analyst, the roles and responsibilities involved, and the career path that follows certification.Certification PathThe CompTIA CySA+ certification is a globally recognized credential that validates your expertise in cybersecurity. It is a crucial step in the SOC Analyst certification path and is highly regarded by employers worldwide. By obtaining this certification, you demonstrate a commitment to your career and a deep understanding of cybersecurity principles.SOC Analyst vs Cyber Security AnalystWhile the roles may overlap, a SOC Analyst focuses on monitoring, detecting, and responding to cybersecurity incidents within a Security Operations Center. In contrast, a Cyber Security Analyst may have a broader scope of responsibilities, including implementing security measures and providing overall protection against cyber threats.Career Path and Job ProspectsAs a certified SOC Analyst, you open doors to numerous opportunities in the cybersecurity domain. The SOC Analyst career path can lead to advanced roles such as Cybersecurity Engineer, Security Manager, or even a Chief Information Security Officer (CISO). According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the median annual wage for information security analysts is $99,730, reflecting the high demand and value of this role.The CompTIA CySA+ certification is designed for IT professionals looking to further their careers in cybersecurity and can qualify individuals for a variety of job roles within the field. Here is a list of job titles that align with the skills and knowledge validated by the CySA+ certification: Security Analyst SOC Analyst (Security Operations Center Analyst) Cybersecurity Analyst Threat Intelligence Analyst Vulnerability Analyst Incident Response Analyst Security Operations Specialist Network Security Analyst IT Security Analyst Compliance Analyst Security Engineer Information Security Specialist Cyber Defense Analyst Cybersecurity Incident Responder Information Assurance Analyst Cybersecurity Consultant Security Auditor Forensic Analyst Penetration Tester (with additional specialized training) Cybersecurity Coordinator These roles may vary by organization, and some positions may require additional experience or certifications beyond CySA+. However, the CySA+ certification provides a solid foundation for professionals aiming to enter or advance in these cybersecurity career paths. Becoming a SOC Analyst is a rewarding and challenging career move. With our course, you will gain the skills and knowledge to not only pass the CompTIA CySA+ certification but also to excel in the cybersecurity field. Take the first step towards a fulfilling career as a SOC Analyst and secure your future in the digital world.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1 - CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 Basics1.1 Course Introduction1.2 Instructor Introduction1.3 What is CySA1.4 Exam Objectives1.5 Cybersecurity Pathway1.6 DoD Baseline CertficationModule 2 - CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 Domain 1 - Security Operations2.1 Domain 1 - Security Operations Overview2.2 System and Network Architecture Concepts in Security Operations2.3 Log Files2.4 Operating Systems2.5 Infrastructure Concepts2.6 Network Architecture2.7 Software Defined Networking2.8 Whiteboard Discussion - Network Architectures2.9 Identity and Access Management IAM Basics2.10 Demonstration - IAM2.11 Encryption2.12 Sensitive Data2.13 1.2 Analyze Indicators of Potentially Malicious Activity2.14 Network Attack2.15 Host Attacks2.16 Application Related Attacks2.17 Social Attacks2.18 Tools or Techniques to Determine Malicious Activity Overview2.19 Tools and Toolsets For Identifying Malicious Activity2.20 Common Techniques2.21 Programming Concerns2.22 Threat-Intelligence and Threat-Hunting Concepts Overview2.23 Threat Actors2.24 Tactics, Techniques and Procedures2.25 Confidence Levels IOC2.26 Collection Sources2.27 Threat Intelligence2.28 Cyber Response Teams2.29 Security Operations2.30 Standardized Processes and Operations2.31 Security Operations Tools and Toolsets2.32 Module 2 ReviewModule 3 - CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 Domain 2 - Vulnerability Management3.1 Domain 2 - Vulnerability Management Overview3.2 Vulnerability Discovery and Scanning3.3 Asset Discovery and Scanning3.4 Industry Frameworks3.5 Mitigating Attacks3.6 CVSS and CVE3.7 Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) interpretation3.8 CVE Databases3.9 Cross Site Scripting (XSS)3.10 Vulnerability Response, Handling, and Management3.11 Control Types (Defense in Depth, Zero Trust)3.12 Patching and Configurations3.13 Attack Surface Management3.14 Risk Management Principles3.15 Threat Modeling3.16 Threat Models3.17 Secure Coding and Development (SDLC)3.18 Module 3 ReviewModule 4 - CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 Domain 3 - Incident Response andManagement4.1 Domain 3 - Incident Response and Management Overview4.2 Attack Methodology Frameworks4.3 Cyber Kill Chain4.4 Frameworks to Know4.5 Incident Response and Post Reponse4.6 Detection and Analysis4.7 Post Incident Activities4.8 Containment, Eradication and Recovery4.9 Module 4 ReviewModule 5 - CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 Domain 4 - Reporting and Communication5.1 Domain 4 - Reporting and Communication Overview5.2 Reporting Vulnerabilities Overview5.2.1 Vulnerability Reporting5.3 Compliance Reports5.4 Inhibitors to Remediation5.5 Metrics and KPI's5.6 Incident Response Reporting and Communications Overview5.7 Incident Declaration5.8 Communication with Stakeholders5.9 Root Cause Analysis5.10 Lessons Learned and Incident Closure5.11 Module 5 ReviewModule 6 - CompTIA CySA+ CS0-003 - Course Closeout6.1 Course Closeout Overview6.2 Practice Questions6.3 Exam Process6.4 Continuing Education6.5 Course Closeout. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Prepare for the CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) exam with this comprehensive course covering data management, analysis, visualization, and governance to boost your data career. Course Description for CompTIA Data+ Certification Prep The “CompTIA Data+ Certification Prep” course is designed to provide you with the fundamental skills needed to excel in data analytics. This course thoroughly covers key data concepts, from data environments to governance, equipping you with practical expertise in data structures, mining, and visualization. With real-world examples and hands-on demonstrations, such as working with AWS Redshift and Google Cloud SQL, you’ll learn to manage data effectively and perform statistical analysis to make informed decisions. Throughout the course, you’ll also explore advanced topics such as ETL and ELT processes, data profiling, and query optimization. You’ll learn how to translate business requirements into comprehensive reports and dashboards, all while adhering to data governance standards. This course prepares you to take the CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) exam, providing a pathway to certification in a rapidly growing industry. What You Will Learn in CompTIA Data+ Certification Prep By enrolling in this course, you will gain a robust understanding of data management, analysis, and visualization techniques, which are essential for any data professional. Here’s a glimpse of the skills you will develop: Understand and work with different data schemes and databases Perform data mining, acquisition, and integration using advanced tools Master data profiling, cleansing, and manipulation techniques Analyze data using descriptive and inferential statistics Create and optimize reports and dashboards for business analysis Implement data governance, security, and quality control practices Prepare for the CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) certification exam Exam Objectives for CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) The CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) certification exam tests your ability to manage and analyze data effectively. The exam focuses on five core areas: Data Concepts and Environments Data Mining and Acquisition Data Analysis Data Visualization Data Governance, Quality, and Controls The exam is administered by CompTIA, and this course is specifically designed to help you meet the knowledge and performance-based requirements outlined by CompTIA. Who This CompTIA Data+ Certification Prep Course is For This course is ideal for individuals looking to start or advance their careers in data analytics and management. Whether you are new to the field or seeking to formalize your skills, this course will provide you with a strong foundation to succeed. Data professionals looking to validate their skills with a certification IT professionals seeking to expand their data management knowledge Business analysts interested in improving their data visualization techniques Students pursuing a career in data science or data analytics Anyone preparing for the CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) exam Possible Jobs You Can Get With This CompTIA Data+ Certification Upon completing this course and earning your CompTIA Data+ certification, you’ll open doors to a variety of high-demand job roles. Here are some potential career opportunities: Data Analyst Business Intelligence Analyst Data Reporting Analyst Database Administrator Data Engineer Systems Analyst Frequently Asked Questions Related to CompTIA Data+ What is the CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) certification?The CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) certification is designed for individuals who want to validate their knowledge and skills in data analytics. The exam covers data environments, mining, analysis, visualization, governance, and quality control. Who should consider taking the CompTIA Data+ exam?The CompTIA Data+ exam is ideal for data professionals, business analysts, IT personnel, and anyone looking to pursue a career in data analytics or management. It’s also suitable for individuals seeking to improve their data reporting and visualization skills. What topics are covered in the CompTIA Data+ course?The CompTIA Data+ course covers various topics such as data concepts and environments, data mining, data analysis using statistical methods, data visualization, and data governance and quality control. What are the benefits of obtaining the CompTIA Data+ certification?Obtaining the CompTIA Data+ certification can enhance your career prospects, enabling you to work in roles like data analyst, business intelligence analyst, or database administrator. It demonstrates expertise in data management and analysis. How do I prepare for the CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) exam?You can prepare for the CompTIA Data+ exam by taking a comprehensive prep course that covers exam objectives, hands-on data management, and statistical analysis techniques. This ensures that you’re ready for the exam and its practical applications. . CompTIA Data+ (DAO-001) Course Outline Introduction To CompTIA Data+Course WelcomeModule OverviewInstructor IntroductionWhat is the CompTIA Data Plus ExamRoles that should consider the examExam ObjectivesDiscussion - The Importance of DataUS DOD Member Data Directives and 8570 Module 1 - Data Concepts and Environments1.1 Module Overview1.2 Understanding Data Schemes1.3 Databases1.4 Demonstration - Google Cloud SQL1.5 Data Warehouses and Data Lakes1.7 Comparing OLTP and OLAP Processing1.8 Demonstration - AWS Redshift1.9 Demonstration - Deploy SQL DemoBench1.10 What is Column Database1.11 Data Structures, Files and Types1.12 Module Summary Review1.13 Module Review Questions Module 2 - Data Mining2.1 Module 2 Overview2.2 Data Acquisition and Integration2.3 Demonstration - Data Integration Techniques2.4 API Fundamentals2.5 Demonstration - Google Vision API2.6 Data Profiling and Cleansing2.7 Data Collection Method Options2.8 Data Outliers2.9 Understanding ETL and ELT2.10 Query Optimization2.11 Understanding Data Manipulation Techniques2.12 Module Summary Review2.13 Module Review Questions Module 3 - Data Analysis3.1 Module Overview3.2 Descriptive Statistical Methods3.3 Measures of Tendency and Dispersion3.4 Understanding Percentages3.5 Inferential Statistical Methods3.6 Hypothesis Testing with Excel3.7 Whiteboard - Linear Regression and Correlation3.8 Whiteboard - Analysis Testing3.9 Module Summary Review3.10 Module Review Questions Module 4 - Data Visualization4.10 Module Review Questions4.1 Module Overview4.2 Translate Business Requirements to Reports4.3 Whiteboard - Translate Business Requirements4.4 Dashboard Fundamentals4.5 Demonstration - Dashboard Components4.6 Data Sources and Attributes4.7 Understanding Chart and Graphs4.8 Reports Type and Elements4.9 Module Summary Review Module 5 - Data Governance, Quality and Controls5.1 Module Overview5.2 Introduction to Data Governance5.3 The Data Lifecycle5.4 Determining Data Classification5.5 Data Ownership5.6 Data Storage Access5.7 Data Privacy and Frameworks5.8 Information Rights Management (IRM) and Data Loss Prevention (DLP)5.9 Setting Data Quality Control5.10 Methods to Validate Quality5.11 Data Transformation Tools5.12 Data Security Fundamentals5.13 Master Data Management (MDM)5.14 Module Summary Review5.15 Module Review Questions Module 6 - Exam Preparation and Practice Exams6.1 Module Overview6.2 Course Summary Review6.3 Data Plus Exam Experience6.4 Certification CEU Requirements6.5 Practice Exams-Additional Resources6.6 Course Closeout LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing centre. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Prepare for the CompTIA Tech+ (FC0-U71) certification with a comprehensive course covering IT concepts, networking, security, operating systems, and more. Ideal for beginners and aspiring IT professionals. The CompTIA Tech+ (FC0-U71) certification is an essential credential for individuals embarking on a technology-focused career. This certification offers a comprehensive foundation in key IT domains, including hardware, software, programming, security, software development, database fundamentals, and infrastructure. It is particularly beneficial for high school students, career changers, and professionals in non-IT roles seeking to enhance their technical proficiency. Course Overview Our CompTIA Tech+ (FC0-U71) Certification Preparation course is meticulously designed to equip you with the necessary skills and knowledge to excel in the Tech+ exam. The curriculum encompasses: IT Concepts and Terminology: Understanding notational systems, computing basics, and the significance of data and troubleshooting. Infrastructure: Setting up and installing common peripheral devices to a laptop/PC and securing a basic wireless network. Applications and Software: Exploring application software, various components of an operating system, and application architecture methods. Software Development: Learning programming language categories, logic, and fundamental programming concepts. Database Fundamentals: Grasping database concepts, structures, purposes, and interfacing methods. Security: Addressing confidentiality, integrity, and availability concerns of secure devices and best practice methods. Why Choose Our Course? Comprehensive Content: Our course covers all exam objectives, ensuring a thorough understanding of each topic. Expert Instructors: Learn from seasoned professionals with extensive experience in IT and education. Flexible Learning: Access course materials at your convenience, allowing you to study at your own pace. Practice Exams: Test your knowledge with practice questions that mirror the format and content of the actual exam. Career Opportunities Earning the CompTIA Tech+ certification opens doors to various entry-level IT positions, such as: IT Support Specialist Technical Support Technician Help Desk Technician IT Operations Associate This certification also serves as a stepping stone toward more advanced CompTIA certifications, including A+, Network+, and Security+. Frequently Asked Questions Related to CompTIA Tech+ (FC0-U71) What is CompTIA Tech+ Certification?The CompTIA Tech+ (FC0-U71) certification is a foundational IT certification that validates knowledge of core IT concepts, including networking, security, operating systems, and more. It is designed for beginners or professionals looking to enhance their IT skills. Who should take the CompTIA Tech+ certification course?This course is ideal for anyone starting a career in IT or current professionals looking to build foundational IT knowledge. It’s also beneficial for those aiming for entry-level IT roles or preparing for the CompTIA Tech+ certification exam. What topics are covered in the CompTIA Tech+ certification course?The course covers IT concepts, infrastructure, networking fundamentals, operating systems, software, security, and the impact of AI. Topics include troubleshooting, virtualization, database fundamentals, and secure web browsing. What jobs can I get with a CompTIA Tech+ certification?With a CompTIA Tech+ certification, you can pursue roles such as IT support specialist, help desk technician, network support technician, and system administrator. This certification provides essential skills for entry-level IT jobs. How much can I earn with a CompTIA Tech+ certification?CompTIA Tech+ certified professionals typically earn between $35,000 and $80,000 per year, depending on their role and experience level. IT support specialists, for example, can earn between $45,000 and $60,000 annually. COURSE OUTLINE - CompTIA Tech+ (FC0-U71) Certification Preparation Module 1 - IT Concepts and Terminology1.1 - Introduction to Tech+1.2 - Understanding Notational Systems1.3 - The Basics of Computing1.4 - Comparing Units of Measure1.5 - Troubleshooting Methodology, Cases and Tips Module 2 - Infrastructure2.1 - Introduction to Infrastructure2.2 - Types of Computing Devices2.3 - Internal Components of A Computer2.4 - Types of Storage2.5 - Peripheral Devices and Installation2.6 - Virtualization and Cloud Technologies2.7 - Common Internet Service Types Module 3 - Networking Fundaments3.1 - Introduction to Networking3.2 - Core Principles of Computer Networking3.3 - Network Ports3.4 - Network Addresses and Identifiers3.5 - Network Models and Types3.6 - Networking Devices and Connectors3.7 - Small Wireless Networks Module 4 - Operating Systems4.1 Workstation Operating Systems4.2 Common File System Types4.3 Operating System Installation Types4.4 Operating System Boot Methods4.5 Storage Partitioning4.5.1 Demo - Working with Storage Partitions4.6 Identifying Windows Editions4.7 Windows Upgrades4.8 Windows OS Installations4.9 Using Windows Task Manager4.9.1 Demo - Working with Windows Task Manager4.10 MMC Snap-ins4.10.1 Demo - Working with MMC Snap-ins4.11 Windows Operating System Tools4.12 Microsoft Command Line Tools4.12.1 Demo - Working with Microsoft Command Prompt4.13 Configuring Microsoft Windows Settings4.14 Configuring Windows Power Options4.14.1 Demo - Working with Windows Power Options4.15 Windows File Explorer4.15.1 Demo - Working with File Explorer4.16 Windows Domains vs Workgroups4.17 macOS System Configuration4.17.1 Demo - macOS Features and Tools4.18 Linux Components4.19 Linux Tools4.20 Common Application Installation Module 5 - Software and Applications5.1 - Common Software Applications5.2 - Productivity Software5.3 - Business and Enterprise Software5.4 - Manging Software5.5 - Trusted Software Sources Module 6 - Web Browsing, Configuration andamp;amp; Security6.1 - Introduction To Web Browsing6.2 - Browser Settings, Configuration and Maintenance6.3 - Secure Web Browsing6.4 - Protecting Your Privacy Module 7 - Software Development Concepts7.1 - Introduction to Programming7.2 - Programming Tools7.3 - Programming Organization and Logic Flows7.4 - Understanding Programming Language Categories7.5 - Code Maintenance, Version Control Systems and Branching7.6 - Fundamental Data Types and Their Characteristics Module 8 - Data and Database Fundamentals8.1 - Introduction to Databases and the Value of Data8.2 - Database Concepts and Structures8.3 - Working with Relational Databases8.4 - Database Operations and Access8.5 - Database Backup and Recovery Module 9 - Security: Keeping Things Safe9.1 - Basic Security Concepts and Strategies9.2 - Identifying Common Security Threats9.3 - Securing Devices and Networks9.4 - Security Tools and Software9.5 - Encryption and Data Protection Module 10 - AI Uses and Impact10.1 - The Impact and Use of AI10.2 - Course Closeout . LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industrys finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365s custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365s self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description For many years, Linux has dominated the server install base in the business world—and it will continue to do so in the foreseeable future, especially as we transition to the Cloud. This courseware builds on your existing experience with systems operations and administration to provide you with the knowledge and skills required to configure, manage, operate, and troubleshoot a Linux environment by using security best practices, scripting, and automation computing models. The popularity of Linux has led to a greater need for information technology (IT) professionals who can manage servers that run some form of the Linux kernel and the associated GNU tools that make a Linux distribution. What you will learn: Perform basic Linux tasks. Manage users and groups. Manage permissions and ownership. Manage storage. Manage files and directories. Manage kernel modules. Manage the Linux boot process. Manage system components. Manage devices. Manage networking. Manage packages and software. Secure Linux systems. Write and execute Bash shell scripts. Automate tasks. Plan and perform a Linux installation. This course is designed for IT professionals whose primary job responsibility is the management of servers and other devices running the Linux operating system. A typical student in this course should have at least nine months of hands-on Linux experience and at least one and a half years of IT experience in other computing environments. The target student should wish to expand their skill set to support their career in Linux system administration and operation. This course is also designed for students who are seeking the CompTIA Linux+ certification and who want to prepare for Exam XK0-004. CompTIA Linux+ XK0-004 Exam ObjectivesPer CompTIA, the following objectives are established for the Linux+ exam XK0-004:CompTIA Linux+ validates the skills of IT professionals with hands-on experience configuring, monitoring, and supporting servers running the Linux operating system. The new exam has an increased focus on the following topics: security, kernel modules, storage andamp; virtualization, device management at an enterprise level, git andamp; automation, networking andamp; firewalls, server-side andamp; command line, server (vs. client-based) coverage, troubleshooting, and SELinux.Potential Career Titles Linux Administrator Network Administrator Technical Support System Administrators Web Deployment Administrators Example Training Video (Not From This Course) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Intro andamp; Performing Basic Linux Tasks Instructor Introduction Course Introduction Identify The Linux Design Philosophy Enter Shell Commands Shell Commands Activity Get Help with Linux Module 2: Managing Users and Groups Assume Superuser and Groups Create, Modify, and Delete Users Create, Modify, and Delete Groups Query Users and Groups Configure Account Profiles Module 3: Managing Permissions and Ownership Modify File and Directory Permissions Modify File and Directory Ownership Configure Special Permissions and Attributes Troubleshoot Permissions Issues Module 4: Managing Storage Create Partitions Manage Logical Volumes Mount File Systems Manage File Systems Navigate the Linux Directory Structure Troubleshoot Storage Issues Module 5: Managing Files and Directories Create and Edit Text Files Search for Files Perform Operations on Files and Directories Process Text Files Manipulate File Output Module 6: Managing Kernel Modules Explore the Linux Kernel Install and Configure Kernel Modules Monitor Kernel Modules Module 7: Managing the Linux Boot Process Configure Linux Boot Components Configure GRUB Module 8: Managing System Components Configure Localization Options Configure GUIs Manage Services Troubleshoot Process Issues Troubleshoot CPU and Memory Issues Module 9: Managing Devices Identify the Types of Linux Configure Devices Monitor Devices Troubleshoot Hardware Issues Module 10: Managing Networking Identify TCP/IP Fundamentals Identify Linux Server Roles Connect to a Network Configure DHCP and DNS Client Services Configure Cloud and Virtualization Technologies Troubleshoot Networking Issues Module 11: Managing Packages and Software Identify Package Managers Manage RPM Packages with YUM Manage Debian Packages with APT Configure Repositories Acquire Software Build Software from Source Code Troubleshoot Software Dependency Issues Module 12: Securing Linux Systems Implement Cybersecurity Best Practices Implement Identity and Access Management Methods Configure SELinux or AppArmor Configure Firewalls Implement Logging Services Back Up, Restore, and Verify Data Module 13: Working with Bash Scripts Customize the Bash Shell Environment Identify Scripting and Programming Fundamentals Write and Execute a Simple Bash Script Incorporate Control Statements in Bash Scripts Module 14: Automating Tasks Schedule Jobs Implement Version Control Using Git Identify Orchestration Concepts Module 15: Installing Linux Prepare for Linux Installation Perform the Installation Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Master Linux system administration with our CompTIA Linux XK0-005 course. Learn essential skills, from managing users to securing systems, and prepare for certification success. Unlock the full potential of Linux system administration and prepare for the CompTIA Linux XK0-005 certification with this comprehensive course. Designed for IT professionals, system administrators, and Linux enthusiasts, this program equips you with the essential skills needed to manage, secure, and optimize Linux systems in modern IT environments. What You’ll Learn This course provides a step-by-step guide to mastering Linux concepts and practices: Perform Basic Linux Tasks: Learn shell commands, navigate the Linux design philosophy, and get support with Linux systems. User and Group Management: Gain expertise in creating, modifying, and managing users, groups, and account profiles. Permissions and Ownership: Configure file and directory permissions, troubleshoot issues, and apply advanced attributes. Storage Management: Master partitioning, logical volumes, and advanced container storage techniques. System Optimization: Explore kernel modules, manage the boot process, and troubleshoot CPU, memory, and system processes. Why Choose This Course? Comprehensive Coverage: Spanning everything from basic Linux tasks to modern IT infrastructure concepts. Hands-On Training: Practical labs and activities to enhance real-world application of Linux skills. Certification Focus: Aligns with the objectives of the CompTIA Linux XK0-005 exam. Expert Instructors: Learn from experienced Linux professionals with a deep understanding of the field. Course Modules Basic Linux Tasks: Introduction to Linux philosophy, shell commands, and help utilities. User and Group Management: Techniques for user creation, group configuration, and account management. Permissions and Ownership: Managing file permissions, ownership, and troubleshooting. Storage Management: Partitioning, file system management, and container storage. File and Directory Operations: Text processing, file manipulation, and directory navigation. Kernel and System Management: Linux kernel exploration, boot process configuration, and service management. Networking and Packages: Network connectivity, server roles, and software package management. Linux Security: Cybersecurity practices, firewalls, SELinux, logging, and backups. Bash Scripting: Customizing the shell environment and scripting fundamentals. Modern IT Infrastructure: Concepts like Infrastructure as Code (IaC), container management, and cloud networking basics. Who Should Take This Course? This course is ideal for: IT professionals looking to enhance their Linux expertise. Individuals preparing for the CompTIA Linux XK0-005 certification. System administrators managing Linux environments. Anyone interested in mastering Linux for personal or professional growth. Key Features Flexible Learning: Study at your own pace with online, on-demand modules. Real-World Scenarios: Practice with activities and examples drawn from real Linux environments. Exam-Ready Content: Prepare confidently for the CompTIA Linux XK0-005 certification exam. Frequently Asked Questions Related to CompTIA Linux+ (XK0-005) What is the CompTIA Linux XK0-005 certification?The CompTIA Linux XK0-005 certification validates your ability to perform advanced Linux system administration tasks, including managing users, securing systems, and optimizing Linux environments for modern IT infrastructure. Why is Linux important for IT professionalsLinux is a versatile and widely used operating system in servers, cloud platforms, and containers. For IT professionals, mastering Linux is crucial for managing modern IT environments and ensuring efficient and secure operations.What skills are essential for Linux system administration?Key skills include user and group management, file permissions, networking, system security, kernel configuration, and scripting. Mastering these allows effective management of Linux environments.How does Linux support modern IT infrastructure?Linux is foundational for modern IT infrastructure, powering cloud services, containerized applications, and virtualized environments. It supports scalability, security, and flexibility, making it essential for DevOps and infrastructure automation. What tools are commonly used in Linux administration?Common tools include package managers (YUM, APT), scripting languages (Bash), network configuration tools, security utilities like SELinux, and monitoring tools such as systemd and journalctl for troubleshooting. COURSE OUTLINE Module 1: Performing Basic Linux Tasks1.1 Introduction to Linux XK0-0051.2 Instructor Introduction1.3 Course Introduction1.4 Identify the Linux Design Philosophy1.5 Enter Shell Commands1.6 Shell Commands Activity1.7 Get Help with Linux Module 2: Managing Users and Groups2.1 Assume Superuser Privileges2.2 Create, Modify, and Delete Users2.3 Create, Modify, and Delete Groups2.4 Query Users and Groups2.5 Configure Account Profiles Module 3: Managing Permissions and Ownership3.1 Modify File and Directory Permissions3.2 Modify File and Directory Ownership3.3 Configure Special Permissions and Attributes3.4 Troubleshoot Permissions Issues Module 4: Managing Storage4.1 Create Partitions4.2 Manage Logical Volumes4.3 Mount File Systems4.4 Manage File Systems4.5 Navigate the Linux Directory Structure4.6 Troubleshoot Storage Issues4.7 Container Storage Management4.8 Advanced Data Management and Security for Containers Module 5: Managing Files and Directories5.1 Create and Edit Text Files5.2 Search for Files5.3 Perform Operations on Files and Directories5.4 Process Text Files5.5 Manipulate File Output Module 6: Managing Kernel Modules6.1 Explore the Linux Kernel6.2 Install and Configure Kernel Modules6.3 Monitor Kernel Modules Module 7: Managing the Linux Boot Process7.1 Configure Linux Boot Components7.2 Configure GRUB Module 8: Managing System Components8.1 Configure Localization Options8.2 Configure GUIs8.3 Manage Services8.4 Troubleshoot Process Issues8.5 Troubleshoot CPU and Memory Issues8.6 - Troubleshooting With systemd Module 9: Managing Devices9.1 Identify the Types of Linux Devices9.2 Configure Devices9.3 Monitor Devices9.4 Troubleshoot Hardware Issues Module 10: Managing Networking10.1 Identify TCP-IP Fundamentals10.2 Identify Linux Server Roles10.3 Connect to a Network10.4 Configure DHCP and DNS Client Services10.5 Configure Cloud and Virtualization Technologies10.6 Troubleshoot Networking Issues Module 11: Managing Packages and Software11.1 Identify Package Managers11.2 Manage RPM Packages with YUM11.3 Manage Debian Packages with APT11.4 Configure Repositories11.5 Acquire Software11.6 Build Software from Source Code11.7 Troubleshoot Software Dependency Issues Module 12: Securing Linux Systems12.1 Implement Cybersecurity Best Practices12.2 Implement Identity and Access Management Methods12.3 Configure SELinux or AppArmor12.4 Configure Firewalls12.5 Implement Logging Services12.6 Back Up, Restore, and Verify Data12.7 NFTables - Setting Up Advanced Firewalls Module 13: Working with Bash Scripts13.1 Customize the Bash Shell Environment13.2 Identify Scripting and Programming Fundamentals13.3 Write and Execute a Simple Bash Script13.4 Incorporate Control Statements in Bash Scripts Module 14: Automating Tasks14.1 Schedule Jobs14.2 Implement Version Control Using Git14.3 Identify Orchestration Concepts Module 15: Installing Linux15.1 Prepare for Linux Installation15.2 Perform the Installation Module 16 - Working With Modern IT Infrastruture16.1 - Infrastruture As Code (IAC)16.2 - Containers, Cloud, and Orchestration Concepts16.3 - Container Management16.4 - Container and Cloud Networking Basics LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The brand new CompTIA Network+ N10-008 Certification is a worldwide recognized qualification which validates the skills of networking professionals. The qualification recognizes a technician's ability to describe the features and functions of network components and to manage, maintain, troubleshoot, install, operate and configure basic network infrastructure.This course makes sure the successful candidate has the knowledge and skills required to implement a defined network architecture with basic network security. Furthermore, a successful candidate will be able to configure, maintain, and troubleshoot network devices using appropriate network tools and understand the features and purpose of network technologies. Candidates will be able to make basic solution recommendations, analyze network traffic, and be familiar with common protocols and media types. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) PrerequisitesStudents taking this course should meet the following pre-requisites: CompTIA A+ certification or equivalent experience At least 1 year of experience supporting TCP/IP networks Course Objectives By the end of this course, you will: Describe basic networking concepts Describe network infrastructure and explain how to deploy common network components Describe network operations and explain how to support a production network Describe network security concepts and explain how to implement basic network security Describe network troubleshooting and explain how to use common tools to troubleshoot a network Module 1 – Networking Concepts1.1 Basic NetworkingYou will explain basic networking.Topics: Intro to networking Networking architectures Activity Basic Networking 1.2 OSI ModelYou will explain devices, applications, protocols, and services at their appropriate OSI layers.Topics: Layer 7 – Application Layer 6 – Presentation Layer 5 – Session Layer 4 – Transport Layer 3 – Network Layer 2 – Data Link Layer 1 – Physical Activity Exploring the OSI Model 1.3 Protocols and PortsYou will explain the purposes and uses of ports and protocols.Topics: Protocols and ports overview Activity Examining Protocols and Ports Connection-oriented vs. connectionless Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Activity Comparing TCP and UDP Internet Protocol (IP) Internet Control Messaging Protocol (ICMP) Internet Group Messaging Protocol (IGMP) Activity Examining the Lower Layer Protocols Layer 7 Remote Control Protocols Layer 7 File Transfer Protocols Layer 7 Messaging Protocols Activity Examining Messaging Protocols Layer 7 Web Traffic Protocols Layer 7 Streaming Media Protocols Layer 7 Infrastructure Management Protocols 1.4 SwitchingYou will explain the concepts and characteristics of switching.Topics: Packet-switched vs. circuit-switched networks Properties of Network Traffic Contention Management Activity Creating Collision and Broadcast Domains Interface Properties and Segmentation Activity Creating a Basic Network Segment Switching prt 2 Activity Switching Switching Loop Management Activity Managing Switching Loops VLANs Activity Creating VLANs 1.5 RoutingYou will explain the concepts and characteristics of routing.Topics: ARP Activity Examining ARP IP Addressing Basics Activity Configuring IP Routers Activity Setting Up a Router Routing Basics Activity Adding Static Routes VLAN Routing Activity Routing Between VLANs NAT/PAT Activity Configuring NAT/PAT Routing Protocols Activity Configuring a Routing Protocol Firewalls Activity Configuring Firewalls 1.6 Advanced Switching and Routing ConceptsYou will explain advanced switching and routing concepts.Topics: IPv6 Concepts Activity Exploring IPv6 Performance Concepts Distributed Switching Software-defined Networking 1.7 IP AddressingYou will, given a scenario, configure the appropriate IP addressing components.Topics: Public vs. Private Loopback and Reserved Subnet Mask Default Gateway Virtual IP Subnetting Activity Learning to Subnet Address Assignments 1.8 Network Types and TopologiesYou will compare and contrast the characteristics of network topologies, types and technologies.Topics: Wired Topologies Wireless Topologies Network Types Technologies that Facilitate the Internet Of Things (IoT) (No activity for this chapter) 1.9 Wireless TechnologiesYou will, given a scenario, implement the appropriate wireless technologies and configurations.Topics: Radio Basics 802.11 Standards Wi-Fi Frequencies Wi-Fi Antenna Concepts Bluetooth Cellular Site Surveys Activity Using an RF Spectrum Analyzer 1.10 Cloud ConceptsYou will summarize cloud concepts and their purposes.Topics: Types of Services Cloud Delivery Models Security Implications/Considerations Activity Exploring Cloud Services 1.11 Network ServicesYou will explain the functions of network services.Topics: DNS Service Activity Setting up DNS DHCP Service Activity Setting Up DHCP NTP IPAM Module 2 – Infrastructure2.1 Cabling SolutionsYou will, given a scenario, deploy the appropriate cabling solution.Topics: Media Types Activity Testing a Fiber Optic Cable Plenum vs. PVC Connector Types Activity Crimping on an RJ-45 Connector Transceivers Termination Points Activity Terminating Cable to a 110 Block Copper Cable Standards Copper Termination Standards Activity Creating a Crossover Cable Ethernet Deployment Standards 2.2 Network Device Placement and InstallationYou will, given a scenario, determine the appropriate placement of networking devices on a network and install/configure them.Topics: Network Interface Repeater Hub Bridge Switch Router Modem Wireless Access Point Activity Setting up a WAP Firewall Media Converter Wireless Range Extender VoIP Endpoint 2.3 Advanced Network DevicesYou will explain the purposes and use cases for advanced networking devices.Topics: Multilayer Switch Wireless Controller Load Balancer IDS/IPS Proxy Server Activity Configuring Proxy Settings VPN Concentrator AAA/RADIUS Server UTM Appliance NGFW/Layer 7 Firewall VoIP PBX VoIP Gateway Content Filter 2.4 Virtualization and Network Storage TechnologiesYou will explain the purposes of virtualization and network storage technologies.Topics: Virtual Networking Components Network Storage Types Connection Types Jumbo Frames (No activity for this chapter) 2.5 WAN TechnologiesYou will compare and contrast WAN technologies.Topics: Service Types Transmission Mediums Characteristics of Service Activity Configuring WAN Links Termination Module 3 – Network Operations3.1 DocumentationYou will, given a scenario, use appropriate documentation and diagrams to manage the network.Topics: Diagram Symbols Standard Operating Procedures/Work Instructions Logical vs. Physical Diagrams Rack Diagrams Change Management Documentation Wiring and Port Locations IDF/MDF Documentation Labeling Network Configuration and Performance Baselines Inventory Management Activity Using Documentation 3.2 Business Continuity and Disaster RecoveryYou will compare and contrast business continuity and disaster recovery concepts.Topics: Availability Concepts Recovery Activity Backing Up Your Data MTTR MTBF SLA Requirements 3.3 Scanning, Monitoring, and PatchingYou will explain common scanning, monitoring and patching processes and summarize their expected outputs.Topics: Processes Event Management SNMP Monitors Metrics Activity Testing the Network 3.4 Remote Access MethodsYou will, given a scenario, use remote access methods.Topics: VPN RDP SSH VNC Telnet HTTPS/Management URL Remote File Access Out-of-Band Management Activity Making Remote Connections 3.5 Policies and Best PracticesYou will identify policies and best practices.Topics: Privileged User Agreement Password Policy On-boarding/Off-boarding Procedures Licensing Restrictions International Export Controls Data Loss Prevention Remote Access Policies Incident Response Policies BYOD AUP NDA System Life Cycle Safety Procedures And Policies Activity Creating Policies and Procedures Module 4 – Network Security4.1 Physical Security DevicesYou will summarize the purposes of physical security devices.Topics: Detection Prevention (No activity for this chapter) 4.2 Authentication and Access ControlYou will explain authentication and access controls.Topics: Authorization, Authentication, and Accounting Multifactor Authentication Access Control Activity Examining Access Control Mechanisms 4.3 Basic Wireless Network SecurityYou will, given a scenario, secure a basic wireless network.Topics: WPA WPA2 TKIP-RC4 CCMP-AES Authentication and Authorization Geofencing Activity Demonstrating the Need for Wireless Security 4.4 Common Network AttacksYou will summarize common networking attacks.Topics: DoS Social Engineering Insider Threat Logic Bomb Rogue Access Point Evil Twin War-driving Phishing Ransomware DNS Poisoning ARP Poisoning Spoofing Deauthentication Brute Force VLAN Hopping Man-in-the-Middle Exploits vs. Vulnerabilities Activity Conducting a Phishing Attack 4.5 Network Device HardeningYou will, given a scenario, implement network device hardening.Topics: Changing Default Credentials Avoiding Common Passwords File Hashing Generating New Keys Activity Supporting Secure Authentication and Encryption Upgrading Firmware Patching and Updates Disabling Unnecessary Services Using Secure Protocols Disabling Unused Ports 4.6 Common Mitigation TechniquesYou will explain common mitigation techniques and their purposes.Topics: Signature Management Device Hardening Change Native VLAN Switchport Protection Network Segmentation Privileged User Account File Integrity Monitoring Role Separation Restricting Access Via ACLs Honeypot/Honeynet Penetration Testing Activity Implementing a Honeypot Module 5 – Network Troubleshooting and Tools5.1 Network Troubleshooting MethodologyYou will explain the network troubleshooting methodology.Topics: Identify the Problem Establish a Theory of Probable Cause Test the Theory to Determine the Cause Establish a Plan of Action to Resolve the Problem and Identify Potential Effects Implement the Solution or Escalate as Necessary Verify Full System Functionality and , if Applicable, Implement Preventive Measures Document Findings, Actions, and Outcomes (No activity for this chapter) 5.2 Using the Appropriate ToolYou will, given a scenario, use the appropriate tool.Topics: Hardware Tools – Basic Hand Held Hardware Tools – Analyzers Activity Troubleshooting with Hardware Tools Software Tools – Testers and Analyzers Activity Troubleshooting with Software Tools Software Tools – Command Line Activity Using Command Line Tools 5.3 Troubleshoot Wired Connectivity and PerformanceYou will, given a scenario, troubleshoot common wired connectivity and performance issues.Topics: Signal Issues: Attenuation Latency Jitter Crosstalk EMI Activity Troubleshooting Signal Problems Physical Issues: Open/short Incorrect pin-out Incorrect Cable Type Bad Port Damaged cable Bent pins Transceiver Issues: Transceiver mismatch TX/RX reverse Duplex/speed mismatch Activity Troubleshooting Transceiver Problems Traffic Flow Issues: Bottleneck VLAN mismatch Network connection LED status indicators 5.4 Troubleshoot Wireless Connectivity and PerformanceYou will, given a scenario, troubleshoot common wireless connectivity and performance issues.Topics: Signal Loss: Attenuation Reflection Refraction Absorption Latency andamp; Jitter Antenna Issues: Incorrect antenna type Incorrect antenna placement Incorrect WAP type WAP Issues: Interference Channel overlap Overcapacity Distance limitations Frequency mismatch Power levels Signal-to-noise ratio WAP Misconfiguration: Wrong SSID Wrong passphrase Security type mismatch Activity Troubleshooting WAP Issues 5.5 Troubleshoot Common Network Service IssuesYou will, given a scenario, troubleshoot common network service issues.Topics: Common Network Issues: Physical Connectivity Incorrect IP Address Incorrect Gateway Incorrect Netmask Names Not Resolving Untrusted SSL Certificate DHCP Issues: Duplicate IP Addresses Expired IP Address Rogue DHCP Exhausted DHCP Scope Firewall/ACL Issues: Blocked TCP/UDP Ports Incorrect Host-based Firewall Settings Incorrect ACL Settings Advanced Network Issues: DNS Server Issues Duplicate MAC Addresses Incorrect Time Unresponsive Service Hardware Failure Activity Case Study: Troubleshooting an Unusual LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing centre. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Prepare for the CompTIA Network+ N10-009 certification exam with our vendor-neutral training, designed to equip you with skills in network implementation, operations, and security. This course aligns with the latest exam objectives, including IPv6, cloud networking, and performance-based questions (PBQs) to ensure you’re ready for real-world scenarios.CompTIA Network Course Highlights Comprehensive curriculum covering the five domains of the N10-009 exam: Networking Concepts, Network Implementation, Network Operations, Network Security, and Network Troubleshooting. 41 hours and 55 minutes of high-quality, engaging video content. Interactive practice quizzes, flashcards, and games for effective learning. Hands-on activities such as configuring routing protocols, setting up VLANs, and testing network devices. Full-length practice exams to boost your confidence and exam readiness. Access to downloadable resources, study guides, and progress-tracking tools. What You’ll Learn This course provides an in-depth exploration of networking principles and technologies: Networking Concepts (23%)* OSI model, IPv4/IPv6 addressing, cloud connectivity.* Master IP addressing, subnetting, and modern network environments.Network Implementation (20%)* Gain expertise in configuring routers, switches, and VLANs.* Learn how to design and deploy wireless and physical network installations.Network Operations (19%)* Monitor and manage network performance using SNMP and other tools.* Understand disaster recovery concepts and implement DHCP and DNS services.Network Security (14%)* Identify and mitigate network attacks such as phishing and denial-of-service attacks.* Implement network defense technology.* Techniques, encryption, and access control measures.Network Troubleshooting (24%)* Use a systematic troubleshooting methodology to resolve network issues.* Diagnose performance problems, cabling errors, and service disruptions with professional tools like NMAP, NSLOOKUP, and spectrum analyzers. You’ll Gain The Knowledge to: Deploy wired and wireless networks using modern tools like SDN and virtualization. Troubleshoot network issues with ping, tracert, and Wireshark. Secure networks against threats like DDoS attacks and ransomware. Master subnetting techniques and IPv6 addressing for real-world applications. Why Choose This Course? Our on-demand format allows you to learn at your own pace, with one years access to materials on any device. With over 40 hours of engaging content, you’ll gain the practical skills needed to excel in real-world IT networking scenarios. This course is packed with features, including: Scenario-based learning activities to strengthen your hands-on skills. Study guides designed to help you retain critical information. 34 CEUs to renew certifications such as CompTIA A+, Security+, and Linux+. Exam Details Format: 90 questions (multiple-choice + PBQs), 90 minutes. Passing Score: 720/900. Recommended Experience: CompTIA A+ or 1 year of network admin experience. Who Should Enroll? Aspiring network administrators and engineers. IT support specialists looking to upskill. Help desk technicians aiming to advance their careers. Anyone preparing to pass the CompTIA Network+ N10-009 exam. Get Started Today Invest in your future by enrolling in our CompTIA Network+ N10-009 training course. Gain the skills and confidence to tackle complex networking challenges and achieve your certification goals. Don’t wait—take the first step toward a rewarding IT career today. . COURSE DESCRIPTION Module 1: Networking Concepts1.1 Networking Overview1.1.1-Activity-Creating a Network1.2 OSI and DOD Model1.2.1-Activity-Examining the OSI Layers1.3 Networking Appliances, Applications and Functions1.3.1-Activity-Using Online Proxies1.4 Cloud Concepts and Connectivity1.4.1-Activity-Creating Cloud Resources1.5 Ports, Protocols, Services and Traffic Types1.5.1-Activity-Examining ARP and ICMP1.5.2-Activity-Examining DNS and Ports1.6 Wireless Transmission Media1.6.1-Activity-Configuring-WiFi1.7 Wired Transmission Media and Transceivers1.8 Network Topologies, Architectures and Types1.9a IPv4 Network Addressing - Part 11.9b IPv4 Network Addressing - Part 21.9.1-Activity-Configuring Client IP Settings1.9.2-Activity-Subnetting - Delta 1281.9.3-Activity-Subnetting-Delta-641.9.4-Activity-Subnetting WAN Links1.10a Modern Network Environments - Part 11.10b Modern Network Environments - Part 2 Module 2: Network Implementation2.1 Implementing Routing Technologies2.1.1-Activity-Setting Up Basic Routing2.1.2-Activity-Adding Static Routes2.1.3-Activity- Configuring Routing Protocols2.1.4-Activity-Configuring Port Address Translation2.2 Configuring Switching Technologies and Features2.2.1-Activity-Connecting Devices with a Switch2.2.2-Activity-Creating VLANs2.2.3-Activity-Voice and Data VLANs2.2.4-Activity-VLAN-Trunking2.2.5-Activity-VLAN Routing2.3 Selecting and Configuring Wireless Devices and Technologies2.3.1-Activity-Creating a WLAN2.4 Physical Installations2.4.1-Activity-Managing Cable2.4.2-Activity-Punching Down Twisted Pair Module 3: Network Operations3.1 Organizational Processes and Procedures3.2 Network Monitoring Technologies3.2.1-Activity-Exploring SNMP3.3 Disaster Recovery (DR)3.4 IPv4 and IPv6 Network Services3.4.1-Activity-Implementing a DHCP Relay Agent-Part 13.4.2-Activity-Implementing a DHCP Relay Agent-Part 23.4.3-Activity-DNS-Part 13.4.4-Activity-DNS-Part 23.5 Network Access and Management Module 4: Network Security4.1a Network Security Concepts - Part 14.1b Network Security Concepts - Part 24.1.1-Activity-Exploring Encryption4.1.2-Activity-Applying Authorization4.1.3-Activity-Testing a Honeypot4.2 Network Attacks4.2.1-Activity-Launching a Denial of Service Attack4.2.2-Activity-Phishing for Credentials4.2.3-Activity-Deploying a Malicious Charging Cable4.3 Network Defense4.3.1-Activity-Implementing ACLs Module 5: Network Troubleshooting5.1 Troubleshooting Methodology5.2 Common Cabling and Physical Interface Issues5.2.1-Activity-Selecting the Right Cable5.2.2-Activity-Crimping an RJ-45 End on a Cable5.3 Network Service Issues5.3.1-Activity-Troubleshooting a Routed Network5.4 Performance Issues5.5 Troubleshooting Tools and Protocols5.5.1-Activity-Using Command Line Commands5.5.2-Activity-Using NSLOOKUP and DIG5.5.3-Activity-Using NMAP5.5.4-Activity-Troubleshooting Using CDP and LLDP5.5.5-Activity-Testing a cable5.5.6-Activity-Toning a cable5.5.7-Activity-Using a Spectrum Analyzer5.5.8-Activity-Testing a Fiber Optic Cable5.5.9-Activity-Using Network Device Commands5.6 Course Closeout LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing centre. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Are you ready to take your cybersecurity skills to the next level? Our CompTIA Pentest+ Course (PTO-003) is designed to equip you with the knowledge and hands-on experience needed to excel in penetration testing and ethical hacking. This comprehensive on-demand training covers everything from network security and web application attacks to cloud-based vulnerabilities and social engineering techniques. The CompTIA Pentest+ Course (PTO-003) is an on-demand training program designed to equip you with the skills needed to become a certified penetration tester. This comprehensive course covers essential topics such as vulnerability assessment, network attacks, web application security, cloud-based vulnerabilities, and social engineering techniques. You’ll gain hands-on experience with industry-standard tools like Metasploit, Wireshark, and NMAP, and learn to use frameworks like MITRE ATTandamp;CK. Whether you’re preparing for the CompTIA Pentest+ certification exam or looking to advance your cybersecurity career, this course provides the knowledge and practical skills to succeed in the field of ethical hacking and penetration testing. Key Features of the CompTIA Pentest+ Course: Learn to perform vulnerability assessments and penetration tests using industry-standard tools like Metasploit, Wireshark, and NMAP. Master the MITRE ATTandamp;CK framework and other penetration testing methodologies. Gain hands-on experience with network attacks, authentication attacks, and post-exploitation techniques. Prepare for the CompTIA Pentest+ (PTO-003) certification exam with real-world scenarios and practical exercises. Learn to secure cloud environments, wireless networks, and mobile devices from cyber threats. Who Should Enroll? Aspiring penetration testers and ethical hackers. IT professionals looking to specialize in cybersecurity. Anyone preparing for the CompTIA Pentest+ certification exam. Why Choose This Course? On-demand access: Learn at your own pace, anytime, anywhere. Hands-on labs: Practice real-world penetration testing techniques. Expert instruction: Learn from industry-leading cybersecurity professionals. Career advancement: Boost your resume with a globally recognized certification. Enroll Now and start your journey to becoming a certified penetration tester with the CompTIA Pentest+ Course (PTO-003). Don’t miss this opportunity to advance your cybersecurity career! FAQ's What is the CompTIA PenTest+ Certification?The CompTIA PenTest+ is a cybersecurity certification that validates skills in penetration testing, vulnerability assessment, and ethical hacking. It is designed for professionals who conduct security assessments and penetration testing to identify and mitigate security risks. What is the CompTIA PenTest+ Certification?The CompTIA PenTest+ is a cybersecurity certification that validates skills in penetration testing, vulnerability assessment, and ethical hacking. It is designed for professionals who conduct security assessments and penetration testing to identify and mitigate security risks. Who should take the CompTIA PenTest+ exam?The CompTIA PenTest+ certification is ideal for cybersecurity professionals such as penetration testers, security analysts, vulnerability assessment specialists, and ethical hackers who want to enhance their skills in identifying and exploiting security vulnerabilities. What are the prerequisites for the CompTIA PenTest+ exam?There are no mandatory prerequisites for the CompTIA PenTest+ exam, but it is recommended that candidates have Network+, Security+, or equivalent knowledge along with 3-4 years of hands-on experience in information security or penetration testing. How much does the CompTIA PenTest+ exam cost?As of 2025, the CompTIA PenTest+ exam costs approximately $392 USD. Prices may vary by region and discounts may be available for students, military personnel, and CompTIA members. How long is the CompTIA PenTest+ certification valid?The CompTIA PenTest+ certification is valid for three years from the date of passing the exam. To maintain certification, professionals must earn Continuing Education Units (CEUs) or retake the exam. . COURSE OUTLINE - CompTIA Pentest+ PT0-003 The topics in this course follow a natural real-world pentest engagement flow, as well as map to the exam objectives. Module 1 - Engagement Management1.1 Pre Engagement Activities1.2 Collaboration and Communication Activities1.3 Testing Frameworks and Methodologies1.3.1 Examining MITRE ATTandamp;CK1.4 Engagement Management Review Module 2 - Reconnaissance and Enumeration2.1 Passive Reconnaissance2.1.1 Google Hacking2.2 Active Reconnaissance2.2.1 Port Scanning and Fingerprinting2.2.2 Tracing a Network Path with Traceroute2.2.3 Intercepting Data with Wireshark2.2.4 Web Scraping2.3 Enumeration Techniques2.3.1 Directory Enumeration2.3.2 Email Enumeration2.4 Reconnaissance and Enumeration Scripts2.4.1 Using Scripts2.5 Reconnaissance and Enumeration Tools2.5.1 Perform OSINT with Recon ng2.5.2 Adding an API Key to Recon ng2.5.3 Discovering IoT with Shodan2.5.4 Performing WHOIS Lookups2.5.5 Performing DNS Lookups2.5.6 Using NMAP Scripts2.5.7 Performing OSINT with theHarvester2.6 Reconnaissance and Enumeration Review Module 3 - Vulnerability Discovery and Analysis3.1 Vulnerability Discovery3.1.1 Performing a Vulnerability Scan with OpenVAS3.1.2 Performing Static Code Analysis3.2 Reconnaissance, Scanning and Enumeration Output Analysis3.3 Physical Security3.3.1 Cloning an RFID Badge3.3.2 Cloning NFC with Flipper Zero3.4 Vulnerability Discover and Analysis Review Module 4 - Attacks and Exploits4.1 Prioritize and Prepare Attacks4.2 Network Attacks4.2.1 Performing an On Path Attack4.2.2 Executing a Network Attack with Metasploit4.2.3 Migrating Meterpreter to Another Process4.2.4 Creating a Malware Dropper with Msfvenom4.2.5 Using Netcat4.2.6 Capturing Files with Wireshark4.3 Authentication Attacks4.3.1 Brute Forcing with Medusa4.3.2 Pass the Hash4.3.3 Password Spraying with Hydra4.3.4 Pass the Token Attack4.3.5 Spoofing Authentication with Responder4.3.6 Cracking Linux Passwords with John the Ripper4.3.7 Hashcat Password Cracking4.4 Host Based Attacks4.4.1 Privilege Escalation with Eternal Blue4.4.2 Log Tampering4.4.3 Pwn a Linux Target from Start to Finish4.5 Web Application Attacks4.5.1 Performing Directory Traversal4.5.2 Grabbing Passwords with SQL Injection4.5.3 SQLi on a Live Website Part 14.5.4 SQLi on a Live Website Part 24.5.5 Command Injection4.5.6 Injecting an iFrame with Stored XSS4.5.7 Busting the DOM4.5.8 IDOR Abuse with Burp Suite4.5.9 Web Session Hijacking4.5.10 Parameter Tampering with Burp Suite4.6 Cloud Based Attacks4.6.1 Hacking S3 Buckets4.7 Wireless Attacks4.7.1 WiFi Pumpkin Evil Twin4.7.2 WPA2 Crack Attack4.8 Social Engineering Attacks4.8.1 Phishing for Credentials4.8.2 OMG Cable Baiting4.9 Specialized System Attacks4.9.1 Pwn a Mobile Device4.10 Automated Script Attacks4.11 Attacks and Exploits Review Module 5 - Post-exploitation and Lateral Movement5.1 Establishing and Maintaining Persistence5.1.1 Creating a Persistent Netcat Back Door5.1.2 Exfiltrating Data with a Scheduled Task5.2 Lateral Movement5.2.1 Preparing to Pivot5.2.2 Lateral Movement through Pivoting5.3 Staging and Exfiltration5.3.1 Hiding Data with Steganography5.3.2 Automatically Exfiltrating Data5.4 Cleanup and Restoration5.5 Post-Exploitation and Lateral Movement Review Module 6 - Deliverables6.1 Penetration Test Report Components6.2 Report Findings and Recommendations6.2.1 Examining Pentest Reports6.3 Deliverables Review6.4 Course Conclusion . LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 training provides students with core security skills needed to function in a security role in Information Security.Security Plus certification provided by CompTIA is a globally recognized certification for IT security professionals. It is the foundation needed to work in and grow your career in a rewarding cybersecurity role. The official Exam ID is SY0-701.After taking this Security+ Plus Certification training, students are prepared to sit for exam SY0-701 required by CompTIA for certification. Following this course, students wanting to advance in a cybersecurity field should consider the more advanced CySA+ course.As a Certified Security plus professional, you will have skills that exhibit the ability to work hands-on as a problem solver. Your job role will typically include securing company systems, software, and hardware. You will gain skills in risk assessment, incident response management, security controls, computer forensics, networks, and cloud operations.CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 Course OverviewDive into the evolving world of cybersecurity with our CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 course. This program is meticulously crafted to align with the latest cybersecurity trends and techniques, ensuring learners grasp the core concepts and skills necessary in today’s dynamic IT security landscape. Ideal for aspiring security specialists, network administrators, and IT auditors, this course is a stepping stone to mastering essential cybersecurity principles and practices.Course Modules and HighlightsModule 1: General Security Concepts Kickstart your journey with a thorough understanding of fundamental security concepts and controls. Delve into Zero Trust models, a pivotal aspect of modern cybersecurity strategies. Engage in hands-on activities such as testing honeypots, crucial for grasping deception and disruption techniques. Learn about cryptographic solutions, including both symmetric and asymmetric encryption. Module 2: Threats, Vulnerabilities, and Mitigations Explore various threat actors, motivations, and the latest trends in attack vectors, integral to risk management in cybersecurity. Understand social engineering, operating system vulnerabilities, and application attacks, reflecting the current threat landscape. Practical exercises on buffer overflows, SQL injections, and XSS attacks, preparing you for real-world cybersecurity challenges. Module 3: Security Architecture Gain insights into designing and implementing secure network and system architectures. Focus on hybrid and cloud operations, critical in today’s cloud-dominated IT environments. Explore Internet of Things (IoT) and Operational Technology (OT) security, increasingly relevant in modern enterprise networks. Module 4: Security Operations Dive into the domain of security operations, learning about monitoring, vulnerability management, and incident response. Understand the importance of identity and access management, a key component in managing user identities and access control. Module 5: Security Program Management and Oversight Conclude with insights into effective security governance and risk management processes. Learn about the impact of third-party risks and compliance requirements in cybersecurity. Who Should Enroll?This course is designed for individuals aiming to start or advance their careers in cybersecurity. It’s particularly beneficial for entry-level cybersecurity professionals, security engineers, and system administrators.Enhanced Features for Better Learning Course structured around the latest CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 exam domains. Emphasis on vendor-neutral certification, making the skills learned applicable across various technologies and platforms. Inclusion of current trends in cybersecurity, ensuring the content is up-to-date and relevant. Testing and official certification are provided by CompTIA. Please Note: The Official CompTIA Certification Exam is not included. Click here for testing options.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1 - SY0-701 General Security Concepts1.0 Introduction to the Course1.1 Fundamental Security Concepts1.2 Zero Trust1.3 Deception and Disruption1.3.1 ACTIVITY - Testing a Honeypot1.4 Security Controls1.5 Change Management and Security1.6 Cryptography Basics1.6.1 ACTIVITY - Examining Symmetric Encryption1.7 Asymmetric Encryption1.7.1 ACTIVITY - Exploring Asymmetric Encryption1.8 Hashing1.8.1 ACTIVITY - Verifying Integrity with Hashing1.9 Digital Certificates1.10 Public Key Infrastructure1.11 Data and Keys1.12 Crypto Implementations1.13 Blockchain1.14 Non-Cryptographic Data ProtectionModule 2 - SY0-701 Threats, Vulnerabilities, and Mitigations2.1 Threat Actors and Motivations2.2 Threat Vectors2.2.1 ACTIVITY - O.MG Cable Baiting2.2.2 O.MG-No Cable2.3 Social Engineering2.4 Operating System Vulnerabilities and Attacks2.5 Application Vulnerabilities and Attacks2.5.1 ACTIVITY - Performing a Buffer Overflow2.6 Web-based Vulnerabilities and Attacks2.6.1 ACTIVITY - Abusing Unsanitized Input2.6.2 ACTIVITY - Grabbing Passwords with SQL Injection2.6.3 ACTIVITY - Swiping a Token with XSS2.7 Other Vulnerabilities2.8 Common Malicious Activity Indicators2.9 Insider Threat Indicators2.10 Social Engineering Indicators2.10.1 ACTIVITY - Capturing Credentials through Social Engineering2.11 Malware Activity Indicators2.12 Operating System Attack Indicators2.13 Application Attack Indicators2.13.1 ACTIVITY - Recognizing Directory Traversal2.14 Physical Attack Indicators2.14.1 ACTIVITY - Quickly Cloning an RFID Badge2.15 Network Attack Indicators2.15.1 ACTIVITY - Crashing a Target with DoS2.16 Cryptographic Attack Indicators2.17 Password Attack Indicators2.17.1 ACTIVITY - Password Cracking2.18 Network Segmentation2.19 Access Control2.20 Enterprise Device HardeningModule 3 - SY0-701 Security Architecture3.1 Network Segmentation3.1.1 ACTIVITY - Segementing a Network3.2 High Availability3.3 Virtualization3.3.1 ACTIVITY - Deploying Docker Containers3.4 Cloud3.5 Serverless Computing3.6 IoT3.7 ICS SCADA3.7.1 ACTIVITY - Operating a SCADA System3.8 RTOS and Embedded Systems3.9 Reducing the Attack Surface3.10 Firewalls3.11 IDS IPS.mp43.12 Secure Communications - Access3.13 Port Security3.14 SD-WAN and SASE3.15 Data Classifications3.16 Protecting Data Types3.17 Data Considerations3.18 Redundancy3.19 Alternate Sites3.20 Multiple Platforms3.21 Business ContinuityModule 4 - SY0-701 Security Operations4.1 Secure Baselines4.2 Attack Surface Reduction4.3 Wireless Installation4.4 Wireless Security Settings4.5 Mobile Solutions4.5.1 ACTIVITY - Pwning a Mobile Device4.6 Application Security Management4.7 Asset Management4.8 Vulnerability Management4.9 Monitoring Activities4.10 Monitoring Tools4.10.1 ACTIVITY - Scanning a Network for Vulnerabilities4.11 Firewall Configuration4.11.1 ACTIVITY - Configuring Firewall Rules4.12 Intrusion Detection Configuration4.13 Web Traffic Filtering4.14 Operating System Policy4.14.1 ACTIVITY - Examining Windows Group Policy4.15 Network Service Security4.16 Data Loss Protection4.16.1 ACTIVITY - Checking File Integrity4.17 Network Access Control4.17.1 ACTIVITY - Require Multifactor Authentication4.18 Identity Management4.19 Access Management4.19.1 ACTIVITY - Implementing Access Control4.20 Security Automation4.21 Incident Response4.22 Digital ForensicsModule 5 - SY0-701 Security Program Management and Oversight5.1 Elements of Effective Security Governance5.2 Elements of the Risk Management Process5.3 Third Party Risk Assessment and Management5.3.1 ACTIVITY - Analyzing the Solar Winds Supply Chain Failure5.4 Effective Security Compliance5.5 Audits and Assessments5.5.1 ACTIVITY - Conducting OSINT5.5.2 ACTIVITY - Performing Active Reconnaissance5.6 Security Awareness Practices5.7 Course OutroKey Term Knowledge Base: Key Terms Related to CompTIA Security+ SY0-701Understanding key terms is crucial in effectively grasping the concepts and principles of cybersecurity, especially when preparing for certifications like the CompTIA Security+ SY0-701. This certification covers a broad range of cybersecurity topics, so familiarizing yourself with its terminology can greatly aid in comprehension and application in real-world scenarios. Term Definition Access Control The selective restriction of access to data and resources. Advanced Persistent Threat (APT) A prolonged and targeted cyberattack in which an intruder gains access to a network and remains undetected for an extended period. Cryptography The practice of securing information by transforming it into an unreadable format. Cybersecurity The practice of protecting systems, networks, and programs from digital attacks. Data Breach An incident where information is stolen or taken from a system without the knowledge or authorization of the system’s owner. Denial of Service (DoS) An attack that aims to shut down a machine or network, making it inaccessible to its intended users. Encryption The process of converting information or data into a code to prevent unauthorized access. Firewall A network security system that monitors and controls incoming and outgoing network traffic based on predetermined security rules. Intrusion Detection System (IDS) A device or software application that monitors a network or systems for malicious activity or policy violations. Malware Software designed to disrupt, damage, or gain unauthorized access to a computer system. Network Security Measures taken to protect the integrity, confidentiality, and accessibility of computer networks and data. Penetration Testing A simulated cyber attack against your computer system to check for exploitable vulnerabilities. Phishing A type of social engineering attack often used to steal user data, including login credentials and credit card numbers. Risk Management The process of identifying, assessing, and controlling threats to an organization’s capital and earnings. Secure Socket Layer (SSL) A standard security technology for establishing an encrypted link between a server and a client. Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) Software that provides real-time analysis of security alerts generated by applications and network hardware. Social Engineering The use of deception to manipulate individuals into divulging confidential or personal information that may be used for fraudulent purposes. Two-Factor Authentication A security process in which the user provides two different authentication factors to verify themselves. Virtual Private Network (VPN) A service that allows you to connect to the internet via a server run by a VPN provider, enhancing your online privacy and security. Zero-Day Attack A cyber attack that occurs on the same day a weakness is discovered in software, before a fix becomes available. These terms provide a foundational understanding for anyone studying for the CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 certification or interested in the field of cybersecurity. Frequently Asked Questions Related to CompTIA Security+ 701What is the CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 Certification?The CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 is the latest version of the Security+ certification, a globally recognized credential validating foundational IT security knowledge and skills. It focuses on practical security skills and principles, keeping pace with the evolving cybersecurity landscape.How does the SY0-701 version differ from its predecessors?The SY0-701 version of Security+ has been updated to include the latest cybersecurity trends and techniques, emphasizing areas like risk assessment, incident response, enterprise networks, hybrid/cloud operations, and security controls. It reflects a more focused approach to cybersecurity, aligning with the current industry needs.Who should take the CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 exam?This certification is ideal for security specialists, network administrators, IT auditors, security consultants, security engineers, system administrators, and entry-level cybersecurity professionals. It is particularly beneficial for those seeking to establish or advance their careers in the field of IT security.Are there prerequisites for the SY0-701 exam?While there are no strict prerequisites, it is recommended that candidates have a solid background of at least two years in a security or systems administrator job role. Familiarity with general IT concepts and practices is also beneficial for understanding the course material.What topics are covered in the SY0-701 exam?The SY0-701 exam covers five main domains: General Security Concepts, Threats, Vulnerabilities, and Mitigations, Security Architecture, Security Operations, and Security Program Management and Oversight. These domains include a range of topics from cybersecurity controls and risk management to incident response and cloud security. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Bundle Description This bundle contains 4 courses. A complete description of each course can be found by clicking on each course link below: Coding for Beginners Computers andamp; Internet for Beginners Online Security Training Web Applications for Beginners Who can take theses courses?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take theses courses. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the courses?Each course is broken down into individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the courses at your convenience. Where / when can I study the courses?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the courses?Once you have completed all modules of each course, there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print the certificate any time you need it. Course Details Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The introduction to computers course is ideal for anyone who is looking to learn basic computer and internet skills. This is an excellent course for students, teachers, professionals or anyone who would like to learn more about computers, the internet and social media. Technology is evolving every day, and with a basic understanding of computers, not only can you communicate with a wider variety of people, but you can also get ahead in your personal and professional life. As you work through this course, you will obtain an overview of basic computer and internet skills and how to stay safe while you are online. With this online course all of your course information is available whenever and wherever you require it. You are awarded the opportunity to study at a pace that is comfortable for you, which means you can access the course information 24 hours a day. You can access the course with any internet enabled device, and you will receive complimentary online support while you train. Furthermore, you will find the course to be incredibly easy to go through thanks to the flexible modules. Upon completion of this course and a multiple choice exam, you will be awarded your diploma. You can download and print the diploma at home. What You Will Learn The introduction to computers course has been written to give students a full overview of basic computer skills, and it will put you on the fast track to success. The course covers the following: An introduction to computers Fixing mistakes and working with files Using your computer for daily tasks Keyboard shortcuts and applications What is the internet and basic internet skills How to use the internet How to use the Cloud How to use your email and social media How to stay safe on the internet Help buying computers Benefits of the Introduction to Computers Diploma When you work towards earning your introduction to computers diploma online, you will find a number of benefits. These include the following: You can study from anywhere there is a valid internet connection and you can study at a time that is convenient for you. You can also study at a pace that is comfortable for you. There is no time limit, so if it takes you days or months, you can still complete the course. The capability to study from any device including computers, mobile phones or tablets. There are easily manageable modules, which help to make studying an enjoyable experience. Friendly and convenient online support is available to help you stay on track. A comprehensive syllabus, which virtually guarantees that you will get the knowledge you require to work with computers in your personal and professional life. Improving your prospects when applying for work in your prospective industry. When completing the course, you will receive a certified diploma that is respected in the industry. A pricing structure that is affordable. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: A Basic Overview of Computers Module 2: Fixing Mistakes and Working with Files Module 3: Common Day-to-Day Computer Tasks Module 4: Keyboard Shortcuts and Using Applications Module 5: Basic Internet Use Module 6: How to Use the Internet Module 7: Beyond Internet Basics Module 8: Email and Social Media Module 9: Internet Safety Module 10: Computer Buying Guide Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description It’s important your staff know how to prevent and respond to concussions, especially if it is a medical emergency. This online Concussion Awareness training course will enhance your staff’s knowledge of concussions for adults, children and in sports, alongside how to treat them effectively. Enquire today!Unfortunately, concussions are incredibly common and can happen to anyone who receives a traumatic head injury. If concussion goes unnoticed and untreated, it can lead to long-term dizziness, headaches and confusion for the sufferer. Therefore, it is vital that your staff are aware of concussions and know what to look out for in order to protect your patients.This Concussion Awareness training course will teach your staff what a concussion is, the signs and symptoms of one, how to assess someone with a concussion, first aid measures, when a head injury might be a medical emergency, recovery advice, and sport related concussions. Perfect for coaches, parents, sport officials, trainers, and anyone interested in learning more about concussions. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this Concussion course, learners should know and understand the following: Defining concussion - Describe what concussion is Signs of concussion - Recognise signs and symptoms of concussion in adults and children How to assess a concussion - Describe how to assess someone with a concussion First aid measures - Understand first aid measures for concussion Medical emergency - Understand when a head injury may be a medical emergency Recovery advice - Describe what recovery advice might be for concussion Sport concussions - Understand concussion in the context of sport Course OutlineThe aim of this online Concussion training course is to greater increase your knowledge of concussion and the signs of concussion, as well as the relevant legislation. The key points covered in this course are: Defining concussion Signs of concussion How to assess a concussion First aid measures Medical emergency Recovery advice Sport concussions Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Employee appraisals are one of the most important aspects of any business. The process of assessing the performance and effectiveness of employees in their positions not only benefits the staff involved, but strengthens and improves the entire company.This course provides a comprehensive insight into all the elements involved in creating an effective employee appraisal.From the structures that need to be in place and pitfalls to avoid, to the methods of collecting information and the drawing up of the appraisal, this comprehensive course will take you through the entire process.What's Covered in the Course? How to analyse your company needs and formulate the goals which will define your employee appraisal, ensuring its relevance and success How to apply different methods of collecting information for an appraisal and the pros and cons of each method How to structure an appraisal, incorporating every standard category, as well as a few specialised extras The science of successfully applying the information gathered to maximise efficacy The legalities involved, drawbacks to be aware of and methods to overcome any negative repercussions that might occur Benefits of Taking This Course You will be able to construct a viable and effective employee appraisal You will understand your employees better and improve the relationships and communication within the company You will understand the legalities involved in employee appraisals and avoid any disputes that might arise from the process You will learn to apply the information gathered to maximise both the performance of the employee and the company You will learn to reassess your employee’s roles, place them where they are the most effective and truly optimise the entire staffing process Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction to Employee Appraisals Module 2: Data Collection Methods Module 3: Appraisal Structure Module 4: Optimising Results Module 5: Legalities and Drawbacks Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Conducting effective and engaging meetings offers many rewards: increasing productivity, maximising time usage and generating the quality decision, clear directions and detailed instructions required to reach business goals. Learning how to plan, facilitate and direct meetings keeps your team on track and will save huge amounts of energy and resources which naturally equate to significant cost savings. This course has been created for leaders, employers, employees and anyone else interested in conducting highly effective and productive meetings. This course gets to the very bottom of what you need to know and has been written in a simple, straightforward way, organised into modules that cover the key themes needed to truly maximise the time spent in this vital collaborative effort. The information in this course is based on scientific research and has been practically applied, tried and tested in real life business settings and used by businesses and organisations to accomplish their goals. To get the most from meetings, it is necessary to understand how to utilise specific methods, processes and attitudes to take meetings from being just a gathering of people, towards being a powerful tool for business success. The course contains illustrated examples of the concepts, tools and techniques needed and helps you practically apply the knowledge through exercises, tests and worksheets. What You Will Learn Understand what an efficient meeting is and the elements needed to ensure success Be an effective meeting leader who can prepare an optimised and effective agenda Manage different types of meetings and discover which ones suit your needs the best Create the conducive environment necessary for enhanced participation fostering open discussions Identify and centre meetings around a clear purpose and objective to measure meeting success Continually improve and refine meetings with targeted feedback mechanisms Learn how to assertively and effectively communicate during meetings Identify and negate disruptive influences and personalities Manage time and ensure effective delegation and task management Identify gaps in your own knowledge and skills to ensure continued growth and development The knowledge and information this course offers can be used by any business to increase operational efficiency and train meeting leaders in the tools and methods needed to succeed. Meeting leaders will learn how to maximise results, enhance participation, improve decision making, minimise waste and transform the effectiveness of time spent together. Benefits of the Conducting Rewarding Meetings Certificate course When you earn your certificate in Conducting Rewarding Meetings, you will find a number of benefits including the following: Flexibility to study whenever and wherever you choose. The ability to work to your own schedule. There is no time limit for this course, so whether it takes you days or months, it doesn’t matter. You can use any internet-enabled device, such as a PC, mobile phone or tablet to access the course. Easily access online support while you take the course, which allows you to stay on track at all times. Get the knowledge you require by following the comprehensive syllabus. Improve your work performance as soon as you begin the course by applying what you learn immediately. Access to a course that is affordable and beneficial; a good investment into your future. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: How To Become An Effective Meeting Leader Module 2: Leading an Effective Meeting Module 3: The 5 P’s of Rewarding Meetings Module 4: Guidelines for Running Short Meetings Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Resolving conflicts is essential to the function of all businesses. Conflicts are inevitable; how they’re dealt with is optional. Conflicts can either reduce productivity or create a hostile working environment, or they can be resolved in a manner that strengthens working relationships. To get the best results you need to know how to approach them. This course tells you exactly how to transmute negative encounters in the workplace into a beneficial opportunity for growth. This course has been created for management, staff, and anyone interested in possessing the knowledge and skills to resolve workplace conflicts. This course covers key themes vital to resolving conflicts. All the information is based on up to date scientific research and has been successfully applied in the workplace to resolve real-life conflicts and is presented in easily understandable language. The skills, tools, and knowledge contained in this course are illustrated with examples to help you grasp the fundamental concepts of conflict resolution. Worksheets, quizzes, tests, and interactive exercises are provided to reinforce and aid your learning. You Will Learn: How to identify the primary causes of conflict within the workplace The impact of conflict in the workplace How to manage conflict in the workplace The importance of positive workplace behaviors How to identify and properly resolve interpersonal conflicts in the workplace How to identify different communication styles and how they impact workplace conflicts The skills needed to address conflicts in the workplace How to deal with angry people in an effective and calm manner How to be assertive and communicate your needs without aggression How to create win-win resolutions which resolve conflicts and create harmony How to take personal responsibility for conflict resolution Benefits of Studying This Course Promote a harmonious working environment and reduce tension in the workplace Be able to confidently handle difficult interpersonal conflicts Increase productivity, morale and rapport among colleagues Build and sustain fruitful working relationships Increase empathy and people skills Taking this course has tangible time and resource benefits - reducing the significant time spent in stress and conflict and replacing it with the skills and tools to work together with ease. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Understanding Behaviour Module 02: Communication and Perspective Module 03: Aggression in Others Module 04: Managing and Reducing Conflict Module 05: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This module will introduce you to Conflict Management Procedures. Develop an awareness of the risks of providing public help and learn how to deal with conflict. You will also gain an understanding of what help is available to effectively and safely support you in trying to resolve conflicts. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Explain the purpose of a Conflict Resolution Procedure Understand Conflict Resolution Procedures Identify the key roles in Conflict Resolution Procedures Understand an employee's right of appeal Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Conflict Resolution in the Workplace Online Course CPD Approved Course DescriptionThe Confederation of British Industry estimates that the cost of workplace conflict is around £33 Billion each year. It also estimates that up to 20% of leaders time is spent dealing with conflict and then there are the intangible costs such as reduction in loyalty, commitment, motivation, teamwork and morale.This course starts by explaining what constitutes conflict in the workplace before moving on to look at some of the most common causes and the effects this can have on the workforce. It covers the stages and build up to a workplace conflict and contains several extensive modules that outline conflict resolution techniques that can be applied at any stage of this build up.As well as the negative impacts of conflict the course also explores how effective management of conflict can result in positive outcomes in the workplace. These can be the development of shared ideas, the ability to reach compromises through increased trust and creating an environment where differences of opinion are celebrated and considered rather than shut down. Target Audience This course is aimed at supervisors and managers that want to develop effective conflict resolution methods. The course can be a great starting point for people new to their leadership role as well as more established managers that want to enhance their skills. This acts as a great introduction to the subject and covers the key concepts and theories relating to conflict management.This course can be sold to individuals who are doing the training for themselves or it can be pitched to businesses who might want to put all of their first line management team through the training, so they are all work in the same way and have the same skill set. Advantages Left unmanaged workplace conflict can be damaging to relationships, team morale and ultimately the company's bottom line. Having a knowledge of effective conflict resolution techniques and strategies and taking a proactive approach to resolving issues will lead to a better work environment and more effective teams. CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves.Online training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life. Further Progression Beyond this topic we offer a range of other business skills courses that could all be useful in developing and improving as a manager. The ones that directly compliment this course include Developing Teamwork and Introduction to Emotional Intelligence.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The Causes and Symptoms of Conflict at WorkModule 2: Resolving ConflictModule 3: The Five Conflict ModesModule 4: Using the Modes Module 5: Assertiveness Module 6: Making Positive OutcomesDuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course has been designed to provide you with an awareness of the issues surrounding Consent in the NHS. This will include when consent should be sought, mental capacity and the Mental Capacity Act, and the rights of individuals to provide or withdraw consent. By the end of this course, you will be aware of best practice in all of the above situations, as well as many more. This course is mapped to NHS Skills for Health training framework guidelines. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course? We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES This course has been designed to provide you with an awareness of the issues surrounding Consent in the NHS. This will include when consent should be sought, mental capacity and the Mental Capacity Act, and the rights of individuals to provide or withdraw consent. By the end of this course, you will be aware of best practice in all of the above situations, as well as many more. This course is mapped to NHS Skills for Health training framework guidelines. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description You will look at the key principles of valid consent with adults who have capacity, how and when staff should seek consent, the different ways consent can be given and how staff should respond when consent is refused. You will also looks at ‘Gillick competence’ and how this principle is used when seeking consent from children and young people. You will look at the key principles of consent when the adult may not have the capacity to make decisions. It includes examples of the different occasions when someone may not have capacity and also the fluid and fluctuating nature of capacity. The course covers the different actions staff may need to take in seeking consent, including best interest decisions, emergency situations, advance decisions to refuse treatment and lasting powers of attorney. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Define the concept of ‘person who lacks capacity’ Describe how a person’s capacity to make decisions can vary and be different for different aspects of their life Discuss the core principles of the Mental Capacity Act (2005) including the presumption of capacity Describe different methods for helping and supporting individuals to make decisions and to participate in the decision-making process Discuss how it is sometimes necessary to act in a person’s best interests when the person lacks capacity to consent to treatment and care Describe how it is sometimes necessary to act in a person’s best interests when the person is unable to consent to treatment and care because of a temporary loss of capacity such as in an emergency situation Describe how advance decisions to refuse treatment are used to convey the wishes of an individual What consent is When consent should be sought which includes everyday interactions as well as more serious treatment, investigations and procedures How consent can be given The importance of effective communication when providing information about choices, risks, benefits, advantages and disadvantages etc. The process to follow when consent is refused Briefly describe the role of lasting power of attorney Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Understanding the consequences of careless social media use in the workplace is vital for all employers and employees in today’s age of social media.This course provides a comprehensive insight into every aspect of careless social media use, including what defines careless use, the legal obligations of all parties and how to avoid common errors.From the consequences of careless use for the employer and employee to how to create a solid social media policy, this course covers every aspect that everyone involved must know.What's Covered in the Course? A full definition and practical examples of careless social media in the workplace; The consequences of careless social media use for employees and employers; The legal rights and responsibilities of all parties in the workplace; How to avoid careless social media use in the workplace; The importance of a social media policy and what to include in it. Benefits of Taking this Course You will be able to implement a comprehensive social media policy in your workplace; You will understand what your rights are as an employer or employee; You will be able to avoid the negative consequences of careless social media use in your workplace; You will understand the importance and learn the basic principles of social media management; You will be able to use social media responsibly and effectively in your workplace. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Careless Social Media Use Module 2: Consequences for Employees Module 3: Consequences for Employers Module 4: Avoiding Careless Social Media Usage Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Construction Management course is the perfect choice for those looking to broaden their knowledge in the field of construction and equip themselves with the skills that they need to progress their career in this area. Broken down into ten comprehensive and easy to follow modules, you will learn all about the full life cycle of the construction management process and gain a detailed understanding of the key disciplines in the sector. What you will learn This course covers these key areas in detail, plus much more: The important phases of a construction management project, including design, pre-construction, procurement, construction and commissioning/completion The key activities that take place in each phase of a construction project and what success looks like The key technical skills and personal attributes that you need to become a good construction manager and how to develop a career in the field of construction management How project management skills can be successfully used within construction Estimating and bidding for construction work and how to write a successful tender The importance of health and safety on a construction site, including how to conduct risk assessments, manual handling techniques and dealing with accidents, injuries and hazardous materials How to choose, purchase and manage your equipment and building materials, including the importance of sustainability and environmentally friendly policies in the construction sector Implementing appropriate storage and waste management strategies on a construction site Why training is vital for all workers within construction, the key areas to train workers on and the different methods of training delivery An understanding of the purchasing process within a construction project, how to implement a stock control process and how to successfully negotiate with suppliers as part of a good purchasing strategy How to ensure good quality across the different phases of construction management, including quality standards and dealing with site inspections and legal regulations An overview of different types of employment and worker statutes found in the construction sector, including the use of contractors and subcontractors Common reasons for disputes and ways to avoid and resolve conflict. Benefits of taking the course The first module will provide you with an overarching general introduction to construction management and each subsequent module will focus on two or three specific areas, giving you all of the information and detail that you need to hit the ground running. The course covers a good range of specific and technical construction detail and also more general management principles with the aim of giving you a broad and all-encompassing knowledge in the field. Students working towards achieving a certificate in Construction Management will see a variety of benefits. These include the following: The ability to study from home, or anywhere with a convenient internet connection. Study at a pace that is comfortable for you. Since there is no time limit for this course, you will complete your studies, regardless of how long it takes you. You can study training material on any device including computers, tablets, or mobile phones. The ability to easily manage modules and understand course structure. Convenient online support available while you train. The opportunity to access a comprehensive syllabus that will assist you in acquiring the knowledge necessary to fast track you in the process to becoming a construction manager. The opportunity to gain prospects while applying for work or other opportunities in the industry. A certified and recognised certificate upon successful course completion. An affordable pricing structure. Who should take this course? This course is designed for anybody already working in the construction sector or anybody thinking of making a career move into the field. It is particularly useful for those who have previous experience within construction and are taking the next step into management. However, the course has been specifically designed to require no previous knowledge of construction. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction to Successful Construction Management Module 2: Construction Projects Development and Organisation Module 3: Estimating the Construction Work and Investigating the Location for Site Selection Module 4 : Maintaining Site Organisation Module 5: Equipment Planning and Management Module 6: Managing Your Materials Module 7: Storage and Waste Management Module 8: Purchase Management Module 9: Maintaining Quality throughout Construction Module 10: Important legal contract information and HR Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Constructive feedback is not always happily accepted, particularly among those who are on the receiving end of the criticism. Interestingly, there are also individuals who don’t care much about giving constructive feedback. There are many reasons as to why constructive feedback is negatively received by managers and employees alike. However, what if the benefits outweigh the negatives? After all, a company is as good as its employees, so why not train, shape and guide employees to earn a good reputation? When used correctly, constructive feedback can play a major role in improving an individual’s performance, help in building confidence and ultimately play an instrumental role in personal growth. To be a successful manager and leader, it is necessary to have a certain set of skills, including the ability to let a team know where and how they can improve. Therefore, it is essential to fully understand the impact that constructive feedback can have and learn how to give criticism in such a way that brings about positive change. You Will Learn: What is constructive feedback Situations that call for constructive feedback The characteristics of good constructive feedback How to deal with constructive feedback Benefits of Studying This Course Constructive feedback can reinforce good behaviour and teach team members to effectively work together It will set the tone for building healthier professional relationships You will learn about the importance of constructive feedback and how it differs from criticism You will learn how to effectively give constructive feedback and what your approach should be Those who are not good at receiving feedback will learn how to handle it You will learn why constructive feedback is essential to business success Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What is Constructive Feedback, and what are its Benefits? Module 02: Situations that Call for Constructive Feedback Module 03: Characteristics of Good Constructive Feedback Module 04: How to Deal with Constructive Feedback Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Are you aware of your consumer rights? By staying savvy with your consumer rights, you can avoid getting swindled or duped, collect the compensation that you are entitled to and steer clear of misleading advertising.Awareness of your consumer rights can also help you stay one step ahead of unscrupulous sellers and unethical marketing campaigns. Every consumer is entitled to certain basic rights and any violation renders you liable for compensation. As a consumer, you can file your complaint in consumer courts and get the company blacklisted if they have breached their contract with you. Awareness of consumer rights helps improve fair trade practices and provides a balance of power between sellers and consumers.What's Covered in the Course? How to define consumer rights, why they are important and how it helps to be aware of your rights The fundamental consumer rights available to every customer including right to choose, right to be informed, right to safety, right to basic needs and so on How sale and purchase agreements work and what to do in case of violation of contract How to identify unfair business terms and what to do if you are a victim of unethical practices How to block, stop or complain about unsolicited direct marketing communications and how to protect your right to privacy Benefits of Taking This Course: There will be reduced likelihood of getting duped or swindled over purchase of products and services; you will learn how to identify a breach of contract You can enjoy your right to privacy without getting disturbed due to unwanted communications There are higher chances of enjoying more competitive prices and avoiding paying any hidden charges Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What are Consumer Rights and why do they Matter? Module 02: Fundamental Consumer Rights Module 03: Consumer Contracts and Agreements Module 04: Unfair Business Practices Module 05: Unsolicited Marketing Communication and Unethical Marketing Practices Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Continence is the ability to control the movements of both the bladder and bowel. Incontinence is when someone has little or no control over their bladder or bowel movements. Incontinence can also occur where there are no problems with the bowel or bladder, but mobility or other issues make using the toilet difficult.. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course? We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Incontinence is when someone has little or no control over their bladder or bowel movements. Incontinence can also occur where there are no problems with the bowel or bladder, but mobility or other issues make using the toilet difficult. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course gives you everything you need to know about learning how to contour and highlight. At the conclusion of the course, participants have the knowledge they need to successfully complete these makeup techniques, as well as related methods of sculpting and drawing attention to the face. This contouring and highlighting mini-course covers many of the basics and advanced techniques you need to contour or highlight your own face or those of your clients. We have developed this course to give students important information about these makeup methods, both from a personal standpoint and a professional one. Throughout the course, students are provided with instruction, tips and techniques for applying contouring and highlighting products, including foundation, concealer, bronzer and highlighter. The course also discusses the history of contouring and its seemingly sudden rise to popularity. Students of this course further learn about the tools, equipment, tips and techniques they need to contour and highlight with ease. At the conclusion of the course, students receive a diploma, proving they have successfully completed each module. What You Will Learn This course was designed to give students a total overview of what is involved in contouring and highlighting the face: Here’s what the course covers: Information about the various products and brands that are recommended Best techniques to use when working with oily or dry skin How and why you should prepare the skin before applying any makeup The history of contouring throughout the ages Related techniques, such as tontouring, and when to use them The best way to find products for your skin type and tone Where you can go to find more inspiration for makeup looks Information about high- and low-cost contouring products Benefits of the Contouring and Highlighting Certificate This contouring and highlighting mini-course includes the following benefits: An affordable course that gives you all the information you need to confidently contour and highlight A curriculum that is easy to understand, divided into five complete modules The achievement of knowing how to apply these techniques to create other makeup looks Learning about the history of contouring and its rise to popularity Understanding how to choose the best products for your face The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience.Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Contouring and Highlighting Module 2: Applying Makeup Module 3: Contouring Relatives and Where to Find Inspiration Module 4: Other Uses for Contouring and Highlighting Module 5: How to Pick the Perfect Products for your Face Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description You will find out who needs a written statement or contract and what information they should contain. There are processes to go through when a contract is varied or terminated which will also be covered in this module. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Contracts and written statements What's the difference? How do they work? Who needs one? What's in a written statement? What makes a contract? The process for varying a contract Getting agreement Dealing with problems Legal layoffs Terminating a contract Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishmentNeed to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Course OverviewThis online Control and Administration of Medicines course is designed to provide learners with an understanding of the correct procedures to follow when prescribing and administering medicines, in both a social and domiciliary care environment. Delegates will learn how to keep records of each administration, as well as all incoming and outgoing medicines, so as to ensure that the risk of error is minimised. Within this course, you’ll also find the “Knowledge Set for Medication” course modules covered as defined by Skills for Care and Development in 2005. Upon successful completion, learners are required to be observed to competently administer a range of medication.1. Controlling MedicinesThis comprehensive programme of study covers the knowledge a manager or senior care worker needs to enable them to supervise or undertake the administration of medicines in their particular care establishment, and in accordance with current legal and organisational requirements.The programme will focus primarily on the: Legislation relating to the control, handing and administration of medicines. Difference between policies and procedures and their importance in relation to medication processes. Roles, responsibilities and boundaries for practice of individuals in relation to the control, handling and administration of medicines. Types of medicines prescribed and their related routes of administration. Safe practices relating to the control, handling and administration of medicines. In order to provide a rounded learning experience, we have added a few extra topics relating to the administration of medicines. These are not identified within the Skills for Care Knowledge Set and as such will not be formally assessed. They are optional components that are included for individuals who have an interest in the subjects and who may have clients with specific needs in relation to medication.2. Managing MedicinesBefore any medicine can be administered it must be prescribed, collected and logged into the care establishments' records and systems. This section will look at these processes and will explore the roles of the various members of the care team.We will explore the: Prescribing, dispensing, obtaining and checking of medicines and the roles that various members of the care team play as well as the role of the care worker in a variety of care settings. Importance of seeking guidance and support where queries arise in relation to medicines and related doses. Importantly we will also identify appropriate sources for guidance and support. Need for confidentiality and the rules for disclosure of information relating to an individual's medication. 3. Types of MedicineMedicines are taken for many different reasons such as to: Treat a condition - e.g. an antibiotic, to treat an infection. Control a condition - e.g. a medicine to lower blood pressure. Treat the symptoms of a condition - e.g. a painkiller for toothache. Prevent illness occurring - e.g. a vaccination against disease. When it comes to administering medicines, the more knowledgeable the practitioner the safer (s)he will be. To help you gain the knowledge you will require to support your practice, this section will examine: The range and type of medicines that you will administer and their purpose and legal classification. The routes by which medicines are administered. The signs and symptoms of side effects and adverse reactions to medicines. The importance of checking for and understanding, the contra indications of and interactions between, various medicines. 4. Medicine AdministrationIn this section of the programme we will explore three key areas, namely the:1. Importance of seeking consent and ensuring appropriate risk assessment prior to the administration of medicines; whether the medicines are administered by the service user themselves or a designated member of the care team.2. Administration and control of the medicines, with specific focus on: Preparation Administration Recording (including medicines administered or refused and administration errors). 3. Audit process to ensure safe and accurate: Storage and disposal of medicines Stock control. LEARNING OUTCOMES Describe the key legislation and guidance relating to the safe handling of medicines Identify how organisational policies and procedures ensure the safe handling of medicines For a range of care settings and both medical and non-medical care staff, outline the process for the prescribing, dispensing, obtaining and checking of medicines Outline the range of support and guidance available relating to medicines and explain the importance of confidentiality relating to disclosure about individuals medication Identify the types, purpose and classification of medicines commonly administered Explain the routes by which medicines may be administered, the related rules for administration and level of competence required Outline the importance of checking for, recognising and reporting effects that can occur as a result of an adverse reaction, a contraindication or an interaction between medicines Explain the need to gain consent and undertake risk assessment prior to the self or secondary administration of medicines Describe the importance of the preparation for and administration of medicines to ensure accuracy Identify the importance of accurate recording for the administration and refusal of medicines and administration errors Recognise the requirements to validate the accuracy of safe storage and recording for medicines and for their safe disposal Who can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) Online Course IIRSM Approved andamp; CPD Certified Course DescriptionThis course covers what you need to know about the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH). It’s aimed at anyone who is exposed to Substances Hazardous to Health at work, as well as line managers with responsibility for such people.So what do we mean by ‘Substances Hazardous to Health’?In legal terms, these are substances that are classified as “very toxic, toxic, harmful, corrosive or Irritant” under the Classification, Labelling and Packaging Regulation (CLP). This was a new regulation that came into force in January 2009 dovetailing with a set of regulations called REACH. REACH is a European Union regulation concerning the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals, which came into force on 1st June 2007. One of the main aims of REACH is to provide a high level of protection for human health and the environment from the use of chemicals.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introducing COSHH Module 2: Different Types of HazardModule 3: Different Types of ExposureModule 4: Regulations and Approved Labelling Module 5: Assessing COSHH Risks Module 6: The Risk Assessment in Practice Module 7: Exposure Control Module 8: Staying in Control Module 9: Training and Emergency PlanningModule 10: Course SummaryDuration: 125 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The entire sales landscape has changed dramatically in the last decade. As a result, businesses are seeking new strategies and shifting sales models: pushing for streamlined internal sales processes that require significant changes to roles, skills, technology, and organizational structure. Businesses, and individuals, that learn to thrive in this rapidly changing and dynamic environment can grasp the huge opportunity to dynamically respond to changing customer requirements. Customer-centric and internally aligned sales and service models lead the way for a new approach to selling, which genuinely supports customers to purchase products aligned to their needs - increasing trust, loyalty and revenue. This course has been designed for sales staff at all levels to help you understand, respond, and thrive under modern and dynamic sales models. The course covers key concepts vital to understanding and implementing processes that drive competitor advantage and increase market share. The information presented is supported by practical examples, templates, and opportunities to develop and practice the skills, aptitudes and concepts needed to successfully sell to today’s savvy consumer in saturated global markets. The skills, tools and knowledge contained in this course will take you through the essential knowledge, psychology, practical steps and personal development needed to optimize your sales opportunities and convert leads into sales. Worksheets, quizzes, tests and interactive exercises are provided to reinforce and aid your learning. You Will Learn: How sales and service roles have changed and the immense opportunities this presents How to support and manage internet savvy and highly informed modern consumers Why salespeople need to reframe products and services as solutions to customer problems How to use effective questioning to qualify leads and gather vital information about needs How to direct the buying journey and successfully input at each stage Simple techniques for resolving objections and ensuring the prospect is ready to close How and why gaining trust is so vital under the influence of social media The concepts of lead scoring and how it is used to optimize effort and maximize profitability Benefits of Studying This Course Feel more confident understanding the psychology, emotions, and behaviors of customers Learn how to effectively position appropriate products to upsell and cross-sell Discover how to maintain confident communication when dealing with difficult customers Acquire practical methods to build trust and develop productive relationships Eliminate the fear of asking for commitment and getting sales Develop call structure and customizable templates for multiple correspondence types Enhance and optimize linguistic and conversational skills to aid clear communication Taking this course will empower individuals and organizations to respond effectively to change and implement dynamic customer-centric sales processes that are ethical, effective, and highly profitable. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 9 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: How Service Roles have Changed Module 2: Opportunity Spotting Module 3: Customer Relations that Convert Module 4: Converting Opportunities into Sales Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Copywriting Masterclass is absolutely essential to anyone looking to improve the way in which they communicate through words. Whether you’re looking to market your own brand more effectively, improve your skills in your job, or become a copywriter, this course covers everything that you need. This course provides a comprehensive guide to copywriting, including copy editing, SEO (search engine optimization) copywriting, including keywords and metadata, as well as the different types of copywriting styles and jobs. From how to capture your audience with creativity, to making use of the right tone, sealing the deal, and getting your audience to react, this course covers everything you need to know about every element of copywriting. What You Will Learn: Copywriting basics, including how to read a brief, copy editing, and different copywriting jobs How to capture your audience by understanding your target market How to find the right tone and offer appropriate benefits for specific audiences The art of sealing the deal by using offers, guarantees, and calls to action All about SEO (search engine optimization) and how to master it Benefits of Taking this Course: You will increase business by using the right language to seal the deal You will vastly improve the reach of the brand for which you are responsible You will ensure that your writing is vibrant and effective for any industry You will be able to expand your skillset to include copy-editing and creative writing You will increase your brand's online presence by mastering SEO Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.25 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Copywriting Basics Module 02: Capturing Your Audience Module 03: Sealing the Deal Module 04: Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The COSHH (Control of Substances Hazardous to Health) Regulations (2002) are designed to protect people against risks to their health when dealing with or being exposed to hazardous substances. The COSHH training course is designed for candidates who handle chemicals as part of their daily work, this online COSHH course is ideal for an induction or refresher to the new regulations. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES This course covers the following topics; Regulations that control the use of hazardous substances Substances hazardous to health Potential effects Risk assessment control measures CHIPS Regulations Procedures for using hazardous substances Bleeding Common workplace injuries Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Employee turnover costs businesses and the economy an astronomical amount of money every year, with some industries particularly vulnerable to its effects. Some turnover is normal and healthy in every sector, but above-average turnover can significantly lower productivity and morale in the workplace. Therefore, it is imperative that every organisation makes an effort to measure and analyse who is leaving – and why.This course provides an overview of the factors underlying employee turnover and how job and personal factors affect the likelihood that someone will tender their resignation. You will also learn what employers, recruiters and managers across all sectors can do to improve employee retention. You will discover why the first few weeks following a new hire are crucial, the role of training and how to build a positive workplace culture that inspires satisfaction and loyalty among employees.What's Covered in the Course? The differences between voluntary and involuntary employee turnover, how it is measured and why high turnover is generally a warning sign that an organisation needs to examine their recruitment and hiring practices. The financial and non-financial toll turnover takes on a business, how it impacts profitability and productivity and why a single resignation can trigger a domino effect within a department. The most common causes of employee turnover, how many employees are unhappy in their roles and what they most value in a prospective employer. Why the recruitment process is instrumental in reducing an organisation’s turnover rate and what employers can do to check the “fit” between a candidate and their organisation. How to improve retention rates among existing staff, nurture talent within an organisation and build a good company culture. Benefits Of Taking This Course:- If you are in a management position, you will gain useful insight into the relationship between leadership practices and employee retention. If you work in an HR role, this course will provide you with information that will help you measure and understand turnover in your company. If you work in a recruitment-based role, this course will help you draw links between job design, the recruitment process, worker satisfaction and turnover. Anyone who oversees the day-to-day running of an organisation will benefit from understanding the link between employee turnover and the success of the organisation as a whole. Anyone interested in organisational psychology will appreciate this opportunity to learn more about employee motivation. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What Is Employee Turnover and why is it an Important Concern? Module 02: The Costs of Employee Turnover Module 03: The Main Causes of Employee Turnover Module 04: Turnover and the Hiring Process Module 05: Reducing Turnover in Existing Staff Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Fraud can have a substantial impact on a business, no matter what size it is. The two most basic types of fraud are misappropriation of assets by employees and fraudulent financial reporting by management, whereby misleading or inaccurate financial information is disseminated to investors, stakeholders and the public. The first type of fraud often happens without management knowledge, and the second type is often unknown to employees. Both can devastate a company. This course will help anyone looking to learn more about counter-fraud in the NHS. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Gain an understanding of what fraud is Examine fraud by failing to disclose information Examine how and why one might Contact a Counter Fraud Specialist Examine the National Fraud Initiative (NFI) Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Around the world, cases of COVID-19 have reached 1 million and claimed the lives of over 50, 000. Many countries are in ‘lockdown’. COVID-19 is an illness caused by the virus Coronavirus that affects the lungs and the respiratory system. The course covers information about COVID-19 sourced from the NHS, the UK Government and the WHO. All information is correct as of 07/04/2020. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is a Coronavirus? What is COVID-19? How and why did it spread so far worldwide? Symptoms of COVID-19 Handwashing hygiene Government Advice NHS Advice ‘Lockdown’ Resources and useful links Courses Include 3 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
COVID-19 Safe Workplaces Online Course CPD ApprovedDescriptionThis course explores the risk to workers caused by the Covid-19 virus and covers actions that can be taken by employers and employees to protect themselves and each other as they return to work. The content of this course is based on the latest information from the UK government and the NHS.It covers information about the virus, risk assessments and personal safety, along with how to make changes to the daily work environment to address these risks.Aimed at employers and employees the course is intended to help plan and implement changes to the workplace and ease the transition back to the workplace for those returning to a central work location after long periods of remote working.Taget AudienceThis course is aimed at anyone responsible for risk assessment and health and safety in the workplace. The course can also be useful to those returning to work after working from home, or starting work during and following the pandemic.AdvantagesOnline training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life.Further ProgressionOther health and safety courses that could be useful for those returning to the office or working from home include Display Screen Equipment, Workplace Health and Safety and Basic Fire Safety.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The Covid-19 VirusModule 2: Covid-19 Risk Assessment and Personal SafetyModule 3: Covid-19 in the Daily Work EnvironmentDuration: 30 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), Defibrillation and Anaphylaxis - Module 1 (CPR) This course is aimed at Healthcare Professionals (although it can be studied by others who share an interest in the modules). After completing this short module, you should have the theoretical knowledge to be able to: Perform cardiopulmonary to the Resuscitation Council (UK) 2010 guidelines Safely use an automated external defibrillator Recognise and treat anaphylaxis This knowledge will be assessed through a multiple-choice question paper (self-assessment), and it is recommended that this theoretical knowledge is followed by optional, practical training.This course has been verified by Skills for Health against the Core Skills Training Framework subject "Resuscitation". Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), Defibrillation and Anaphylaxis - Module 2 (Defibrillation) Module objectives:After completing this short module you should be able to use an automated external defibrillator in a safe and secure way. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), Defibrillation and Anaphylaxis - Module 3 (Anaphylaxis)After completing this module you should be able to understand what anaphylaxis is, its causes andamp; symptoms, and how to treat it.You should also have a better understanding of how adrenaline works and how it should be used to treat anaphylactic shock. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), Defibrillation and Anaphylaxis - Module 1 (CPR)This course is aimed at Healthcare Professionals (although it can be studied by others who share an interest in the modules). After completing this short module, you should have the theoretical knowledge to be able to: Perform cardiopulmonary to the Resuscitation Council (UK) 2010 guidelines; Safely use an automated external defibrillator; Recognise and treat anaphylaxisCardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), Defibrillation and Anaphylaxis - Module 2 (Defibrillation)Module objectives:After completing this short module you should be able to use an automated external defibrillator in a safe and secure way.Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR), Defibrillation and Anaphylaxis - Module 3 (Anaphylaxis)After completing this module you should be able to understand what anaphylaxis is, its causes andamp; symptoms, and how to treat it. You should also have a better understanding of how adrenaline works and how it should be used to treat anaphylactic shock. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Understanding the keys to lively and effective meetings is vital for anybody in any organisation, regardless of the nature and the size.This course provides a comprehensive insight into every aspect of ensuring that meetings are lively and effective, including how to prepare for a meeting, the types of meeting to choose and how to make them super effective and never boring!From the ways to make the best use of time, to effective meeting communication techniques you can apply as a meeting coordinator or participant, this course covers every aspect that anyone in any company or organisation needs to know.What's Covered in the Course? How to thoroughly prepare for any type of meeting The different meeting types and how to know which is best for your needs How to ensure that meetings are lively and stimulating for all attendees How to effectively communicate before, during and after the meeting How to keep the meeting focused and highly productive Benefits of Taking This Course You will be able to organise and coordinate the most effective meetings at your organisation You will understand the keys to making the most of each meeting and never waste another minute You will be able to suggest new and innovative ways to make your meetings lively, stimulating and creative You will be able to assign tasks to attendees and get the very best out of them in each meeting You will be able to save time, increase productivity and turn meetings into powerful strategic tools Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Effective Meeting Preparation Module 2: The Key To Lively Meetings Module 3: Effective Meetings Part 1 Module 4: Effective Meetings Part 2 Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course on Crime Writing is ideal for those with an existing interest in the crime fiction genre, as either a reader or amateur writer, looking to master the detailed and specific skills that they need to begin a rewarding and successful writing career in this thrilling field. The wide-ranging and varied course is split into ten interactive and intuitive modules and covers all of the knowledge and skills that you need to get started and make an impact as an author in the crime fiction market. What you will learn This course covers these key areas in detail, plus much more: The qualities and characteristics of a great crime fiction writer and some of the benefits and rewards that you can enjoy as a writer in this varied field An overview of some of the key sub-genres within crime fiction and a closer look at the fascinating careers and writing styles of some of the world’s best-selling crime authors Deciding on your own particular writing style and identifying your all-important target readership groups Tried and tested techniques to plan and build a gripping plot for your crime story Great ways to structure and pace your story, including how to effectively build suspense and intrigue by using clues, red herrings and other techniques to keep your readers guessing How to choose the setting of your crime novel, including deciding on a great location for your book and the best time period in which to base your novel The importance of writing a thrilling and compelling start to your book and how to do it, including an overview of the use of prologues and backstories How to create thrilling, intriguing and believable characters for your crime novel, with a particular focus on creating interesting detective characters The different roles that dialogue can play in your novel and how to write exceptional dialogue, both creatively and grammatically How to write thrilling descriptions using a variety of stylistic devices to add interest and enrich your writing Factors to consider when deciding on your crime scene and how to craft a superb ending to your novel that will both satisfy and intrigue your readers How to generate new ideas for your story, including great tips on how to tap into your own creative reserves and how to use automatic plot generators Choosing a title, front cover and blurb for your novel which will hook potential readers to find out more How to make mainstream and niche publishing houses sit up and pay attention to your novel The rise of self-publishing and great ways to build a successful online presence for your e-book. Benefits of taking the Crime Writing Diploma Each module will provide you with a wealth of information and some expert tips to broaden your creative writing skills and will equip you with everything that you need to hit the ground running and get started writing your very own crime fiction novel. The Crime Writing Diploma offers students the following benefits: The ability to study anywhere at times that suit you Study at your own pace, with no deadlines: complete it as quickly or as slowly as you like Use any internet enabled device to study on, including computers, tablets and mobile phones Follow the course easily thanks to interesting, informative modules, which make studying fun A convenient online support system, helping you to stay on track throughout the course A comprehensive curriculum, providing you with the knowledge you need to begin writing crime novels. Earn a certified, recognised diploma An affordable cost Who should take this course? If you are already an avid reader of crime fiction and have always wanted to try your hand at writing your own crime novel, this course is the ideal starting point for you. It is also particularly useful for those with some previous writing experience in other genres who want to deepen their understanding of the crime fiction field. However, this course has been specifically designed to require no previous knowledge of creative writing. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 14 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction to Becoming a Crime Writer Module 2: An Overview of the Crime Writing Genre and Well-Known Crime Authors Module 3: Choosing Your Readers and Your Writing Style Module 4: How to Choose Your Book’s Setting, and How to Get Your Book Off to a Great Start Module 5: Creating Thrilling Characters for Your Crime Story Module 6: Planning and Building a Gripping Plot for Your Crime Story Module 7: The Importance of Good Dialogue, and How to Write it Module 8: Using Description and Stylistic Devices, to Enrich Your Writing Module 9: Creative Writing Practice and Generating Ideas in Crime Fiction Module 10: How to Get Your Crime Novel Published Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The new Criminal Finances Act 2017 targets corruption, money laundering and tax evasion. It's important your staff know some of the impacts of tax evasion, and also be aware of what they must and must not do in the workplace. This Criminal Finance Act course will teach them the crucial skills and knowledge needed.This online Criminal Finance Act training course teaches your staff what the Criminal Finances Act 2017 is, the type of criminal financial offences, how a business can minimise the risk of breaching the act, and how to communicate, monitor and report any suspicions.In the UK, the Criminal Finances Act 2017 places greater responsibilities on companies to ensure none of their employees or 'associated persons' commit any acts of tax evasion either in the UK or overseas. It is the responsibility of all employees and other ‘associated persons’ to ensure they follow the relevant body’s policies and procedures for preventing the facilitation of tax evasion. This Criminal Finance Act training course will take your staff through the measures and procedures that should be put in place to comply with the Act and the importance of reporting suspected tax evasion and the possible consequences of failing to report it. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this Criminal Finance Act online training course, learners should know and understand the following: Criminal Finance Act 2017 Understand what the criminal finances act 2017 is Definition of an associated person Understand the definition of an associated person Types of criminal finance offences Understand the type of criminal financial offences Minimising the risk of breaching the act Learn how a business can minimise the risk of breaching the Act Communicate, monitor and report Learn how to communicate, monitor and report Course OutlineThe aim of this Criminal Finance Act training course is to greater increase your knowledge of The Criminal Finance Act 2017, the signs of suspected tax evasion and the responsibilities to report these signs to your company.The key points covered in this course are: Criminal Finance Act 2017 Definition of an associated person Types of criminal finance offences Minimising the risk of breaching the act Communicate, monitor and report Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course gives you everything you need to know about the complex world of cryptocurrency. At the conclusion of this course, participants have the tools they require to successfully engage in cryptocurrency transactions, such as mining, purchasing items, trading and investing. This cryptocurrency course provides students with all the information they need to know how to confidently use, mine or trade this digital asset. We have developed this course to instruct students not only on how to use cryptocurrency, but also how to understand the technology behind it. Throughout the course, students are provided with instruction, tips and techniques for finding the best type of cryptocurrency for their needs. The course also covers the steps involved in locating the best wallet service provider as well as how to find a reputable exchange. Students of this course further learn about the legalities and legislative challenges facing cryptocurrency. At the conclusion of the course, students receive a diploma proving they have successfully completed each module. What You Will Learn This course was designed to give takers a total overview of what is involved cryptocurrencies, regardless of experience or industry. Here’s what the course covers: A brief overview of cryptocurrency as a whole Information about the various types of cryptocurrency that are available How cryptocurrency works, including the various applications of blockchain technology Information about the legalities surrounding cryptocurrency, as well as anticipated legislation expected to pass in the UK in the near future Instructions on how to use and store cryptocurrency and how to exchange traditional currency for digital assets Details about mining cryptocurrency, including the tools needed Information about the anonymous or pseudonymous nature of various cryptocurrency Tips on engaging with the crypto-community and information about its future How to successfully trade and invest in cryptocurrency What you can expect to see from the future of these digital assets Benefits of the Cryptocurrency Course: This professional mover course includes the following benefits: An affordable course that gives you the tools you need to understand this highly complex but increasingly relevant field A curriculum that is easy to understand, divided into 10 complete modules The achievement of being able to successfully enter the cryptocurrency investment market The ability to buy and sell digital assets with skill Learning how and where to find reputable information about existing and emerging cryptocurrencies The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Intro to Cryptocurrency Module 2: The Types of Cryptocurrency Module 3: The Mechanics of Cryptocurrency Module 4: The Legalities of Cryptocurrency Module 5: Using and Storing Cryptocurrency Module 6: Cryptocurrency Mining Module 7: The Anonymity of Cryptocurrency Module 8: Regulations, Policies and the Crypto-community Module 9: Trading Cryptocurrency Module 10: The Future of Cryptocurrency Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Crystal Healing Certificate course offers students the opportunity to learn all about the healing power of crystals. This training course provides all the necessary information to help you begin a career in this field. This course is ideal for therapists, medical students, or for others who wish to learn more about this subject. The use of contemporary and alternative medicine is a rapidly increasing trend. Crystal therapy, or crystal healing, is a form of alternative medicine, or vibrational medicine that involves the application of crystals or gemstones. As you work through this online training course, you will obtain a comprehensive overview into how these crystals are utilised, the conditions they treat, and the different types of crystals that are used. Introduction to the Crystal Healing Course Certificate This is an online course that offers students the unique opportunity to learn the curriculum at their own pace. Study material is available 24 hours a day, ensuring that you can study anytime, anywhere. Most individuals who take the courses are still able to work full time, which helps you to maintain your current lifestyle and work toward achieving your career goals. This is an online training course, which means you are able to access your course material from any device with an online connection. Our comprehensive curriculum is incredibly easy to navigate, with online support while you train. Prior to completing the course, you will be required to take a comprehensive multiple choice test. After successful completion, you will be awarded a certificate which you can print from home. What You Will Learn The crystal healing course was designed to give students an overview of crystal healing, which will aid in both their personal and professional lives. This online training course covers the following: An introduction to crystal healing An introduction to the healing properties of amethyst An introduction to the healing properties of apatite An overview of green serpentine and its uses An overview of turquoise gemstone and its uses An overview of quartz and its uses The bloodstone and its various uses How to choose the right crystals Benefits of the Crystal Healing Certificate There are several benefits to working towards a certificate in the art of crystal healing. These include the following: The convenience of studying from any location with an internet connection, at any time that works in your schedule. The choice to study at a pace that is comfortable for you. There is no time limit for this course. Study from any device including a tablet, PC, or mobile phone. Short, easily managed modules that make studying an enjoyable experience. Convenient online support available whenever you need it. Access to a complete syllabus designed to help you gain the knowledge you will need to work with healing crystals both in your personal and professional life. The ability to improve prospects while applying for work in a field applicable to your course study. A pricing structure that is affordable. A certified certificate upon completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : What’s Behind Crystal Healing Module 2 : About Amethyst and Apatite Module 3 : Green Serpentine, Turquoise Gemstone and Quartz Module 4 : The Blood Stone and How to Choose the Right Crystals Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This information packed course is focused on hobby bakers who want the skills to bake and decorate cupcakes. It also appeals to those who already have the baking skills but want to open their own cupcake company, providing their customers with delicious cupcakes with a choice of decorating techniques. Introduction to the Cupcake Academy Diploma This accredited course will provide you with new skills to help you boost your sales and create beautiful cupcakes. It is suitable for beginners, hobby bakers and seasoned bakers who want to fast track their careers. The course provides you with a certification which proves you have the knowledge and skills when it comes to cupcake decorating, a certification recognised by industry leaders. The Cupcake Academy Diploma will give you the insight and knowledge you need to open your own successful business, offering you a host of key techniques that you can trust. The course comprises of twenty information packed modules which take approximately fifteen hours to complete. You can study online at your own pace using any device. On completion and successful passing of the multiple choice test, you can download and print your certificate without delay. What you Will Learn This accredited course comprises of twenty modules, each one designed to provide you with the knowledge, skills, guidance and techniques you need to run and manage a successful cupcake business on a daily basis. Learn how to create winning cupcake recipes and how to bake and decorate cupcakes. Understand the importance of a portfolio and how to go about meeting with clients to identify what they are looking for. Identify what equipment you will need from buying quality supplies and decorating equipment to kitchen equipment. Know the difference between quality products and saving money. Get an understanding on how to cost batches of batter and icing, how to charge for your time and how to put an effective pricing structure in place. Baking cupcakes and muffins - from finding a good recipe to making it your own and everything in between. Learn how to find the best cake recipes for birthday cakes, along with filling and icing options. You will also get insight into healthier options, which are a growing trend on a global scale right now. If you are thinking of offering wedding cakes, then this module will teach you what you need to determine from that first consultation, how to price the cake and promote your wedding services moving forward. Learn how to choose a Christmas cake recipe along with healthier alternatives, fillings, icings and more. Get a good understanding of the different rack heights, pre-heating and baking temperatures and why it's so important you know your oven to achieve the best results. Learn about fondants, ganache and different icing options, include delicious butter cream. The course will also teach you the basics of icing from making your own piping bag to making rosettes and other designs to enhance your finished cake design. Learn how to make your own cupcake and cake stands at home. You will also learn the art of transporting cakes safely and effectively. Get insider information into running your own cupcake business from the overheads you can expect to pay to choosing a name, the software you will need and more. This accredited course will teach you about the importance of the different marketing options you have available, along with how to handle complaints and what to do when things don't go according to plan. Learn about the importance of health and safety in the workplace. What HACCP is and why you need one for each cake. You will also learn about the hygiene requirements associated with owning and running a cupcake business. Understand about Tax, accounting, insurance, record keeping, hiring and paying staff and more. Benefits of the Cupcake Academy Diploma This course is brimming with benefits for anyone who is interested in working in the cupcake baking industry or starting their own business. You will get to understand recipes and the fundamentals of baking. You will gain confidence to create your own winning recipes and designs. You will gain the skills and insight needed to start your own business. You will learn different decorating skills that you can use for all types of events. On completion of the course and passing the test, you will receive an industry recognised certification. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 20 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction Module 2 : Meeting Clients/ Establishing Requirements for Jobs Module 3 : Supplies and Equipment Needed Module 4 : Pricing, Ingredients andamp; Budgeting Module 5 : Cupcakes andamp; Muffins Module 6 : Birthday Cakes Module 7 : Wedding Cakes Module 8 : Christmas Cakes Module 9 : Baking Module 10 : Icing andamp; Working With Chocolate Module 11 : Cake Decorating Module 12 : Creating Stands and Displays Module 13 : Cake Transportation Module 14 : Photographing your Cakes Module 15 : Running Your Own Business Module 16 : Marketing and Social Media Module 17 : The do’s and don’ts andamp; what to do when things don’t go to plan Module 18 : Health, Safety, and Hygiene Module 19: Accounting, VAT, Tax, Insurance and Record Keeping Module 20: Hiring Staff and Providing Sufficient Training Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Customer Care Certificate will give you all of the information you require to effectively deal with customers in any situation. This is a comprehensive training course that covers all you will require to care for customers, clients and others you encounter when on the job. Customer care is essential in many industries, and even if you do not work directly with a client or customer, the information held in this course can assist you in your day to day life as well. You will learn how to use customers to the benefit of your company, and how to make the most of the interactions you have with customers and clients. Introduction to the Customer Care Certificate This online training course gives all students the opportunity to study online at their own pace and in their own schedule. Many students who take this course work full time positions, whilst studying to earn their qualification. This method allows one to have flexibility and you the knowledge and skills required to excel in the workplace. You can access the Customer Care Certificate course on any device that has internet access, and you can also access support throughout the training. Because this course is broken down into modules, you will also find it to be manageable, even if you have a busy schedule. When you complete this course, you have the opportunity to take a multiple choice test. Upon passing, you will receive your industry-recognised qualification, which is both downloadable and printable. What You Will Learn The customer care course has been created to give you an overview of how to deal with customers with detailed tips, enabling you to begin your journey towards a new career, or to improve your prospects in your current one. This course includes the following: An overview of what customer care entails and why it is important How to measure the customer experience Using a customer-led approach in your work How to balance friendly service with effective service Making a good first impression and being courteous Using active listening skills Ending customer interactions positively Handling complaints from customers Benefits of the Customer Care Certificate When you work through your Customer Care course and ultimately earn your qualification, you will experience the following benefits: Study from anywhere and at any time including at home, work or even a local business. Study at a pace that you feel comfortable with. You don’t have to try to keep up with the rest of the class. The ability to study the curriculum from any device, including your tablet, mobile and PC. This allows you to work from home or when on the go. This is an easy to manage course thanks to the individual modules. This makes it a more enjoyable work experience. Convenient online support is available throughout the study experience, which ensures you stay on track. You will learn from a comprehensive syllabus, guaranteed to give you the skills and information necessary to make a splash in your chosen career. You will improve the prospects you have when seeking out new employment. The course is certified and recognised, giving you added security. The course is affordable, which makes it a smart investment into your future. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Introduction Module 2 : The customer-led approach Module 3 : First impressions – making them count Module 4 : Communicating effectively Module 5 : Complaint handling Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Customer Complaints Course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively manage customer complaints. This training course is filled with information that will help you increase customer loyalty and understand how to operate a successful business in the United Kingdom. Customer satisfaction can increase your business revenue, customer loyalty and positive word of mouth. Understanding how to recover and learn from mistakes can be profitable to your business success. This course will provide you with an overview of how to manage customer complaints to build positive customer relationships. Introduction to the Customer Complaints Certificate Course This customer complaints course is an online training programme that offers students the ability to study the material whenever and wherever it’s convenient. Most people who enrol in the programme are still able to maintain their current lifestyle and work full time while pursuing their studies. This course allows you to easily access study material from any device with a valid internet connection, including mobile phones and tablets. Additionally, all students have access to online support while they train. After successful completion of the course, students must complete and pass a multiple-choice exam, after which you will be awarded your certificate. Your certificate can be downloaded and printed immediately. What You Will Learn The customer complaints course was written to prepare students for a career in the customer service industry. This course offers a comprehensive overview of complaints management and developing effective customer relationships. This course will cover: What is a complaint? How to receive complaints Effective complaint management The damage complaints can cause The complaint management process How to control complaints Dispute resolution Effective communication and active listening The emotional needs and psychological considerations of customers Defusing a difficult situation Customer complaint management Preventing complaints The future of customer service Creating an action plan Benefits of the Customer Complaints Course Students enrolled in the Customer Complaints course experience many benefits. These include the following: The convenience of studying from anywhere with an internet connection at any time. Study course material at your own pace. There is no time limit, so you can complete the course, regardless of how long it takes you to complete it. The option of studying from any internet enabled device including a tablet, PC, or mobile phone. Short, easy to understand course structure. Convenient online support available while you study. A comprehensive syllabus that helps you increase your knowledge in customer satisfaction. The opportunity to improve your prospects while applying for work in customer services. Upon successful completion of the course, you will earn a certified and recognised certificate. An affordable pricing structure. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Anatomy of a Complaint Module 2 : Controlling Complaints Module 3 : Psychological Considerations Module 4 : Recognising Severity Module 5 : Complaints Process and Analytics Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Customer relationship is an imperative part of any modern day business. Building long lasting relationships with clients and providing them with the highest level of support and service at all times will result in an increase in revenue. Anyone who wants to ensure that their company retains clients or wants their employees to see the importance of outstanding service will benefit from this convenient online course which can be studied at your own pace and in your own time. Gain an edge over the competition by implementing excellent customer relationship management processes today. Introduction to the Customer Relationship Management Diploma The Customer Relationship Management diploma comprises of five information packed modules which should take you around five hours to complete. The course is offered online for added convenience, so you can complete the course in one sitting or you can spread it out over a number of months, depending on your own schedule. This course comes complete with a multiple choice test. The certificate is industry recognised and can be verified online. What you will Learn This course offers you five informative modules, each one giving you valuable information and insight into customer relationship management and providing you with the knowledge and skills you need to implement this solution into your workplace. Learn what CRM is and why it is so important to focus on your customers. Identify with the basics of body language and how to use this when dealing with clients. Develop your interpersonal skills. Learn facts about relationships and loyalty and how these two go hand-in-hand. Identify why customer relationship management is so important to the success of your company. Learn how to look for customers and what customers expect from your company in terms of service and support. Get an understanding on how to measure your customer relationship management from the characteristics to problems you may face to the standards you want to achieve. Learn how to develop a relationship. Get some valuable advice about meeting preparation and so much more. Benefits Some of the benefits you can expect to enjoy when you take the Customer Relationship Management Diploma include: Increase your knowledge on customer relationships. Fast track your career in your chosen industry. Enjoy the convenience of an industry recognised certification. Certificates can be verified online. Lifetime access to course material. Course available online so you can study at any time of the day or night. Complete the course in one day or a few months, there is no set time frame for completing the course. The study platform is available on all devices. Enjoy information packed and detailed modules. Each course is broken down into easy to manage modules to enhance your study experience. Affordable pricing Start your studying at any time. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : What is Customer Relationship Management? Module 2 : Looking at Customers Module 3 : Measuring CRM Module 4 : Developing the Relationship Module 5 : Clarity in Meeting Preparation Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Customer Service helps users define who their customers are and understand their needs. The course also enables users to learn the customer service, personal standards and premises standards process; deal with complaints with good tactics, exceed customer expectations and go the extra mile to provide excellent customer service. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding of the aspects of delivering outstanding customer service Understanding the benefits of outstanding customer service Importance of handling complaints with care Recognise andamp; adapt to customer behaviour styles Manage customer satisfaction levels Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description These days more companies are looking for members who have outstanding customer service skills. More clients are focusing on the service they receive and are demanding that companies around the world provide them with a better service on a daily basis. Introduction to the Customer Services Diploma This information packed course gives you the skills you need to provide your clients with a higher level of service, whether you are dealing with them face to face, over the phone or online. The course comprises of eleven modules bursting with information which take around ten hours to complete. You get to study at your own pace and where you feel most comfortable, as long as you have access to the internet. The modules are accessible on all devices from PCs to laptops and tablets to mobile phones, giving you the convenience of studying from anywhere at any time. During your studies you will have access to guidance and support from our expert tutors. Further, this course is IVCAS approved, to give you complete peace of mind that you are completing an industry recognised diploma. What You Will Learn This course comprises of eleven information packed modules, these include: Get an oversight of customer service from what it is to the different types to why it is so important for you, your client and your business moving forward. Understand your customers, find your niche and get a firm understanding of consumer rights law in the United Kingdom. Make a great first impression, learn how positive attitude, dress and body language affects how you are perceived. Learn how to care for your customer's needs, from seeing customer service from their perspective to the importance of communication. Get insight into how to retain your customers. Learn how to effectively deal with complaints, provide an outstanding after sales service and what you need to do in the case that the customer is wrong. Learn about the importance of face to face customer service. This module will teach you the importance of a positive first impression and how body language will play a role in the service you provide and how your service is perceived. Get a firm understanding of telephone customer service complete with eleven tips to improve your customer service levels over the phone. This module will also provide valuable insight into telephone etiquette. Understand the importance of electronic customer service. The do's and don'ts and tips on providing an effective service electronically in a world where everyone relies on the internet on a daily basis. The course will teach you how to deal with difficult customers, how to defuse anger, how to control your own emotions and how keeping calm can solve the problem that bit faster. Learn to deal with escalation to improve service levels. This module covers handling abusive clients, handling physical threats and how not to cave into the clients' demands. Learn how to make a good impression at all times by offering the best customer service and recapping the skills you have learned to ensure you can incorporate them into your daily duties without delay. Benefits of the Customer Services Diploma Customer services has become essential for all employees in all industries. It doesn't matter what industry you are working in right now, having a customer services diploma behind you can give you the knowledge and insight you need to provide your clients with a service that they expect and deserve, ensuring you help your business grow daily. Company owners are seeing the benefit of sending their teams for customer services training. Company owners see more enquiries convert to sales, happier customers and happier team members. The benefits of a customer services diploma are endless, but here are some you can take note of right way: You will learn how to exceed your customers' expectations. You will learn how to be courteous and helpful to each client you come in contact with. Your motivation levels will increase as you see your clients become more comfortable with you and the service you provide. Learn essential problem solving skills you can use daily. See your confidence soar as you get more comfortable with dealing with customers face to face, over the phone and online. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 11 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Understanding Customer Services Module 2 : The Customer Module 3 : Attitude Is Everything Module 4 : Caring For Your Customer’s Needs Module 5 : Customer Retention: How to Get Them Back Module 6 : Face to Face Customer Service Module 7 : Telephone Customer Service Module 8 : Electronic Customer Service Module 9 : Rescuing Difficult Customers Module 10 : Escalation Module 11 : Make an Impression Every Time Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Customer Service in Fashion Shops In-store and online fashion shop experience depend on many factors such as prices, products and the shop environment. Customer service is key to how clients perceive a fashion store. Although fashion businesses have no control over their competitors, they can control customer service levels. Therefore, businesses that sell clothes and related accessories (or any other retail business) should always strive to improve their level of customer service. The kind of support a fashion shop accords its customers can either improve or reduce their shopping experience. Generally, that also explains the essence of customer service in retail at large. This course is divided into four short modules to help you understand customer service, whether you want to open a fashion shop or work in support. You Will Learn: The definition of customer service Choosing the right customer service channels Important customer service skills Why good customer service improves customer shopping experience How to deal with difficult customer service scenarios Customer service measurement metrics Qualities of good customer service How to improve customer service and experience in online fashion shops Benefits of Studying This Course Taking the course will help you to:- Understand what customer service is all about Understand how to improve customer service in fashion shops Determine if you want to work in customer service in the fashion industry Understand what it takes to offer exceptional customer service Understand the role of customer service in client satisfaction Understand the benefits of offering high-quality customer service Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Customer Service Module 02: Why Good Customer Service Enhances the Customer Experience Module 03: How to Deal with Difficult Customer Service Scenarios Module 04: Customer Service Metrics and How to Improve Customer Service for Online Fashion Shops Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Customer Care is integral to the success of any business. The quality of the relationship and reputation your business has among your customers can determine the success or failure of your enterprise. This course will help you understand how to effectively interact with your customers to ensure they receive the highest levels of care and service, which will positively enhance your prestige and your profits. Many organisations believe they are providing excellent customer service, but shocking statistics about consumer’s actual satisfaction levels with their customer experience tell a very different story. Providing the time, effort and investment necessary to drive excellent customer care will create a corresponding improvement in your company's public perception, an increase in brand awareness and keep your finger firmly on the pulse of what you need to know. The content of this course is designed for individuals and companies that want to connect with their customers in a mutually beneficial way, to improve the service delivery while measuring and enhancing customer loyalty. The correct application of the knowledge and tools delivered in this course has the potential to increase revenue and market share to help ensure long term business success. Understanding how to continuously improve your services and products and see things from a customer-centric perspective is priceless when it comes to business longevity and profitability. This course is based on up-to-date scientific research and studies that have probed into the core of customer care in the modern business world. All of the information has been synthesised into an easy to learn format that can be digested at a pace most suitable to the reader. The course includes not only proven methods to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of your customer care, but also delves into where most companies go wrong in their approaches to help you avoid expensive mistakes. You will be presented with immediately actionable information that will boost your business and demonstrate you care about your customers. This course is comprised of practical tools and information, real life examples and exercises, tests and worksheets to evaluate your understanding of the knowledge you learn. The course is broken down into 5 modules, with information presented in a logical and easy to follow manner. What you will learn In this course, you will learn: The benefits and value of good customer service How to use customer feedback to improve your service How to tangibly measure customer loyalty How to assess and improve your current customer service processes How the quality of your customer care influences the customer's experience and impression Effective strategies for handling customer service problems How to continually develop your customer services The role that feedback and monitoring plays in establishing a customer care framework What service level agreements are and how to develop them The practical knowledge you will gain from this course can be applied to any business. Completing this course will allow you to assess and dramatically improve your customer care strategies, increasing the positive public perception, profitability and prosperity of your company. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Customer Care Module 2: Customer Service Practices Module 3: Customer Services Implementation Module 4: Managing Customer Relationships Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Customer Service Online Course CPD Approved Course DescriptionCustomer service is the act of taking care of the customer’s needs by providing and delivering professional, helpful, high quality service and assistance before, during, and after the customer's requirements are met.But how is this done?How do you ensure it’s consistent across your business? What are the benefits of delivering great customer service?This course will start by making it very clear exactly what we mean by customer service, and why it’s so vital. It then goes into detail about the goals of great customer service, communication skills both verbal and non-verbal, discovering and understanding customer needs and much more.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1:About the CourseModule 2:What is Customer ServiceModule 3:The Goals of Great Customer ServiceModule 4:Discovering and Understanding Customer Needs Module 5: Delivering Maximum Levels of Customer Service Module 6: Making Customers Feel Great From the Start Module 7: Communication Skills Module 8: Non-verbal Communication and Body Language Module 9: Dealing with Customer ComplaintsDuration: 75 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This Cyber Security Awareness and Prevention course will teach you how to keep your network safe, how to stay safe on the internet, how to keep your email safe, how to use anti-virus software and much more. You will walk away from this training with a level of understanding that will let you apply the proper amount of digital protection to your home or office computer systems. Example Training Video Course Content Module 1: Cyber Security Awareness and Prevention 1.1 Course Introduction 1.2 Where We Are Today 1.3 Areas Of Protection 1.4 The Connection - Part 1 1.5 The Connection - Part 2 1.6 Network Protection 1.7 Browsing Blunders - Part 1 1.8 Browsing Blunders - Part 2 1.9 Settings - Part 1 1.10 Settings - Part 2 1.11 Settings - Part 3 1.12 Settings - Part 4 1.13 Cookies 1.14 Browsing Tips And Tricks 1.15 Email Cant Hurt You Right - Part 1 1.16 Email Cant Hurt You Right - Part 2 1.17 Viruses - Part 1 1.18 Viruses - Part 2 1.19 Viruses - Part 3 1.20 Course Outro Module 2: Managing Mobile Device Security 2.1 Managing Mobile Device Security Part 1 2.2 Managing Mobile Device Security Part 2 2.3 Secure Access 2.4 Secure Access iPhone Demo 2.5 Secure Access Android Demo 2.6 Protect The Data 2.7 Protect The Data Android Demo 2.8 Protect The Data iPhone Demo 2.9 Manage App Access 2.10 Manage App Access iPhone Demo 2.11 Manage App Access Android Demo 2.12 Stay Up To Date 2.13 Stay Up To Date Android Demo 2.14 Stay Up To Date iPhone Demo 2.15 Use Other Tools To Help 2.16 Prepare For The Worst 2.17 Prepare For The Worst Android Demo 2.18 Prepare For The Worst iPhone Demo 2.19 Best Practices LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Cyber Security Awareness Online Course CPD ApprovedCOURSE DESCRIPTIONEmployees, managers and directors should all have a good understanding of the threat posed by cyber-attacks and the importance of guarding against data breaches.This short course will explain why cyber attacks and data breaches happen and provide practical advice on how to set up effective defences.First, the course will identify potential 'cyber threat actors' who initiate cybercrime, along with looking at the main motivations behind cyber-attacks on individuals and organisations.On a more practical level, you'll learn how to recognise and deal effectively with phishing attempts. The course will highlight the importance of keeping passwords secure and cover security for devices, such as smartphones, laptops, tablets or desktop computers.You'll learn how to report a suspected cyber attack, and what to do if you genuinely make a mistake.Finally, we'll underline the importance of cooperation and show how working closely together helps overcome a wide range of cybersecurity issues.ADVANTAGESTraining staff in cyber security is vital to protect your business from these ever present online threats.CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves.Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.TARGET AUDIENCEThe course is aimed at employees at all levels of an organisation as it provides an overview of some of the most common cyber security threats encountered in business.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Cyber Security - An OverviewModule 2: Combatting Cyber AttacksDuration: 25 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Cyber security is fast becoming one of the most important roles in the tech sector as cyber criminals and hackers become ever more sophisticated. A cybersecurity expert is somebody who is responsible for securing information systems. They may spend their day monitoring, detecting, investigating, analyzing, and responding to security events within a business. It is their main role to protect systems from cybersecurity risks and threats. What does a Cybersecurity Expert do?Any computer connected to the internet is vulnerable to cyber-attacks. Cybersecurity, or IT security, is the technique used to protect computers and networks from criminal intrusion. Specialists in cybersecurity are among the most sought-after professionals in the tech sector as businesses and governments seek to fight off an increasingly daring and ruthless cohort of global cyber criminals and hackers. Skilled and dedicated security specialists work in this field that demands a mix of artistry and technical expertise. They need to be constantly one step ahead of the hackers and organized criminals behind a new crime wave. Our training series will guide you from an introductory security level up to the highest certifications in the IT industry. Jobs you will be qualified for after taking our courses range from Entry level Cybersecurity, Cybersecurity Data Analyst, Manager IT Cybersecurity, Senior Cybersecurity Engineer, Cybersecurity Lead or a Cybersecurity Business Analyst Our cybersecurity training bundle gives you all the training you need to succeed in the very popular World of Cybersecurity. PLEASE NOTE: These are the training courses only. Exam costs are not included. Some certifications have additional requirements for exam eligibility such as job-role experience etc. The Cyber Security Ultimate Training Bundle contains the following courses: CompTIA Security+ (SY0-701) Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) (Update 2021) CompTIA Linux+ (XK0-005) CompTIA CySA+ (Cybersecurity Analyst+) CS0-003 Certified Cloud Security Professional - CCSP Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) Microsoft 98-367 MTA Security Fundamentals Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) v.12 CompTIA PenTest+ (PT0-003) CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) CAS-003 Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA) Computer Hacking Forensic Investigator (CHFI) Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the monthly subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. LEARN365 Courses Include Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Sleep deprivation is a serious issue faced by millions of people across the globe. The statistics in the UK alone are daunting, with close to 70% of residents reporting dealing with instances of acute or chronic sleep deprivation at least once in their lives. Sleep deprivation is more than simply waking up tired - it is a condition where you do not get enough sleep to function well. It can lead to serious health risks and complications.This course provides you with comprehensive information about sleep deprivation. It begins by talking about the importance of sleep and defining sleep deprivation in its acute and chronic phases. It then moves on to cover the various causes and risk factors associated with sleep deprivation. The symptoms of sleep deprivation are also covered in detail. Finally, the course talks about preventative measures you can take to reduce the risk of sleep deprivation happening to you. Treatment methods are covered in the same module.What's Covered in the Course? Why all people need to get at least seven hours of sleep per night The clinical definition of sleep deprivation in all its phases The reasons why people feel sleep deprived The cognitive, emotional and physical symptoms of sleep deprivation Tips on how to prevent sleep deprivation from happening for those in high-risk groups Tips on how to treat both acute and chronic sleep deprivation Benefits of Taking This Course Recognising the signs of sleep deprivation in yourself and others Understanding what sleep deprivation is, how it occurs and the differences between acute and chronic deprivation Learning about the causes and risk factors associated with sleep deprivation in both its acute and chronic phases Gaining knowledge about the various symptoms and disorders caused by sleep deprivation Learning how to prevent and treat this condition Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Sleep Deprivation Module 2: Causes and Risk Factors Module 3: Symptoms and Effects of Sleep Deprivation Module 4: Prevention and Treatment of Sleep Deprivation Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In today’s increasingly global society, a growing number of people are considered to be “night workers”. These are individuals that work at least three hours a night on a regular basis during the hours of 11pm and 6am. As more people begin working these types of shifts, including emergency workers, health care professionals, factory workers and even white-collar investment brokers, the dangers of the night shift are also becoming increasingly apparent. Unfortunately, many people engaged in this type of work do not know about the risks or how to prevent serious damage to their health.This course provides you with comprehensive information about the dangers of working at night. It begins by talking about night work in general, including an introduction to the relevant UK legislation governing this type of shift work. The course then moves directly into talking about the dangers associated with working at night. Next, students are provided with information about preventing or mitigating these dangers. Finally, coping techniques are provided, helping to ease the isolation associated with working at night.What's Covered in the Course? The definition of a “night worker” and examples of jobs that fit that description Details about the rules and regulations covering night workers in the UK Information about the impact of working at night on your physical and mental health Tips on how to prevent certain dangers associated with night work from occurring Tips on how to reduce the impact of unavoidable risks Information on how to cope with the impact night work can have on your emotional fulfilment and social group Benefits of Taking This Course Learning about the different rules that apply to night workers as opposed to those who work during the day Understanding the technical definition of night work Knowing how to identify the risks involved with night shift work Learning how to reduce the impact of night work on your health Determining how to cope with the impact night work can have other areas of your life, including your sense of well-being Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Working at Night Module 2: Risks and Hazards of Being a Night Worker Module 3: Preventing and Mitigating Risks Faced by Night Workers Module 4: Coping with the Impact of Night Work Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The European Commission introduced the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) which was implemented on 25th May 2018. The regulation has mainly been implemented in order to: Force companies to be clearer on their data collection and usage Improve data protection and prevent data infringement Establish improved control and reactivity to prevent data leakage These new regulations play an important role at a time when both the volume of data is skyrocketing, and threats are growing at a similar rate. A key factor of any organisation’s GDPR compliance is staff awareness and education. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Principles Key definitions Lawful bases for processing Individual rights Accountability and Governance International Transfers Personal data breaches Security Children Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Data protection is a very important aspect of almost every workplace. Regardless of industry, most companies have some personal data or sensitive data regarding each one of their customers and employees. Learning how to create a robust data protection policy as well as the best practices you should use when dealing with private data is the best way to ensure compliance with the Data Protection Act.This course provides a comprehensive overview of data protection requirements in the workplace. The course begins by giving a general overview of data protection, its benefits, and key facts about the Data Protection Act. The course also goes over how to put together a data protection policy for your company as well as letting you know how to respond to information requests.What's Covered in the Course? Information about the Data Protection Act, including the rights afforded to individuals and the responsibilities conferred onto organisations The conditions that are attached to the gathering, processing, and maintenance of data What is required of your company if you want to share data with other branches in your organisation The four essential aspects of data security How to develop an ideal data protection policy that meets your organisation’s needs The steps you should take to handle requests for information from individuals Benefits of Taking This Course Learning about the Data Protection Act and the benefits of compliance Gaining insight into the rights extended to individuals under the Data Protection Act regarding the handling of their personal and sensitive data Understanding the obligations organisations must meet if they want to collect, use, and maintain personal or sensitive data Acquiring information about how to properly share data with others inside your organisation without violating the act Gaining important information about the development of a comprehensive data protection policy Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 6 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Benefits of Good Data Safety and the Data Protection Act Module 2: Conditions and Permissible Reasons to Access Data Module 3: The General Data Protection Regulation Module 4: Data Sharing and Security Module 5: Creating a Data Protection Policy Module 6: Managing Requests for Personal Data Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Safeguard your recruitment process with Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) certificate training. Learn about the full DBS process and why DBS checks are necessary for your organisation.The aim of this course is to give staff an overview of the Disclosure and Barring System, including who is eligible to apply for a DBS, examples of why someone can or cannot apply, as well as explaining how to make a DBS application. DBS Certificate training in your industry can help keep your business compliant and your staff and customers protected.Help make informed decisions when it comes to recruitment with DBS Certificate training. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, learners should know and understand the following: Overview of the disclosure and barring service Checking the disclosure and barring service, online accounts and the update system Requesting a basic check and a free-of-charge DBS and fast-track emergency Barred List(s) check Other health care workers eligible including volunteers, and examples How to make Sensitive disclosure applications Disputes, appeals and prohibition orders Other ways to apply for a DBS check How to find further information and advice Course OutlineThe aim of this course is to greater increase your knowledge of the DBS Certificate.The key points covered in this course are: What the DBS check is Who is eligible Sensitive applications DBS Online Account Prohibition orders Other ways to apply for a DBS Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Difficult people cost businesses hundreds of billions of pounds every year. Learning how to deal with difficult people therefore, is not just a necessary business move to protect your bottom line, it presents an untapped opportunity to dramatically increase your revenue. Furthermore, it also offers powerful interpersonal skills that will help you interact with people in all areas of life. Understanding why people act in a difficult manner and how to resolve the problems they create improves morale, productivity and contributes to a professional work environment. When difficult people create conflicts, it arises from their basic human needs being unfulfilled. Learning how to communicate needs and have them met is the key to dealing with difficult people. This course will show you exactly how. This course has been designed for employers and employees of businesses who want to face the inevitable challenges that arise between individuals with the best tools and knowledge at their disposal. The course content will teach you all the skills you need to successfully handle difficult people and situations for the best possible outcome. The knowledge and information contained in this course is accessible and clear. The contents have been informed by scientifically validated research based studies. This course contains deeply insightful information and strategies to deal with difficult people, and exercises, tests and worksheets for you to experiment with and apply what you learn at your own pace. What you will learn Understand human needs and their influence on behaviour Use communication skills to reduce conflicts in the workplace Recognise and minimise disruptive workplace behaviour Recognise the factors that promote and hinder productivity Recognise the characteristics of difficult people Deal with difficult people with effective solutions Identify the sources of difficult behaviour Identify the most common difficult personality traits and how to deal with them Focus on the solution (rather than the problem) to deal with difficult people The skills and knowledge contained within this course are applicable to any business or organisation and will empower you to confidently deal with the most difficult of situations for the best possible outcomes. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 7 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Developing an understanding of human behaviour Module 2: Handling difficult people Module 3: Dealing with difficult situations Module 4: Interpersonal Skills for handling difficult People Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Preventing physical injury in the workplace should be a key concern for all employers, but any approach to worker wellbeing needs to factor in mental health. In addition, employers also need to be aware that workplace violence is a relatively common occurrence across many industries.In this course, you will learn how to identify stress, anxiety, depression and violence in the workplace. With reference to Health and Safety law, you will discover how to fulfil your legal obligations and support employee wellbeing.What's Covered in the Course? Why employers need to take psychological distress and violence in the workplace seriously The causes of workplace stress, signs of stress and the symptoms of burnout How and why employers should identify and support those suffering workplace stress How employers can identify mental health problems in the workplace and how they can best support those with mental health problems and addictions How employers can reduce the risk of workplace violence and support victims of violence Benefits of Taking This Course If you are an employer, this course will help you meet your obligations under health and safety law If you are a worker, this course will alert you to the dangers of workplace stress and encourage you to seek help if necessary If you work in an HR role, this course will help you work with managers to devise effective stress management policies If you are a manager, this course will help you better understand a common problem – mental distress – that affects a significant minority of your team If you are interested in occupational health and safety, this course will provide you with a comprehensive overview of several key risks facing modern workers Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 1 hour to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction Module 2 The Signs of Stress? Module 3: How should an Employer Help Workers Suffering from Stress in the Workplace? Module 4: Mental Health at Work Module 5: Workplace Violence and Its Effects Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Workplace violence is an unfortunate reality faced by most modern workers. It can happen anywhere, including an office, retail location, factory floor or even a client’s home. Everyone is impacted regardless of position and salary, including perpetrators, victims and witnesses. It can create unnecessary conflict, halt productivity and create an incredibly toxic workplace for you and your staff. Managers, employees and company owners alike have an obligation to learn more about violence in the workplace, along with their responsibilities to reduce the risks and mitigate the impact. This course gives you detailed information about violence in the workplace and how to deal with it. We begin by defining workplace violence and include a discussion about risk factors and how to mitigate them. Next, we review the techniques you can use to prevent violence from occurring within the workplace. A conversation about workplace bullying follows, which includes definitions and the legal obligations of employers in this regard. Finally, we talk about conflict resolution and how to put those lessons into practice. What You Will Learn The definition of workplace violence and some examples of how it can happen in the workplace Why you should put preventative measures into place The type of preventative measures you can rely on to mitigate the impact of workplace violence The rules and regulations governing workplace violence How to identify, address and reduce the risks of workplace bullying Benefits of Dealing with Workplace Violence Course Learning more about how to create a safe workplace for you and your staff Your rights and obligations as an employer when it comes to workplace safety How to deal with the perpetrator of workplace violence as well as the steps you can take to help the victim The definition of workplace bullying and how it fits into your greater workplace violence prevention plan Learning how to address and minimize the impact of conflict in your workplace Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 1 hour to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Understanding Workplace Violence Module 02: Preventative Measures Module 03: Bullying in the Workplace Module 04: Is Someone Being Bullied? Module 05: Conflict Resolution Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Decontamination and Infection Control has been designed for all dentists and dental care professionals. The aim of this course is to update you on the current DISINFECTION AND DECONTAMINATION regulations, in accordance with the Health Technical Memorandum 01-05 and the BDA fact sheets. It includes the layout of the decontamination, the use of equipment for achieving good sterilization of the reusable instruments and rules on storage. This course will provide you with 5 Verifiable CPD hours, equivalent to 5 CPD points. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Infection Control in Dentistry - Module 1After completing this section you should be able to:1. Understand the legislations and regulations for compliance in the dental health profession2. Know how to get registration with the CQC3. Understand about “Essential quality requirements” and “best practice”4. Incorporate a plan for the Progression towards best practice5. Understand about Infection control policy and prions6. Comprehend the rules about staff Training and Education7. Beware of the Scope, status and structure of Health Technical Memorandum 01-05 and to understand how to fulfill the essential quality and best practice requirements, how to clean and sterilize instruments, how to set up a decontamination area and8. Know where to seek further help.Infection Control in Dentistry - Module 2After completing this section you should be able to:1. Understand the procedures necessary for the cleaning of instruments, including the:a. General requirements for cleaning methods, the use of automated cleaning with washer-disinfectors, ultrasonic cleaning and its cleaning procedures2. Carry out manual cleaning and how to avoid instrument damage3. Rinse instruments after cleaning and or disinfection and its inspection and care before sterilization4. How to care for your hand pieces5. The process and types of sterilization and sterilizers, including daily testing, packing, storing, etc.6. How to set up a decontamination area and where to get advice7. General hygiene principles for hand washing, PEP’s (personal protective equipment), decontamination of surfaces, equipment and treatment areas8. Decontamination of DUWL’s (Dental Unit Water Lines), Prostheses, orthodontic appliances and impressions.Infection Control in Dentistry - Module 3After completing this section you should be able to:1. Get acquainted with the Regulatory framework and compliance, including the BS/EN/ISO Standards and the DH guidelines.2. Know the staff roles and responsibilities in the decontamination process3. Understand about the procurement of decontamination equipment and instruments, including determining the load to be processed, the decontamination equipment: washer-disinfectors and sterilizers, ultrasonic cleaners, how to Select instruments as well as the Policy on new reusable instruments.4. Have the knowledge about the general guidance on maintenance and testing of the decontamination equipment, which includes maintenance and servicing, validation and testing and how to handle the documentation5. Understand about the Installation, validation, maintenance and testing of sterilizers, washer-disinfectors and ultrasonic cleaners.Infection Control in Dentistry - Module 4After completing this section you should be able to:1. Get acquainted with the additional information on test procedures, apart from those provided in the HTM01-05:• Automatic control test and method• Ultrasonic activity test and method• Safety checks (weekly and yearly)2. Understand about the approach and protocol for manual cleaning3. Know the manual cleaning procedures or dental instruments4. Have guidance on steam and water quality5. Understand about the use of lubricants Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Human Resources (HR), also known as Human Resource Management (HRM), is a set of practices that align people-related activities with the aims and values of the organisation in which they work. Virtually every business and charitable organisation will call on the services of HR professionals at some point and almost all employees will come into direct contact with HR at some stage in their career.HRM is a broad term and it can be difficult to understand precisely what happens in an HR department. Many employees do not quite trust HR departments and assume that their main function is to oversee “hiring and firing” procedures.In this course, you will take a close look at what HR professionals do in their day-to-day roles, the scope of HRM practices and how the discipline has moved beyond simple personnel administration to become a dynamic force in shaping organisational vision across every sector.What's Covered in the Course? The main purposes of HRM, the role it plays in the employee’s life cycle and how it helps a business achieve their objectives. Common misconceptions surrounding HRM and the truth behind these myths. The structure of a typical HR department and how people usually begin their careers in this field. Why it is important to measure the efficacy of HR practices and how organisations can ensure that their HR departments are working to further the interests of both the organisation and its workforce. Challenges facing modern HR practitioners, including the rise of new technology, diversity in the workplace and an ageing workforce. Benefits of Taking This Course Anyone looking to begin a career in HR will benefit from this course, as it presents a broad overview of this area. Those working in management positions that involve liaising with HR professionals will feel more confident working with people with an HR background after completing this course. If you are interested in employee relations, this course will provide you with background information that will further your knowledge in this area. Anyone responsible for developing growth strategies will benefit from learning how HR plays a key role in shaping an organisation’s future. Any employee keen to learn more about their rights at work will be interested in the content of this course, as it outlines how HR professionals operate on behalf of both the organisation and its staff to resolve problems and create a better working environment. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: The Key Functions of HR Module 2: Misconceptions Surrounding HR Module 3: Roles and Careers in HR Module 4: Measuring Effectiveness of HR Functions Module 5: Challenges Faced by Modern HR Departments Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is aimed at all staff working in the care environment who work with people with dementia. A general understanding of the issues associated with dementia will be established. Candidates will gain under-pinning knowledge of the below issues and therefore will be able to put this into practice where necessary. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding Dementia Treatments and Drugs Available Practical Help Available Care for People with Dementia Prevention and Re-direction Techniques Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This e-learning module on Dementia has been designed to help you understand what delirium is, the clinical guidelines for managing delirium and the clinical guidelines for managing dementia. This has been developed using the latest guidance from the medical and nursing Royal Colleges, the Department of Health and the National Institute of Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES To understand what Delirium and Dementia are, the causes of, Diagnosis and Management of the conditions Clinical guidelines for managing Delirium and Dementia The Principles of Care for people with Delirium and Dementia Indicators and Symptoms of Delirium and Dementia Risk factors, prevention and early identification of Delirium and Dementia Observation, Diagnosis, Assessment and Treatment of Delirium and Dementia Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This e-learning module on Dementia has been designed to help you understand what delirium is, the clinical guidelines for managing delirium and the clinical guidelines for managing dementia. This has been developed using the latest guidance from the medical and nursing Royal Colleges, the Department of Health and the National Instute of Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Cognitive tests Agitation and psychosis Depression and dementia Supporting carers Dealing with challenging behaviours using a person-centred approach Identifying solutions Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This e-learning module on Dementia has been designed to help you understand the clinical guidelines for managing dementia, interventions for cognitive symptoms, interventions for comorbid emotional disorders, palliative care issues and drug treatments. This has been developed using the latest guidance from the medical and nursing Royal Colleges, the Department of Health and the National Institute of Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Clinical guidelines for managing dementia Interventions for cognitive symptoms and maintenance of function Interventions for comorbid emotional disorders Palliative care, pain relief and care at the end of life Drug treatments Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This e-learning module on Dementia has been designed to help you understand what dementia is, the different types of dementia, how to diagnose dementia and how to care for people with dementia. This has been developed using the latest guidance from the medical and nursing Royal Colleges, the Department of Health and the National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Dementia Types of dementia The social model of dementia Comorbidities Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Dementia Awareness Online Course IIRSM andamp; CPD ApprovedDementia is used to describe the symptoms that occur when the brain is affected by specific diseases and conditions. Dementia is a chronic progressive problem of cognition - which is the failure of the brain’s functions. IT affects people at different stages of life, it affects different parts of the brain and it affects it at different speeds. This course is intended to give you an overview of the common types and symptoms of dementia as well as going into how it can affect the brain in different ways. It also covers strategies to use with clients with dementia and dealing with challenging behavior. The course is intended for anyone who works with or around people that may be suffering from dementiaCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What Is Dementia?Module 2: The BrainModule 3: Types of DementiaModule 4: Strategies to Use with Clients with Dementia, and Dealing with Challenging BehaviourDuration: 25 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description When a person with dementia finds that their mental abilities are declining, they often feel vulnerable and in need of reassurance, care and support. Carers need to do everything they can to help the person with dementia to retain their sense of identity and feelings of self-worth. Caring for a person with dementia can be challenging and requires a high level of skills and knowledge to cope with all the problems the dementia sufferer may face. This course is designed to provide you with the level of knowledge and understanding required to ensure you are able to deliver the highest possible standards of care. The course is made up of four modules: Dementia: Causes, Symptoms and Diagnosis Dementia: Support, Treatment and Legal Issues Care Planning for and Problems of the Dementia Sufferer and Caring for Dementia Sufferers. You will learn: exactly what dementia is how dementia affects the brain the symptoms that dementia sufferers will have how dementia is diagnosed the range of treatments available for dementia sufferers the important aspects of the law in relation to dementia the key features of person-centred care planning how to build a care plan the importance of recording information, data protection and confidentiality the main physical, psychological and emotional problems that dementia sufferers face the physical, psychological and emotional care and support dementia sufferers need and how to deliver effective care for dementia sufferers. It is very important that people with dementia are treated with respect. It is important to remember that a person with dementia is still a unique and valued human being, regardless of their illness. It should make it easier for the carer to realise why they behave in certain ways by understanding what the person is going through. By having as much background information and knowledge as possible, the delivery of care and support can be more effective. This course will provide you with the level of knowledge required to ensure your care delivery is of the very highest standard. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Improve communication and care for people with dementia across the patient journey, from pre-diagnosis through to care at home, emergency care, hospital admission, care home admission and end of life care. The course incorporates six video dramatisations across different settings. Learners can follow Maggie and Mick as Maggie receives a diagnosis of dementia, gets help at home and moves into a residential care home. They can then follow Marty and Mary, and Marty’s family, as he receives emergency medical care, stays on an acute hospital ward and nears the end of his life. Each of the video dramatisations is embedded in a set of reflective questions based on the VIPS Framework, giving the learners the opportunity to reflect on their own practice, the challenges they face in their roles and the practice within their organisations. Additional video content is included from professionals across a range of health and social care settings, and from families of people living with dementia. It includes detailed factual information on personcentred care, the nature and different types of dementia and the different ways the symptoms of dementia can be managed Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES An understanding of how to support people with dementia by developing good communication and person-centred care in their own practice and within their teams and organisations. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description It is rare to come across a dental clinic or office that functions efficiently in the absence of dental assistants. Dental assistants help dentists perform clinical procedures, manage patient care as well as oversee the administrative and clerical operations. Dental assistants are responsible for performing a range of functions and duties. What you will learn The different members of the dental team, their roles and responsibilities and how to work in a team environment The different skills and qualifications that you will require in order to become a dental assistant Different principles underlying organisation and operation of a dental office including administrative and clerical duties such as filing, computerisation of records and so on. Detailed insights into oral health, anatomy and hygiene as well as dental charting How to maintain health and safety standards in a dental office by complying with regulations and rules Communication techniques that will include interactions with patients, other healthcare professionals, colleagues and dentists. You will learn how to welcome a patient, provide information, clarify doubts and prepare the patients by making them comfortable How to provide chair-side assistance to the dentist by fabricating temporary restorations, cleaning and polishing removable dental appliances How to maintain infection control and protecting the dental team by following correct protocols How to manage instrumentation by sterilising and positioning instruments for easy access; passing instruments to the dentist during dental procedures and suctioning them How to select, mix and place materials on instruments as well as inside the patient’s mouth How to assist the dentist during medical and dental emergencies by maintaining CPR certifications and assisting with oxygen and drug supply Maintenance of dental equipment and operation according to manufacturer’s instructions, trouble-shooting, calling the manufacturer for repairs and evaluating new equipment How to manage inventory by checking stocks, anticipating requirements, placing and verifying orders Benefits of taking this course: The benefits of doing the dental assistant certificate course include: A clear understanding of your duties and responsibilities in the dental office or clinic; you will develop improved communication techniques and will be able to help patients quell their fears and feel at ease You will also develop a mixed set of skills including interpersonal and technical skills. The reinforcement of different techniques will help you provide able and efficient assistance to the dentist. Moreover, you will become skilful at performing tasks such as taking oral impressions and radiographs etc. Competent dental assistants significantly increase the efficiency levels of the dentists and contribute to the overall success of the clinic The modules are designed to provide maximum information explained in detail and includes all the important information that you need in order to acquire competency as a dental assistant. The course will provide you with the training necessary to make your knowledge meaningful and necessary. You will acquire the principles, values and understanding required to help you excel in your chosen career. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 14 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Introduction to the Dental Profession, Dental Team and Standards of Practice Module 2 : Standards of Dental Practice in the UK Module 3 : Standards of Dental Practice in the UK (Part II) Module 4 : Dental Assistant Skills, Duties and Qualifications and How to Maintain and Organise a Dental Office Module 5 : Oral Health and Preventative Techniques Module 6 : Dental Terminology, Brushing and Flossing Techniques Module 7 : Fluoride and Oral Nutrition in Dentistry Module 8 : General, Head and Neck Anatomy and Physiology and Tooth Morphology Module 9 : Patient Care, Dental Charting and Chair-Side Assistance (I) Module 10 : Chair Side Assistance (II), Anaesthesia/Sedation and Ergonomics Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Depression Awareness Diploma course will give students the opportunity to learn about this common mental disorder. The course is filled with information that is not only appropriate for those who have depression and want to learn more about it, but also for those who know or love people with depression, and how their loved ones can best be helped. This is also an excellent course for anyone who is interested in getting into the counselling or psychology field. Depression is not easy to treat, and there are a number of methods that can be attempted after a diagnosis has been made. This course explains all of the traditional treatments for depression, as well as alternative and self-help treatments. Additionally, the course explains the different types of depression, how depression affects one’s life, and what events or actions might trigger depression. This course is an online training course that allows students to study when it is convenient for them. Many who take this course remain working their full time job, which allows them to not only achieve the goal of learning more about depression, but also allows them to stay on top of their responsibilities. Those who take the depression course can access the material from any device that can connect to the internet, and online support is available during the training. When completing the course, you will take a test, and upon passing, will receive a diploma that can be printed at home. What You Will Learn The depression diploma course has been created to give people a full overview of the mental disorder. The information learned in the course will help in both personal and professional situations. This course covers: An introduction to depression The causes of depression Depression myths The symptoms of depression, including social, physical and psychological The different types of depression How to help someone with depression Traditional depression treatments Alternative depression treatments Self-help for depression How to identify the triggers of depression Lifestyle changes that can benefit depression Life after depression Resources in the UK to help one cope with depression Benefits of the Depression Awareness Diploma Course There are several benefits of completing the depression course online: The opportunity to study wherever you wish and at any time, even at home, after work or in your lunch break. The option to study at a pace that is easy for you, as there is no set time limit for the course. The ability to study from any device that connects to the internet, including tablets, mobile phones and computers. A course structure that is easy to understand, thanks to the small modules. Available online support, when required. A full, detailed syllabus, which ensures that you get all of the knowledge required to understand depression and to support those who have depression. This can be used in both your professional and personal life. Improving work and volunteer prospects, especially when working in the psychological field. Affordable pricing. A certified diploma that is recognised in the industry. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 13 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Understanding Depression Module 2 : What Causes Depression? Module 3 : Myths about Depression Module 4 : The Symptoms of Depression Module 5: Types of Depression Module 6: Helping Someone with Depression Module 7: Traditional Treatments for Depression Module 8: Alternative Therapies for Depression Module 9 : Self-Help for Depression Module 10 : Identifying Triggers for Depression Module 11 : Lifestyle Changes for Depression Module 12 : Life After Depression Module 13: Seeking Help – Contacts and Resources Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Depression Awareness Video Based Online Course CPD ApprovedCOURSE DESCRIPTIONOver 350 million people in the world are affected by depression. This online course will raise awareness of depression and how it can be recognised, diagnosed, classified and treated. It starts by looking at diagnoses before moving on to define the various types of depression, you'll also learn about other disorders. It then looks at the causes of depression and the everyday factors which can make it more difficult to manage effectively. You'll learn about depression symptoms in adults, teenagers and children and how to get help. There'll be information to help you understand how to recognise and psychotic depression and how it can be treated. The course also looks at the physical and social effects of depression, including on those living with a person who is depressed. Depression management techniques and treatments will be covered, including Cognitive Behavioural Therapy, Dialectical Behaviour Therapy, Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, Relaxation techniques and Mood management. Finally, we'll feature the roles played by diet, exercise and managing work-life balance and lifestyle.LEARNING OBJECTIVESBy the end of this course, you will be able to: Understand what Depression is and have an understanding of the diagnosis process. Recognise the causes and symptoms in adults, children and teenagers. Learn the different management techniques used and the support available. Recognise the impact of depression on the individual and those around them such as friends and family. TARGET AUDIENCE This course is aimed at people in the health and social care sector that would like to increase their awareness of Depression to improve the care they give. It is also written in a way that is accessible to people outside of health and social care and does not assume any prior knowledge of the condition.ADVANTAGES Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: The Causes of DepressionModule 3: Effects on the Individual, Family andamp; FriendsModule 4: Depression Management and Support - Part 1Module 5: Depression Management and Support - Part 2 DURATION: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) DEMO VIDEO Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description There is a lot more to attracting high-quality applicants than simply putting out a compelling advert. Even a positive workplace culture may not be enough. To ensure that your company recruits and retains the very best in your industry, you need to put together a fair and comprehensive compensation and benefits package. Not only does offering this type of care to your employees make them feel more valued, studies show that it can boost productivity and reduce turnover. This course provides you with important information about how to develop a compensation package and benefits plan, regardless of what type of workplace you run or manage. We begin by discussing the law and how it relates to the payment of staff members. The course then moves on to cover the details behind creating a compensation plan that is sure to attract the best applicants. Next, strategies for finding the best benefits package are discussed. Finally, we go into detail about when you should review your plans. What You Will Learn What constitutes “compensation” and what is classed as a “benefit” The types of compensation employers must pay according to the law How you can reward your top-performing employees The types of benefits you can provide for your staff Why it is easier to manage some benefits on your own What to do if your recruitment process seems slower than usual Benefits of Taking this Course: Learning why you need a written contract and what it should contain Determining the best way to reward high-performing staff members Understanding why you need to define your corporate philosophy before setting your wages Learning the best way to find a benefits supplier that suits your needs Learning when is the best time to review your policies Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Compensation, Benefits and the Law in the UK Module 02: Creating a Competitive Compensation Plan Module 03: Developing a Comprehensive Benefits Package Module 04: Revisiting Your Compensation and Benefits Plan Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Developing a Workplace Mental Health Policy Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionWhen people have good mental health, they are more likely to fulfil their potential. That means they enjoy work and cope easily with work situations. They have a happy family life and good social relationships.Organisations are required by law to promote and protect the mental well-being of their workforce.A comprehensive Mental Health Policy, along with easy-to-understand operating procedures, will incorporate mental health issues into established organisational thinking. It will make sure everyone knows how the organisation views and deals with workplace mental health.This course covers the steps that organisations should consider when developing and implementing a comprehensive workplace Mental Health Policy.Target AudienceThis course is aimed at employers and employees responsible for developing and following a workplace mental health policy.AdvantagesOnline training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life.Further ProgressionOther courses that could be useful for those working in office environments include Display Screen Equipment, Workplace Health and Safety and Basic Fire Safety.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: Developing a Workplace Mental Health PolicyDuration: 20 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Developing Good Employee Relations Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionEffective businesses encourage the development of positive relationships between managers and employees, as well as amongst co-workers. Establishing and maintaining good work relationships is the key to a positive workplace, and it doesn't have to take a lot of time.This course will define employee relations and cover the many benefits good relations can bring to an organisation.It'll explain how to build confidence in management, including sharing the company vision, building strong teams and the importance of employee feedback.It'll examine how a proactive HR presence benefits employee relations. Then look at employment contracts and the role of the Employee Handbook.The course briefly discusses Performance Management including information on motivating employees and how best to show your appreciation of their contribution to the company.Finally, it'll show you how to deal effectively with complaints, discipline and how to combat negativity.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Good Employee RelationsModule 2: Implementation and HRModule 3: ContractsModule 4: Employee HandbookModule 5: Managing PerformanceModule 6: Recruitment, Retention, and TrainingModule 7: Complaints, Discipline and NegativityDuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Developing Teamwork Online Course CPD andamp; ILM ApprovedCourse DescriptionDeveloping Teamwork is all about building stronger relationships within your team by getting to know each other better and creating the foundations for an exceptionally high performing group of people. This course explains in detail what team working is and covers some of the basic principles for putting together a group of people who will work well together. It then goes on to cover conflict within teams, explaining some of the reasons conflict occurs and some strategies for managing it. It finishes off by exploring some of the different styles of management behaviour and how to develop a resilient team.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience Our Developing Teamwork course can be a great starting point for new managers or those that just want to enhance their management skills. This acts as a great introduction to the subject and covers the key concepts and theories around establishing and maintaining effective, resilient teams.This course can be sold to individuals who are doing the training for themselves or it can be pitched to businesses who might want to put all of their first-line management team through the training, so they are all work in the same way and have the same skill set. Advantages CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves.ILM approval means that candidates that complete this course can contact us to arrange for an ILM certificate to be provided. This does have an additional cost associated with it but they get a recognized management qualification. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life Further Progression For candidates that want to add more qualifications to their CV our Leadership Skills course is also ILM approved and can provide them with another recognised management qualification. For candidates new to management roles Managing Meetings would be a great next step although working through any of our range of Business Skills courses would be valuable For candidates specifically interested in developing resilient teams and maintaining employee engagement our Introduction to Emotional Intelligence course goes hand in hand with this one as part of our Emotional Intelligence category.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What is Team Working?Module 2: ConflictModule 3: Management BehaviourModule 4: ResilienceDuration: 30 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Looking at how to learn DevOps as an IT skill? This Intro DevOps Training will teach you about this critical job function as an IT professional.Course instructor Joe Holbrook will walk students through the training, which will best benefit programmers who want to deploy applications on GCP (the Google Cloud Platform), Cloud managers, Cloud administrators, Cloud architects, solution architects, and Cloud developers.The course comes with numerous demos and whiteboard sessions, as well as a progress tracker and a practice quiz.What you will learn andamp; what comes with the course: A condensed introduction to DevOps andamp; best practices Over 30 lectures/modules on the topic of DevOps training Topics such as Continuous Integration, Deployment, Release Management, Infrastructure as Code, and Key Performance Indicators (or KPI's). Supplemental links for study reference material Instructor contact info for any questions after the course is complete Video Content: 2 Hours 45 MinutesTest Questions: 20 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Course Overview Course Overview Course Pre Reqs Module 2: The Basics The Basics What is DevOps DevOps Building Blocks DevOps Best Practices Why Containers What is a Pipeline Continuous Integration and Continous Delivery Continuous Deployment Pipelines - Whiteboard Module 3: Development Development Basics CICD Strategy Source Control Management Demo - Build Management Module 4: Infrastructure Release and Deployments Release Management Demo - Release Management Reliability Engineering DevOps Tools Infrastructure as Code Automation Demo - (IaaC) CloudFormation Demo - Jenkins Demo - GitHub Module 5: Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) Key Performance Indicators (KPI) KPI Metrics KPI Tools Monitoring Applications Demo - AWS CloudWatch Module 6: Course Closeout 6.1 Module 6 Introduction Course Closeout 6.2 Course Review Summary Review 6.3 Blockchain Roles Additional Resources DevOps Job Outlook Course Closeout Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course has been designed to develop and support healthcare professionals who want to learn more about diabetes, and who may provide care for people with diabetes. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Learn about Diabetes How to treat diabetes Monitoring Complications Impact of Diabetes Supporting people with Diabetes Assessment Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Diabetes affects 4.6 million people in the UK and 415 million people around the world. It is a chronic condition requiring lifelong treatment. Potential complications include loss of vision, nerve damage and cardiovascular disease. Living with diabetes can be challenging and emotionally draining.Fortunately, receiving practical support can make life with diabetes easier and safer. This course contains an overview of the most common types of diabetes, their symptoms and causes, and the role employers can play in helping individuals with diabetes succeed at work.What's Covered in the Course? What diabetes is, how it develops, the symptoms of Type 1 diabetes and how it impacts a person’s wellbeing. The symptoms, causes and risk factors for Type 2 diabetes, along with potential complications. How people diagnosed with diabetes can stay well, what check-ups they need and how they can avoid the complications associated with diabetes. How diabetes can affect someone in the workplace, why it is a good idea to notify other workers of their condition and how employers can make reasonable adjustments to accommodate their needs. Benefits of Taking This Course If you know or work with someone diagnosed with diabetes, this course will provide you with an insight into their condition. If you employ someone with diabetes, this course will help you understand your obligations under the law with regards to their condition and help you make reasonable adjustments to help them carry out their job. This course will help you intervene with confidence in the event of a diabetic emergency. If you work in the healthcare field, you will benefit from this overview of a relatively common condition. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Type 1 Diabetes Module 2: Type 2 Diabetes Module 3: Diabetes Management andamp; Complications Module 4: Diabetes in the Workplace Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Diabetes Awareness Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionDiabetes is a serious lifelong health condition that occurs when the amount of glucose, or sugar, in the blood is too high. If left untreated, high blood glucose levels can cause serious health complications.Diabetes can develop in anyone at any point in their life although there are certain groups and age ranges where it is more common. There are a range of symptoms that could indicate that someone had Diabetes, these range from excessive thirst to feeling more tired than usual. It is believed that up to 26% of residential and nursing home residents have Diabetes so being able to recognise the symptoms and knowing how you can help them to manage the condition is essential.This course is aimed at people working in the health and social care sector and will provide an overview of the condition, the common symptoms that might indicate someone has diabetes, methods of diagnosis, some possible treatments and common complications that can affect those with the condition.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Diabetes – What it is and its PrevalenceModule 2: Symptoms, Diagnosis andamp; TreatmentModule 3: Complications Duration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description To ensure delegates gain an understanding of how nutrition has a direct connection with health and well-being. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand what nutrients are Identify the essential nutrients required to sustain a healthy and active body Understand what our food is made up of, and which category of nutrients it belongs to Work out what foods would benefit specific dietary requirements Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description With approximately 25% of all people in the UK overweight, it is no surprise that diets are some of the most searched topics when using search engines. As there is so much information out there, and almost anyone can make a website, it is extremely important that we take a look at the many different diets and make informed decisions about which diet might be best for us. This course takes a look at four of the most popular diets: ketogenic, Paleo, Mediterranean and vegan. As you work through the course, you will learn more about the most common diet facts and myths, as well as learn details about some of the most popular diet options. We will examine the details about each of these diets, look at the research supporting them and even share some of the concerns that are necessary to keep in mind, before starting these diets. What You Will Learn The truth about common diet myths How the ketogenic diet works and for whom it is best suited Why people may have nutritional deficiencies as a result of the Paleo diet Why the Mediterranean diet is often highly recommended by doctors Why a vegan diet can be difficult to stick to Benefits of Taking This Course Gain full knowledge of some of the most popular diets You can choose a diet that is right for you, based on a number of factors Learn about basic nutrition Gain confidence, knowing that you are aware of the difference between the facts and the myths Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Common Facts and Myths Module 02: The Ketogenic Diet Module 03: The Paleo Diet Module 04: The Mediterranean Diet Module 05: The Vegan Diet Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Have you ever wondered what is behind all of those online advertisements that seem to be popping up on our screens? Or perhaps, you have questioned whether there is a viable career behind such efforts. Digital Marketing is one of the fastest growing industries today. This course has been designed to show you the various processes of an ever-expanding industry, by covering the most relevant topics within the realm of online advertising. Set through a series of 10 modules, this course aims to teach you the basics of digital marketing, while explaining key concepts, from the various platforms and methods of online marketing, to its rules and regulations. Introduction to the Digital Marketing Course Using an online platform, this course on digital marketing can be completed anywhere you are, further proving the power of the digital age. The course modules will take you through a range of concepts, which will help you to understand how the industry works, while also enabling you to put these theories into action. Each module has been designed to build off the previous one, making it easy to follow and develop your understanding of the material. By the end of the course, you will have a working knowledge of concepts such as search engine optimization (SEO), web analytics, and a number of other online marketing strategies. It will also introduce digital marketing on the whole, which aims to give you a full overview of the industry, before delving into each module. Aside from just the theoretical aspects of digital marketing, each module includes activities which test your understanding of the course material, while also allowing you to think critically about each concept. What you will learn Over the duration of this course a number of topics will be looked at, which will provide you with a comprehensive understanding of digital marketing. This course will cover the following topics, which will include a breakdown of the basic concepts, as well as how each functions within the overarching theme of digital marketing: Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) and Marketing (SEM) Pay-per-click advertising Digital display advertising Website development Email and mobile marketing Social media marketing Online public relations Web analytics How to plan a digital marketing campaign Benefits of the course There are a number of benefits, which include: A comprehensive, easy-to-understand look at the topics concerning digital marketing Material focused on the UK, while also touching on global aspects End of module activities and a final test which are designed to expand your overall understanding and put what you’ve learned into action Can be completed anywhere with an internet connection. Gaining relevant knowledge about an ever-growing industry, which will provide you with practical skills for the workforce. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Digital Marketing Module 2: Search Engines, Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) and Marketing (SEM) Module 3: Websites and Web Design Module 4: Digital Display Advertising Module 5: Email and Mobile Marketing Module 6: Social Media Marketing Module 7: Online Public Relations Module 8: Web Analytics Module 9: Planning a Digital Marketing Campaign Module 10 : Digital Marketing Regulations Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Dignity and Privacy Online Course CPD ApprovedThere are two crucial attributes you must have when working with people in a caring, supportive environment. First, all service users must be treated with dignity and the second crucial attribute is privacy. The course will start by defining dignity and privacy within the healthcare sector, and will explain how the two are quite often linked. It will then go on to give you a range of useful professional tips about setting up the right working relationship with your service users, and discuss some of the issues that can arise when dignity and privacy are not respected.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Overview of the CourseModule 2: Understanding the PrinciplesModule 3: Dignity - Good Practice Part 1 Module 4: Dignity - Good Practice Part 2Module 5: Privacy - Good PracticeModule 6: Self-careModule 7: Overcoming Barriers to Dignity and Privacy Duration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This theory course presents Dignity, Privacy andamp; Respect in a format that is both easy to digest and apply to the work environment. It will benefit all employees who work within a Health and Social Care environment. It will also benefit those who require this knowledge as part of their induction or as part of their company mandatory training programme. Successful completion of the training will give learners the under-pinning knowledge of Dignity, Privacy andamp; Respect. It will enable learners to understand the above learning outcomes and be able to implement those outcomes within their working environment. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding the definitions of Dignity, Privacy and Respect Legislation Policy/Procedure of Organisation Poor Practice Discrimination Best Practice Specific Care Needs Implementing Change Person Centred Care using Dignity, Privacy andamp; Respect Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This online training course is a great source of information and advice for organisations and businesses, to ensure that services, policies and procedures comply with equality legislation and to open up their services to a wider range of users. Participants will complete the course with a general awareness of how to make services accessible and interact positively with disabled people. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand your rights and responsibilities in regards to disability under the Equality Act 2010 Understand different approaches to disability (medical andamp; social model) and how this can affect the service you provide Understand how you can make your organisation inclusive and accessible to all Use appropriate language when interacting with disabled people Gain the confidence to interact with disabled people in all aspects of your organisation Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description People with disabilities represent a large untapped labour pool, offering valuable skills, qualifications and assets for employees, yet they continue to be restricted when it comes to participating in the workforce.Disability crosses all barriers and it’s important that employers and businesses begin to increase their standards of diversity to include employees with disabilities. By removing unfair discriminatory barriers and making reasonable accommodations for their needs, employers can benefit from the skill sets that people with disabilities offer.This course aims to help you and your business understand the benefits of recruiting and hiring individuals with disabilities and guide you in opening your application process to all possible candidates.What's Covered in the Course? About the barriers that people with disabilities face when looking for employment What the benefits of employing staff with disabilities are The role that HR plays in recruiting and hiring people with disabilities About recruitment strategies that can help increase your access to potential applicants Tips on interviewing people with disabilities About proper disability etiquette in the workplace Benefits of Taking This Course You will learn how to remove discriminatory barriers in your workplace by making reasonable accommodations for people with disabilities You will be able to increase the variety of skills in your workplace by ensuring that all potential candidates are able to apply Your staff will benefit from increased productivity, creativity and diversity You will be able to provide a wider range of services You will be better equipped to deal with disability awareness, both in the workplace and society Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Disabilities in the Workplace Module 02: The Role of HR in the Recruitment of People with Disabilities Module 03: Ensuring Access for Applicants with Disabilities Module 04: Interviewing People with Disabilities Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Disciplinary Procedures Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThe aims of the disciplinary procedure are to provide a framework within which managers can work with employees to maintain satisfactory standards of conduct and to encourage improvement when necessary. This course covers the aims of the disciplinary procedure, penalties including investigations, allegations and suspensions, procedures for carrying out hearings, and appeals.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Disciplinary Procedure and ConfidentialityModule 2: Investigations, Allegations, and SuspensionsModule 3: Notification Of A Hearing, The Right To Be Accompanied, And ProcedureModule 4: Penalties, Their Effects, And AppealsModule 5: Holding Disciplinary Hearings And A Case StudyDuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description In this module you’ll learn how to deal with disciplinary issues and what to do when an employee raises a grievance. Whether you’re a manager or an individual who is directly affected by these issues this course will guide you through the process. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Definitions of discipline and grievance The legal principles The disciplinary process Failing to meet standards Level of responses Disciplinary meetings Grievances Raising a grievance Dealing with a grievance Grievance meetings Support and appeals Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Procedures for handling discipline and grievance issues may vary considerably depending on the organisation, but it’s important that processes are implemented within the workplace to ensure that these issues are always dealt with in a fair and consistent manner. This course will equip you with the skills and approaches required to manage discipline and grievance issues more efficiently by giving a clear understanding of what the terms mean and what appropriate procedures should look like. You Will Learn: About discipline in the workplace, including what progressive discipline entails How proper policies and procedures should look How to conduct a fair disciplinary hearing About fair reasons for suspension and dismissal How to manage grievances both informally and formally Benefits of Studying This Course Your knowledge will allow you to better deal with disciplinary and grievance issues in the workplace Your skills will allow you to implement and follow appropriate procedures You will be able to solve issues early on, preventing them from escalating You will learn how to improve employee relations and reduce time and costs involved with disputes and trials You will be able to better prevent grievances from occurring Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Discipline and Grievance Module 02: Discipline in the Workplace Module 03: Suspension and Dismissal Module 04: Conducting a Disciplinary Hearing Module 05: Managing Grievances Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Display Screen Equipment Awareness Online Course IIRSM, IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionOur display screen equipment courses are aimed at users of display screen equipment (DSE) and those responsible for assessing display screen equipment. A ‘user’, is anyone who regularly uses display screen equipment for a significant part of their normal work. In practice, if you use display screen equipment continuously for more than one hour a day, then you’re a ‘user’.So what do we mean by display screen equipment?The first thing most people think of is a computer monitor. But that’s not the only thing it refers to Display screen equipment could also mean laptops, tablet PCs, televisions, smartphones, CNC control pads, portable diagnostic screens or equipment containing cathode ray tubes, or CRTs.The Health and Safety (Display Screen Equipment) Regulations contain special directives covering DSE safety. Both employers and employee‐users have responsibilities under the legislation.This course fulfills your statutory training obligations and covers among other things, the correct way to set up and use your display screen equipment safely. Reducing the risk of work-related conditions.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: LegislationModule 3: Protecting Your BodyModule 4: Adjusting Your ChairModule 5: Adjusting Your Screen Module 6: Work Arrangements Module 7: Adjusting the Layout of Your WorkstationDuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This training course covers various important topics regarding display screen equipment (DSE) and how to adjust your workstation to suit you. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Recognise the hazards and risks of poorly used DSE Understand the importance of assessing and adjusting your workstation Be aware of additional equipment that can help avoid injury Develop an insight into portable DSE Recognise the Health andamp; Safety hazards and what you can do to avoid these hazards Understand the importance of performing stretches whilst at your workstation Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The DIY Home Improvement and Maintenance Diploma course contains all the information you need to successfully begin your career as a handyman. Upon completion, you will be able to complete commonly sought after repairs and acquire the skills necessary to be successful in business. This course gives you a complete overview of everything you need to know as a handyman, even if you are new to the field. You will learn everything from basic training in common areas to more specialised skills. We have designed the course to give you the tools you need to begin, and run, a successful handyman company.The course is run entirely online, allowing students the opportunity to learn at their own pace. We provide you with access to course materials 24 hours a day, allowing you to study whenever and wherever is convenient for you. Our modules are short, flexible and easy to navigate. If you have questions or concerns, there is online help available to you. At the conclusion of the course, students must take a multiple choice exam. Once you have successfully passed your exam, you will receive a course diploma. You may download and print the diploma from home to display with pride. What you will LearnThe DIY Home Improvement and Maintenance Diploma course has been created to offer all students a full overview of how to succeed in this thriving field. After finishing the course, you will have the skills needed to run a profitable business. This course covers the following information: Introduction to handyman work in general How to meet clients and establish the requirements of the job What supplies, equipment and tools you will need Basic DIY skills you should master The ins and outs of a domestic plumbing system How to complete work on a domestic electrical system Identifying and repairing problems with windows and doors Decorating and DIY décor basics How to repair or install various flooring options Completing exterior work on homes and businesses Running a successful business Course Content Module 1: IntroductionModule 2: Meeting Clients/Establishing Job RequirementsModule 3: Tools, Supplies andamp; Equipment NeededModule 4: How a Domestic Plumbing System WorksModule 5: How a Domestic Electrical System WorksModule 6: Basic Tool KnowledgeModule 7: Basic Skills of a HandypersonModule 8: Tap And General Bathroom Plumbing Fix-UpsModule 9: Unblocking Sinks/Drainage Systems and Washing Machine InstallationModule 10: Doors and WindowsModule 11: DIY Decorating and UpgradingModule 12: FlooringModule 13: Working On Exterior Handyperson JobsModule 14: Setting Up Your Handyperson BusinessModule 15: Running Your New Business Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Do you love working with animals and want to direct your career towards spending your day pampering and grooming them? Are you looking to secure a position in dog grooming or maybe start your own mobile business in your local area? Then the dog grooming diploma may be the right option for you. Introduction to the dog grooming diploma The dog grooming diploma is an information packed course that is broken down into easy to manage modules which you can study at your own pace and in the comfort of your own home. Each module focuses on different elements of dog grooming, providing you with the knowledge you need to make the animal comfortable, exceed at the job and achieve success moving forward. The course is online, which enables you to study from anywhere at any time using any device. You get a lifetime access to your course modules, so you can revert back to them as and when needed with ease. Once you have completed the course, you will be required to complete a multiple choice test. On successful completion you will be able to download and print your industry recognised certificate without delay. In the event you don't pass the test the first time, you will be given a second chance to take the test, once you have had the time to go over the course notes. What you will learn Each module is designed to provide you with valuable knowledge and insights about the industry to help you achieve success in your dog grooming career. The course will teach you the following: Learn why pet grooming is important, what equipment you need and your personality when dealing with animals. Get to understand the history behind pet grooming. Understand the anatomy of dogs, basic health, parasites and maintaining health. The importance of a pre-grooming health assessment and keeping clients updated on their pet's health. Learn about the various skin and health disorders, along with the best way to groom a dog. Get valuable information on starting your own pet grooming business from identifying if it is the right choice for you to creating a business plan and more. Learn how to train dogs to enjoy a bath, steps leading up to a bath and bathing a fearful dog. Know how to set up your grooming area, workstation requirements, tools you will need, lighting and airflow. Learn when a dog should be referred to a vet. Learn the best way to bath a dog from the clothes you should be wearing to getting the dog in the bath. Learn the best way to dry a dog. Get an understanding on why shaking is so important, identify the best methods from air and towel drying to drying between the pads on the paws and more. Understand detailed grooming, such as nail clipping, eyes, ears, teeth and feet. Get a good understanding why you need to keep your workstation neat and tidy and why appearance is so important. Learn the various grooming emergencies from untangling knots to working with rescue dogs to emergencies and more. Know the law. Know what is expected of you as a business owner in the dog grooming industry from first aid to basic health and safety. Benefits There are numerous benefits to taking a dog grooming course online and securing your certification. The benefits include: Enjoy the convenience of superior online support throughout your studies Study using any device, as long as it is connected to the internet Study from anywhere, on the bus on your way home from a full day at work or when you get home and you are relaxing on the sofa. Study and still work a full day with ease. Study at your own pace and in your own time. You can take a week to complete the course or a month or more, this is down to your personal preference and time you have available. Fast track your career in the pet grooming industry. Boost your chances of opening your own successful grooming business. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 15 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction Module 2 : History of Dog Grooming Module 3 : Anatomy and Health, Parasites, Infections andamp; Zoonotic diseases in dogs Module 4 : Pre-grooming Health Assessment Module 5 : Coat and Skin Disorders and How to Groom a Dog Module 6 : Getting Started Module 7 : Animal Training, Dealing with Difficult Dogs andamp; Training for Grooming Module 8 : Prepping the Work Area Module 9 : Pre-bath Preparation Module 10 : How to Bath a Dog Module 11 : Drying a Dog Module 12 : Detail Grooming (Clipping, Scissoring, Eyes, Ears, Teeth, Feet, Bottoms) Module 13 : Cleaning Your Working Environment Module 14 : Grooming Specialities Module 15: Law in the Workplace, First Aid and Emergency Care Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is designed to refresh the learning of domiciliary carers on key topics: Module 1 Keywords: This module is designed to refresh the readers’ understanding of keywords related to domiciliary care, including: Equality Diversity Inclusion Discrimination Respect Dignity Duty of Care Record Keeping Module 2 Health andamp; Safety:This module covers key legislation and procedure related to: Health and Safety Risk assessments Lone Worker Policy Fire safety First Aid Basic Life Support (Including CPR) Falls Prevention Module 3 Food Hygiene and Infection control: This module covers key food hygiene, personal hygiene and infection control matters related to domiciliary care, including: Employer/ employee duties and legislation Who is vulnerable to food poisoning? Four C’s of Food Safety How can we promote cleanliness? Safe cooking Chilling/ storing Cross-contamination Difficulties faced in clients’ homes Personal hygiene Key principles of infection control Chain of infection Common bad practice Module 4 Dementia and Challenging Behaviour: This module is designed to refresh the readers’ ability to manage challenging behaviour in dementia sufferers. This module includes: Introduction to dementia Nutrition and hydration Behaviour that challenges Violence and aggression The Mental Capacity Act (MCA) Positive Behaviour Support (PBS) Person-centred care Effective communication Module 5 Safeguarding of Children and Adults: This module aims to refresh the reader’s understanding of their role in the safeguarding procedure of vulnerable adults and children. It includes: Definition of Safeguarding Who is at risk of abuse? Definition of abuse Types of abuse Signs of abuse in adults and children Your responsibilities Responding to disclosures Reporting concerns Documentation Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), over 1 million people around the world die in road accidents every year. Many of these deaths are preventable. Road safety should be an ongoing concern for anyone who drives a vehicle.In this course, you will learn how to stay safe in a variety of driving situations, including adverse weather conditions and driving in other countries. You will also learn how to keep your vehicle in a roadworthy condition and how to ensure that you are fit to drive.What's Covered in the Course? The vehicle checks you must carry out on a regular basis to keep your vehicle in good working order, and how to identify the signs that indicate a serious problem warranting professional attention. The effects of alcohol, recreational drugs, tiredness, prescription medications, and medical conditions on your ability to drive in safety. You will learn how to assess these risks and take the necessary steps in keeping yourself and others safe. How to drive safely in wet, icy, snowy, foggy, and hot weather conditions. How to lend assistance at the scene of an accident, the information you will need to pass on to the emergency services, and how to use the DRABC protocol to offer assistance to casualties. What you need to consider when preparing to drive abroad, including adjustments you may need to make to your vehicle. You will also learn why driving conditions are especially dangerous in some countries. Benefits of Taking This Course Anyone who drives a vehicle on the road, including learner drivers, will benefit from this course as it offers universal road safety advice. If you are helping someone else learn to drive, this course will enable you to pass on valuable road safety advice. This course offers insight into the causes of traffic accidents, which is useful to anyone working in the emergency response sectors. If your job entails a considerable amount of driving, this course will enable you to take better care of your company vehicle and carry out your role in a safe and efficient manner. If you work with adults experiencing health problems, this course will give you an insight into the factors that may have an impact on their ability to drive. This will enable you to offer them guidance as to whether they should continue to operate a vehicle. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Vehicle Maintenance Module 2: Driving and Health Module 3: Driving in Adverse Weather Conditions Module 4: Helping at the Scene of an Accident Module 5: Driving Abroad Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course gives you everything you need to know about drug and alcohol addiction awareness. At the conclusion of this course, participants have the tools they require to address this complex, sensitive and difficult issue. This drug and alcohol addiction awareness course covers many topics related to drug and alcohol use, misuse and addiction. We have developed this course to give students important information about how to identify addiction in themselves and others, as well as tools to support recovery. Throughout the course, students are provided with instruction, tips and techniques for understanding the reasons behind drug and alcohol abuse, giving them the ability to treat these issues with empathy and diplomacy. The course also covers the importance of developing a workplace drug and alcohol policy, as well as providing tips on how to create a comprehensive one. Students of this course further learn about the myths, misconceptions and legal facts surrounding drug and alcohol use. At the conclusion of the course, students receive a diploma, proving they have successfully completed each module. What You Will Learn This course was designed to give students a total overview of this subject area. Here’s what the course covers: The prevalence of drug and alcohol abuse throughout the UK Information about the types of alcohol and its effects on the body The signs of alcohol abuse and how to seek treatment Information about the types of drugs commonly abused, including over-the-counter and prescription medication How to identify drug abuse in yourself and loved ones Popular and dangerous myths and misconceptions about drug and alcohol use The reasons why workplaces should focus on developing drug and alcohol awareness among all staff members How to create a drug and alcohol policy that is easy-to-understand Tools and tips on dealing with addiction in the workplace Information on how to reduce the risk of alcohol and drug abuse for your staff members Benefits of the Drug and Alcohol Awareness Course This drug and alcohol addiction awareness course includes the following benefits: An affordable course that gives you the tools you need to understand this highly complex issue A curriculum that is easy to understand, divided into 10 complete modules The achievement of feeling confident when dealing with issues related to drug and alcohol abuse The ability to identify problematic behaviours in yourself and others before they become worse Learn how to manage addiction in the workplace The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Intro to Drug and Alcohol Awareness Diploma Course Module 2: Alcohol Module 3: The Abuse of Alcohol Module 4: Drugs Module 5: The Abuse of Drugs Module 6: Common Myths, Laws, Penalties and Punishments for Drugs and Alcohol Module 7: The Importance of Drug and Alcohol Awareness in the Workplace Module 8: Creating a Drug and Alcohol Policy for Your Organisation Module 9: Dealing with Drug and Alcohol Abuse in the Workplace Module 10: Reducing the Risks of Drug and Alcohol Misuse Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Drug and Alcohol Awareness Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThis course is aimed at managers and staff in all industries who play a role in reducing drug, alcohol, and substance misuse in the UK. The course starts with official statistics to illustrate the scale of drug and alcohol abuse in the UK. You'll learn in detail about commonly used drugs, including cannabis, cocaine, heroin, LSD, ecstasy, and some new designer drugs. Turning to alcohol abuse, the course will show you how to introduce a 4-stage plan to deal with any problems - including how to write an effective Drug and Alcohol Policy. Beyond this the course will explore best business practice in terms of HR, legislation, spotting signs of drug misuse and the implementation of workplace solutions. The course also explains how the Advisory, Conciliation and Arbitration Service (ACAS) can help with effective alcohol and drug policies and the development of related management skills. Finally, it looks at current drug treatments and the options for outside support available to individuals and organisations.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience This course is aimed at managers and staff in all industries who have a critical role to play in reducing drug, alcohol, and substance misuse in the UK. Advantages Online training is flexible, efficient, and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life. Further Progression Other courses that would be useful for candidates taking this one include Conflict Management and Leadership skills.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Statistics and Signs of MisuseModule 2: Illegal Drugs Part 1 Module 3: Illegal Drugs Part 2 Module 4: Alcohol MisuseModule 5: Company Best Practice Part 1 Module 6: Company Best Practice Part 2 Module 7: Company Best Practice Part 3Module 8: Drug Treatment Services and Further SupportDuration: 80 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This programme is suitable for any healthcare practitioner who is involved in the administration of medicines. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Basic Arithmetical Skills SI Units - Converting between units Drug calculation formula - Worked examples Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Minimise the risk to your business from drug use and dealing by ensuring your staff can spot trouble before it happens. After training your staff will be able to spot the signs of drug use and behaviour that could indicate dealing. They’ll also learn how to handle it to minimise the risk to your business. The course looks at everything from drug classification to spotting the effects of drug use on people and is designed for everyone at all levels. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Drugs classification Drugs legislation The drugs most commonly used on licensed premises The drugs debate and some frequently asked questions Anti-drugs policy Assessing the risks Putting a control strategy in place Spotting and stopping drug use and drug dealing Environment planning Information exchange Drug-related medical emergencies Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Care Quality Commission’s ‘Regulation 20: Duty of candour’ sets out the requirements for health and social care providers across the UK. The duty of candour places a legal requirement for certain steps to be taken if something happens to a person you are supporting that causes them moderate or severe harm. This Duty of Candour training course ensures your care staff have the correct knowledge and skills.Duty of candour refers to openness and honesty when things go wrong within the health and social care services. It is a professional responsibility, to be honest with patients when things go wrong. Understanding and abiding by the duty of candour will create more openness between professionals and patients, as well as building trust.This online Duty of Candour training course will teach your staff the meaning of duty of candour, the professional regulators involved, the process of the application, the dos and don’ts, and the role of the CQC in the duty of candour. Upon successful completion, learners will receive a printable and downloadable Duty of Candour certificate. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this Duty of Candour online training course, learners should know and understand the following:Definitions - Learn the definition and meaning of duty of candourFunctions - State function of the duty of candourProfessional Regulators - Identify professional regulators involvedApplication process - Explain the process of the application of Duty of CandourDos and don’ts of the duty of candour - Understand the dos and don’ts of the duty of candourCQC's role in the duty of candour - Recognise the role of the CQC in the duty of candour Course OutlineThe aim of this online Duty of Candour course is to greater increase your knowledge of the Duty of Candour and its function, as well as relevant legislation. The key points covered in this course are: Definitions Functions Professional Regulators Application process Dos and don’ts of the duty of candour CQC's role in the duty of candour Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In this course you will learn you have a duty of care towards the people you support. This means that you have a duty to keep them safe from harm. You can do this by working safely, managing risks, safeguarding individuals and treating information confidentially. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Working Safely Managing Risks Safeguarding Individuals Training information confidentially Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Duty of Care Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionA duty of care is the requirement that all health and social care professionals, and organizations providing health and care services, must put the interests of service users first. Working in the health and social care sector involves working with lots of different people with a variety of needs, dependencies, backgrounds, and wishes. As a care worker, you have a duty of care towards all the people you are involved with, during your working hours. This means you have to employ a reasonable level of care, to ensure they are kept safe from harm, abuse, and injury. This course will give you an introduction to the concept of duty of care, cover how duty of care affects your work, what to do if you come across a duty of care dilemma and where to go for support or advice along with some practical examples of duty of care situations.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The Course StructureModule 2: The Implications of Duty of CareModule 3: How Duty of Care Affects Your WorkModule 4: Duty of Care DilemmasModule 5: Resolving Dilemmas: Support and AdviceModule 6: How to Respond to ComplaintsDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This Dyslexia Awareness Diploma course offers students the ability to learn all about the condition, and how it can be handled. This course is full of information that will help you not only learn to deal with dyslexia yourself, but also how to help children or others who you come in contact with. This is an excellent course for teachers or for others who wish to learn more about this condition. Dyslexia is a difficult condition to treat, but there are methods that can make learning easier for those who have been diagnosed. This course will give you an overview of the types of dyslexia, and what type of support and treatment is available for the condition. You will also learn how the law in the UK affects those with dyslexia. Introduction to the Dyslexia Awareness Diploma This is an internet-based training course that gives students the opportunity to study the material when it’s convenient. Many people who take the course can work a full time job while they study, which helps them to easily achieve their goals of learning about dyslexia. You can access the study material for this diploma course from any device with an internet connection, and receive online support as you train. When you complete the course, you must take an exam, and when completed, you will receive a recognised diploma that you can print out at home. What You Will Learn This dyslexia awareness diploma course was designed to give students a complete overview of dyslexia, which will help in both their professional and personal lives. This course will cover: An introduction to dyslexia The causes of dyslexia How dyslexia is diagnosed An overview of the different types of dyslexia How dyslexia affects phonics, writing, spelling, and speaking How dyslexia affects maths and science skills and creativity What it’s like to live and work with dyslexia What conditions often occur along with dyslexia The treatments for dyslexia What laws are in place to protect those with dyslexia Benefits of the Dyslexia Awareness Diploma There are a number of benefits to those who complete the dyslexia course and earn their diplomas. These include: The ability to study from anywhere and at any time, even when at work or away from home. The option to study as quickly or slowly as you wish, as there is no time limit for the course. The capability to study from any device including computers, mobile phones, or tablets. An easy to understand course structure, which is broken down into short modules. The convenience of support when you require it, all online. A full syllabus, which virtually guarantees that you will get the knowledge you require to work and support those with dyslexia, both in your personal and professional lives. Improving prospects when applying for work or volunteer opportunities with those who have dyslexia. An affordable pricing structure. Upon completion, you will receive a certified diploma. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 14 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is Dyslexia? Module 2 : The Causes and Diagnosis of Dyslexia Module 3 : Types of Dyslexia Module 4 : Dyslexia and Phonics Module 5 : Dyslexia and Writing and Spelling Module 6 : Dyslexia, Speaking and Listening Module 7 : Dyslexia and Mathematics Module 8 : Dyslexia and Science Module 9 : Dyslexia and Creativity Module 10 : Dyslexia for ESL (English as a Second Language) Learners Module 11 : Living and Working with Dyslexia as an Adult Module 12 : Co-Occurring Conditions with Dyslexia Module 13 : Treatments and Support for Dyslexia Module 14 : Dyslexia and the Law Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Dysphagia Care training course is suited to nurses, care staff, health care assistants, dietitians, or anyone that works with people with dysphagia. Increase your staff's knowledge and understanding of dysphagia with this online course.Dysphagia can really harm a person's quality of life and lead to malnutrition, chest infections, and choking incidents. It is estimated over 50% of residents in care homes will have a degree of dysphagia. It is vital your staff learn the correct skills and knowledge to be able to provide safe care to those with dysphagia.This online Dysphagia Care training course will teach your employees what dysphagia is, the 4 phases of swallowing, the signs and symptoms of dysphagia, understand SLT, how and when to make referrals, diet and fluids, and how to support those with dysphagia.Upon successful completion, learners will be able to instantly download their Dysphagia Care certificate. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this Dysphagia Care training course, learners should know and understand the following: What is dysphagia care?- Learn what dysphagia is4 phases of swallowing- Know the 4 phases of swallowingDifferent dysphagia- Learn the different types of dysphagiaCauses of dysphagia- Understand what causes dysphagiaSigns and symptoms of dysphagia- Learn the signs and symptoms of dysphagiaPhysical and mental consequences- Know the physical and mental consequences of dysphagiaThe impact dysphagia has- Understand the impact dysphagia has on people's quality of lifeSigns and symptoms of choking- Learn the signs and symptoms of choking and adverse reactionsWhat is choking?- Learn and understand what choking is and it's relationship to swallowing difficultiesSLT and referrals- Understand SLT and how and when to make referralsDiet and fluids- Understand diet and fluidsInternational dysphagia diet standardisation initiative (IDDSI)- Understand the international dysphagia diet standardisation initiative (IDDSI)Course OutlineThe aim of this Dysphagia Care training course is to greater increase your understanding of Dysphagia Care, its causes, and its signs and symptoms.The key points covered in this course are: What is dysphagia care? 4 phases of swallowing Different dysphagia Causes of dysphagia Signs and symptoms of dysphagia Physical and mental consequences The impact dysphagia has Signs and symptoms of choking What is choking? SLT and referrals Diet and fluids International dysphagia diet standardisation initiative (IDDSI) Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Early Years Foundation Stage Introduction Online Course CPD ApprovedThe Early Years Foundation Stage, commonly referred to as the EYFS is a framework that all Early Years providers, including childminders, must follow. This course aims to provide a gentle introduction to the expectations of the Early Years Foundation Stage and it can also act as a refresher for those wanting to update their knowledge. It will introduce you to some of the key documents and legislation that relate to Early Years providers, the process for registering with Ofsted, and the various policies and procedures that need to be in place. It also covers learning and development requirements, how to observe and assess the progress of children in your care, and the safeguarding and welfare requirements laid out in the EYFS Framework.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introduction to EYFSModule 2: Observations andamp; AssessmentModule 3: Safeguarding and Welfare RequirementsModule 4: Ofsted Duration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Effective Delegation Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionEffective delegation is an essential skill to learn if you want to be an effective manager. After all, the best managers don’t strive to be super-heroes.Instead, they are exceptional at picking good people to do what they need to have done and then letting them get on with it.However, delegating effectively can be difficult. It means identifying the right tasks to delegate, overcoming barriers to delegation, and taking the time to delegate properly so that everyone knows what they’re expected to do and by when.When it’s done right the benefits are numerous and improve the working lives of everyone involved from the managers to the staff and it has wide-ranging benefits to the organisation as a wholeThis course will start with the essentials - defining exactly what we mean by delegation and why it’s so important. It then goes into details about, the elements of delegation, overcoming the barriers to delegation, how you can choose which tasks to delegate, and who to the process of delegation and much more.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The course structureModule 2: What is delegation, and why is it so important?Module 3: Elements of delegationModule 4: The benefits of delegationModule 5: Overcoming the barriers to delegation Module 6: Choosing what to delegate Module 7: Who you should delegate to Module 8: The process of delegation Module 9: Completion, follow-up, and evaluationDuration: 110 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Electrical Safety Online Course IIRSM, IOSH andamp; CPD Approved Course DescriptionElectricity is the lifeblood of modern society, it enhances our quality of life and we are becoming increasingly reliant on it to power tools and devices we use for work and entertainment. However, although electricity has many benefits it can also be a hidden killer as it can’t be seen, felt, smelled or heard until someone comes into contact with it. This course will start by covering the many benefits electricity brings to society, as well as its key components voltage, current and resistance. It will explain the two main types of electricity, cover UK accident and death statistics, and describe a simple way of remembering the electrical hazards. It then goes on to provide basic instructions about how you could safely help someone you suspect has received an electric shock. Towards the end of the course, it includes an overview of the main standards, guidance, and legislation that control the use of electricity in the workplace, and finish off by looking at simple maintenance plans and portable appliance testing including who within an organisation would be best to carry out the various checks.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Overview and Benefits of ElectricityModule 2: What is Electricity?Module 3: How Electricity Can Cause HarmModule 4: Legislation, Standards, and Key StepsModule 5: PAT Testing Standards and GuidanceDuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Traditionally, companies provided customer service face-to-face or by telephone. This changed with the advent of the internet, which has made it relatively inexpensive and simple to deal with customer queries via email and live chat services.Effective electronic customer service is built on a foundation of netiquette, the principles of written communication and a solid understanding of customer service. In this course, you will learn how to combine these factors to successfully offer your customers a great experience.What's Covered in the Course? Why electronic customer service is now the norm in modern businesses Why electronic customer service comes with advantages and disadvantages How to send appropriate online messages that positively engage customers and solve their problems How to show courtesy online and strike the right tone in both your emails and on your website The principles of good customer service and how these translate to an electronic environment Benefits of Taking This Course If you work in a customer service role, this course will teach you how to communicate with customers via email and online chat to resolve their problems and answer their queries. If you are a business owner, this course will help you make up your mind if you are considering incorporating electronic customer service into the day-to-day running of your business. If your role entails copywriting or marketing, this course will help you create more effective product descriptions for a company website. This course will help you write memorable emails that will make your customer pay attention to your messages, thereby increasing sales and boosting your company’s reputation. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 3 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 30 minutes to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction Module 02: Effective Customer Service Module 03: Tips and Tricks for Effective Customer Care Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Email is unavoidable in today’s workplace. Regardless of industry, sector, or even position, you are bound to require the use of email in some capacity at some point in your career. Employees need to understand how to use email properly in a workplace context, and employers must be able to develop and implement email policies that reflect the values and goals of the organisation, while also staying well within the legal framework set out regarding email communication with clients. Learning more about how to manage your email and conduct business through email in an ethical way is an important part of any job role. This course goes into detail about email management and ethics, giving you the tools you need to conduct your business through email without alienating customers or going against the law. First, we begin by giving you general information about email, including how it is often misused in the workplace. Next, we talk about proper email etiquette, which is a crucial part of communicating with others. Anti-spam legislation and practices are also covered. Finally, we detail the steps involved in creating an ethical email policy. What You Will Learn The purpose of workplace email The difference between encrypted and unencrypted messages How you should craft the contents of an email The relevant pieces of UK law relating to email marketing Why you should create a written email policy How to create a robust policy that includes everything you need Benefits of Taking this Course: Understanding more about email encryption, including why it is so important to your workplace security Learning how to treat attachments in a way that gets them past junk mail filters and into your customer’s inboxes Learning how to comply with UK law regarding email communication, avoiding a steep fine Understanding the importance of checking your own spam filters frequently Learning how to ensure your staff members comply with your email policy Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Workplace Email Basics Module 02: Workplace Email Etiquette Module 03: Anti-Spam Practices Module 04: Creating an Ethical Email Policy Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Emergency First Aid at Work - Online Annual Refresher Online Course IIRSM Approved Course DescriptionWhat is Emergency First Aid? Well, it’s exactly that, the first aid to be offered if an incident occurs. Not many of us are confronted with scenes of blood and gore in our everyday lives – so usually first aid could be as simple as sticking a plaster on a small cut.But what if you did find yourself confronted with a more serious situation. This Emergency aid course will highlight some of the most common situations that you might come across and the actions that you can take to help.In the most serious situations, a first aider's role will be to assess the scene so that accurate information can be passed to Emergency services and then to act appropriately to try and increase the patients' odds of survival.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1:What is First Aid? Module 2:Barriers, ABCDs and the recovery positionModule 3:CPR and AEDsModule 4:ChokingModule 5:Bleeding Module 6: Shock Module 7: Spinal Injuries Module 8: Breaks Module 9: Head Injuries Module 10: Sprains Module 11: Managing an Incident andamp; Record Keeping Module 12: Burns andamp; Scalds Module 13: Electric Shock Module 14: Eye Injuries Module 15: Anaphylaxis and Diabetes Module 16: Heart Attack andamp; StrokeDuration: 150 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Welcome to our online Emergency First Aid at Work training course. All our online training courses, programmes and qualifications are accredited by the CPD Certification Service (CPDUK).Emergency first aid ensures that casualties receive the help they need in the vital minutes before emergency services arrive.This Emergency First Aid at Work eLearning course is designed as a learning guide to a complete first aid course and cannot replace hands-on training in dealing with an emergency. Certificate duration: 1 yearsCourse Duration: 6 HoursEntry requirements: No entry restrictionsRecommended prerequisites: N/AAssessment type: End of course assessmentAssessment pass mark – 80% needed to pass and gain a CPD certificateCost(s) of assessment and certification – All costs included in the course priceWho is the course for?This Emergency First Aid at Work e-learning course is suitable for managers, supervisors and employees who are interested in learning first aid, from basic everyday skills to coping with emergencies.What is covered in this course?What is covered in this course?This online Emergency First Aid at Work training course includes the following: Emergency First Aid at Work – Part 1 What is first aid? Roles and responsibilities of a first aider Who to call to get help? What should be in a first aid kit? Primary survey Recovery position Secondary assessment Heart attack CPR on a person and infant Seizures Choking. Emergency First Aid at Work – Part 2 Blood loss and shock Amputations, penetrating injuries and objects in wounds Bandages Head injuries Burns Minor injuries Anaphylaxis Who can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Emotional Intelligence Introduction Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionEmotional Intelligence is a set of emotional and social skills that collectively establish how well you perceive and express yourself, maintain social relationships and cope with challenges. It's not just a passing management fad, in fact it is based on a great body of data, based on studies of tens of thousands of working people taken from a wide range of industries. The research shows which qualities make a star performer and while Emotional Intelligence isn't the sole predictor of performance potential, it has been proven to be a key indicator in this area. This course will introduce the concept of emotional intelligence and look at how you can use it in effective and meaningful ways. It will examine the difference between emotional intelligence and IQ and dispel some of the myths surrounding emotional intelligence. It contains a sections on the advantages and disadvantages of using emotional intelligence and considers the biological purpose for emotions and how best to manage them. Finally it will highlight the role played by emotions in the workplace and provide practical advice including tips for using emotional intelligence to deal effectively with emotions in situations that can arise in the workplace.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience This course is aimed at supervisors and managers that want to develop more effective relationships with members of their teams. The course can be a great starting point for people new to their leadership role as well as more established managers that want to enhance their skills. This acts as a great introduction to the subject and covers the key concepts and theories relating to emotional intelligence.This course can be sold to individuals who are doing the training for themselves or it can be pitched to businesses who might want to put all of their first line management team through the training, so they are all work in the same way and have the same skill set. AdvantagesCPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves.Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life. Further ProgressionFor candidates that want to add more qualifications to their CV our Leadership Skills course is ILM approved and can provide them with another recognised management qualification.For candidates specifically interested in developing resilient teams our Developing Teamwork course goes hand in hand with this one and expands on some of the key ideas and how they can be applied to teams.For candidates new to management roles Managing Meetings would be a great next step although working through any of our range of Business Skills courses would be valuable.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What is Emotional Intelligence?Module 2: Understanding and recognising emotionsModule 3: Emotional Intelligence at work Module 4: Tips for dealing with emotions at workDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course will give you an overview of UK employment law. You will learn how the law affects employers and workers across many domains, from recruitment to redundancy. The course draws on key pieces of legislation, presented alongside easy-to-read explanations that communicate the practical implications of employment law in the workplace. Beginning with a straightforward overview of the areas addressed by employment law, it then moves into highly specific areas including sick leave and disciplinary procedures. This course will provide you not only with a better understanding of your rights within the workplace, but it will also be invaluable if you employ staff. Anyone who employs one or more people to work for them must fulfil their duties under the law, and this course will provide you with an excellent overview of the points you need to consider. It will also be useful to those considering working as trade union representatives or thinking of a career in this field. What you will learn: An overview of what is covered by employment law and how a working knowledge of legislation benefits all those in the workplace. How the law strives to ensure that employers recruit staff in a lawful manner in such a way that minimises discrimination and results in the best possible worker selection. How and when contracts of employment become legally binding, the different types of terms a contract may contain, how terms and conditions may be changed, and what happens when either party breaches a contract. How workers should be paid, how much they are entitled to receive under National Minimum Wage laws and how other benefits such as cars and childcare must be managed and taxed. How employers may legally discipline, dismiss and make redundant workers who fail to conduct themselves in an appropriate manner or whose skills are no longer required. The importance of health and safety in the workplace and the responsibilities of both employers and workers in upholding acceptable standards to minimise risk of injury and illness. Under what circumstances workers may take time off work when having or adopting a baby, and their entitlement when it comes to pay and general employment rights. How sick leave is dealt with in the workplace, under what circumstances a worker will receive Statutory Sick Pay (SPP), and the role of fit notes. The extent to which employers are legally entitled to monitor their workers, and the importance of close adherence to the Data Protection Act 1998 in the handling and processing of personal data. How grievances and disputes ought to be handled in the workplace, from informal conversations through to conciliation processes and employment tribunals. Benefits of taking this course: You can learn the material any place, any time, and at your own speed. All you need is an internet-enabled device. Content is presented as brief modules, making learning easy. Access to an online support system. A complete overview of the most common issues within UK employment law. Affordable cost. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 13 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What Is Employment Law? Module 2: The Recruitment Process Module 3: Contracts Of Employment Module 4: Wages andamp; Benefits Module 5: Disciplinary Action, Dismissal andamp; Redundancy Module 6: Health andamp; Safety Module 7: Parental Rights Module 8: Sick Leave Module 9: Workplace Monitoring and Data Protection Module 10: Resolving Grievances and Disputes and Employment Tribunals Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Palliative care awareness course is for candidates working within caring role for those who have a life-limiting illness. This course will enable candidates to undertake the carer’s role with confidence applying understanding of palliative care providing dignity, comfort and empathy. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES To have a clear understanding of palliative care Learn how to cope with palliative care. Learn about all of the different types of complimentary therapies. How to support people and their emotions Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This will provide an introduction to advance care planning within the context of end of life care. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Define advance care planning. Describe the process of advance care planning. Discuss the reasons why advance care planning has been introduced. Identify principles of good practice within the process of advance care planning. Examine frequently asked questions patients may pose concerning advance care planning. Identify where you can find out more about advance care planning. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Death and dying tends to be a taboo subject, with the very thought of dying evoking fear in many people. This course is designed to inform Care Workers of the various Aspects of Care and Treatment of people who are at the End of Life stage and after Death. The course covers Palliative Care, Emotional and Spiritual Care, Dignified Care while appreciating Cultural Differences and ways in which to Communicate Bad News to people. It also explores Kubler-Ross' Five Stages of Grief, the types of Grief and the Symptoms while also providing information for the Self-Care or Care Workers and their own Emotional and Spiritual wellbeing. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES This module will cover Dimensions of Care Care of the Person facing Death Supporting Families and Carers Self-Care Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
End of Life Care Online Course CPD ApprovedEnd of life care should be several things, compassionate, cost-effective, holistic, and effective. There are usually a number of people involved in the care of people at the end of their life and it can be a difficult process to be part of. This course will provide you with information about what to expect, how to handle some of the emotions associated with this time, and working with the other professionals involved in end of life care.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: End Of Life CareModule 2: Feelings And EmotionsModule 3: Patterns Of DyingModule 4: The Dying ProcessModule 5: Support And Aftercare Duration: 25 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description English – Beginner One of the most spoken and universal languages in the world, having a working knowledge of English can open doors and create opportunities for anyone. The English Beginner level online training course is created to do just that. Starting at the Beginner level will give you the basics you need to begin speaking and understanding English wherever you hear it. English is an evolved language that has changed a lot through the centuries, combining grammar and vocabulary from many other languages. That’s why this Beginner level course is the perfect way to ease yourself into learning. English is one of the most useful languages to have a basic knowledge of. With just a Beginner level understanding of English, you can discover new opportunities in business, a new world through tourism, and plenty of new understanding as you connect with English speakers around the world or at home. Not to mention, English is one of the easiest languages to begin learning. You’ll quickly learn that just a Beginner level course will leave you feeling accomplished and able. Your English skills will be greatly improved upon completion of this Beginner course. You Will Learn: How to converse in English at a basic level The English alphabet and English sentence structure to kick start your understanding of the language A wide array of English vocabulary A selection of the most used English verbs and how they are conjugated A beginner’s guide to English grammar and how to use it in conversation and writing Benefits of Studying This Course Learn one of the most spoken languages in the world Gain a conversational ability quickly and efficiently Gain a solid foundation as you progress with your English learning Start with the basics of English and gain confidence in speaking and understanding the language Open up to new opportunities and new people by learning the world’s universal language English – Intermediate English is the universal language that people all over the world are speaking. It’s the primary language in several countries and a secondary language in even more countries. Not to mention, even without official status, English is spoken in almost every corner of the planet. It connects people from different backgrounds and makes it possible for people in tourism and business to communicate effectively. English grammar and vocabulary are some of the most extensive and complicated to gain a mastery of. If you know some English but want to become more confident in your skills, this Intermediate course is perfect for you. Intermediate English focuses on honing in the skills you already have and slowly adding more information. Learning a language is no easy feat, but our courses are specially designed to ensure you are learning at a good pace. The Intermediate level course ensures you are becoming confident in your English skills and learning useful phrases and sentences to help you in real life and on paper- no matter where you’re planning on using it. You Will Learn: Several new vocabulary words and refreshers on words you already know Common questions and answers in conversational English Several English verb tenses along with the usual conjugations Types of words in English and helpful tips for identifying and using them Numbers and counting in English Benefits of Taking This Course: Improve your English skills with a refresher on basic English and conversational skills Learn different ways of speaking and writing English while widening your vocabulary Dive into English grammar in a more intensive manner Perfect for people who have already learned some English but need to improve or extend their skills Leave this course with a ready command of the language and the confidence to speak and write in English English – Advanced If you’ve already completed Beginner and Intermediate English, or you’ve had English instruction elsewhere- the Advanced course is the right fit for you. This course is aimed at people who have already been introduced to the language, but who have some room for improvement and want to become English experts. The Advanced course dives deeper into the specificities of English grammar, some of the more complicated verb tenses, as well as the different types of English spoken around the world. Upon completion of this Advanced level course, you will be able to speak English with a new level of fluency and ease. The course adds to your vocabulary and also offers you some colloquial expressions and idioms that are common in English. You will also learn more about English words, sentence formation, and verb tenses. Not only will you focus on the status quo- you will also learn about irregular verbs and irregularities in the language that are important to remember. With modules like Nouns with Adjectives, Simple Past, Time Expressions, and Simple Past – Irregular Verbs, this course leaves learners with a useful array of English language skills. You Will Learn: How to use and identify each English verb tense How to describe things and people in English How to ask and answer more complex questions in English How to use and identify each type of English word, like verbs, prepositions, adjectives, and others Colloquial expressions that will help you while using English in day-to-day life Benefits of Taking This Course: Learn about the ins and outs of English grammar and verbs Become confident in your command of the English language Become better at written English and identifying sentences based on their structure Become better at asking and answering questions in English Easily identify the differences between American and British English Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 1 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Level 1, 2, 3 English Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Blockchain technologies are now more than just a trial run. They are starting to go from a Proof of Concept to a Production use case. As a pre-sales engineer, solutions engineer or technically focused expert facing customers, knowing how to speak blockchain is going to be a required skill especially for large VARs, Vendors, Integrators, etc. So if you're a customer-facing technical sales expert focused on driving revenue then this course will help enable you to get started talking about blockchain. The course would also be helpful to sales executives, Technical Account Managers and IT ManagersAs a past solutions engineer, pre-sales engineer, and professional services engineer for companies such as HP 3PAR, HDS Federal (Vion), Brocade Communications and Dimension Data one thing I know well is how to sell solutions. Blockchain is going to be part of the enterprise so knowing it could be critical if you're part of a high volume VAR, Integrator, or Vendor. This course covers the following topics1. Blockchain Technology Basics2. Why Blockchain now?3. Where the demand is coming from.4. What are the Use Case for blockchain5. Enterprise Blockchains (R3 Corda, Hyperledger, Ethereum, Quorum and Ripple)6. Competitive Overview - Comparing the enterprise blockchains 7. Specific Verticals and Industries that are8. Why and How of Blockchain Proof of Concepts (POC)9. Blockchains As A Service (BaaS) (IBM, AWS and Azure)10. Blockchain Development Overview11. Career Paths to Blockchain 12. Demand Growth in Blockchain 13. Blockchain CertificationsVideo Content: 4 Hours 24 MinutesTest Questions: 20 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Course Overview1.1 Course Introduction1.2 Course Target Audience1.3 Course Pre-RequirementsModule 2: Pre-Sales Activities2.1 Module 2 Introduction2.2 Request for Proposals2.3 Request for Proposals Fintech2.4 Proof of Concepts2.5 Return on Investment2.6 Value Creation2.7 Cost Modeling2.8 Cost Considerations2.9 Enterprise Integration2.10 TPS2.11 Whiteboard DiscussionModule 3: Blockchain Fundamentals3.1 Module 3 Introduction3.2 What is a Blockchain3.3 Blockchain Components3.4 Blockchain Terminology3.5 Enterprise Blockchains3.6 Consensus and Mining3.7 Ledgers3.8 Permissioned vs Permissionless Blockchains3.9 Trust and Blockchain3.10 Advantages of Transparency3.11 Development Expertise3.12 Dapps3.13 BaaS3.14 AWS BaaS Whiteboard Discussion3.15 Understanding Blockchain ArchitectureModule 4: Enterprise Blockchains4.1 Module 4 Introduction4.2 Hyperledger4.3 Ethereum4.4 Quorum4.5 R3 Corda4.6 Corda Demobench Demo4.7 Ripple4.8 IBM BaaS4.9 AWS BaaS DemoModule 5: Use Cases5.1 Module 5 Introduction5.2 Ripple Use Cases5.3 Dubai Use CasesModule 6: Course Closeout6.1 Module 6 Introduction6.2 Course Review6.3 Blockchain Roles Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is aimed at care workers who are involved with clients who suffer from epilepsy. Candidates will gain knowledge on the main effects of epilepsy and the importance of supporting services users to take medication as directed by their doctor. This course will also explore the different types of seizures and behaviour changes an individual may suffer from as a result of epilepsy. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What Epilepsy is and how it is caused. How to recognise at least three types of seizure and how they present Know how to safely care for someone having a seizure What documentation is required following a seizure Understand how behaviour changes may affect the individual as a result of epilepsy Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Epilepsy Awareness Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionWhen introducing epilepsy, we must first recognize that there are around 40 different types of seizures. Statistics show that one in five people will have a seizure at some time in their life although only some of these will be caused by epilepsy. Epilepsy is a neurological condition that affects the brain and the nervous system and is covered by the Equality Act 2010. The condition can affect people for only a portion of their life, or it can be lifelong. Because of the varied nature of the condition an awareness of epilepsy and the actions you can take if you are present during a seizure is incredibly useful for those who work in health and social care. This course will give you an overview of epilepsy. It lists the methods of diagnosis, what a seizure is, and how the brain can be affected. It will introduce some possible seizure triggers and describe what to do when someone has a seizure. It will also discuss some of the treatments offered to people with epilepsy and provide practical advice on what you can do if you witness someone having a seizure.DEMO VIDEOTarget Audience This course is aimed primarily at people working in the care sector with children or adults however anyone who would like to expand their knowledge or understand what to do if they see someone have a seizure should take this course. This course is also a great one to do alongside first aid training as it expands on the information relating to seizures that are usually taught as part of first aid. Advantages Having knowledge of Epilepsy and the different types of seizures and the actions you can take if you are present during a seizure will allow you to take a proactive role in ensuring the person is kept safe and as comfortable as possible. CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves. Online training is flexible, efficient, and cost-effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.Further ProgressionIf you would like to further your skills and be prepared for situations that might require a fist line response, then our Emergency First aid in the workplace or Paediatric First Aid courses are both great next steps from this one. For those people that have already completed First Aid training then another course that can complement your knowledge is Diabetes Awareness.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What Is Epilepsy? Module 2: Types Of SeizureModule 3: What To DoDuration: 30 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course aims to raise awareness of Equality andamp; Diversity and encourage candidates to take a proactive approach within the workplace. Equality and Diversity can be compromised by candidates own values, opinions, and prejudices, this course explores how prejudices develop and how they may influence people. Candidates will gain an awareness of discriminatory practice and gain knowledge on how to promote equal opportunities for all and recognise the value of diversity. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What does Equality andamp; Diversity mean? Understanding Individual needs Respecting Individual needs Equality andamp; Diversity and the Law How to promote Equality andamp; Diversity Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course has been written to familiarise its readers with the concepts of equality, diversity and inclusion, anti-discrimination legislation and policy implementation. The aim of this course is to enable the readers to learn more about the meaning and importance of equality, and to understand peoples' rights and responsibilities in relation to these concepts in the work environment. This course is aligned to the UK Core Skills Training Framework subject "Equality, diversity andamp; human rights". Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding what is meant by diversity, equality, inclusion and discrimination Knowing how discrimination might occur in the work setting, both deliberately and inadvertently Knowing ways of how to reduce discrimination Being aware of key legislation Understanding agreed ways of working (where these apply) relating to equality, diversity, discrimination and rights Providing inclusive support Knowing how to ensure that service provider’s own work is inclusive and respects the beliefs, culture, values and preferences of the service users Knowing where/how to access information, advice and support about equality and inclusion Knowing who to ask for advice and support about equality and inclusion. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The law on equality, diversity and discrimination has changed in recent years. Public bodies and businesses alike are now required to take steps to ensure that they do not treat people in any of nine protected categories unfairly, and legislation has defined six types of discrimination that employers have a responsibility to guard against.Whether you are an employee or a business owner, this course will serve as a useful introduction to the subject and will raise your awareness of the issues around it.What's Covered in the Course? What is meant by each of the words “equality”, “diversity” and “discrimination”. Some of the different types of discrimination and the meaning of positive action. The difference between positive action and positive discrimination. How our own values and beliefs come to be and how they impact on the way we treat others. How institutional discrimination can become embedded in organisations and how it can be reversed. The implications of the Equality Act 2010 on businesses and individuals. Benefits of Taking This Course You will develop an understanding of the broad scope of the Equality Act and some of the obligations that it places on businesses and individuals. You will discover how to make your own workplace more inclusive. You will learn how to spot the various types of discrimination. If you work for, or run a business in the UK, or you intend to do either, then this course will help you to understand these issues, comply with the law and foster a happier, more collaborative workplace. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What do we Mean by Equality, Diversity and Discrimination? Module 2: Discrimination and Positive Action Module 3: How we are Influenced Module 4: Institutional Discrimination and its Opposite – Inclusion Module 5: Implications for Businesses Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Equality, Diversity and Discrimination Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionWe’ve all heard and used the words ‘equality’ and ‘diversity’ before but what do they actually mean and how do they affect you as an employer or employee?Well if you take the words on their own they are actually quite different, equality is the state of being equal, especially in rights and opportunities.Diversity is the state of being different or varied.However, these 2 things should not be seen as opposite to each other, after all people can be different but they still have the same rights.When it comes to places of work there is legislation in place to ensure that we all meet our responsibilities in relation to equality and diversity… And one way to make sure we meet these responsibilities is through training.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What is Equality andamp; Diversity Module 2: Equality and Diversity LegislationModule 3: What do we Mean by DiscriminationModule 4: Promoting DiversityModule 5: Links Between Values, Attitudes, and Beliefs Module 6: Stereotypes, Prejudices and Discrimination Module 7: Institutional Discrimination Module 8: Valuing Others Module 9: Resistance to Feedback Module 10: Course SummaryDuration: 70 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Delivers an understanding of equality and diversity and helps learners apply that knowledge in the healthcare environment. This course provides the broad based-knowledge of Equality andamp; Diversity needed by all staff working in the health sector today. Learners will gain insight into the benefits and aspects of equality and diversity, as well as an understanding of discrimination, the importance of language and communication, and the impact of legislation. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand what is meant by equality and diversity Understand the nature and process of discrimination Increase your own awareness of discrimination Understand the importance of communication and language Understand how to use power responsibly Be aware of the relevant UK legislation, strategies and policies Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Develop a more detailed understanding of the protected characteristics and apply that knowledge in the healthcare environment. This course looks in detail at the key issues surrounding equality and diversity. Each session looks at one of the key protected characteristics and is followed by its own assessment. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Improved ability to empathise with colleagues and patients from diverse backgrounds Ability to contribute to ensuring that access and services are appropriate to individuals' needs. A greater understanding of the seven key protected characteristics. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Every year, millions of people around the world are injured at work. Occasionally, these injuries are fatal. Not only do workplace accidents result in pain and suffering for the casualty, but they also come at a cost to the organization in terms of profit, productivity, and reputation. In this course, you will learn how and why taking ergonomic factors into account when designing a job or workplace lowers the chances of an accident. You will discover how successful businesses manage the most common workplace risks and why it is important to consider the work culture as a whole when making changes designed to improve worker safety and wellbeing. You Will Learn: What is meant by the term “ergonomics” and why it is necessary to consider the nature of the job, worker characteristics, and organizational factors when making decisions that could impact upon worker health and safety. What the term “procedure” means, how procedures are carried out, what to bear in mind when designing a procedure, how and why procedural errors occur, and the link between procedures and competence. How to ensure that workers undertake manual handling tasks in a safe and efficient manner and how to limit the number of manual handling tasks carried out at work. Why fatigue is a risk factor in the workplace and how to ensure the welfare of shift workers. Why it is important to promote a culture of safety at work, why making changes can pose difficulties, and how to overcome resistance to change. Benefits of Studying This Course You will be in a position to identify health and safety risks in the workplace, to identify job design problems, and to alert your supervisor or manager to issues that require attention. If you work in an HR role or have been given special responsibility for health and safety at work, you will benefit from this introduction to the interaction between ergonomic factors and accident prevention. If you are a manager, this course will help you to educate your team with regard to health and safety issues, thus promoting a safe working environment. If you are in a senior management position, this course will give you the confidence and knowledge you need to inspire the active development of a positive safety culture. If you are interested in a career in ergonomics or health and safety, this course will provide you with an overview of the key issues confronting organizations today. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Steps to Minimise Workplace Related Injuries Module 02: Reducing Risk of Injury When Designing Interiors Module 03: Preventing Injury via Appropriate Manual Handling Module 04: Shift Work, Fatigue and Safety Module 05: Building a Safe Organisational Culture Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description A career in events management or wedding management can be exceptionally rewarding. This is a fast paced environment where you will be expected to know the industry and have outstanding planning and problem solving skills. This course is ideal for anyone who is looking for a successful career as a wedding or event manager or for anyone who is already working within the industry, but wants to have a certification in place to prove their passion and dedication to the industry. Introduction to Events Management Diploma The events management diploma is made up of twenty three modules. These modules are brimming with valuable information, tips, advice and guidance to help you enjoy a successful career as an events or wedding manager. The course should take around fifteen hours to complete with the convenience of studying at your own pace and where you feel most comfortable, utilising the online modules which work on all devices. You will learn a host of essential skills, including staging and design, event logistics, legalities and what you need to know to start your own event management business. During your studies you will have access to online support and on completion you will need to pass a multiple choice test which is based on what you have learned in the modules. On passing, you can download and print your certificate straight away. What You Will Learn In this information packed course, you can expect to learn the following: Understand the benefits of having a diploma and what is expected of you as an events manager. Learn the benefits of strategic management, why budgeting is so important and identify different events management software solutions. Identify why customer service skills are so important along with how to improve your communication skills effectively. Learn about the various types of events you may be asked to manage during your career. Learn about staging and design and gain insight into using the venue's resources, how to use seasonal themes and so much more. Understand the importance of financial management. Learn how to stick to a budget, sell tickets and manage the finances effectively throughout the event. Get insight into the importance of health and safety at all events. Learn how to run an event safely, what to look out for and how to cater to emergencies. Get advice on troubleshooting and logistics at events from electricity supply to tables and parking. Understand the wedding planning industry and why people need wedding planners to help them organise their special day. Identify with the various wedding types. Learn the wedding planning process. How to choose the right wedding venue based on your clients. Venues, hidden extras, negotiating the best prices and more. Understand the different wedding ceremonies and legalities, such as who can get married, making it official and schedules. Learn how to choose the right wedding theme. Learn how to save money when it comes to wedding attire, along with the regulations you need to be aware of. Get valuable insight on wedding catering and entertainment. Understand your role when it comes to printed materials. Organising transportation. Tips to find the best wedding photographers and videographers. Know your role as a wedding planner when the couple is getting married abroad. How to start your own events management business. Get a firm understanding of marketing, insurance and tax when opening your own events management business. Benefits of the Event Management Diploma This diploma is guaranteed to provide you with a wide range of superior benefits from when you first decide on events management as your career to running your own successful business. The benefits include: Recognised certification. Online support throughout your studies. Informative modules you can rely on. Study at your own pace, no set schedules to work to. Boost your career in events management. Gain the knowledge and skills you need to enjoy a successful career. Get the insight and advice you need to start your own events management business. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 23 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Event Planning Module 2 : Strategic Management Module 3 : Customer Service Skills/ Personal Qualities Required Module 4 : Types of event Module 5 : Staging and Design Module 6 : Event Management Finances andamp; Ticketing Module 7 : Health and Safety for Events Module 8 : Event management logistics andamp; troubleshooting Module 9 : Wedding Planning Introduction Module 10 : Types of Wedding Module 11 : The Wedding Planning Process Module 12 : Choosing a Wedding Venue Module 13 : Wedding ceremonies andamp; Wedding Legalities Module 14 : Planning a Wedding Theme Module 15: Clothing , Beauty andamp; Attire for Weddings Module 16: Wedding Catering Module 17: Wedding Entertainment Module 18: Printed Materials and the Gift List Module 19 : Wedding Transport Module 20 : Photography/Videography Module 21 : Weddings Abroad Module 22 : Starting Your Own Events Planning Business Module 23: Marketing, Insurance andamp; Tax Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether you are just entering the workforce or you have been working as an administrative assistant and want to push your career to the next level, our PA Diploma can provide you with the insight, skills and knowledge you need to succeed in this busy career. Become a top class administrative assistant or personal assistant by taking this online course, made up of twenty one modules and only taking fifteen hours to complete. Introduction to the Executive Secretarial, Admin andamp; PA Diploma – Accredited (Level 3) This information packed course is designed for anyone who wants to push their career forward and improve their productivity as an administrative assistant or PA. The course covers an extensive range of topics spanning over twenty one levels. During this top quality course, you will learn the importance of diary management, you will learn effective time management skills and why customer care is such as important aspect of your job description. In addition to this, you can learn the basics of petty cash handling, how to use the software you need to complete your tasks effectively and so much more. The good news is that there are no entry requirements to complete this course. You don't need any particular educational or work experience, just a desire to learn, improve your knowledge and skills and succeed in your chosen career moving forward. Once you choose the Admin andamp; PA Diploma and your payment is received, you will be able to start learning straight away. Everyone studies at different paces, which is why this course is such a good opportunity, enabling you to work full time and study in your private time. On completion you will need to complete a multiple choice test and on passing, you have the ability to download and print your certificate which is recognised by industry leaders. What You Will Learn The Executive Secretarial, Admin andamp; PA Diploma – Accredited (Level 3) comprises of twenty one information packed modules for you to learn and gain knowledge from. In total the modules should take around fifteen hours to complete, bearing in mind that everyone studies at different paces and some people will have more time to study than others. The essential modules in this course include: Introduction to the PA Course – This module teaches you about the role and the responsibilities that will be expected from you as an administrative assistant or personal assistant. Diary management – In the diary management module you will learn how to effectively schedule appointments while managing dates and times. You will learn how to become creative in designing a user-friendly system. Business Letter Writing – This module of the Admin andamp; PA Diploma will provide you with the tools you need to write a good business letter. You will learn how to structure the letter, along with the importance of editing. Composing Faxes, Memorandums and Emails – This module will teach you how to compose and send faxes, how to write memorandums and how to compose and send emails. Telephone Skills as a PA – You will learn how to make phone calls and speak in a professional tone in this module. You will also be given tips on how to communicate over the phone, along with mistakes that you need to avoid. Hotel and Travel Arrangements – During this module you will learn to identify what to look for when booking a hotel for business travel, along with things you should avoid. Filing Systems – You will learn how to set up a good filing system, how to categorise, sub-categorise and manage your filing system effectively. Time Management Skills – This module is essential to your productivity as a PA and will teach you how to manage your time effectively and what you need to avoid when trying to complete tasks. Invoicing/Petty Cash – The invoicing/petty cash module will teach you how to create and send invoices and how to handle petty cash effectively. Customer Care – As a PA, it is essential that you understand how important customer care is to a business. You will be dealing with customers daily and you need to know what you should be avoiding and how to represent your company in a professional manner at all times. Customer Complaints Management – Dealing with customer complaints can be a daunting task, but this module will teach you how to handle customer complaints effectively. Work Planning – How to work to a schedule to achieve the best results. Document Presentation and Proofreading – How to present documents in a professional manner. Confidence Building – How to build your confidence in the working environment. Typing and audio skills – Improving your typing skills. Organise Effective Meetings – Understanding the importance of meetings and what they achieve. Microsoft Outlook, PowerPoint, Excel and Word – Learn the basic computer software you need to know to perform at your best on a daily basis. Customer communication and Reception skills – Learn the importance of effective communication and reception skills. Benefits of the Admin andamp; PA Diploma The Executive Secretarial, Admin andamp; PA Diploma – Accredited (Level 3) will provide you with a host of skills and knowledge you will be able to use on a daily basis. There are a number of benefits to completing the Diploma: There are no entry requirements; you don't need any particular educational or work experience level to apply for this learning diploma. You can fast track your career by having the certification, knowledge and skills you need to progress in your career. You will learn how to be an effective administrative assistant or PA. You will learn how to boost your productivity with time management solutions. You get to study at your own pace. You can access the learning modules from anywhere at any time. Print your certificate which is recognised by industry leaders. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 21 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to the PA Course Module 2 : Diary Management Module 3 : Business Letter Writing Module 4 : Composing faxes, memorandums and emails Module 5 : Telephone skills as a PA Module 6 : Hotel and travel arrangements Module 7 : Filing systems Module 8 : Time Management Skills Module 9 : Invoicing/Petty cash Module 10 : Customer Care Module 11 : Customer Complaints Management Module 12 : Work Planning Module 13 : Document Presentation and Proofreading Module 14 : Confidence Building Module Module 15: Typing and audio skills to proficient level or further if you already touch type/Audio transcribe Module 16: How to Organise Effective Meetings Module 17: How to use Microsoft Outlook Module 18: How to use Excel – the Basics Module 19 : How to use PowerPoint (Basics) Module 20 : Word Processing with Microsoft Word Module 21 : Customer Communication and Reception Skills Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether you want to start your own successful cleaning business or you want to improve your career prospects within the company you currently work for, you will find that the British Cleaning Certificate Award can be a useful step in the right direction. Introduction to the British Cleaning Certification Award (BCCA) This industry recognised certification includes twenty two information packed modules that you can learn at your own pace in your own space. This online training takes approximately ten hours to complete with online support that you can rely on and trust. The course covers the essential things you need to know to boost your career within the British cleaning industry. It provides you with the ability to improve your earning potential. On completion of the course you will be required to pass a multiple choice test, which covers all the modules you have just completed. On passing, with a pass rate of seventy percent, you will have the ability to download and print your certificate and start using it to improve your cleaning career without delay. What You Will Learn How to create a personalised fitness plan, based on ideal fitness standards, your current fitness level and your personal fitness goals Physical and environmental hazard awareness: how to stay safe, when exercising at home and outdoors The most versatile and effective cardiovascular exercises for home and outdoor environments Bodyweight and free weight-based strength exercises, and how to plan your sessions, based on your strength training requirements A complete guide to the best flexibility, balance and coordination exercises for the home environment or the great outdoors Benefits of the British Cleaning Certification Award (BCCA) Become happier, healthier and fitter than ever before Save time and money by implementing your own exercise plan at home Avoid the fads and fairy-tale promises of other ineffective online fitness guides Maximise your exercise efficacy, while prioritising your health and safety Design your sessions, reps and sets, based on your circumstances and individual needs Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Designing Your Home or Outdoor Exercise Plan Module 02: Environmental and Physical Safety Module 03: Cardiovascular Exercises Module 04: Strength Exercises Module 5: Flexibility, Balance and Coordination Exercises Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes - BCCA (British Cleaning Certificate Award) Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Although the threat from terrorist incidents is relatively low, it is vital that employers, employees and students remain aware of the threat posed by extremist violence. Vigilance underpinned by a working knowledge of violent extremism is the best defence against terrorist-related injuries and fatalities.In this course, you will learn how and why some people come to adopt extremist views, how to identify extremism in others and how some individuals cross the line from fervent beliefs to violence. The course also contains practical advice to follow should your workplace or institution come under threat from terrorism.What's Covered in the Course? The difference between extremism and terrorism, how the former manifests as the latter and how terrorists carry out their attacks. How individuals come to adopt extremist views, how extremists spread their message and the personal characteristics that make someone particularly vulnerable to radicalization. How to identify the most common signs of extremist views and intent to carry out terrorist activities in an employee or student, and how to use the “Behaviour Barometer” model to assess the situation. What to do if you know or suspect that someone you know has been radicalized, and the next steps to take if you suspect that the situation is escalating. How to use ETHANE and “4 C’s” to respond to a terrorist incident, and how to promote the safety and wellbeing of employees and students. Benefits of Taking This Course You will gain a general insight into terrorism and extremism, which will help you place news and current affairs into context. You will be in a position to advise others in your workplace or institution about the threat of terrorism, and how they can take preventative measures against attacks. If you work as a manager or tutor, this course will help you meet your responsibility to identify extremist views in employees and students. If you work with young people, this course will help you assist those who are vulnerable to radicalisation, which in turn enables you to help safeguard your community. A basic understanding of extremism and terrorism will further your understanding of government policy, essential for those looking to work in the civil service or allied fields. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What Is Extremism andamp; Terrorism? Module 2: What Factors Make Someone Likely To Develop Extremist Views? Module 3: Identifying Signs of Radicalisation Module 4: How To Respond If You Suspect Someone Has Been Radicalised Module 5: Responding to a Terrorist Attack Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description British laws require employers and companies to uphold safety regulations and safeguard their workers from injuries and accidents in the workplace. Eye accidents are very common in the workplace, but most can be prevented with the help of implementation of control measures, use of protective equipment and care. Most workers tend to be unaware of the risks associated with exposure to eye safety hazards and the adverse consequences that can arise. Eye injuries often result in permanent or temporary blindness with the loss of one or more eye functions.What's Covered in the Course? The importance of maintenance of protective equipment and control measures in order to minimise or eliminate risks and hazards. How to protect workers from chemical splashes and what do in case of emergencies. You will also learn about how acidic and alkaline substances damage the eye in different ways. Exposure to radiation hazards from thermal, infrared, UV and bright light sources and how to protect workers from the risks. How staring at the computer for prolonged periods can lead to strain, headaches and blurred vision. You will also learn different techniques that help reduce eye strain. The types of protective eye equipment and their functions Benefits of Taking This Course You are in a better position to identify the different hazards that exist in your workplace. Employers can invest in the right safety equipment to safeguard their employees from injury. Businesses can upgrade prevention techniques, storage and maintenance of protective equipment for improved accident control. You can educate and update your employees on the risks and hazards associated with eye injuries. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: How and Why it is Important to Promote Eye Safety in the Workplace Module 02: Chemical Splashes and Eye Injuries Module 03: Eye Exposure to Thermal, Infrared, UV, Cryogenic and Laser Radiation Module 04: Eye Protection from Flying Particles and Eye Strain Problems Module 05: Control Measures and Types of Personal Protective (Eye) Equipment Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS) teaching course gives you everything you need to know about becoming an effective EYFS teacher. At the conclusion of this course, participants have the tools they require to confidently pursue a career in early years teaching. This EYFS teaching course covers many topics related to early years education, from the reasoning behind the framework to tips on how to develop your own curriculum. We have developed this course to give students important information about their career options. Throughout the course, students receive a full explanation of EYFS teaching, as well as information about child development, what it’s like to work as an EYFS teacher, and an understanding of the framework of EYFS. The course also covers how, as an EYFS teacher, a person promotes child development and learning. Students of this course further learn about different methods of teaching, how to work with children with special needs and how to find work as an EYFS teacher in the UK. At the conclusion of the course, students receive a diploma, proving they have successfully completed each module. What You Will Learn This course was designed to give takers a total overview of what is involved in EYFS teaching. Here’s what the course covers: The main stages of childhood development The role of play in learning and why play-based curriculums succeed The seven areas of learning and when to focus on each one What to expect from a career in early years education The rationale behind the EYFS framework Observation, assessment and planning requirements and strategies How to effectively promote learning, development and child welfare in the early years How to help children achieve early learning goals How to effectively work with children having special education needs and communicating with parents The differences between popular educational philosophes Benefits of the EYFS Teaching Course This Early Years Foundation Stage course includes the following benefits: An affordable course that gives you the background you need to pursue a career in EYFS teaching A curriculum that is easy to understand, divided into 10 complete modules The achievement of fully understanding the EYFS teaching framework, which helps students to find work as an EYFS teacher. Learning new skills, such as understanding child development, which enhances the abilities in the classroom or beyond. The preparation necessary to work or volunteer in the classroom with children in different roles. The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to EYFS Teaching and Early Years of Childhood Development Module 2: Working as an EYFS Teacher Module 3: Understanding the EYFS Framework Module 4: Promoting Learning and Development Module 5: Curriculum for EYFS Teaching Module 6: Methods for EYFS Teaching Module 7: Working with Children Having Special Education Needs or Disabilities (SEN/SEND) Module 8: EYFS and Educational Philosophies and Exemptions to the EYFS Module 9: Promoting Child Welfare in the Early Years Module 10: Finding Work as an EYFS Teacher Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Face Painting Academy Diploma will provide you with the valuable information, knowledge and skills you need to start your own face painting business. You will learn how to run your own business, what equipment you will need, how to manage bookings and how to conduct risk assessments. Introduction to the Face Painting Academy This course is broken down into forty modules which takes around eighteen hours to complete. The modules include the convenience of video instructions, helping you gain the skills you need to run a successful face painting business. During your studies you will have access to online support as and when needed. On completion of the forty information packed modules you will complete a multiple choice test, with questions based on what you have learned. On passing the test, you will instantly receive your certificate, which you can download and print. The course is more than simply a face painting course, it also offers you valuable insight into running and managing your own successful business from marketing to income and expenditure and insurances, and understanding the importance of health and safety. What You Will Learn This course is designed to provide you with all the knowledge, skills and techniques you need to start and run your own successful face painting business. Learn the history of face painting and why it's so important. Understand the types of work and events you will attend as a face painter. Learn the importance of quality equipment, what brushes you will need, containers and other helpful materials. Get to grips with the code of conduct and health and safety when working with children, including the children's protection act. Learn about face painting designs, use of colours and the correct way of using sponges, brushes and other equipment to achieve the best end result. Get valuable information on carrying out your duties effectively. Understand the importance of skin care, what products you can and cannot use with clients with certain skin conditions. Learn how to run your own face painting business with guidance on taking and managing bookings. Learn how to set different pricing strategies and keep track of income and expenditure. Know what insurance policies you need to have in place for your business. Identify if you need to pay national insurance and how to complete tax returns. Learn how to effectively market your business along with do's and dont's you need to know when things don't go according to plan. Get guided techniques and information on how to complete a variety of designs, including dogs, cats, flowers, clowns, Frozen, Batman and Minnie Mouse, just to name a few. Take advantage of the detailed instructional video for more than twenty different designs to help you create the perfect design each and every time and keep your clients happy. Benefits of taking the Face Painting Diploma Completing the Face Painting Academy Diploma will provide you with a host of benefits, these include: Enhance your career prospects. Start your own successful face painting business either full or part time. Know the type of events you are likely to attend. Get a good understanding of health and safety and child protection to ensure you provide the best service at all times. Know about income and expenditure, taxes, insurances and more. Enjoy the convenience of studying online using any device. Take advantage of the benefit of having online support throughout your studies. Study from anywhere at any time with access to the internet. Study at your own pace. Industry recognised certification. Easy manageable modules. Video instructions. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 40 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 18 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Your Introduction to Becoming a Face Painter Module 2 : The Types of Work/Jobs Face Painters Do Module 3 : The Equipment and Materials You Will Need for Face Painting Module 4 : Code of Conduct / Child Protection Module 5 : Health andamp; Safety and Risk Assessments Module 6 : The Basics of Face Painting Module 7 : Carrying Out Your Duties Module 8 : Skin Care Module 9 : Starting / Running Your Own Business Module 10 : Taking / Managing Bookings – Establishing Job Requirements – and Time Planning Module 11 : Pricing and Costs Module 12 : Insurance, Accounting and Tax Module 13 : Marketing Your Business andamp; Social Media Module 14 : The Do’s and Don’ts and What to Do When Things Don’t Go to Plan Module 15: How to do a Dog Face Paint Design Module 16: How to do a Cat Face Paint Design Module 17: How to do a Butterfly Face Paint Design Module 18: How to do a Dolphin Face Paint Design Module 19: How to do an Elephant Face Paint Design Module 20: How to do a Monkey Face Paint Design Module 21: How to do a Frog Face Paint Design Module 22: How to do a Rabbit Face Paint Design Module 23: How to do a Swan Face Paint Design Module 24: How to do a Tiger Face Paint Design Module 25: How to do a Kissing Fish Face Paint Design Module 26: How to do a Unicorn Face Paint Design Module 27: How to do a Reindeer Face Paint Design Module 28: How to do a Dinosaur Face Paint Design Module 29: How to do a Pumpkin Face Paint Design Module 30: How to do a Spiderman Face Paint Design Module 31: How to do a Batman Face Paint Design Module 32: How to do a Minnie Mouse Face Paint Design Module 33: How to do a Frozen Face Paint Design Module 34: How to do a Black Swirl Face Paint Design Module 35: How to do a Clown Face Paint Design Module 36: How to do a Masquerade Mask Face Paint Design Module 37: How to do a Princess Face Paint Design Module 38: How to do a Sunset Face Paint Design Module 39: How to do a Flower Face Paint Design Module 40: How to do a Hibiscus Flower Face Paint Design Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This comprehensive course on Facilities Management is a great choice for those individuals who have an interest in the field of facilities; either as an existing professional in the sector or with a desire to enter the industry and looking to master the key skills that they need to embark upon a rewarding and successful career as a Facilities Manager. Divided into ten thought-provoking and interactive modules, this course delivers all of the skills, knowledge and information that you need to kick start your learning and become an effective and highly skilled Facilities Manager. Existing Facilities Managers can use this course to reinforce and consolidate their current knowledge and to gain more specialist knowledge in other niche areas that they may not have had direct exposure to. Those without any formal experience in facilities management will benefit from the all-encompassing scope of the course and practical application that the course offers. What you will learn This course covers these key areas in detail, plus much more: An introduction to the management discipline of facilities management, including its operational and strategic importance in an organisation They key skills needed to become a successful Facilities Manager and how to progress your career in the field Tried and tested methods of managing and utilising space, including space efficiency sourcing new premises and managing moves of premises The management of workplace services, including heating and lighting, security, catering, cleaning, repairs and maintenance, IT systems, workplace furniture, parking and waste disposal Effective methods of managing people including employees, contractors and suppliers and your legal responsibilities towards these parties Procurement and vendor management within facilities, including dealing with suppliers, the importance of effective negotiation and different types of leases of premises Health and safety at work, including risk assessments and risk mitigation, fire safety and first aid How to maintain quality control in facilities management, including the utilisation of effective maintenance strategies and common types of maintenance arrangements The parallels between project management and facilities management and how to successfully structure a facilities project Dealing with cost management and ways to reduce costs throughout the organisation, plus how to work with common financial documents such as budgets, balance sheets and asset registers If you are seriously considering a career in facilities management, this course is the ideal starting point for you. It is also particularly useful for those with some previous experience in the field where they can apply their direct knowledge to the topic areas. However, this course has been specifically designed to require no previous knowledge of facilities management. Benefits of taking the course The ability to study anywhere at times that suit you Study at your own pace, with no deadlines: complete it as quickly or as slowly as you like Use any internet enabled device to study on, including computers, tablets and mobile phones Follow the course easily thanks to interesting, informative modules, which make studying fun A convenient online support system, helping you to stay on track throughout the course A comprehensive curriculum, providing you with the knowledge you need to work in facilities management Earn a certified, recognised diploma An affordable cost Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 14 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction to Successful Facilities Management Module 2: Managing Space Requirements and Space Planning Module 3: Managing Workplace Services Module 4: Managing Employees and Contractors Module 5: Leases, Purchasing and Vendor Management Module 6: Health and Safety at Work Module 7: Co-ordinating Maintenance and Repairs Module 8: Facilities Management Projects Module 9: Managing Costs and Business Continuity Planning Module 10: The Environment and Corporate Social Responsibility in Facilities Management Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description People fall because of a complex mix of factors. To reduce falling, it is important to identify these factors, and recognise those that could signify serious, but treatable, underlying medical problems. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand costs and implications of falls on patients, their families and organizations Recognize falls risk factors Recognize who is at risk of falls and injury Recognize importance of bone health in relation to falls risk Understand roles other staff play in fall prevention Understand what to do in the event of a patient falling Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description If you have always been eager to write your own fantasy novel, maybe you already have a brilliant plot in mind, but are not sure where to start or how to go about it, then our Fantasy Writing Course may be just what you are looking for. Introduction to Fantasy Writing Course The fantasy writing course can help you jump start your writing career and help you write your own book. You will learn so much from this course to help you in your writing career, from developing characters to the backstory to developing the perfect plot and more. This informative course is made up of thirteen modules, which take around eight hours to complete. You study online, at your own pace and on completion, you can download and print your certificate. Online support is offered throughout your study to ensure that you always have someone to give you guidance and support when you need it most. What Will You Learn? What is fantasy writing? – This module will teach you all you need to know about fantasy writing, what it is, different types and opportunities for fantasy writers. What you need to write fantasy content – you will learn how to become more creative and a better writer. This module will also cover the importance of grammar and punctuation. Taking advantage of other writers' strengths and weaknesses – in this module you will learn how to use other writers' strengths and weaknesses to your benefit. The fundamentals – here you will learn how to choose an audience and age group. You will learn the benefits and negatives of the first and third person writing and how to switch between the two effectively. Getting started – you will learn why your first page is so important and what information you should include in your first page. Building great characters – this module covers the importance of characters and where to get inspiration for your characters. It will also teach you how to create personalities and profiles for your characters and how to add supernatural powers. Planning the perfect plot – structuring your novel, making a plan from the start before writing and common pitfalls and tips to avoid them. Using a backstory without being boring – Understanding what a backstory is and how it can help you write your first fantasy novel, how to include a backstory in a number of different ways and the do's and don'ts of a backstory. Dialogue that flows – this module is going to cover a very important aspect of any novel, writing dialogue that flows. Improve your dialogue skills, writing dialogue that suits a character and common mistakes you need to avoid. Sense of purpose – in this module you will learn how to assess your reasons for writing a fantasy novel to reduce the risk of losing your confidence and sense of purpose during this journey. This module will help you get your motivation back and help you determine when to take a break to cure writer's block. Practical writing exercises – fun and rewarding writing exercises, advice on sharing your work to get genuine feedback and whether you should consider joining a writing group. Illustrations – some writers choose to include illustrations in their stories. This module will help you decide whether to include illustrations, the kinds of illustrations you should consider and how to work with illustrators to get the best end result. Dealing with publishers – once your book is completed, you are going to want to have it published. This module will provide you with the information you need on dealing with publishers, preparing your manuscript and valuable insight into e-books and self-publishing. Benefits of taking the Fantasy Writing Course There are numerous benefits to taking the fantasy writing course to help you start a career as a fantasy writer and get your first book published. This course will boost your creative thinking. It will help you jump start your writing career. You will feel more focussed on your writing after completing this course. The course will help you become committed to writing your first book. You will feel motivated. The course offers you valuable guidance that you can use to help you every step of the way. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 13 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 6-8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What exactly is fantasy writing and why should you write a fantasy book or novel? Module 2 : What you need to write fantasy content Module 3 : Using other authors’ strengths and weaknesses to up your game Module 4 : Getting the Fundamentals Right: Choosing which Age Group and Point of View to Use Module 5 : How to Get Started From Getting the First page Spot-on to Creating the Perfect Setting Module 6 : How to Build Great Characters for Your Fantasy Story Module 7 : How to Plan a Perfect Plot for your Story Module 8 : How to Use a Backstory without Being Boring Module 9 : How to Write Dialogue that makes your Story Flow Module 10 : Advice on Improving Confidence and Sense of Purpose Module 11 : Practical Writing Exercises and Work-shopping of Compositions Module 12 : Illustrating your Story and Working with Illustrators Module 13 : How to Deal with Publishers and Selling your Stories Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The fashion design course was written for students who are interested in working in the steadily growing fashion industry. With this online training course, you will have all the information necessary to successfully begin a career in this field. Fashion design enables individuals to study fashion trends, sketch ideas and create designs. As you work through this course, you will gain a comprehensive overview of the design industry, elements of design and career options within the field. This convenient online course provides students with the unique opportunity to learn course material at their own pace. You will have access to comprehensive study material 24 hours a day ensuring that you can study anytime, anywhere. Many individuals who take the course are still able to work full time, which ensures that you can maintain your current lifestyle whilst working toward achieving your career goals. You can access this course from any internet-enabled device. As you work through the programme, you will find the short, flexible modules incredibly easy to navigate. However, if you find you have any questions, you can access online support while you train. Before receiving your diploma, you must complete and pass a multiple-choice exam. After successfully passing your course, you can download your diploma right from home. What You Will Learn The fashion design course will cover the following information: An introduction to common fashion terminology The skills necessary to become a fashion designer The five stages of a fashion cycle The history of fashion The elements and principles of fashion design How to conduct fashion market research and identify your target customer Fashion design forecasting How to create mood boards Fashion design sketching Garment sample stages An overview of material terminology The main fibre groups used in the fashion industry Textile fibres and their properties An overview of fabric construction Fabric performance characteristics and finishes How to source materials, trims and contractors Draping, cutting and sewing essentials Sewing techniques for fashion design Sizing and grading Garment support and structure Buttons, enclosures and finishes Garment construction Fittings, revisions and costing Garment tech packages Finding a clothing manufacturer and preparing for mass production Making your clothing line, domain name and trademark Creating your business plan Financing your line and finding resources in the United Kingdom Selling and marketing your fashions Finding models and launching a fashion show Careers in fashion design Starting your own fashion design business The fashion industry in the United Kingdom Preparing and presenting your portfolio Benefits of the Fashion Design Course Diploma When you work towards earning your fashion design diploma, you will benefit from the following: The ability to study from anywhere at any time that works for you, as long as there is an internet connection Study at your own pace. There is no time limit, so if it takes you days or months, you can still complete the course The ability to study from any device including computers, mobile phones or tablets You benefit from easy to manage modules, which help to make studying a gratifying experience Convenient online support is available to help you stay on the right track Access to a comprehensive syllabus, which puts you on the fast track to becoming an expert in the field Improve your prospects while applying for opportunities in the design industry Receive a certified diploma that is respected in the industry An affordable pricing structure Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 16 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Fashion Design Module 2: The History of Fashion Module 3: The Elements and Principles of Fashion Design Module 4: Mood Boards, Design Development, and Sketching Module 5: Understanding Textile Fibres, Yarns, and Fabrics Module 6: Fabric Sourcing, Patternmaking, Sizing, and Measurements Module 7: Completing Your Pattern, Garment Construction, and Draping Techniques Module 8: Garment Structure, Garment Tech Packs and Pre-Production Module 9: Creating, Financing, and Marketing a Clothing Label Module 10: The Fashion Industry, Career Opportunities, Resources in the UK and Developing Your Brand Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This FGM training course will provide your staff with the necessary knowledge about Female Genital Mutilation and how to recognise the signs as part of your safeguarding duty. Designed for those working with children, young people and adults in safeguarding, and various volunteer roles.On this online FGM training course, learners will be taught how to recognise the signs of FGM, understand what FGM is, how it can affect the victim, and understand the 4 R’s of child protection. It will help and enable your staff to apply the techniques and knowledge they’ve learnt into their workplace. Along with what to do if you suspect a child is being subjected to FGM.A recent study revealed that 137,000 women in England and Wales are estimated to be living with the consequences of FGM. The consequences can be horrifying and being aware of this will aid you in caring for those who have had this act inflicted upon them. Your awareness could change the lives of women for the better. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this FGM online course, learners should know and understand the following: Defining FGM - Understand exactly what FGM is and how it can affect the victimSigns of FGM - Recognise the signs of FGM as part of your safeguarding duty4 R's of child protection - Understand the 4 R's of child protection Course OutlineThe aim of this course is to greater increase your knowledge of female genital mutilation and the signs, as well as the relevant legislation. The key points covered in this course are: Defining FGM Signs of FGM 4 R's of child protection Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Fire Extinguisher Online Course RoSPA, IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionCurrent legislation, The Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005, applies to all workplaces regardless of the number of employees and requires employers to provide adequate training in fire awareness for all members of their staff.Our online fire safety training courses are aimed at all employees to assist them in identifying and reducing the risk that fire presents in the workplace.This course provides training in the use of different types of fire extinguishers and the protocol of tackling a fire.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Fire ExtinguishersModule 2: Pre-Engagement ActionModule 3: Using a Fire Extinguisher Duration: 25 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Fire Marshal for Care Homes Online Course RoSPA andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionCurrent legislation, The Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005, applies to all workplaces regardless of the number of employees and requires employers to provide adequate training in fire awareness for all members of their staff.Our online fire safety training courses are aimed at all employees to assist them in identifying and reducing the risk that fire presents in the workplace.This course covers the same content as the Fire Marshal course with additional content tailored specifically for employees that work in care homes.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1:Chemistry of FireModule 2:Common Causes of FireModule 3:Basic Safety Features in Buildings Module 4: Introduction to Fire Extinguishers Module 5: What to do in Cases of Fire? Module 6: Fire Statistics Module 7: Current Fire Safety Legislation Module 8: Fire Risk Assessment Module 9: Preventative Measures Module 10: Safety Features within Buildings Module 11: Role of the Fire Marshal Module 12: Action on Fire Discovery Module 13: Fire Drills and Evacuation Module 14: Fire Extinguishers Module 15: Pre-Engagement Action Module 16: Using a Fire ExtinguisherDuration: 220 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions)Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Fire Marshal Online Course RoSPA andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionCurrent legislation, The Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005, applies to all workplaces regardless of the number of employees and requires employers to provide adequate training in fire awareness for all members of their staff.Our online fire safety training courses are aimed at all employees to assist them in identifying and reducing the risk that fire presents in the workplace.Fire marshals (sometimes known as fire wardens) are civilians trained to assist in emergency fire evacuation procedures at businesses and other organizations. It is a legal obligation that workplaces must have a sufficient number of fire marshals to deal with fire emergencies.This course provides extensive knowledge of fire prevention, evacuation protocol, and using fire extinguishers.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Chemistry of FireModule 2: Common Causes of FireModule 3: Basic Safety Features in Buildings Module 4: Introduction to Fire Extinguishers Module 5: What to do in Cases of Fire? Module 6: Fire Statistics Module 7: Current Fire Safety Legislation Module 8: Fire Risk Assessment Module 9: Preventative Measures Module 10: Safety Features within Buildings Module 11: Role of the Fire Marshal Module 12: Action on Fire Discovery Module 13: Fire Drills and Evacuation Module 14: Fire Extinguishers Module 15: Pre-Engagement Action Module 16: Using a Fire ExtinguisherDuration: 220 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Welcome to our online Fire Marshal training course for all sectors. This Fire Marshal e-learning course was developed in line with the latest UK legislation and meets the requirements set out by the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) and other professional and regulatory bodies.Certificate duration: 2 yearsCourse Duration: 4 HoursEntry requirements: No entry restrictionsRecommended prerequisites: N/AAssessment type: End of course assessmentAssessment pass mark – 80% needed to pass and gain a CPD certificateCost(s) of assessment and certification – All costs included in the course priceWho is the course for?Our comprehensive online Fire Marshal training course is suitable for anyone who will be taking on the role of a fire warden or fire marshal within their organisation. Anyone at any level can complete this fire marshal training course, and no previous knowledge is required.This Fire Marshal e-learning course covers both the basics and specifics of fire safety and what you need to do to comply with current UK law. Depending upon your workplace, your risk assessment may require you to supplement this course with practical training.What is covered in this course?This online Fire Marshal training course covers the following: Introduction to the role of the fire marshal Why fire safety is essential; Fire safety law; Employer and employee duties; How to prepare well for your role. Understanding the mechanism of fire The fire triangle; Fire classes; Types of fire extinguishers Fire risk assessment What is a risk assessment?; Identifying fire hazards; Deciding who might be harmed; Evaluating risks; Recording and implementing findings; Reviewing and updating the assessment. Fire safety arrangements The fire plan; Fire detection and warning systems; Emergency routes and exits; Fire safety signs; Emergency lighting; Personal Emergency Evacuation Plans (PEEPs) Evacuation procedures Evacuation strategies; Your role during evacuations; Carrying out fire drills Who can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is designed to give you an overview of: proper fire safety practice at work; identifying potential fire risks to your service users, colleagues and yourself, explaining what to do on hearing a fire alarm, describing types of fire-fighting equipment and how to use them. Each health and social care workplace may have slightly different policies, so it is recommended to familiarise yourself with these policies and procedures.1 - Introduction and OverviewIn section one, you will be shown the effects of fire in the workplace and will also discover the responsibilities that both you and your employer have. 2 - What is Fire?In section two, we outline the elements that make a fire, as well as the different types of fire and how fires can spread.3 - Preventing FireIn section three, you will learn ways of identifying and preventing potential causes of fire.4 - In the Event of a FireIn section four, you will see some scenarios. You will then be asked if you can identify anything that might be wrong in these.5 - Fire Fighting EquipmentIn section five, you will learn about the different types of fire extinguishers. You will learn when and how they should be used. You will also be shown how to tackle a fire and when this should be done.6 - Resources This section contains links to various sites where you can obtain further information on fire safety in the workplace. LEARNING OUTCOMES Fire Law andamp; Legislation Employees Responsibilities Fire Hazards andamp; Risks Common causes of fire Detection Action on discovering a fire Fire Safety Management Fire Fighting Equipment Benefits of our courses Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description A course designed to provide an insight into fire regulations and precautions and enable delgates to carry out the duties of a Fire Warden or Fire Marshall. This course will help fulfill their obligations under the Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005. This course is suitable for those who are responsible for overseeing fire safety, designated fire marshall or warden and anyone who needs to know how to use a fire extinguisher.This course has 7 modules :1.IntroductionAs an Evacuation Warden for your organization, it is a very important role and one in which your colleagues may one day depend on you for their safety.2. All About FiresIn this module we will try to gain a better understanding of fire, the chemical reactions that take place when a fire begins and how these contribute to the spread of fire.3. Fire PreventionIn this section we will look at the elements that a fire needs to exist, where these can be found in the office environment and what can be done to reduce the risks.4. Environmental HazardsHere we will look at some of the hidden dangers that are associated with fire along with some places that you shouldn't go in the event of a fire. 5. Fighting FiresIn this session we will look at when and how a Evacuation Warden can attempt to put out a small fire. We will also look at the equipment used for several types of fire.6. Supporting DisabilitiesEvacuation Wardens may be required to support people with disabilities by assisting them to get out of the building in an emergency.7. Practical TrainingAlong with the material we have covered in this e-learning course it is helpful for Evacuation Wardens to have some practical experience of using evacuation chairs and using an extinguisher to put out a fire. Speak to your safety advisor or line manager about complimentary practical training. LEARNING OUTCOMES Fire legislation The basic chemistry of fire and its differing classes Fire fighting procedures Causes of fires and their prevention Emergency lighting Fixed fire fighting installations Evacuation assembly point and fire drills Fire alarms Fire hazards Routine fire safety inspections and maintaining a fire log Risk assessment awareness Extinguisher recognition and use (theory) Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning about the first aid appointed person is essential for businesses of all types and sizes and is both a legal obligation under UK law and a potentially life-saving exercise. It is also very commonly misunderstood, and many employers require clarity regarding their obligations. The first aid appointed person performs the vital role of being the first point of contact for all first aid matters, and we will analyze their four major roles, including taking emergency action and keeping accurate first aid records. We will also discuss the importance of the first aid kit and provide a comprehensive checklist of everything that needs to be included and learn about the importance of a needs assessment analysis and the legal requirements for appointed people and first aiders. Finally, we will provide a complete guide for employees and employers on how to choose the most effective appointed person, based on their personality traits and their current role in the organisation. This is the ultimate resource for understanding everything you need to know about the first aid appointed person in the UK. What You Will Learn The two modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your cleaning career, this includes: The first aid appointed person’s duties in terms of taking emergency action and keeping up-to-date records The importance of the first aid kit and what needs to be included in it How to perform a needs assessment and determine the first aid requirements of your organisation How to choose the best first aid appointed person, using both their personality traits and their position within the organisation Benefits of taking this Course You will potentially save lives within your organisation You will avoid the legal consequences of not complying with UK law You will ensure healthy, safe and productive employees You will upskill and empower suitable employees to fulfil an important role Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 2 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end-of-course test. Course Content Module 1: Background and Responsibilities Module 2 : Choosing the Right First Aid Appointed Person Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Welcome to our online First Aid at Work training course. All our online training courses, programmes and qualifications are accredited by the CPD Certification Service (CPDUK).This First Aid at Work eLearning course is set to provide you with basic first aid at work knowledge and skills necessary for dealing with emergency cases. However, hands-on skills are vital. This guide will see you through major topics like your role as a first aider, casualty assessment and assistance, among others.Certificate duration: 2 yearsCourse Duration: 3 HoursEntry requirements: No entry restrictionsRecommended prerequisites: N/AAssessment type: End of course assessmentAssessment pass mark – 80% needed to pass and gain a CPD certificateCost(s) of assessment and certification – All costs included in the course priceWho is the course for?This First Aid at Work eLearning course is suitable for the following: All individuals interested in providing emergency first aid Managers Supervisors First aiders. What is covered in this course?This online First Aid at Work training course includes the following: First Aid at Work – Part 1 Primary survey The recovery position, CPR andamp; AED Secondary survey Bones, joints and muscle injuries Head injuries Spinal injury. First Aid at Work – Part 2 Heart attack Asthma Diabetes Stroke Anaphylaxis. First Aid at Work – Part 3 Recap and quiz Extreme body temperatures Eye injuries Sepsis and meningitis Croup Drowning and hypothermia. Who can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description First Aid Awareness is a specialist course covering terminology, legal requirements and first aid techniques in case of an emergency. The course aims in particular to teach its readers how to assess an incident and manage a casualty who is choking, bleeding, in shock, unconscious, not breathing or having a seizure. The course uses audio-visual elements to help the readers learn how to perform Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation step by step; how to manage an unconscious person; and treat a casualty who is choking. The reader will also learn how to treat minor injuries that commonly occur in the workplace. This course can be used as stand-alone or in conjunction with practical training. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES First Aid Awareness - Section 1 (Laws and Provision)First Aid Awareness is a specialist course covering terminology, legal requirements and first aid techniques in case of an emergency. The course aims in particular to teach its readers how to assess an incident and manage a casualty who is choking, bleeding, in shock, unconscious, not breathing or having a seizure. The course uses audio-visual elements to help the readers learn how to perform Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation step by step; how to manage an unconscious person; and treat a casualty who is choking. The reader will also learn how to treat minor injuries that commonly occur in the workplace. This course can be used as stand-alone or in conjunction with practical training.First Aid Awareness - Section 2 (First Aid)This section covers:• What is First Aid?• What are the aims of First Aid?• What does a first-aider need to think about when attending an incident?• The contents of a First Aid KitFirst Aid Awareness - Section 3 (Primary Survey)This section covers:• What is a Primary Survey?• Why it is important• How to carry out a Primary SurveyFirst Aid Awareness - Section 4 (Secondary Survey)This section covers:• What is a Secondary Survey?• How to carry out a Secondary SurveyFirst Aid Awareness - Section 5 (Recovery Position)This section covers:• What is the Recovery Position?• When would I use it?• How do I do it?First Aid Awareness - Section 6 (Resuscitation)This section covers:• A review of the Primary Survey• Resuscitation in adults• Resuscitation in children and babies• Resuscitation following asphyxiaFirst Aid Awareness - Section 7 (Choking)This section covers:• The difference between coughing and choking• How to recognise choking in an ADULT• How to treat an ADULT who is choking• Choking in children and babiesFirst Aid Awareness - Section 8 (Shock)This section covers:• A definition of shock• What causes shock• How to recognise shock• How to treat shockFirst Aid Awareness - Section 9 (Heart Attack, Angina and Strokes)This section covers:• What is a heart attack?• What are the signs and symptoms?• How do I treat it?• What is the difference between heart attack and angina attack?• StrokesFirst Aid Awareness - Section 10 (Wounds and Bleeding)This section covers:• The six types of wound• Preventing cross infection• Sterile wound dressings• Life-threatening bleedingFirst Aid Awareness - Section 11 (Epilepsy)This section covers:• What is epilepsy?• The different types of epilepsy• Recognising a seizure• TreatmentFirst Aid Awareness- Section 12 (Burns and scales)This section covers:• What is the structure of our skin?• Types of burn• Burn depth• First Aid treatment• Hospital treatment Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Every year, around 13,000 people are admitted to hospital for burns and scalds. Many thousands more go to hospital accident and emergency (Aandamp;E) departments. This course will help with basic first aid when it comes to burns, learn about the build-up of skin and different types of burns. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Skin Burns and Scalds Symptoms of a burn or scald Types of Burn Initial Burn Treatments Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is suitable for people who are designated as an appointed person in the workplace. It will also meet the needs of those supporting a qualified First Aid at Work (FAW) practitioner. The content also fulfils the requirements for the FAW annual refresher. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Unconscious (including seizure) Not breathing normally Cardiopulmonary resuscitation Bleeding severely Suffering from shock Choking Suffering from a heart attack Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description First Aid for Mental Health is one of the fastest growing and most necessary fields of today. With mental health becoming a serious and widespread problem, it is necessary that there are people prepared to lend a helping hand and offer immediate help to those suffering. In the past, the stigma related to mental health has often prevented this kind of help from reaching the people affected. Although plenty of emphasis is placed on physical health and traditional first aid, this is not always the case when it comes to mental health and mental health first aid. In this course, you have the chance to become well-versed in the different types of mental illnesses and how to both support and guide the people who have them. However, people trained in mental health first aid are not meant to replace mental health professionals. Instead, they are meant to be the initial support offered to people struggling with their mental health. This could include emergency situations, people in crisis or people dealing with a sudden worsening of their condition. You Will Learn: What exactly the field of mental health first aid is What people trained in first aid for mental health can expect What the most common mental illnesses are How to approach and react to people in a mental health crisis How to handle and approach individual mental illnesses uniquely Benefits of Taking this Course Gain the tools to properly identify, handle and provide support for those who are struggling with mental health problems Be able to help members of your community, family, or workplace who are dealing with mental health problems Get an in-depth understanding of mental health and several individual mental illnesses Be able to properly respond to a mental health crisis and provide initial support Learn about a problem that has the potential to impact everyone, as well as what you can do, to be a part of the solution Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Mental Health First Aid Module 02: Depression and How to Approach It Module 03: Anxiety and How to Approach It Module 04: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder and How to Approach It Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Have you been dreaming of opening your own florist or you want to kick start a career in floristry? Maybe you're already working in the industry and want to fast track your career, then this Floristry Academy Diploma is the right choice for you. 21 Information packed modules This course provides you with all the information you need to start a career in the florist industry, from flower and plant biology to setting up and managing your very own store. You will gain valuable insight, information and skills you will need, putting you on a road to success moving forward. This course comprises of twenty one information packed modules, each one providing you with the knowledge and skills you will need for a career in the florist industry. In addition to the study modules, you also get access to nine useful instruction videos to help you achieve success in this chosen career. Study anywhere The course is available online and accessible on any device, from a computer to your tablet or mobile phone, enabling you to study at any time and anywhere. On completion and after passing the multiple choice test, you can download and print your certificate, which is recognised by industry leaders. What You Will Learn When completing this diploma, you can expect to have knowledge in all areas of floristry, including: An introduction to floristry where you will learn the basics of floristry, a history and what you will need to have a career in this industry. Careers in Floristry – in this module you will learn your responsibilities, requirements for entering the industry and the possibilities that are available to you. What you need to know about flowers and plants – this essential module will provide you with all the information you need to know about plants and flowers, from colours to diseases to handling and more. Services provided – you will learn what services are provided by florists and various business models, how to use technology and how to deal with commercial customers. How to process, store and maintain plants – in this module you will learn some valuable advice on the processing, storing and maintaining of plants, along with products you can use to maintain cut flowers. Popular flowers, greens and fillers – this module will provide you with the information needed in the florist industry regarding the most popular flower choices and what greens and fillers you can use to create a spectacular bouquet or arrangement. Elements and principles of design – this module is going to provide you with insight into the design elements associated with floristry. Balance, scale, colour and size and so much more. Design basics – you will learn the basics of design and style in floristry. Elements of design, Western and Eastern influences and mass arrangements are covered in this information packed module. Making floral arrangements – in this module you will learn how to make floral arrangements. Vase arrangements – learn how to effectively create the perfect arrangement for a vase. Tied bouquet – learn how to pick a focal flower to create the centrepiece of your bouquet. Take advantage of the easy to understand step by step instructional video. The corsage – learn the history of the corsage and how to make one. Wedding flowers – the requirements, setting yourself up as a wedding florist, building a portfolio and how to create the perfect wedding bouquet. Funeral flowers – learn the traditions surrounding funeral flowers, choosing the flowers and their meaning and how to create a funeral wreath. Basket gardens and fruit baskets – learn how to create beautiful basket gardens or fruit baskets. Jobs in the Florist Industry – this module will provide you with some insight on how to get a job in the florist industry, from looking for an opening to creating your own job opportunities. Starting your own florist business – this module covers everything from creating a business plan to financing. Marketing – you will learn the best marketing techniques you can use to boost your brand and increase your customer base. Benefits of Floristry Academy Diploma If you love plants and flowers, then this diploma can open up so many doors for you within the florist industry. There are so many great benefits of completing this online course, these include: Gain the skills you need to succeed in the florist industry. Fast track your career Learn insider secrets, tips and advice to ensure you succeed in floristry. Easy study materials which you can study at your own pace and anywhere at any time online. Informative step by step video guides. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 21 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Your Introduction to Floristry Module 2 : Careers in Floristry Module 3 : What You Need To Know About Flowers and Plants Module 4 : Services Provided by Florists Module 5 : How to Process, Store and Maintain plants Module 6 : Popular Flowers, Greens andamp; Fillers Module 7 : Elements and Principles of Design Module 8 : Flower design basics andamp; styles you need to know Module 9 : How to make floral arrangements Module 10 : How to Make a Container Arrangement Module 11 : How to Make an Arrangement for a Vase Module 12 : How to Make a Hand-tied Bouquet Module 13 : How to Make a Corsage or Boutonniere Module 14 : Wedding Flowers Module 15: How to Make a Wedding Bouquet Module 16: Funeral Flowers Module 17: How to Make a Funeral Wreath Module 18: How to Make a Basket Garden andamp; Fruit Basket Module 19: Getting a Job in the Floristry Industry Module 20: Starting Your Own Business Module 21: Getting Customers / Marketing Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description A comprehensive course covering food safety and hygiene for Health andamp; Social Care workers who are involved with food handling in the homes of vulnerable people. Topics covered in the course: Food poisoning and Food and safety law (including hazard analysis), food spoilage, personal hygiene, hand washing techniques, food labelling, food shopping and transportation, delivered and gifted food, food preparation and storage, handling raw meat, temperature control and the cooling, freezing, defrosting and reheating of foods, cleaning procedures, safe disposal of food waste and pest control. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Food Safety and Hygiene - Section 1This course aims to show the reader some of the key aspects of food safety and hygiene for Health andamp; Social Care workers who are involved with food handling in the homes of vulnerable people. This includes food poisoning as well as Food and Safety law (including hazard analysis).Food Safety and Hygiene - Section 2Topics in Section 2 include: Food Spoilage, Personal Hygiene, Handwashing Techniques, Food Labelling, Food Shopping and Transportation and Delivered and Gifted Food followed by a short quiz.Food Safety and Hygiene - Section 3Topics in Section 3 include: Food Preparation and Storage, Handling Raw Meat, Temperature Control and the Cooling, Freezing, Defrosting and Reheating of foods followed by a short quiz.Food Safety and Hygiene - Section 4Topics in Section 4 include: Cleaning, Safe Disposal of Food Waste and Pest Control followed by a short quiz.Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Food Safety in Catering Level 1 Online Course RoSPA, IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionFood Handlers and their employers have a legal duty to manage Food Safety. These obligations are set out by a number of EU and UK Laws. These Laws state that food handlers must make sure that food which is prepared, cooked, served or sold, is safe for human consumption. Failing to follow food safety standards can cause food to become contaminated with potentially fatal consequences.Training your employees with our online system will go a long way to give them greater awareness of the dangers that poor food safety standards pose, as well as covering how food safety risks actually arise and how to control and prevent them.The Level 1 Awards in Food Safety provide an ideal solution to staff induction training including: New employees with minimal or no prior food safety knowledge; Employees handling low-risk or wrapped foods (category A); Front of house employees, such as waiting or check out staff; Back of house employees, such as kitchen porters or warehouse staff. DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Food Safety LegislationModule 2: Hazards from Delivery to ServiceModule 3: Risk Control (Prevention of Contamination) Module 4: Pests, Premises, and PeopleDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Food Safety in Catering Level 2 Online Course RoSPA andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionFood Handlers and their employers have a legal duty to manage Food Safety. These obligations are set out by a number of EU and UK Laws. These Laws state that food handlers must make sure that food that is prepared, cooked, served or sold, is safe for human consumption. Failing to follow food safety standards can cause food to become contaminated with potentially fatal consequences. Training your employees with our online system will go a long way to give them greater awareness of the dangers that poor food safety standards pose, as well as covering how food safety risks actually arise and how to control and prevent them. Level 2 Awards in Food Safety are suited for anyone working in a catering, manufacturing, or retail setting where food is prepared, cooked, and handled. Typical environments may include: Pubs, hotels, restaurants; Supermarkets and retail environments; Food and drink manufacturers; Hospitals; Care homes; Schools; DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Food Safety LegislationModule 2: Hazards from Delivery to ServiceModule 3: Risk Control (Prevention of Contamination) Module 4: Pests, Premises and PeopleDuration: 75 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Food Safety in Manufacturing Level 1 Online Course RoSPA, IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionFood Handlers and their employers have a legal duty to manage Food Safety. These obligations are set out by a number of EU and UK Laws. These Laws state that food handlers must make sure that food which is prepared, cooked, served or sold, is safe for human consumption. Failing to follow food safety standards can cause food to become contaminated with potentially fatal consequences. Training your employees with our online system will go a long way to give them greater awareness of the dangers that poor food safety standards pose, as well as covering how food safety risks actually arise and how to control and prevent them.The Level 1 Awards in Food Safety provide an ideal solution to staff induction training including: New employees with minimal or no prior food safety knowledge; Employees handling low-risk or wrapped foods (category A); Front of house employees, such as waiting or check out staff; Back of house employees, such as kitchen porters or warehouse staff. DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Food Safety LegislationModule 2: Hazards from Delivery to ServiceModule 3: Risk Control (Prevention of Contamination) Module 4: Pests, Premises, and PeopleDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Food Safety in Manufacturing Level 2 Online Course RoSPA andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionFood Handlers and their employers have a legal duty to manage Food Safety. These obligations are set out by a number of EU and UK Laws. These Laws state that food handlers must make sure that food that is prepared, cooked, served or sold, is safe for human consumption. Failing to follow food safety standards can cause food to become contaminated with potentially fatal consequences. Training your employees with our online system will go a long way to give them greater awareness of the dangers that poor food safety standards pose, as well as covering how food safety risks actually arise and how to control and prevent them. Level 2 Awards in Food Safety are suited for anyone working in a catering, manufacturing, or retail setting where food is prepared, cooked, and handled. Typical environments may include: Pubs, hotels, restaurants; Supermarkets and retail environments; Food and drink manufacturers; Hospitals; Care homes; Schools; DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Food Safety LegislationModule 2: Hazards from Delivery to ServiceModule 3: Risk Control (Prevention of Contamination) Module 4: Pests, Premises and PeopleDuration: 75 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Food Safety in Retail Level 1 Online Course RoSPA,IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionFood Handlers and their employers have a legal duty to manage Food Safety. These obligations are set out by a number of EU and UK Laws. These Laws state that food handlers must make sure that food which is prepared, cooked, served or sold, is safe for human consumption. Failing to follow food safety standards can cause food to become contaminated with potentially fatal consequences. Training your employees with our online system will go a long way to give them greater awareness of the dangers that poor food safety standards pose, as well as covering how food safety risks actually arise and how to control and prevent them.The Level 1 Awards in Food Safety provide an ideal solution to staff induction training including: New employees with minimal or no prior food safety knowledge; Employees handling low-risk or wrapped foods (category A); Front of house employees, such as waiting or check out staff; Back of house employees, such as kitchen porters or warehouse staff. DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1:Food Safety LegislationModule 2:Hazards from Delivery to ServiceModule 3:Risk Control (Prevention of Contamination) Module 4: Pests, Premises, and PeopleDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Food Safety in Retail Level 2 Online Course RoSPA andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionFood Handlers and their employers have a legal duty to manage Food Safety. These obligations are set out by a number of EU and UK Laws. These Laws state that food handlers must make sure that food that is prepared, cooked, served or sold, is safe for human consumption. Failing to follow food safety standards can cause food to become contaminated with potentially fatal consequences. Training your employees with our online system will go a long way to give them greater awareness of the dangers that poor food safety standards pose, as well as covering how food safety risks actually arise and how to control and prevent them. Level 2 Awards in Food Safety are suited for anyone working in a catering, manufacturing, or retail setting where food is prepared, cooked, and handled. Typical environments may include: Pubs, hotels, restaurants; Supermarkets and retail environments; Food and drink manufacturers; Hospitals; Care homes; Schools; DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1:Food Safety LegislationModule 2:Hazards from Delivery to ServiceModule 3:Risk Control (Prevention of Contamination) Module 4: Pests, Premises and PeopleDuration: 75 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course is designed to provide individuals that handle open food the essential knowledge and understanding of good Food Safety Practice. The aim of this training course is to provide candidates with a fundamental knowledge of food hygiene and to enable them to apply this knowledge to essential practical skills in order to prevent food poisoning. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Introduction to Food Safety Hazards associated with Food Safety Food poisoning and contamination HACCP Temperatures Personal Hygiene Allergies and Intolerances Premises, Equipment and Pest Control Cleaning and Disinfecting Legislation and requirements Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This online Food Safety course is designed to provide individuals that handle open food the essential knowledge and understanding of good Food Safety Practice. The aim of this training course is to provide candidates with a fundamental knowledge of food hygiene and to enable them to apply this knowledge to essential practical skills in order to prevent food poisoning. COURSE MODULES Introduction to Food Safety Hazards associated with Food Safety Food poisoning and contamination HACCP Temperatures Personal Hygiene Allergies and Intolerances Premises, Equipment and Pest Control Cleaning and Disinfecting Legislation and requirements Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This food safety and hygiene module is aimed at anyone working in a role that involves food handling, or the management of such people. Regulations require that anyone involved in food handling must be appropriately trained in food safety. The module can be used as Induction, Awareness, Refresher and Foundation Training. COURSE MODULES Introduction Food-borne Illness Understanding Food Law Food Safety Hazards and Contamination Food Preservation, Storage and Temperature Control Personal Hygiene Hygienic Premises and Equipment Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point System Summary Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This is an e-learning module on food safety and hygiene, with a focus on retail. Everyone who works with food has a legal and moral duty to safeguard food and ensure it is safe to consume and not cause harm or injury to the consumer. COURSE MODULES Introduction Understanding Food Law Food Safety Hazards andamp; Contamination Food-borne illness Food preservation, storage and temperature control. Personal hygiene Hygenic premises and equipment Hazard analysis and Critical Control Point System Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Food Safety Level 4 CPD Certified CourseFood Safety — Level 4 is the final step in your food safety learning. This course is designed for managers and supervisors who have completed the other levels of food safety training and wish to deepen their knowledge and access new skills. We first take a look at how managers can create a food safety programme that fits well into their business. To do this, you need to know how to recognise food safety risks in your workplace. The course also covers more material on maintaining such programmes and which procedures are recommended.Food Safety — Level 4 also covers more in-depth training strategies for managers. Once completed, this course will give you the tools that you need to train other managers, supervisors and staff to enable them to maintain food safety in your workplace. Not only that, but we will also take a look at some of the more overlooked areas of food safety and hygiene to ensure that you complete the course with a full understanding of how to keep risks to a minimum.What's Covered in the Course? How to develop an effective food safety programme for your business A more in-depth look at food safety procedures How to maintain high standards of food safety in the long term How to properly train colleagues in food safety and hygiene A more in-depth look at food safety legislation How to manage cleaning and waste disposal techniques Benefits of Taking This Course Being able to easily recognise and subsequently prevent any food safety hazards in the workplace Gaining a deeper understanding of how to communicate with your team Gaining a deeper understanding of how to train colleagues to a higher level of food safety knowledge Better ability to maintain long-term food safety standards Better ability to implement waste and cleaning techniques that fit food safety guidelines Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Recognising Food Safety Risks Module 02: Developing a Food Safety Programme Module 03: Food Safety Legislation Module 04: Training at a Higher Level of Food Safety Module 05: Cleaning and Waste Disposal Techniques Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description It’s vital your staff know what to do if you suspect someone is at risk of forced marriage, and how to spot the signs. This CPD accredited online Forced Marriage training course raises awareness of forced marriage and informs you of the correct actions to take.It is estimated that approximately 8,000 to 10,000 forced marriages of British citizens take place every year, often resulting in devastating long-term consequences for the victims. It's important that you are able to recognise the signs while protecting the victim and co-operating with other agencies to get them help. The consequences of forced marriage are devastating and sometimes deadly. You can help.This online Forced Marriage Awareness training will teach your staff members what forced marriage is, how to recognise the warning signs, the right actions to take to help protect the potential victim, and how to co-operate effectively with other agencies. Upon successful completion, learners will receive a printable and downloadable Forced Marriage Awareness certificate. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this online Forced Marriage training course, learners should know and understand the following:Defining forced marriage - Understand what forced marriage isSigns of forced marriage - Recognise the warning signs of forced marriageProtection strategies - Take the right actions to help protect the potential victimCommunicating with agencies - Co-operate effectively with other agencies Course OutlineThe aim of this Forced Marriage training course is to greater increase your knowledge of forced marriage and the signs, as well as the relevant legislation. The key points covered in this course are: Defining forced marriage Signs of forced marriage Protection strategies Communicating with agencies Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Food Safety : Level 1 CertificationUnderstanding food safety is vital for both employers and employees in the catering industry to ensure a successful, law-abiding and safe business! This course provides a comprehensive insight into every aspect of food safety, how to ensure it, what prevents it and how you can keep your business and your food safe. From explaining how to keep food safe at every stage, to instituting procedural plans and understanding your legal requirements, this course covers every aspect that everyone in the catering industry needs to know.What's Covered in the Course? All about the threats to food safety and how to avoid them. How to ensure food safety from suppliers and during transport. How to prepare and serve food safely. All about food allergies and how to avoid the risks. How to be on the right side of the law by establishing a procedural plan. Benefits of Taking This Course You will be able to draw up a food safety procedural plan and comply with regulatory requirements while keeping your customers safe and happy. You will be able to choose your suppliers and transport methods wisely and avoid threats to food safety. You will be able to eliminate the risk of allergic reactions in any of your food products. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: How and Why it is Important to Promote Eye Safety in the Workplace Module 02: Chemical Splashes and Eye Injuries Module 03: Eye Exposure to Thermal, Infrared, UV, Cryogenic and Laser Radiation Module 04: Eye Protection from Flying Particles and Eye Strain Problems Module 05: Control Measures and Types of Personal Protective (Eye) Equipment Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Freedom of Information Act 2000 (FOIA) ensures that public bodies and organizations uphold the principles of transparency and trustworthiness when it comes to storing and sharing information. It outlines how and why organizations must share details of their activities with the public. In this course, you will learn about the history and purposes of the FOIA, how it is implemented, and what it means for individuals and companies in the public sector. You Will Learn: Why the UK government passed the FOIA, the principles behind the act, and the bodies that fall within its scope The circumstances under which information falls into the remit of the act, who can make a request for information, and how organizations should respond to requests The main duties you have under the Act, including the duty to proactively publish information detailing the activities of your organization Additional pieces of legislation that you may need to consider when publishing and sharing information under the FOIA, including the Data Protection Act 2018 and the Equality Act 2010 Benefits of Studying This Course If you work for a body covered by the act, this course will help you fulfil your obligations under the law If you wish to make a request for information under the act, this course will help you understand your rights If you are interested in privacy and data protection issues, this course will help further your understanding of these topics If you have a general interest in UK law, this course will further your knowledge of a variety of legal issues Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What is the Freedom of Information Act? Module 02: When is Information Covered by the Freedom of information Act? Module 03: Meeting your Obligations under the Freedom of Information Act Module 04: The Freedom of Information Act and Other UK Legislation Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Gaining Customer Testimonials Certificate Customer testimonials are an effective way in which to inspire trust in prospective clients, overcome doubts that they may have regarding your product or service, and improve your company’s reputation. However, obtaining strong testimonials requires good timing, a basic understanding of consumer psychology, and an understanding of how a testimonial should be structured. This course will teach you how to get clear, persuasive testimonials from satisfied customers. You Will Learn: Why customer testimonials should play a key role in your marketing and advertising strategy and the components of a strong testimonial When to ask a satisfied customer for a testimonial How to use structured e-mails, surveys and feedback forms in order to help you compile a great testimonial How to solicit feedback without breaking the law or misrepresenting your product Benefits of Studying This Course Business owners from all industry sectors will benefit from learning how to get testimonials that will help drive future sales If your job entails putting together marketing material, this course will teach you how to add testimonials that will entice potential customers If you work in after-sales or customer support, this course will help you request and obtain useful feedback from customers that will not only form the basis for testimonials but will also help improve your company’s products If you are a business owner, this course will help you understand and comply with your duties under the law with regards to the use of testimonials Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What Does a Good Testimonial Look Like? Module 02: When and How to Ask for Testimonials Module 03: How to Use Email Templates and Surveys to Obtain Testimonials Module 04: Complying with the Law when Obtaining Testimonials Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether you are thinking of starting a career outdoors as a gardening expert or you are already working in the industry and are thinking of starting your own garden company, then the Garden Design and Maintenance Diploma is the right choice for you. Introduction to the Garden Design and Maintenance Diploma This information packed course will teach you the basics you need to start your own gardening company or boost your career within the gardening industry. You can turn your hobby into a successful business by completing the twenty nine modules and passing the multiple choice question test. The modules cover everything from basic gardening to pest control, landscaping and more. The course takes approximately fifteen hours to complete and on successful completion, you will have the ability to download and print your industry recognised diploma. When applying for a position within the gardening industry, your potential employer will be able to confirm your certification online. During your studies you will enjoy the convenience of studying at your own pace with no set schedule and from anywhere using any device, as long as you have a connection to the internet to access the modules. What You Will Learn The twenty nine modules included in this Garden Design and Maintenance Diploma are brimming with information to help you jump start your gardening career and turn your hobby and passion into a money-making opportunity. Learn the basics of gardening from the various soil types to plant planning and purchasing. Identify an effective garden planning process from the initial consultation with the client through to site surveys, maintenance planning, to the final and completed project. Know different garden design styles. Learn how to gain inspiration throughout the day, how to design a mood board and how to implement your design effectively for the best results. Understand site surveys, approvals and measuring techniques. Learn how to use survey maps, photographic records and what surveys and appraisals you are going to need before you begin. Learn the benefits of project planning. Know the five forms that should be included in all your client packs. Learn more about drawing a plan and essential graphic skills. Know the various surfaces and materials, understand what hard landscaping is and how to deal with it. Know the secrets of great soil. Understand the importance of the right plan selection and care. This includes use of colours to make an impact. Gain valuable plant knowledge that you can use daily to make the best choices based on your design, garden location and finish. Learn how to identify high maintenance areas within any garden. Know the different options when it comes to low maintenance planning. Learn the importance of sustainability. Know what plants to use, about water conservation and how to recycle and reuse when working in any garden. Learn essential tips for reducing maintenance in difficult to manage and overgrown gardens. Know what equipment you are going to need, what equipment you will need for certain jobs and what each item is capable of. Get a good understanding of the most common garden pests, natural and chemical pesticides, integrated pest management and how to come up with a pest management plan that will work. Identify effective solutions for difficult gardens from adding container plants to adding additional irrigation and more. Know what to plan in a herb and vegetable garden. Know what you need to start your own gardening business to achieve success. Learn more about marketing your business, health and safety in the workplace, insurance, tax and record keeping, just to name a few of the points covered in this industry recognised course. Gain valuable insight into raising flower beds, laying patios, decking, fencing, know more about artificial grass, how to lay lawn and how to build a fish pond. Benefits of the Garden Design and Maintenance Diploma This course is designed to provide you with a wide range of benefits, including: An easy to understand syllabus that you can learn at home and in your own time. Improve your career prospects with an industry recognised diploma. Learn using any device at any time. Enjoy ongoing support during your studies. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 29 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Gardening Basics Module 2 : Garden Design Process Module 3 : Garden Design Styles Module 4 : Survey, Site Appraisal andamp; Measuring Techniques Module 5 : Planning Your Projects Module 6 : Proportion Illusions andamp; Effective Use of Space Module 7 : Drawing a Plan andamp; Graphics skills Module 8 : Surface andamp; Materials / Hard Landscaping Module 9 : Secrets of Great Soil Module 10 : Plant Selection andamp; Care Module 11 : Plant Knowledge Module 12 : Low Maintenance Gardens/Planting Module 13 : Sustainability Module 14 : Garden Maintenance Module 15 : Equipment Module 16 : Pest Control Module 17 : Solutions to Difficult Gardens Module 18 : Vegetable and Herb Gardens Module 19 : Running your own Gardening Business Module 20: Marketing and Social Media Module 21: Health and Safety Module 22: Insurance, Tax, VAT and Record Keeping Module 23: How to build raised flower beds Module 24: How to lay a patio Module 25: Decking Module 26: How to Put Up Garden Fencing Module 27: How to turf a garden / lay a lawn Module 28: How to lay artificial grass areas Module 29: How to Build a Garden Pond Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
GDPR Introduction CPD Accredited Online Course RoSPA andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThe General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is designed to strengthen and unify the principles of data protection for all individuals within the European Union and the European Economic Area.The GDPR is an incredibly important change to data privacy regulations so understanding its correct implementation is vital for all UK businesses and organisations, and particularly for staff who regularly deal with personal data.This online course is designed specially for those front line staff and provides a clear introduction to the main elements of the GDPR, including compliance and the consequences of non-compliance.It explains the roles of key players - Data Protection Officers, Data Controllers, Data Protection Leads and Data Processors and covers the main categories of personal data, along with the six lawful bases for processing data, and how to audit the data your organisation holds.Other topics examined include the Seven Principles of the GDPR and the Eight Rights for Individuals, along with the importance of your Privacy Policy - how to construct one, and how to use it effectively when dealing with data subjects.Finally, there's important information on data breaches; how to avoid them, what to do if one is discovered and how to file a breach report.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience This course is aimed at anyone who has access to personal data. This mainly applied to front line data processors but will also include HR personnel, supervisors, and managers. Advantages Understanding the reasons for and scope of the GDPR can mean that data is handled professionally, securely, and in compliance with the Law. This is a benefit for individuals and the company as a whole as it provides a level of confidence that things are being done correctly and protection from potential legal issues.CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves.Online training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life. Further Progression If this course is used as part of employee induction then it can be bundled with other health and safety courses such as DSE Awareness or Basic Fire Safety For those doing this course to improve themselves we have a wide range of other business skills courses that could further enhance their abilities and knowledge. These include Managing meetings, Time Management and Stress Awareness.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: Data ProcessingModule 3: Types of Data Module 4: I Data Subjects' Rights Module 5: Data BreachesDuration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course is designed to provide delegates with the skills and confidence to both give and receive feedback effectively to and from others in the organisation (e.g. boss, peers, and subordinates). Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Give feedback to others (manager, peers, and subordinates) in a proactive and effective way. Receive feedback from others, judge its validity and make decisions about what to do with the feedback. Use feedback skills to improve relationships Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Google’s search engine is used to conduct 3.5 billion searches per day. Nearly 80 percent of shoppers search for a product or service online before making their final purchase, even if they intend to buy in-store. When taken together, these numbers mean that ignoring Google as a marketing channel comes at your own peril. Learning how to use Google Ads, the next generation of Google AdWords can help your brand expand its reach in a cost-effective way. This course goes into detail about Google Ads to give you the tools you need to succeed. We begin by giving you a brief introduction to Google Ads, including a few key definitions you need to know. Next, we give you an in-depth review of keywords, so you can choose the best ones for your needs. Then we explain how to create an ad, ad group, and an ad campaign. Finally, we talk about the importance of monitoring your Google Ads progress. What You Will Learn The Four modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your cleaning career, this includes: The definition of pay-per-click advertising and how it works Which keyword research tools are the best and what information they can provide you Tips on narrowing down a list of keywords to those that are relevant to your purposes What ad groups and ad campaigns are and how you can take advantage of them Which reports you can generate to make monitoring your Google Ads progress easy Benefits of Taking This Course Learning how to write ad copy that reaches your target market and compels them to follow through on your call to action Understanding the importance of conducting thorough keyword research before creating an ad Learning more about digital marketing and its advantages over more traditional forms such as print or radio advertising Understanding what your ROI is, why it is important to your marketing campaign, and how calculating it is easy when you use Google Ads Understanding why you should connect your Google Ads account to your Analytics account before posting any ads Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 26 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included in the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end-of-course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Google Ads Module 2: Understanding Keywords Module 3: Creating Your Ads Module 4 : Monitoring Your Progress Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In this GA4 training course, learn how to setup Google Analytics 4 (GA4) and get the most out of it right away. Google Analytics has been around since the introduction in 2005, and in that time it’s helped small businesses and enterprises alike derive value from data that’s generated with web traffic. But with the release of Google Analytics 4 (GA4), the way of analyzing your data has changed significantly, with updates to everything from the user interface, reports, data models, custom metrics, custom events, to capabilities and implementation.What will I learn in Google Analytics GA4 Training sessions:Within this Google Analytics GA4 training, you’ll learn how to set up GA4 to provide comprehensive and actionable insights—and discover tips and tricks that will help you and your team articulate your goals, increase conversions, track your goals (via tracking), and use custom reports improve your business. Focusing on the measurement reporting sections that have the greatest impact on digital products, you’ll find out how to get to the relevant data, create custom reports, use dimensions, understand your audiences, analyze it, and even export it outside Google Analytics (like Google Data Studio) or investigate further with BigQuery. And users can now leverage enterprise features that were previously only available in Google Analytics 360: for example, BigQuery integration, funnels, and upsampled data are now available to everyone at no cost.Are you looking to take the Google Analytics 4 exam to gain a Google Analytics 4 Certification? To ensure success on the Google Analytics exam, we provide comprehensive review materials and practice questions to help you excel and become a specialist in your organization. With our materials in hand, don’t be surprised when your knowledge of Google Analytics 4 exceeds all expectations. Our self-paced IT Online Course Training makes it easy to prepare for success – no matter your current level of experience, we are here to prepare you for your google analytics 4 certification . Get ready to take your knowledge of Google Analytics 4 to the next level.And if you’re interested in taking the Google Analytics exam, you’ll also get a concise reference guide and practice questions to help you prepare.Who is This Video GA4 Training Course For? Bloggers who relay on digital analytics to make digital marketing analysis to grow and develop predictive audiences or couple Google optimize to their blog and segment traffic sources to gain a deep understand. Digital Product Owners who want the analysis reporting of dimensions and understand their audiences and user behavior for implementation plan to drive value to products and services. Affiliate team or marketers wanting to develop a measurement plan and tracking to drive detailed reporting, reviewing measurements and or dimensions from sources. Business owners, entrepreneurs or product managers who want to maximize their skills and performance of their digital products with comprehensive tracking and reporting to yield the best performance possible. Anyone looking to master the fundamentals to be able to obtain insights that can be gathered with Google Analytics 4 to drive their business decisions will benefit from our GA4 training course. What You’ll Learn with this Google Analytics GA4 training Why Google Analytics 4 is a game changer for both small business and individual digital product owners How to set Up Google Analytics 4 to Collect Actionable Data Results Identify How to Track the Success of Your Marketing Campaigns with Tagging, Reports, dimensions, and custom metrics How to export data to Google BigQuery or leverage Google data Studio Upgrade from Universal Analytics to Google Analytics 4 and ensure your attribution models stay intact How to connect to Google Signals, Google Ads (campaign tracking), Google Tag, and BigQuery Document Insights and use the reporting tools to make Data Driven Decisions to Grow your digital product Requirements To Get the Most Out of Your GA4 Training Participants should have a website, blogging site, mobile application to use with Google Analytics 4 A basic understanding of using Google Chrome in order to install extensions Course Content Module 1 - Google Analytics 4 - Course Overview1.0 About Google Analytics 41.1 Course Intro Welcome1.2 Instructor IntroModule 2 - Fundamentals of Google Analytics2.1 What is a Digital Product2.2 Google Market Platform2.3 Google Analytics Overview2.4 Google Analytics 4 Overview2.5 Whiteboad Discussion-How Does GA Work2.6 Comparing GA3 to GA42.7 Whiteboard Compare Data Models2.8 Demo- GA Console Walkthru2.9 Admin Panel2.10 Demo Admin Panel2.11 Tag Manager2.12 Demo Tag Manager2.13 Segment Review2.14 Segment Review QuestionsModule 3 - Advanced Topics with Google Analytics3.1 Upgrading and Running Parallel3.2 Whiteboard Discussion - Parallel3.3 Demo Console Parallel3.4 Hands on Demo - Install GA4 on a Live Site3.5 Understand Reporting Options, Lifecycle Collections3.6 Hands on Demo - Exploring reports3.7 Hands on Demo - Set up GA4 Custom Eventsmp43.8 Hands on Demo - Conversions, Audiences, DebugView3.9 Hands on Demo - Advertising3.10 Hands on Demo - Explorations:Insights3.11 Hands on Demo - Lifecycle and Users3.12 Google Big Query Connections3.13 Demo - BigQuery Data Integrations3.14 Google Ads3.15 Demo - Google Ads3.16 Google Signals3.17 Demo - Google Signals3.18 Certification Options3.19 Segment Summary3.20 Review Questions3.21 Resources3.22 Course Closeout Courses Features: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description he Google Cloud Digital Leader Certification is one of Google’s newest certifications. I am really excited by this certification since the certification brings Google to the same table as AWS/Azure when it comes to entry level certifications.Get Certified as a Digital Transformation Leader from Google!The Google Cloud Platform Cloud Digital Leader Certification is targeted towards business professionals such as marketers, C Level and sales teams. A Cloud Digital Leader can articulate the capabilities of Google Cloud core products and services and how they benefit organizations. The Cloud Digital Leader can also describe common business use cases and how cloud solutions support an enterprise.After taking our Google Cloud Digital Leader Certification course you will fully understand how to perform the following tasks or have the proper discussions: Explain what cloud technology is and the top reasons the cloud era is revolutionizing business Craft an ideal transformation challenge for your organization Identify components of a security program to build into your transformation journey Build a business case and summary page for your overall transformation project using the templates provided The Google Cloud Digital Leader certification exam is job-role agnostic and does not require hands-on experience with Google Cloud.The Cloud Digital Leader Certification exam assesses your knowledge in three areas stated by GCP: General cloud knowledge General Google Cloud knowledge Google Cloud products and services The course has these exam objectives fully covered. Video Content: 6 Hours Test Questions: 48 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: We use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1 - Google Cloud Digital Leader Course Overview 1.0 About Google Cloud Digital Leader 1.1 Course and Instructor Intro 1.2 Course PreReqs 1.3 GCP Certification Overview 1.4 GCP Digital Leader Exam ObjectivesModule 2 - General Cloud Knowledge 2.0 General Cloud Knowledge 2.1 Domain Objectives 2.2 Intro to Cloud Computing 2.3 Essential Characteristics of Cloud Computing 2.4 Service Models 2.5 Deployment Models 2.6 Multitenancy 2.7 Resilency 2.8 Replication 2.9 Automation and Orchestration 2.10 Chargeback 2.11 Vendor Lockin 2.12 Cloud Standards 2.13 OpEx, CapEx 2.14 TCO-ROI 2.15 Business Enablers 2.16 Section Summary 2.17 Review QuestionsModule 3 - General Google Cloud Knowledge 3.0 General GCP Knowledge 3.1 Domain Objectives 3.2 GCP Overview 3.3 Cloud Infrastructure 3.4 Cloud Hierarchy 3.5 Project Demo 3.6 Whiteboard Hierarchy and Projects 3.7 Service Options 3.8 Demo - Services Overview 3.9 Pricing Calculator 3.10 Demo - Pricing Calculator 3.11 Billing models and Discounts 3.12 Demo Billing 3.13 Compliance Resources 3.14 Demo - Compliance Reports Manager 3.15 Support Options 3.16 Service Level Agreement (SLA) 3.17 Google Cloud Framework and Maturity Model 3.18 Demo - Maturity Assessment 3.19 Access to GCP 3.20 Demo - GCP ACCESS 3.21 Section Summary 3.22 Review QuestionsModule 4 - Google Cloud Products and Services 4.0 Google Cloud Products and Services 4.1 Domain Objectives 4.2 Core Services 4.3 Google Compute Engine, Google Cloud VMware Engine, and Bare Metal 4.4 Compute Storage and Disk Options 4.5 App Engine, Google Cloud Functions, and Cloud Run 4.6 Google Kubernetes Engine 4.7 Demo Compute Services 4.8 Container registry 4.9 Cost and Performance Tradeoffs of Scale To Zero 4.10 Database Options - Cloud SQL, Cloud Spanner, Cloud Bigtable, BigQuery 4.11 Demo - Database Offerings 4.12 Vision API, AI Platform, TPUs 4.13 Pre Trained Models 4.14 Data Pipeline Offerings 4.15 Data Ingestion Options 4.16 Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC) 4.17 Visibility and Alerting Offerings 4.18 Identify Data Migration Options 4.19 Compute VM Migration 4.20 Whiteboard - Migrations 4.21 Application Modernization 4.22 Define Software-Defined WAN (SD-WAN) 4.23 Connectivity Options 4.24 Whiteboard - Connectivity 4.25 IAM and Security 4.26 Whiteboard Cloud Architecture 4.27 Section Summary 4.28 Review QuestionsModule 5 - Google Cloud Digital Leader Course Closeout 5.0 Google Cloud Digital Leader Course Closeout 5.1 Course Review 5.2 Resources 5.3 Exam Overview 5.4 Course Closeout Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether working towards your GCP Certification or seeking working knowledge about GCP DevOps services, our Google Cloud Platform Certification Training is for you. Course instructor Joe Holbrook recommends students have a minor amount of experience before this training, but the course is beginner-friendly.Course is best suited for the following students: Cloud Developers, Managers, Administrators, and Architects new to GCP Solution Architects new to GCP Programmers who wish to deploy applications in GCP Anyone interested in hosting highly scaleable, fault-tolerant applications (such as WordPress and Joomla) on the GCP platform IaaS or PaaS This Google Cloud Platform Certification training course covers and includes: A condensed guide to GCP DevOps How to deploy CI Pipeline Services such as Cloud Build, Source Repositories, Container Registry, and Kubernetes Engine. Over thirty lectures or modules A progress tracker, a practice exam, and links to supplemental study material Contact info for the instructor for any questions after the course is complete Video Content: 4 Hours 9 MinutesTest Questions: 50 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: We use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Course Overview1.1 Course OverviewCourse Overview1.2 Course PreReqsCourse PreReqsModule 2: DevOps BasicsDevOps FundamentalsWhat is DevOpsWhat are PipelinesContinuous Integration and DeliveryContinuous DeploymentWhiteboard Build ServicesDemo - DevOps Services on GCPModule 3: App Engine PaaSApp EngineApp Engine BasicsApp Engine DemoApp Engine Security Scanner DemoApp Engine or Kubenetes EngineModule 4: Kubenetes Engine OverviewKubenetes EngineKubernetes BasicsWhat is Kubenetes EngineDemo - Kubenetes Engine Clusters DemoKubenetes Engine Application DemoKubenetes Engine WhiteboardModule 5: DevOps Developer ToolsDevOps Services andamp; ToolsDemo - Cloud SDKDemo - Cloud ShellDemo - Cloud BuildDemo - Container RegistryDemo - Cloud Source RepositoriesDemo - Private CatalogDemo - Artifact RegistryModule 6: MicroservicesMicroservicesDemo - Cloud WatchCloud Functions-Cloud RunDemo - Cloud FunctionsDemo - Cloud RunModule 7: Management of your DevOps ServicesManagement and MonitoringCloud OperationsDemo - Cloud OperationsService AccountsCloud Endpoints and ApigeeDemo - Workflows and Cloud TasksDemo - Recommendation EngineInfrastructure as Code (IaaC)Deployment ManagerDemo - Deployment ManagerDemo - Cloud MarketplaceModule 8: Resources and CloseoutResources and CloseoutCourse SummaryDevOps Roles and Salary DemandAdditional ResourcesGoogle Cloud Platform CertificationCourse Closeout Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Graphic Design andamp; Web Design Master Training Bundle Our Graphic Design andamp; Web Design Master Bundle brings you a wide range of courses to walk you through every aspect of graphic and web design. We cover all the key Adobe software packages, as well as HTML, CSS, JavaScript andamp; Python Programming. Who is this Graphic Design andamp; Web Design Training Series for?Whether you're a beginner to Graphic Design andamp; Web Design software or an advanced user, our online training programs will provide the fundamental knowledge and skill set necessary for mastering as many of the Adobe software programs as possible. For those who are already familiar with the system, they offer instruction on more intricate features and concepts.About Our 20 Online Training CoursesEnhance your design skillset with a comprehensive bundle of 20 courses! With over 100+ hours of high-quality video tutorials that are all on demand training courses, plus resources to help you succeed, you'll be well on your way to becoming a Graphic Design andamp; Web Design Master. Expert instructors will guide you through the ins and outs of Photoshop, Illustrator, InDesign, Dreamweaver, HTML andamp; Javascript– all that's left for you is to put it into practice!Each course ensures you are up and running with the basics such as navigating through the interface, customizing preferences, manipulating layers to create effects, styling text, and publishing your work. Follow along using our project files or develop projects of your own! Whether you're a beginner or an experienced professional, this Training Series will give you the opportunity to hone your design skills and create stunning visuals using industry-leading software. Dive into image editing, vector graphic creation, and page layout with top of the line Adobe Creative Cloud applications. Our online training course covers graphic design, illustration, animation, sound editing, video editing, web design and more, students are able to immerse themselves in a world of creative fun and productivity. The Graphic Design andamp; Web Design Master Bundle includes the following courses:Adobe Photoshop CCThis Adobe Photoshop Training course is designed to equip you with the essential basics of Photoshop so that you can maximize its potential. Upon finishing, it is expected that you will be familiar enough with the program to open and import files, take advantage of navigational tools adeptly, understand fundamental imaging concepts without difficulty , perform simple editing tasks efficiently, as well as generate images appropriate for print or web-based presentations.Adobe Premiere Pro CCAdobe Premiere Pro is the industry-standard tool for timeline-based editing, which makes Premier Pro expertise a valuable commodity in the workplace. The purpose of this course is to introduce basic Premiere Pro training features and concepts so that you can use the program effectively.Adobe Illustrator CCIn this Adobe Illustrator Training Course, we’ll talk about the differences between vectors and pixel graphics as well as different color modes and when to use them. We will also explore Illustrator’s expansive toolset and apply them to real world applications such as logos, custom illustrations and vectorizing photographs.Adobe After Effects CCThis Adobe After Effects CC tutorials course is designed to provide an accessible introduction to Adobe After Effects for both novices and experienced users. You’ll start with the fundamentals, learning how to navigate the Effects interface so you can begin creating projects right away! As your skills grow, we’ll delve into more sophisticated features such as mastering workflow techniques, applying effects and presets animating text, constructing shape layers animations and showing off a multimedia presentation.Adobe Audition CCIn this Adobe Audition training course you will learn to record, edit, and mix audio just like the pros. Adobe Audition is one of the best audio mixing software suites you can use. Musicians, podcasters and video producers alike prefer it, as It works seamlessly with other Adobe applications like Premiere Pro and After Effects.Adobe Lightroom CCIn this Adobe Lightroom Course, you will learn the basic tools and editing fundamentals in order to take your photography work to the next level via professional post-production.Adobe InDesign CCAdobe InDesign is an indispensable tool for anyone looking to create cohesive layouts that combine text and visuals. In our Adobe InDesign training course, you will learn it can be used to create dynamic materials such as books, magazines, brochures or portfolios; with InDesign ou can also craft eye-catching business cards, advertisements, posters and flyers that are sure to make a lasting impression!Adobe BehanceThrough this online Adobe Behance Course, you will uncover the power of Adobe Behance—a service included in Adobe Creative Cloud. Not only will you learn to display and promote your creative work, but also discover other inspiring artists’ projects!. Creative professionals will be able to build profiles consisting of projects and others can comment, work, etc. on those projects within this creative community destination.Adobe FontsIn this online Adobe Fonts Training course you will learn how to access a library of high-quality fonts to use in your designs. These fonts can be used in numerous projects, such as ads, websites, and various graphic design projects. This fundamental training course is great for anyone working in the creative field and uses graphic design for any portion of their job responsibilities.Adobe PortfolioThis Adobe Portfolio Training course will teach you how to use this online, social-media based website editor. You will learn how to create, manage, and personalize your work in order to showcase it to others. This course is great for anyone in the graphic design field, as well as all those involved in a creative profession.Adobe StockIn this Adobe Stock Training course you will learn how to access millions of high-quality, curated, and royalty-free photos. Adobe Stock also includes illustrations, vector graphics, and many more creative tools. You can use these assets with any and all of your creative work.Adobe Dreamweaver CCThis Adobe Dreamweaver Training course will teach you how to gain an understanding of web concepts, coding languages, resolutions practices, as well as basic code, and design process on how to build your website with Adobe Dreamweaver CC. Adobe Premiere RushThis Adobe Premiere Rush Course will teach you how to use this video editing software that is meant to create videos quickly and easily. Although it is more simplified than the related Adobe Premiere Pro, it is a very robust program that can do powerful high-quality editing.Adobe SparkThis course is comprised of three different programs geared towards creating social media and web-based content, Adobe Spark Post, Adobe Spark Page, and Adobe Spark Video. The course is intended for people who are content creators for the internet and who need fast editing capabilities to create professional-looking media content.Adobe XDAdobe XD is the ideal Vector based software for UI and UX Designers to create remarkable prototypes, wireframes, and designs for interactive screen-based applications such as websites or mobile apps. This program offers a great opportunity to quickly learn to craft design models that are compatible with screens or mobiles in no time at all! HTML EssentialsThis Learn HTML course is designed for beginner level individuals who are interested in learning how to build a page for a website. Our comprehensive training course dives into all areas of HTML writing andamp; editing so that by the end, you will be an expert in coding with HTML!CSS EssentialsCascading Style Sheets (CSS) provides the ability to create visually pleasing and sophisticated websites. In this CSS3 Training course, users at all levels will be instructed on how to use it effectively with ease.JavaScript EssentialsThe JavaScript Essentials online training course is designed to teach students the Front-End Web Development fundamentals of JavaScript programming. This Java Programming course is critical for someone trying to get into web development and wanting to learn more about JavaScript fundamentals and Programming Principles. With Or on-demand online JavaScript development course training sessions, explore the limitless possibilities and upgrade your skillset today!HTML5 andamp; CSS3 Web Design Fundamentals with JavaScriptLearn to create great websites in our web design course. The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is essential to modern web browsing. Its essential language that browsers utilize to present information is the Hypertext Markup Language (HTML). The most current version, HTML5, is coupled with Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) to improve page layout and style.Python ProgrammingPython, which has been around for nearly three decades, is one of the most widely used programming languages in existence. This Python programming course is particularly helpful to data scientists and machine learning professionals, Python stands out due to its ease-of-use – it’s no wonder that universities now make it their go-to language when teaching coding. Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: We use the industry's finest instructors who have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Our custom practice quizzes and tests prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Minimise risk to your customers, caused by poor hygiene and contamination, by implementing a food safety management system within your workplace. Our Online HACCP (Hazard Analysis andamp; Critical Control Points) training program identifies control procedures that can be implemented in your workplace and will help you gain a thorough understanding of H.A.C.C.P principles and how to apply them to your business. This HACCP e-learning course is suitable for every sector of the food industry. H.A.C.C.P has applied to businesses of all sizes and since 2006 has become mandatory in all UK food handling operations. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES The benefits of a H.A.C.C.P system Implementation of H.A.C.C.P Failure to implement H.A.C.C.P Conducting a hazard analysis Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
HACCP Level 2 Online Course CPD andamp; RoSPA ApprovedCourse DescriptionHACCP stands for Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point. It is an internationally recognised food safety management system that is used to identify, evaluate and control hazards which are significant for food safety. Rather than being a reactive system, HACCP is pro-active. The focus is on prevention of hazards rather than relying mainly on end-product testing. This course will start by covering some of the key terms you will need to understand before moving on to identifying critical control points and analysing some of the key hazards. It’ll show you how to determine control points and how to avoid cross-contamination in the food chain. It will also cover some of the control measures that can be taken along with how to address a problem is a critical limit is breached. Towards the end of the course all this will be brought together by taking you step by step through the implementation of HACCP and see how the 7 principles of HACCP are integrated into the whole process.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Key DefinitionsModule 2: Microbiological Hazards and ControlsModule 3: Chemical Hazards and Controls Module 4: Allergens and Avoiding Cross-Contamination Module 5: Physical Hazards and Controls Module 6: Prerequisite Programmes Module 7: Implementation of HACCP Module 8: The 7 Principles of Hazard Control in PracticeDuration: 80 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Hair for Parents course is a great opportunity for parents to learn how to do their child’s hair effectively. Fathers particularly find themselves at a disadvantage with a daughter who wants her dad to put up her hair or take her to the salon for a new hair style. This can be daunting for most fathers and having the knowledge this course provides can help you give your daughter the hair care and styles she wants. Whether you are a single dad or you just want to be able to provide your daughter with what she wants, this course will give you the insight and information you need so you can ensure that you create lasting memories for both of you, enabling you to do everything you can to help your daughter with her hair styling and care at all times. Introduction to Hair for Parents This course is brimming with useful information for parents who want to provide their child with the best hair care and styles. The course is broken into five information packed modules, each one giving advice and tips to help you provide your child with the best hair care. You will have access to all course modules online with lifetime access so you can revert back to any module as and when needed. What You Will Learn This course will give you a lot of valuable information that you can use for years. During the course you will go through each module in detail, learning about the different hair types and trends, so you can provide your child with all their hair requirements. Some of the things you can expect to learn when taking this course include: Identify why it’s important for you learn to do your child’s hair Know the different types of hair and the care each of the types require Get insight into the latest trends and why you need to know what they are Learn how to keep hair healthy Know what products to use on what hair Know how to wash hair properly and how to avoid the risk of over shampooing Identify how to avoid common hair conditions in children, such as dandruff and nits, along with how to treat them Learn about the various hair products from sprays to gels and mousse, plus much more Know how to choose the right shampoo. Learn the different hair trends for boys and girls Identify how often trends change Gain valuable tips on how to change a style Learn about the different hair textures and colours Benefits There are many benefits for parents taking this course. As well as learning about your child’s hair and identifying how take care of it, some of the benefits you can expect from the Hair for Parents course are: The whole course is online Reputable training company providing an information packed course you can trust Broken into five easy to manage and understandable modules, each one brimming with useful information Access course material from any device connected to the internet Study from anywhere, whether you want to learn from home or on your way home from the office Enjoy the convenience of excellent online support at all times Get access to all learning modules for life. Access your account at anytime from anywhere. Start using the information straight away Feel confident when your child asks you to help them with their hair Learn all the latest trends, so you are able to provide your child with the confidence that they need Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Why Learn to do Your Child’s Hair? Module 2 : How to Maintain Healthy Hair Module 3 : Products you can Use on Hair Module 4 : Latest Hair Trends for Boys and Girls Module 5 : Different Types of Hair andamp; Tutorials Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Anyone who wants to enjoy the rewarding career of a hair stylist will benefit from this information packed online course which is overflowing with valuable advice, tips and more to give you the knowledge you need to work in the hair industry. The course is designed to give you all the skills and knowledge you will need in this line of work to provide your clients with the best advice and service, helping you build your career or start your very own hair salon. Introduction to the Hair Stylist Diploma This diploma is for anyone who wants a career in the hair industry, whether you want to start your own salon or work in a salon as a stylist. You will find the course very easy to use and understand. The course is broken down into twenty seven easy to manage modules, each one providing you with valuable information you can start using in the workplace without delay. On completion of this course, which you can access online with any device, you receive your certification which is industry recognised. All certifications can be verified via the website, giving prospective employers complete peace of mind when confirming your credentials. What You Will Learn This course is overflowing with information relating to the hairdressing industry. During the course you will be taken through twenty seven modules, each one focusing on another important element of the industry. Some of the things you can expect to learn when taking this course include: Learn why hairdressing is such a rewarding career Identify with hairdressing from pre-historic times Get insight into the evolution of hair styling from around the world from Egypt to Greece and Africa to Rome Information on training as an apprentice hairdresser in the United Kingdom What NVQ qualifications you will need to become a hair stylist in the United Kingdom Job availability within the UK Understand the anatomy of hair Know how hair grows along with its life cycle Know what parts of the hair determine colour and texture Learn the importance of client consultations Identify what equipment you are going to need Know the different types of combs and brushes Get insight into why shampoo is so important Learn about hair protein treatments, straightening creams, hair sprays and more Gain valuable information on client communications Know about front office etiquette and the best way to handle a client consultation Understand how to work with different hair types Enjoys tips and advice on how to run a successful salon Know why it is so important to base hairstyle on face shape Understand the different facial shapes Know how to shampoo and condition hair in a professional manner Enjoy step by step procedures to conditioning hair effectively Learn more about the hair dryer along with essential blow drying techniques Benefit from step by step hair styling techniques Gain insight into hair colouring techniques Get a good understanding of the different hair styling tips for special occasions and weddings Learn the different hair styles for children Identify with different hair up styling techniques and braiding Know everything there is about hair extensions Learn how to set prices Gain valuable insight into the importance of hygiene within the salon environment Know the importance of customer service Get tips and advice on setting up your own hair salon Learn some useful marketing strategies Get information on managing costs, forms and more Benefits There are numerous benefits to taking this course online. The hair stylist diploma will provide you with a solid foundation to start your career in the hairdressing industry. Some of the benefits you can enjoy when choosing this diploma are: Complete all coursework online Study at your own pace and in the comfort of your own home Enjoy online support Access coursework on any device Lifetime access to modules The course is broken into easy to manage modules Fast track your career Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 27 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction, Career Opportunities and Reasons to Learn Hairdressing Module 2 : History of Hair Module 3 : Job Availability and Working in the UK Hairdressing Industry Module 4 : Anatomy of Hair and Scalp Module 5 : Hair and Scalp Analysis Module 6 : Equipment needed to do Hair Module 7 : Hair Care Products Module 8 : Client Communications andamp; Consultation Module 9 : How to Work with different Hair Types Module 10 : Strategies and Ideas for a Successful Salon Module 11 : Hair Colour and Hair Shape Module 12 : Professional Hair Washing, Shampoo and Conditioning Module 13 : Everything about Blow-drying Module 14 : Step-by-Step Hair Styling Techniques Module 15 : Hair Colouring Techniques Module 16 : Hairstyles for Weddings and Special Occasions Module 17 : Hairstyles for Children Module 18 : Hair Up-Styling and Braiding Techniques Module 19: Everything that you need to know about Hair Extensions Module 20: Head and Scalp Massage Module 21: Personal Presentation and Hygiene in a Salon Module 22: Analysing the Pros and Cons of Working in the Hairdressing Industry Module 23: Salon Reception and Customer Service Module 24: How to Set Up and Start your Own Salon Business Module 25: Marketing Strategies for Salon Businesses Module 26: Initial Funding, Setting Prices and Managing Costs Module 27: Forms and Record Keeping Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Handling Information in a Care Setting Online Course CPD ApprovedWhen working in a care setting it is so important to build positive relationships with care users. Confidentiality and the correct handling of personal information are vital for trusting relationships and a breach in this may lead to a service user becoming unwilling to cooperate with their care providers. This course provides an introduction to the concept of handling information in care settings. At the end of the course, you will understand the need for secure handling of information and you will know how to access support if you have any questions regarding access to information. The course will cover the important role confidentiality plays in developing trusting relationships with the people in your care and it will define key terms such as ‘need to know’ and ‘consent’. It also touches on the legislation that is in place relating to the handling and storing of information and the obligations each person has under these laws.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: LegislationModule 2: Putting it Into Practice Duration: 20 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Dealing with consumer objections is a huge part of any sales position. Not every customer is going to be easily convinced that your product is best for them, and they may come up with numerous objections to the sale.Part of your job is to seriously address these concerns, taking the time to thoroughly understand each one. Only then can you go through the steps that you need to take, in order to overcome them, convincing the customer that your product is the best one for their unique needs.This course goes into detail regarding how to handle sales objections throughout your career. It begins by giving you an overview of the preliminary skills that you need to master, before you can begin handling any customer concerns.Next, we will review the most common types of objections that you can expect to encounter, along with a few quick tips on how to overcome them. We will also cover more general techniques that can be applied to other types of objections.Finally, we review ways in which to handle complaints, which are essentially objections from customers, once the sale has been completed.What's Covered in the Course? Why you need to develop credibility early on in the sales process How to overcome misunderstandings and scepticism regarding a product; The importance of asking questions, when dealing with customer objections Why you need to tackle the biggest objection first The role of listening in handling complaints The best strategies to use, when dealing with objections or complaints from existing customers Benefits of Taking This Course Learning important communication skills that you need, in order to close sales Learning how to address issues, such as customer indifference to your product Understanding the important role that honesty plays in the sales process Understanding why you need to develop a keen sense of empathy, when dealing with customers Learning how and when to follow up with your customers Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 30 minutes to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction Module 2: How to Turn Things Around Module 03: How to Overcome Most Barriers to a Sale Module 04: The Pitfalls that you need to Avoid Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The goal and outcome of this module is to address ways of handling violence and aggression, paying particular attention to those issues relevant to Health and Social Care Professionals. We will cover the strategies that you may choose to adopt in order to avoid and if necessary handle, violence and aggression within the workplace. As a result, both yourself and others will be better placed to feel safer at work. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is physical and non-physical violence and aggression? Bullying and harassment and the implications. Harassment and assault by clients, patients or relatives. Recognising early warning signals of violence to staff and risk awareness. Self defence, summary of control, compromise, fighting back or fighting free. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Within this module we will look at what a redundancy actually is, how they might be avoided and what the law says. You will see what the consultation process is and why having a proper selection process is important. You will learn what the notices periods are, who is entitled to a redundancy payment and how to calculate it. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is redundancy? Avoiding redundancies What the law says Consultation Importance of consultation Types of consultation The selection process Establishing a pool Fair and unfair criteria Notice and pay Notice entitlements Redundancy payments Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Every year, British employees report over 600,000 workplace injuries. Not all injuries are preventable, but good hazard identification and risk control can go a long way in making the workplace a safer environment for everyone.In this course, you will learn how to quickly identify hazards, assess the danger they pose to employees and others at work and how to reduce risk as far as is reasonably practicable. You will learn about your obligations under the law when it comes to health and safety and how to keep accurate records.What's Covered in the Course? What the terms “hazard” and “risk” mean in an occupational context and how key pieces of legislation help employers make the workplace safer for everyone How to uncover hazards in the workplace, make a realistic assessment of the risk presented by these hazards and who you need to consult when making your assessment How to keep appropriate records of risk assessments, what information you need to keep on file and how often you need to update your records How to implement the hierarchy of control to manage any identified risks by using elimination, substitution, controls and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Benefits of Taking This Course If you are an employer, you will benefit from learning about your legal obligations regarding hazard identification and risk management If you are responsible for carrying out risk assessments in the workplace, you will benefit from learning how to keep useful records If you need to implement new safety measures or review existing measures at work, this course will help you decide on the most appropriate interventions from those available If you are an employee, you will benefit from understanding how and why employers need to undertake risk assessments and why your input on this topic can be invaluable Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What are Hazards and Risks? Module 2: How to Identify Hazards and Risks in the Workplace Module 3: How to Record Hazards and Risks in the Workplace Module 4: Reducing Risks Using the Hierarchy of Control Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Over one million people in England and Wales seek emergency or urgent treatment for head injuries every year. Some of these injuries occur in the workplace, particularly in high-risk industries such as construction and mining. Therefore, it is crucial that workers are adequately protected against the most common causes of head injury.This course outlines the practical steps you need to take when choosing and using head protection at work, as well as the legal obligations which must be met by employers and employees under the law.What's Covered in the Course? Why employers should take the issue of head protection seriously, the consequences of head injury, who is most at risk and the main pieces of legislation governing the use of head protection at work. The most common types of protective headgear used in the workplace, how safety helmets and bump caps reduce the risk of injury and how to choose the best type of head protection for your needs. The average lifespan of protective headgear, how to clean and store safety helmets and bump caps and the signs the suggest you need to replace them. Why workers need to comply with head and safety rules in the workplace, how to build a safety-centric work culture, the role of training in promoting compliance and why some employees are exempt from the rules the require them to wear head protection. Benefits of Taking This Course Anyone responsible for undertaking risk assessments and drawing up health and safety policies in a workplace will benefit from this overview of the proper use and care of head protection. If you are working as a health and safety trainer, this course will help you develop comprehensive training materials for those working in high-risk industries. This course will help those in supervisory roles encourage compliance in the workplace, thereby reducing the number of accidents that occur. If you are an employee in an industry that requires you to wear head protection, you will benefit from learning more about how head protection lowers your risk of injury. Anyone interested in the field of occupational health will find this course to be of interest, as it outlines the causes and consequences of head injury in the workplace. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Why and When do Employees Need to use Protective Headgear Module 2: Choosing the Right Head Protection Equipment Module 3: How to Maintain and Store Protective headgear Module 4: Training and Compliance Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Do you have a passion for a healthy lifestyle, incorporating diet and exercise into your daily routine that you now want to share with others? This diploma will teach you everything you need to know about being an effective fitness instructor/personal trainer and helping your clients achieve their fitness goals on a daily basis. 32 comprehensive modules The Health andamp; Fitness Career Course is broken into comprehensive modules which will teach you everything you need to know to become a successful fitness instructor or personal trainer. The course is set in manageable modules which you can study at your own pace and in your own time while still having the benefit of a full time position. End of course certification On completion of the course you will be required to pass a test, which is made up of multiple choice questions based on the modules you have studied. Once you pass, you will be able to download and print your certificate and start using your new diploma to enjoy a successful career within the fitness industry. What You Will Learn This course is designed to provide you with a complete overview of what you need to become a successful fitness instructor or personal trainer. During the course you can expect to learn the following: Learn what you will need to begin your career in fitness, from the skills you will need to the role you will be expected to perform on a daily basis. Understand the human anatomy of the bones, their function and how exercise can impact the bones. You will also learn about how bones are affected as part of the ageing process. Learn more about the cardiovascular system from the heart's function to respiratory function and how these are impacted by exercise, along with the benefits. Get an understanding of muscles and how they work and the different muscle types. Understand joints and nervous system, as well as injury prevention. Learn more about obesity and diabetes and how the two are linked. Obesity has become a serious issue in the United Kingdom with more people being diagnosed with diabetes on a daily basis. Get a good understanding of a healthy and well-balanced diet and why this is so important in conjunction with exercise. Learn the five main food groups, types of food and how to set nutritional goals. Learn how to encourage your clients to embrace an active lifestyle and how it can benefit them in the long run. Identify how exercise impacts the body as a whole. Learn how to safely monitor your clients' exercise intensity. Learn how to set fitness plans in place, how to plan, difficulties you may face and standards you must adhere to. Get a good understanding of the importance of stretching, working with disabled customers and outdoor exercise routines. Learn how to work with children, from exercise to diet. Identify if yoga or pilates may be something you will want to specialise in. Know how to deal with emergencies in the fitness industry. Benefits of taking the Fitness Diploma The Health andamp; Fitness Career Course will provide you with a wide number of benefits to help you enjoy a successful career as a fitness instructor or personal trainer. Fast track your career. Improve your career prospects. Improve your knowledge and skill when it comes to the human anatomy. Understand the link between exercise and diet. Know how to work with your client, encourage them and support them to achieve their goals. Use any device to access the modules online, enabling you to study from anywhere at any time. Study at your own pace with no schedules or deadlines to adhere to. Be rewarded with an industry recognised certification on successful completion. Take advantage of online support during your studies. Be confident in your abilities and knowledge as a fitness instructor or personal trainer. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 32 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Beginning a career in the fitness industry Module 2 : Anatomy – the skeleton Module 3 : Anatomy – cardiovascular system Module 4 : Anatomy – muscles and somatotypes Module 5 : Anatomy – The nervous system Module 6 : Anatomy of the joints Module 7 : Obesity andamp; Diabetes Module 8 : Diet and fitness Module 9 : Collecting andamp; analysing nutritional information andamp; nutritional goal setting Module 10 : Encouraging clients to incorporate activity into their lifestyle andamp; understanding of health benefits Module 11 : The effects of exercise on the body Module 12 : How to safely monitor exercise intensity Module 13 : GP and exercise referral Module 14 : Preparing fitness plans for clients Module 15: Stretching Fitness Module 16: Fitness training for disabled people Module 17: Group personal training Module 18: Gym exercising – Planning and Instructing Module 19: An in depth look at personal training Module 20: Outdoor fitness Module 21: Children – Fitness and Diet Module 22: Yoga Instructing Module 23: Pilates Instructor Module 24: Understanding emergency procedures in a fitness environment Module 25: Understanding andamp; Controlling risks in a fitness environment Module 26: Safeguarding Children and Vulnerable Adults Module 27: Setting up your own Fitness or Personal Training business Module 28: Customer care. Dealing with enquiries Module 29: Finance Module 30: Insurance and Tax Module 31: Marketing yourself as a personal trainer Module 32: Health and Safety Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description If you're looking for a comprehensive bundle of practical health andamp; safety skills for the workplace, then look no further! This program would suit an individual looking at gaining a wide range of practical health andamp; safety skills for use in the workplace, or an employer who wanted to provide access to these programs to their staff. CPD Accredited Programs included in this bundle: COSHH Training CPD Accredited Online Course HACCP CPD Accredited Online Course RIDDOR CPD Accredited Online Course Asbestos Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Falls Prevention CPD Accredited Online Course Fire Safety Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Fire Warden/Marshal CPD Accredited Online Course First Aid CPD Accredited Online Course Food Safety Level 1 CPD Accredited Online Course Food Safety Level 2 in Catering CPD Accredited Online Course Food Safety Level 2 in Manufacturing CPD Accredited Online Course Food Safety Level 2 in Retail CPD Accredited Online Course Health andamp; Safety Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Legionnaires Disease CPD Accredited Online Course Level 3 Award in Supervising Food Safety CPD Accredited Online Course Moving andamp; Handling of Objects CPD Accredited Online Course Moving andamp; Handling of People CPD Accredited Online Course Slips, Trips andamp; Falls - Healthcare CPD Accredited Online Course Slips, Trips and Falls: Hospitality CPD Accredited Online Course Working at Height CPD Accredited Online Course Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?Each course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based courses as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The tests, like the courses, are online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the tests first time then you will get further opportunities to take them again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the tests. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificates any time you need them. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that each program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for each end of course test. Many students ask us why we create our larger course bundles, when some people may not have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Are your employees aware of their responsibilities under The Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 and the Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999. Furthermore, under Health and Safety Legislation, employers are required to provide appropriate health and Safety training for themselves and/or their employees. This course will ensure that you and your employees comply with legislation and raise awareness of the need to provide a healthy, safe working environment ensuring the welfare of everyone Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Health andamp; Safety explained Health andamp; Safety related accidents and ill-health Health andamp; Safety in the workplace Legal responsibilities and requirements Policies and procedures Workplace hazards RIDDOR Accident Reporting and Record keeping Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Health andamp; Safety in a Care Setting Online Course IIRSM andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionCare homes are owned and managed by a wide range of organisations, including local authorities, the NHS, and organisations from the private and voluntary sectors.They differ from other workplaces because they are not only places of work; they are also homes for their residents.They should be places where the dignity and freedom of the residents is respected, and where everyone’s health and safety is managed effectively.To achieve this, everyone involved must understand their responsibilities.This course discusses the legislation that applies to care homes, the responsibilities of management and employees and looks at developing systems of work.It also covers what to do in some common hazards you might encounter as well as some Emergency situations.It concludes by discussing some aspects of the work environment and staff welfare.Target AudienceThis course is aimed at anyone working in the care sector and should act as an introduction to health and safety in their place of work.AdvantagesAs this course covers a wide range of health and safety situations the course provides a strong basis to further build on with more training.CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves.Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.Further ProgressionOther courses in our Health and Social Care suite compliment this one and when combined can form the basis for the candidates work towards achieving their Care Certificate.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: ResposibiltiesModule 3: SystemsModule 4: Accidents and Illness Part 1Module 5: Accidents and Illness Part 2Module 6: Moving and HandlingModule 7: General Hazards: Fires, Gas and ElectricityModule 8: Aggression, Violence, Security and StressModule 9: Work Environment and Welfare Duration: 80 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Health and safety applies to everyone in the workplace. Every year, thousands of people suffer from work-related illness and injury. When workers need to take time off, the organisation suffers – so it is in an employer’s best interest to keep their workers safe and healthy. In this course, you will learn about the most common hazards workers face on a daily basis. You will discover how health and safety law works in both theory and practice, equipping you to spot hazards in any working environment, and to play a role in minimising harm. Whether you are an employer, employee, or self-employed individual, this course will provide you with a thorough grounding in health and safety law in the UK. You will discover that health and safety is not merely an exercise in bureaucracy, but a necessity in the maintenance of a productive workforce. You Will Learn: What health and safety means, why it is important that everyone in the workplace understands their responsibilities, and how health and safety legislation is implemented. Why employers must carry out risk assessments, what they need to do once they have identified workplace hazards, and when they are legally obliged to keep records. The risks that come with manual handling activities including lifting and carrying, and how these can be prevented. The dangers posed by electricity and the measures employers need to take in order to minimise the risk of electric shock and death. The factors that make fires and electrical explosions more likely to occur in the workplace, and how these hazards can be minimised or eliminated. The precautions that need to be put in place when working at height, and how to use ladders and stepladders in a safe manner. Why workers may suffer stress in the workplace, the relationship between work and mental health, and how employers can support their employees in maintaining psychological wellbeing. The physical and emotional consequences of exposure to noise and vibration in the workplace, and how changes to equipment and work procedures can reduce the chance of adverse effects. The many risks posed by vehicles in the workplace, and how employers can ensure that sites, drivers and vehicles are suitable for the job. The benefits of first aid and how an employer can assess the first aid provisions they must make in the workplace. Benefits Of Taking the Health andamp; Safety At Work Course If you are an employer, this course will help you understand how to meet your obligations under UK law. The knowledge of health and safety you will gain is a great starting point if you wish to pursue a career as a health and safety adviser. If you are an employee, your knowledge of health and safety will help you alert your employer to any hazards in the workplace, which will safeguard everyone’s wellbeing. You will learn about the role trade union officials and employee representatives play in health and safety, so this course is useful if you perform this kind of role at work. Your knowledge will make you an attractive candidate for roles that require you to supervise people undertaking potentially dangerous work. You can study from any location with an internet connection. Learn the material at any time and at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines. Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Health and Safety in the Workplace Module 2: Risk Assessment in the Workplace Module 3: Manual Handling in the Workplace Module 4: Electrical Safety in the Workplace Module 5: Fires and Explosions in the Workplace Module 6: Working At Height Module 7: Dealing with Stress, Anxiety, Depression and Violence in the Workplace Module 8: Dealing with Noise and Vibration in the Workplace Module 9: The Safe Use of Vehicles in the Workplace Module 10: First Aid in the Workplace Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The goals and outcomes of this course are to further your understanding of Health and Safety along two strands. The first is Health and Safety legislation and the second is your role and the role of others in relation to Health and Safety within the workplace. The contents will cover the following areas: - Introduction to the Health and Safety training session. - Legislation roles and responsibilities. Health and Safety Executive regulations. - Guidance notes and codes of practice. - Management of Health and Safety in the workplace. - Risk assessment (including risk reporting). - Bullying and harassment by members of staff. - Safe working practice. (Latex allergy, needle stick injuries/ sharp injury's, buying of new equipment). COURSE OUTLINE Introduction to the Health and Safety training session Legislation roles and responsibilities Health and Safety Executive regulations Guidance notes and codes of practice Management of Health and Safety in the workplace Risk assessment (including risk reporting) Examples of workplace hazards Bullying and harassment by members of staff Safe working practice. (Latex allergy, needle stick injuries/ sharp injury's, buying of new equipment) Training Qandamp;A. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Health andamp; Social Care Certificate course contains all the knowledge you require to enter into a successful career as a carer. Upon completing the course, you will have the skills necessary to enter into this growing and important field. This course has been designed to give students a full overview of all you need to know to work as a carer, even if you are new to the industry. You will learn everything from how to safely handle other people to how to safely use technological advances in the workplace. We have ensured that this course contains all the information required to enhance your future or current career. The Health and Social Care Certificate course is completed entirely online, which gives you the opportunity to learn at your own pace. We provide 24/7 access to the course materials, too, which means you can study when and where it is convenient for you. We also offer online support for those who require extra help. Many students complete the care course when working full time, which gives you a chance to train without losing valuable income. Remember, the course is flexible, so you can learn whenever it is convenient for you. You can access this course from any device with an internet connection. The modules are flexible, easy to navigate, and short enough to handle in a sitting. Upon completing the course, there is a multiple choice exam that you must pass. When you do so, you will earn your certificate. This certificate can be printed directly from the course website. What You Will Learn The Health and Social Care Certificate course was created to give students all they require to step into this thriving industry. Upon completing the course, you can easily step into the role as a carer or seek out further educational opportunities in the carer field. The carer course covers the following: Your rights as a carer Safe practices at the workplace Safeguarding vulnerable adults Fire safety Controlling and preventing infection Heart health and basic adult life support Food safety Mental capacity laws Mental health awareness First aid Dementia Safeguarding children Benefits of the Health andamp; Social Care course Those who take the carer course will benefit from the following: The ability to study from any location as long as you have an internet connection. Capacity to study at the pace that is right for you without any added deadline pressure. The use of any device you choose, including tablets, computers and mobile phones. Easy to learn and digest course materials thanks to short modules and activities. Online support available when needed. Ability to access the full syllabus at any time, which keeps you focused. An increase in confidence in the carer field while learning to excel at a pace that is comfortable for you. You will obtain recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects. Affordable course material, which is accessible 24/7. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 19 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Best Practices for the Safe Handling of People Module 2: The Rights and Roles of Carers Module 3: Safe Practices for Manual Handling Activities in the Workplace Module 4: Guidance for Carers on the Safeguarding of Vulnerable Adults Module 5: Fire Prevention and Safety Module 6: Preventing and Controlling the Spread of Infection Module 7: Health and Safety for Employees in the Care Sector Module 8: Heart Health and Adult Basic Life Support (BLS) Module 9: A Carers Guide to Food Safety and Hygiene Designed to Protect People from Harm Module 10: A Care Workers Guide to COSHH (Control of Substances Hazardous to Health) Module 11: Master Communication – Avoiding the Barriers Module 12: Understanding Mental Capacity Laws and the Depravation of Liberty Safeguards Module 13: Mental Health Awareness for Community Care Module 14: Equality, Diversity and Human Rights Module 15: First Aid Awareness Module 16: Dementia Awareness Module 17: Data Protection – Safeguarding Confidential Personal Data Module 18: The Roles of Carers for Safeguarding Children Module 19: Display Screen Equipment: The Safe Use of Technology at Work Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description If you're looking for a comprehensive bundle of awareness programs in healthcare, then look no further! This program would suit an individual looking at getting a wide-ranging background in healthcare topics, or an employer who wanted to provide access to these programs to their staff. CPD Accredited Programs included in this bundle: Allergen Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Anaphylaxis Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Autism Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Cancer Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Carers Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Communication Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Diabetes Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Disability Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Drugs andamp; Alcohol Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Epilepsy Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Equality andamp; Diversity Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Fire Safety Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Health andamp; Safety Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Mental Health Awareness CPD Nutrition Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Stress Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Stroke Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Substance Misuse Awareness Level 3 CPD Accredited Online Course Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?Each course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based courses as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The tests, like the courses, are online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the tests first time then you will get further opportunities to take them again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the tests. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificates any time you need them. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that each program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for each end of course test. Many students ask us why we create our larger course bundles, when some people may not have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Regardless of the size and nature of your organization, hiring and retaining the top talent can often prove to be a challenge, especially when seen in the light of competitive job markets. The hiring process can feel daunting and some key facts may fall through the cracks in the absence of a clear and consistent hiring strategy. Implementing a strong hiring process helps shorten the time-consuming recruitment lifecycle and reduces costs. Bad hires cost organizations thousands of pounds and you are forced to repeat the hiring cycle all over again. You Will Learn: The importance of implementing a clear hiring process in order to select the right employees for your organization How to describe the job position available so that you can attract the best talent available How to screen CVs from a large pool of prospective candidates and how to identify red flags that help eliminate unqualified job seekers How to conduct preliminary phone screen interviews and pre-assessment tests How to conduct professional, methodical, and well-planned interviews and secure the best talent for your organization Benefits of Studying This Course You become aware of the steps involved in the hiring process and this can help you reduce the recruitment lifecycle and save costs You are able to identify unsuitable candidates and weed them out at an early stage and focus on attracting the right talent There is an increased likelihood of hiring the right employees who will contribute to the success and growth of your organization Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Why you should Hire the Right Employees Module 02: How to Outline a Job Position to Attract Suitable Candidates Module 03: What to look for while Screening CVs Module 04: Phone Screening and Pre-Interview Assessments Module 05: How to Conduct Interviews and Make the Final Offer Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description When it comes to your workplace, diversity is more than just a common buzzword. It could be the key to your company’s success. Recent studies conducted by numerous organizations have shown the huge benefit that a diverse workforce can have on a company. Everything from your bottom line to your reputation in the community to the working environment can change, when you invest your time and money in hiring a diverse range of staff members. This course provides you with comprehensive information about hiring for a diverse workforce. It begins by providing you with the definition of diversity and giving you a few examples. We then move on to discuss how to recruit, when diversity is your goal, including aspects of your existing hiring practices that you need to abandon. Next, we move on to discuss the ways in which your company can retain its diverse workforce. Finally, we cover the considerations that you need to think about, when creating a diversity policy, including its numerous benefits. You Will Learn: The most common diversity types that you can expect to see in the workforce How a diverse workforce can benefit your company Information to include and to omit from your job postings in order to attract diverse candidates The reasons why you need a diversity policy Which individuals you should consult, before finalizing any draft diversity policy, and why What the ‘pipeline problem’ is, and how to overcome it with ease Benefits of Studying This Course Understanding what diversity means, especially in a corporate context Learning what characteristics are protected under UK law Knowing how diverse staff members can add to your organization’s success Learning how to examine your own attitude and correct any potential bias or address any pre-existing prejudices Understanding the importance of accountability on the part of management, when it comes to a diversity strategy Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What is Diversity? Module 02: Recruiting with Diversity in Mind Module 03: Retaining a Diverse Workforce Module 04: Creating a Diversity Policy Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This comprehensive course can enhance your career prospects as a holiday representative. Whether you are fresh and new to the travel industry or you have experience and are looking to brush up your skills, this course will provide you with information and insight to help you achieve success. Introduction to the Holiday Rep Diploma The holiday rep diploma covers everything you need to know about this rewarding and demanding role from what the job entails to the duties you are required to complete and the legal aspects you need to be aware of. The course comprises of eighteen modules that take approximately fifteen hours to complete. The benefit is that you can study at your own pace and in your own time; you find the modules online, enabling you to study using any device from anywhere where you have an internet connection. During your study you will enjoy the added guidance and support from experienced tutors and on completion you will be awarded an industry recognised qualification. What you Will Learn Understand your role as a holiday rep and how to secure yourself a position at a luxury resort. Get to know the career prospects for holiday reps from what traits tour operators look for to your certifications, passport and more. Know what types of holiday reps there are and the importance of being able to work as part of a team. Get a good understanding of British tourism and how age old traditions still play a role today. Receive valuable information on the different sectors associated with travel and tourism. Learn what makes the travel industry thrive. Learn how economic factors can influence your career moving forward, along with threats to the tourism industry at any given time. Identify the top qualities you need to have to ensure you are a team player. You will also learn how to sustain high team morale. Know your duties from health and safety to responsibilities, entertainment and more. Learn how to present yourself in a professional manner from uniforms to behaviour. This module will also provide you with valuable information on protecting yourself and occupational hazards you need to be aware of. Understand the legal side of the job. Know the Trade Descriptions Act, the Disability Discriminations Act and why you need to understand Denied Boarding Legislation. Get a firm understanding of guest safety from tips and advice to why it's so important. Learn how to deal with customer complaints effectively from resolving disputes to dealing with difficult customers. Understand the administrative tasks of the job, including reporting, cash handling and currency conversions. Learn how to hold the perfect customer meeting that makes a lasting impression. Get a good understanding on the basics of selling with valuable information on sales presentations to help you achieve success. Know how to handle transfers quickly and effectively to ensure the highest level of service at all times. Benefits of Taking the Holiday Rep Diploma There are numerous benefits to choosing to complete the holiday rep diploma. This is an entry level course and no previous experience or knowledge is required in order to register, but it is also a worthwhile course for those within the travel industry that haven't completed a qualification, helping them improve their chances of a successful career in the future. The benefits of completing this course include: Up to date content that you can rely on. Get to understand the role of a holiday rep to help you complete your job to the highest standard at all times. Gain the confidence you need when managing clients. The course will open doors for you and help you achieve success in the travel industry. The course is industry recognised. On completion and successfully passing the multiple-choice test, you can download and print your certification immediately. The course can be studied at any time on any device with a connection to the internet offering convenience. Overall the course takes approximately fifteen hours to complete. You have access to experienced tutors throughout your study. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 18 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Your Introduction to Becoming a Holiday Rep Module 2 : Defining the Career of a Holiday Rep Module 3 : Exploring the Various Types of Holiday Reps Module 4 : Exploring the Origins and Growth of British Tourism Module 5 : The Components of the Travel and Tourism Industry Module 6 : Economical Factors that Affect Your Career Module 7 : Nailing the Teamwork Element Required to Surpass Expectations Module 8 : The Standard Duties of Holiday Reps Module 9 : Personal Presentation and Protection Module 10 : The Legalities Holiday Reps Need to Know About Module 11 : The Holiday Reps Role in Keeping their Guests Safe Module 12 : Effective Handling of Customer Complaints Module 13 : Administration Duties Module 14 : Crushing it with Customer Services Module 15: Creating the Perfect Welcome Meeting Module 16: Guide to Selling Excursions Module 17: Preparing and Conducting Transfers Successfully Module 18: Tallying Floats and Converting Currencies Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Many parents in the UK are increasingly opting to home educate their children. The trend started back in the 1970s but is becoming popular with thousands of families. You may wish to home school for a wide range of reasons and it may be the best option for your unique requirements. However, it may be that you have no choice and it is enforced on you for whatever reason, but it is important to help your child continue learning at home. As with everything else in life, there are advantages as well as a few drawbacks to this system of learning. Home education is starting to make a comeback in the UK and it’s time to become familiar with the details. What You Will Learn The three modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your career, this includes: What home schooling involves and when children can be home schooled Why parents may choose to home school their children and what the advantages are What you need to ask yourself before you decide to home educate your child Useful strategies that can help you maximise the home-schooling experience What process you need to follow to formally de-register your child from school Under what circumstances the local authorities would be allowed to deny your request Benefits of Taking This Course You can explore the idea of home educating your child If one parent is home part time or full time, you can decide if this option is right for your child You can use the effective tips described in the course to reinforce learning at home Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 3 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Home Education as a Schooling Option Module 02: Useful Tips for Home Schooling Module 03: The De-Registration Process Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The hotel management diploma is the best choice for anyone who is interested in improving their career prospects within the hospitality industry in the United Kingdom. This course will teach you everything you need to know to run a successful hotel, from communicating with guests to engaging with staff and maintaining front of house duties, while ensuring rooms are serviced to the highest standard and so much more. Wide range of topics covered The hotel management diploma covers a wide range of aspects associated with this position within the hospitality industry. The hospitality industry is a very service orientated business and you will need to know what is expected of you, develop skills and gain knowledge on how to complete your duties to the highest standard, always exceeding your guests' expectations. Gain a valuable insight into the industry The course is broken into manageable modules which will provide you with a comprehensive oversight on the duties and responsibilities associated with being a hotel manager. Once you have successfully completed the course and passed the multiple-choice test, you can download and print your certificate and start improving your career prospects straight away. What you Will Learn This diploma course is filled with comprehensive modules, which will teach you the following: Learn more about the role of the hotel manager. Identify with the products and services you will be expected to provide to your guests on a daily basis. Understand why appearance is so important in this role. Know what skills you need to complete your duties in an orderly and organised fashion. Learn how to deal with your customers to surpass their expectations daily, whether it's taking a booking over the phone or welcoming them to your hotel on arrival. Get a good understanding on welcoming guests to the hotel, along with essential checking in and checking out procedures that should be followed. Learn how to manage the front desk effectively. Understand more about housekeeping and how to ensure the rooms are always serviced to the highest standards. Understand hotel terminology and terms you will hear on a regular basis. Know what leadership qualities you are going to need to manage a team effectively. Learn about the paperwork and reporting you will need to conduct your duties effectively and keep your finger on the pulse at all times. Know the difference between front and back of house and how to manage the front of house at all times. Learn how to deal with unexpected emergencies. Get information and advice on how to market the hotel to attract more guests to ensure a good occupancy rate throughout the year. Benefits of the Hotel Management Diploma This training course can provide you with everything you need to know to fast track your career within the hospitality industry. The benefits include the following: The course is broken into manageable modules. Easy and comprehensive syllabus. Study at your own pace. You can take a week to study this course or you can take a couple of months, the choice is down to you and the amount of time you have available to commit to your studies. Compatible with all devices, enabling you to study from anywhere with an internet connection. Industry recognised certification on successful completion of the course. Online tutor available throughout your studies to provide you with assistance and guidance as needed. Improve your career prospects and fast track your career within the hospitality industry. No entry requirements. Know what is expected of you and what skills you need before accepting any positions. Prove your ability to complete the job by showing your certificate to potential employers. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 23 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Introduction to the Industry Module 2 : Products and Services Offered in the Hospitality Industry Module 3 : About Hotels Module 4 : Personal Appearance and Skills Module 5 : The English Language andamp; Your Local Knowledge Module 6 : Types of Customers and Relationships Module 7 : Taking Reservations by Phone and Email Module 8 : Welcoming Guests and Checking in and Checking Out Module 9 : The Do’s and Don’ts of Interacting with Guests Module 10 : Developing your Skills on the Telephone Module 11 : Payment Methods and Dealing with Foreign Cash Module 12 : Front Desk Management Module 13 : Housekeeping and Servicing Rooms Module 14 : Building and Facility Management Module 15: Front of House Restaurant and Bar Module 16: Dealing with Lost andamp; Found and Late Checkouts Module 17: Hotel Terminology Module 18: Career Progression Module 19: Leadership Qualities and Engaging with Staff Module 20: The Key to Paperwork Module 21: Dealing with Emergencies Module 22: Dealing with Costs Module 23: Marketing your Hotel Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Do you have a passion for customer service? Do you want to find yourself in an exciting career where you meet new people from around the world? Being a hotel receptionist involves so much more than simply answering the phone. Our information packed course is brimming with all the information you need to start a successful career as a hotel receptionist. Introduction to Hotel Reception Diploma This course comprises sixteen modules, each focusing on different elements of hotel reception, giving you the knowledge and skills you need to be successful in your position and provide guests with the best service. The course will take you around ten hours to complete. It is up to you how long you take, you can study full or part time, based on your availability and current job status. You will receive lifetime access to the training modules. This gives you the ability to go back and check up on things you are unsure of at any time. Furthermore, you will find that the course is compatible with all devices, enabling you to study at your own pace and in your own time using your computer, laptop, tablet or smartphone. What You Will Learn In this course you will learn the following: A basic overview which covers everything from career opportunities to how to be a successful hotel receptionist. Learn the standard procedures relating to hotel receptions. Learn how to check guests in and out and how to take reservations and so much more. Identify with the importance of customer service. Learn about empathy, communication and how to make a good first impression. Get to grips with communication skills. Learn about verbal, non-verbal and written communication skills within this busy and fast paced environment. Learn the basics of handling the telephone in a professional manner. This module covers telephone etiquette and what you should and should not do. Understand how to handle difficult guests. From time to time you will be faced with unhappy guests. Learn the different types of guests, tips on how to deal with them and so much more. Get an understanding of the basic daily administrative tasks. Know what qualities you will need along with organisational skills and the ability to multi-task. Identify what computer skills you are going to need to know. Understand the need for a good quality property management system and how to use OPERA and so much more. Learn about the importance of branding within the hospitality industry. Understand the importance of a star rating and what the rating means. Determine the importance of being a team player and working with other departments within the hotel. Get a good understanding of health and safety within the hotel environment. Learn the different safety and security topics that relate to the hotel environment along with what you need to know to ensure safety in the reception area at all times. Learn how to sell the hotel services to your guests and the benefits of upselling, along with how to use certain sales techniques. Identify how to dress in a professional manner to make a good first impression on guests as well as learn how to deal with stress in this front line position. Know any legal issues relating to your position as well as the future for the hotel receptionist. Benefits There are numerous benefits to completing this Hotel Reception Diploma to give you that added advantage over other applicants when applying for a position. Study at your own pace and where you are most comfortable. Study using any device linked to the internet for added convenience. Receive an industry recognised certification on successful completion of the course. Enjoy online support to ensure you get the most of your study experience. Get lifetime access to the modules, so you can refer back as and when needed. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 16 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Overview of Hotel Reception Module 2 : Hotel Reception Standard Procedures Module 3 : Customer Service in Hotel Reception Module 4 : Communication Skills Required for Hotel Reception Module 5 : Telephone Handling in a Hotel Module 6 : How to Handle Difficult Hotel Guests Module 7 : Administrative Skills as a Hotel Receptionist Module 8 : Computer Skills and Programs Module 9 : Brand Standards in the Hospitality World Module 10 : Being a Team Player: Working with Other Hotel Departments Module 11 : Safety and Security in the Hotel Module 12 : Sales and Marketing as a Hotel Receptionist Module 13 : Dressing the Part: Creating the Professional Look in Hospitality Module 14 : Keeping Stress Under Control on the Job Module 15: Legal Issues in Hospitality Module 16: The Future for Hotel Receptionists Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Welcome to our online HPV Vaccinations training course for frontline healthcare providers.This online HPV Vaccinations training course was developed in line with the latest UK legislation and meet the requirements set out by the National Health Service (NHS), UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF), the Care Quality Commission (CQC), Skills for Care, Health and Safety Executive (HSE) and other professional and regulatory bodies.Certificate duration: 2 yearsCourse Duration: 3 HoursEntry requirements: No entry restrictionsRecommended prerequisites: N/AAssessment type: End of course assessmentAssessment pass mark – 80% needed to pass and gain a CPD certificateCost(s) of assessment and certification – All costs included in the course priceWho is the course for?This online HPV Vaccinations training course should be completed by those who work in health and social care services, including: NHS medical, nursing, AHP and care staff, Locum doctors and nurses, Practice nurses What is covered in this course?This online HPV Vaccinations training course includes the following: Unit 1 – Introduction to HPV Vaccinations Unit 2 – What is HPV? Unit 3 – Types of HPV vaccinations Unit 4 – Who can have the HPV vaccine? Unit 5 – Tests and treatment of HPV Unit 6 – Evidence of HPV vaccine efficacyWho can take the course? Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description HTML is one of the main programming languages that power the internet. And once you master it, you can begin to create your own web content, whether it be simple websites or complex online applications. This online training course provides an in-depth look at the essentials of writing and editing HTML code. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Content Module 1: What Is HTML? 1.1 Introduction 1.2 What Is HTML 1.3 HTML Resources 1.4 Choosing A Code Editor 1.5 The Relationship Of HTML, CSS, And Java Script Module 2: The Structure And Components 2.1 The HTML Document 2.2 DOCTYPE Declaration 2.3 The Head 2.4 The Body 2.5 The Footer Module 3: Formatting The Page 3.1 Using Headings 3.2 Creating Paragraphs 3.3 Emphasizing Text 3.4 Controlling Line Breaks And Whitespace 3.5 Creating Lists 3.6 Working With Tables Module 4: Structuring Content 4.1 Why Structure Matters 4.2 Controlling Document Outlines 4.3 Structure Elements Part 1 4.4 Structure Elements Part 2 Module 5: Adding Links, Images And Other Media 5.1 Working With Links Part 1 5.2 Working With Links Part 2 5.3 Working With Images Part 1 5.4 Working With Images Part 2 Module 6: Styling Web Pages 6.1 HTML And CSS 6.2 Creating Inline Styles 6.3 Controlling Typography 6.4 Adding Color 6.5 Externalizing Styles Module 7: Creating Your Own Website 7.1 Creating A Website Part 1 7.2 Creating A Website Part 2 7.3 Conclusion LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Human resources have become an integral part of almost every company around the world. Whether you own your own company or you are interested in working with people for a larger corporation, then the HR diploma may be the solution you are looking for. This course will guide you through human resources from the functions to providing you with valuable insight, advice and tips to ensure that you help your company achieve success and assist employees in achieving the best performance now and moving forward. Introduction to HR Diploma The HR Diploma is broken into twenty easy to manage modules which are brimming with valuable information. Each module focuses on various aspects within the human resources department, giving you the tools and information you need to ensure you provide the company and employees with the best service, ensuring that everything works smoothly each day and that employees remain motivated and passionate about what they do. This course is studied at your own pace and in your own time. You can choose to study it in one go over a number of days or you can spread it out, studying when you have time. The benefit to this is that you can continue working full time while securing the certification you need to fast track or change your career moving forward. On completion of the course, you will need to pass the multiple choice test. Once you successfully pass the test (you will be given two chances), then you can download and print your industry recognised certificate. What you will learn The course is designed to provide you with everything you need to know to enjoy a successful career in human resources. Whether you want to work at a company offering outsourcing solutions or you want to help your company retain your staff, you will find this information packed course offering you strategies, information and tips you can implement into your day right away. Learn what human resources are and what they entail. You will also learn the purpose and advantages of human resources. Identify human resources good practices. Learn interviewing techniques. You will be given information on preparing for an interview and the legal responsibilities when interviewing. Get insight on how to prepare for a new employee, how to make them feel welcome and have them settle in without delay to ensure productivity isn't slowed. Know what you need to add to employee guidelines and policy and procedure manuals. Learn about employee contracts, disciplinary action, grievance procedures and more. Get a firm understanding on what human capital management is along with important duties. Identify the HR skills needed from management skills to personal traits. Learn what the purpose of an HR toolkit is, its benefits and what to include. Learn about corporate social responsibility. This module includes green practices, strategy development and more. Know what organisational behaviour is, approaches, models and more. Learn how to effectively manage relationships. Understand motivation and commitment. Learn why teams may become demotivated, why retention is important and the cost of staff turnover. Get insight into performance management along with guiding principles and outcomes. Learn about training and development, what to include in training and how to set up an effective employee training programme. Identify the legal considerations. Learn about career development. Identify how technology has impacted HR. Learn the basics of compensation, leave, benefits and more. Get insight into dealing with workplace violence and bullying. Learn about strategic planning. Benefits This HR diploma will provide you with a host of benefits that you can take advantage of. These benefits include: Affordable learning Study online at your own pace Use any device linked to the internet Easy to understand information packed modules Online modules with lifetime access Online support Fast track your career in the human resources department Industry recognised certificate, which can be downloaded and printed immediately on passing the multiple choice test. Start using what you learn within the workplace without delay. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 20 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Human Resources Module 2 : Practising Human Resources Module 3 : The Interview Module 4 : New Employees Module 5 : Contracts, Documents, and Procedures Module 6 : Human Capital Management Module 7 : HR Skills Module 8 : HR Toolkit Module 9 : Corporate Social Responsibility Module 10 : Organisational Behaviour Module 11 : Managing Relationships Module 12 : Motivation and Commitment Module 13 : Performance Management, Evaluations and Feedback Module 14 : Training and Development Module 15: Legal Considerations Module 16: Career Development / Opportunities Module 17: Technology Module 18: Benefits / Compensation / Leave / Overtime / Insurance Module 19 : Strategic Planning / Mission Statements / Optimal Staffing Module 20 : Dealing with Workplace Violence / Bullying / Conflict Resolution Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This CPD Certified Course has been written to introduce its reader to the requirements and competency surrounding Immediate Life Support. It is not designed to act as a means by which competency in undertaking these competencies are assessed. It aims to introduce the reader to the required competency surrounding the use of baseline interventions in a variety of life-threatening situations.This course includes the following topics:• Legal obligations• Survival chain• Recognising the signs of a patient who is deteriorating• ABCDE – the approach to the patient who is deteriorating• Airway obstruction• Recognising breathing problems• Recognising Anaphylaxis• Circulation problems• Alert Verbal Pain Unresponsive (AVPU) scale• The Glasgow Coma Scale• Exposure• The algorithm for use in advanced life support• European Resuscitation Top Messages• Confirming Cardiac Arrest• Resuscitation Guidelines (Resuscitation Council (UK)• Ventilation and Airway• When it is time to stop CPR• Recovery position Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your CPD certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Improving personal effectiveness enriches the life and capacities of the individual, and when applied across organizations is a formidable tool to enhance efficiency and productivity. The skills and tools this course provides will help you and your organization become more effective at managing your most valuable resources, including your time. The knowledge, skills, and tools to become effective in your personal and professional life are learned, not inherited. This means that no matter where you are at the moment; there is always room for improvement. Many organizations try and cut costs to drive profits when in reality improving the effectiveness of existing resources is a much more practical, rapid, and valuable way to drive profits. For employers, managers, and leaders, you will find how to steer your workforce to perform with more efficacy. For employees, workers, and staff, you will learn how to excel in your job and create more opportunities for your career path. This course is sourced from credible scientific research and studies, giving you empirically, results-driven content that will maximize your ability to be effective. This course contains written material that clearly and succinctly gets to the heart of improving personal effectiveness. It also contains practical tools, exercises, tests, and worksheets to apply the knowledge you gain and reinforce it through experiential learning. You Will Learn: This course will teach you: How personal effectiveness is crucial to getting fulfillment out of life The habits of effective and ineffective individuals How habits are formed and how to change ineffective habits How workplace behavior affects the ability to be effective How to deal with disruptive workplace behaviors and difficult situations How to set clear objectives and achievable goals Methods to effectively organize and prioritize tasks Methods to effectively manage time Methods to deal with stressful situations and stay motivated Workplace skills and their importance How to effectively conduct meetings How to effectively lobby and gain influence This course provides a thorough explanation of all these topics and more. Upon completion of this course, you will understand how to maximize your effectiveness and have the tools you need to do so. In our fast-paced modern lives time often seems to be slipping away, when in reality it is simply not being managed effectively. Learn how to prioritize your time to get the most out of your life and become the most effective version of you possible, with immense rewards. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 7 hours complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Self Discovery Module 2: Behaviour in the Workplace Module 3: Personal Skills and Behaviours Module 4: Workplace Skills Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning how to improve school attendance is absolutely essential for any teacher, headteacher, parent, or school representative. Whether you’re experiencing a school attendance problem or are looking to avoid one, this course covers everything you need to know. This course provides a comprehensive guide to improving school attendance, including the factors that affect attendance and how to improve it through a variety of strategies. From how to work with parents and families, to motivating and encouraging students and intervening, when necessary, it covers everything you need to know regarding every aspect of improving school attendance. You Will Learn: All of the factors affecting school attendance Strategies for schools to improve attendance Working with parents and families to improve attendance Motivating and encouraging students to stay in school When intervention is necessary, and how to go about it Benefits of Taking this Course You will vastly improve student attendance at your school You will form positive relationships with parents and gain their trust Your students will be motivated and inspired to stay in school You will understand the reasons why students stay out of school and be able to address each one You will be able to successfully intervene and assist students who are experiencing problems and their families Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Factors Affecting School Attendance Module 02: School Systems and Policies Module 03: Student Motivation and Encouragement Module 04: Assistance and Intervention Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Infection Control and Standard Precautions, HAI (MRSA and Clostridium Difficile) are mandatory for all Health and Social Care professionals working in direct contact with people who need care, treatment or support and who have the potential to spread infection. The aim of the course is to help the readers understand issues related to infection control and prevention, ways of reducing the risk and controlling the spread of infection. The course also discusses the responsibilities of workers, effective cleaning techniques, disinfection, sterilisation and handling of sharps, as well the importance of legislation and risk assessment relating to infection control. All Health and Social Care Professionals need to be aware of the infection control procedures that apply in and around the workplace. COURSE OUTLINE What infection control is and its importance. Why we need to contain the spread of infections. What measures you can take to protect yourself. Measures you can take to prevent the transmission of infections in the workplace. Sources, routes and chains of infection. Hospital-acquired infections (HAI) and epidemiological changes affecting HAI. Universal procedures for prevention of cross-infection (hands, skin, clothing and equipment). Training Qandamp;A. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Infection control training course is aimed at staff working within the care environment. Individuals will understand the importance of why we need to have infection control measures implemented in the workplace. At the end of this course candidates will be able to state the obligations and responsibilities that should be performed when dealing with infection control issues. In addition to this candidates will be able to demonstrate and explain hand washing techniques along with having an understanding of maintaining a clean environment. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Definition of Infection Control How individuals become infected through the chain of infection Different types of germs and infection Health Care Associated Infections The importance of infection control and the management of HCAI How to wash hands effectively and appropriately Personal protective equipment Prevention of infection The importance of policy and legislation regarding infection control CQC Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Infection Control Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionInfection prevention and control measures aim to ensure the protection of those who might be vulnerable to acquiring an infection…. Ok, but why is this important? Well, every year at least 300,000 people develop a Health Care-Associated Infection. This has a huge impact on the patient, the staff and the institution it occurs in. Whereas if there are good infection prevention and control, patients will have better health and more independence. This course will start by defining infection prevention and control and explaining the impact of good and bad infection control. It then goes into detail about, the legislation that applies to infection control, the different types of microorganisms, how bacteria are transmitted, the chain of infection, and much more.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The course structureModule 2: Infection prevention and control, and the impact of infectionModule 3: The different microorganismsModule 4: How bacteria are transmittedModule 5: The Chain of InfectionModule 6: The control and prevention of infectionModule 7: Cleaning andamp; DecontaminationDuration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course provides an opportunity to review in more depth the use of standard infection prevention and control measures. This course deals with the fundamentals and principles involved in preventing healthcare associated infections. You will also learn how you should manage them, and apply your principles of infection control knowledge in practice. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Explain what a healthcare-associated infection (HCAI) is and how these infections spread Describe the impact healthcare-associated infections have on patients, your duty of care to patients and management in the workplace that can prevent the spread Describe how healthcare staff can help prevent infections from spreading Explain what asepsis is Describe how hand hygiene, personal protective equipment management of blood, body fluids, sharps, the environment and care equipment helps prevent the spread of infection Know about roles and responsibilities with infection prevention Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Everyone has a role to play in the prevention and control of healthcare-associated infection (HCAI). Learners can explore the effects of healthcare-associated infections, how they are spread and how to help to prevent the spread of infection. Infection prevention and control is now a major priority for the health sector. This course has been developed for all non-clinical staff working in the health sector, to ensure that we all share the same understanding and good practice in this area. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Staff and organisational compliance with relevant regulation and guidelines - both national and local Ability to assess and minimise workplace risK Ability to reduce negligence, accidents and incidents Ability to ensure the safety of patients, service users and visitors. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Infections that are caused either, through being in a care establishment (nosocomial) or as a result of receiving treatment (iatrogenic), can be prevented. Often, neither may appear until after people leave the care establishment. It is the responsibility of everyone working within the care industry to protect both themselves and the people they care for, from the effects of infection. This course will explore, in detail, how this can be achieved. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding Infection control Explain what is meant by infection, its signs and causes Identify how infection is spread Explain the importance of preventing the spread of infection Reducing the Risk of Infection Identify the measures that should be taken to minimise the spread of infection Explain the responsibilities of workers, the importance of legislation and risk assessment relating to infection control Controlling the Spread of Infection Explain the importance of personal hygiene in preventing the spread of infection Identify the key characteristics of effective cleaning, disinfection, sterilisation and handling of sharps Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Information Governance e-Learning module provides an introduction to information governance; covering, source of information, uses of information, legal and professional obligations, key information governance principles, and the Freedom of Information Act. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Information in Healthcare Principles Freedom of Information Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In this module we examine the 'Information Governance, Data Protection and Caldicott Protocols' and confidentiality, focusing on issues that are relevant to Health and Social Care Professionals. You will be made aware of your role and the role of others when it comes to confidentiality within the health care sector. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Introduction to Caldicott Protocols/ Caldicott Principles. Professional codes of conduct. Crime and national security/ the public interest exception. The law concerning confidentiality and consent. Basic rules of record keeping NHS Confidentiality Code- requirements and code of practice. Training Qandamp;A. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The world of marketing changed exponentially with the introduction of social media. Not only did social media platforms allow for a major expansion in marketing demographic outreach, but they introduced an affordable avenue for businesses and companies to market their brand. Since its inception in 2010, Instagram rapidly became a sought-after platform for marketing. As with any form of marketing, Instagram marketing requires research, legwork and a budget. However, the potential to reach the masses is far greater than with any other platform for product marketing, albeit in print, digital format or social media. In this Instagram Marketing course, we will look at the brief history of Instagram to gain a better understanding of how the platform works. In addition, we will learn how to effectively use Instagram as a means of domestic and global brand outreach to maximize the potential for success. If used effectively, Instagram marketing may be the only form of marketing that is required for a brand. What You Will Learn The Four modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your Instagram Marketing career, this includes: The history of Instagram The role that Instagram marketing plays The formula for Instagram’s success Defining business goals Setting marketing objectives How to create a content strategy How to define your target market on Instagram Instagram marketing challenges How to take advantage of Instagram tools In general, marketing requires a good bit of research. It is important to clearly identify a brand and to market the product/service to the right demographic. Although Instagram is a social media platform, it is not exempt from the rules of efficient marketing. Therefore, to be a successful Instagram marketer or to make sure that the right form of marketing is used for a business, communities and users need to be identified. The latter is particularly important, as it is estimated that 95 million photos and videos are shared via Instagram every day. Therefore, to ensure that a brand is not lost within the sea of many brands and businesses, the correct target audience needs to be identified. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end-of-course test. Course Content Module 1: The History of Instagram andamp; Successful Marketing Campaigns Module 2: Define Business Goals, Set Marketing Objectives andamp; Create Content Strategy Module 3: How to Define Your Target Market on Instagram Module 4 : The Challenges of Instagram Marketing andamp; How to Take Advantage of Instagram Tools Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The How To Become An Interior Designer course contains everything you need to know in order to prepare to work as an interior designer. Interior design is a popular career choice for many people who have an interest in the visual arts and home décor, and this profession can be both creatively and financially fulfilling. However, it is important to understand not only the fundamentals of interior design, but also the practical side of working in this competitive industry. Once you understand the key issues that govern design projects, you will have the confidence to build your own personal style whilst helping your client devise their ideal home or commercial space. This course begins with a discussion of what interior designers do on a day-to-day basis, how they are trained, and the qualities necessary to succeed in this line of work. It then looks at a number of topics within interior design, enabling you to develop an understanding of how interior projects are managed. The modules within this course cover colour, project management, furniture, materials, textures, and much more. The course also contains clear, up-to-date information on what you need to consider when setting up your own interior design business. You will also learn about sustainability in interior design; an issue that has recently begun to receive attention in the industry. What You Will Learn What an interior designer does, the history of interior design as a profession, the most popular manual and digital tools used to complete projects, and the typical routes people follow when building their career as a designer. How to plan a project, and work with clients and other contractors to ensure that a client brief is filled. Important issues that will arise when planning and decorating specific types of space, including kitchens, offices, bathrooms, bedrooms and living rooms, and how to address them. An overview of colour psychology, colour terminology and how interior designers use colour to enhance the appearance of a space. The importance of selecting appropriate surfaces, materials and textures when deciding on a style and aesthetic, including floor and wall coverings. The different ways in which lighting can alter the mood and appearance of a space, and how to select the right kind of illumination for any room. How to choose furniture for any space, how to draw inspiration from the most popular kinds of style used in interior design, and how to customise furniture so that it fits your client’s vision. How to make the most of textiles and accessories to add personality to any project. What is meant by the term “green design”, and how you can make sure that your design practice is ecologically and ethically sound. The steps you will need to take when starting your own business. Benefits of taking this course: You can learn the material in any place, at any time, and at your own speed. All you need is an internet-enabled device. Content is presented as brief modules, making learning easy. Access to an online support system. A complete overview of the steps you need to take in order to become an interior designer, together with an overview of design theory and practice. Affordable cost. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is Interior Design? Module 2: Planning a Project and Client Communication Module 3: Planning Considerations for Different Types of Room and Spaces Module 4: Use of Colour in Interior Design Module 5: Use of Surface Materials and Textures in Interior Design Module 6: Use of Lighting in Interior Design Module 7: Sourcing and Selecting Furniture Module 8: Working with Textiles and Accessories Module 9: Sustainability and Ethics in Interior Design Module 10: Running Your Own Interior Design Business Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description If you've ever considered a career in international events management or wedding planning then this diploma could be the ideal starting point. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 23 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Event Planning Module 2 : Strategic Management Module 3 : Customer Service Skills/ Personal Qualities Required Module 4 : Types of event Module 5 : Staging and Design Module 6 : Event Management Finances andamp; Ticketing Module 7 : Health and Safety for Events Module 8 : Event management logistics andamp; troubleshooting Module 9 : Wedding Planning Introduction Module 10 : Types of Wedding Module 11 : The Wedding Planning Process Module 12 : Choosing a Wedding Venue Module 13 : Wedding ceremonies andamp; Wedding Legalities Module 14 : Planning a Wedding Theme Module 15: Clothing , Beauty andamp; Attire for Weddings Module 16: Wedding Catering Module 17: Wedding Entertainment Module 18: Printed Materials and the Gift List Module 19 : Wedding Transport Module 20 : Photography/Videography Module 21 : Weddings Abroad Module 22 : Starting Your Own Events Planning Business Module 23: Marketing, Insurance andamp; Tax Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether you are entering the job market for the first time or looking for a complete change in career, improving your CV writing and interview skills is the first step to securing your ideal job. These skills are crucial for career success, but few of us were taught at school. This course will give you a comprehensive overview of how employers screen applications, what they are looking for at all stages of the recruitment process, and how to demonstrate that you are the perfect person to fill the position. You will discover the best strategies for succeeding at an interview, how to tackle psychometric tests and assessments, how to build rapport with an interviewer, and how to negotiate the salary and benefits you deserve. Learn how to approach your job search with confidence and take control over your career. You Will Learn: How to write a CV that will distinguish you from the competition. What employers look for when they read a CV. How to write a cover letter that will convince an employer that you are the right person for the job. What you need to know about the company and your interviewer in advance of the interview, and how to use your knowledge to gain an advantage over the other candidates. The best way to answer popular job interview questions. How to handle various types of face to face interview, including group interviews and assessment days. How to succeed in giving an effective phone or telephone interview. How to learn from a bad interview experience and improve your chances of future success. An overview of the most common tests. How to negotiate the terms of a job offer during or after an interview. Benefits of Taking this Course Your knowledge will make you an attractive candidate for roles that require you to help others, including roles in the HR and training sector. Your chances of finding a new job will improve – you will secure more interviews, appear more confident throughout the selection process and raise your value in the eyes of employers. You can study from any location with an internet connection. Learn the material at any time and at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines. Obtain a recognized certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: How To Put Together An Effective CV Module 2: How To Put Together An Effective Cover Letter Module 3: Conducting Research Prior To An Interview Module 4: How To Prepare For The Most Common Interview Questions Module 5: Communication Strategies For Interview Situations Module 6: How To Handle Group Interviews andamp; Assessment Days Module 7: How To Handle Telephone And Video Interviews Module 8: How To Handle Psychometric Tests Module 9: How To Negotiate Salary And Job Conditions Module 10: Following Up After An Interview And Learning From The Experience Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Interview Skills helps those trying to fill job vacancies with the right people. This course provides users with good interpersonal and communication skills and shows them how to prepare before interviewing candidates, what the legal issues are surrounding interviews, effective questioning and listening techniques and how to decide on the right candidate for the job Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Writing job descriptions andamp; person specifications Evaluating CVs, application forms andamp; covering letters Behavioural andamp; competency-based interviewing What to look for in a candidate Handling candidate questions Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Introduction to Being a Dog Trainer This training course provides useful insights, tips, and advice on the knowledge, skills, and attributes that you need to start a career as a dog trainer. Dog trainers are always in demand and there is a range of specializations available to those interested. The course describes the career prospects, ethics, and values while providing useful information on how to train dogs. The course includes the following information: An introduction to pursuing a career as a dog trainer, as well as information on personal and professional ethics. Introduction to different training techniques, procedures and equipment required to be able to train dogs, with explanations regarding the uses and benefits of each. How to train puppies, including crate training, teaching them to stay quiet and avoid whining or howling, and training them to come when called. How to train older dogs with regard to socialization issues, overcoming anxiety/shyness, controlling aggression, and teaching proper behavior in general. How to train dogs to stop nuisance barking, submissive urination, and regulate eating behaviors. Training techniques to train rescued/abused dogs and how to train dogs for security, companionship, and therapy purposes. Information required to kick-start your career, including licenses, permits, and certifications, and how to offer your training services and get your business off the ground. Benefits of Studying This Course You can look forward to a number of advantages by studying this course. Here’s a closer look at the benefits: You get a clear idea of the permits, licenses, and certifications required to get your career in dog training started. Learn how to train dogs to behave in the correct manner. By developing the required skills and learning the right techniques, you can effectively train dogs. You learn the specializations in dog training and can offer niche dog training services. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Being a Dog Trainer Module 02: Body Language and Vocalisation Module 03: How to Socialise a Puppy Module 04: Training Techniques for Puppies Module 05: Dog Psychology and Conditioning Methods Module 06: Canine Aggression: Causes, Signs, and Training Module 07: Dog Behaviour, Training, and Modification Module 08: Diagnosing and Treating Behavioural Cases Module 09: Taking on New Cases and Teaching Hand Signals Module 10: How to Start Your Own Business Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Introduction to Early Years Foundation Stage Online Course CPD ApprovedCOURSE DESCRIPTIONThe Early Years Foundation Stage, commonly referred to as the EYFS is a framework that all Early Years providers, including childminders, must follow.This course aims to provide a gentle introduction to the expectations of the Early Years Foundation Stage and it can also act as a refresher for those wanting to update their knowledge. It will introduce you to some of the key documents and legislation that relate to Early Years providers, the process for registering with Ofsted and the various policies and procedures that need to be in place. It also covers learning and development requirements, how to observe and assess the progress of children in your care and the safeguarding and welfare requirements laid out in the EYFS Framework.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introduction to EYFSModule 2: Observations and AssessmentModule 3: Safeguarding and Welfare RequirementsModule 4: OfstedDuration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Educational psychology is essentially the study of how individuals learn. Once primarily focussed on the development of children from infancy through to adolescence, the discipline has expanded over time to also include the adult learning process and this course will take you by the hand and guide you through all of the relevant concepts. The field of educational psychology looks at the process by which humans learn and store knowledge, especially in educational settings and takes into account the emotional, social and cognitive factors involved. Although educational psychologists can use a wide variety of theoretical perspectives to evaluate problems within educational settings, there are 5 perspectives that are commonly relied upon. These are the behavioural, developmental, cognitive, social cognitive and constructivist perspectives. This course will introduce you to all the relevant facts and details connected with the field of educational psychology. It will also help you to apply this discipline in typical scenarios in our modern world and help you to better understand why there are calls for such professionals within the workplace and educational settings. What you will learn in this introduction to course An overview of educational psychology The history of educational psychology and the key figures that have contributed to this branch A detailed look at the field of behavioural psychology Investigating the 5 perspectives that are most associated with the field of educational psychology A look at cognitive psychology Gaining an understanding of Schema Theory A look at developmental psychology and how it relates to educational psychology The theories of Sigmund Freud and Jean Piaget A look at the concept of nature versus nurture Introduction to the concept of Constructivism Introduction to the concept of Motivation An explanation of Intrinsic and Extrinsic Motivation Gain a good overview of the learning disability of dyslexia ADHD in good detail A look at other learning disabilities that an educational psychologist is likely to deal with during their career Applying educational psychology to teaching How this course work can be applied to a career in psychology Benefits of the course Learn about the dynamic field of educational psychology Activities and quizzes throughout each module to check your knowledge Easy to follow course material Learn about the theories and practices connected with educational psychology and their real-world applications The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience.Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Educational Psychology: An Overview Module 2: How Educational Psychology has Evolved in History Module 3: Behavioural Psychology Module 4: Cognitive Psychology Module 5: Developmental Psychology Module 6: Constructivism and Motivation Module 7: Dyslexia and Other Learning Difficulties Module 8: Applying Educational Psychology to Teaching Module 9: Typical Working Scenarios, Technology and Resources used in Educational Psychology Module 10: Opportunities and Careers in Educational Psychology Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Introduction to Emotional Intelligence Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionEmotional Intelligence is a set of emotional and social skills that collectively establish how well you perceive and express yourself, maintain social relationships and cope with challenges. It's not just a passing management fad, in fact it is based on a great body of data, based on studies of tens of thousands of working people taken from a wide range of industries.The research shows which qualities make a star performer and while Emotional Intelligence isn't the sole predictor of performance potential, it has been proven to be a key indicator in this area.This course will introduce the concept of emotional intelligence and look at how you can use it in effective and meaningful ways. It will examine the difference between emotional intelligence and IQ and dispel some of the myths surrounding emotional intelligence. It contains a sections on the advantages and disadvantages of using emotional intelligence and considers the biological purpose for emotions and how best to manage them. Finally it will highlight the role played by emotions in the workplace and provide practical advice including tips for using emotional intelligence to deal effectively with emotions in situations that can arise in the workplace.Target AudienceThis course is aimed at supervisors and managers that want to develop more effective relationships with members of their teams. The course can be a great starting point for people new to their leadership role as well as more established managers that want to enhance their skills. This acts as a great introduction to the subject and covers the key concepts and theories relating to emotional intelligence.This course can be sold to individuals who are doing the training for themselves or it can be pitched to businesses who might want to put all of their first line management team through the training, so they are all work in the same way and have the same skill set.AdvantagesCPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves.Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.Further ProgressionFor candidates that want to add more qualifications to their CV our Leadership Skills course is ILM approved and can provide them with another recognised management qualification.For candidates specifically interested in developing resilient teams our Developing Teamwork course goes hand in hand with this one and expands on some of the key ideas and how they can be applied to teams.For candidates new to management roles Managing Meetings would be a great next step although working through any of our range of Business Skills courses would be valuable.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What is Emotional IntelligenceModule 2: Understanding and Recognising EmotionsModule 3: Emotional Intelligence at WorkModule 4: Tips for Dealing with Emotions at WorkDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course will discuss the various methods and best practices that are in line with business and technical requirements for modeling, visualizing, and analyzing data with Power BI. The course will also show how to access and process data from a range of data sources including both relational and non-relational data. This course will also explore how to implement proper security standards and policies across the Power BI spectrum including datasets and groups. The course will also discuss how to manage and deploy reports and dashboards for sharing and content distribution. This course will show how to build paginated reports within the Power BI service and publish them to a workspace for inclusion within Power BI. Power BI is a member of the Power Platform. Power Apps is another component that enables everyone to build and use apps that connect to business data. This course will show you how to use the Power Apps visual to pass context-aware data to a canvas app, which updates in real-time as you make changes to your report. This will allow your app users to derive business insights and take actions from right within their Power BI reports and dashboards. Finally, this course will explore the intersections between Power BI and Microsoft’s enterprise-level data modeling and analysis platform, SQL Server Analysis Services.Key Learning Topics In This Course The various methods and best practices that are in line with business and technical requirements for modeling, visualizing, and analyzing data with Power BI. How to access and process data from a range of data sources including both relational and non-relational data. How to implement proper security standards and policies across the Power BI spectrum including datasets and groups. How to manage and deploy reports and dashboards for sharing and content distribution. How to build paginated reports within the Power BI service and publish them to a workspace for inclusion within Power BI. Video Content: 10 Hours 52 MinutesTest Questions: 75 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1 - Prepare Data1.1 Course Introduction1.2 Module 1 Introduction1.3 Introduction to Power BI1.4 Get data from various data sources1.5 Preview source dataModule 2 - Clean, Transform, and Load Data2.1 Module 2 Introduction2.2 DimEmployee Example2.3 DimEmployeeSalesTerritory Example2.4 DimReseller Example2.5 FactResellersSales Example2.6 ResellerSalesTargets Example2.7 Color Formats ExampleModule 3 - Design a Data Model3.1 Module 3 Introduction3.2 Introduction to Data Modeling3.3 Model Relationships3.4 Table Configuration3.5 Model interface3.6 Quick Measures3.7 Many-to-many relationships3.8 Row-level securityModule 4 - Create Model Calculations using DAX4.1 Module 4 Introduction4.2 DAX context4.3 Calculated Tables4.4 Calculated Columns4.5 Managing Date Tables4.6 Measures4.7 Filter Manipulation4.8 Time IntelligenceModule 5 - Create Reports5.1 Module 5 Introduction5.2 Basic Report Creation5.3 Example Page 15.4 Example Page 25.5 Example Page 35.6 Report Publishing5.7 Enhancing Reports5.8 Drill-Through Pages5.9 Conditional Formatting5.10 Buttons and BookmarksModule 6 - Create Dashboards6.1 Module 6 Introduction6.2 Dashboard Basics6.3 Real Time Dashboards6.4 Enhanced DashboardsModule 7 - Create Paginated Reports7.1 Module 7 Introduction7.2 Introduction to Power BI Report Builder7.3 Report Layouts7.4 Report Data7.5 Report TablesModule 8 - Perform Advanced Analytics8.1 Module 8 Introduction8.2 Introduction to Advanced Analytics8.3 Scatter Chart8.4 Forecast8.5 Decomposition Tree8.6 Key InfluencersModule 9 - Create and Manage Workspaces9.1 Introduction to Workspaces9.2 Working with Workspaces and the PortalModule 10 - Create Power App Visuals10.1 Module 10 Introduction10.2 Introduction to Power Apps Visual10.3 Creating the App10.4 Basic Power Apps Concepts10.5 Refreshing the ReportModule 11 - Analysis Services and Power BI11.1 Module 11 Introduction11.2 Introduction to Analysis Services11.3 Connecting with Multidimensional Models11.4 Premium Workspaces and Analysis Services11.5 Course Wrap Up Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description PLEASE NOTE: Completion of this course does not result in a degree of midwifery or qualify participants to practise professionally. This course is not linked to the NMC. The Introduction to Midwifery Certificate course is filled with instruction that will put you on the path to beginning a career as a successful midwife. Midwifery is one of the oldest professions in the world. The basic role of a midwife is to care for and support pregnant women and their babies before, during, and after giving birth. This course will cover several concepts associated with midwifery, including the history of the profession, how to become a midwife, and how to practice as a midwife. This online course provides students with a comprehensive training program that allows them to study whenever and wherever is convenient. Many enrolled students still work full time and maintain an active lifestyle while pursuing their degrees. To access the study material for the midwifery course, you will need any device with a valid internet connection. In addition, while you study, you are eligible to receive online support. Once you have successfully completed this course, and a multiple-choice exam, you will be awarded your certificate. Your certificate can be downloaded and printed from home, or for a small cost, we can post it to you. You Will Learn: The Midwifery course offers students a comprehensive overview of the roles of a midwife. This course will cover: The origin and definition of midwifery The history of midwifery from the ancient to modern times Roles of a midwife The educational requirements for becoming a midwife Qualifying as a midwife in the UK Responsibilities of a midwife Midwife practices around the world Women’s rights and birth options The principles of midwifery and cultural awareness Antenatal care and screening How midwives support women through labor and birth The aims of postnatal care as a midwife The importance of breastfeeding Blood pressure monitoring and pre-eclampsia Infection control and hygiene The female anatomy Labour Medications and pregnancy Emergencies and cesarean section Initial baby check and examination Conditions with labor and pregnancy Mental health issues in pregnancy Benefits of Taking this Course Students working towards achieving a certificate in Midwifery will see a variety of benefits. These include the following: The ability to study from home, or anywhere with a convenient internet connection. Study at a pace that is comfortable for you. Since there is no time limit for this course, you will complete your studies, regardless of how long it takes you. You can study training material on any device including computers, tablets, or mobile phones. The ability to easily manage modules and understand course structure. Convenient online support available while you train. The opportunity to access a comprehensive syllabus that will assist you in acquiring the knowledge necessary to fast track you in the process to becoming a midwife. The opportunity to gain prospects while applying for work or volunteer opportunities in the industry. A certified and recognized certificate upon successful course completion. An affordable pricing structure. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 28 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: The Origin and Definition of the Word “Midwife” Module 2: The History of Midwifery from the Ancients to Modern Times Module 3: Roles and Responsibilities of the Midwife Module 4: Are You Suited to a Career as a Midwife? Module 5: Qualifying as a Midwife Module 6: How Midwives Are Educated and Practice Around the World Module 7: Women’s Rights and Birth Options Module 8: How Midwives Support Socially Disadvantaged Women Module 9: Cultural Safety in Relation to Midwife Care Module 10: Antenatal Care and Screening Module 11: How Midwives Support Women Through Labour and Birth Module 12: The Aims of Postnatal Care as a Midwife Module 13: The Importance of Breastfeeding Module 14: Blood Pressure Monitoring and Pre-Eclampsia Module 15: Infection Control and Hygiene Module 16: Collecting Specimens Module 17: Administration of Medicines and Injections Module 18: Venepuncture Module 19: The Female Anatomy Module 20: Labour Module 21: List of Abbreviations Module 22: Medications and Pregnancy Module 23: Communication for Midwives Module 24: Emergencies and Caesarean Section Module 25: Birthing Environment and Home Births Module 26: Initial Baby Check and Examination Module 27: Conditions with Labour and Pregnancy Module 28: Mental Health Issues and Pregnancy Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning the material in the Introduction to Podcasting course is essential for anybody who is interested in finding out exactly how podcasting works and how you can start your own podcast quickly and without spending lots of money. This course covers everything you need to know about podcasting, including a full explanation of everything you need to begin, the reasons to start and how to overcome your fears when taking the first step. From the gear and software that you will need and the formats to choose, to how to develop content and produce and publish your podcast, this course is the ultimate introductory guide to podcasting! What You Will Learn The Four modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your cleaning career, this includes: A full definition of podcasting The reasons to start podcasting How to overcome your fears The right gear and software that you need to give you the perfect start Which formats to use and how to develop your content How to produce and publish your own podcast Benefits of the British Cleaning Certification Award (BCCA) You will be your own boss and make your own money You will increase your confidence and minimize your insecurities You will find your voice and realize your dreams You will avoid wasting money on publishers and producers Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 26 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Definition and Motivation Module 02: Gear and Software Module 03: Podcast Formats and Content Options Module 04: Producing and Publishing Your Podcast Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy (REBT) is a talk-based therapy grounded in the principle that the way in which a person responds to events in their lives is just as important as the events themselves. REBT also emphasizes the role of dysfunctional thought patterns in the maintenance of psychological distress. In this course, you will learn about the theory underpinning REBT and the techniques that REBT therapists use to help their clients lead happier lives. You Will Learn: The origins of REBT The problems that respond well to REBT How REBT is delivered The ABC model, the framework at the heart of REBT and how it is used to help clients resolve emotional distress The practical interventions used by REBT therapists during and between therapy sessions Benefits of Taking this Course If you are thinking of pursuing a career as a psychotherapist, this course will provide you with a valuable introduction to an influential school of therapy If you wish to seek personal therapy, this course will help you decide whether REBT may be helpful for you If you support someone who is receiving REBT or similar therapy, this course will help you understand how their treatment works If you are interested in mental health, this course will provide you with an insight into the relationship between thinking styles and wellbeing Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What is Rational Emotive Behaviour Therapy? Module 02: The ABC Model Module 03: Challenging Negative Beliefs Using the ABCDE Model Module 04: Homework in REBT Therapy Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning how to handle, administer, and store medication safely is important for everyone, especially those employed in the healthcare field. This valuable skill ensures that you and your patients remain safe and as healthy as possible. These guidelines also help organizations and agencies develop their own policies on the subject, giving them a chance to increase security and safety in their own facilities. These policies reduce the likelihood of errors and mistakes happening at all levels, as they are built on a system of double checks and verification. This course provides you with a comprehensive introduction to the safe handling of medicines. It begins by giving you an overview of the classifications of medicines according to UK law and provides you with several important terms and definitions. It also talks about the relevant legalization and guidelines you should be aware of, along with the seven rights of medication administration. Policies for record-keeping and the roles of various individuals involved are also discussed. Finally, the course gives you proper storage and dispensing produces, along with a discussion of the routes of entry and levels of support your patients may require. You Will Learn: The legal classification of medications in the UK Important terms and definitions The rules and regulations involved in medicine handling and storage The seven rights of medicine administration Proper procedures for storing and dispensing medicine The levels of support patients may require and the various routes of entry Benefits of Taking this Course Learning the key terms involved in medicine administration Gaining insight into the legislative requirements and government-issued guidelines Understanding the role of individuals in medicine administration Learning the seven rights of dispensing medication Learning the proper storing and dispensing methods Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Medications and Terminology Module 2: Relevant Legislation and the Seven Rights Module 3: Roles of Involved Individuals and Record Keeping Techniques Module 4: Procedures for Storing and Dispensing Medicine Module 5: Levels of Support and Routes of Entry Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning about sports nutrition is vital for everyone interested in achieving optimal health and well-being by ensuring proper nutrition. Whether you’re a professional athlete, part-time sportsperson, or just curious about incorporating the right diet in your life, this is the perfect course for you! This course discusses the importance and optimal intake of carbohydrates for all types of sportspeople and athletes and a detailed guide to complete and incomplete proteins and the science of building muscle with proteins. From saturated and unsaturated fats and which are the best for endurance and overall health, to the importance of hydration and how to ensure you get the right types and amounts of minerals and vitamins in your diet, this course covers everything you need to know about sports nutrition! What You Will Learn The different types, optimal intake and effectiveness of carbohydrates as fuel for the body How to identify complete and incomplete proteins and ensure you are getting the right amounts, as well as the science of muscle building with proteins The definition and importance of saturated and unsaturated fats and which are the best for athletes How to ensure you are optimally hydrated and have the right amounts and types of vitamins and minerals in your diet Benefits of Taking This Course Feel better and become healthier by improving your nutrition Improve your performance and further your sporting career Avoid the common errors and pitfalls of fad diets and trends Avoid serious injury and illness by understanding the science behind proper nutrition Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction and Carbohydrates Module 02: Proteins Module 03: Fats Module 04: Hydration, Vitamins and Minerals Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In this course you will study the basic principles of Licensing Law, Health andamp; Safety, Food Safety and Personal Hygiene, Allergens, Social Awareness and Equality andamp; Diversity. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES In this course you will study the basic principles of Licensing Law, Health andamp; Safety, Food Safety and Personal Hygiene, Allergens, Social Awareness and Equality andamp; Diversity. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learn essential cybersecurity skills and prepare for the ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) exam. Master risk management, incident response, network security, and more. Course Description for ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) Certification The ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) course offers comprehensive training on the fundamental concepts of cybersecurity. This course is designed to help learners understand the key areas of cybersecurity, including risk management, incident response, access control, network security, and security operations. With real-world examples and demonstrations using tools like AWS, the course provides practical knowledge on applying cybersecurity measures in different environments. Covering everything from business continuity to encryption techniques, this course prepares you to pass the ISC(2) CC certification exam. Whether you are new to cybersecurity or seeking to expand your skills, this course will build a solid foundation that is critical in today’s threat landscape. By the end of this course, you will be well-versed in security policies, incident response, and data protection, ensuring you are ready for a career in cybersecurity. What You Will Learn in ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) Certification This course is designed to provide a strong understanding of the fundamental concepts of cybersecurity. Learners will acquire hands-on experience and knowledge needed to defend networks and secure sensitive information. Below are some of the key skills and knowledge you will gain: Understanding the risk management process and how to assess and treat risks Mastering security controls, including technical, administrative, and physical controls Implementing password security and multifactor authentication (MFA) Learning incident response, business continuity, and disaster recovery strategies Understanding physical and logical access controls, including the principle of least privilege Gaining knowledge about network security design, protocols, and cloud architecture Developing security policies and system hardening techniques Comprehending data security fundamentals, encryption, and compliance measures Exam Objectives for ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) Certification The ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) certification exam measures your knowledge across several domains. Each domain is vital for establishing a baseline competency in cybersecurity. Below are the key objectives outlined by ISC(2) for the exam: Understanding Security Principles (e.g., risk management, controls) Incident Response, Business Continuity, and Disaster Recovery Access Control Concepts (physical and logical) Network Security (design, architecture, threats) Security Operations (data security, system hardening, policies) Who This ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) Course is For This course is ideal for anyone looking to enter the field of cybersecurity or advance their career by earning a foundational certification. The course is suitable for: Beginners interested in starting a career in cybersecurity IT professionals seeking to expand their cybersecurity knowledge Students and recent graduates aiming to build a career in security Professionals looking to enhance their resume with an ISC(2) certification Possible Jobs You Can Get With ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) Gaining the ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) certification opens the door to numerous career opportunities in the growing field of cybersecurity. Potential job titles include: Cybersecurity Analyst Information Security Specialist Network Security Administrator Incident Response Coordinator Security Operations Center (SOC) Analyst Risk Management Analyst Get Started Today with the ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) Certification Don’t miss out on the opportunity to start or advance your career in cybersecurity. Enroll in the ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) course today and gain the skills you need to succeed in this high-demand field. With expert instruction and comprehensive exam preparation, you’ll be ready to tackle any cybersecurity challenge. Take the first step toward becoming a certified cybersecurity professional! Frequently Asked Questions About ISC(2) – Certified In Cybersecurity What is the ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) certification?The ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) is a foundational cybersecurity certification designed for individuals seeking to begin or advance their career in cybersecurity. It covers essential topics such as risk management, security controls, incident response, network security, and more.What topics are covered in the ISC(2) CC course?The course covers a wide range of cybersecurity topics including risk management, incident response, access control concepts, network security, data security, and system hardening. It also includes practical demonstrations on AWS and discusses important concepts like zero trust and business continuity. Who is the ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) course designed for?This course is ideal for beginners entering the cybersecurity field, IT professionals looking to expand their skills, or anyone preparing for the ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) exam. It’s a great way to start or advance your cybersecurity career. What are the benefits of obtaining the ISC(2) CC certification?Obtaining the ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) certification enhances your credentials and opens up numerous career opportunities, including roles such as cybersecurity analyst, network security administrator, and SOC analyst. It provides a recognized benchmark of your foundational cybersecurity knowledge. What is the format of the ISC(2) CC certification exam?The ISC(2) Certified in Cybersecurity (CC) certification exam is based on key domains such as security principles, incident response, business continuity, access control concepts, network security, and security operations. The exam tests your knowledge of fundamental cybersecurity concepts. . ISC² – Certified In Cybersecurity Course Outline Module 1 - Introduction and Security ConceptsCertification OverviewExam ObjectivesInstructor IntroductionISC CiC Course Intro1.0 Module 1 Overview1.1.5 Password Security1.1.6 Whiteboard - Multifactor Authentication (MFA)1.2 Understand the risk management process1.2.1 Risk Management1.2.2 Risk Identification assessment and treatment1.3 Understand security controls1.3.1 Technical Controls1.3.2 Administrative Controls1.3.3 Physical Controls1.3.4 Whiteboard Discussion - Controls-1.3.5 Demonstration - AWS Access Controls1.4 - Understand ISC2 Code of Ethics1.4.1 Professional Code of Ethics1.5 Understand Governance processes1.5.1 Standards, Regulations, etc1.5.2 Security Policies1.5.3 Module Summary Review1.5.4 Module Review Questions Module 2 - Incident Response, Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Concepts2.0 Module 2 Overview2.1 Understand Business Continuity2.1.1 Business Continuity2.1.2 Components of a Business Continuity Plan2.2.1 Disaster Recovery2.2.2 RTO-RPO2.3 Understand Business Response2.3.1 Incident Response2.3.2 Post Incident Review2.3.3 Module Summary Review2.3.4 Module Review Questions Module 3 - Access Control Concepts3.0 Module 3 Overview3.1 Understand physical access controls3.1.1 Defense In Depth3.1.2 Compare Physical Control Types3.1.3 Monitoring Controls3.2 Describe logical access controls3.2.1 Logical Access controls3.2.2 Principle of least privilege3.2.3 Segregation of duties3.2.4 Whiteboard - Access Control3.2.5 Demonstration - Cloud IAM Sequence 323.2.6 Module Summary Review3.2.7 Module Review Questions Module 4- Network Security4.0 Module 4 Overview4.1 Understanding computer networking4.1.1 Network Security Design4.1.2 Whiteboard - Networking Concepts4.1.3 Networking protocols and ports4.1.4 Demonstration - AWS VPC4.2 Understand Network Threats4.2.1 Types of network (cyber) threats and attacks4.2.2 Threat Actors4.2.3 Tools used to identify and prevent threats4.2.4 Whiteboard Discussion - DDoS attacks4.3 Network Security Infrastructure4.3.1 On Premises Architecture4.3.2 Data Center Design Discussion4.3.3 Cloud Architecture Service and Deployment Models4.3.4 Managed Service Providers4.3.5 Service Level Agreements (SLA)4.3.6 Shared Security Model4.3.7 Zero Trust4.3.8 Module Summary Review4.3.9 Module Review Questions Module 5 - Security Operations5.0 Module 5 Overview5.1 Understand Data Security5.1.1 Data Security Fundamentals5.1.2 Data Handling Best Practices5.1.3 Encryption5.1.4 Data Security Compliance5.2 Understand System Hardening5.2.1 System Hardening5.2.2 Configuration Management5.3 Understanding Best Practice Security Policies5.3.1 Common Security Policies5.3.2 Demonstration - AUP5.3.3 Demonstration - Privacy Policy5.4 Security Awareness Training5.4.1 Importance of Security Awareness Training5.4.2 Social Engineering5.4.3 Module Summary Review5.4.4 Module Review Questions5.4.5 Next Steps and Course Closeout LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Cloud Technology has exploded in the IT industry in the past few years. The days of hardware and infrastructure are being replaced by virtualization and cloud computing. The emergence of Cloud technology has removed infrastructure as a barrier to rapid scaling of applications. In the past, the need for physical hardware created a substantial need for physical hardware which in turn created a road block for organizations needing to grow their infrastructure dramatically. With this dramatic change the IT industry is rapidly changing, allowing for a new sector of IT to develop at groundbreaking speed. IT pro's and aspiring IT professionals need a way to showcase their skills in this new arena. This bundle includes 4 of the most popular cloud certification courses in the marketplace. Students will get both a vendor specific and vendor agnostic perspective on cloud technology and will be able to achieve certification in the most exciting and rapidly growing sector in today's IT industry. Here are a few of the topics included in this bundle of courses: Fundamental Cloud Concepts Basics of Virtualization Specific Characteristics that Define a Cloud Infrastructure Elasticity, Resiliency and Measured Usage Public Cloud, Private Cloud and Hybrid Cloud Combining Cloud Delivery Models Cloud Service and Cloud Service Consumer Roles (SaaS), (PaaS and (IaaS) IT Cloud Certification Training Bundle by Learn365 contains all of the following courses: CompTIA Cloud Essentials Cloud Computing Security Knowledge CCSK CompTIA Cloud+ Certification (Exam CVO-001) EXIN Cloud Training Example Training Video LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. If you'd like a Free 2 Day Trial of this bundle then please complete the form here : Free Demo Form Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Intravenous therapy is used to administer medication, fluids and nutrients directly into the vein using a needle or tube. Ideal for healthcare staff, this online CPD accredited IV Drug Therapy training course teaches learners about IV therapy, including the correct use of equipment and possible complications of intravenous therapy.IV therapy has historically been used in hospitals to treat dehydrated or nutrient-deficient patients, as well as those who cannot take medication orally. Injecting fluids, nutrients and medication intravenously allows them to be absorbed immediately into the bloodstream and, therefore, take effect more quickly.This practice should only be carried out by a skilled professional, so our online IV Drug Therapy is suitable for those working in a clinical or care setting, such as nurses. In this course, learners will be taught the correct methods to carry out cannulation intravenous therapy, as well as learning about patient management during and after IV therapy and the potential complications of intravenous therapy. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this IV Drug Therapy course, learners should know and understand the following:Understand IV Therapy- Understand, define and learn about Intravenous Therapy, IV Drug therapy, and intravenous medicationCannulation procedure- Learn how to choose and use a cannula correctlyUse of IV equipment- What equipment is needed and should always be available before startingTreatment preparation- How to prepare for cannulation and IV therapyEffects of treatment- The different sides effects of IV therapyInfection control- Understand the infection control aspects of IV therapyConsent and recording data- Learn why consent is so important and what data you require to recordSharps- The safe handling of sharps and sharps disposalCourse OutlineThe aim of this IV Drug Therapy course is to greater increase your understanding of intravenous therapy and awareness of its associated risks.The key points covered in this course are: Understand IV Therapy Cannulation procedure Use of IV equipment Treatment preparation Effects of treatment Infection control Consent and recording data Sharps Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Java is a general purpose programming language that is concurrent, class based, object oriented, and specifically designed to have as few implementation dependencies as possible. Being that Java is an underlying technology and required by many applications and websites, you will find it in places like business applications, data centers, game consoles, utilities, desktop computers, laptops, smart phones and more.This online training course will cover various levels of Java Programming including beginner, intermediate and advanced. It covers a complete introduction to object oriented programming as well as many other core Java features. This course is just as helpful for a beginner as it is for systems engineers, web application developers, mobile app developers, software engineers and any other potential student with a technical background. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Content Module 1: Foundations (Beginner) History of Computer Programming Categories of Programming Languages Condensed history of Java Software Lifecycle Module 2: Terms and Tools (Beginner) Programming General Terms Java Program Flow Downloading and Installing Java Text Editors and Integrated Development Environments Installing Eclipse Module 3: Identifiers, Variables, and Data Types (Beginner) Understanding Identifiers Unicode and Java Syntax Variables, Constants, and Literals Primitive Data Types Operators Escape Characters Type Conversions and Type Casting Java Reserved Words Module 4: Object-Orientated Programming (Intermediate) Object-Oriented Programming (OOP) Java’s Structure and OOP Packages Classes Inheritance Interfaces Objects Module 5: Predefined Classes (Intermediate) Strings Class Date Class Simple Date Format Class Scanner Class Decimal Format Class JFrame Class Container Class Module 6: Methods Part 1 (Intermediate) Methods Components of Methods Naming Methods Implementation Method Hiding Method Variables and Literals Invoking a Method Module 7: Methods Part 2 (Advanced) Methods and Multiple Arguments Parameters and Arguments Method Scope Method Composition and Overloading Module 8: Constructors (Advanced) Constructors Creating Objects Overloading Constructors Default Constructors Module 9: Arrays and Exceptions (Advanced) Array Structures Constants and Arrays Navigating Arrays Exceptions and the Try Catch Block LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry’s finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development.Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365’s custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam.Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and “like” different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features.Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high.Navigation and Controls: Learn 365’s self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The JavaScript Essentials online training course is designed to teach students the fundamentals of JavaScript programming. This course is critical for someone trying to get into web development and wanting to learn more about JavaScript fundamentals. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Content Module 1: Introduction 1.1 Introduction 1.2 JavaScript From The Dawn Of The Web - Part 1 1.3 JavaScript From The Dawn Of The Web - Part 2 1.4 Getting The Right Tools 1.5 Creating Your First JavaScript Program - Part 1 1.6 Creating Your First JavaScript Program - Part 2 Module 2: Core Concepts And Syntax 2.1 The Structure And Content - Part 1 2.2 The Structure And Content - Part 2 2.3 Naming And Casing Best Practices 2.4 Understanding Variables - Part 1 2.5 Understanding Variables - Part 2 2.6 Understanding Variables - Part 3 2.7 Working With Operators - Part 1 2.8 Working With Operators - Part 2 2.9 Working With Loops - Part 1 2.10 Working With Loops - Part 2 2.11 Creating Functions - Part 1 2.12 Creating Functions - Part 2 2.13 Understanding Types And Objects - Part 1 2.14 Understanding Types And Objects - Part 2 2.15 Understanding Types And Objects - Part 3 2.16 Understanding Types And Objects - Part 4 2.17 Understanding Types And Objects - Part 5 Module 3: Getting A Handle On The DOM 3.1 Introduction To The HTML Document Object Model 3.2 Accessing DOM Elements 3.3 Changing DOM Elements 3.4 Creating DOM Elements 3.5 Responding To Events - Part 1 3.6 Responding To Events - Part 2 Module 4: Working With Libraries 4.1 Introduction To Libraries 4.2 Installing And Using jQuery - Part 1 4.3 Installing And Using jQuery - Part 2 4.4 Modifying Web Pages Using jQuery - Part 1 4.5 Modifying Web Pages Using jQuery - Part 2 4.6 Conclusion LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
We invited the very best CompTIA Certified Trainers from around the globe to help us develop the ultimate training and certification program. Everything you need is included to fully prepare for and pass your exams. Millions of desktop PC's used in the business world have generated a huge demand for Support Technicians who can install, configure, test and support PC andamp; Network hardware. Support Technicians also need the ability to analyse, diagnose, troubleshoot and resolve various hardware and software problems, ranging from simple user errors to sophisticated hardware issues. The IT Fundamentals certification is ideal for you if you're considering a career in IT or if you work in an allied field that requires a broad understanding of IT, like in a sales role at an IT company. CompTIA IT Fundamentals can be a stepping stone to more advanced certifications such as CompTIA A+, and CompTIA Network+. A+ Certification is the computer industry recognised credential that certifies the competency of PC Service Specialists. It's sponsored by CompTIA - the Computing Technology Industry Association, and tests are administered by Prometric. This program is backed by over 50 major computer hardware and software manufacturers, vendors, distributors, resellers and publications. The CompTIA Network+ accreditation is also covered, giving an effective starting platform together with the A+ for finding your first IT job. Your successful computer career can start with this course, or it can serve as proof of your computer hardware and operating system knowledge as a professional already in your field. "A+ training and certification can provide a pathway to a good job. It can also lead to a very good job for people without strong educational credentials or previous work experience." -CompTIA Research The Junior IT Support Technician Training Bundle contains the following courses: CompTIA FC0-U61: IT Fundamentals CompTIA A+ Certification 220-1101 andamp; 220-1102 CompTIA Network+ Certification (Exam N10-008) Also available : Senior IT Support Technician Training Bundle Many students ask us why we create our larger course bundles, when some people may not have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Key Account Management Training Course is one that will provide you with skills that can help you succeed in your new position as a key account manager. This course will give you all that you require to accomplish great things in your job, and will allow you to move forward in your new career. A position as a key account manager is a new experience for most people, and if you have found yourself in this position, this course will allow you to move into it with ease. Additionally, it will help you learn to manage your accounts, learn how to get to know your customers, and how to organise yourself effectively. You will also learn how to support your accounts, and how to overcome barriers. Introduction to the Key Account Management Training Course This is an online course, which allows anyone who takes this course to study in their own time and at a pace that is comfortable for them. Since this course is so flexible, you should have no problem finding time to study, which means you will not have to sacrifice work to achieve your dreams in business. This diploma course is available through any device with an internet connection, and in addition to the course, you can also access online support. You will find that the course is easy to follow thanks to a comprehensive syllabus that is created in a way to make the course more manageable. What You Will Learn This Key Account Management Training course has been created to give students a complete overview of the responsibilities associated with this position. Here are some of the things you will learn: An overview of what key account management is. Your role as a key account manager. Methods to help you to prioritise your work. How to research your customers and their needs. How to prioritise. Assessing your strengths and weaknesses. Planning a strategy for your key accounts. Recognising and dealing with threats. Managing relationships and networks. Using teams in regards to the accounts. Benefits of the Key Account Management Training Course When you complete the Key Account Management Training course, you will experience a number of benefits. These include: The ability to study from home, at work, or whilst on your lunch break. You can study at a place and time that is convenient for you. The ability to study at a pace that is comfortable for you, whether it takes days or months to complete. Study using your PC, mobile phone, tablet, or any device that can connect to the internet. Easy to manage modules, which help to make your learning experience more enjoyable. Enjoying the convenience of support online during the experience of studying, which ensures that you can stay on schedule. Improving your performance in the workplace. Making an affordable investment in your future that will pay off time and time again. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 6 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Key Account Management Module 2 : Investment versus Return Module 3 : Setting Specific Goals and Objectives for Each Meeting Module 4 : Networking within Your Account Module 5 : Planning How to Support Your Key Accounts Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Kickstart Your Career course gives you everything you need to know about returning to the workforce after taking time out to care for your children, or entering the workforce for the first time. At the conclusion of this course, participants have the tools they require to confidently pursue a career in the field of their choosing. The course covers many topics related to successful integration into any working environment from the communication skills you need, to ways to comply with existing privacy legislation. We have developed this course to give students important information about how to successfully enter or re-enter the workforce. Throughout the course, students are provided with instruction, tips and techniques for learning how to manage their time, how to work in teams and how to communicate effectively with their managers and colleagues. The course also covers negotiation skills that are crucial for working with others and earning a fair salary for yourself. Students of this course further learn about how to improve their personal effectiveness, manage customer relations and how to deal with stress on the job.At the conclusion of the course, students receive a diploma, proving they have successfully completed each module. You Will Learn: This course was designed to give takers a total overview of what is involved in entering the workforce, regardless of experience or industry. Here’s what the course covers: How to establish and manage priorities on the job What their rights are in workplace relationships and how to enforce those rights The specific skills involved in strengthening personal effectiveness The signs of stress and how to avoid burnout How to develop a relationship with your customers by focusing on Customer Relationship Management The interpersonal skills needed to handle difficult people and situations Tips on how to work well in, and eventually lead, workplace teams The main phases of the negotiation and how to put those phrases into practice successfully Important information about data protection, including how to apply legislative frameworks to your job How to create a CV that attracts attention, along with crucial interviewing skills Benefits of Taking this Course This Kickstart Your Career course includes the following benefits: An affordable course that helps prepare you for entry, or re-entry, into the workplace after a period away A curriculum that is easy to understand, divided into 10 complete modules The achievement of feeling confident about your decision to return to work Learning new skills, such as assertive communication, negotiation and how to work in teams, which you can use in the workplace and beyond Learning how to effectively manage stress, both at work and in your personal life The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines Obtain a recognized certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction/Time and Priority Management Module 2: Assertiveness Module 3: Improving Personal Effectiveness Module 4: Stress Management Module 5: Customer Relationship Management Module 6: Dealing with Difficult People and Situations Module 7: Working in Teams Module 8: Negotiation Skills Module 9: Data Protection in the Workplace Module 10: Job Interview andamp; CV Writing Skills Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Do you have a flair for party planning? Have you been thinking of starting your own children's party planning business? This course is brimming with useful information to give you the knowledge you need to start your own successful business, putting your planning skills to work. Introduction to the Kids Party Planner Diploma This online diploma is an information packed course broken down into twenty one modules, all brimming with valuable information you can start using without delay. You complete the course online and at your own pace. It is up to you how long it takes you to complete, enabling you to study in your free time while working or study full time. At the end of the course you will need to pass a multiple choice test. You are given two chances to pass the test. You will then be awarded with your certification, which you can download and print. What you will Learn This course will give you a complete learning experience when it comes to Children's party planning. Working your way through the twenty one information packed modules, you can expect to learn the following: Find out what party planning involves, what qualifications you may need and who is most likely to use your services for their children's parties. Identify with the different types of parties based on classification, age, theme, occasion and more. Get insight into gender based parties. Know what you will need for each type of party. Understand what is involved in starting up your own children's party planning business. Learn about specialisations and the qualifications you will need to start your own successful business in the industry. What equipment you are going to need for your new business from basic office supplies to party wear, activities and games and so much more. How to upsell to increase your sales and profit margins, such as cakes and party bags, etc. Be prepared when your business grows and learn about hiring staff, managing them and delegating tasks accordingly. Learn how to deal with difficult children. Identify with time management from pre-timed games to interactive party favours. Get some basic insight into calculating costs with effective tips to keep your costs down. Enjoy valuable information on themed parties, spa parties and princess parties. Learn about balloon modelling. Understand why face painting is so popular at parties along with what paints to use, kits and precautions. Gain valuable knowledge about bouncy castles. Learn about discos and musical parties and how to plan them effectively to ensure success. Learn why you may want to use a theme, how to choose a theme and more. Learn about clowns and magic parties, from when to book the clown to ideas for smaller children. Get insight into pirate and princess parties. Invitation ideas, themes and more in this packed module. Identify with craft parties and who they may appeal to. Learn what is needed and the best decoration tips for this particular party type. Learn the do's and don'ts and what to do when things don't go according to plan, plus so much more. Benefits There are numerous benefits to taking the Kids Party Planner diploma online, including: Twenty one information packed modules to help you start your own successful business If you are working for a party planning company this certification could be used to help you fast track your career Certification which can be verified online Study at any time and from anywhere with internet access Course modules are accessible from any device, from your desktop PC to your smartphone Enjoy lifetime access to the modules Work full time and still gain your certification Online support throughout your study experience Affordable pricing Easy online access at any time of the day or night Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 21 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Kid’s Party Planning Course Module 2 : Types of Children’s Parties Module 3 : Boys vs. Girls Parties Module 4 : Setting Up Your Own Kids’ Party Planning Business Module 5 : Equipment Needed Module 6 : Extra Services / Upsells Module 7 : Staff and Training Module 8 : Dealing with Difficult Children Module 9 : Planning and Managing Time at a Party Module 10 : Pricing and Costs Associated With Party Planning Module 11 : Parties for Girls – Pamper and Princess Parties Module 12 : Balloon Modelling for Parties Module 13 : Face Painting Module 14 : Bouncy Castles and Soft Play Parties Module 15: Music Parties for Kids and Teens Module 16: Themed Kids Parties andamp; Mascots Module 17: Clown and Magic Parties Module 18: Parties for Pirates, Princesses, and Knights Module 19: Crafty Parties Module 20: Seasonal and Holiday Parties Module 21: Do’s and Don’ts for Parties: Handling it When Things Go Wrong Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description As it continues to be a highly in-demand IT skill, instructor Joe Holbrook is here to teach students how to learn Kubernetes. Also known as K8s, this open-source system is essential for any DevOps professional to be familiar with. This course is for beginners or anyone seeking knowledge on how to deploy Kubernetes.This DevOps course will walk you through automating deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications. The best way to kick-start your DevOps career is by learning how to effectively deploy Kubernetes, and the instructor will share why DevOps engineers can be a more prosperous career compared to a software engineer.This course covers: The history of Kubernetes Business benefits Architecture - Masters, Nodes, Pods, Services andamp; Deployments Desired state versus declarative model Installing Kubernetes on Minikube, GCP (Google Cloud Platform), and AWS (Amazon Web Services) Working with and deploying pods Ingress and Egress Hands-on session – creating your first deployment Career demand and salaries Course comes with a progress tracker, a practice quiz, fully downloadable content for supplemental study materials, demos, and more! Video Content: 1 Hour 55 MinutesTest Questions: 20 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Our courses use only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimisation and Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: We know that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1: Course Overview Course Overview Course PreReqs Module 2: Basics of Kubernetes Basics of Kubernetes What is Kubernetes Business Value of Kubernetes What is a Container What is Docker Kubernetes History Kuberntes Terminology Kubernetes Components Whiteboard - Kubernetes Overview Module 3: Kubernetes Design and Architecture Kubernetes Design and Architecture Kubernetes Design Fundamentals Whiteboard - Kubernetes Architecture Deployment - Nodes, Pods, and Clusters Etcd Kubectl Demo - Install Kubectl Demo - Kubernetes Commands Demo - Kubernetes Commands Module 4: Deployments Deployments Options for Deployment Deploying a Containerized Application What is Minikube Demo - Deploy MiniKube Demo - Deploy Cluster Deployment Demo - Deploy Services Demo - Manage Application Module 5: Course Closeout Course Closeout Course Review Kubernetes Certifications Additional Resources Kubernetes Job Outlook Course Closeout Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Leadership Skills Online Course CPD andamp; ILM ApprovedCourse DescriptionA leader doesn’t necessarily have to be a ‘manager’, but it’s difficult to see how a manager could be truly effective without having at least some leadership skills. This course starts by introducing the basics of leadership and explores where the concept originated from. It then goes on to discuss various leadership theories, including situational leadership, contingency theories, transactional and transformational leadership, and more. It then moves on to discuss developing teams including and team members by looking at the role leaders play in this. The final two modules cover the role communication plays in effective leadership and finishes off with a module about moving forward together to achieve a shared vision.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience This course is aimed at supervisors and managers that want to develop more effective relationships with members of their teams. The course can be a great starting point for people new to their leadership role as well as more established managers that want to enhance their skills. This acts as a great introduction to the subject. This course can be sold to individuals who are doing the training for themselves or it can be pitched to businesses who might want to put all of their first line management team through the training, so they are all work in the same way and have the same skill set. AdvantagesCPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves. ILM approval means that this course can provide candidates with a recognised management qualification. A strong leader will motivate their team, improving morale and efficiency and ensure that their team is of a common purpose. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training around their work and personal life. Further ProgressionFor candidates that want to add more qualifications to their CV our Introduction to Emotional Intelligence course is a great introduction to that aspect of Leadership and management. For candidates specifically interested in developing resilient teams our Developing Teamwork course goes hand in hand with this one and expands on some of the key ideas and how they can be applied to teams. For candidates new to management roles Managing Meetings would be a great next step although working through any of our range of Business Skills courses would be valuable.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Leadership and ManagementModule 2: Leadership TheoriesModule 3: Team Development and Leadership Module 4: Individuals Within Teams Module 5: Communicating One-to-One with Individuals Module 6: Moving Forward Together Duration: 90 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions)..Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Meetings are lifelines for any business as they help people to exchange ideas and information, solve problems, plan for growth, and make decisions. Productive meetings are associated with a flow of energy that cannot be replicated in online communication such as emails. However, unplanned and unstructured meetings can be a waste of time and result in the loss of valuable time and effort. This course on Leading Team Meetings trains you to conduct meetings in a way that gets more done in shorter time spans. You Will Learn: How to plan and organize meetings only when they are needed, how to define objectives, and prepare agendas. How to decide on the team members to invite to the meeting which will include key decision-makers, members who can offer expertise on the subject, and those who have a stake in the decision How to decide on the frequency and time durations in order for meetings to be effective; the correct frequency and time spans can help boost the effectiveness of meetings How to communicate in the best manner using both verbal as well as non-verbal communication for maximum efficacy How to adopt special tips and strategies that help lead effective and successful meetings without wasting time Benefits of Taking this Course You can help reduce time and manpower wastage and turn meetings into successful and productive experiences You can play a more active role as a facilitator to ensure smooth communication and decision making You can help boost the bottom line and improve synergy among employees and subordinates Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: How to Plan and Set an Agenda for Team Meetings Module 02: How Many People to Invite to a Meeting Module 03: How to Streamline Communications for Effective Meetings Module 04: Types of Meetings, Frequency, and Minutes of Meetings Module 05: How to Run Team Meetings Smoothly Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Our online Learning Disabilities course is designed to enable participants to gain a better understanding about learning disabilities. Candidates will have the opportunity to familiarise themselves with what a learning disability is, understanding the different types of learning disabilities and the best approach to dealing with challenging behaviours and learning disabilities. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding what a learning disability is What causes a learning disability? Diagnosis and learning disability Learning disabilities and other conditions Understanding challenging behaviours Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Learning Disability Awareness Online Course CPD ApprovedLearning disabilities, however, they are acquired, are lifelong. They are neurological disabilities and as such affect how an individual understands and remembers information, how they learn, and communicate. People can be born with learning disabilities or they may acquire them later in life. There are many differing types of learning difficulty and they can exhibit in many different ways and with many different characteristics. This course will start by giving you an overview of some of the common types and causes of learning disabilities and how they affect people. It will touch on how a person-centered approach to care will get the best results and look at how management must perform, and at the needs of the individual. It will also discuss overcoming the stigma attached to learning disabilities and much moreCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1:IntroductionModule 2: Learning Disabilities: the BasicsModule 3:New UnderstandingModule 4: Person-centred ApproachModule 5: Meeting Needs - Part 1Module 6: Meeting Needs - Part 2Module 7:Meeting Needs - Part 3Module 8: Legal Framework, Opportunities and Safeguarding Duration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Are you looking to obtain more than one certification this year - or simply bring your skills up-to-date? ...Our Learning247 Mega Online Training Library offers you over 200+ training courses at substantial cost savings. For the highest quality instructor-led e-learning at the best value, this comprehensive online training subscription can't be beat! 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to over 200 Online Courses. Expert Instructor-Led Video Tutorials Flash Cards and Educational Games Multimedia Presentations and Self-Paced Navigation Practice Tests and Quizzes Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking Certificates of Completion Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases. Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. The Learning247 Mega Bundle includes all of the following Courses (12 Month Subscription): Microsoft Exam Certification (48 Courses) Microsoft Office (12 Courses) CompTIA Exam Certification (10 Courses) Cisco Exam Certification (12 Courses) IT Cyber Security andamp; Forensics (11 Courses) Cloud Services andamp; Virtualisation (8 Courses) Project Management andamp; Business (12 Courses) Programming andamp; Web Development (15 Courses) Adobe CC - Graphic andamp; Web Design (24 Courses) Social Media andamp; Digital Marketing (15 Courses) Health/Home andamp; Lifestyle (12 Courses) ..... View Individual Course Outlines Here Breakdown of Courses Included in this Bundle: Microsoft Exam Certification Courses Microsoft SQL Server 2019 - Big Data * New* Microsoft SQL Server 2019 - Introduction to Data Analysis * New* Microsoft SQL Server 2019 - Querying SQL Server * New* Microsoft SQL Server 2019 - Administration * New* Microsoft SQL Server 2019 - Analysis Services (SSAS) * New* Microsoft AZ-203: Developing Solutions for Microsoft Azure * New* Microsoft MTA 98-367: Security Fundamentals Microsoft MTA 98-366: Networking Fundamentals Microsoft MTA 98-365: Windows Server 2016 Administration Microsoft 70-765: Provisioning SQL 2016 Databases Microsoft 70-764: Administering a SQL 2016 Database Infrastructure Microsoft 70-742: Identity with Windows Server 2016 Microsoft 70-741: Networking with Windows Server 2016 Microsoft 70-740: Installation, Storage, and Compute with Windows Server 2016 Microsoft 70-698: Installing and Configuring Windows 10 Microsoft 70-697: Configuring Windows 10 Devices Microsoft 70-687: Configuring Windows 8 Microsoft 70-686 Pro: Windows 7 Enterprise Desktop Administrator Microsoft 70-685 Pro: Windows 7, Enterprise Desktop Support Technician Microsoft 70-680 TS: Configuring Windows 7 Microsoft 70-646 Pro: Windows Server 2008, Server Administrator Microsoft 70-642 TS: Configuring Windows Server 2008 Network Infrastructure Microsoft 70-640 TS: Configuring Windows Server 2008 Active Directory Microsoft 70-466: Implementing Data Models andamp; Reports with SQL Server 2012 Microsoft 70-465: Designing Database Solutions for Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Microsoft 70-464: Developing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Databases Microsoft 70-463: Implementing a Data Warehouse with SQL Server 2012 Microsoft 70-462: Administering SQL Server 2012 Databases Microsoft 70-461: Querying SQL Server 2012 Microsoft 70-432: SQL Server 2008 Implementation and Maintenance Microsoft 70-414: Implementing an Advanced Server Infrastructure Microsoft 70-413: Designing and Implementing a Server Infrastructure Microsoft 70-412: Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services Microsoft 70-411: Administering Windows Server 2012 Microsoft 70-410: Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 Microsoft 70-347: Enabling Office 365 Services Microsoft 70-346: Managing Office 365 Identities andamp; Requirements Microsoft 70-342: Advanced Solutions of Exchange Server 2013 Microsoft 70-341: Core Solutions of Exchange Server 2013 Microsoft 70-332: Advanced Solutions of SharePoint Server 2013 Microsoft 70-331: Core Solutions of SharePoint Server 2013 Microsoft 70-243: Administering and Deploying SCCM 2012 Microsoft Office Courses Microsoft Excel 2019 * New* Microsoft Word 2019 * New* Microsoft Access 2016 Microsoft Excel 2016 Microsoft Outlook 2016 Microsoft PowerPoint 2016 Microsoft Word 2016 Microsoft Access 365/2013 Microsoft Excel 365/2013 Microsoft Outlook 365/2013 Microsoft PowerPoint 365/2013 Microsoft Word 365/2013 Microsoft Access 2010 Microsoft Excel 2010 Microsoft Outlook 2010 Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 Microsoft Word 2010 CompTIA Exam Certification Courses CompTIA A+ Certification 220-1101 (Core 1) andamp; 220-1102 (Core 2) * New* CompTIA Network+ N10-008 * New* CompTIA Security+ SY0-701 * New* CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP+) CAS-003 CompTIA Cloud+2020 (CV0-003) * New* CompTIA Cloud Essentials 2020 * New* CompTIA FC0-U61: IT Fundamentals CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CySA+) CS0-003 CompTIA PenTest+ (PT0-001) - Penetration Testing CompTIA MB0-001: Mobility+ CompTIA Linux+ XK0-004 * New* Cisco Exam Certification Courses Cisco 200-301: Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) 2020 * New* Cisco 350-401: Implementing Cisco Enterprise Network Core Technologies (ENCOR) (CCNP) * New* Cisco 300-410 ENARSI – Implementing Cisco Enterprise Advanced Routing and Services Cisco 210-260: CCNA Security Cisco 640-461: CCNA Voice - ICOMM v8.0 - Cisco Voice and Unified Communications Administration Cisco 640-864: CCDA Cisco Certified Design Associate Cisco 300-115: CCNP SWITCH - Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks - SWITCH Cisco 300-135: CCNP TSHOOT - Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks - TSHOOT Cisco 200-355: Implementing Cisco Wireless Network Fundamentals Cisco 210-065: CIVND: Implementing Cisco Video Network Devices Cisco 210-060: CICD: Implementing Cisco Collaboration Devices Cloud Services and Virtualisation AWS - Introduction andamp; Deep Dive * New* AWS - Certified Cloud Practitioner * New* CompTIA Cloud+ 2020 * New* CompTIA Cloud Essentials+ 2020 * New* Certified Cloud Security Professional - CCSP (2020) * New* Amazon Web Services (AWS) - Introduction and Deep Dive * New* Microsoft AZ-203: Developing Solutions for Microsoft Azure * New* VMWare vSphere 6.7 Fundamentals Cloud Computing Security Knowledge CCSK EXIN Cloud Computing IT Cyber Security andamp; Forensics Certified Cloud Security Professional - CCSP (2020) * New* Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) 2020 * New* CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CySA+) CompTIA PenTest+ (PT0-001) - Penetration Testing CompTIA Security+ Certification (SY0-601) * New* Ethical Hacking v10 - Learn Hacking Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA) Forensic Investigator in Computer Hacking Data Security Compliance Cyber Security Awareness and Prevention Project Management andamp; Business PMI Risk Management Professional (PMI-RMP) 6th Edition * New* Project Management Professional (PMP) - 6th Edition Agile Scrum Agile Extreme Programming (XP) PMI CAPM Prep - 6th Edition PMBOK - Project Manager Certification Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) Become a Scrum Master Six Sigma Green Belt Six Sigma Black Belt SalesForce: Power User Course Agile Project Management DevOps, Blockchain, Programming and Web Development Certified Blockchain Developer – Hyperledger (CBDH) * New* Enterprise Blockchain Bootcamp for Solutions Engineers * New* Certified Blockchain Solutions Architect (CBSA) * New* Certified Kubernetes Application Developer (CKAD) * New* Certified Kubernetes Administrator (CKA) * New* Kubernetes - Containerizing Applications in the Cloud * New* Google Cloud Platform (GCP) Certification Training * New* HTML5 and CSS3 Fundamentals Introduction to Python Adobe Fonts Adobe Portfolio Adobe Dreamweaver Adobe XD Microsoft ASP.NET MVC Unix Administration Basics Microsoft.NET 4.5 Programming with HTML5 JavaScript Essentials CSS Essentials HTML Essentials Microsoft 70-486: Developing ASP.NET MVC Web Applications Microsoft 70-487: Developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services Java Programming Microsoft 70-480: Programming in HTML5 with JavaScript and CSS3 Adobe andamp; Graphic Design Digital Photography Introduction * New* Adobe Lightroom * New* Adobe AfterEffects 2020 * New* Adobe Audition Adobe PhotoShop 2020 Introduction * New* Adobe Premiere Pro 2020 Introduction * New* Adobe Illustrator 2020 Introduction* New* Adobe InDesign Adobe Behance Adobe Fonts Adobe Portfolio Adobe Stock Adobe Dreamweaver Adobe Premiere Rush Adobe Spark Adobe XD Introduction to Animation Adobe Flash Animate Social Media andamp; Digital Marketing Social Media Marketing 2020 * New* Social Media and Digital Marketing 101 Starting your own YouTube Channel Facebook 101 Facebook 201 Google Analytics LinkedIn Marketing Tools and Tips for Success Marketing with Google and YouTube Tumblr Twitter Health/Home/Misc The Key to Nutrition and Wellness How to Handle Stress in the Workplace Mastering Beer Brewing Holiday Baking Mastering Bartending in a Week or Less Chess Mastery
Course Description Working in the legal sector doesn't require you are a lawyer, a top level attorney or a paralegal. You can make a difference by being a member of the important support team. Legal secretaries are organised, they provide essential support to attorneys and assist them daily to help them manage their case load and achieve success. This can be a very rewarding career and if you are looking for a position that is exciting, fast paced and challenging, then this may be the right choice for you. Introduction to Legal Secretary Diploma The legal secretary diploma is a set in the direction of securing the career you are looking for. Fifteen hours of study will give you the tools, skills and knowledge needed to apply and be chosen for a position of this nature in a legal firm anywhere in the United Kingdom, possibly the world. This diploma is studied online at your own pace. The information packed course is broken down into easy to manage and learn modules, which can be studies using any device linked to the internet. What is even better is you have lifetime access to the modules should you ever want to refresh your knowledge during your career. On successful completion and passing of the course you will be awarded an industry recognized certificate. Any potential employers can verify your certificate on our website for confirmation and peace of mind. What you will learn The legal secretary diploma is designed to provide you with essential information, advice and techniques you can learn to ensure you can be productive in this role within any legal firm. The course is brimming with information to ensure you get an all-round learning experience. Some of the things you can expect to learn when taking the legal secretary diploma online include: Learn more about the legal secretary role. What you will be expected to do, general duties and operations. Get an understanding on the basic legal proofreading and writing skills you will need to be effective in this role. Understand the importance of client confidentiality. Get a firm understanding regarding the English legal system. This will prove beneficial when working in a fast paced legal firm anywhere in the country. Learn about the various court systems and structures. Understand what legal aid is, who is eligible and how this applies to you. Learn more about civil litigation and how it works. Improve your typing skills along with audio skills to ensure productivity on a daily basis in a legal secretary role. Get a firm understanding on will and probate law, enabling you to be more involved and provide your team with the best possible support each day. Make use of the tips on how to find legal secretary positions, where to look and how to secure an interview. Benefits There are so many benefits to completing this course if you have a passion to work in the legal sector as a legal secretary. Some of the benefits you can expect to enjoy include: Fast track your career. Gain the skills you need to secure your dream job. Take advantage of a comprehensive syllabus which is broken into easy to learn and manage modules. Enjoy information packed modules which are easy to learn and understand. Study at your own pace online. The full course is online, enabling you to study at any time of the day or night. Work full time while you complete your studies and gain your diploma. Secure an industry recognized certification. Enjoy the fact your certificate is one hundred percent verifiable. No entry requirements Lifetime access to modules to refresh your knowledge at any time. Online support throughout your study experience Affordable price Study using any device – computer, laptop, tablet or phone. Study on your way to work or on your way home as long as you have access to the internet. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 17 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: General Duties and Day-to-Day Operations of a Legal Secretary Module 2: Legal Writing and Proofreading Skills Module 3: Client Confidentiality in Law Firms Module 4: The English Legal System Module 5: Court Systems and Structures Module 6: Legal Aid Module 7: Civil Litigation Module 8: Land and Conveyancing Practice Module 9: Wills and Probate Law Practice Module 10: Family Law Module 11: Criminal Law Module 12: Company and Business Law Module 13: Licensing Module 14: Appeals, Judicial Review and Case Stated Module 15: Skills for Success Module 16: Finding Employment as a Legal Secretary Module 17: Glossary of Legal Terms Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Current legislation set out by the Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 along with the HSE’s updated code of practice known as L8 which was published in 2001, states that Companies and building owners have a legal duty to manage Legionella.Our Legionella Management interactive video based training course is aimed at all employers and staff to assist them in identifying the danger that Legionella poses, as well as covering ways to identify andamp; assess sources of risk from Legionella in the premises and implement andamp; manage a control programme. This course explains the background to Legionella, the potential risks associated with water systems and how these can be prevented or controlled. It helps you to understand the risk that Legionella poses and helps you develop the systems and working practices you need to stay ahead. It gives you enough knowledge to get a Legionella control programme off the ground yourself – or make confident, informed choices when commissioning others to take this on for you.The course consists of 5 modules with questions at the end. You are given the chance to review all your answers at the end of each module before final submission and you will be given 3 attempts at each module to achieve a pass rate of 70% or higher.You would think that one‐on‐one training would cost a fortune and be time‐consuming to organise. Well, it isn’t! Our one‐on‐one tutor led interactive online training goes at precisely the pace required by each individual. It provides an opportunity to go over the learning content as often as required so every employee gets the optimum learning experience that’ll be retained and applied to keep your business safe and compliant.At a fraction of the cost and fraction of management time than you’d expect, this health and safety training has the added bonus of a minimal loss of productivity because it’s really efficient and flexible. Course Content All our E‐Learning Courses are: Written by experts Comply with Health and Safety law Give you a full administrative audit trail Provide engaging video content Reduce training costs Provide automatic certification Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description On completion, learners will have an increased understanding of Legionnaires' disease, including the potential consequences of an outbreak and the symptoms associated with the disease. The module also provides information on the relevant legislation and requirements for compliance. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Recognise the implications of a Legionnaires' disease outbreak Summarise how Legionnaires outbreaks can occur in water handling systems Identify relevant legislation and the requirements for compliance Recognise the role of water handling system owners Recognise the role of water handling systems safety providers Identify higher risk water handling system Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description It’s a matter of concern that, even though it’s the twenty-first century, people are still being discriminated against based on their sexual preferences, gender identity, way of dressing and for generally being who they are. It’s high time we understood the problems faced by the LGBTQ community and do our bit to help make our society inclusive and accepting of their needs. LGBTQ members have long since faced harassment, discrimination, persecution and bullying. This course on LGBTQ awareness helps highlight members of this community’s needs, challenges and issues. What You Will Learn The Four modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your career, this includes: What the acronym ‘LGBTQ’ stands for and the differences between the various LGBTQ members, based on their sexual orientation and gender preferences Insights into the common challenges faced by LGBTQ members in their daily lives, including parenting, relationships, discrimination in public places, harassment in workplaces and housing How schools and other educational institutions can render staff and students sensitive to be more accepting of members of the LGBTQ community and how parents can help their LGBTQ children develop confidence and self-esteem About laws, acts and other government initiatives in the UK that have decriminalised homosexuality over the years Benefits of Taking This Course Learning about LGBTQ rights helps you become more empathetic towards and conscious of equality issues As an employer, parent, landlord, sibling or peer of an LGBTQ individual, you can become sensitive to their needs You can give and receive support from LGBTQ individuals and create flourishing educational or office environments You can develop individual as well as community relationships, and help LGBTQ members to integrate within their neighbourhoods and among their colleagues and family members Most importantly, you can educate others about LGBTQ needs, challenges and requirements and spread awareness in your community and beyond. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to LGBTQ Communities Module 02: Challenges Faced by LGBTQ Members in the UK Module 03: Rendering Educational Institutions, Parents and Family Members Sensitive to LGBTQ Needs Module 04: How to Create an Inclusive Society for LGBTQ Members Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Licensed Premises Staff Training Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThe alcohol licensing laws of the United Kingdom regulate the sale and consumption of alcohol. It is important for anyone working in licensed premises to have a basic understanding of these laws and how they apply to them. This course starts with an overview of UK alcohol licensing laws and the importance of the four key licensing objectivesThe course will also discuss mandatory conditions, which are compulsory for all licensed premises and looks in detail at the major issue of age verification. Finally, it outlines the responsibilities involved in alcohol retailing including drinking guidelines and how to avoid and reduce conflict. Target Audience Anyone working in licensed premises. This course could be included as part of the induction process or used to further enhance the existing staff’s understanding of their responsibilities. AdvantagesOnline training is flexible, efficient, and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life. Further Progression Other courses that would be useful for candidates taking this one include; Drug Awareness and Conflict Management.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: Premises LicencesModule 3: Personal Licences and Club Premises Certificates Module 4: Dealing With Licensing Authorities Module 5: Types of Businesses Selling Alcohol Module 6: Representations and Mandatory Conditions Module 7: Licensing Authority Powers Module 8: Children and Under 18s Module 9: Responsibility in Alcohol RetailingDuration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This online Lidocaine Infusion training course will teach learners sufficient skills and knowledge on how to infuse lidocaine for greater comfort during a procedure.Lidocaine is the most common anaesthetic agent used for infusion because of its fast onset and long duration. It is similar to the anaesthetics dentists use to numb your gums and teeth.Our Lidocaine Infusion course will familiarise learners with what lidocaine infusion is, what Epinephrine is, the side effects of Lidocaine including infection, swelling and bruising, what to include in a client consultation and consent forms and the correct procedure of infusing lidocaine.The aim of this Lidocaine Infusion training online course is to greater increase your knowledge of how to infuse lidocaine correctly. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this online Lidocaine Infusion training, learners should know and understand the following: What lidocaine infusion is- Learn and understand what lidocaine infusion isWhat epinephrine is- Learn and understand what epinephrine isSide effects- Understand the side effects of Lidocaine including infection, swelling and bruisingClient consultation and consent forms- Know what to include in a client consultation and consent formsCorrect procedure- Learn the correct procedure of infusing lidocaineCourse OutlineThe aim of this Lidocaine Infusion training online course is to greater increase your knowledge of how to infuse lidocaine correctly.The key points covered in this course are: What lidocaine infusion is What epinephrine is Side effects Client consultation and consent forms Correct procedure Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course on Life Coaching provides insights into the career and profession of life coaches. Interested candidates will learn about what life coaching is and how it can help transform the lives of other people with challenges and problems. In this course, you will have the opportunity to learn: How and why people benefit from life coaching and what the process of life coaching actually involves. Insights into the meaning of foundational values and the effect of limiting beliefs on our lives and how life coaching can help change our thinking. How you can choose to specialise in different types of life coaching depending on your interest and inclination and the important qualities of an empowering life coach. Important communication and active listening skills that help you to become a great life coach. The basics and fundamentals of life coaching and how core belief systems direct our thinking and decision-making processes. How the process of life coaching in the UK is streamlined with regulatory standards as well as explanation of the core ethics. In addition, you will learn about powerful questioning skills. How to use powerful questioning skills to build trust and rapport with your clients. How to redirect your clients’ thinking and help them set plans of action in order to achieve value-based goals. How to attract your first clients and how to profile target and prospective customers for your life coaching business. How to strengthen your client network and use email marketing to reach out to potential clients. In addition, you will learn how to set your fees and payment rates. Benefits of studying the course Once you have studied the course on Life Coaching, you can look forward to the following benefits: You will be in a position to help people analyse their current lives and help them understand why they feel unmotivated or stuck By asking relevant and insightful questions, you can give direction to their thinking and encourage them to self-explore and self-examine their own needs and desires Your support and guidance can help people go on to live happier, richer and more meaningful lives As you help people own their goals, you are likely to enjoy increased interest from clients who want to work with you Your empathetic support will encourage people to achieve success and happiness faster than they may have been able to do on their own The best part about learning this course is that: You can study at your own pace and learn the material at any time You can study with an Internet connection regardless of physical location You can study without fearing deadlines; you will enjoy lifetime access to the course You will obtain recognised certification that will help promote your career prospects and earning potential Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 13 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : What is Life Coaching? The Benefits to Clients; the Differences between Counselling and Life Coaching Module 2 : Foundational Values; Limiting Beliefs Module 3 : The Different Types of Life Coaching and the Attributes of a Successful Life Coach Module 4 : Listening and Communication Skills for Life Coaching Module 5 : An Exploration of Belief Systems and an Overview of Life Coaching Fundamentals Module 6 : Code of Ethics and Regulatory Standards in Life Coaching Practices; Powerful Questioning Skills (I) Module 7 : Powerful Questioning Skills (II); Building a Rapport and Trust with Clients Module 8 : How to Help your Clients Set Value-Based Goals and Formulating Plans of Action, in Order to Achieve these Goals Module 9 : Key Steps to Start, Market and Sustain a Successful Life Coaching Business (Part 1) Module 10 : Key Steps to Start, Market and Sustain a Successful Life Coaching Business (Part II) Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
What Are Live labs?Whether it’s Cisco, Microsoft or VMware, Practice Labs unifies access to all of these vendors through a web browser interface. Pre-configured hardware layouts with accompanying lab guides for fast, convenient access to gain hands on experience. With step-by-step instructions covering thousands of practical tasks across Cisco, Microsoft, VMware and CompTIA exam titles, Practice Labs makes studying for an exam or learning new technologies an engaging experience.Key Benefits Exam based practical tasks Real equipment, absolutely no simulations Access to the latest industry technologies Available anytime, anywhere on any device Break and Reset functionality No hardware or licensing costs Why should you use a Practice Lab?In today’s world of complex IT systems and technologies it is essential that IT professionals and those new to IT are able to demonstrate how to use and understand vendor products and software. Using our Practice Labs you can develop your practical IT skills in a safe working environment without the need to invest in your own hardware and software. With the ease and convenience of the Internet we provide you access to real equipment that brings theory to life and gives you a greater depth of technology understanding. You are also provided with our integrated lab guides which walk you through a variety of topics. These guides will help in your understanding of specific exam objectives or provide guidance on how to carry out a real world scenarios. With hundreds of topics to choose from we have a solution to meet your skills development objectives.Click HERE to View All Live Labs In This Bundle Discover more about Practice Labs HERE » View Practice Lab Introduction Videos What Is A Live Practice Lab? Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. CiscoWith our practice labs for Cisco we cover topics for ICND (1andamp;2), CCNA Rounting and Switching, CCNA Security and the move advanced topics of the CCNP exams, (Routing, Switching and Troubleshooting)all using Real Cisco Equipment. The associated lab guides cover exams and real world scenarios for each of these technologies which are carried out on real equipment. 200-125 - Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA v3) 100-105 - Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 1 (ICND1) v3.0 200-105 - Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 2 (ICND2) v3.0 210-260 - Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security 300-101 Implementing Cisco IP Routing (ROUTE) 300-115 Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks (SWITCH) 300-135 Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks (TSHOOT) CompTIAWith our practice lab for CompTIA cover a range of certification titles. These include the A+, Network +, and Security +. The platform offers those new to IT, or looking to gain a certification an opportunity to work with industry standard technologies in order to develop deeper understanding of key subject matter. CompTIA A+ Core 2 Certification (220-1002) CompTIA A+ Certification (900 Series) CompTIA CompTIA Cloud+ (CV0-002) CompTIA IT Fundamentals (FC0-U51) CompTIA IT Fundamentals+ (FC0-U61) CompTIA Linux+ Certification, Exam LX0-103 CompTIA Linux+ Certification, Exam LX0-104 CompTIA Linux+ Certification, Exam XK0-004 CompTIA Network+ Certification, Exam N10-006 CompTIA Network+ Certification, Exam N10-007 CompTIA Security+ Certification, Exam SY0-501 CompTIA Security+ Certification, Exam SY0-401 CompTIA Server+ Certification, Exam SK0-004 CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CSA+), Exam CS0-001 CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP) CompTIA Advanced Security Practitioner (CASP Exam CAS-003) Microsoft Windows ServerOur Hosted Microsoft platform provides sufficient hardware not only to carry out tasks but also test the impact of those changes. From the browser you gain administrative access to the desktop of each server giving you complete control to carry out either your own configurations, or follow the lab guides to configure specific technologies that are required for the relevant Microsoft exams. 70-345 - Designing and Deploying Microsoft Exchange Server 2016 70-410 - Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 70-411 - Administering Windows Server 2012 70-412 - Configuring Advanced Windows Server 2012 Services 70-640 - Configuring Windows Server 2008 R2 Active Directory 70-642 - Configuring Windows Server 2008 R2 Network Infrastructure 70-643 - Windows Server 2008 Applications Infrastructure, Configuring 70-646 - Windows Server 2008 Administration 70-647 - Windows Server Enterprise Administration 74-409 - Server Virtualization with Windows Server Hyper-V and System Center 70-415 - Implementing a Desktop Infrastructure 70-685 - Enterprise Desktop Support Technician 70-686 - Enterprise Desktop Administrator 70-697 - Configuring Windows Devices 70-698 - Installing and Configuring Windows 10 70-740 - Installation Storage and Compute with Windows Server 2016 70-741 - Networking with Windows Server 2016 70-742 - Identify with Windows Server 2016 98-365 - Windows Server Administration Fundamentals 98-365r - Windows Server Administration Fundamentals - Windows 10 Update 98-366 - Networking Fundamentals 98-367 - Security Fundamentals Microsoft SQL Server 70-461 - Querying Microsoft SQL Server 2012 70-462 - Administering Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Databases 70-463 - Implementing a Data Warehouse with Microsoft SQL Server 2012 70-464 - Developing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Databases 70-466 - Implementing Data Models and Reports with Microsoft SQL Server 70-761 - Querying Data with Transact-SQL 70-762 - Developing SQL Databases 70-764 – Administering a SQL Database Infrastructure New release! 98-364 - Database Administration Fundamentals 98-364r - Database Administration Fundamentals - SQL Server 2016 Update Microsoft Office 77-725 - Microsoft Office - Word 2016 77-727 - Microsoft Office - Excel 2016 IC3 Digital Literacy Certification - Global Standard 5 Microsoft Operating Systems 70-687 - Configuring Windows 8.1 70-688 - Supporting Windows 8.1 70-680 - Installing and Configuring Windows 7 98-349 - Windows Operating System Fundamentals Visual Studio 98-361 - Software Development Fundamentals 98-379 - Software Testing Fundamentals Web Development 98-375 - HTML5 Application Development Fundamentals 98-383 - Introduction to Programming Using HTML VMWareWith our Practice Labs for VMware we cover a range of virtualisation applications and techniques. These include managing virtual networking, managing virtual machines and managing cluster configurations. The associated lab guides cover exam and real world scenarios all carried out on real equipment. VCP6DC VMware Certified Professional 6 – Data Center Virtualization VCPC-550 VMWare Certified Professional Cloud VCP5-DCV Data Center Virtualization (5.5) VCPD-510 VMWare Certified Professional – Desktop VMware vSphere 5 Ultimate Bootcamp Cyber SecurityCISSP – Certified Information Systems Security Practitioner New release!CUS-EH Ethical HackerIntroduction to WireSharkEthical Hacker (2018 Edition) View All Live Labs In This Bundle LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development.Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam.Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features.Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high.Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Lockdown Procedure in Schools Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionIn the last decade, the threats to our society have multiplied and evolved in many ways. Terrorist organisations have transferred their fight from Iraq and Afghanistan to our back garden, Europe – and we have seen the damage that a small number of determined individuals can do. This course will start by introducing the role of the lockdown officer then discuss some of the likely reasons for a lockdown, go over some of the steps you can take to prepare your school for lockdown as well as what to do in the event of a lockdown taking place. Target Audience The course is aimed at teachers, school administrators, and support staff. It gives them an overview of what to expect and how to act in a lockdown situation and is intended to inform and prepare staff rather than alarm them. Advantages Being prepared and knowing how to handle an emergency situation can be invaluable as it means that proactive positive action can be taken to protect yourself and others in your care. Online training is flexible, efficient, and cost-effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life. Further Progression Other courses that complement this one include Prevent Duty, Positive Handling in Schools, and Safeguarding Children.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introduction and the Lockdown OfficerModule 2: Reasons for LockdownsModule 3: The Lockdown Signal and the all Clear Signal Module 4: Suitable Rooms for Lockdown Module 5: Communication Arrangements Module 6: Possible Terminology Module 7: Violent Intruder Lockdown Module 8: Possible Threat or Danger Module 9: Staff Lockdown Responsibilities Module 10: Home Office Police Requirements Module 11: Simple Measures and Where to Seek HelpDuration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Learning about lockdown training is essential for everybody in today’s volatile and potentially dangerous social and political climate. It is especially important for educational facilities to potentially save the lives of learners and staff members in emergencies. This course covers everything you need to know about lockdowns, including the purposes and goals of a lockdown and the different situations that would necessitate it. We will discuss all the advanced lockdown techniques and take you through a complete planning process, which includes training staff, assigning roles and identifying specific safety zones at your educational facility. We will also provide a step-by-step procedural guide and a complete, detailed lockdown plan, which you can customise to fit the specific needs of your educational facility. This is the ultimate resource for designing, implementing and providing training for a potentially life-saving lockdown strategy. What You Will Learn The purposes and goals of a lockdown and the situations that require it Advanced lockdown planning techniques and the principles to follow Training your staff and assigning roles in the event of a lockdown A complete and customizable lockdown plan, to suit any type of educational facility Benefits of Taking This Course You will attract more students due to a higher safety rating You will empower your staff members by upskilling them You will improve the overall security and functionality of your educational facility Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction and Background Module 02: Advanced Planning and Staff Training Module 03: Lockdown Principles and Procedures Module 04: Full Lockdown Plan Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In this course you will learn about Lone Working essentials. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Overview Hazards and Procedures Personal Safety Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Healthcare professionals play an important role in supporting the bereaved. This online Loss and Bereavement training course is great for health and social care workers to learn the different stages of loss and gain a better understanding of bereavement.In health and social care, your staff are likely to build strong relationships with those they care for and knowing the best way to help those dealing with the loss of a loved one is important to ensure they feel comforted and supported.This Loss and Bereavement care training course will help learners understand the issues surrounding bereavement, the different stages of loss and how to offer practical advice and coping strategies for those suffering. While this Bereavement training focuses on those working in a care setting, it is also useful to a wider audience. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this online Loss, Bereavement and Support training course, learners should know and understand the following: The stages of dying - Learn and understand the stages of dying and how to deal with changeCultural awareness - Cultural awareness and adopting a non-judgmental approachPathways - The pathway to a good deathDuty of care - Duty of care and maintaining privacy, dignity and respectManaging the environment - Learn how to manage the environmentFamily and visitors - Recognise when support is needed for family and visitors coping with lossRecord keeping - Record keeping of questions and best practice responsesMaintaining attitude and behaviour - Know how to maintain attitude and behaviourCourse OutlineThe aim of this Loss and Bereavement course is to greater increase your knowledge of loss and duty of care, as well as the relevant laws and legislation. The key points covered in this course are: The stages of dying Cultural awareness Pathways Duty of care Managing the environment Record keeping Maintaining attitude and behaviour Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Do you have a passion for make-up and beauty? Do you love creating different characters using make-up? Do you enjoy trying new ideas every time you go out? Have you considered a career in make-up and just haven't found the time or a course you can afford? Then we have the solution for you. Introduction to the Make-up Diploma Course The make-up diploma is an effective online training course which comprises of twenty two information packed modules that include learning how to contour and how to apply the perfect smokey eye. The course takes approximately twenty hours to complete, enabling you to study in your own time and at your own pace. The benefit to the make-up course is that you can study while working a full time job, studying from any device and at any time, as long as you have access to the internet. What you will learn The course is filled with twenty two modules which are designed to teach you everything you ever wanted to know about make-up from its history to how to use it. This includes over an hour of instructional video to help you fine tune your skills and achieve success moving forward. Understand make-up artistry along with the latest trends. Learn about the history of make-up, a time line of events and make-up through the centuries. Know the role of a beauty make-up artist, what you will have to do, working conditions and more. Get to know the skin, it's anatomy through to products, techniques and problem solving common skin issues. Know your tools. Get a good understanding on the different brushes you will have to use, how to care for them and how to choose a good quality brush. Learn how to use the brushes in terms of length, shape and effective application. Understand the uses of foundation, how to choose the right foundation, other products and application. Get to understand corrective make-up, how to use tools and other products. Learn the various make-up styles, day time, night time, angles and more. Learn how to apply eye make-up along with common mistakes and eye shapes. Learn about effective eyeliner techniques, mistakes and more. Get to grips with brow grooming. Know how to groom the brows, benefits of brow grooming, mistakes and how to fix problem areas and mistakes. Learn how to apply false eyelashes effectively. Know how to apply cheek colour, along with blush types and facial shapes. Understand how to apply lip colour, tips, benefits and mistakes. Get to know the current beauty trends. Learn about make-up in TV, film and magazines. Emphasising features, character make-up and more. Is this the position for you? Know what hair styles work best with what make-up to ensure the two work seamlessly together. Know how to maintain radiant skin from important steps to tips and advice. Understand the different make-up techniques for different seasons. Know what make-up works in summer and winter. Get a good understanding on the latest season trends. Learn some advanced techniques which can help you in your make-up career. Learn about contouring, useful tips, eye techniques and more. Identify what you need to start and run your own beauty salon from management to health and safety and so much more. Benefits There are numerous benefits you can take advantage of when choosing to complete this information packed course. The benefits include: Course broken into twenty two easy to manage modules Lifetime access to course content online One full hour of instructional video Start your own business with confidence Fast track your career Study at your own pace in your own time Receive diploma on successful completion Get a second chance to take the test in the event you do fail Gain valuable insight into the make-up industry Enjoy the convenience of online support throughout your study experience Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 22 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is Beauty and Make-up Artistry? Module 2 : History of Make-up Module 3 : Role of a Beauty Make-up Artist Module 4 : Skin and Skin Care Anatomy Module 5 : Tools Used by a Make-up Artist Module 6 : Working with Make-up Artist Brushes Module 7 : Skin tone: Foundation Selection and Application Module 8 : Corrective Make-up Techniques Module 9 : Beauty Make-up Styles Module 10 : Eye Make-up Module 11 : Eyeliner Techniques Module 12 : Brow Grooming Module 13 : Lash Building Techniques/False Lash Application Module 14 : Cheek Colour Application Module 15 : Lip Colour Application Module 16 : Current Beauty Trends Module 17 : Make-up in TV, Film, and Magazines Module 18 : Hair styling for Make-up Module 19: Maintaining Radiant Skin Module 20: Make-up for Seasons Module 21: Advanced Techniques Module 22: Salon Management – Advertising your services/business Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Productive meetings are those that produce some sort of meaningful change – in ideas, behaviors, decisions, or actions. By looking at some key items when planning, preparing for, conducting, and concluding meetings, you’ll be able to make the most of your meeting time and hold meetings that matter to all. This course will be looking at how to create meetings that matter using the five P’s of productive meetings, it will then go on to discuss planning and preparing for, conducting, and concluding meaningful meetings in turn. What You Will Learn What the five P’s of productive meetings are How to define the purpose of a meeting How to use an agenda to drive an effective meeting How to determine meeting participants Tips on conducting a meaningful meeting How to conclude and follow up effectively Benefits of Taking this Course: You will learn when a meeting is necessary You will be able to better plan for an effective meeting Your knowledge will allow you to better determine the progress and success of a meeting You will learn how to keep participants engaged and committed You will discover how to better follow through and achieve your meeting’s goals Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Making Meetings Matter Module 02: Planning and Preparing for a Successful Meeting Module 03: Conducting a Meaningful Meeting Module 04: Concluding and Following Up on Meetings Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Bundle Description This bundle contains 6 courses. A complete description of each course can be found by clicking on each course link below: Communication Techniques for Managers Conducting Employee Appraisals Conducting Rewarding Meetings Creating Lively andamp; Effective Meetings Motivating Colleagues to Perform Working in Teams Who can take theses courses?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take theses courses. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the courses?Each course is broken down into individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the courses at your convenience. Where / when can I study the courses?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the courses?Once you have completed all modules of each course, there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print the certificate any time you need it. Course Details Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is designed to introduce how to manage challenging behaviour to those working in the healthcare industry. Module 1: Introduction to Challenging Behaviour:This module is designed to introduce challenging behaviour to those working in the healthcare industry, including specific examples of disabilities that may cause challenging behaviour.It includes: What is Challenging Behaviour? Why might Challenging Behaviour be used? Safeguarding Positive Behaviour Support (PBS) Dementia Autism Learning Disabilities Mental Health Issues Substance Abuse Self-Harm Managing Challenging Behaviour in Children vs Adults Module 2: Preventing and De-escalating Aggressive Behaviour:This module covers techniques used to prevent and de-escalate aggressive behaviour. The aim of this module is to enable the readers to familiarise themselves with relevant terminology, and both theory and practical application so that they can respond calmly and professionally to any violent or aggressive incidents. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This online Managing Conflict course is aimed at all staff. This e-learning conflict management course raises participants understanding of the background to conflict and the contribution they can make to managing conflict effectively. This course will provide candidates with the skills and knowledge to deal with workplace violence, how to reduce risks, how to respond to difficult situations and what should be done after an incident has occurred. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is conflict management Recognising aggressive behaviour Workplace violence and bullying Escalation and triggers Verbal and non-verbal communication Stages of conflict management and personal safety Minimising conflict and taking a positive approach Responding to aggressive and threatening behaviour Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Managing Meetings Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionI think everyone would agree that poorly called or run meetings waste valuable time for any organization. This course will show you how to run meetings effectively and improve your ability to instigate actions that are quick and efficient. The course starts with some basic definitions and statistics that outline how important running meetings effectively can be.It examines factors that make meetings great, and some practical steps you can take to ensure everything runs smoothly and successful outcomes are achieved. It also covers some of the ways you can handle any problems that may arise. Finally, it looks at different decision-making approaches you can use and finishes off with some notes on keeping a learning log to help you learn and grow, ultimately becoming a more confident and effective participant or chairperson.DEMO VIDEOandlt;COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The BasicsModule 2: PlanningModule 3: Preparing an Agenda Module 4: Problems and How to Deal With Them Module 5: Techniques for Resolving Conflict Module 6: Making DecisionsDuration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Managing Occupational Health andamp; Wellbeing Video Based Online Course CPD Accredited CourseCOURSE DESCRIPTIONThis course explains the key elements, procedures and activities involved in successful Occupational Health and Safety Management in the workplace.The course show how professional Occupational Health and Safety Management benefits individuals and organisations.It will investigate workplace health models, including the basic criteria of the World Health Organisation model.You’ll discover the importance of a Health Needs Assessment and how it leads to the development of a Heath Management Strategy.On a more practical level, the course will look at hazards, risks, controls and ‘Safe Systems of Work’ and the role played by health risk assessments.Turning to workplace well-being, we’ll explain how to promote healthy lifestyles and positive mental health.You’ll learn how to manage absences from work, both authorised and unauthorised, how to create an official Attendance Policy, manage the return-to-work process and deal effectively with absenteeism.Finally, the course discusses the steps needed to develop and build a strong health and well-being culture, including leadership, communication, work-life balance and embracing change..LEARNING OBJECTIVESBy the end of this course, you will be able to: Understand what Occupational Health and Safety is along with the benefits of promoting a healthy organisation. Create Health Management Strategies and collaborate with professionals for effective implementation. Define Employee well-being, risk factors and understand the importance of promoting a positive culture around occupational health. Create Risk assessments and understand when and where they are needed and the process to create effective assessments. TARGET AUDIENCE This course is aimed at supervisors and managers who are responsible for the health and wellbeing of their employees.ADVANTAGES Creating a culture of health, safety and wellbeing in the workplace increases staff morale and ensures a high level of retention. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Occupational Health BasicsModule 2: Health Risk AssessmentModule 3: The Heath Risk Assessment ProcessModule 4: Long-Term Personal or Health ConditionsModule 5: Employee Well-beingModule 6: Substance MisuseModule 7: Managing AbsenceModule 8: Creating a Culture DURATION: 90 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) DEMO VIDEO Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Managing Occupational Health and Wellbeing Video Based Online Course CPD Accredited CourseCOURSE DESCRIPTIONThis course explains the key elements, procedures and activities involved in successful Occupational Health and Safety Management in the workplace.The course show how professional Occupational Health and Safety Management benefits individuals and organisations.It will investigate workplace health models, including the basic criteria of the World Health Organisation model.You’ll discover the importance of a Health Needs Assessment and how it leads to the development of a Heath Management Strategy.On a more practical level, the course will look at hazards, risks, controls and ‘Safe Systems of Work’ and the role played by health risk assessments.Turning to workplace well-being, we’ll explain how to promote healthy lifestyles and positive mental health.You’ll learn how to manage absences from work, both authorised and unauthorised, how to create an official Attendance Policy, manage the return-to-work process and deal effectively with absenteeism.Finally, the course discusses the steps needed to develop and build a strong health and well-being culture, including leadership, communication, work-life balance and embracing change.LEARNING OBJECTIVESBy the end of this course, you will be able to: Understand what Occupational Health and Safety is along with the benefits of promoting a healthy organisation. Create Health Management Strategies and collaborate with professionals for effective implementation. Define Employee well-being, risk factors and understand the importance of promoting a positive culture around occupational health. Create Risk assessments and understand when and where they are needed and the process to create effective assessments. TARGET AUDIENCE This course is aimed at supervisors and managers who are responsible for the health and wellbeing of their employees.ADVANTAGES Creating a culture of health, safety and wellbeing in the workplace increases staff morale and ensures a high level of retention. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Occupational Health BasicsModule 2: Health Risk AssessmentsModule 3: The Health Risk Assessment ProcessModule 4: Long-Term Personal or Health ConditionsModule 5: Employee Well-BeingModule 6: Substance MisuseModule 7: Managing AbsenceModule 8: Creating a Culture DURATION: 90 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) DEMO VIDEO Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The course will look at how you can get the best from your staff through setting proper objectives, giving regular and constructive feedback and managing tasks effectively. The module will also introduce how to approach those more difficult conversations that are sometimes needed. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What does a manager do? Responsibilities of the role Challenges of the role What skills are required? Communication skills People management skills Motivational skills Problem solving skills How to manage issues Getting the best from staff Setting objectives Managing tasks Self appraisal and feedback Difficult conversations Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This module will help you to think about restraint: what it means for you and what it might mean to others, and some ideas that could help your practice. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is restraint Different types of restraint Understanding when to use restraint techniques How to reduce the need for restraint Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Managing Sickness and Absence Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionEmployee absence can be costly in terms of both lost time and money. It impacts businesses, managers, and colleagues in ways that range from them having to take on extra work or undertake additional training, to experience additional stress and a drop in morale. This course will help you to understand the different types of absence and Identify ways of measuring absence. It covers why you should complete return-to-work forms and how to conduct effective return-to-work meetings. The course finishes off by explaining the formal processes involved in managing absence and how to apply appropriate policies.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1:The Costs and Impact of Employee AbsenceModule 2: Measuring and Managing Employee AbsenceModule 3: Legislation, Processes, and PayDuration: 30 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Welcome to our online Mandatory Training for Dentists package for front-line dental practice staff.These online courses were developed to meet the required learning outcomes in the Enhanced CPD for dental professionals, UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF), the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) and the Care Quality Commission (CQC) recommendations for dental care providers.Course contentOur online Mandatory Training for Dentists package covers the following modules: CSTF Equality, Diversity and Human Rights – Level 1 CSTF Health, Safety, and Welfare – Level 1 CSTF Conflict Resolution – Level 1 CSTF Fire Safety – Level 1 CSTF Infection Prevention and Control – Level 1 CSTF Infection Prevention and Control – Level 2 CSTF Moving and Handling – Level 1 CSTF Safeguarding Adults – Level 1 CSTF Safeguarding Adults – Level 2 CSTF Preventing Radicalisation (Basic Prevent Awareness) – Level 1 CSTF Safeguarding Children – Level 1 CSTF Safeguarding Children – Level 2 CSTF Adult Resuscitation – Level 1 CSTF Resuscitation (Adult Basic Life Support) – Level 2 Information Governance and Data Security – Level 1. Who is the course for?All dentists, orthodontists and dental practice staff, whether part-time or full time or locum dental workers. This Mandatory Training for Dentists package can be used for induction training or yearly refresher training (annual mandatory training updates for dental staff).This online Mandatory Training for Dentists package was developed for clinical dental practice staff, including: Dentists and orthodontists Dental nurses Dental technicians Dental support workers Locum workers working in the NHS or private dental practices This online Mandatory Training for Dentists package has been designed for new and experienced dental practice staff alike to meet the Care Quality Commission (CQC) regulatory requirements for all UK service providers.Course aimsThis Mandatory Training for Dentists e-learning package helps care home and domiciliary care staff to meet the UK statutory requirements. We are committed to keeping up to date with changes in relevant UK legislation, national directives and conditions on a mandatory training program to ensure that it reflects changing legal, risk and service needs.To that end, our Mandatory Training for Dentists modules are guided by the following: Standards set by Skills for Care, Health Education England and UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF), The Care Quality Commission (CQC) guidance for health and social care support workers, and National guidance issued for locum care agencies and care recruitment agencies. *Each of the Mandatory Training for Dentists modules provide essential and adequate detail as suggested by UK regulators (including the Care Quality Commission (CQC)).Learning outcomesThe UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF) sets out 11 statutory and mandatory training topics for all staff working in health and social care settings. The CSTF includes nationally agreed learning outcomes and training delivery standards across all healthcare and social care settings.We have worked with a range of subject matter experts to develop high quality, statutory and mandatory e-learning training sessions, which address all the knowledge outcomes at level 1 and 2 and at level 3, where appropriate for e-learning.These statutory and mandatory training courses sessions are suitable for all health and social care staff working across the various Care Quality Commission (CQC) regulated organisations, including NHS and private hospitals, mental health, care homes and domiciliary care providers.It is the responsibility of individual health and social care employer organisations to ensure that their workforce complete the appropriate training to comply with their statutory and mandatory requirements. It is also an employer’s responsibility to determine the best mode of delivering the training, whether that is face-to-face, e-learning or a blended approach. The CSTF provides further guidance on this.This Mandatory Training for Dentists e-learning package meets the requirements of CQC regulated health and social care organisations.CPD Accredited Course CertificatesOn successful completion of each of the mandatory online training course modules, you may download, save and print a quality assured continuing professional development (CPD) certificate. Our CPD certificates are recognised internationally and can be used to provide evidence for compliance and audit.The CPD Certification Service (CPDUK) accredits these statutory and mandatory training courses as conforming to universally accepted Continuous Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Mandatory Training for Doctors Intermediate Level Online Training Package - CPDUK Accredited.Welcome to our online Mandatory Training for Doctors courses package. This online Mandatory Training for Doctors courses package were developed in line with the latest UK legislation and meet the requirements set out by the General Medical Council (GMC), British Medical Association (BMA), National Health Service (NHS), the UK Core Skills Training Framework (UKCSTF), the Care Quality Commission (CQC), the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) and other professional and regulatory bodies.These online Mandatory Training for Doctors courses are also in line with the Royal Medical Colleges requirements for doctors revalidation and Code of Professional Conduct.Mandatory training for doctors and medical locums – CPD accredited courses package Study method – Online, self-paced (Approx. 30 minutes per module) Course format – Online (24/7 access), modular Course Duration – Part-time (1-year access) Qualification – Certificate of completion Course Delivery – via desktop PC/MAC, laptops, tablets or smartphones Awarding Body – CPD Certification Service (CPDUK). Who is this online mandatory training package for?This online Mandatory Training for Doctors courses package should be completed by doctors and medical locums working in NHS Trusts and private hospitals, including: Medical Consultants Surgeons Specialist Doctors Registrars andamp; SPRs Senior House Officers (SHOs) Private Independent Doctors Locum Doctors General Practitioners (GPs) What are the aims of these online mandatory training courses?The aims and objectives of this online Mandatory Training for Doctors courses package is to enable care healthcare and clinical support workers to meet their mandatory training requirements in line Health and Care Professions Council, Care Quality Commission and CSTF framework (whether it is induction, refresher training or as annual updates for healthcare and clinical support workers).To that end, our mandatory and statutory modules for health and social care workers are guided by the following: Standards set by the Health and Care Professions Council and the Care Quality Commission The Care Quality Commission (CQC) guidance for health and social care workers UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF) CQC frameworks’ and guidance for mandatory training for healthcare support staff We have developed appropriate mandatory training packages for clinical and healthcare support staff to meet the CQC quality standards and performance ratings. Our health and safety training courses for healthcare assistants help to reduce injuries and avoid subsequent claims due to negligence and malpractice, improve staff morale, provide safe and effective care and improve the patient experience.Each of the online Mandatory Training for Doctors courses package modules provides essential and adequate detail as suggested by UK regulators (including the Care Quality Commission (CQC)).Learning outcomesThe UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF) sets out 11 statutory and mandatory training topics for all staff working in health and social care settings. The CSTF includes nationally agreed learning outcomes and training delivery standards across all healthcare and social care settings.The Mandatory Training Group have worked with a range of subject matter experts to develop high quality, statutory and mandatory e-learning training sessions, which address all the knowledge outcomes at level 1 and 2 and at level 3, where appropriate for e-learning.These statutory and mandatory training courses sessions are suitable for all health and social care staff working across the various Care Quality Commission (CQC) regulated organisations, including NHS and private hospitals, mental health, care homes and domiciliary care providers.It is the responsibility of individual health and social care employer organisations to ensure that their workforce complete the appropriate training to comply with their statutory and mandatory requirements. It is also an employer’s responsibility to determine the best mode of delivering the training, whether that is face-to-face, e-learning or a blended approach. The CSTF provides further guidance on this.This online Mandatory Training for Doctors courses package meets the requirements of CQC regulated health and social care organisations.Why is this online Mandatory Training for Doctors essential?Our online training package for doctors and medical staff helps clinicians to meet the statutory requirements of the NHS and private healthcare sector and the professional code of conduct. We are committed to keeping up to date with changes in relevant UK legislation, national directives and requirements on the mandatory training programme to ensure that it reflects changing legal, risk and service needs.What is covered in this online candidate mandatory training package?This mandatory training for doctors and medical locums accredited courses package provides essential training that is relevant in most social care and health-care settings as follows:Our online Mandatory Training for Doctors courses package covers the following modules: CSTF Equality, Diversity and Human Rights – Level 1 CSTF Health, Safety, and Welfare – Level 1 CSTF Conflict Resolution – Level 1 CSTF Fire Safety – Level 1 CSTF Infection Prevention and Control – Level 1 CSTF Infection Prevention and Control – Level 2 CSTF Moving and Handling – Level 1 CSTF Safeguarding Adults – Level 1 CSTF Safeguarding Adults – Level 2 CSTF Preventing Radicalisation (Basic Prevent Awareness) – Level 1 CSTF Safeguarding Children – Level 1 CSTF Safeguarding Children – Level 2 CSTF Adult Resuscitation – Level 1 CSTF Resuscitation (Adult Basic Life Support) – Level 2 Information Governance and Data Security – Level 1. You will be provided with all the individual mandatory and statutory training modules listed above. You can, however, choose the statutory and mandatory training modules that are most suited to your specific care environment. If you are an agency health/care worker or locum, please check with your locum or care recruitment agency regarding the specific mandatory care training modules that you require to meet their compliance requirements. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers – Skills for Care Aligned – Online Courses – CPD Accredited.Welcome to our online Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers package for front-line healthcare and social care providers.These online Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers was developed to meet the required learning outcomes in the Skills for Care’s Care Certificate, Health and Safety Executive (HSE) and Care Quality Commission (CQC) recommendations for health and social care providers.Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers Study method – Online, self-paced Estimated duration (Indicative CPD hours) – Approx. 30-60 minutes per module Course format – Online (24/7 access) Entry requirements – no prerequisites required Assessment type – Complete end of course assessment (80% needed to pass and gain CPD certificate) Certification/Qualification – Downloadable CPD certificate Cost(s) of assessment and certification – Assessment and certification costs included in the course price Course accreditation – CPD Certification Service (CPDUK) Course access – Part-time (1-year access) Course delivery – via desktop PC/MAC, laptops, tablets or smartphones. Who should complete these mandatory care training courses?This online Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers courses package should be completed by all health and social care support workers working in Care Quality Commission (CQC) regulated environments, including: Domiciliary Care Workers Residential Home Staff Adult Social Care Workers Support Workers Nursing Home Staff Families and Carers. This online Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers courses package has been designed for new and experienced residential and nursing home care workers alike to meet the Care Quality Commission (CQC) regulatory requirements care staff and care workers across the UK.Course aims and objectivesThis Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers courses package helps care home and domiciliary care staff to meet the UK statutory requirements. We are committed to keeping up to date with changes in relevant UK legislation, national directives and requirements on a mandatory training program to ensure that it reflects changing legal, risk and service needs.To that end, our online Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers package modules are guided by the following: Standards set by Skills for Care, Health Education England and the UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF), The Care Quality Commission (CQC) guidance for health and social care support workers, and National guidance issued for locum care agencies and care recruitment agencies. Each of these online mandatory training for residential home staff modules provides essential and adequate detail as suggested by UK regulators, including the Care Quality Commission (CQC).Learning outcomesThe Statutory/Mandatory and the Clinical/Care UK Core Skills Training Frameworks (CSTFs) set out 19 subjects for all staff working in community health and social care settings. The CSTF includes nationally agreed learning outcomes and training delivery standards across all healthcare and social care settings.The Mandatory Training Group have worked with a range of subject matter experts to develop high quality, statutory and mandatory e-learning training sessions, which address all the knowledge outcomes at level 1 and 2 and at level 3, where appropriate for e-learning.These statutory and mandatory training courses sessions are suitable for all health and social care staff working across the various Care Quality Commission (CQC) regulated organisations, including NHS and private hospitals, mental health, care homes and domiciliary care providers.It is the responsibility of individual health and social care employer organisations to ensure that their workforce complete the appropriate training to comply with their statutory and mandatory requirements. It is also an employer’s responsibility to determine the best mode of delivering the training, whether that is face-to-face, e-learning or a blended approach. The CSTF provides further guidance on this.This online Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers courses package meets the requirements of CQC regulated health and social care organisations.What is covered in this mandatory care training package?Our Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers online package covers the following training modules: Equality, Diversity, and Human Rights for Homecare – Level 1 Resuscitation (Adult Basic Life Support) for Homecare – Level 2 Safeguarding Adults for Homecare – Level 2 Infection Prevention and Control for Homecare – level 1 Safeguarding Children for Homecare – Level 2 Health, Safety, and Welfare for Homecare – Level 1 Awareness of Mental Health, Dementia and Learning Disabilities – Level 1 Communication – Level 2 Duty of Care – Level 1 Nutrition and Hydration – Level 1 Work in a Person-Centred Way – Level 1 Information Governance and Data Security – Level 1 Your Personal Development – Level 1 Understanding Your Role Privacy and Dignity – Level 2. These Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers are also suitable for staff induction, refresher training or the Care Certificate training programme.Why is this Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers training package essential?This Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers training package covers all the legislative and regulatory requirements for home care and domiciliary care workers to work safely and efficiently and minimise litigation.Certification and AccreditationOn successful completion of each of the Mandatory Training for Domiciliary Care Workers, you will be able to download, save and/or print a quality assured CPD certificate. Our CPD certificate can be used to provide evidence for compliance and audit (recognised internationally).The CPD Certification Service (CPDUK) accredits all of our Mandatory Training for Care Staff and Care Workers as conforming to universally accepted Continuous Professional Development (CPD) guidelines.Online assessmentOn completion of each of the modules in the package, you will be required to complete an online assessment (pass mark of 80%).If you don’t pass the first, don’t worry! You can take the online test as many times as you need with no extra charge. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Mandatory Training Courses for Nursing Homes and Care Home Staff – Skills for Care Aligned – Online Accredited Care Home Courses.Welcome to our online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff for front-line healthcare and social care providers. All our online training courses, programmes and qualifications are accredited by the CPD Certification Service (CPDUK).This online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff package was developed in line with the latest UK legislation and meet the requirements set out by the Care Quality Commission (CQC), Skills for Care, Health and Safety Executive (HSE), Skills for Health’s UK Core Skills Training Framework (UKCSTF) and other professional and regulatory bodies.Mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff – CPD accredited courses package: Study method – Online, self-paced (Approx. 30 minutes per module) Course format – Online (24/7 access), modular Course Duration – Part-time (1-year access) Qualification – Certificate of completion Course Delivery – via desktop PC/MAC, laptops, tablets or smartphones Awarding Body – CPD Certification Service (CPDUK). Who is this online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff package for?This online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff package should be completed by all health and social care workers working in CQC regulated environments, including: Care Assistants Support Workers Adult Social Care Workers Care Home Nurses Care Assistants Residential Home Staff Nursing Home Care Staff Health and Social Care Support Workers Agency Care Workers Home Carers. This online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff package has been designed for new and experienced healthcare and social care workers alike to meet the Care Quality Commission (CQC) regulatory requirements for all UK service providers.What are the aims of these online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff?This online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff e-learning package helps care home and domiciliary care staff to meet the UK statutory requirements. We are committed to keeping up to date with changes in relevant UK legislation, national directives and conditions on a mandatory training program to ensure that it reflects changing legal, risk and service needs.To that end, our online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff are guided by the following: Standards set by Skills for Care, Health Education England and Skills for Health’s UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF), The Care Quality Commission (CQC) guidance for health and social care support workers, and National guidance issued for locum care agencies and care recruitment agencies. *Each of the online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff provides essential and adequate detail as suggested by UK regulators (including the Care Quality Commission (CQC)).Learning outcomesThe UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF) sets out 11 statutory and mandatory training topics for all staff working in health and social care settings. The CSTF includes nationally agreed learning outcomes and training delivery standards across all healthcare and social care settings.We hve worked with a range of subject matter experts to develop high quality, statutory and mandatory e-learning training sessions, which address all the knowledge outcomes at level 1 and 2 and at level 3, where appropriate for e-learning.These statutory and mandatory training courses sessions are suitable for all health and social care staff working across the various Care Quality Commission (CQC) regulated organisations, including NHS and private hospitals, mental health, care homes and domiciliary care providers.It is the responsibility of individual health and social care employer organisations to ensure that their workforce complete the appropriate training to comply with their statutory and mandatory requirements. It is also an employer’s responsibility to determine the best mode of delivering the training, whether that is face-to-face, e-learning or a blended approach. The CSTF provides further guidance on this.This online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff e-learning package meets the requirements of CQC regulated health and social care organisations.What is covered in this online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff package?This online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff package provides essential training that is relevant in most social care and health-care settings as follows: Professional Boundaries in Health and Care: Code of Professional Conduct (in accordance with CQC and Skills for Care requirements) Key Legislation and National Guidelines Understanding your Role and Responsibilities Criminal Convictions Fitness to Practice CSTF Health and Safety and Welfare, including: Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (RIDDOR) Display Screen Equipment Risk Assessment Waste Management Bullying and Harassment Stress Management Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH) Regulations CSTF Information Governance CSTF, including: Caldicott Principles Confidentiality Information Security Data Protection Record Management Counter Fraud Care Planning and Record-Keeping CSTF Conflict Resolution CSTF, including: Effective Communication Handling Violence andamp; Aggression Managing Risk, Minimising Restraint Lone Workers Handling Violence andamp; Aggression Complaints Handling CSTF Equality, Diversity and Human Rights CSTF Safeguarding Adults Levels 1 andamp; 2 CSTF Safeguarding Children Levels 1 andamp; 2 Mental Capacity Act andamp; Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards (DoLS) Mental Health Act Mental Health Awareness Learning Disability Awareness Dementia Awareness CSTF Infection Prevention and Control LevelS 1 andamp; 2, including: MRSA Blood Borne Viruses Exposure Prone Procedures Spillages and Body Fluids Sharps Management Clinical Waste Management Food Safety Awareness Levels 1 andamp; 2 CSTF Fire Safety Awareness Manual Handling Objects Level 2 CSTF Moving and Handling of People Level 2 CSTF Resuscitation – Basic Life Support (BLS) Levels 1 andamp; 2, including: National Early Warning Score (NEWS) SBAR for Care Workers First Response Awareness Medication Management (Safe Handling of Medicines). You will be provided with all the individual mandatory and statutory training modules listed above. You can, however, choose the statutory and mandatory training modules that are most suited to your specific care environment.If you are an agency health/care worker or locum, please check with your locum or care recruitment agency regarding the specific mandatory care training modules that you require to meet their compliance requirements.Why are online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff essential?This online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff e-learning package covers all the legislative and regulatory requirements for care workers to work safely and efficiently, as well as minimising litigation.Mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff – meeting employers’ legal obligationsOur online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff e-learning bundle help health and social care employers and employees alike to fulfil their legislative duties. Our online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff provide the essential knowledge and understanding as required by regulatory authorities.What are the benefits of the online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff package?Health and social care workers and providers alike gain huge benefits from our online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff packages. Some of the benefits of our packaged online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff include: All the statutory and mandatory training courses you need to meet compliance requirements in one bundle Just pay one price and complete your statutory and mandatory training all in one day! Start your online training and finish in one go, or leave and pick up where you left off! Complete your statutory and mandatory training modules in your own time, anytime, anywhere Complete your mandatory online courses on any device, including desktop computers, tablets, laptops or even mobile phones Meet the CQC and NHS framework requirements for agency and locum workers Download, save print or email your certificates to your locum agency or employer Which mandatory training courses do I need to complete?The majority of NHS Trusts, private healthcare providers, nursing agencies, locum and other health and social care agencies now insist that healthcare and social care professionals working in their organisations should complete mandatory and statutory training that is aligned to the Skills for Health UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF).All our core health and social care statutory and mandatory training modules are aligned to the Skills for Health UK Core Skills Training Framework (UKCSTF).On successful completion of each of the online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff, you will be able to download, save and/or print a quality assured CPD certificate. Our CPD certificate can be used to provide evidence for compliance and audit (recognised internationally).The CPD Certification Service (CPDUK) accredits all of our online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff as conforming to universally accepted Continuous Professional Development (CPD) guidelines.Online assessmentOn completion of each of these online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff, you will be required to complete an online assessment (pass mark of 80%).If you don’t pass the first, don’t worry! You can take the online test as many times as you need with no extra charge.Can the online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff be used for NMC revalidation?The Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) now requires all registered nurses and midwives to complete ‘revalidation’ every three years. The NMC revalidation process for nurses and midwives requires registrants to provide evidence of their practice and that they have covered 40 hours of continuing professional development (CPD) over the preceding three-year period.What is the Skills for Health’ UK ‘Core Skills Training Framework’ (CSTF)?There is increasing recognition that there are wide variations in the quality and consistency of healthcare training provided across the UK. To minimise these challenges, we work with various UK health and social care organisations to develop statutory and mandatory training courses in line with Skills for Health’s UK Core Skills Training Framework. This includes mandatory training courses in the Skills for Health UK Core Skills Training Framework Subject Guide, clinical and other awareness courses for health and social care workers.This online mandatory training courses for nursing homes and care home staff package was developed in line with the CSTF learning outcomes.Why is Skills for Health aligned mandatory training essential?This Skills for Health aligned practical mandatory training day and e-Learning courses are designed for health and social care workers who work in NHS hospitals, private hospitals and related settings. This includes nurses, doctors, allied health professionals and health and social care support workers, as well as locum doctors, agency nurses, support workers and healthcare assistants. This online mandatory training package has been designed for busy healthcare and social care professionals.It has additional online learning resources that provide more details for learners to refer to during the course and in practice. For those who have completed statutory and mandatory training before, this training package provides you with the critical legal and professional issues as specified in the Skills for Health’s UK Core Skills Training Framework (CSTF).The Skills for Health UK Core Skills Training Framework recommends that health and social care workers who do not have client facing roles may be required only to take some of these statutory and mandatory courses. Please check with your employer which courses you need. LearnPac Systems and The Mandatory Training Group will not be responsible if you take the wrong courses.You will be provided with the optional statutory and mandatory training courses that are required for your area of work. You can, however, choose the mandatory training modules that are most suited to your specific clinical environment. If you are a locum doctor, agency worker or agency nurse, please check with your locum agency regarding the specific mandatory training modules you require to meet the compliance requirements.You can also select from our wide range of individual CPD courses in our e-learning for the healthcare and social care course catalogue.. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Manual Handling Online Course IIRSM, IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionManual handling, or to be accurate, incorrect manual handling, is one of the most common causes of injury at work. To try and combat manual handling problems, the Manual Handling Operations Regulations were introduced. The Regulations lay out duties for both employees and employers. They give a general requirement that employees must be trained to manually handle correctly including the use of any equipment their employer provides to handle loads safely.This course outlines exactly what constitutes manual handling and covers the regulations and legislation that apply to manual handling tasks. It then goes on to cover safe handling techniques and how to develop good habits in relation to manual handling. It finishes off by introducing some practical solutions and the use of mechanical aids. Please note that this is an awareness course only, if your duties include manual handling you will also need further practical training, you can get in touch with us to arrange this.Training your employees with our online system will go a long way to giving them greater awareness of the dangers that poor manual handling poses, as well as covering safe handling techniques, practical solutions to manual handling issues, and the use of mechanical aids.DEMO VIDEOLEARNING OBJECTIVESBy the end of this course, you will be able to: Define Manual Handling and state the correct technique and application of effective Manual Handling. Understand the relevant legislation and comply with the regulations. Recognise safe handling techniques and be able to develop good habits. Evaluate every manual situation you encounter, recognising risks and when to use mechanical aids. Understand the consequences on the body of incorrect handling and the dangers associated. State the professionals most at risk from incorrect handling techniques. COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What is Manual HandlingModule 2: Manual Handling Regulations Module 3: Safe Handling Module 4: Learning Safe Handling Habits Module 5: Practical Manual Handling Solutions Module 6: Use of Mechanical AidsModule 7: Final TestDuration: 75 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This online course provides essential information about manual handling hazards, their prevention and control. It aims to help workers understand how to carry out manual handling tasks with the minimum risk of injury. On completion of the course you should: Have an understanding of the injuries that can arise from carrying out lifting and moving tasks incorrectly know about the legal requirements relating to manual handling and the use of equipment and how they are applied to minimise the risk of injury understand the mechanical forces affecting the body when lifting know about good lifting and moving techniques have an understanding of the approach to be taken when handling and moving people, including bariatrics be aware of the benefits derived from good handling procedure, the use of appropriate equipment and efficient room layout by means of ergonomic design know about sources of information and further advice. This course is aligned to the UK Core Skills Training Framework subject "Moving and handling". This courses provides the knowledge component of the UK Core Skills Training Framework subject "Moving and handling". Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Manual Handling - Section 1In this Section we will:• Set out the aims of the course;• Identify the qualifying units for manual handling training that contribute to a level 2 Health and Social Care Diploma• Define Manual Handling, and• Look at government statistics for injuries caused by incorrect manual handling.Manual Handling - Section 2In this Section we will:• consider the range of injuries that can arise from incorrect manual handling.Manual Handling - Section 3In this Section we will:• state the legal requirements relating to manual handling; and• study the process for assessing the risk of injury.Manual Handling - Section 4In this section we will:• Study the forces affecting the body when lifting or pushing and pulling - the biomechanics of manual handling• Set out the best way to lift or push and pull using biomechanical principles• Set out sensible lifting limits• Discuss the points to consider when a team of people carry out manual handling activities• Consider the environment around you when performing a manual handling operationManual Handling - Section 5In this Section we will:• Consider the requirements for handling and moving people; and• Consider the special handling needs of bariatric people.• Discuss ‘Agreed Ways of Working’, the Care Plan, Updating a Care Plan• Discuss how to prevent and handle fallsManual Handling - Section 6In this Part we will• look at how ergonomic design can improve the efficiency of safe manual handling;• state the legal requirements for using equipment and lifting devices; and• Consider good practice for controlling infection when manual handling.Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The marketing diploma is an essential tool for anyone who is interested in marketing and advertising. This diploma can help you progress in your career as there is an industry demand for these qualifications to help companies boost their branding and improve their revenue. Introduction to the Marketing Diploma The marketing diploma is broken into fifteen easy to study modules which are brimming with valuable information, tips and advice relating to this exciting and interesting industry. The course will provide you with a good foundation when starting out in the marketing industry. The marketing diploma is offered as an online study course, which enables you to study from home and at your own pace. On successful passing of the test you will be awarded with your certificate, which can be downloaded and printed immediately. What you Will Learn This information packed course is broken down into fifteen modules, which you can study at any time using any device, as long as you are connected to the internet. Some of the things you will learn from this course include: Know the definition of marketing What you can expect from marketing Learn what makes marketing so important to companies around the world Gain insight into where you can use marketing to help your business grow Know where to begin when it comes to effective marketing Identify the fundamentals of marketing Get a good understanding on marketing strategy Know the disadvantages of not fully understanding marketing fundamentals Learn the differences between needs and wants in customers Identify the needs of your customers How to identify customer information for marketing Gain valuable insight into the marketing environment Understand your competitors Learn the different forms of marketing Know the key forms you need to be aware of when it comes to your marketing efforts Identify how to select the best forms based on your particular company Tips on mistakes to avoid when it comes to forms of marketing Get to know the four Ps of marketing Understand offline marketing Why you should be including offline marketing in your marketing strategy Get an understanding of online marketing Learn how to create a marketing plan Know why you need a marketing plan Understand how to set your marketing budget Learn how to get the most out of your marketing budget Know the mistakes to avoid at all costs when it comes to marketing Get insight into valuable marketing tools you can start using today Points to remember when it comes to marketing Benefits There are numerous benefits to choosing to complete the marketing diploma, whether you want to enjoy a career in marketing or you own your own business and are looking for ways to boost your brand visibility. Some of the benefits you can expect when taking the marketing diploma include: Online access to all fifteen modules at any time Modules compatible with most devices Online support Lifetime access to modules Easy to manage modules Chance to improve knowledge and start using what you have learned without delay Fast track your career Certificate can be verified online Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 15 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Marketing – Its Definition and Reasons for its Use Module 2 : The Importance of Marketing and its Roles Module 3 : The Fundamentals of Marketing Module 4 : Understanding Customer Needs for Marketing Purposes Module 5 : Getting to Grips with the Marketing Environment Module 6 : The Different Forms of Marketing Module 7 : The Four P’s of Marketing Module 8 : Offline Marketing Module 9 : Online Marketing Module 10 : Creating a Marketing Plan Module 11 : Dealing with Budget Restraints and Getting Value for Money Module 12 : Evaluating the Success of the Marketing Plan Module 13 : Key Mistakes to Avoid Making with Marketing Module 14 : Important Marketing Tools to Use to Your Advantage Module 15: Key Bullet Points for Anybody to Keep in Mind About Marketing Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Being an estate agent, having the ability to show clients available properties, help investors purchase investment properties and even assist clients find that perfect home to rent can be a very rewarding career. You help buyers, sellers, tenants and landlords. You get to know your area, you sell your listings and you earn a decent commission in the process. In order to succeed as an estate agent you need the necessary training and certification. Introduction to Estate Agency Diploma The Estate Agency Diploma is an information packed course which gives you the ability to study online. You can work your full time job and study in your spare time, enjoying an industry recognised certification on completion. This course is broken down into manageable modules, each one brimming with useful information you will be able to use to fast track your career and succeed as an estate agent moving forward. You can study from any device linked to the internet, enjoying online support throughout your studies and lifetime access to your course modules. At the end of the course you will be required to take the multiple choice test and, once passed, you can download and print your certificate to display. What you will learn This course is full of useful information to provide you with the knowledge you need to be a successful estate agent in the United Kingdom. The course will cover the following: Learn what it takes to be an estate agent. What your role will be and the history of estate agents. You will also learn some valuable insight into the estate agency industry as a whole. Understand the different estate agents from domestic to rental to property negotiators to commercial agents and more. Know what is involved in selling a property, benefits of using an estate agent and the disadvantages of selling privately. Identify how to get to know your customers from canvassing to networking and more. Learn what an average day is like as an estate agent and what is expected of you. Gain an understanding of marketing, boards, agreements and more. Learn about evaluations, why they are important, how you can use them to bargain and help to set a realistic listing price. Know how to complete a successful viewing from setting it up to meeting with the client, walking them through the property, preparing the property and working to a plan. Identify the best negotiation tools to help you secure a deal. Learn the concepts of negotiation and how to use silence to your advantage. Know why clients should buy with an estate agent, your role in the process, who pays for what and so much more. Learn about sale progression from drawing up the documents to understanding what surveyors, conveyancers and solicitors are. Know how technology has had an impact on the estate agency industry. Get an understanding on investment property, what it is, who the buyers are and managing investment property for the client. Identify what a letting agent is and whether this is the role for you. Learn about the Letting Agents Association, along with your relationship with the landlord and more. Know what property management is. Get a firm understanding of the law in the estate agency industry. Benefits There are numerous benefits to completing the Estate Agency Diploma. Whether you want to work as an estate agent or letting agent or you are looking for a position within an estate agency, you can use the knowledge you learn on a daily basis. Study at your own pace and in your own time. There is no completion time limit, so you can take as long as you need to complete the course. Study online using any device connected to the internet. Enjoy online support throughout your study experience. Have access to your training modules for life. Fast track your career within the estate agency industry with the knowledge you gain from the course. Use what you learn in the course and implement it into your daily work. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 16 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction Module 2 : 2 Different Types of Estate Agents Module 3 : The Pros and Cons of Hiring an Estate Agent Module 4 : Getting to Know Your Clients Module 5 : A Day in the Life of an Estate Agent Module 6 : Selling Property with an Estate Agent Module 7 : Valuation Process Module 8 : Performing Viewings Module 9 : Negotiating Module 10 : Buying with an Estate Agent Module 11 : Sales Progression Module 12 : Technology Module 13 : Investment Property Module 14 : About Letting Agents Module 15: Property Management Module 16: Laws and Regulations Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether you aspire to be the next Tom Cruise in Cocktail, or apply for a position with the girls of Coyote Ugly, this course is designed to equip you to become a professional mixologist. This program will help you to learn the art of Mixology and Bartending. The lessons include video demonstrations of actual classroom training. Through this course you will learn to make several varieties of drinks, from traditional to trendy. You will also learn the responsibilities and etiquette of a mixologist. By the end, you will be equipped to work in any establishment as a professional mixology. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Content MODULE 1 Intro GlassWare Tools Alcohol Types MODULE 2 Martini Martinis Cont. Flavored Martinis Section Tools Long Island Sour Drinks Popular Drinks Part 1 Popular Drinks Part 2 Popular Drinks Part 3 Popular Drinks Part 4 Ruthie Martini Ruthie Martini Continued Flavored Martinis More Sour Drinks MODULE 3 Recap Drinks Muddlers More Popular Drinks 1 More Popular Drinks 2 Tropical Drinks Shooters Part 1 Shooters Part 2 Shooters Part 3 Shots Shooters Conclusion Beer Greeting Customers MODULE 4 Recap Drinks Layered Shots Wines Counterfeit Money Valid ID Organizing Your Bar Part 1 Organizing Your Bar Part 2 Tools Accessories Common Issues LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description A medical secretary is a very important person in any practice in the United Kingdom. You are the first point of contact for a patient, you are responsible for taking appointments and ensuring you provide the doctor with the backup that they need to provide the best level of patient care on a daily basis. You may have a passion for caring for people, you may want to try a different avenue in your career or you may be looking for a chance to put your organisational skills to the test. Introduction to Medical Secretary Diploma The medical secretary diploma is an information packed course designed to provide you with valuable insights, information and skills you will need to complete your job on a daily basis in the medical industry. This course is studied online using any device, as long as you have access to the internet. The benefit to this is that you can study from anywhere at any time. Due to the fact that you study this diploma online, you can study at your own pace and can choose to study full time at home and complete the course within days or you can work full time, study in the evenings and take your time to complete the course and pass the test with ease and confidence. During your study experience, you will have access to online support. In addition to this, all your modules will be available to you 24/7. This means if you ever want to revisit the course and refresh your memory, you will be able to go back and enjoy each module all over again with ease. Once you have successfully completed the course, you will need to pass the multiple choice test and on passing you will be able to download and print your certificate immediately. What you will enjoy is that all certificates are verifiable and potential employers can visit the website and type in the certificate number to confirm your credentials. What you will learn This course will provide you with the knowledge and insight you need to secure a secretarial position in the medical industry. If you are looking for a new avenue to use your skills or you are looking for a career that will provide you with a rewarding experience, then you may want to read on to identify what you can learn by completing the medical secretary diploma online. Identify what a medical secretary does, what your duties will entail each day, the job profile and the attributes needed. Get insider tips on how to manage appointment bookings, why scheduling is so important, setting reminders and more. Learn the filing systems used in medical offices, tips to setting up an effective filing system, along with the different filing systems you may choose to use to make your day more productive. Understand the importance of patient confidentiality. This module will give you an insight into patient confidentiality and what it involves, along with the difference between patient confidentiality and patient privacy. Learn the importance of medical records. In this module you will learn the purpose and benefits that medical records provide. Identify the different medical jargon and terminology so that you are not left behind. Learn about the information technology used in the medical profession along with basic computer use to electronic prescriptions, patient registrations and more. Get an understanding on why information technology is so important in the medical profession. Learn management for medical records. Understand the importance of health and safety in the workplace. Learn about supplies and inventory management. Identify what communication skills you will need to be an effective medical secretary. Benefits This medical secretary diploma is guaranteed to provide you with the knowledge and skills you need to manage your career effectively. This course will provide you with a host of benefits, these include: Study online at your own pace and in your own time. Study using any device – computer, laptop, tablet or phone. Industry recognised certificate issued on successful completion and passing of the course. Certificate is verifiable. The course is broken into easy to learn and manage modules which are brimming with essential and useful information. Lifetime access to modules. Online support during studies. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 16 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction, Job Role and Responsibilities Module 2 : How to manage Appointment Scheduling Module 3 : Filing Systems in Medical Offices Module 4 : Patient Confidentiality in the Healthcare Industry Module 5 : Definition, Purpose and Benefits of Medical Records Module 6 : Understanding Medical Terminology and Jargon Module 7 : Information Technology and Computer Usage in Healthcare Administration Module 8 : Information Technology and Computers Module 9 : Medical Records Management Module 10 : Health and Safety in a Healthcare Setting Module 11 : Supplies and Inventory Management and Administration Module 12 : Communication Skills in a Medical Office Module 13 : Communication Skills in a Medical Office Part II Module 14 : Law, Medical Services and Ethics Module 15: Medical (Clinical) Coding, Billing and Important Aspects of Medical Administration Module 16: Career Information and Prospects Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Medication Awareness andamp; Dosage Calculation: An Introductory Package for Nurses- Section 1 The Nurse's Role in Medication Management Legislation Governing Medication in the UK Classification of Medication Understanding Doses Prescribing Routes of Administration Orders of Medication Medication Administration Checks End of Section Quiz Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation- Section 2 A Note on Numeracy Understanding Decimals, The Metric system and S.I. Units. Mini Quiz Medication Awareness andamp; Dosage Calculation: Section 2.1 Dosage Calculations Tablets, Capsules and Caplets Mini Quiz Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation: Section 2.2 Liquid Oral Medicines Mini Quiz Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation: Section 2.3 Injection medications Mini Quiz Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation: Section 2.4 Intravenous (IV) infusions andamp; Flow Rate Calculations Mini Quiz Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation: Section 2.5 Dosage by Body Weight Mini Quiz Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation: Section 3 Storage Safe Disposal of Medicines Adverse Events End of Course Summary Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Medication Awareness and Record Keeping For Care Workers - SECTION 1• Introduction• Aims and Objectives• The Importance of Medication Awareness for a Care Worker.• Legislation Governing Medication in the UK.• Classification of Medication• Understanding Doses• Prescribing• Routes of Administration• Tablets, Capsules and Caplets• Compound Drugs• Administering Tablet/ Capsule Medication• Liquid Oral Medications• Prescription, Medication and Administration Checks• Post Administration Checks• End of Section QuizMedication Awareness and Record Keeping For Care Workers - SECTION 2• Storage of Medication• Storage of Controlled Drugs (CDs)• Patient's Own Drugs• Safe Disposal of Medicines• Disposal of Controlled Drugs (CDs)• Adverse Event Management• Medication - Recording and Record Keeping• Keeping Records for Controlled Drugs (CDs)• Key Points to Remember• End of Course Summary• End of Section QuizPlease ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Module 1 - The Basics A specialist course covering types of medications used to treat Mental Health problems, their storage, administration, side effects and contraindication in different groups of people. The course aims in particular to familiarise its readers with the use and side effects of antidepressant, antipsychotic, anxiolytic and hypnotic medications. This course can be used in conjunction with Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation: An Introductory Package for Nurses, or as standalone training for Care Workers, Enablers, Mental Health Nurses and other healthcare professionals who work with individuals suffering from Mental Health problems. Module 2 (Antidepressants) A specialist course covering types of medications used to treat Mental Health problems, their storage, administration, side effects and contraindication in different groups of people. The course aims in particular to familiarise its readers with the use and side effects of antidepressant, antipsychotic, anxiolytic and hypnotic medications. This course can be used in conjunction with Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation: An Introductory Package for Nurses, or as standalone training for Care Workers, Enablers, Mental Health Nurses and other healthcare professionals who work with individuals suffering from Mental Health problems. Module 3 - Antipsychotics This course can be used in conjunction with Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation: An Introductory Package for Nurses, or as standalone training for Care Workers, Enablers, Mental Health Nurses and other healthcare professionals who work with individuals suffering from Mental Health problems. Module 4 - Anxiolytics and Hypnotics This course can be used in conjunction with Medication Awareness and Dosage Calculation: An Introductory Package for Nurses, or as standalone training for Care Workers, Enablers, Mental Health Nurses and other healthcare professionals who work with individuals suffering from Mental Health problems. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Medication Management course is designed for staff working within a care environment. This course is in line with the National Minimum Standards Requirements and recent CQC guidelines. Candidates will gain an understanding of the legislation involved with administration of medication, along with being able to follow procedures set for safe administration of medication. Course OverviewThis course has been designed to enable you to handle, administer and understand how medication acts in the body and on major organs. It will also allow you to identify some potential side effects and adverse drug reactions that service users could experience and how to manage them. It will give you the opportunity to undertake a variety of drug calculations, to ensure that opportunities of dosage errors are minimised.1. IntroductionBy completing this section, you will establish what is in the course itself and the learning outcomes of fully completing this online learning module.2. Key TermsUnderstand some of the key technical terms that play a crucial role in ensuring that medicines are dispensed and administered safely and correctly. The terms that will be reviewed will relate to drugs in the body, they are: Therapeutic Index Half Life Steady State Potency 3. Legislation and Medication (including Care Regulators)This section will teach you awareness of the law and legislation relating to medication and medication management. You will also become aware of the Care Regulators for each part of the UK and what regulations service providers are governed by to maintain their registrations.4. What is a medicine?You will be aware of what is a medicine and a drug, how they are categorised and approved, as well as the correct naming and use of names when referring to medications that are in use within your working environments.5. Prescriptions and PrescribersWithin this section you will learn about prescribers and prescriptions from across the United Kingdom. You will gain a knowledge of Patient Group Directives (PGD), the role of the Pharmacist and the use of a Homely Remedies or Symptomatic Relief Protocols that might be used in your clinical practice area.6. Administration of MedicinesUnderstand the awareness of the 5 rights of medicines administration, as well as some of the common directions given for medication administration. You will also be aware of some of the routes of administering medicines that you may practice within your working environment.7. Administration of Medicines (practical methods)This demonstrates awareness of some of the different forms of medications administration, and how independence can be promoted with your service users if some of these methods are utilised.8. How medicines act on the bodyGain knowledge towards: Explain in broad terms how drugs act on the body Identify the areas of the body involved in the mechanisms of medication effects 9.The heart, lungs, brain and GI tractThis section will look briefly at the major organs of the body. We will look at: How they work How they are affected by some medications For each organ, we will discuss its: Physiology (normal function) Pathology (abnormal function) Pharmacology (medications commonly affecting that organ and any potential adverse effects) 10. The liver and kidneysThe main focus of this section is the review of two key organs in the body in terms of dealing with medication, the liver and the kidneys. It will also look at the role of enzymes in dealing with medicines.11. Side Effects and adverse drug reactionsLearn more about: Some well-known side effects of commonly used medications The term Adverse Drug Reaction (ADR) The two types of ADR and their differences The action to take if an ADR is suspected and affecting a service user in your care 12. Drug interactionsAn in-depth look at another serious problem that can arise form the use of medication - Drug Interactions.It will look at: The definition of drug interaction The relationship between the structure of drugs and their activity Identifying drugs commonly involved in interactions, including those bought over the counter 13. Age and drugsHow an individual's age - whether they are very young or very old can affect the medication they use.14. Accountability and responsibilityThis section will look at the accountability and responsibility of medication administration processes.15. Drug calculationsA look over the various methods of drug calculations that could be needed in clinical practice. Benefits of our courses Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Mental Capacity Act (MCA) came into force in 2007 and was designed to strengthen the protection of vulnerable adults. This was followed by The Deprivation of Liberties Safeguards (DOLS) being implemented in 2009. This care course provides background to the MCA and its relationship to DOLS and how those working within the care sector can ensure compliance whilst carrying out their job role. Candidates will also gain an understanding of how to keep the best interests of those that they care for who may or may not be able to consent. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand the key principles of the Mental Capacity Act 2005 and Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards Define “capacity” When to Assess Principles of Assessment Carer Liability Recording Your Practice Advance Decision What is Deprivation of Liberty? Deprivation of Liberty Assessment Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Mental Capacity Act and Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThis course describes in detail the many facets and procedures of the Mental Capacity Act. This includes who the act affects, when it applies, how to assess capacity, and the procedures that can be put in place in the home or workplace to ensure best practices are followed and people are treated fairly at all times. It also introduces the deprivation of liberty safeguards. These safeguards provide a framework for approving the deprivation of liberty for people who lack the capacity to consent to treatment or care in either a hospital or care home setting.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: What is the Mental Capacity Act?Module 3: Assessing CapacityModule 4: The Deprivation of Liberty SafeguardsDuration: 75 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Mental Health or ‘emotional health’ or ‘well-being’ are just as important as good physical health but because mental illness is not 'visible', it makes it difficult for others to understand what someone is going through, even for those who are very close to that person.. When planning personalised mental health care, medical teams need to consider the whole person and their needs alongside the theory or knowledge about mental health care that they/you already have. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course? We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Mental Health andamp; Learning Disability Awareness - Module 1 Mental Health or ‘emotional health’ or ‘well-being’ are just as important as good physical health but because mental illness is not 'visible', it makes it difficult for others to understand what someone is going through, even for those who are very close to that person.Mental Health andamp; Learning Disability Awareness - Module 2When planning personalised mental health care, medical teams need to consider the whole person and their needs alongside the theory or knowledge about mental health care that they/you already have.To support this, the learning objectives of this module include:• To prepare a care plan which is all-encompassing and consider all necessary aspects of individualised care;• To understand the needs and experiences of people with mental health conditions, or learning disabilities;• To understand how social perceptions can impact on those with learning disability or mental health;• To understand the adjustments which may be necessary in care delivery relating to an individual who may have a mental health condition, or learning disability;• To understand the role of medication and how withdrawal may impact upon an individual and how it should be handled.Mental Health andamp; Learning Disability Awareness - Module 3Many carers of people with mental health problems are concerned about how to respond to the person who is unwell. How can you help carers to set boundaries, and what should they consider to be acceptable and unacceptable behaviour?The learning objectives for this section are:• To understand and explore the approaches to care that respect service users' independence, choice and human rights;• To ensure you understand the difference between the use of restrictive practices and restrictive interventions and the appropriateness of their use.Mental Health andamp; Learning Disability Awareness - Module 4When living with either mental health problems or a learning disability, small things that may seem easy to other people are difficult to achieve.Each person with learning disability is unique.In terms of work, many are capable of performing a specific job well without requiring any additional assistance or modifications. Many have learned to compensate for their disabilities and seek employment utilising their areas of strength. Others may need additional help at work. It is important that potential employees with learning disabilities know all the required components of a job, allowing them to develop strategies and accommodations that can enhance their job performance.Mental Health andamp; Learning Disability Awareness - Module 5The process for handling learning disability and behavioural challenges for children is similar to the process for adults.As an overview to consolidate knowledge, NICE advise that when assessing challenging behaviour, the person being assessed remains the priority and is supported throughout the process. It is vital that the child or young person and their family members and carers are fully involved in the assessment process. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is aimed at staff working within a care environment. This course aims to build the capacity of health care workers in the field of mental health so that they are able to effectively respond to the mental health needs of their service users. Candidates will gain an understanding how to recognise the symptoms of mental disorders and how to understand that people experiencing possible mental disorders require appropriate services. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Defining Mental Health Recognising symptoms of a Mental Health Disorder Responding appropriately Referring a person with a Mental Health Disorder Support and caring for a person with a Mental Health Disorder Discrimination and stigma Medication and side effects Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Mental Health Awareness Video Based Online Course CPD ApprovedPeople often equate the words mental health with mental illness and there are many definitions of what mental health actually is. Mental health issues can happen to anyone despite social background, intelligence, gender or other factors. This course explains the difference between mental health and mental illness. It covers the symptoms of a number of the most common mental illnesses so you will know what to look out for or what to expect if you are working with someone with one of these conditions. As well as providing some practical advice on how you can work effectively with those affected by these conditions.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What is mental illness and prevalence ratesModule 2: Symptoms of Bi-Polar, depression, psychotic disorders and schizophreniaModule 3: Symptoms of anxiety, personality disorder, self harming Duration: 25 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Mental Health First Aid Video Based Online Course CPD and Gatehouse Awards ApprovedCOURSE DESCRIPTIONAround 25 per cent of the UK population will experience a mental health problem at some point in their lives. Most are mild, tend to be short-term and are usually treated successfully with therapy and medication.But it is still a significant problem. Mental Health First Aid teaches participants how to notice and support individuals who may be experiencing mental health issues or exhibiting the signs of substance use in a work environment. They are also taught how to connect those people with appropriate help from fellow employees, community resources or healthcare professionals.The course introduces the subject and outlines the benefits of Mental Health first aid and workplace wellness schemes. It then goes on to cover the effects of stress on individuals and teams and discusses how stress and mental health are linked.It then covers the roles of employers, managers and employees in ensuring that a Mental Health First Aid programme is successful. It concludes with a series of practical examples of how to apply mental health first aid to real situations, how to support employees who are experiencing mental health issues and where to point them for further help and advice.LEARNING OBJECTIVESBy the end of this course, you will be able to: Define and understand the importance of Mental Health First Aid. Develop a greater understanding of mental health issues and the benefits of Mental Health First Aid. Understand the roles and responsibilities of employers and employees in achieving better mental health in the workplace. Identify the issues of stress in the workplace. Develop and understand a wellness strategy within the workplace. TARGET AUDIENCE This course is aimed at people in the workplace that would like to become a Mental Health First Aider in their workplace or for Supervisors or Managers that are interested in starting a Mental Health First Aid programme in their workplace.ADVANTAGES Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life. This course is endorsed by Gatehouse Awards.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: StressModule 3: Employers' RoleModule 4: The Role of ManagementModule 5: Employees Role - Part 1Module 6: Employees Role - Part 2Module 7: Employees Role - Part 3 DURATION: 90 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) DEMO VIDEO Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This Training Bundle consists of 9 CPD Accredited Courses covering Mental Health Awareness, Autism, Aspergers Syndrome andamp; Dementia and is aimed at staff working in the Care environment. This bundle contains all of the following CPD Accredited courses: Autism Awareness Aspergers Syndrome Dementia - An Understanding Dementia - Types of Dementia Dementia - Dealing with Challenging Behaviour Dementia - Clinical Guidelines Dementia - Interventions for Cognitive andamp; Non-Cognitive Dementia Care Practice Level 3 Mental Health Awareness As you complete each course and pass the test you will get access to print off a personalised CPD Certificate. Click on the links above for more information on each course. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?Each course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based courses as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The tests, like the courses, are online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the tests first time then you will get further opportunities to take them again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the tests. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificates any time you need them. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that each program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for each end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.CPD Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning about Mental Wellbeing in Children and Young People is essential to anyone who is a parent, family member or works with children. Whether you’re looking to improve the mental health of the children in your life or looking to avoid any future problems, this course covers everything you need to know. In this course, we closely examine all the risk factors and the different types of mental health problems specific to young people. This course offers a comprehensive guide to mental wellbeing in children and young people, from finding out how to achieve mental wellbeing, to the role of the parent, and what to do in more serious circumstances when outside assistance is required. You will Learn: The risk factors which might affect mental health in young people The different types of mental health issues and how to approach each one How to ensure the mental wellbeing of children and young people in your life The role of the parent in providing help and support When you need to get outside help and how to go about it Benefits of Studying This Course You will be able to improve the mental health and happiness of the children in your life You will be able to identify mental health issues before they become serious You will reduce the chances of causing further damage to existing mental health problems You will potentially save a child’s life by knowing when outside help is required You will understand the role you have to play in ensuring a child’s mental wellbeing Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Risk Factors Module 02: Mental Health Problems Module 03: Achieving Mental Wellbeing Module 04: Getting Help Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Mentors and coaches are important when it comes to building up one’s confidence and skills in just about any profession. These experts provide short-term and long-term guidance throughout the learning process. The best part of all is not everyone has to be a coach or mentor to use these skills. However, not everyone has good mentoring or coaching potential. This is where taking the time to perfect your coaching and mentoring skills can help you stand out in life and at work. For those who choose to take the time to learn about these crucial skills often benefit from having a better understanding of people, how to convey knowledge in an active learning environment, and help people build themselves and prosper. While there are many ways one can help guide people, they tend to focus on certain aspects of help. With this course, you will learn more about mentoring and coaching along with other related professions. You Will Learn: About the different types of occupations related to coaching and mentoring and how they differ from coaches and mentors About the differences between coaching skills and mentoring skills About the different types of coaches and mentors More about the different levels of certification for coaching and mentoring skills, as well as other potential requirements to become a coach or mentor Benefits of Taking this Course You will gain a deeper understanding of what a coach and mentor do and how they help people You will learn about new skills that can help improve other areas of life, including relationships You will gain skills that can help you work in managerial roles and other related jobs that require good leadership, coaching and mentoring skills You will gain more confidence in yourself and develop a better understanding of people Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Coaching and Mentoring Module 02: Coaching and Mentoring Skills Module 03: Types of Coaching and Mentoring Module 04: Coaching and Mentoring Career Certification Levels and Requirements Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course helps people to clarify their own thoughts on the process and develop a model of mentoring that suits their specific context. The course also provides opportunities to tune up the necessary interpersonal skills that are essential for successful mentoring. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Define the concept on mentoring Differentiate mentoring from other forms of staff support Explain the importance of contracting List the essential skills needed to be a mentor Give effective feedback Discuss the pros and cons of offering advice and guidance Demonstrate common methods of problem solving Understand what makes mentoring relationships work well List the common errors of “helping” State the value of being non-judgemental Explore the value andamp; danger of self-disclosure Challenge in a respectful way Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description .NET is an integral part of many applications running on Windows and provides common functionality for those applications to run. For developers, the .NET Framework provides a comprehensive and consistent programming model for building applications that have visually stunning user experiences and seamless and secure communication. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365 custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and un like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365 self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Module 1 1.0 Introduction and Developing in HTML5 with Javascript and CSS3 1.1 Intro to HTML5 1.2 Examples of Browsers Using Codes 1.3 Using HTML5 Codes and Utilizing Virtual Studio Pt. 1 1.4 Using HTML5 Codes and Utilizing Virtual Studio Pt. 2 1.5 Using HTML5 Codes and Utilizing Virtual Studio Pt. 3 1.6 Using HTML5 Codes and Utilizing Virtual Studio Pt. 4 Module 2 2.0 HTML5 Code Walkthrough Pt. 1 2.1 HTML5 Code Walkthrough Pt. 2 2.2 HTML5 Code Walkthrough Pt. 3 2.3 CSS3 Selectors and Style Properties Pt. 1 2.4 CSS3 Selectors and Style Properties Pt. 2 2.5 CSS3 Selectors and Style Properties Pt. 3 2.6 CSS3 Selectors and Style Properties Pt. 4 2.7 CSS3 Selectors and Style Properties Pt. 5 2.8 CSS3 Selectors and Style Properties Pt. 6 Module 3 3.0 Developer Tool Support 3.1 Browse-Specific Feature Detection 3.2 HTML Form Examples Pt. 1 3.3 HTML Form Examples Pt. 2 3.4 HTML Form Examples Pt. 3 3.5 HTML Form Examples Pt. 4 Module 4 4.0 HTML Form Enhancements Pt. 1 4.1 HTML Form Enhancements Pt. 2 4.2 HTML Form Enhancements Pt. 3 4.3 HTML Form Enhancements Pt. 4 4.4 HTML Form Enhancements Pt. 5 4.5 HTML Form Enhancements Pt. 6 Module 5 5.0 Building Websites Pt. 1 5.1 Building Websites Pt. 2 5.2 Building Websites Pt. 3 5.3 Building Websites Pt. 4 Module 6 6.0 More HTML5 Pt. 1 6.1 More HTML5 Pt. 2 : Information Tags 6.2 More HTML5 Pt. 3 : Codes 6.3 More HTML5 Pt. 4 : Java Script 6.4 Course Outro Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Microsoft Access is now much more than a way to create desktop databases. It's an easy to use tool for quickly creating browser based database applications that help you run your business. Your data is automatically stored in a SQL database, so it's more secure and scalable than ever, and you can easily share your applications with colleagues. This course will guide you through the basics of relational database design and through the creation of database objects. You will learn how to use forms, query tables and reports to manage data. You will understand the interface, customization and creation editing of the many objects available within the Microsoft Access application. This course is divided in to three separate levels being Basic Microsoft Access, Intermediate Microsoft Access and Advanced Microsoft Access. Example Training Video LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Course Outline Access Beginner 1.1 Introduction Part 1 1.2 Introduction Part 2 1.3 Elements Part 1 1.4 Elements Part 2 1.5 Reviewing Data 1.6 Queries Part 1 1.7 Queries Part 2 1.8 Tracking Time Part 1 1.9 Tracking Time Part 2 1.10 Tracking Time Part 3 1.11 Design Work With Forms Access Intermediate 1.1 Relationships Part 1 1.2 Relationships Part 2 1.3 Changing Information 1.4 Loading Tables 1.5 Relating Invoices Part 1 1.6 Relating Invoices Part 2 1.7 Relating Invoices Part 3 1.8 Relating Invoices Part 4 1.9 Time Entry Form Access Advanced 1.1 Queries Part 1 1.2 Queries Part 2 1.3 Queries Part 3 1.4 Queries Part 4 1.5 Reports Based On Queries 1.6 Adding Additional Information 1.7 Update Query Part 1 1.8 Update Query Part 1 1.9 Creating A Report From Scratch Part 1 1.10 Creating A Report From Scratch Part 2 1.11 Creating A Report From Scratch Part 3 Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course prepares you for the Microsoft Certification Exam AZ-203. By the end of this course, you will be able to Develop Azure IaaS computer solution, Develop Azure PaaS computer solution, Develop for Azure storage, Implement Azure security, Monitor, troubleshoot and optimize solutions, as well as connect to and consumer Azure and third-party services. You will become proficient in developing apps and services, using Azure tools and technologies. Cloud Technologies are a great skill to learn and having these skills will assist in becoming or adding to your skillset as a Cloud Architect, Cloud DBA, Cloud Admin and many more. Candidates for this exam are Azure Developers who design and build cloud solutions such as applications and services. They participate in all phases of development, from solution design, to development and deployment, to testing and maintenance. They should be proficient in developing apps and services by using Azure tools and technologies, including storage, security, compute, and communications What will you learn? Learning objectives include Azure Batch Services, Creating Containerized Solutions, Working with Web and Mobile Apps, Azure Functions and more! Students will gain experience working with Azure technologies including but not limited to: Implement batch jobs by using Azure Batch Services Create containerized solutions, create Azure App Service web apps, create Azure App Service mobile apps, create Azure App Service API apps, implement Azure functions, develop solutions that use storage tables, develop solutions that use Cosmos DB storage, develop solutions that use a relational database, develop solutions that use blob storage Implement authentication, implement access control, implement secure data solutions, develop code to support scalability of apps and services, integrate caching and content delivery within solutions and instrument solutions to support monitoring and logging.Video Content: 19 Hours 54 MinutesTest Questions: 199 Course Outline Module 1: Implement VM SolutionsIntroImplement VM Solutions Pt 1Implement VM Solutions Pt 2Implement VM Solutions Pt 3Implement VM Solutions Pt 4Implement Batch Jobs Using AZ Batch ServicesCreate Containerized Solutions Pt 1Create Containerized Solutions Pt 2Module 2: Develop Azure Platform as a ServiceDevelop Azure Platform as a Service (PaaS) Pt 1Develop Azure Platform as a Service (PaaS) Pt 2Develop Azure Platform as a Service (PaaS) Pt 3Develop Azure Platform as a Service (PaaS) Demo Pt 1Develop Azure Platform as a Service (PaaS) Demo Pt 2Create Azure App Service Mobile AppsCreate Azure App Service API AppsImplement Azure Functions Pt 1Implement Azure Functions Pt 2Module 3: Develop for Azure StorageDevelop for Azure Storage Pt 1Develop for Azure Storage Pt 2Develop for Azure Storage Pt 3Develop Solutions that use Azure Cosmos DB Pt 1Develop Solutions that use Azure Cosmos DB Pt 2Develop Solutions that use Relational Database Pt 1Develop Solutions that use Relational Database Pt 2Develop Solutions that use Microsoft Blob StorageModule 4: Implement Azure SecurityImplement Azure Security Pt 1Implement Azure Security Pt 2Implement Azure Security Pt 3Implementing Access Control Pt 1Implementing Access Control Pt 2Implementing Secure Data SolutionsModule 5: Monitor, Troubleshoot and Optimize Azure SolutionsMonitor, Troubleshoot and Optimize Azure Solutions Pt 1Monitor, Troubleshoot and Optimize Azure Solutions Pt 2Develop for Code ScalabilityInstrument Solutions to Support Monitoring and LoggingIntegrate Caching and Content Delivery Pt 1Integrate Caching and Content Delivery Pt 2Module 6: Connect to and Consume Azure and Third Party ServicesConnect to and Consume Azure and Third Party Services Pt 1Connect to and Consume Azure and Third Party Services Pt 2Working with Azure SearchAzure API ManagementDevelop Event Based Solutions Pt 1Develop Event Based Solutions Pt 2Develop Message Based Solutions Pt 1Develop Message Based Solutions Pt 2Outro Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learning247 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learning247's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learning247 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: Learning247 knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learning247's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Looking to gain expertise in Microsoft Azure? Look no further! Our comprehensive AZ-104 Microsoft Azure Administrator Certification course will equip you with the skills needed to effectively manage Azure resources. With a focus on Azure’s robust features, this course covers everything you need to know, from Azure overview to advanced monitoring and backup techniques.Welcome to our Microsoft Azure Administrator Certification program. If you’re wondering what is AZ-104 certification, then you’re at the right place. The Azure Administrator Certification is a pivotal certification for aspiring cloud professionals, and our comprehensive AZ-104 online training will set you on the path to mastery. Course Overview Azure Administration Training: Our robust Azure administration tutorial will introduce you to the core concepts and best practices of Azure administration. This ensures you are well-equipped with practical skills. AZ 104 Course Content: Delve deep into our curated AZ-104 course content, tailored to align with the latest industry standards and requirements. From basics to advanced modules, we’ve got it all covered. 35 Training Hours: Dive deep into the world of cloud computing with expert-led training sessions. 86 On-demand Videos: Learn at your own pace with a wealth of video resources covering key topics. Closed Captions: Ensure accessibility and a seamless learning experience with closed captions. 7 Topics: Cover a wide range of essential cloud knowledge domains. 200 Practice Test Questions: Test your knowledge and readiness with 200 meticulously crafted practice questions. Certificate of Completion: Receive a prestigious certificate upon course completion. Video Content: 35 Hours Test Questions: 200 Course Outline Module 1 - Azure Overview1.0 Introduction to AZ-1041.1 Cloud Computing1.2 Cloud Services Benefits1.3 Cloud Service Types1.4 Azure Core Architectural Components1.4.1 ACTIVITY-Creating Management Groups and Subscriptions1.5 Azure Compute Services1.6 Azure Application Hosting Options1.7 Azure Networking Services1.8 Azure Storage Services1.9 Azure Identity, Access, and Security1.10 Azure Cost Management1.10.1 ACTIVITY- Checking Your Azure Balance1.11 Azure Governance and Compliance Tools1.11.1 ACTIVITY- Assign an Azure PolicyModule 2 - Azure Tools2.1 Azure Portal2.1.1 ACTIVITY- Exploring the Azure Portal2.2 Azure Monitoring Tools2.3 Azure PowerShell2.3.1 ACTIVITY- Using Azure PowerShell2.4 Azure CLI2.4.1 ACTIVITY- Using the Azure CLI2.5 Azure Cloud Shell2.6 ARM Templates2.6.1 ACTIVITY- Using Templates to Deploy Resources2.7 Azure Resource Manager2.8 Hybrid ToolsModule 3 - Azure Identities and Governance3.1 Azure AD Overview3.1.1 ACTIVITY- Exploring Azure Active Directory3.1.2 ACTIVITY- Adding a Custom Domain3.2 Subscriptions3.3 Users and Groups3.3.1 ACTIVITY- Adding Azure Active Directory User3.3.2 ACTIVITY- Bulk Inviting New Users3.3.3 ACTIVITY- Creating Azure AD Groups3.4 Authentication3.5 SSPR3.5.1 ACTIVITY- Implementing SSPR3.6 Devices3.7 Azure Roles3.7.1 ACTIVITY- Assigning Azure Roles3.8 Azure AD Roles3.8.1 ACTIVITY- Assigning Azure AD Roles3.9 Conditional Access3.10 Authorization3.10.1 ACTIVITY- Managing Licenses3.11 Azure PolicyModule 4 - Azure Storage4.1 Storage Accounts4.1.1 ACTIVITY- Creating a Storage Account4.2 Storage Types4.2.1 ACTIVITY- Creating Storage Types4.3 Azure Storage Tools4.3.1 ACTIVITY- Azure Storage Explorer4.4 Azure Files and File Sync4.4.1 ACTIVITY- Deploying an Azure Files Share4.5 Azure Storage SecurityModule 5 - Azure Compute Resources5.1 Virtual Machines5.1.1 ACTIVITY- Create Virtual Machines5.1.2 ACTIVITY- Delete a Virtual Machine5.2 VM Availability5.2.1 ACTIVITY- Increasing VM Availability5.3 VM Extensions5.4 Azure App Service5.5 Azure Container Instances5.6 KubernetesModule 6 - Azure Virtual Networks6.1 Virtual Networks6.1.1 ACTIVITY- Create a VNet6.2 Network Security Groups-Part 16.2.1 Network Security Groups-Part 26.3 Azure Firewall6.3.1 ACTIVITY- Deploying a Firewall6.4 Azure DNS-Part 16.4.1 Azure DNS-Part 26.4.2 ACTIVITY- Implementing Azure DNS Zone66.5 Virtual Network Peering6.5.1 ACTIVITY- VNet Peering6.6 Azure VPN Gateway6.7 ExpressRoute and Virtual WANs6.8 Azure Load Balancer6.9 Azure Application Gateway6.10 Azure RoutesModule 7 - Azure Monitoring and Backup7.1 Network Watcher7.2 Azure Monitor7.3 Azure Backup-Part 17.4 Azure Backup-Part 27.5 Azure Backup-Part 37.6 Conclusion to AZ-104 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learning247 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learning247's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learning247 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Navigation and Controls: Learning247's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learn to use Azure, Microsoft's cloud solution. In this day and age, cloud computing is almost a necessity. With more businesses switching over to the Cloud, it is more important than ever to learn about Azure. Understanding how the Cloud works and operates will further your career and help you become more marketable. With this course, you will learn what the Cloud is, different ways to utilize the Cloud, and a variety of the resources that are available in the Azure console. In this course, we will go over several different modules.We will go over topics such as cloud computing fundamentals, compute, networking, Databases, Azure solutions, Administration, pricing and service level agreements, and more. You will be prepared to take the AZ-900 Azure Fundamentals exam with practice questions and flashcards. You will further develop your Azure understanding and build confidence in your ability to navigate the Azure console and use the various resources within. If you have never heard of Azure or cloud technology, if you are familiar with other cloud technologies, if you are anywhere in-between, this class is for you. This class is designed for all and provides a high-level overview of what Azure has to offer and how it can best help you and your company become more efficient and cost-effective.You will learn an introductory, high-level view of the Azure platform while preparing for the AZ-900 exam.This course is intended for Everyone regardless of experience, who is interested in learning and working with Microsoft Azure. Video Content: 8 Hours 15 MinutesTest Questions: 100 Course Outline Module 1: IntroductionInstructor IntroductionCourse OverviewExpectationsModule 2: Cloud FundamentalsWhat is the CloudBasic TermsTypes of cloud computingCloud Service ModelsModule 3: Azure’s ArchitectureRegions and AvailabilityResource Groups and ManagementAzure MarketplaceDemo- Azure Console ExplorationModule 4: ComputeVirtual MachinesContainersDemo - ContainersFunctionsDemo - FunctionsWindows Virtual Desktop and App ServicesModule 5: Networking and CDNVirtual NetworksLoad BalancersGatewaysContent Delivery NetworkNetwork SecurityDemo - Connecting two VMsModule 6: StorageStorageBig Data and AnalyticsDatabasesDemo - SQL DatabaseDatabase MigrationModule 7: Azure SolutionsIoTDemo - IoT HubAIServerless ComputingModule 8: AdministrationSecurityIdentity and Access ManagementDemo - Adding Users and GroupsGovernanceDemo - Resource LocksPrivacy and ComplianceModule 9: Pricing and Service Level AgreementsManaging CostsDemo - Pricing CalculatorService Level Agreements and Service LifecyclesModule 10: Exam PreparationExam LayoutBest Practices and Study TipsOverview and ConclusionModule 11: Review QuestionsModule 11 pt 1Module 11 pt 2Module 11 pt 3Module 11 pt 4 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learning247 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learning247's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learning247 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: Learning247 knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learning247's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is for Microsoft developers that are ready to start building enterprise web applications and would like to take the 70-486 certification exam. Taking this course will provide you with training in web development, C Sharp, HTML and CSS, SQL Server, JavaScript, Object Based JavaScript, Model View and Controller, and jQuery. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Web Development 1.1 Course And Instructor Introduction 1.2 ASP.Net Using Visual Studio 1.3 ASP.Net Tools in Visual Studio 1.4 ASP.Net Data Validation Part 1 1.5 ASP.Net Data Validation Part 2 1.6 ASP.Net Web User Control 1.7 ASP.Net Creating Web Service 1.8 ASP.Net Web Service Explained 1.9 Classes Defined Module 2: C Sharp 2.1 Intro to C Sharp 2.2 Functions in C Sharp 2.3 If Statements in C Sharp 2.4 Static Variables in C Sharp 2.5 Loops in C Sharp 2.6 Debugging in C Sharp 2.7 Introduction to Windows Forms in C Sharp 2.8 More Windows Forms in C Sharp 2.9 Windows Forms Controls in C Sharp 2.10 Object Oriented Programming in C Sharp 2.11 Constructors and Destructors in C Sharp 2.12 Members of a Class in C Sharp 2.13 Class Inheritance in C Sharp 2.14 Abstract Classes in C Sharp 2.15 Enumerations in C Sharp 2.16 Exception Handling in C Sharp 2.17 Creating XML Documents in C Sharp 2.18 Putting it All Together in a File in C Sharp Module 3: HTML and CSS Comprehensive Review 3.1 Intro to HTML 3.2 HTML Markup 3.3 Lists in HTML 3.4 Links in HTML 3.5 Tables in HTML 3.6 Forms in HTML 3.7 Intro to CSS 3.8 CSS Color Properties Module 4: Intro to SQL Server 4.1 Databases Defined 4.2 Tables Defined 4.3 Basic Query Optimization 4.4 Defining and Using Store Procedures 4.5 Creating Stored Procedure 4.6 Executing Store Procedure from C Sharp 4.7 Executing Store Procedure from ASP.Net 4.8 Changing ASP.Net Interface to Retrieve Data Part 1 4.9 Changing ASP.Net Interface to Retrieve Data Part 2 Module 5: Java Script A Comprehensive Introduction 5.1 Intro to Java Script 5.2 Using Java Script for Data Validation 5.3 Using Java Script to Manipulate Documents 5.4 Variables in Java Script 5.5 If Statements in Java Script 5.6 Logical Operators in Java Script 5.7 If Else Statements in Java Script 5.8 Switch Statements in Java Script 5.9 For Loops in Java Script 5.10 For and While Loops in Java Script Module 6: Object Based Java Script 6.1 Working with String Object 6.2 More on String Object 6.3 The Math Object 6.4 Creating Your Own Objects 6.5 String Manipulation in Java Script 6.6 Programming the Browser in Java Script 6.7 Browser Versions in Java Script 6.8 Working with Forms in Java Script Module 7: Model View and Controller 7.1 MVC Mindset 7.2 MVC: Defined 7.3 Create an MVC Project 7.4 MVC Project Initial Walkthrough 7.5 MVC Building Routes 7.6 MVC Approach 7.7 Controllers 7.8 Controllers From Scratch 7.9 MVC Routing 7.10 MVC Routing Constraints 7.11 Routing Constraint Attributes 7.12 MVC Attribute Routing Module 8: A Comprehensive Introduction to jQuery 8.1 What is jQuery 8.2 jQuery Effects 8.3 Get And Set Elements In jQuery 8.4 Add And Remove Elements In jQuery 8.5 CSS In jQuery 8.6 Ancestors And Descendants Module 9: Course Review 9.1 MVC Best Practices 9.2 Testing The Application 9.3 Writing For Production 9.4 Review: Web Development 9.5 Review: C Sharp 9.6 Review: HTML And CSS 9.7 Review: SQL Server 9.8 Review: Java Script 9.9 Review: Software Development Lifecycle 9.10 Review: Design Patterns 9.11 Review: jQuery 9.12 Conclusion LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course will help students prepare for Developing Microsoft Azure and Web Services certification. The 70-487 Certification is intended for developers with 3 to 5 years experience in web services development and a minimum of one year in Web API and Azure Solutions experience. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Content Module 1: Accessing Data 1 Introduction To 70487 Developing Microsoft Azure And Web Services 2 Overview Of Service And Cloud Technologies 3 Accessing Data Using ADO.NET - Part 1 4 Accessing Data Using ADO.NET - Part 2 5 Accessing Data From Web Service 6 SQL Server Database In Azure 7 Read And Write XML Data 8 Implementing Azure Storage 9 Managing Azure PowerShell 10 WCF Data Services - Part 1 11 WCF Data Services - Part 2 12 WCF With Client Module 2: Designing And Implementing WCF Services 1 Create WCF Service And Client From Scratch - Part 1 2 Create WCF Service And Client From Scratch - Part 2 3 WCF Configuration Settings - Part 1 4 WCF Configuration Settings - Part 2 5 WCF And Azure SQL Database - Part 1 6 WCF And Azure SQL Database - Part 2 7 WCF And Azure SQL Database - Part 3 8 WCF Services And Azure Review Module 3: Querying And Manipulating Data Using Entity Framework 1 Design And Implement An ERD 2 Introduction To Entity Framework 3 Introduction To LINQ 4 LINQ To SQL 5 LINQ To Entities 6 Introduction To Lambda Expressions 7 Introduction To Entity SQL 8 Profiling Queries Created By Entity Framework 9 Query Projections 10 Query With Navigation Properties 11 Bringing It All Together - Part 1 12 Bringing It All Together - Part 2 13 Using Entity Framework From Scratch 14 Entity Framework Review Module 4: Creating And Consuming Web API Based Services 1 Introduction To Web API 2 First Web API App 3 Web API App Enhanced 4 Web API App Extended 5 Web API Using Standard Conventions 6 Debugging Our Web API App 7 Getting Data From Database In Web API App 8 Web API Standards 9 MoreOnWebAPIStandards 10 Simple Web API CRUD App 11 Web API Example In Depth 12 Summarizing Web API Module 5: Deploying Web Applications And Services 1 Introduction To Application Deployment Strategies - Part 1 2 Introduction To Application Deployment Strategies - Part 2 3 Introduction To Application Deployment Strategies - Part 3 4 Introduction To Application Deployment Strategies - Part 4 5 Deploying Web Applications To IIS 6 Deploying Web Applications To Azure 7 Deployment Considerations 8 Deployment Design 9 Deployment Configurations Module 6: Course Review 1 Accessing Data 2 Web Front End Options 3 Course Conclusion LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course on Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013 Core Solutions will prepare you for Exam 70-488 and enhance key skills required for SharePoint development activities. This Microsoft training course is intended for professional developers who develop solutions for SharePoint products and technologies. While a small amount of familiarity with SharePoint development is required, candidates are not expected to have prior experience with the new features in SharePoint Server 2013. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Module 1 Overview of SharePoint Development 1.1 Course Introduction 1.2 Introduction To SharePoint Development Part 1 1.3 Introduction To SharePoint Development Part 2 1.4 Introduction To SharePoint Development Part 3 1.5 Choosing A Development Approach Part 1 1.6 Choosing A Development Approach Part 2 1.7 SharePoint 2013 Deployment And Execution Models Part 1 1.8 SharePoint 2013 Deployment And Execution Models Part 2 1.9 SharePoint 2013 Deployment And Execution Models Part 3 Module 2 Working With Objects, List, And Libraries 2.1 Introduction To The Share Point Object Hierarchy Part 1 2.2 Introduction To The Share Point Object Hierarchy Part 2 2.3 Working With Sites And Webs Part 1 2.4 Working With Sites And Webs Part 2 2.5 Working With Sites And Webs Part 3 2.6 Working With Sites And Webs Part 4 2.7 Managing Execution Contexts Part 1 2.8 Managing Execution Contexts Part 2 2.9 Using Lists And Library Objects Part 1 2.10 Using Lists And Library Objects Part 2 2.11 Querying And Retrieving Data From Lists Part 1 2.12 Querying And Retrieving Data From Lists Part 2 2.13 Querying And Retrieving Data From Lists Part 3 2.14 Working With Large Lists Part 1 2.15 Working With Large Lists Part 2 Module 3 Working With Features and Solutions 3.1 Introduction To Features 3.2 Introduction To Solutions 3.3 Creating And Configuring Features And Solutions Part 1 3.4 Creating And Configuring Features And Solutions Part 2 3.5 Creating And Configuring Features And Solutions Part 3 3.6 Creating And Configuring Features And Solutions Part 4 3.7 Using Sandboxed Solutions Module 4 Developing Server Side Code 4.1 Web Parts 4.2 Event Receivers Part 1 4.3 Event Receivers Part 2 4.4 Timer Jobs 4.5 Storing Configuration Data Part 1 4.6 Storing Configuration Data Part 2 Module 5 Managing Authentication And Authorization 5.1 Introduction To Identity Management 5.2 Managing Permissions 5.3 Configuring Forms Based Authentication 5.4 Working With Custom Authentication Part 1 5.5 Working With Custom Authentication Part 2 5.6 Working With Custom Authentication Part 3 Module 6 Client Side SharePoint Development 6.1 Using The CSOM For Managed Code Part 1 6.2 Using The CSOM For Managed Code Part 2 6.3 Using The CSOM For Managed Code Part 3 6.4 Using The CSOM For JavaScript 6.5 Using The Rest API With Java Script Part 1 6.6 Using The Rest API With Java Script Part 2 Module 7 Developing And Managing Apps 7.1 Overview Of Apps For SharePoint Part 1 7.2 Overview Of Apps For SharePoint Part 2 7.3 Developing Apps For Share Point 7.4 Overview Of Remote Hosted Apps 7.5 Configuring Remote Hosted Apps 7.6 Developing Remote Hosted Apps Part 1 7.7 Developing Remote Hosted Apps Part 2 7.8 Publishing And Distributing Apps Part 1 7.9 Publishing And Distributing Apps Part 2 7.10 Publishing And Distributing Apps Part 3 Module 8 Using Workflows To Automate Business Processes 8.1 Overview Of Workflows In SharePoint 2013 8.2 Building Workflows Part 1 8.3 Building Workflows Part 2 8.4 Developing Workflows Part 1 8.5 Developing Workflows Part 2 Module 9 Customizing SharePoint Interfaces 9.1 Working With Custom Actions 9.2 Using ClientSide Interface Components 9.3 Customizing The SharePoint List User Interface 9.4 Course Conclusion LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description With Windows 10 just being released, students that can obtain these certifications will have a considerable advantage in the marketplace as companies start to migrate over to Microsoft's new OS. Microsoft is expecting to put Windows 10 on over a billion devices. Windows 10 contains many new features that have revolutionized Microsoft's platform. The start button is back, more security has been added, a new browser has been integrated and Microsoft has even added their voice based personal assistant, Cortana. This Learn365 course bundle includes two courses that will allow students to master Windows 10. The first course is a Microsoft Windows 10 Power User course, which will teach students the most efficient uses of the Windows 10 platform. This will give students a considerable advantage over those that are using Windows 10 without any training. The second course is the Microsoft MCP Certification for Windows 10. This course will cover topics such as Windows 10 deployment, OS management and device management, and many others. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Content Module 1: Introducing Windows 10 1.1 Course Introduction 1.2 What Makes Windows 10 Different 1.3 Overview Of Windows 10 Features 1.4 Navigating And Using Windows 10 Part 1 1.5 Navigating And Using Windows 10 Part 2 Module 2: Installing Windows 10 2.1 Preparing For Installation 2.2 Installation Options 2.3 Upgrading And Migrating Part 1 2.4 Upgrading And Migrating Part 2 Module 3: Configuring Devices 3.1 Overview Of Configuration Tools 3.2 Common Configuration Options 3.3 Managing User Accounts Part 1 3.4 Managing User Accounts Part 2 3.5 Using Control Panel 3.6 Using Windows Administration Tools Part 1 3.7 Using Windows Administration Tools Part 2 3.8 Using Windows Power Shell Part 1 3.9 Using Windows Power Shell Part 2 Module 4: Configuring Network Connectivity 4.1 TCPIP Network Connectivity Part 1 4.2 TCPIP Network Connectivity Part 2 4.3 TCPIP Network Connectivity Part 3 4.4 Name Resolution 4.5 Wireless 4.6 Remote Access Overview Part 1 4.7 Remote Access Overview Part 2 4.8 Troubleshooting Connectivity Module 5: Managing Storage, Data, And Printers 5.1 Managing Hard Disks Part 1 5.2 Managing Hard Disks Part 2 5.3 Managing Hard Disks Part 3 5.4 Creating And Managing Storage Spaces 5.5 Overview Of Data Access 5.6 Configuring And Managing File Access 5.7 Managing Shared Folder 5.8 Understanding Work Folders 5.9 Managing Printers Module 6: Managing Apps 6.1 Installing And Configuring Applications 6.2 Managing Apps From The Windows Store 6.3 Managing Microsoft Edge Web Browser Module 7: Managing Device Security 7.1 Configuring Network Security Part 1 7.2 Configuring Network Security Part 2 7.3 Configuring Local Security 7.4 Configuring Data Security Part 1 7.5 Configuring Data Security Part 2 7.6 Configuring Device Security Module 8: Maintaining Windows 10 8.1 Updating Windows 10 8.2 Monitoring And Optimizing Windows 10 Part 1 8.3 Monitoring And Optimizing Windows 10 Part 2 Module 9: Troubleshooting And Recovery 9.1 Managing Devices And Drives 9.2 Recovery Files 9.3 Recovering Devices Module 10: Deploying Windows 10 Enterprise Desktops 10.1 Overview Of Image Based Deployment 10.2 Automating Installations 10.3 Windows Activation Module 11: Managing User Profiles And User State Virtualization 11.1 Managing User Profiles Part 1 11.2 Managing User Profiles Part 2 11.3 User State Virtualization 11.4 User Profile Migration Module 12: Managing Desktop And Application Settings Using Group policy 12.1 Using Group Policy To Manage Windows 10 Devices Part 1 12.2 Using Group Policy To Manage Windows 10 Devices Part 2 12.3 Using Group Policy To Manage Windows 10 Devices Part 3 12.4 Using Group Policy To Manage Windows 10 Devices Part 4 12.5 Using Group Policy To Manage Applications Part 1 12.6 Using Group Policy To Manage Applications Part 2 12.7 Module 13: Configuring And Managing Client Hyper-V LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description For the Windows 10, 70-698 course, Microsoft focuses on three broad topics, with various subtopics under those headings. Implement Windows, Configure and Support Core Services and Manage and Maintain Windows are the three broad topics. This video series will take you through each topic covered in the online outline from Microsoft's website.Students studying for this exam are IT professionals able to perform installation, configuration, general local management, and maintenance of Windows 10 core services. The focus of this course, also known as the "Help Desk" course, is on local scenarios. Also included are Enterprise scenarios, where applicable and Some cloud-integrated services are covered, such as with Microsoft Passport.Students will learn how to configure data security, device security, and network security, and maintain, update, and recover Windows 10 – all vital to today’s corporate computing infrastructures, are also interested in specializing in Windows 10 desktop and application deployments, and in managing cloud-based application and data service environments.This Exam is designed for Information Technology professionals looking to confirm their skills and knowledge of installing and configuring Windows. This exam covers local installation, the configuration of core local services, the general local management and maintenance of Windows 10.About the Microsoft 70-698: Installing and Configuring Windows 10 ExamThe following focused areas are covered in the 70-698 exam. Implement Windows (30–35%) Configure and Support Core Services (30–35%) Manage and Maintain Windows (30–35%) The Microsoft 70-698 Course: Installing and Configuring Windows 10 was officially retired by Microsoft on March 31, 2019. However, for students wanting to acquire more in-depth knowledge about Installing and Configuring Windows 10, Students will still gain significant and valuable knowledge when taking this course given the popularity of continued use of Windows 10, this training remains a beneficial resource.For more information related to the 70-698 exam, please visit the Microsoft website. Course Content Module 1 : Prepare for installation requirements Module 1 Workbook Prep for Installation Windows 10 Clean Install or Upgrade Windows 10 Editions of Windows 10 What Features Do You Want Installation Media Looking at MS Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT)Module 2 : Install Windows Module 2 Workbook Installing Windows Clean installation of Windows 10-Demo Upgrade using Installation Media Configure Native Boot and VHD Migrating to Windows 10 Chp2 Booting from VHD Creating a VHD-Demo Installing Windows 10 to a VHD-Demo Installing on Bootable USB Using USMT User State Migration Tool-Demo Additional Windows Features Create an MBR-Partitioned VHD-Demo Additional Regional and Language Support Putting Win 10 on a VHD with DISM-DemoModule 3 : Configure devices and device drivers Module 3 Workbook Configure Devices and Device Drivers Resolve Driver Issues Configuring Driver Settings Manage Driver Packages Download and Import Driver Packages Using DISM Installing o Updating Drivers using Device Manager-Demo Roll Back Drivers-Demo Using Sigverif-Demo More on Device Manager-DemoModule 4 : Perform post-installation configuration Module 4 Workbook Perform Post Installation Configuration Configure Accessibilty Options Configure Cortana Configure Microsoft Edge Configure Internet Explorer Configure Client Hyper-V Configure Power Settings Customizing the Start Menu-Demo Start Tiles-Demo Desktop Customization-Demo Action Center and Notifications-Demo Hyper V-Demo Power Settings-DemoModule 5 : Implement Windows in an enterprise environment Module 5 Workbook Implement Windows in an Enterprise Enviornment Implementing Active Directory Implement Volume Activation Using a Key Mgmt Service Query and Configure Activation State using Command line Configure Active Directory Including Group Policies Configure and Optimize User Account Control UAC Using Software Licensing Manager; slmgr.vbs -dli-Demo Taking a look at UAC-DemoModule 6 : Configure networking Module 6 Workbook Configuring Networking Configuring Name Resolution Connect to a Network Configure Network Locations Configure Windows Firewall Configure Windows Firewall with Advance Security Configure Network Discovery Configuring Wi-Fi Settings Troubleshoot Network Issues Configure VPNs Configure IPsec Configure DirectAccess Configure IP Addresses Manually-Demo DNS Settings-Demo Looking at Network Locations and where to make Chpanges-Demo Windows Firewall – Basic Settings-Demo Windows Firewall – Advanced Settings-Demo Troubleshooting Tools-Demo Create a VPN Connection-DemoModule 7 : Configure storage Configure Storage Create and Configure VHD Configure Removable Devices Create and Configure Storage Spaces Troubleshoot Storage and Removable Device Issue Steps to create a simple volume-Demo Create VHD with Hyper-V Manager-Demo Create VHD with PowerShell-Demo Bitlocker to Go-DemoModule 8 : Configure data access and usage Module 8 Workbook Configure Data Access and Usage File-Printer Configure File System Permissions Configure File Share Public Folders and OneDrive Configure OneDrive usage including Files On Demand Troubleshoot Data Access and Usage File Sharing-Demo Printer Sharing-Demo Set Printer Security-Demo File system permissions-Demo Public Folder Sharing-Demo OneDrive-Demo Storage Sense-Demo Disk Quotas-DemoModule 9 : Implement Apps Module 9 Workbook Implement Apps Configure Startup Options Configure Windows Features Configure Windows Stores Implementing Windows Store Apps Implement Windows Store for Business and Education Provison Packages Create Packages Chpange Default Apps-Demo Application Startup Options-Demo Looking at Windows Features-Demo Windows Store-Demo Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer Tool ICD-DemoModule 10 : Configure remote management Module 10 Workbook Configuring Remote Management Configure Remote Management Settings Configure Remote Desktop Configure Remote Assistance Modifying Using MMC or PS Configure Remote PowerShell Remote Management Settings-Demo Allow through Windows Firewall-Demo Remote Desktop-Demo Remote Assistance-Demo Remote with MMC-Demo Windows PowerShell Remoting-DemoModule 11 : Configure Updates Module 11 Workbook Configure Update Windows 10 Manage Update History Roll Back Updates Implement Insider Preview CB CBB and LTSB Update Windows Store Apps Windows Update Options-Demo Update History-Demo Rolling Back Updates-Demo Update Windows Store apps-DemoModule 12 : Monitor Windows Module 12 Workbook Monitor Windows Configure Event Subscriptions Monitor Performance Using Task Manager Monitor System Monitor and Manage Printers Monitor Performance Using Performance Monitor Data Collectors Monitor and Manage Printers Configure Indexing Options Manage Client Security by Using Windows Defender Evaluate System Stability by Using Reliaability Monitor Troubleshoot Performance Issues Manage Security Using Windows Defender Security Center Configure Windows Defender Advanced Threat Detection Event Viewer-Demo Creating Event Subscriptions-Demo Task Manager-Demo Performance Monitor-Demo Resource Monitor-Demo Managing the Printers with Print Management-Demo Indexing-Demo Windows Defender-Demo Reliability Monitor-DemoModule 13 : Configure System and Data Recovery Module 13 Workbook Configure System and Data Recovery Configure System Restore Configure Restore Points Peform a Refresh or Recycle Restore Previous Versions of Files and Folders Configure File History Recover Files from OneDrive Use Windows Backup and Restore Perform a Backup and Restore with WBAdmin Perform Recovery Operations Windows Recovery Configure a Recovery Drive-Demo Configure System Restore-Demo Configure Restore Points-Demo Performing a Refresh or Recycle-Demo Configure File History-Demo Use Windows Backup andamp; Restore-DemoModule 14 : Configure Authorization and Authentication Module 14 Workbook Configure Authorization and Authentication Configure Pictures Passwords and Biometrics Configure Workgroups Configure Domain Settings Configue Homegroup Settings Configure Credential Manager Configure Local Accounts Configure Microsoft Accounts Configure Device Registration Configure Windows Hello for Business Configure Device Guard Credential Guard Configure Device Health Attestation Configure UAC Behavior Configure Dynamic Look Picture Passwords-Demo Workgroups-Demo Domains-Demo Credential Manager-Demo Configure Local Accounts-Demo Dynamic Lock-DemoModule 15 : Configure Advanced Management Tools Module 15 Workbook Configure Advanced Management Tools Configure Device Manager Configure and use the MMC Configure Task Schedule Configure Automation of Mgmt Task Using Windows PowerShell Convert Group Policy Objects to MDM Policies using the MDM Services-Demo Using the MMC-Demo Task Scheduler-Demo Opening PowerShell and the Integrated Scripting Environment-Demo LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft’s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some hands-on experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. Skills Measured Understanding server Installation (10–15%) Understanding server roles (25-30%) Understanding Active Directory (20-25%) Understanding storage (10-15%) Understanding server performance management (10-15%) Understanding server maintenance (15-20%) Note: This exam measures your ability to accomplish the technical tasks listed above. The percentages indicate the relative weight of each major topic area on the exam. The higher the percentage, the more questions you are likely to see on that content area on the exam. Course Goals By the end of the course, students should be able to: Understand Server Installation Understand Server Roles Understand Active Directory Understand Storage Understand Server Performance Management Who is the target Audience? Anyone interested enhancing their networking and Windows Server 2016 Administration and computer related skills Students looking to pass the MTA 98-365 Windows Server 2016 Administration Fundamentals exam Requirements: Basic Information Technology Knowledge Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Outline Fundamentals Course Intro Module 1: Introducing Windows Server 2016 Module 2: Managing Windows Server 2016 Module 3: Managing Storage Module 4: Monitoring and Troubleshooting Servers Module 5: Essential Services Module 6: Understanding File and Print Services Module 7: Windows Network Services and Applications Hands on Labs 01 MTA 98-365 Windows Server 2016 Administration Fundamentals Lab setup 02 Step by Step Install VMware Player 15 in Windows 10 03 Installing and Configuring DC1 Virtual Machine 04 Installing and Configuring SRV-1 Virtual Machine 05 Installing and Configuring Client 1 Virtual Machine 06 Installing and Configuring the Router Virtual Machine 07 Creating and Configuring SRV-2 Virtual Machine 08 Working with Windows Server 2016 Desktop Experience 09 Managing Organizational Units and Groups in AD DS LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft’s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some hands-on experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. Skills Measured Understanding network infrastructures (30–35%) Understanding network hardware (20–25%) Understanding protocols and services (45-50%) Note: This exam measures your ability to accomplish the technical tasks listed above. The percentages indicate the relative weight of each major topic area on the exam. The higher the percentage, the more questions you are likely to see on that content area on the exam. Course Goals By the end of the course, students should be able to: Understand Network Infrastructures Understand Network Hardware Understand Protocols and Services Who is the target Audience? Anyone interested enhancing their networking and computer related skills Students looking to pass the MTA 98-366 Networking Fundamentals exam Requirements: Basic Information Technology Knowledge Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Features Module 1 Understanding Local Area Networking Module 2 Defining Networks with the OSI Model Module 3 Understanding Wired and Wireless Networks Module 4 Understanding Internet Protocol Module 5 Implementing TCP-IP in the command line Module 6 Working with Networking Services Module 7 Understanding Wide Area Networks Module 8 Defining Network Infrastructure and Security Module 9 Key Takeaways LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Microsoft Technology Associate (MTA) is Microsoft’s newest suite of technology certification exams that validate fundamental knowledge needed to begin building a career using Microsoft technologies. This program provides an appropriate entry point to a future career in technology and assumes some hands-on experience or training but does not assume on-the-job experience. Skills Measured Understanding security layers (25–30%) Understanding operating system security (35–40%) Understanding network security (20-25%) Understanding security software (15-20%) Note: This exam measures your ability to accomplish the technical tasks listed above. The percentages indicate the relative weight of each major topic area on the exam. The higher the percentage, the more questions you are likely to see on that content area on the exam. Course Goals By the end of the course, students should be able to: Understand security layers Understand operating system security Understand network security Understanding security software Who is the target Audience? Anyone interested enhancing their fundamental understanding of security and computer networking related skills Students looking to pass the MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals exam Requirements: Basic Information Technology Knowledge Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Outline Course Introduction 00 Microsoft Technology Associate MTA) Networking Fundamentals Course Intro 01 Microsoft Technology Associate MTA) Security Fundamentals Exam Module Module 1 Understanding security layers 02 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 1 Understanding security principle 02 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 2 Understanding physical security Understanding Threat Modeling Module 2 Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting 03 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 1 Understanding User Authentication Understanding Permission 03 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 2 Understanding Encryption Understanding protocol security Understanding audit policies 03 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 3 How to Share a Folder in Windows 10 Module 3 Understanding Security Policies 04 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 1 slide 19 Understanding Password Policy Module 4 Understanding Network Security 05 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 1 Understanding dedicated firewall Understanding network isolation 05 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 2 Understanding protocol security Understanding Denial –of -security Understanding Wireless security Module 5 Locking Down Server and Client 06 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 1 Protecting the client computer Managing Client Security Using Windows Defender Protecting Your Email 06 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 2 Securing Internet Explorer Configuring Microsoft Edge Locking Down Your Server 06 MTA 98-367 Security Fundamentals Part 3 Using Security Baselines Locking Down Devices to Run Only Trusted Applications Managing Windows Store Apps Module 6 Key takeaways 07 Key Takeaway Introduction 08 Key Takeaway for Module 1 Understanding security layers 09 Key Takeaway for Module 2 Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting 10 Key Takeaway for Module 3 Understanding Security Policies 11 Key Takeaway for Module 4 Understanding Network Security 12 Key Takeaway for Module 5 Locking Down Server and Client Module 7 Terms to Know 13 Terms to know Intro 14 Terms to know for Module 1 Understanding security layers 15 Terms to Know for Module 2 Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting 16 Terms to Know for Module 3 Understanding Security Policies 17 Terms to Know for Module 4 Understanding Network Security 18 Terms to Know for Module 5 Locking Down Server and Client LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Microsoft Excel is the standard spreadsheet application for both personal and business use, so staying on top of the latest version is very important for anyone considering career advancement. Regardless of your level of understanding, you will benefit from this Microsoft Excel 2016 training course because it covers basic, intermediate and advanced competency levels. Our Microsoft Excel 2016 training course will help arm you with the knowledge to use it more effectively whether you are using it at home or in the workplace. Understand how to manipulate data within a spreadsheet, validate and present information using the built in structure and functions of Microsoft Excel. Example Training Video Excel 2016 Beginner 1.1 Tabs And Ribbons Part 1 1.2 Tabs And Ribbons Part 2 1.3 Cells Part 1 1.4 Cells Part 2 1.5 Cells Part 3 1.6 Cells Part 4 1.7 Calculations Part 1 1.8 Calculations Part 2 1.9 Calculations Part 3 1.10 Printing Part 1 1.11 Printing Part 2 Excel 2016 Intermediate 1.1 Menus And Keyboard Shortcuts Part 1 1.2 Menus And Keyboard Shortcuts Part 2 1.3 Menus And Keyboard Shortcuts Part 3 1.4 Tabs Part 1 1.5 Tabs Part 2 1.6 Formulas And Calculations Part 1 1.7 Formulas And Calculations Part 2 1.8 Formulas And Calculations Part 3 1.9 Formulas And Calculations Part 4 1.10 Importing Data Part 1 1.11 Importing Data Part 2 1.12 Invoices Excel 2016 Advanced 1.1 Advanced Invoice Part 1 1.2 Advanced Invoice Part 2 1.3 Advanced Invoice Part 3 1.4 Advanced Invoice Part 4 1.5 Number Crunching 1.6 Creating A Pivot Table From Scratch 1.7 Smaller Excel Components Part 1 1.8 Smaller Excel Components Part 2 1.9 Smaller Excel Components Part 3 LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Microsoft Excel is the most popular spreadsheet application for both personal and professional use, so staying on top of the latest version is very important for anyone considering career advancement. Regardless of your level of understanding, you will benefit from this Microsoft Excel 2019 training course because it covers basic, intermediate and advanced topics.This course will help arm you with the knowledge to use it more effectively whether you are using it at home or in the workplace. In addition, it will help students understand how to manipulate data within a spreadsheet, validate, and present information using the built-in structure and functions of Microsoft Excel.What you will learnThis course includes six hours of training and 58 videos. Throughout the course, students will learn how to save files, entering and formatting data, how to work with formulas, inserting functions, how to use function, customizing charts and more!Video Content: 5 Hours 38 MinutesTest Questions: 54 Excel 2019 Beginner 1.0 Intro1.1 The Ribbon1.2 Saving Files1.3 Entering and Formatting Data1.4 Printing from Excel andamp; Using Page Layout View1.5 Formulas Explained1.6 Working with Formulas and Absolute References1.7 Specifying and Using Named Range1.8 Correct a Formula Error1.9 What is a Function1.10 Insert Function andamp; Formula Builder1.11 How to Use a Function- AUTOSUM, COUNT, AVERAGE1.12 Create and Customize ChartsExcel 2019 Intermediate 2.0 Recap2.1 Navigating and editing in two or more worksheets2.2 View options – Split screen, view multiple windows2.3 Moving or copying worksheets to another workbook2.4 Create a link between two worksheets and workbooks2.5 Creating summary worksheets2.6 Freezing Cells2.7 Add a hyperlink to another document2.8 Filters2.9 Grouping and ungrouping data2.10 Creating and customizing all different kinds of charts2.11 Adding graphics and using page layout to create visually appealing pages2.12 Using Sparkline formatting2.13 Converting tabular data to an Excel table2.14 Using Structured References2.15 Applying Data Validation to cells2.16 Comments – Add, review, edit2.17 Locating errors Excel 2019 Advanced 3.1 Recap3.2 Conditional (IF) functions3.3 Nested condition formulas3.4 Date and Time functions3.5 Logical functions3.6 Informational functions3.7 VLOOKUP andamp; HLOOKUP3.8 Custom drop down lists3.9 Create outline of data3.10 Convert text to columns3.11 Protecting the integrity of the data3.12 What is it, how we use it and how to create a new rule3.13 Clear conditional formatting andamp; Themes3.14 What is a Pivot Table and why do we want one3.15 Create and modify data in a Pivot Table3.16 Formatting and deleting a Pivot Table3.17 Create and modify Pivot Charts3.18 Customize Pivot Charts3.19 Pivot Charts and Data Analysis3.20 What is it and what do we use it for3.21 Scenarios3.22 Goal Seek3.23 Running preinstalled Macros3.24 Recording and assigning a new Macro3.25 Save a Workbook to be Macro enabled3.26 Create a simple Macro with Visual Basics for Applications (VBA)3.27 Outro Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learning247 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learning247 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learning247's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learning247 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: Learning247 knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learnig247's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description James Hollis will guide students through this Windows 10 Certification course in preparation for passing the MD-100 Windows 10 exam. Learn how to install Windows 10 with a minimal amount of administrative effort. Preparation, the process, activation, and troubleshooting will be covered in this IT training session.You will also learn how to perform an in-place upgrade from Windows 8.1 to Windows 10, configure hardware devices, manage device drivers, and perform post-install configuration. Additionally, users will obtain knowledge on how to configure additional languages plus regional settings.Course objectives: Beginner-friendly learning material For anyone looking to enhance their Windows 10 networking/administration skills Geared towards passing the MD-100 Windows 10 examination How to deploy Windows 10 Managing devices and data, post-install Configuring connectivity Maintaining Windows 10 Course Video Content: 6 Hours 9 MinutesTest Questions: 75 Course Content Module 1: Introduction and Deploy Windows1.1 Instructor and Course Introduction1.2 Exam Overview1.3 Deploy Windows Intro1.4 Deploy Windows 101.5 Deploy Windows 10 Pt 21.6 Preparing Virtual Lab Setup for the Client 11.7 Installation of Windows 10 Enterprise1.8 Troubleshooting Failed Installations with Setup Logs1.9 Configuring Locales1.10 Perform Post-Installation Configuration1.11 Navigating Microsoft Edge1.12 Modifying Microsoft Edge Settings1.13 Customizing Your Computer SettingModule 2: Manage Devices and Data2.1 Manage devices and data intro2.2 Manage local users, groups, and devices2.3 Configure data access and protection2.4 Adding and accessing local users and groups2.5 Managing NTFS permissions in Windows 102.6 Configure devices by using local policies2.7 Configuring Audit Policies on Windows 102.8 Manage Windows security2.9 How to change user account settingsModule 3: Configure Connectivity3.1 Configure connectivity intro3.2 Configure networking3.3 Configuring network adapter advanced properties3.4 Configuring a static TCP/IP address3.5 Viewing the networking connection details3.6 Setting up a VPN connection3.7 Configure remote connectivity3.8 Configure remote managementModule 4: Maintain Windows4.1 Maintain Windows intro4.2 Configure system and data recovery4.3 Backing up files in Windows 104.4 Using the recycle bin4.5 Manage updates4.6 Check for updates in Windows 104.7 Configuring hardware in Windows 104.8 Monitor and manage Windows4.9 Configuring Windows 20 desktop options4.10 Installing new features LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The MD-101 Managing Modern Desktops exam is a revised suite of technology certification exams that validate the knowledge needed to enhance your career using Microsoft technologies. The MD-101 Managing Modern Desktops exam measures ability to accomplish the following technical tasks: deploy and update operating systems; manage policies and profiles; manage and protect devices; and manage apps and data. If you passed Exam 70-698 before it expired on March 31, 2019, you only need to take one exam (MD-101) on or before July 31, 2019 to earn the Modern Desktop certification. Starting August 1, 2019, both MD-100 and MD-101 are required exams and the only path to earn a Microsoft 365 Certified: Modern Desktop Administrator Associate certification. Note: The exam measures your ability to accomplish the technical tasks listed above. The percentages indicate the relative weight of each major topic area on the exam. The higher the percentage, the more questions you are likely to see on that content area on the exam. Course Video Content: 6 Hours 9 MinutesTest Questions: 75 Course Content Module 1: Deploy and Update Operating SystemsInstructor and Course IntroductionExam InformationDeploy and Update Operating Systems IntroductionPlan and Implement Windows 10 by Using Dynamic DeploymentPlan and Implement Windows 10 by Using Windows AutopilotUpgrade Devices to Windows 10Manage UpdatesManage Device AuthenticationInstall VMware Workstation 15 in Windows 10 DemoPerforming a Clean Install of Windows 10 DemoUpgrading Windows 8.1 to Windows 10 DemoTroubleshooting Failed Installation with Setup Logs DemoInstalling Windows 16 Server DemoInstalling Microsoft Deployment Toolkits (MDT) Part 1 DemoInstalling Microsoft Deployment Toolkits (MDT) Part 2 DemoSetting Up an On-Site Domain Controller DemoJoining Windows 10 Client Machine to an On-Site Domain Controller DemoGetting Started with Free Azure Subscription DemoGetting Familiarized with Azure Portal Options DemoCreate a Virtual Machine DemoModule 2: Manage Policies and ProfilesManaging Policies and Profiles IntroductionPlan and Implement Co-ManagementImplement Conditional Access and Compliance PoliciesConfigure Device ProfilesManage User ProfilesDeploy Azure Container Instances Demo Manage Access with RBAC DemoSecure Network Traffic DemoInstalling OneDrive DemoModule 3: Manage and Protect DevicesManage and Protect Devices IntroductionManage Windows DefenderManage Intune Device Enrollment and InventoryMonitor DevicesWindows Defender Security Center Overview DemoInstalling Windows Defender Application Guard DemoCreating a New Inbound Rule DemoModule 4: Manage Apps and DataManage Apps and Data IntroductionDeploy and Update ApplicationsImplement Mobile Application ManagementSetting up a Microsoft Intune Account DemoCreate a New Group DemoConfirm the Version of Windows Demo LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
This Microsoft Office 2016 training bundle includes beginner, intermediate andamp; advanced levels for Microsoft Access, Microsoft Excel, Microsoft Outlook,Microsoft PowerPoint and Microsoft Word.Access 2016/365Microsoft Access is now much more than a way to create desktop databases. It's an easy to use tool for quickly creating browser based database applications that help you run your business. Your data is automatically stored in a SQL database, so it's more secure and scalable than ever, and you can easily share your applications with colleagues.This course will guide you through the basics of relational database design and through the creation of database objects. You will learn how to use forms, query tables and reports to manage data. You will understand the interface, customization and creation editing of the many objects available within the Microsoft Access application. This course is divided in to three separate levels being Basic Microsoft Access, Intermediate Microsoft Access and Advanced Microsoft Access.Excel 2016/365Microsoft Excel is the standard spreadsheet application for both personal and business use, so staying on top of the latest version is very important for anyone considering career advancement. Regardless of your level of understanding, you will benefit from this Microsoft Excel 2016 training course because it covers basic, intermediate and advanced competency levels.Our Microsoft Excel 2016 training course will help arm you with the knowledge to use it more effectively whether you are using it at home or in the workplace. Understand how to manipulate data within a spreadsheet, validate and present information using the built in structure and functions of Microsoft Excel.Outlook 2016/365Microsoft Outlook is by far one of the most popular email applications used by millions of professionals and students all over the world. Microsoft Outlook 2016 provides better organization, search capabilities, communication and social networking features.With this Microsoft Outlook 2016 training course, you will learn the four major components of outlook including contacts, email, calendars and tasks. This course will also touch on the OneNote application that provides a cross platform and cross application note taking tool. This course covers all the bases including Basic Outlook 2016, Intermediate Outlook 2016 and Advanced Outlook 2016.Powerpoint 2016/365Take your PowerPoint presentations to the next level with our Microsoft PowerPoint 2016 online training course! Whether you are a beginner or have experience and want to sharpen your skills, this online course will help you create professional quality presentations that will grab your audience's attention and keep them interested from start to finish.This course is separated in to three main sections covering Basic PowerPoint, Intermediate PowerPoint and Advanced PowerPoint lessons, which will provide an in depth review of the presentation software included in the Office 2016 suite of applications. Learn to navigate the interface effectively, insert a range of objects and how to create engaging presentations that will wow viewers. Topics will include design, customization and presentation of information using Microsoft PowerPoint 2016.Word 2016/365Microsoft Word 2016 is a very popular word processing program that can be used for both personal and business purposes. While already feature rich and critical for productivity, Microsoft continues to improve and enhance their software with each new release like the latest Microsoft Word 2016.In this course, you will learn to navigate the interface, create documents that stand out and how to extend the use of Microsoft word beyond its traditional uses. This course will cover simple document creation, complex long documents and all aspects of the word processor. This online training course will cover three main areas including Basic Word, Intermediate Word and Advanced Word. Access 2016 Excel 2016 Outlook 2016 Powerpoint 2016 Word 2016 Example Training Video Many students ask us why we create our larger course bundles, when some people may not have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Microsoft Outlook is by far one of the most popular email applications used by millions of professionals and students all over the world. Microsoft Outlook 2016 provides better organization, search capabilities, communication and social networking features. With this Microsoft Outlook 2016 training course, you will learn the four major components of outlook including contacts, email, calendars and tasks. This course will also touch on the OneNote application that provides a cross platform and cross application note taking tool. This course covers all the bases including Basic Outlook 2016, Intermediate Outlook 2016 and Advanced Outlook 2016. Example Training Video Outlook Beginner 1.1 Introduction Part 1 1.2 Introduction Part 2 1.3 Options For Displaying Email Messages 1.4 Create And Send An Email 1.5 Receive An Email 1.6 Calendar Part 1 1.7 Calendar Part 2 1.8 Contacts Part 1 1.9 Contacts Part 2 1.10 Tasks Outlook Intermediate 1.1 Folder Structure Part 1 1.2 Folder Structure Part 2 1.3 Multiple Email Accounts Part 1 1.4 Multiple Email Accounts Part 2 1.5 Create A New Email Part 1 1.6 Create A New Email Part 2 1.7 Signatures 1.8 Calendars Part 1 1.9 Calendars Part 2 1.10 Contacts 1.11 Outlook Settings Part 1 1.12 Outlook Settings Part 2 Outlook Advanced 1.1 One Note Introduction Part 1 1.2 One Note Introduction Part 2 1.3 One Note And PowerPoint 1.4 One Note And Word 1.5 One Note And Outlook 1.6 Sharing Information 1.7 One Note And Mobile Devices 1.8 Additional Elements Part 1 1.9 Additional Elements Part 2 LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam.Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high.Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Take your PowerPoint presentations to the next level with our Microsoft PowerPoint 2016 online training course! Whether you are a beginner or have experience and want to sharpen your skills, this online course will help you create professional quality presentations that will grab your audience's attention and keep them interested from start to finish. This course is separated in to three main sections covering Basic PowerPoint, Intermediate PowerPoint and Advanced PowerPoint lessons, which will provide an in depth review of the presentation software included in the Office 2016 suite of applications. Learn to navigate the interface effectively, insert a range of objects and how to create engaging presentations that will wow viewers. Topics will include design, customization and presentation of information using Microsoft PowerPoint 2016. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) PowerPoint Beginner 1.1 What Is PowerPoint Part 1 1.2 What Is PowerPoint Part 2 1.3 New Presentation 1.4 Viewing Presentation 1.5 Inserting Transitions 1.6 More Visual Designs Part 1 1.7 More Visual Designs Part 2 1.8 More Visual Designs Part 3 1.9 More Visual Designs Part 4 1.10 Notes PowerPoint Intermediate 1.1 Visual Designs With Logos And Animation Part 1 1.2 Visual Designs With Logos And Animation Part 2 1.3 Visual Designs With Logos And Animation Part 3 1.4 Visual Designs With Logos And Animation Part 4 1.5 Visual Designs With Logos And Animation Part 5 1.6 Exit Animation Part 1 1.7 Exit Animation Part 2 1.8 Exit Animation Part 3 1.9 Navigation Buttons 1.10 Layout Options Part 1 1.11 Layout Options Part 2 PowerPoint Advanced 1.1 Master Pages Part 1 1.2 Master Pages Part 2 1.3 Software Simulation Part 1 1.4 Software Simulation Part 2 1.5 Setting Pictures To Music 1.6 Advanced Animation Techniques 1.7 Triggers 1.8 Motion Path Animation 1.9 Video In Powerpoint 1.10 PowerPoint Review Part 1 1.11 PowerPoint Review Part 2 1.12 Additional Options LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam.Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high.Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Microsoft SC-900: Security, Compliance andamp; Identity Fundamentals Master the basics of security, compliance, and identity management with the Microsoft SC-900 course. Designed for beginners and IT professionals alike, this course provides foundational knowledge in SCI principles using Microsoft technologies, including Entra ID, Microsoft Sentinel, and Purview. Prepare for the SC-900 certification and gain the skills needed to protect your organization’s digital infrastructure. Course Description for Microsoft SC-900: Security, Compliance andamp; Identity Fundamentals The Microsoft SC-900 course offers a comprehensive introduction to security, compliance, and identity (SCI) concepts, with a focus on Microsoft solutions. This course is designed for individuals looking to build foundational knowledge in these critical areas. You’ll explore key topics such as Microsoft Entra ID, Microsoft Sentinel, and Microsoft Purview, gaining insights into how these tools enhance security, manage compliance, and protect identities across enterprise environments. Throughout the course, you will engage with core concepts, strategies, and practical applications that are crucial for understanding and implementing effective security and compliance solutions. Whether you’re preparing for the SC-900 certification or simply looking to expand your knowledge, this course will equip you with the essential skills needed to navigate the complex landscape of SCI within the Microsoft ecosystem.What You Will Learn in Microsoft SC-900: Security, Compliance andamp; Identity Fundamentals By enrolling in this course, you will gain a solid foundation in security, compliance, and identity management using Microsoft technologies. Key learning outcomes include: Understanding the basic concepts and principles of security, compliance, and identity (SCI). Exploring the features and capabilities of Microsoft Entra ID, including authentication, access management, and identity protection. Learning about Microsoft Sentinel and its role in security management and threat detection. Gaining insights into Microsoft Purview for compliance management, including data protection and governance. Developing an understanding of insider risk management and eDiscovery solutions within the Microsoft ecosystem. Exam Objectives for Microsoft SC-900 Certification The Microsoft SC-900 certification exam is designed to validate your foundational knowledge of security, compliance, and identity principles using Microsoft solutions. The exam covers the following key objectives: Describe the concepts of security, compliance, and identity, including the basic principles of each. Explain the capabilities of Microsoft Entra ID, including identity and access management, governance, and protection. Outline the security solutions provided by Microsoft, focusing on Sentinel and Defender XDR. Detail the compliance management solutions offered by Microsoft, with a focus on Purview, data protection, and eDiscovery. The certification is governed by Microsoft, and passing the SC-900 exam will earn you the Security, Compliance, and Identity Fundamentals certification. Who This Microsoft SC-900 Course is For This course is ideal for individuals who are new to security, compliance, and identity management or those who want to solidify their understanding of these concepts within the Microsoft environment. The following groups will particularly benefit from this course: IT professionals looking to expand their knowledge in security and compliance. Students and beginners who are new to Microsoft solutions and want to build a foundational understanding of SCI. Business decision-makers and stakeholders involved in security and compliance decisions. Security administrators and compliance officers seeking to gain certification and validate their skills. Possible Jobs You Can Get With Microsoft SC-900 Certification Obtaining the Microsoft SC-900 certification opens the door to various entry-level roles in security and compliance. The skills gained from this course are applicable across multiple industries, allowing you to pursue careers such as: Security Administrator Compliance Analyst Identity and Access Management Specialist IT Support Specialist Security Operations Center (SOC) Analyst Frequently Asked Questions Related to Microsoft SC-900 What is the Microsoft SC-900 certification?The Microsoft SC-900 certification validates foundational knowledge in security, compliance, and identity (SCI) management using Microsoft technologies. It’s ideal for beginners and professionals looking to understand and implement SCI concepts within the Microsoft ecosystem. Who should take the Microsoft SC-900 course?The SC-900 course is designed for IT professionals, students, business stakeholders, and security administrators who want to gain a solid understanding of security, compliance, and identity management using Microsoft solutions.What topics are covered in the Microsoft SC-900 course?The SC-900 course covers key topics such as Microsoft Entra ID, Microsoft Sentinel, Microsoft Purview, data protection, compliance management, and identity governance, providing a comprehensive overview of SCI within Microsoft environments. What are the benefits of obtaining the SC-900 certification?Obtaining the SC-900 certification demonstrates your foundational understanding of security, compliance, and identity management, which can enhance your job prospects and qualify you for roles such as Security Administrator, Compliance Analyst, or Identity Management Specialist. How can I prepare for the Microsoft SC-900 exam?To prepare for the SC-900 exam, enroll in the Microsoft SC-900 course, which covers all the exam objectives. Additionally, review Microsoft documentation, engage in hands-on practice with Microsoft tools, and take practice exams to reinforce your knowledge. Course Outline Module 1 - Security, Compliance, and IdentityModule 1.1 - Course IntroductionModule 1.2 - Core Concepts and StrategiesModule 1.3 - Identity Concepts Module 2 - Microsoft Entra ID CapabilitiesModule 2.1 - Microsoft Entra IDModule 2.2 - Entra ID AuthenticationModule 2.3 - Access Management CapabilitiesModule 2.4 - Entra ID GovernanceModule 2.5 - Entra ID Protection Module 3 - Microsoft Security SolutionsModule 3.1 - Exploring Core Infrastructure ServicesModule 3.2 - Security Management CapabilitiesModule 3.3 - Microsoft SentinalModule 3.4 Microsoft Defender XDR Module 4 - Microsoft Compliance SolutionsModule 4.1 - Service Trust Portal and PrivacyModule 4.2 - Microsoft Purview for ComplianceModule 4.3 - Information Protection, Data Lifecycle Management, and Data GovernanceModule 4.4 - Insider Risk CapabilitiesModule 4.5 - eDiscovery and Audit Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learning247 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learning247's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learning247 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: Learning247 knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learning247's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course focuses on one of SQL Server 2019’s most impactful features—Big Data Clusters. You will learn about data virtualization and data lakes for this complete artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) platform within the SQL Server database engine. You will be shown how to use Big Data Clusters to combine large volumes of streaming data for analysis along with data stored in a traditional database. For instance, you can stream large volumes of data from Apache Spark in real-time while executing Transact-SQL queries to bring in relevant additional data from your corporate, SQL Server database. This course provides everything necessary to get started working with Big Data Clusters in SQL Server 2019. You will learn about the architectural foundations that are made up from Kubernetes, Spark, HDFS, and SQL Server on Linux. You will be shown how to configure and deploy Big Data Clusters. You will be ready to use and unveil the full potential of SQL Server 2019: combining different types of data spread across widely disparate sources into a single view that is useful for business intelligence and machine learning analysis. What a Big Data Cluster is How to deploy BDC How to analyze large volumes of data directly from SQL Server How to analyze large volumes of data via Apache Spark How to manage data stored in HDFS from SQL Server as if it were relational data How to implement advanced analytics solutions through machine learning How to expose different data sources as a single logical source using data virtualization This course is intended for data engineers, data scientists, data architects, and database administrators who want to employ data virtualization and big data analytics in their environments. Course Video Content: 7 Hours 6 MinutesTest Questions: 75 Course Content Module 1: What are Big Data Clusters?1.1 Introduction1.2 Linux, PolyBase, and Active Directory1.3 ScenariosModule 2: Big Data Cluster Architecture2.1 Introduction2.2 Docker2.3 Kubernetes2.4 Hadoop and Spark2.5 Components2.6 EndpointsModule 3: Deployment of Big Data Clusters3.1 Introduction3.2 Install Prerequisites3.3 Deploy Kubernetes3.4 Deploy BDC3.5 Monitor and Verify DeploymentModule 4: Loading and Querying Data in Big Data Clusters4.1 Introduction4.2 HDFS with Curl4.3 Loading Data with T-SQL4.4 Virtualizing Data4.5 Restoring a DatabaseModule 5: Working with Spark in Big Data Clusters5.1 Introduction5.2 What is Spark5.3 Submitting Spark Jobs5.4 Running Spark Jobs via Notebooks5.5 Transforming CSV5.6 Spark-SQL5.7 Spark to SQL ETLModule 6: Machine Learning on Big Data Clusters6.1 Introduction6.2 Machine Learning Services6.3 Using MLeap6.4 Using Python6.5 Using RModule 7: Create and Consume Big Data Cluster Apps7.1 Introduction7.2 Deploying, Running, Consuming, and Monitoring an App7.3 Python Example - Deploy with azdata and Monitoring7.4 R Example - Deploy with VS Code and Consume with Postman7.5 MLeap Example - Create a yaml file7.6 SSIS Example - Implement scheduled execution of a DB backupModule 8: Maintenance of Big Data Clusters8.1 Introduction8.2 Monitoring8.3 Managing and Automation8.4 Course Wrap Up LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course will discuss the responsibilities and functions of a data analyst. Which includes the various methods and best practices that are in line with business and technical requirements for modeling, visualizing, and analyzing data with Power BI. The course will also show how to access and process data from a range of data sources including both relational and non-relational data. This course will also explore how to implement proper security standards and policies across the Power BI spectrum including datasets and groups. The course will also discuss how to manage and deploy reports and dashboards for sharing and content distribution. This course will show how to build paginated reports within the Power BI service and publish them to a workspace for inclusion within Power BI. Power BI is a member of the Power Platform. Power Apps is another component that enables everyone to build and use apps that connect to business data. This course will show you how to use the Power Apps visual to pass context-aware data to a canvas app, which updates in real-time as you make changes to your report. This will allow your app users to derive business insights and take actions from right within their Power BI reports and dashboards. This course will also include information on basic T-SQL query development. Ingest, clean, and transform data Model data for performance and scalability Design and create reports for data analysis Apply and perform advanced report analytics Manage and share report assets Create paginated reports in Power BI Embed Power Apps into Power BI Understand the similarities and differences between Transact-SQL and other computer languages. Write SELECT queries Query multiple tables Sort and filter data Instructor: James Ring-HowellCourse Video Content: 13 Hours 58 MinutesTest Questions: 75 Course Content Module 1 - Query Tools1.1 Course Introduction1.2 Intro to Management Studio1.3 Intro to command-line query toolsModule 2 - Introduction to T-SQL Querying2.1 Introducing T-SQL2.2 Understanding Sets2.3 Understanding the Logical Order of Operations in SELECT statementsModule 3 - Basic SELECT Queries3.1 Writing Simple SELECT Statements3.2 Eliminate Duplicates with DISTINCT3.3 Using Column and Table Aliases3.4 Write Simple CASE ExpressionsModule 4 - Querying Multiple Tables4.1 Understanding Joins4.2 Querying with Inner Joins4.3 Querying with Outer Joins4.4 Querying with Cross Joins and Self JoinsModule 5 - Sorting and Filtering Data5.1 Sorting Data5.2 Filtering Data with Predicates5.3 Filtering with the TOP and OFFSET-FETCH5.4 Working with Unknown ValuesModule 6 - Introduction to Business Intelligence and Data Modeling6.1 Introduction to Business Intelligence6.2 The Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform6.3 Exploring a Data Warehouse6.4 Exploring a Data ModelModule 7 - Prepare Data7.1 Introduction to Power BI7.2 Get data from various data sources7.3 Preview source dataModule 8 - Clean, Transform, and Load Data8.1 Data Transformation Intro8.2 Transformation Example 18.3 Transformation Example 28.4 Transformation Example 38.5 Transformation Example 48.6 Transformation Example 58.7 Transformation Example 6Module 9 - Design a Data Model9.1 Introduction to Data Modeling9.2 Model Relationships9.3 Table Configuration9.4 Model interface9.5 Quick Measures9.6 Many-to-many relationships9.7 Row-level securityModule 10 - Create Model Calculations using DAX10.1 DAX context10.2 Calculated Tables10.3 Calculated Columns10.4 Managing Date Tables10.5 Measures10.6 Filter Manipulation10.7 Time IntelligenceModule 11 - Create Reports11.1 Basic Report Creation11.2 Example Page 111.3 Example Page 211.4 Example Page 311.5 Report Publishing11.6 Enhancing Reports11.7 Drill-Through Pages11.8 Conditional Formatting11.9 Buttons and BookmarksModule 12 - Create Dashboards12.1 Dashboard Basics12.2 Real Time Dashboards12.3 Enhanced DashboardsModule 13 - Create Paginated Reports13.1 Introduction to Power BI Report Builder13.2 Report Layouts13.3 Report Data13.4 Report TablesModule 14 - Perform Advanced Analytics14.1 Introduction to Advanced Analytics14.2 Scatter Chart14.3 Forecast14.4 Decomposition Tree14.5 Key InfluencersModule 15 - Create and Manage Workspaces15.1 Introduction to Workspaces15.2 Working with Workspaces and the PortalModule 16 - Create Power App Visuals16.1 Introduction to Power Apps Visual16.2 Creating the App16.3 Basic Power Apps Concepts16.4 Refreshing the ReportModule 17 - Analysis Services and Power BI17.1 Introduction to Analysis Services17.2 Connecting with Multidimensional Models17.3 Premium Workspaces and Analysis Services17.4 Course Wrap Up LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course provides students with the technical skills required to write basic Transact-SQL queries for Microsoft SQL Server. You will learn how to write queries that return data from tables as well as create, update, or delete data in a database. These queries will allow filtering and sorting and effectively use the various data types provided by SQL Server. This course also covers the use of dynamic tables of various sorts which can allow a more sophisticated SQL user to hide implementation details from other end users accessing data from reporting tools. Finally, the course will provide details on the what and how of error handling and transaction management. This course is the foundation for all SQL Server-related disciplines; namely, Database Administration, Database Development and Business Intelligence. The primary target audience for this course is: Database Administrators, Database Developers and BI professionals. In this course, you will learn how to: Understand the similarities and differences between Transact-SQL and other computer languages. Write SELECT queries Query multiple tables Sort and filter data Describe the use of data types in SQL Server Modify data using Transact-SQL Use built-in functions Group and aggregate data Use subqueries Use table expressions Use set operators Use window ranking, offset and aggregate functions Implement pivoting and grouping sets Execute stored procedures Program with T-SQL Implement error handling Implement transactions Instructor: James Ring-HowellCourse Video Content: 10 Hours 5 MinutesTest Questions: 75 Course Content Module 1 - Query Tools1.1 Course Introduction1.2 Module 1 Introduction1.3 Intro to Management Studio1.4 Intro to command-line query toolsModule 2 - Introduction to T-SQL Querying2.1 Module 2 Introduction2.2 Introducing T-SQL2.3 Understanding Sets2.4 Understanding the Logical Order of Operations in SELECT statementsModule 3 - Basic SELECT Queries3.1 Module 3 Introduction3.2 Writing Simple SELECT Statements3.3 Eliminate Duplicates with DISTINCT3.4 Using Column and Table Aliases3.5 Write Simple CASE ExpressionsModule 4 - Querying Multiple Tables4.1 Module 4 Introduction4.2 Understanding Joins4.3 Querying with Inner Joins4.4 Querying with Outer Joins4.5 Querying with Cross Joins and Self JoinsModule 5 - Sorting and Filtering Data5.1 Module 5 Introduction5.2 Sorting Data5.3 Filtering Data with Predicates5.4 Filtering with the TOP and OFFSET-FETCH5.5 Working with Unknown ValuesModule 6 - Working with SQL Server Data Types6.1 Module 6 Introduction6.2 Writing Queries that return Date and Time Data6.3 Writing Queries that use Date and Time Functions6.4 Writing Queries that return Character Data6.5 Writing Queries that use Character FunctionsModule 7 - Using DML to Modify Data7.1 Module 7 Introduction7.2 Inserting Records with DML7.3 Updating Records Using DML7.4 Deleting Records Using DMLModule 8 - Using Built-In Functions8.1 Module 8 Introduction8.2 Writing Queries with Built-In Functions8.3 Using Conversion Functions8.4 Using Logical Functions8.5 Using Functions to Work with NULLModule 9 - Grouping and Aggregating Data9.1 Module 9 Introduction9.2 Using Aggregate Functions9.3 Using the GROUP BY Clause9.4 Filtering Groups with HAVINGModule 10 - Using Subqueries10.1 Module 10 Introduction10.2 Writing Self-Contained Subqueries10.3 Writing Correlated Subqueries10.4 Using the EXISTS Predicate with SubqueriesModule 11 - Using Table Expressions11.1 Module 11 Introduction11.2 Using Views11.3 Using Inline Table-Valued Functions11.4 Using Derived Tables11.5 Using Common Table ExpressionsModule 12 - Using Set Operators12.1 Module 12 Introduction12.2 Writing Queries with the UNION operator12.3 Using EXCEPT and INTERSECT12.4 Using APPLYModule 13 - Using Window Ranking, Offset, and Aggregate Functions13.1 Module 13 Introduction13.2 Creating Windows with OVER13.3 Exploring Window FunctionsModule 14 - Pivoting and Grouping Sets14.1 Module 14 Introduction14.2 Writing Queries with PIVOT and UNPIVOT14.3 Working with Grouping SetsModule 15 - Implementing Error Handling15.1 Module Introduction15.2 Implementing T-SQL error handling15.3 Implementing structured exception handlingModule 16 - Managing Transactions16.1 Module 16 Introduction16.2 Transactions and the Database Engine16.3 Controlling Transactions16.4 Course Wrap Up LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description With this course, students can learn about SQL Server installation, data storage, data recovery, monitoring, security, and maintenance. Instructor James Ring-Howell brings with him over 40 years of applicable IT experience and has taught technical courses for over two decades. This Microsoft SQL Server 2019 Admin course is specifically for obtaining working IT skills and is not certification-specific training. The primary audience for this course is individuals who administer and maintain SQL Server databases. These individuals perform database administration and maintenance as their primary area of responsibility or work in environments where databases play a key role in their primary job. The secondary audience for this course is individuals who develop applications that deliver content from SQL Server databases. Install and Configure SQL Server 2019 Work with Databases and Storage Plan and Implement a Backup Strategy Restore SQL Server 2019 Databases Import and Export Data Monitor SQL Server 2019 Manage SQL Server Security Audit Data Access and Encrypt Data Perform Ongoing Database Maintenance Automate SQL Server 2019 Management Monitor SQL Server 2019 by Using Alerts and Notifications Microsoft SQL Server is a relational database management system (RDBMS) that supports a wide variety of transaction processing, business intelligence, and analytics applications in corporate IT environments. Microsoft SQL Server is one of the three market-leading database technologies, along with Oracle Database and IBM's DB2. Like other RDBMS software, Microsoft SQL Server is built on top of SQL, a standardized programming language that database administrators (DBAs) and other IT professionals use to manage databases and query the data they contain. SQL Server is tied to Transact-SQL (T-SQL), an implementation of SQL from Microsoft that adds a set of proprietary programming extensions to the standard language. This course provides students with the knowledge and skills to maintain a Microsoft SQL Server 2019 database. The training focuses on teaching individuals how to use SQL Server 2019 product features and tools related to maintaining the server environment and the databases it contains and is designed for customers who are interested in learning SQL Server 2016, SQL 2017, or SQL Server 2019. It covers the new features in SQL Server 2019, but also the important capabilities across the SQL Server data platform. Topics include Installation, Data Storage, Data Maintenance and Recovery, Monitoring, Security, and Server Maintenance. This course requires that you meet the following prerequisites: Basic knowledge of the Microsoft Windows operating system and its core functionality. Working knowledge of Transact-SQL. Working knowledge of relational databases. Some experience with database design is recommended.Course Video Content: 6 Hours 24 MinutesTest Questions: 75 Course Content Module 1: Installation SQL Admin Intro Installation Module 2: Data Storage Introduction to Data Storage with SQL Server Managing Storage for System Databases Managing Storage for User Databases Moving Database Files Module 3: Data Recover Intro to Data Recovery Understanding SQL Server Recovery Models Planning a Backup Strategy Backing up Databases and Transaction Logs Using SSMS For Backup Understanding the Restore Process How to Restore a Database Using SSMS For Restore T-SQL Backup and Restore Advanced Restore Scenarios Introduction to Transferring Data Importing and Exporting Table Data Copying or Moving a Database Module 4: Monitoring Introduction to Monitoring SQL Server Dynamic Management Views and Functions Server Reports System Performance Monitor Tracing SQL Server Workload Activity Extended Events Database Tuning Advisor Module 5: Security Introduction to SQL Server Security Managing Server-Level Security Managing Database-Level Security Row Level Security (RLS) Using Policies Database Security Tools Contained Database Auditing Data Access in SQL Server Implementing Transparent Data Encryption Module 6: Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance Ensuring Database Integrity Maintaining Indexes Automating Routine Database Maintenance Automating SQL Server Management Monitoring SQL Server Errors Configuring Database Mai LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Analysis Services is a combination of two analytical engines (VertiPaq for multidimensional cubes and Data Mining and xVelocity for Tabular Data Models) used in decision support and business analytics. It provides enterprise-grade semantic data model capabilities for business intelligence (BI), data analysis, and reporting applications such as Power BI, Excel, Reporting Services, and other data visualization tools. This course provides a full introduction to the use of both of these engines in an enterprise environment. You will learn about creating cubes and their constituent components, the use of MDX to query the cubes, as well as how to customize a cube with KPI, actions, perspectives, and language translations. You will also learn about the differences and similarities between cubes and tabular data models, how to create a tabular data model, and the use of DAX to query the model.The third major component of the course is a form of Machine Learning called Data Mining. Data Mining is the analysis of large data set to reveal hidden patterns and trends. This course will teach you how to create a Data Mining solution, how to compare and validate different data mining options (models) for a given data set, and how to use your chosen model in a consumer-friendly client.Key Learning Topics In This Course You will learn about creating cubes and their constituent components The use of MDX to query the cubes How to customize a cube with KPI, actions, perspectives, and language translations. Differences and similarities between cubes and tabular data models, How to create a tabular data model The use of DAX to query the model. Course Video Content: 8 Hours 56 MinutesTest Questions: 75 Course Content Module 1 - Introduction to Business Intelligence and Data Modeling1.1 Course Introduction1.2 Module 1 Introduction1.3 Introduction to Business Intelligence1.4 The Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform1.5 Exploring a Data Warehouse1.6 Exploring a Data ModelModule 2 - Multidimensional Databases2.1 Module 2 Introduction2.2 Introduction to Multidimensional Analysis2.3 Overview of Cube Security2.4 Creating and Configuring a Cube2.5 Data Sources2.6 Data Source Views2.7 Adding a Dimension to a CubeModule 3 - Cubes and Dimensions3.1 Module 3 Introduction3.2 Dimensions3.3 Attribute Hierarchies and Relationships3.4 Sorting and Grouping Attributes3.5 Slowly Changing DimensionsModule 4 - Measures and Measure Groups4.1 Module 4 Introduction4.2 Measures4.3 Measure Groups and Relationships4.4 Measure Group StorageModule 5 - Introduction to MDX5.1 Module 5 Introduction5.2 MDX Fundamentals5.3 Adding Calculations to a Cube5.4 Querying a cube using MDXModule 6 - Customizing Cube Functionality6.1 Module 6 Introduction6.2 Key Performance Indicators6.3 Actions6.4 Perspectives6.5 TranslationsModule 7 - Tabular Data Models7.1 Module 7 Introduction7.2 Introduction to Tabular Data Models7.3 Creating a Tabular Data Model7.4 Configure Relationships and Attributes7.5 Configuring Data Model for an Enterprise BI SolutionModule 8 - Data Analysis Expressions (DAX)8.1 Module 8 Introduction8.2 DAX Fundamentals8.3 Calculated Columns8.4 Relationships8.5 Measures8.6 Time Intelligence8.7 KPI8.8 Parent - Child HierarchiesModule 9 - Data Mining9.1 Module 9 Introduction9.2 Overview of Data Mining9.3 Custom Data Mining Solutions9.4 Validating a Data Mining Model9.5 Consuming a Data Mining Model9.6 Course Wrap Up LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Microsoft Teams is a collaboration tool designed to bring together people, communication, and content in a single interface. This course is aimed at anyone who needs to create and work with the Microsoft Teams app. You may be a Microsoft Team owner required to create and manage a Teams area for colleagues, or someone who will use Teams to work with colleagues. What You Will Learn The 5 modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your cleaning career, this includes: Navigate around the Microsoft Teams App Create a Microsoft Team Add and Manage Owners and Members Create Channels Set Team and Channel Options Use the Conversation Tools Arrange Teams Meetings Add Content using Apps Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5.1 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01.1: Microsoft Teams App Overview Module 02.1: Create the Team, Add Owners and Members, Adding Channels to Generate the Team Structure Module 02.2: Team Roles Module 02.3: Member Permissions Module 02.4: Channels Module 02.5: Team Options Module 03.1: Conversations as Chats Module 03.2: Private Chat Module 03.3: Mentions Module 03.4: Meetings Module 04.1: Microsoft Office Documents Module 04.2: Uploading Module 04.3: Editing Documents in Teams Module 04.4: Moving Documents Module 04.5: Including and Using Other Apps Module 04.6: Archiving a Team Module 05.1: Frequently Used Commands Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Outline With Windows 10 just being released, students that can obtain these certifications will have a considerable advantage in the marketplace as companies start to migrate over to Microsoft's new OS. Microsoft is expecting to put Windows 10 on over a billion devices. Windows 10 contains many new features that have revolutionized Microsoft's platform. The start button is back, more security has been added, a new browser has been integrated and Microsoft has even added their voice based personal assistant, Cortana. This course bundle includes two courses that will allow students to master Windows 10. The first course is a Microsoft Windows 10 Power User course, which will teach students the most efficient uses of the Windows 10 platform. This will give students a considerable advantage over those that are using Windows 10 without any training. The second course is the Microsoft (70-697) MCP Certification for Windows 10. This course will cover topics such as Windows 10 deployment, OS management and device management, and many others. This Bundle Includes the following courses: Windows 10 End User Course Microsoft Exam 70-697: Configuring Windows Devices (Windows 10) Online Course Example Training Video (Not From This Course) LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Module 1: Introducing Windows 10 1.1 Course Introduction 1.2 What Makes Windows 10 Different 1.3 Overview Of Windows 10 Features 1.4 Navigating And Using Windows 10 Part 1 1.5 Navigating And Using Windows 10 Part 2 Module 2: Installing Windows 10 2.1 Preparing For Installation 2.2 Installation Options 2.3 Upgrading And Migrating Part 1 2.4 Upgrading And Migrating Part 2 Module 3: Configuring Devices 3.1 Overview Of Configuration Tools 3.2 Common Configuration Options 3.3 Managing User Accounts Part 1 3.4 Managing User Accounts Part 2 3.5 Using Control Panel 3.6 Using Windows Administration Tools Part 1 3.7 Using Windows Administration Tools Part 2 3.8 Using Windows Power Shell Part 1 3.9 Using Windows Power Shell Part 2 Module 4: Configuring Network Connectivity 4.1 TCPIP Network Connectivity Part 1 4.2 TCPIP Network Connectivity Part 2 4.3 TCPIP Network Connectivity Part 3 4.4 Name Resolution 4.5 Wireless 4.6 Remote Access Overview Part 1 4.7 Remote Access Overview Part 2 4.8 Troubleshooting Connectivity Module 5: Managing Storage, Data, And Printers 5.1 Managing Hard Disks Part 1 5.2 Managing Hard Disks Part 2 5.3 Managing Hard Disks Part 3 5.4 Creating And Managing Storage Spaces 5.5 Overview Of Data Access 5.6 Configuring And Managing File Access 5.7 Managing Shared Folder 5.8 Understanding Work Folders 5.9 Managing Printers Module 6: Managing Apps 6.1 Installing And Configuring Applications 6.2 Managing Apps From The Windows Store 6.3 Managing Microsoft Edge Web Browser Module 7: Managing Device Security 7.1 Configuring Network Security Part 1 7.2 Configuring Network Security Part 2 7.3 Configuring Local Security 7.4 Configuring Data Security Part 1 7.5 Configuring Data Security Part 2 7.6 Configuring Device Security Module 8: Maintaining Windows 10 8.1 Updating Windows 10 8.2 Monitoring And Optimizing Windows 10 Part 1 8.3 Monitoring And Optimizing Windows 10 Part 2 Module 9: Troubleshooting And Recovery 9.1 Managing Devices And Drives 9.2 Recovery Files 9.3 Recovering Devices Module 10: Deploying Windows 10 Enterprise Desktops 10.1 Overview Of Image Based Deployment 10.2 Automating Installations 10.3 Windows Activation Module 11: Managing User Profiles And User State Virtualization 11.1 Managing User Profiles Part 1 11.2 Managing User Profiles Part 2 11.3 User State Virtualization 11.4 User Profile Migration Module 12: Managing Desktop And Application Settings Using Group policy 12.1 Using Group Policy To Manage Windows 10 Devices Part 1 12.2 Using Group Policy To Manage Windows 10 Devices Part 2 12.3 Using Group Policy To Manage Windows 10 Devices Part 3 12.4 Using Group Policy To Manage Windows 10 Devices Part 4 12.5 Using Group Policy To Manage Applications Part 1 12.6 Using Group Policy To Manage Applications Part 2 Module 13: Configuring And Managing Client Hyper-V 13.1 Introduction To Client Hyper-V 13.2 Creating Virtual Machines 13.3 Managing Virtual Machine Storage And Snapshot 13.4 Conclusion Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Microsoft Word 2016 is a very popular word processing program that can be used for both personal and business purposes. While already feature rich and critical for productivity, Microsoft continues to improve and enhance their software with each new release like the latest Microsoft Word 2016. In this course, you will learn to navigate the interface, create documents that stand out and how to extend the use of Microsoft word beyond its traditional uses. This course will cover simple document creation, complex long documents and all aspects of the word processor. This online training course will cover three main areas including Basic Word, Intermediate Word and Advanced Word. Example Training Video Word Beginner 1.1 Course Introduction 1.2 Introduction To Word Interface Part 1 1.3 Introduction To Word Interface Part 2 1.4 Introduction To Word Interface Part 3 1.5 View 1.6 Typing Part 1 1.7 Typing Part 2 1.8 Typing Part 3 1.9 Typing Part 4 1.10 Resume Part 1 1.11 Resume Part 2 1.12 Bullet List Word Intermediate 1.1 Menus And Keyboard Shortcuts Part 1 1.2 Menus And Keyboard Shortcuts Part 2 1.3 Tabs Part 1 1.4 Tables Part 1 1.5 Tables Part 2 1.6 Tables Part 3 1.7 Styles Part 1 1.8 Styles Part 2 1.9 Styles Part 3 1.10 Page Formatting Part 1 1.11 Page Formatting Part 2 1.12 Page Formatting Part 3 Word Advanced 1.1 Creating An Outline 1.2 Inserting Images Part 1 1.3 Inserting Images Part 2 1.4 Tracking Changes 1.5 Mail Merge Part 1 1.6 Mail Merge Part 2 1.7 Large Documents Part 1 1.8 Large Documents Part 2 1.9 Other Word Functions Part 1 1.10 Other Word Functions Part 2 1.11 Document Comparison LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam.Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high.Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Microsoft Word 2019 is the most popular word processing program that can be used for both personal and professional purposes. While already feature-rich and critical for productivity, Microsoft continues to improve and enhance their software with each new release like the latest Microsoft Word 2019.In this course, students will learn how to develop and improve their Microsoft Word skills, so that they are able to maximize the industry-standard word processing system.What you will learn:This course covers Basic Word 2019, Intermediate Word 2019 and Advanced Word 2019. All three modules total four hours of training content and 39 videos. Throughout the course, students will learn tasks like creating a document, inserting a table and graphs and creating mail merges.Video Content: 4 Hours 5 MinutesTest Questions: 70 Word 2019 Beginner 1.01 Instructor Intro1.02 Course Intro1.1 Explaining the Ribbon1.2 Creating a Document1.3 Saving Files1.4 Page Views1.5 Formatting Text1.6 Ruler, Margins and Tab Stops1.7 Moving and Duplicating Text1.8 Line Spacing and Paragraph Formatting1.9 Basic Editing1.10 Insert a Basic Table and Graphics1.11 Working with StylesWord 2019 Intermediate 2.1 Intermediate Intro2.2 Collaboration andamp; Co-Authorship2.3 Tracking and Viewing Changes2.4 Commenting2.5 Templates andamp; Layouts2.6 Layout Functions on the Ribbon2.7 Customize, Format and Convert Tables and Use as a Page Layout2.8 Insert and Edit a Cover Page2.9 Insert and Customize Headers and Footers2.10 Insert and Customize Endnotes and Footnotes2.11 Creating Sections in a Long Document2.12 Using Sections to Format a Document2.13 Deleting a Section2.14 Reviewing, Inserting and Updating TOC2.15 Creating a Data Source and Linking a Mailing List2.16 Print Settings for Mail Merge Word 2019 Advanced 3.1 Adding the Developer Tab3.2 Functionality Among Microsoft Office Products3.3 Using Formulas in Word3.4 Citing Sources in Word3.5 Reviewing and Merging Versions of the Same Document3.6 Creating a Master Document3.7 Creating Sub Documents and Editing Master and Sub Docs3.8 Controlling Editable Content3.9 Form Creation Using the Developer Tab3.10 Macros Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learning247 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learning247 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learning247's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learning247 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: Learning247 knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learnig247's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Mindfulness Diploma course provides a comprehensive introduction to the art of mindfulness and the real life physical and emotional benefits that it offers to those who practise it. From learning about mindfulness history, through to the situations it can help with, and exercises to follow and practise, students will receive a thorough grounding in this simple but highly effective antidote for the stress of modern life. This online course provides students with the opportunity to cover the diploma’s curriculum in their own time and at their own pace. Most students are able to complete the course in a reasonable amount of time while continuing to work full time. As this course is online, this diploma is accessible from any device with an internet connection, and you will have access to online support throughout your study. Before completing the course, you must pass a comprehensive test, covering the curriculum in detail, which will lead to the award of your diploma. You can download and print the diploma yourself at home. What You Will Learn This Mindfulness Diploma has been designed to give students a comprehensive introduction into the art of mindfulness and will set you on the route to a calmer, happier, more fulfilling life. This course will cover: What mindfulness is, its history, and its relevance in modern life The role of meditation in mindfulness, its benefits, and dispelling the myths What Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction (MBSR) and Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy (MBCT) are, and their benefits The role of Hatha yoga stretches The clinical applications of MBSR and MBCT and the conditions they can help manage, their similarities and differences The impact of emotions on physical health How mindfulness can improve our daily lives, and how to reprogramme persistent negative thinking and automatic reactions Mindfulness and parenting How mindfulness can improve leadership and management skills How to become a mindfulness instructor in the UK Mindfulness exercises to put into practice Benefits of the Mindfulness Diploma The Mindfulness Diploma offers students the following benefits: The ability to study anywhere at times that suit you Study at your own pace, with no deadlines. Complete it as quickly or as slowly as you like Use any internet enabled device to study from, including computers, tablets and mobile phones Follow the course easily thanks to short, informative modules, which make studying fun A convenient online support system, helping you to stay on track throughout the course A comprehensive curriculum, providing you with the knowledge and skills you need to practise mindfulness in your life Earning a certified, recognised diploma An affordable cost Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 9 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Definition and History of Mindfulness andamp; How Meditation Practices can Help us Enjoy Present Moment Awareness Module 2 : Meditation Practices, Therapies and Benefits Part I Module 3 : Meditation Practices, Therapies and Benefits Part II Module 4 : Meditation Practices, Therapies and Benefits Part III Module 5 : Mindfulness-based Interventions – Applications and Benefits Module 6 : Mindful Parenting; Mindfulness and Meditation Practices; How to become a Mindfulness Instructor Module 7 : Experiences of Mindfulness Module 8 : Mindfulness and Self-Exploration Module 9 : Mindfulness in our Daily Lives and How to Become a Mindful Leader Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Mindfulness is extremely relevant to modern-day living in many ways and it’s important to encourage children to become more mindful. With increasing hours spent watching TV, playing video games and browsing the Internet, children are becoming more restless and easily distracted. Training children to be mindful helps them concentrate, calm down and focus better, and research shows that they are able to perform better at school too. Children are able to develop greater minds and demonstrate better imagination and creativity as they become more mindful. Schools and colleges across the UK are implementing regular mindfulness programmes so that students can reap multiple benefits. What You Will Learn The course on mindfulness training for children is designed to cover a number of topics for the best results. How to differentiate between the conscious and subconscious mind, and how the mind is related to the tasks that we do How to prepare children to become more mindful in a natural manner without forcing lessons on them How to use different mindfulness tasks and gradually train children to become mindful How to use touch and outdoor exercises to help children stay in the moment How to use music, meditation and drawing tasks to help children become more focused and present Benefits of Taking This Course You can benefit in several ways by completing the course on mindfulness for children: You can help your child, students or other children to become more mindful You can play an instrumental role in helping children become more focused, creative and imaginative You can help your own children calm down and feel more centred by training them to be more mindful and live in the moment You can develop your own mindfulness techniques Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 8 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 00: Mindfulness for Children Course Module 01: An Introduction to Mindfulness Module 02: Sound Exercises Module 03: Touch Module 04: Outdoor Activities Module 05: Vision Exercises Module 06: Meditation Module 07: Drawing Exercises Module 08: Be a Superhero Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Minute taking is a key administrative role which significantly increases the effectiveness of meetings. Without quality minutes, organisations can fail to harness drive and motivation and teams can lose focus. Minutes act like a compass to guide the team by recording past decisions and tracking current discussions and actions. Without the specific skills needed to record information and output it in appropriate and effective ways, staff can become fearful of the process and refrain from taking the opportunity to practise critical skills. This course supports individuals to understand the role and learn the skills needed to effectively take minutes and support meetings, teams, groups, conferences and committees to enhance collaboration and efficiency. Minute taking is not just about writing notes. To be a good minute taker requires an in-depth understanding of how to prepare for the meeting, the responsibilities during the meeting and processes to follow once the meeting is over. There are also key skills in listening and communication which can rapidly enhance effectiveness and enjoyment of the role. Taking this course will prepare individuals to capture and output the correct level of detail and quality to meet internal and external compliance requirements. This course has been developed with experimental activities, detailed guidance and the opportunity to learn and practise the key skills and qualities mandatory for effective minute taking. The exercises, quizzes and worksheets assess progress as you go through the course, gradually building learning to a level of confident proficiency and expertise. What you will learn Understanding the basics of minute writing The qualities of a minute taker The benefits of taking minutes Recording of minutes Minutes layout Minutes standards Technology in minute taking Common dos and don’ts when writing minutes Benefits of the course Understanding meeting minutes templates and when to use them Know how to write different kinds of minutes suited to the occasion Developing your listening skills to extract important information Comprehend the style and tone of language and legal requirements Learn how to effectively edit and proofread minutes to ensure accuracy Taking this course will help individuals conquer fears and enhance skills. Organisational effectiveness can be dramatically improved by getting this key ability established in individuals and within teams. Anybody can learn how to take accurate minutes and quickly see the benefit this brings to the entire organisation. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Minute Taking Basics Module 2: Standards for Minute Taking Module 3: Pre-Meeting Preparation Module 4: During And After The Meeting Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description An understanding of mobile and portable device security is vital for everyone at home and in the modern workplace, whether in an administrative or end-user capacity. This course provides a comprehensive insight into every aspect of mobile and portable device security, including the history and background of security threats as well as the definition of the devices and threats involved. From the very real consequences of vulnerability to how to practically ensure a secure mobile device, this course covers every aspect all role players must know. You Will Learn: A comprehensive definition and history of mobile and portable device security A broad insight into the nature and function of each device as it pertains to the security All about the specific safety threats and the impact they have How to ensure mobile safety in both a personal and professional context The importance of understanding security vulnerability and how to avoid it Benefits of Taking this Course You will be able to implement a comprehensive mobile and portable device security campaign in your company and in your private life You will understand the current mobile and portable device security threats and the techniques to avoid them You will be able to ensure the safety of mobile and portable devices in your own life and at the workplace You will be able to identify vulnerable areas and provide solutions to avoid risks You will understand the importance of taking precautions and maintaining regular mobile device security at all times Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Mobile and Portable Device Security Module 2: Security Threats Part 1 Module 3: Security Threats Part 2 Module 4: Ensuring Security Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning about Modern Slavery is essential for everyone interested in understanding the many nuances and aspects that contribute to this modern-day issue, whether it’s a part of your school or university curriculum, or you simply want to find out more about this topic. Throughout these four modules, we will explore modern slavery, by defining the concept, discussing the root causes and analysing the different ways in which countries around the world are trying to fight it. We will also analyse different forms of modern slavery, from traditional, or chattel slavery, to human trafficking, child slavery and sexual exploitation, forced marriage and forced migrant labour! This is the ultimate resource for gaining a complete and thorough understanding of modern slavery, the forms it takes and the implications of it for all of us. What You Will Learn The Four modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your cleaning career, this includes: The causes of modern slavery, including, social, political and economic causes How modern slavery is fought through legislation and global policies All about well-known forms of modern slavery, such as chattel slavery, child slavery, human trafficking and sexual slavery Lesser-known forms of slavery, including forced marriages, migrant labour and forced occupational slavery Benefits of Taking This Course You will understand the root causes and various types of modern slavery You will achieve a well-rounded knowledge of modern slavery as a concept You will be able to discuss and debate modern slavery with confidence on any platform You will be able to pass any exam or test on modern slavery with ease Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction, Definition, and Causes Module 2: Chattel Slavery and Government-forced Labour Module 3: Human Trafficking Module 4: Occupational Slavery Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Money Laundering Awareness shows users how to assess the risk of money laundering in their business, report suspicious transactions or activities, what the everyday responsibilities under the money laundering regulations are and the measures that can be taken to protect businesses against the risk of money laundering Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Money Laundering Regulations Risk assessment Nominated officers andamp; staff training Recognising andamp; reporting suspicious actions or activities The Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Employee motivation is at the heart of business success. When employers understand exactly what motivates their workforce, they have the potential to increase not just productivity but also the quality of work, while retaining employees that are happy and satisfied with their jobs. This may seem obvious but it is surprising how often organisations do not correctly apply the concepts and principles of motivation – missing the immense rewards it can offer, including the immense financial gains. Taking this course will give you the edge against competitors who lack the know how to inspire and maintain motivated action in their organisations. This course is for employers and leaders that want to get the best performance out of their teams. The content of this course is designed to help both individuals and organisations to understand and confidently apply the skills, tools and techniques to increase motivation in the workplace in a very practical way. The information is presented in a clear and accessible manner and has incredible potential when applied correctly. You will discover methods to galvanise your team, what to do to avoid counter productive workplace habits, and how to lead your team in the way that will inspire truly sustainable motivation. This course includes practical tools and strategies to boost and maintain motivation, as well as exercises, tests and other opportunities to assess and apply the knowledge you learn. What you will learn Understand people and what motivates them to work Assess an individual's or team’s level of motivation or demotivation Increase employee motivation and prevent situations which diminish it Create sustainable motivation which is long lasting and highly personal Use different psychological models of motivation utilised by businesses today Modify your leadership to be the most effective for motivating your team Communicate and lead in ways which are the most empowering personally and for your team The skills and knowledge you will gain from this course can be applied to any workplace setting and will leave you with a powerful understanding of how to motivate not only others, but also yourself, to achieve the highest levels of performance. There is an increasing trend for rewarding and motivating work which is personally satisfying. Sadly, many employers lack the skills to deliver motivating environments and risk losing their best talent. Leaders need to learn how to successfully motivate their team with intrinsic benefits outside of the usual scope of financial rewards. Leaders who learn to motivate their team will be rewarded with outstanding results, productivity gains and the personal satisfaction of seeing their team grow. This course delivers everything you need to understand and apply the most successful strategies for motivating anybody to reach their highest potential and deliver the best quality work. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Understanding People Module 2: Concepts and Theories of Motivation Module 3: Team Leadership Module 4: Working with demotivated individuals Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Moving and Handling is so much more than lifting and carrying. Whether we lift, carry, support, push, pull and hold any load then we need to be aware of the correct way to do it. We are only born with one back and we need to look after it. This course will inform you of the legislation surrounding any moving and handling operation, the correct techniques to employ, the process of ergonomics and risk assessing. You should always be safe when moving and handling any load so this course is essential for your health. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Explain the theory behind moving and handling Be aware of safe practice using a range of techniques when moving a variety of inanimate loads Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This moving and handling of people training programme is designed to provide students with the essential knowledge and understanding of the safe process of moving people to prevent injury to themselves and the person being moved, whilst also covering the legal requirements regarding the handling of people. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Health and Safety at Work 1974 Manual Handling Regulations 1999 Duty of care Moving and handling assessments Basic principles of safer handling Company handling policy Anatomy Unsafe moves Working with equipment Moving and transferring Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Moving and Handling of People Video Based Online Course CPD Accredited CourseCOURSE DESCRIPTIONThis Moving and Handling People eLearning course is aimed at people working in health and social care who have people in their care that have mobility issues. The course outlines the dangers and legislation that applies to moving and handling people as well as showing a range of techniques and equipment that can be used. The course also highlights the importance of proper risk assessments and care plans.TARGET AUDIENCE This course is aimed at People working in Health and Social care roles including health care and residential or nursing homes.ADVANTAGES Having training in moving and handling people can ensure that you do not injure yourself or someone in your care. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The Principles of Safer Patient HandlingModule 2: Moving and Handling AssessmentsModule 3: Practical SkillsModule 4: Transfering and WalkingModule 5: Avoiding and Dealing with Patient FallsModule 6: Fitting and Using a Flat or Tubular Slide SheetModule 7: Bed MobilityModule 8: Other Patient ManoeuvresModule 9: Sitting a Patient UpModule 10: HoistingModule 11: Checking the HoistModule 12: More Hoisting PracticalitiesModule 13: More Hoisting Techniques DURATION: 150 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) DEMO VIDEO Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The nail technician diploma is a wonderful learning opportunity for anyone who has a passion for nail art and is interested in enjoying a long career in the nail industry or for anyone who is already a nail technician that wants to brush up on their knowledge and boost their career with a recognised certification. Introduction to the Nail Technician Diploma This nail technician diploma comprises of twenty five informative modules that takes around twenty hours to complete. The course is accompanied with a host of instructional videos, helpful illustrations, how to instructions, advice and more. During the course you will have access to online support as you study the introduction to nails, how to start your own business, nail art, marketing your business and so much more. The course is offered online at an affordable price, giving you the ability to study in the comfort of your own home and at your own pace. You can access the modules anywhere where you have an internet connection and from any device. On completion you can download and print your certificate, which you can use to boost your career as a nail technician moving forward. What You Will Learn This course is brimming with twenty five modules designed to give you complete training in becoming a successful nail technician and providing you with guidance and insight to starting your own nail salon. Understand nail technology and what a nail technician does. Learn the different skin layers and how this plays a role in nail technology. Get an understanding of nail anatomy, how fast nails grow and the different sections of the nail that you need to know as a nail technician. Learn how to prepare your work area effectively. This module covers hygiene and the importance of cleaning your work area effectively between patients. Understand the importance of consulting with your clients, offering guidance and how to give clients clear instructions on how to care for their nails moving forward. Learn how to perform a manicure from the supplies you will need and how to shape the nails for the best results. Learn the art of performing the perfect pedicure each and every time. This module will provide you with the advice you need from what supplies you will need to removing old nail polish to shining nails and more. Understand the art of false nails from the supplies you will need to adding plastic tips, lengthening acrylics and finishing off acrylic nails perfectly. This module will teach you how to incorporate a hand and arm massage into your nail appointment to provide your clients with an added service. Understand all there is to know about gel nails and what makes them so popular. You will also get step by step instructions on completing gel nails along with a useful instructional video. Get useful advice on using nail tips. Learn all there is to know about nail art. Know why a base coat is so important, get inspiration for designs and more. Get some valuable tips on nail maintenance and how to help your clients make their manicure and pedicure last longer. The importance of health and hygiene and how to keep your work station clean at all times. An introduction to salon management. Advice on starting your own salon, working as a technician or starting a mobile business. Learn how to set up a successful salon with decoration tips and advice. Marketing, pricing and merchandising in your salon. Understand about staffing your salon, employee law and everything you need to know when it comes to adding staff members to your salon. Get valuable insight into customer relations management to ensure the highest levels of customer service at all times. Learn to manage costs effectively, along with the importance of reporting and record keeping. Benefits of the Nail Technician Diploma Completing this diploma, whether you have no experience and are interested in a career in this industry, or you are already a technician that wants to brush up on your knowledge, you will find that the benefits are endless. Some of the benefits include: Improved career opportunities Ability to enjoy consistent earnings Study in the comfort of your own home online Study at your own pace Affordable study solution No travelling costs Recognised certification on successful completion and passing of the multiple choice test. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 25 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Nail Technology Module 2 : Anatomy of the Skin Module 3 : Nail Anatomy Module 4 : Preparing Your Work Area Module 5 : Client Consultation and Communication, Preparing Your Client Module 6 : How to Perform a Manicure Module 7 : How to Perform a Pedicure Module 8 : Artificial Nails Module 9 : Arm and Hand Massage Module 10 : Gel Polish Module 11 : Nail Tips (Shaping and Painting andamp; Artificial Tips) Module 12 : Basic Nail Art Module 13 : Nail Maintenance Module 14 : Health and Hygiene Module 15 : An Introduction to Salon Management Module 16 : Start a salon, become a mobile technician, or work for someone else? Module 17 : Setting up a Salon and Red Tape Module 18 : Salon Decoration Module 19: Marketing Your Nail Salon / Service Module 20: Setting Your Pricing Module 21: Merchandising Your Salon Module 22: Employees and Staffing Module 23: Customer Relationship Management Module 24: Managing Costs Module 25: Forms and Record Keeping Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Negotiation Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionNegotiation is a basic means of getting what you want from others. It’s a back and forth communication designed to reach an agreement when you and the other side have some interests that are shared and others that are opposed. This course covers the basics of what constitutes a negotiation, the key stages of a negotiation, skills you can apply to your negotiations, and some practical advice so you can bring all of this together and become a more effective negotiator.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What is Negotiation?Module 2: The Key Negotiation Stages and skills Module 3: Negotiating Positions Module 4: The NegotiationDuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions)Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Negotiation Skills Certificate course is one that will supply information about how to negotiate with anyone in any field throughout the United Kingdom. This is a course that offers an intensive method of training by giving you the tools and teaching the skills that you will require to become a master negotiator. The skill of negotiating is one that is prised among hiring managers as one of the best business skills to have, and this course will prepare you to negotiate with colleagues, other business people, customers, and almost anyone. Upon completion, you will have the ability to work out any impossible situation simply by relying on what you have learnt in this course. Introduction to the Negotiation Skills Certificate While taking this online training course, you will have the ability to study for your Negotiation Skills certificate when it is convenient for you and at your own pace. Many students continue to work whilst taking the course, and study in the comfort of their own home. When the course is complete, you will take a full multiple choice exam. If you pass, you will obtain your nationally recognised certificate, which you can print at home. What You Will Learn We have designed the Negotiation Skills Diploma course to provide you with a full overview on how to negotiate in the workplace and improve your business standing. This course includes the following: An overview of negotiation skills Information on the elements involved in successful negotiation The skills required to be an effective negotiator The psychological aspects of negotiating Dealing with pressure from customers, colleagues, and supervisors during negotiations Creating an objective list for negotiating How negotiating and communication work hand in hand When and how to make concessions when you are negotiating How to wrap up negotiations and where to go from there Benefits of the Negotiation Skills Certificate You will experience many benefits upon completing your online Negotiation Skills Certificate. These benefits include: The capability to study from anywhere with an internet or Wi-Fi connection. This includes at home, on your lunch break at work, or even at other local businesses. When taking this course, you can study when it is convenient for you. There is no time limit, so you can complete the course in days, weeks, or even months. You can use any internet connected device to study, including mobiles, tablets and PCs. This course is broken down into modules, which make it easy to manage in parts. This ensures that you will have the most enjoyable learning experience possible. Convenient online support is available as you study, which ensures that you will stay on track during the process. You will have access to the comprehensive syllabus, which guarantees to give you all you require to put your career and your negotiation skills on the fast track. You will have better prospects when applying for work, as employers see negotiation skills as a very valuable asset. This is a trustworthy, certified diploma. The pricing structure of the course is affordable. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 4 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Negotiation Module 2 : Clarification through Preparation Module 3 : Comparison Module 4 : Communication Module 5 : Completion Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Noise Awareness Online Course IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionAround 17,000 people in the UK suffer deafness, ringing in the ears or other ear conditions caused by excessive noise at work. However, this damage is preventable if the right steps are taken but once your hearing has gone it will not come back. This course starts by going into detail about how dangerous noise can be in the workplace, and the main safety issues you should be aware of. It will take you through some of the simple science, the main laws that apply and introduce you to noise level limits. It also covers some of the specific health risks and how to avoid them by producing risk assessments, action plans and through the provision of appropriate Personal Protective Equipment. The course will conclude by examining how to provide information and instructions to employees, along with the most professional way to conduct workforce health surveillance. Target Audience This course is aimed at people that work in industries where excessive noise is a potential hazard. These include factories, manufacturing environments, entertainment, hospitality, mining, construction and metal working to name a few. Advantages One of the key points this course is intended to teach is why it is so important to undertake and action points outlined in a noise risk assessment. This may include the use of PPE, limiting how long workers are exposed to noise or a number of other control measures that must be understood and followed. Understanding the risks and why controls are in place will mean workers are much more likely to consistently adhere to them.IIRSM approval means that this course meets the rigorous standards of this leading industry body. Online training is flexible, efficient, and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life. Further Progression Many of our other Health and Safety courses complement this one include, Working Safely, COSHH, Abrasive Wheels and Asbestos Awareness.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Noise in the WorkplaceModule 2: Legislation Module 3: Health Risks Module 4: Action Plans Module 5: Prioritising Controls Module 6: Personal Protective Equipment Module 7: Information and Health SurveillanceDuration: 55 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Good note-taking skills are essential to your educational and professional success. Writing comprehensive notes does not just produce an effective memory aid; it also encourages you to process the information on a meaningful level. Unfortunately, most of us are not taught how to take notes. In this course, you will discover several techniques that will allow you to pare down complex concepts and record them as well-organized summaries. What You Will Learn The power of a good note-taking system, and why note-taking is a two-step process How and when to optimize linear note-taking systems Why non-linear note-taking methods can be a good alternative to traditional systems, and how to draw up a mind map How to make useful notes when reading a book, article, or report The Benefits of Taking This Course: Learning how to take notes during discussions will make you more effective at processing information, which in turn will help you to plan and execute projects better If you take notes at meetings, this course will help you to record all points covered by attendees Taking good notes during one-to-one meetings with mentors and guides will help you make the most of their knowledge and support, which will further your personal development If you are a student, this course will help you to take notes that increase your chances of achieving high marks in your exams and on assignments Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What Do Good Notes Look Like Module 02: Linear Note Taking Module 03: Non-Linear Note Taking Module 04: Taking Notes on Written Material Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Nursery Assistant Certificate Course Description Working with children is one of the most rewarding careers a person can have. There are many ways you can become professionally involved in a child’s education. One such position is working as a nursery assistant. These individuals are responsible for working with babies and toddlers. Part of your job may include playing with the children in your care, developing lesson plans and communicating with parents and carers about their children. You can enter this field in many different ways, with a variety of qualifications being available to you, depending on your work history, education and life experience. This course goes into detail about working as a nursery assistant to give you all the information you need to enable you to pursue a fantastic career in this growing field. We begin by giving you a brief introduction to the position, including a discussion of the required skills and anticipated salary levels. We then talk about the Early Years Foundation Stage curriculum, which you must follow when coming up with lesson plans for the children in your care. Next, we review the developmental milestones that the children in your care should be expected to meet. Finally, we talk about the importance of play when developing learning programmes. You will Learn: The skills and qualifications you need to successfully obtain employment as a nursery assistant What the prime areas of learning are What the specific areas of learning are Which milestones you should be on the lookout for at each age, from birth to age five The six types of play you should encourage children in your care to engage in Benefits of Studying This Course Understanding more about this highly rewarding career Learning how you can qualify for a position as a nursery assistant, depending on your life experience and prior work and education history Learning more about how to best engage children in educational play Understanding more about the various developmental milestones that children should reach Learning how you can help the children in your care achieve their learning goals Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Nursery Assistants Module 02: Compliance with the Early Years Foundation Stage Module 03: Childhood Development Module 04: The Importance of Play-based Learning Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Nursing assistants enjoy exciting and rewarding careers in the field of healthcare and are valued members of the medical team. They form a crucial part of the healthcare system in the UK and facilitate effective delivery of healthcare in different institutions such as hospitals, clinics, hospices, eldercare homes and private homes. Nursing Assistants provide invaluable services including ambulatory, hygiene and adjunct care among other duties. They report to the nurse and are responsible for a wide range of tasks. This course is designed to provide information on different aspects of becoming a nursing assistant. What you will learn The roles and responsibilities of a nursing assistant as well as the science and art of care giving. How to provide meals and how to feed patents who require assistance. About safety procedures while handling patients as well as infection control procedures that help minimise the outbreak of disease. How to record the vital signs and how to report the information to the supervising nurse. How to provide care for patients with specific needs including patients with dementia or Alzheimer’s. How to handle emergency situations. As a nursing assistant, you will also become familiar with recognition, management and reporting of pain in patients and promoting adequate sleep and rest. About communication and relationship-building skills that will help you offer exceptional services to patients and their families. Lastly, the course will provide tips on preparing a CV and attending interviews as well suggest ways to look for suitable job opportunities. Benefits of taking the course The ability to study anywhere at times that suit you Study at your own pace, with no deadlines: complete it as quickly or as slowly as you like Use any internet enabled device to study on, including computers, tablets and mobile phones Follow the course easily thanks to interesting, informative modules, which make studying fun A convenient online support system, helping you to stay on track throughout the course A comprehensive curriculum, providing you with the knowledge you need to work in the healthcare sector Earn a certified, recognised diploma An affordable cost Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Introduction, Roles, Responsibilities and Duties of a Nursing Assistant Module 2 : Nursing Care and Principles and Dress Code Module 3 : Working in Different Healthcare Settings Module 4 : Patient Confidentiality, Recognising Different Forms of Abusive Behaviour and Understanding Patient Needs Module 5 : Developing Cultural Sensitivity and Communication Skills Module 6 : Infection Control, Cleanliness and Hygiene (Part I) Module 7 : Infection Control, Cleanliness and Hygiene (Part II) Module 8 : Good Body Mechanics: How to Lift, Push and Pull Module 9 : Understanding Risk Factors and Preventing Injuries and Accidents Module 10 : How to Maintain a Comfortable Environment and Bed-Making in Healthcare Settings Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Nutrition and Hydration Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionIf you are part of a team responsible for people’s nutrition and hydration, it’s important that you understand the terms that are being used, the nutritional requirements of the service users, and the possible consequences of getting it wrong. This course will start by defining the various terms used when talking about nutrition and hydration in care environments, the basic elements of nutrition and eating a healthy balanced diet, identify the reasons why vulnerable people might suffer from dehydration, and the tools you can use to identify people that are at risk of malnutrition and the steps you can take to deal with this condition.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The Course StructureModule 2: Defining the Terms Module 3: The Eatwell PlateModule 4: HydrationModule 5: Through-life NutritionModule 6: Malnutrition and OvernutritionModule 7: The ‘Malnutrition Universal Screening Tool’Duration: 65 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Nutrition Awareness course is designed to provide candidates with an introduction to Nutrition awareness and how best to enable service users to choose and consume food and drink by mouth. The actual support required by the service user will be dependent on their individual needs. Candidates will look at the effect of food on the body and general heath, how to make changes to supplement illness and how to identify the key minerals and nutrients required by the body. Candidates will gain an understanding about malnutrition and the implications of malnutrition on the individual. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What does nutrition mean? Nutrients Fruit and Vegetables Nutrition and the Elderly What are the implications of Malnutrition? Factors leading to Malnutrition Screening Tools Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description More than 450 million people around the world live with diabetes. Diabetes and obesity often go hand-in-hand. It’s very important to help clients with diabetes lose weight and improve their fitness levels. Losing weight helps reduce fat stores in the body, and muscle training helps improve insulin resistance. People with diabetes should consider being mindful of what they consume, as proper nutrition can help them achieve their fitness goals faster. As a fitness trainer, you can help your clients better control and manage their diabetes. By working together with your client’s healthcare team, you can help them enjoy maximum benefits from fitness training. People with diabetes can benefit from a combination of a healthy diet and regular exercise. It is important for fitness trainers to be aware of how nutrition affects diabetes in different ways. What You Will Learn The symptoms of diabetes and the differences between Type I and Type II diabetes The basic principles of nutrition, and how to eat well for health and wellbeing Nutritional strategies to manage and control blood sugar levels The effect of different nutrients on blood sugar levels Foods to include and avoid in the diet How to help clients with diabetes achieve healthy weight loss and build muscle Benefits of Taking This Course You can benefit from the ‘Nutrition for Diabetes’ course in several ways: You will become familiar with how to advise clients with diabetes You will be able to answer basic questions regarding nutrition for diabetes and the do’s and don’ts in terms of recommended foods You will be in a better position to work with your clients’ healthcare teams You will be able to plan and structure workouts around your client’s health requirements Fitness trainers will often need to work with clients who live with diabetes. It’s a good idea to become more aware of nutrition for diabetes to obtain a better understanding of your client’s requirements. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Why Nutrition is Crucial to Fitness Module 02: The Role of Diet in Managing Diabetes Module 03: Nutritional Strategies for Diabetes Module 04: The Effect of Protein, Fats and Sugar on a Diabetic Diet; Weight Loss and Exercise Module 05: Diabetic Diet for Building Muscle and Sports Performance Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Objective Setting Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionSetting clear and precise goals and objectives ensures that everyone is working towards the same goal, allowing for business and personal growth. Objectives clarify priorities and allow employees to allocate their time and resources more effectively. They also introduce a way of understanding how work will be measured and evaluated, thus enabling employees to evaluate their own performance, and make adjustments as necessary. This course aims to help you write effective objectives that deliver results. It covers the importance of goals and objectives and why we need them, the barriers to you achieving your objectives and how to overcome them, what SMART objectives are, and how to write and identify them and concludes with some tips for a successful objective setting.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Why Goals and Objectives are ImportantModule 2: SMART ObjectivesModule 3: Tips for Successful Objective SettingDuration: 30 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Working in an office environment is one thing, but managing it is something completely different. It takes specific skills and an understanding of the dynamics of people to successfully run an office in an efficient and comprehensive manner. Our Office Management Diploma is designed to provide you with those very skills, allowing you to further your career and move into managerial positions rather than being stuck on the career ladder. Introduction to our Office Management Diploma Our Office Management Diploma consists of 18 individual modules that are designed to provide you with a full insight into what is expected from somebody working in a managerial position within an office. By working through these modules it will provide you with a better insight and understanding of the office management environment and how best to deal with a range of situations that may arise from time to time. Studying this diploma will open up doors for you to go further in your career after receiving your industry approved qualification. You will be required to undertake an examination in order to show that you have correctly understood the various aspects of the modules, allowing you to then move on in your career with a new found confidence. What you will learn Throughout the 18 modules you will learn how to handle various situations in the office environment, how to improve certain aspects of your personality, and the way in which you will tackle these problems. Our modules will guide you through how to improve your own confidence and to be able to identify and better understand your own personality to see how it fits in with the office environment. You will also be taught how to better meet and greet various individuals to make sure that things get off on the right foot and that the all-important first impression is a good one. In addition, other modules will study the art of communication and its importance within this particular environment. You will also be guided on how to develop a team and get people to work together for the sake of the office. This will include how to create and develop your own administrative systems that fit in with your way of working within the office. Our modules will help you have a better understanding of the financial side of things from budget restraints and keeping supplies topped up. You will also be shown how to handle meetings and staff in general along with their various issues that may arise from time to time. You will also be shown how to deal with staff promotions and understand how to get to grips with their performance. Legal issues will also be discussed, including equality and diversity policies, alongside writing reports and the importance of health and safety. Finally, we will take you through social media and its role in the office environment, providing you a full understanding of the different aspects of this industry. In other words, you will learn: How to handle staff and understand their performance The legal side of various policies and health and safety Communication How to deal with customers and individuals The financial side of things Office layouts The art of delegation Social media How to handle meetings, including chairing them Benefits There are a number of clear benefits of studying our Office Management Diploma, it being able to further enhance your career and help to propel you into a different role. The benefits of studying with us include: Study at your own pace Study in your own home Modules can be accessed on any device Lifetime access to the modules Easy to follow modules broken down into segments Industry approved qualification Get online support after purchasing our diploma Further your career thanks to our diploma Our Office Management Diploma will provide you with all you need to know in order to work within this particular environment. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 18 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction Module 2 : Personality/Confidence Module 3 : Meeting and Greeting customers Module 4 : Effective Communication Module 5 : Reception Workstation andamp; Teamwork Module 6 : Development andamp; Implementation of new Administrative Systems Module 7 : Recording office expenditure and managing the budget Module 8 : Organising the office layout and maintaining supplies Module 9 : Organising and chairing meetings Module 10 : Ensuring adequate staff levels Module 11 : Managing Performance Module 12 : Delegation Module 13 : Promoting Staff Development and Training Module 14 : Implementing and Promoting an Equality and Diversity Policy Module 15: Writing reports Module 16: Health andamp; Safety Module 17: Attending Conferences and Training Module 18: Management of Social Media Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Onboarding is the process of introducing a new employee to your company’s culture, procedures and policies. It is a very important part of the recruitment process across positions and industries. Investing in your onboarding practices is the best way in which to ensure that all your new employees are productive and efficient members of your organisation. Repeat studies show that companies with a robust onboarding policy have higher levels of employee satisfaction and much lower turnover rates. There are numerous benefits to learning onboarding best practices and implementing them at your place of work. This course goes into detail about the best practices in onboarding, ensuring the success of the individual you hire as well as your organisation. We begin by talking about onboarding in general terms, giving you an introduction to the concept. Next, we discuss the important role that your human resources department plays in the onboarding process. The different ways in which you can approach onboarding are also covered, including the three most popular choices in the UK. Finally, the essential elements of any onboarding programme are reviewed. What You Will Learn When you should start the onboarding process How the Human Resources department can help you improve your onboarding procedures The reasons why many companies opt to deliver onboarding programmes themselves Why bringing in third parties for onboarding is not always ideal How to best format your onboarding programmes Why you should focus on making these programmes interactive and engaging Benefits of Taking this Course: Understanding where to begin with the onboarding process How and when to evaluate the progress of your new staff members Why using technological onboarding tools are typicallyrecommended, and how they make the process easier When to offer onboarding to existing employees How to design your programmes, to appeal to all learning types Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What is Onboarding Module 02: The Role of HR in Onboarding Module 03: Onboarding Approaches Module 04: Onboarding Programme Essentials Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Online Security Certificate Course develops the knowledge and skills necessary to stay protected online. This course is full of information that will help you and your family to use the internet safely and protect your personal information. Internet security is a booming industry, with the continued rise in cyber threats, it is important to know how to stay safe online. This course will provide you with a comprehensive overview of what you need to know about online security. This online course offers you the ability to study the curriculum whenever it is convenient. Many students who take the course are working full time, and are still able to finish in a reasonable amount of time. As this is an online course, study material can be easily accessed across any device with a valid internet connection. During your training, you will also have access to our online support feature. Upon finishing the course, you must complete and pass a multiple choice exam, after which you will be awarded your certificate. What You Will Learn An introduction to online security What it means to work in the cyber security industry Understanding why we need online security Email history, passwords, and account security The key terms and concepts associated with online security Dealing with spam How to prevent your web address from being shared The skills necessary to protect networks and personal information Protecting social media security and security maintenance Dealing with disasters. Benefits of the Online Security Certificate The option to study from anywhere that has an internet connection at any time, from home, or work. You can study at your own pace. There is no time limit, so if it takes days, weeks, or months, you can still complete the course. You can study from any internet-enabled device including a tablet, PC, or mobile phone. Easily manageable short course modules makes studying more enjoyable. Convenient online support is available to help keep you on track while you study. Learning through a comprehensive syllabus, helps you to gain the knowledge necessary to start your career in online security. Improving your prospects while applying for work in your industry. Upon completion of the course, you earn a certified and recognised certificate. An affordable pricing structure. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 6 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Email History, Account Security and Passwords Module 2 : Account Security Questions and Recognising Phishing Attempts Module 3 : Dealing with Spam and Preventing your Address from being Shared Module 4 : Protecting Personal Information, Social Media Security and Security Maintenance Module 5 : Dealing with a Disaster Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course on Operations Management is an ideal choice for those looking to broaden their knowledge in the field of operations and equip themselves with the skills that they need to progress their career in this area. Split into ten comprehensive, intuitive and easy to follow modules, the course covers the full life cycle of the operations management process and provides you with a detailed understanding of the key disciplines in the sector. The first module will provide you with an overarching general introduction to operations management and each subsequent module will focus on two or three specific areas, giving you all of the information and detail that you need to hit the ground running in the profession. The course covers a good range of specific and technical operations information and also more general management principles with the aim of giving you a broad and all-encompassing knowledge in the field. The course is designed for anybody already working as an Operations Manager or anybody thinking of making a career move into the field. It is particularly useful for those who have previous experience within operations and are thinking of taking the next step into management. However, the course has been specifically designed to require no previous knowledge of the sector. What you will learn This course covers these key areas in detail, plus much more: An introduction to operations management, including its purpose and key principles, as well as a brief history of the discipline and an examination of what successful operations management looks like. The key technical skills and personal attributes that you need to become a good Operations Manager and how to develop a career in the field. A definition of supply chain management and specific information relating to the sub-areas of purchasing and inventory. A further analysis of supply chain management, including the roles of product development, design, distribution and marketing. How to ensure good quality across the different phases of operations management, including quality standards and dealing with legal regulations. The parallels between operations management and project management, how to structure your own operations projects and the use of new project methodologies such as Six Sigma, lean production and continuous improvement. An overview of the different types of employment and worker statutes found in the operations sector, including the use of contractors and subcontractors. Effective methods of managing people, including employees, contractors and suppliers, and your legal responsibilities towards these parties. The financial aspect of operations management, including dealing with cost management and ways to reduce costs throughout the organisation, plus how to work with common financial documents such as budgets, balance sheets and asset registers. The importance of sustainability and environmentally friendly initiatives and how operations management can support this area. How to draw up a robust corporate social responsibility strategy for your organisation. Common reasons for disputes and ways to avoid and resolve conflict. Benefits of taking the course The ability to study from home, or anywhere with a convenient internet connection. Study at a pace that is comfortable for you. Since there is no time limit for this course, you will complete your studies, regardless of how long it takes you. You can study training material on any device including computers, tablets, or mobile phones. The ability to easily manage modules and understand course structure. Convenient online support available while you train. The opportunity to access a comprehensive syllabus that will assist you in acquiring the knowledge necessary to fast track you in the process to becoming an Operations Manager. The opportunity to gain prospects while applying for work or other opportunities in the industry. A certified and recognised certificate upon successful course completion. An affordable pricing structure. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 14 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction to Successful Operations Management Module 2: Supply Chain Management Part 1 – Purchasing and Inventory Module 3: Supply Chain Management Part 2 – Product Development and Production Module 4: Supply Chain Management Part 3 – Product Distribution and Marketing Module 5: Finance and Managing Costs Module 6: Working with Employees, Contractors and Other Workers Module 7: An Introduction to Project Management Module 8: More Project Methodologies in Operations Management Module 9: Maintaining Quality in Operations Management Module 10: Socially and Environmentally Responsible Operations Management Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Overview With Oracle Database 12c: SQL Fundamentals, you experience the benefits of an Oracle Database that is re-engineered for Cloud computing. Multitenant architecture brings enterprises unprecedented hardware and software efficiencies, performance and manageability benefits, and fast and efficient Cloud provisioning. Oracle Database 12c: SQL Fundamentals certifications emphasize the full set of skills that DBAs need in today's competitive marketplace. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Module 1 Introduction To Oracle 12c SQLFundamentals 1.1 Introduction To Course 1.2 Intro To Oracle 12c SQL Fundamentals 1.3 Structure Of SQL 1.4 Basic Select Statements 1.5 Basic Select Statements Demo Module 2 Retrieving Data 2.1 Modifying Reported Output 2.2 The Where Clause 2.3 The Order By Clause 2.4 Left And Right Outer Joins 2.5 The Where Clause Demo 2.6 Multiå_Table Selection Demo Module 3 SQL Functions 3.1 Single Row Functions 3.2 Aggregate Functions 3.3 Singleå_Row Functions Demo 3.4 Multiå_Row Functions Demo 3.5 Group By 3.6 Grouping Demo 3.7 Conversion Functions 3.8 Conversion Functions Demo 3.9 Date-time Functions 3.10 Date-time Functions Demo Module 4 Subqueries 4.1 Single-Row Subqueries 4.2 Single-Row Subqueries Demo 4.3 Multi-Row Subqueries 4.4 Multi-Row Subqueries Demo 4.5 Other Subquery Types 4.6 Other Subquery Types Demo Module 5 Data Manipulation Language 5.1 Adding Data 5.2 Changing Data 5.3 Deleting Data 5.4 DML Demo Module 6 Data Control Language 6.1 Security 6.2 Object Privileges 6.3 DCL Demo Module 7 Data Definition Language 7.1 Creating Objects In The Database 7.2 Creating Objects In The Database Demo 7.3 Sequences 7.4 Sequenced Demo 7.5 Indexes 7.6 Views Module 8 Combining Queries 8.1 Combining Queries Module 9 Oracle 12C SQL FundamentalsReview 9.1 Oracle 12c SQL Fundamentals Review-Part 1 9.2 Oracle 12c SQL Fundamentals Review-Part 2 9.3 Oracle 12c SQL Fundamentals Review-Part 3 9.4 Conclusion LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Overview Keeping your exams current is important to any IT professional. The Oracle 1Z0-062 certification exam will prepare you for your Oracle Database 12c Installation and Administrator Professional certification with ease. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Module 1 Database Concepts And Tools 1.1 Instructor And Course Introduction 1.2 Database Concepts And Tools Part 1 1.3 Database Concepts And Tools Part 2 Module 2 Memory Structure 2.1 Memory Structure Part 1 2.2 Memory Structure Part 2 Module 3 Tables 3.1 Tables Part 1 3.2 Tables Part 2 Module 4 Indexes 4.1 Indexes Part 1 4.2 Indexes Part 2 Module 5 Constraints And Triggers 5.1 Constraints And Triggers Part 1 5.2 Constraints And Triggers Part 2 Module 6 Users 6.1 Users 6.2 Profiles 6.3 Privileges 6.4 Roles Module 7 Internal Structures 7.1 Storage Structures Part 1 7.2 Storage Structures Part 2 7.3 Internal Memory Structures Part 1 7.4 Internal Memory Structures Part 2 7.5 Background Processes Part 1 7.6 Background Processes Part 2 Module 8 Starting Up and Shutting Down Database 8.1 Starting And Stopping Data Base Part 1 8.2 Starting And Stopping Data Base Part 2 Module 9 Critical Storage Files 9.1 Critical Storage Files Part 1 9.2 Critical Storage Files Part 2 Module 10 Data Manipulation Language 10.1 DML Atomicity Part 1 10.2 DML Atomicity Part 2 10.3 DML Insert 10.4 DML Update Part 1 10.5 DML Update Part 2 10.6 DML Delete And Review Of DML Statements Part 1 10.7 DML Delete And Review Of DML Statements Part 2 Module 11 Data Concurrency 11.1 Data Concurrency Part 1 11.2 Data Concurrency Part 2 Module 12 BackUp And Recovery 12.1 BackUp Part 1 12.2 BackUp Part 2 12.3 BackUp Part 3 12.4 RMAN Catalog 12.5 RMAN BackUps Part 1 12.6 RMAN BackUps Part 2 12.7 Disaster Preparedness 12.8 Recovery 12.9 Flashback Recovery Module 13 Installation 13.1 Installation Part 1 13.2 Installation Part 2 Module 14 Course Review 14.1 Course Review Part 1 14.2 Course Review Part 2 14.3 Course Review Part 3 14.4 Course Review Part 4 14.5 Course REview Part 5 14.6 Course Outro LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Taking the oven cleaning course is an opportunity to start your own professional oven cleaning business, catering to commercial and residential customers. This is an opportunity for you to start your own successful business armed with the knowledge and skills you need to provide your clients with the best quality results and service at all times. Introduction to the Oven Cleaning Certificate The oven cleaning certificate is a recognised certification to help you jump start your career as a professional oven cleaner. This course comprises of fourteen modules overflowing with valuable information that takes approximately ten hours to complete. You will learn essential oven cleaning techniques, the legal requirements surrounding effective oven cleaning and so much more. You will be armed with everything you need to run your own successful business moving forward. During your online studies you will have the support of a tutor, who is on hand to guide you. You can study from anywhere using any device and study at your own pace, not set to any schedule, enabling you to work full time and study in your spare time. On completion and passing the multiple choice test, you will receive your certification, which is industry recognised and can be downloaded and printed at your convenience. What You Will Learn The course comprises of fourteen information packed modules, which will teach you the following: Understand what work you will do as a professional oven cleaner along with the essential equipment you will need to produce the best results. Learn why training in oven cleaning is a benefit and where to find the best positions where you will use your knowledge, the difference between working for yourself or for someone else and how to secure long term commercial contracts for oven cleaning. Know what types of oven cleaning jobs are available. Get a good understanding of oven cleaning equipment. Know the products and tools you will need, the purpose of each one and how to ensure you meet the strict health and safety regulations. Know about chemical safety and what regulations you need to adhere to. Learn what documentation you will need to support industry cleaning products, who is responsible for health and safety compliance and so much more. Learn about the working conditions you can expect from how long it will take to complete a job, why safety clothing is so important and various pricing structures you should take advantage of. Understand the various oven cleaning techniques and expected standards. Know what tools you should be using for different surfaces and what techniques to use to deep clean ovens effectively. Know how to clean Rayburn and AGA cookers. Know how to identify these two common cookers, what products you should use and what are the most common operating temperatures of these two appliances. Learn everything you need to know about commercial oven cleaning from what’s involved to dry steam cleaning to the equipment you will need. Get a good understanding of environmentally friendly oven cleaning - “green cleaning.” Learn about powerful natural de-greasers and the benefits of steam cleaning rather than using chemical solutions. Learn how to run an oven cleaning service effectively to achieve success. Learn what it entails to run a service effectively, help to boost your customer service levels and how many ovens you can expect to clean on a daily basis. Know how to start your own oven cleaning business from initial start-up costs to marketing and developing your online presence. Learn about business insurance, tax and the equipment you will need when starting your own oven cleaning business. Understand what is entailed when hiring staff to work for you, including your responsibilities as an employer and when you should write a health and safety policy, plus so much more. Benefits of the Oven Cleaning Certificate This recognised certification can provide you with so many benefits during and after your online training, these include: An industry recognised certification. You will learn how to deliver the best service to your clients. You will have the knowledge you need to start your own successful oven cleaning business. You study online at your own pace with no set schedule. You can study from any device connected to the internet. Online support throughout your study to guide you in the right direction. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 14 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Oven Cleaning an Introduction Module 2 : Why Train in Oven Cleaning? Module 3 : The Different Types of Oven Cleaning Jobs Available Module 4 : Oven Cleaning Equipment Module 5 : Chemical Safety, Compliance and Legal Requirements Module 6 : Working Conditions Module 7 : Oven Cleaning Techniques and Standards Expected Module 8 : Cleaning AGA and Rayburn Cookers Module 9 : Commercial Oven Cleaning Module 10 : Green Oven Cleaning Module 11 : Running an Oven Cleaning Service Module 12 : Starting Your Own Oven Cleaning Service Module 13 : Business Insurance, Equipment andamp; Tax Module 14 : Hiring People to Work for You Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Paediatric First Aid Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionFirst aid covers a multitude of skill sets and responses to many medical situations. Its primary aim is to provide immediate medical care and treatment that will either resolve the situation (in less serious 'everyday' cases) or provide an essential short-term emergency stop-gap until professional medical assistance is in place. The aim of this course is to equip you with the theoretical knowledge, skills and confidence you need to deal with paediatric first aid situations. It covers all of the key topics including: emergency planning, assessing a situation, basic Life Support, CPR, shock, fractures, bleeding and a range of other minor illness and injuries. Please be aware that having a theoretical knowledge on its own is not enough to be considered competent in paediatric first aid and a practical demonstration in some areas is required to complete this training. Please contact us to arrange this.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience Paediatric first aid is a skill that would be useful for anyone that works with children and infants. This includes those working in nursery, school and pre-school environments, as well as professional childminders, club leaders and sports coaches. Advantages Although it can sometimes be difficult in what are often emotionally-charged circumstances, First Aiders need to remain as calm and objective as possible, especially when there is a medical emergency. Having the training and knowledge to deal with the situation effectively The online format allows you to progress through the modules at your own speed, and at times when it's convenient for you to absorb the information. Further Progression There are a lot of courses in our health and social care suite that would make great follow-ups to this course. The main one for people starting out in the early years sector would be Introduction to the Early Years Foundation Stage. Additionally, the courses covering Epilepsy Awareness and Diabetes Awareness would complement this course as they go into more detail about these conditions.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introduction to Paediatric First AidModule 2: Planning and PreparationModule 3: Essential First Aid Knowledge and Skills Module 4: Basic Life Support Module 5: Fractures and Head Injuries Module 6: Shock, Bleeding and Dressing Wounds Module 7: Specific Medical Conditions Module 8: Minor Injuries Module 9: First Aid Documentation and First Aid KitsDuration: 115 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This Paediatric First Aid Level 3 course has been developed for those who are working / wish to work with children and infants. This accredited course provides theoretical training in first aid techniques that are specific to infants aged under 1, and children aged from 1 year old to the onset of puberty. It will especially be of interest to parents, teachers, child minders, crèche assistants, playgroup personnel and anyone else who has a responsibility for their welfare whilst in your care. It is ideal for individuals who are responsible for children and infants, who wish to gain an accredited Paediatric First Aid Award. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand the role and responsibilities of the paediatric first aider Be able to assess an emergency situation safely Be able to provide first aid for an infant and a child who is unresponsive and breathing normally Be able to provide first aid for an infant and a child who is unresponsive and not breathing normally Be able to provide first aid for an infant and a child who has a foreign body airway obstruction Be able to provide first aid to an infant and a child with external bleeding Understand how to provide first aid to an infant and a child who is suffering from shock Understand how to provide first aid to an infant and a child with anaphylaxis Be able to administer first aid to an infant and a child with injuries to bones, joints and muscles Be able to administer first aid to an infant and a child with head and spinal injuries Understand how to administer first aid to an infant and a child with conditions affecting the eyes, ears and nose Understand how to administer emergency first aid to an infant and a child with a chronic medical condition or sudden illness Understand how to administer first aid to an infant and a child who is experiencing the effects of extreme heat or cold Understand how to administer first aid to an infant and a child who has sustained an electric shock Understand how to administer first aid to an infant and a child with burns or scalds Understand how to administer first aid to an infant and a child who has been poisoned Understand how to administer first aid to an infant and a child who has been bitten or stung Understand how to administer first aid to an infant and a child with minor injuries Understand how to complete records relating to illnesses, injuries and emergencies Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Find out about what the law states regarding payslips, and what are authorised or unauthorised deductions from pay. The course will also look at the types of reward and benefits that can be offered to staff, these may not always be financial, and the impact they can have. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Factors that can influence pay The law Payslips Overpayments Deductions The National Minimum Wage Pay systems Rewards and benefits Types of reward Non-financial rewards Salary sacrifice Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Are you currently working in the accounts department and you want to fast track your career and want to be more productive for your team and company? Do you own your own company and are hiring employees for the first time and you now have to learn the rules and regulations involved in payroll? This course will provide you with all the knowledge, tools and skills you need to complete payroll in an effective manner. Introduction to the Payroll Course This payroll course is broken down into twenty three information packed modules which are designed to provide you with all the essential tools and knowledge you need to complete payroll in an effective and orderly fashion at all times. The course is offered online, which enables you to study at your own pace and in your own time using any device connected to the internet. You can study using your computer at home or your laptop, or you can choose to use your tablet or phone, as long as you have an internet connection. The payroll course comes with a certification on successful completion, which is not only industry recognised, but it is also verifiable. This enables potential employers to confirm your credentials and hire you with complete confidence. You will have two chances to complete the test and pass. In the event you do fail the multiple choice test the first time, you will be given a second opportunity to revisit the modules and then take the test again. Remember, you will have lifetime access to the learning modules for added convenience. What you will learn This course is brimming with useful and valuable information for you to learn and start using. The course is designed to provide you with insight that you can start incorporating into your work without delay. Some of the things you can expect to learn when completing the payroll course include: Get an understanding of what payroll systems are and why you need one. Learn the basics of payroll systems. What you need to know, errors and the importance of communication. Identify the payroll systems in the United Kingdom. What to include and working with HMRC. Understand that you need to run an efficient payroll system. Staff training, reviews and record keeping plus so much more. Get insight on how employees starting and leaving the business impacts payroll. This module will give you insight into what to do, P45's and time keeping. Learn how to deal with HMRC when it comes to new employees, what information HMRC will need from you and how to ensure you pay the employee the correct amount each month or week. Learn how to calculate gross and net pay. This module will teach you the difference between gross and net pay, how to calculate them and why you need wage slips for each employee. Understand the different deductions you need to know about to come to net pay amounts. Get insight into what is statutory pay, how long does an employee qualify, record keeping and reporting to HMRC. Learn about the national minimum wage based on age groups. Get an understanding of the national insurance contribution systems. This module includes why we pay, the different rates, employer contributions and more. Learn how to manage the online PAYE system. Identify what the employment allowance is. Understand retirement schemes. Learn the different programs available for payroll. Tips to correct payroll errors. Understand the importance of annual reporting. Benefits There are so many benefits of completing this payroll course, these include: Fast track your career. Gain insight into managing your own payroll within the United Kingdom. Know what you need to have an effective payroll system in place. Study online at your own pace and using any device. Enjoy the convenience of information packed modules. Industry recognised certification on successful completion, which is also verifiable online. Comprehensive syllabus complete with online support. Lifetime access to modules to revisit and refresh whenever you wish. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 23 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10-15 hours hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Payroll Systems andamp; Management: An Introduction Module 2 : Learning the Basics about Payroll Systems Module 3 : Understanding Payroll Systems in the UK Module 4 : How to Run an Efficient Payroll Module 5 : Employees Starting and Leaving the Business Module 6 : Dealing with HMRC in Relation to New Employees Module 7 : How to Calculate Net and Gross Pay Module 8 : Net Pay Resulting from Voluntary and Statutory Deductions Module 9 : Understanding Statutory Pay Module 10 : The National Minimum Wages for Different Types of Work Module 11 : Understanding the National Insurance Contributions System (NIC) Module 12 : When Employees Pay Less National Insurance Contributions (NIC) Module 13 : Understanding the PAYE System Module 14 : Dealing with the Online PAYE System for Employers Module 15: The Employment Allowance Module 16: Employment Termination Payments Module 17: Understanding the Retirement Scheme Module 18: Working Effectively with the RTI Computerised Payroll System Module 19 : Payroll Computer Software/Programs Module 20 : How to Correct Any Payroll Errors Module 21 : Maintaining Employee Records Module 22 : Annual Reporting and Other Tasks Connected with Payroll Module 23 : A Summary of the Legal Obligations Associated with Payroll Systems Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The course will explore why it’s important to have good objectives and competencies and how they contribute to an effective appraisal system. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is performance management? Why it is Employee engagement important Objectives and competencies Personal development plans Appraisal systems Communication between managers and employees Mid-year reviews Annual appraisals Following the appraisal process Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Person centred care course enables participants to understand the importance of seeing people as unique individuals who require unique interventions designed to meet their needs. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding Person Centred Care Creating the individuals care plan Looking at the WHOLE picture Confidentiality How work practices may affect the individual Boundaries Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Person-centered Care Online Course CPD ApprovedWhat do we mean by Person Centred Care, well the term originated in the 1940s and proposed taking a holistic view of service users in care settings? This means getting to know the person and then tailoring their care as much as possible to meet their specific needs. Person-centered care is now a key principle outlined in current legislation and it plays an important part in the standards that they set out which must be followed by all care professionals working in this country. This course will give you an understanding of person-centered approaches for care and support, and how to implement a person-centered approach in an adult social care setting. It starts by explaining what we mean by person-centered care and where this term originated. It then goes on to analyze the values represented by person-centered care and explains why care should be as much as possible tailored to each service user. Finally, it will give you an overview of care plans, daily reports, the importance of obtaining consent, and much more.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Course OverviewModule 2: Definitions and ValuesModule 3: Care Plans and ConsentModule 4: Daily ReportsModule 5: Example Care PlansModule 6: Case Study Duration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Bundle Description This bundle contains 5 courses. A complete description of each course can be found by clicking on each course link below: Assertiveness Skills Body Language Diploma Communication Skills Time andamp; Priority Management Negotiation Skills Who can take theses courses?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take theses courses. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the courses?Each course is broken down into individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the courses at your convenience. Where / when can I study the courses?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the courses?Once you have completed all modules of each course, there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print the certificate any time you need it. Course Details Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Personal Protective Equipment Online Course IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionIn the UK there are approximately 144 fatalities in the workplace and around 621,000 non-fatal injuries every year. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) plays a vital role in managing Health andamp; Safety risks. However, historical data shows many workers suffering injury were not wearing this clothing.This course will show how wearing PPE plays a crucial role in preventing and reducing fatalities, injuries, and diseases that would otherwise occur in the workplace. It includes details of a wide range of PPE options, examines the legislation and regulations that govern the responsibilities of employers, employees, and suppliers, and provides a real-life case study showing the law in action.The course will also cover risk assessment and the role it plays in the selection and use of PPE along with discussing other hazard control measures that can be implemented. Finally, the course will move on to how to use, fit, and wear PPE and understand its physical and theoretical limitations.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience This course is primarily aimed at people that work in industries such as construction where they are likely to need to use a wide range of PPE on a daily basis. However, there are many other areas of work where PPE is required such as factories, warehouses, window cleaners, healthcare workers, beauticians and many others. One of the key things this course is intended to do is to teach people why they should use the PPE that is supplied to them and it is some of these other work areas where this message will be most effective. Advantages Candidates understanding how and why they should use PPE will mean they are more likely to use it consistently and correctly throughout their work. This has the advantage of reducing their risk of injury. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life. Further Progression Many of our other Health and Safety courses complement this one include Working at Height, Working Safely and Asbestos Awareness.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: Regulations andamp; ResponsibiltiesModule 3: PPE in Practice Module 4: Risk Assessment, Selection andamp; Use Module 5: Types of PPE Module 6: Maintenance andamp; ReplacementDuration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Personal Safety for Lone Workers Introduction Online Course IIRSM, IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionEvery day, thousands of people are exposed to situations where they are left alone on work premises when visiting members of the public during their working day, or working from home. There are many risks associated with working in isolation, without the support of colleagues. These risks can include accidents and violence.This course acts as an introduction to personal safety for lone workers and applies to those that work alone within business premises, mobile workers, and homeworkers. It covers the legal responsibilities of both employers and employees, some of the common security precautions that can be implemented, practical steps you can take to avoid conflict in lone worker situations, and other elements that can contribute to lone worker safety.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience This course is aimed at anyone who works alone or manages people that work alone AdvantagesIIRSM approval means that this course meets the rigorous standards of this leading industry body. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life. Further ProgressionCourses that would complement this one would be:Display Screen Equipment for anyone who works from home. Conflict Resolution for anyone who may find themselves in a conflict situation or that has to work with difficult people as part of their job.Sales Skills for those people working in a sales role.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Lone Worker Personal Safety: The BasicsModule 2: The Law: ResponsibilitiesModule 3: Assessing the Risks Module 4: Personal Safety Solutions Module 5: Practical Tips to Avoid Conflict Module 6: Reporting and Recording IncidentsDuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Anyone who owns a pet or works with animals will benefit from a pet first aid Certificate. Knowing what to do when a pet is injured or ill is a wonderful chance to save a family pet and make a difference. This information packed course is designed for anyone who wants to learn what to do in the event of a pet emergency, how to handle the situation and how to remain calm to help the pet until they get the veterinary care they need. The course is broken down into easy to study modules, and is hosted online, so as long as you have access to the internet, you can study anywhere, whether it's when you get home from work or during your lunch break from your desktop computer or your tablet. Introduction to the Pet First Aid Certificate This Certificate is brimming with information which has been broken down into six manageable modules to make your studying experience enjoyable and effective. Each module provides you with insight and advice into pet first aid, giving you the knowledge and tools you need to deal with a wide variety of different accidents and incidents involving a host of pets, so you can make a difference and prolong a pet’s life. At the end of the course you will be required to complete a multiple choice test, which you will be given two chances to pass. On passing you are given instant access to your certificate, which you can download and print, placing it with your CV for your next job interview in the pet industry. All certificates can be verified online, giving potential employers peace of mind that you have completed the necessary training that meets their unique requirements. The pet first aid Certificate can provide you with a lifelong knowledge which may be needed in an emergency. What You Will Learn This course is filled with information relating to pet first aid. It is designed to give you the basic skills needed to handle all types of situations involving your pet or animals at your place of work, whether you work in a pet shop or veterinary practice. The course’s six modules will give you a complete overview into pet first aid, this includes the following: Introduction and importance of veterinary services Gain information on general pet health Learn about registering with your local vet and making visits Get insight into the anatomy of a dog Learn the different causes of limping in dogs Get tips on examining pets at home Learn about pet digestion Learn about checking vital signs Know the signs of dehydration and what to do Learn how to examine wounds and how to stop bleeding effectively Know how to treat burns on all pets Get an understanding on how to treat a choking pet Know what to do in the event a pet goes into shock Learn basic CPR for pets Understand what it takes to approach an injured animal Learn the different tools and techniques to restrain an animal Know the signs and symptoms of frost bite Drowning and near drowning first aid Get insight into household hazards Learn about poisoning and treatments Know the home treatment for vomiting and diarrhoea Benefits Study online at your own pace and in your own time Take a week to complete the course or a few months, there is no set time schedule for completion Accessible on most modern devices as long as you are connected to the internet Online support throughout your study experience Lifetime access to the modules Industry recognised certification Certificates are verifiable online as an added convenience Fast track your career Start using your new knowledge without delay Continue your education in pet awareness Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 7 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction, Importance and Types of Veterinary Services, Equipment for Pet First Aid Kit Module 2 : Understanding the Anatomy andamp; Home Examination of Pets Module 3 : How to Check for Vital Signs and treating wounds Module 4 : Treatment of Burns andamp; Choking Module 5 : Emergency Pet Handling and Restraint Procedures Module 6 : Home Care and Treatment for Hypothermia, Drowning and Bites Module 7 : Household Hazards and Pet Medications Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether you work in a veterinary practice, a pet shop or you have a pet you love with all your heart, the pet nutrition diploma can help you ensure you provide your pet with the best food that meets their unique needs and requirements. Introduction to the Pet Nutrition Diploma The pet nutrition diploma will provide you with valuable insight into ensuring your pet or your clients' beloved pets are fed the right diet to meet their unique growth needs. The course is broken down into easy to study and manageable modules, which you can study online at your own pace and in your own time. All the modules are easily accessible online using any device, which enables you to study from anywhere. On completion you will be required to complete a multiple choice test, which you must pass in order to receive your industry recognized certification. In the event you don't pass the first time, you will be given a second chance to go over the modules and then complete the test again. On successful completion you can download and print your certificate right there and then without delay. What You Will Learn The course is overflowing with valuable information that will provide you with everything you need to know when it comes to pet nutrition. The easy to study and manageable modules cover the following: Learn about different food types, pet diets and how to read pet food labels to ensure that the pet is given the best nutrition at all times. Understand the importance of nutrition for pets. Learn about the digestive system. Learn the difference between herbivores, omnivores and carnivores and what pets eat what. Identify how the right nutrition can help with disease prevention. Learn about the different feeding stages in animals and how diet varies from when they are puppies or kittens to when they are adults and what they need to eat as seniors or when pregnant or lactating. Know what is considered a healthy weight for a pet and learn about various weight issues the pet may experience throughout their life. Know the reasons why a pet may not be eating and why the pet may be overeating. Learn everything you need to know about pet food from where to buy it to the difference between cheap and expensive pet foods to how to change your pets diet and more. Know about snacks and treats for pets and what is acceptable and what is not. Learn what herbs you can use with pets. Know what foods should be avoided at all costs. Identify how essential oils can be important for pets and what essential oils can be used. Learn about the specific sources of nutrition from proteins to carbohydrates and more. Learn more about rabbit and guinea pig nutrition and about food that is best for hamsters, mice and rats. Learn more about basic fish food ingredients, along with the dietary differences in birds. The modules will also teach you about what reptiles eat and how to feed them along with why it is so important to keep a food diary. Benefits of the Pet Nutrition Diploma This Pet Nutrition Diploma is brimming with amazing benefits: The diploma is recognised in the pet industry. You can use your certification to fast track your career. An opportunity to do a job that you love with no entry requirements. Affordable pricing. Study at home using your PC, tablet or mobile phone as long as you have access to the internet. Enjoy the benefits of online support throughout your study experience. On successful completion, download and print your certificate and have it at hand straight away. Improve your knowledge of pets. Use your knowledge to ensure pets in your care receive the best nutrition based on their age at all times. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 17 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Food Types, Types of Diet and Pet Food Labels Module 2 : Why Nutrition is Vital for Pets Module 3 : Digestion Module 4 : Feeding Stages in a Pet’s Life Module 5 : Pet Weight Module 6 : Pet Food Module 7 : Snacks and Treats Module 8 : Herbs and Green Foods Module 9 : Foods to Avoid Module 10 : Essential Oils for Pets Module 11 : Species Specific Sources of Nutrition/Nutrients Module 12 : Rabbits and Guinea Pigs Module 13 : Mice, Hamsters and Rats Module 14 : Fish Module 15: Birds Module 16: Reptiles Module 17: Keeping a Food Diary Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Pet Psychology is a very in-demand industry right now with pet owners around the world looking for behavioural experts to assist them with their beloved family pet. This training course is designed to provide you with all the knowledge you need to enjoy a successful and enjoyable career in pet psychology and make a difference to many pet owners and their furry friends on a daily basis. Introduction to the Pet Psychology Diploma The pet psychology diploma has been designed to provide you with a wealth of knowledge and information regarding animal behaviours and how to deal with them. This course will help you to push yourself forward in your chosen career with the ability to study at any time from anywhere using any device, as long as you have an internet connection. This online training course enables you to study in your spare time at your own pace, while working a full time job. There is no need to take time off work and travel to a classroom; all the modules are easily accessed online for added convenience. The pet psychology diploma has been broken down into manageable modules which should take no more than thirteen hours to complete; this is combined with online support to provide you with added confidence during your learning experience. What You Will Learn The pet psychology diploma is broken into numerous modules, each one providing you with valuable information and insight and helping you learn what you need to succeed in this career moving forward. Understand what animal psychology is and why you need to know more about it. Learn the historical background of pet psychology and how it can be used today. Identify why you should learn about animal behaviours. Identify animals' different vision abilities. Learn about concept formation, what it is and how to use it. Compare the brains of humans to dogs and see what sets them apart. Learn more about the brains of cats and dogs. Understand the emotions exhibited by pets and how to handle them. Get a good understanding of conditioning, its history, what it is and past experiments. Identify spatial abilities in animals and also learn how they navigate. Learn more about pet communication. Get a good understanding of human language training in working with pets. Learn about animal training and its history. Know typical dog behaviours and how they change as the pet gets older. Identify with puppy behaviours and more. This module will also cover how dogs learn and what reinforcement is and why it is so important when it comes to dog training. Understand more about dog communication and dog aggression, fears and phobias. Identify with psychiatric dog behaviours and how to work with them. Learn about cat communications and actions. Learn the psychiatric challenges in cats. Learn about cat aggression and fears. Get an understanding of aggression and fears in rabbits. Learn more about gerbils and working with them. Benefits of the Pet Psychology Diploma There are numerous benefits to completing the pet psychology diploma online. These include: Study from anywhere using any device with internet connection. Study online at your own pace, enabling you to work full time and study after hours to complete your diploma. Enjoy online support throughout your studying experience. Comprehensive modules designed to provide you with all you need to know when it comes to pet psychology. Easy to manage modules. Approximately fifteen hours to complete. Complete in a few days or a few weeks, it is up to you how long you take to complete the diploma. Industry recognized certification on successful completion. Download and print certificate as soon as you receive confirmation that you have passed. No entry requirements. Affordable price. In demand profession – fast track your career. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 25 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: A Course on Pet Psychology Module 2 : Why Learn About Animal Behaviour? Module 3 : How Animals See the World/Animal Vision Module 4 : Concept Formation Module 5 : About Animals’ Brains Module 6 : Basic Emotional and Motivational Processes and Social Emotions Module 7 : Conditioning Module 8 : Spatial Reasoning Module 9 : Language and Animals Module 10 : History of Animal Training Module 11 : Typical Dog Behaviour Module 12 : How Dogs Learn Module 13 : Understanding Dog Communication Module 14 : Learning about Dog Actions Module 15: Dog Fears and Phobias andamp; Aggression Module 16: Training Dogs: More on How Dogs Learn Module 17: Biobehavioural Monitoring in Dogs Module 18: Understanding Typical Canine Psychiatric Behaviours Module 19: Learning About Cat Communication Module 20: What Feline Actions Mean Module 21: Feline Actions Module 22: Feline Psychiatric Challenges Module 23: Cat Anxiety, Fear and Aggression Module 24: Understanding Rabbits and Rabbit Psychology Module 25: Understanding Hamsters and Gerbils Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Anyone who loves animals and wants to start their own successful pet sitting business will benefit from this information packed course. The course will teach you everything you need to know about caring for pets, including the legalities and insurances needed. Provide your clients with complete peace of mind when using your services with this industry recognised certification. Introduction to Pet Sitting Diploma The Pet Sitting Diploma is an online course which has been broken down into twenty three manageable and information packed modules, which should take around fifteen hours to complete. The course covers everything you need to know about setting up and running your own successful pet sitting business. During your online studies, you enjoy the convenience of online support and the ability to study using any device with online modules you can access at any time from anywhere. You get to study at your own pace with no schedules, so you can still work full time while preparing to start your own business on the side and in the future. On successful completion of the course, you will need to complete the multiple-choice test, which questions you on things you will have learned throughout the twenty three modules. On passing, you will gain immediate access to your certificate, which you can then download and print. What You Will Learn The manageable twenty three modules are designed to teach you everything you need to know when offering pet sitting services, this includes: Get an introduction to pet sitting. This includes health and safety and animal welfare, how to approach any animal and why security is so important. Learn about safety for you and the pet. Learn about written health and safety policies and when you need one, how to protect yourself and risks involved when it comes to pet sitting. Understand the legal requirements involved along with the five zoonotic diseases, the animal boarding act, health and safety at work and the importance of protecting your clients' information. Learn more about dog walking. Learn how to build your pack of dogs and signs of dog aggression along with the different types of dog aggression. Understand the importance of a pre-service visit, preparing pet information sheets and the documentation needed. Learn the five forms you must include in your client packs, how to comply with the Data Protection Act and storing your clients' information and how to use your client packs to increase your profits. Identify with day to day pet sitting, including how long you need to allocate for each dog walk, the order you need to use when taking care of each pet and time to set aside between appointments. Learn how to transport animals safely. Learn more about effective animal handling. You will learn the three step process to minimise stress in animals and when you should and shouldn't approach an animal. Learn more about dogs and cats from the different breeds to nutritional requirements. Get an understanding of fish. This includes the three groups and breeds. It will teach you the different water temperature requirements, how often water needs to be changed and how to test the water for nitrates. Understand how to care for rodents from cage cleaning frequency to breeds and types that you may be asked to care for. Learn how to care for rabbits and guinea pigs from their nutritional needs to behavioural traits and more. Learn everything you need to know about reptiles including feeding requirements, temperature requirements and behavioural traits. Get an understanding on various pet ailments and how to care for them. Learn essential pet first aid that you may have to use when offering your services. Get valuable information on setting up and running your own successful pet sitting business. Learn how to market your business effectively to reach the right target audience. Identify pricing and costs. Take advantage of the useful troubleshooting section to provide you with guidance and advice for your pet sitting business. Benefits of the Pet Sitting Diploma This effective training course provides you with a number of benefits, these include: You can use the diploma to improve your career prospects. You will be given the information and insight you need to start your own business. The course is broken down into manageable modules. You study online from anywhere using any device. You can study at your own pace with no deadlines to meet. Receive online support throughout your studies. Industry recognised certificate you can download, print and include in your client information packs. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 23 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Pet Sitting Diploma Introduction Module 2 : Safety (Yours andamp; Animals) Module 3 : Legal andamp; Requirements Module 4 : Dog Walking Module 5 : Pre Service Visit Module 6 : Forms and Record Keeping Module 7 : Day to Day Pet Sitting Module 8 : Transporting Animals Safely Module 9 : Animal Handling Module 10 : Dogs andamp; Cats Module 11 : Fish Module 12 : Rodents Module 13 : Rabbits and Guinea Pigs Module 14 : Reptiles Module 15 : Birds Module 16 : Pet Ailments Module 17 : Pet First Aid Module 18 : Running Your Own Business Module 19 : Setting up a Business Module 20: Marketing Module 21: Pricing Module 22: Costs Module 23: Troubleshooting Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Pharmacy Assistant course will introduce you to multiple aspects of the pharmacy sector. The ten modules will stimulate your interest in the field of pharmacy. Every aspiring pharmacy assistant can develop his or her personal niche and will have early opportunities to improve their efficacy and competence in the field. Pharmacy is a unique and enterprising field and you can look forward to enjoying a meaningful and exciting career. The role of a pharmacy is a crucial one and it contributes to the healthcare system in several valuable ways. As an assistant pharmacist, you will enjoy opportunities to interact with patients and dispense medications in line with prescriptions issued by a certified health professional. You will also be in charge of managing stocks, advising patients on dosage regimes, benefits and side-effects of medication and so on. This course is designed to give you a solid foundation on which you can begin your career as a pharmacy assistant. It will explain work environments, salaries and career advancement, and learning about these topics will help you make an informed career decision. What you will learn The course covers these key areas in details, plus much more: An introduction to the field of pharmacy and how it plays a pivotal role in the UK’s healthcare system. As an assistant, you will be working together with a pharmacy team. You will learn all about the different members of the team. How to develop your customer service skills. Checking and management of stocks in a pharmacy: Pharmacy assistants are often in charge of tracking and managing stocks in a pharmacy. The role of a pharmacy assistant: You will be expected to execute multiple tasks and responsibilities, including management of prescriptions, dispensation of medication, interacting with customers and ordering supplies. Regulations, health and safety in a pharmacy: There are certain standards of health and safety that are governed by regulations which you will need to follow. Prescriptions: You will learn how to read and interpret prescriptions and how to avoid mistakes. The course also covers risk assessment and error prevention. You will learn how to report problems and issues to the pharmacist. Benefits of the Pharmacy Assistant Diploma Any student who enrols on this course will find the following features beneficial: The ability to study from any location as long as you have an internet connection. The ability to work at a pace that is comfortable for the individual student. The course doesn’t impose time limits, so the student can take days, weeks or months to successfully complete the course. The option to study from any internet connected device, including a laptop, PC or mobile phone. Course modules that are easy to manage, making the entire process enjoyable. Continued support to help enhance your training. Ability to access a full syllabus to help you stay on track. Enhance your job application by adding the skill to your resume. Pass the test and receive a certified diploma. Affordable tuition costs. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: How to become a Pharmacy Assistant Module 2: How to become a Pharmacy Assistant The Pharmacy Team and Practices (Part I) Module 3: How to become a Pharmacy Assistant The Pharmacy Team and Practices (Part II) Module 4: How to become a Pharmacy Assistant Communication in Pharmacy Settings Module 5: Pharmacy Assistant Patient Counselling Guide Module 6 : Job Role and Responsibilities and Patient Record Maintenance in a Pharmacy Module 7 : Fundamentals of Prescription and Drug Dispensation Module 8 : Different Dispensing Methods, Electronic Prescription Service, How to Minimise Dispensation Errors Module 9 : Stock Management in Pharmacies Module 10 : Health and Safety Risks Assessment and Pharmaceutical Terminology Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description One of our bestselling courses from our US course library* Learning about photography is essential for anybody who wants to take their passion for taking pictures to the next level as either an amateur or a professional photographer. This course covers everything you need to know about becoming a better photographer, including a detailed description of both analog and digital photography, as well as the fundamental principles of photography. From a detailed guide to all the cameras available and how to choose the best one for your needs to the various professions which offer exciting careers in photography, this course covers everything you need to know about becoming a successful photographer! You Will Learn: The difference between analog and digital photography, including the pros and cons Every type of amateur and professional camera available and which is best for you The three photography fundamentals - Shutter Speed, Aperture and ISO The different career options that require photography and what they entail Benefits of Taking this Course It can help you in your future career as a photographer Increase your income by improving your photography skills Create your own business opportunities Save money by choosing the right camera for your needs Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction and Types of Photography Module 02: Cameras Module 03: Photography Fundamentals Module 04: Photography Fields Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is in preparation for the PMI Risk Management Professional (PMI-RMP) exam. PMI’s Risk Management Professional (PMI-RMP) credential is a solution to project management’s increasing growth, complexity, and diversity. Globally recognized and demanded, the PMI-RMP fills the need for a specialist role in project risk management. This certification recognizes the professional’s unique expertise and competency in assessing and identifying project risks, mitigating threats, and capitalizing on opportunities, while still possessing a core knowledge and practical application in all areas of project management.Gaining distinction as a PMI-RMP® sets you apart from other professionals and brings credit to your organization.What will you learn?During this course, you will learn how to identify and assess project risks, mitigate threats and capitalize on opportunities to enhance and protect the needs of your organization.This course includes 9 hours of training and 50 course videos. Below are the topics you will learn in this course: Risk Management Concepts Risk Management Environment Project Definition Risk Management Planning Risk Identification Qualitative Risk Analysis Quantitative Risk Analysis Risk Response Planning Risk Monitoring And Controlling Course Content Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Mobile Optimization andamp; Progress Tracking: Our courses are optimized for all mobile devices allowing students to learn on the go whenever they have free time. Students can access their courses from anywhere and their progress is completely tracked and recorded. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description All behaviour happens for a reason and there can be many reasons why a person behaves the way they do.These include: Physical needs Communication needs Mental health needs In this course We will look at an approach called positive behaviour support (PBS). This is something that should be expected from any professional or practitioner supporting people who may behave in a way that others find challenging. Benefits Know more about positive behaviour support (PBS) Know a range of proactive approaches that support disabled people of all ages. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 9 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 9 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Positive Handling in Schools Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionPositive Handling is a very serious subject. Knowing when and how to act in a difficult situation can be the difference between a positive outcome and a potentially career-ending prosecution. This course will start by looking at some examples and statistics which highlight the seriousness and extent of aggressive pupil behaviour, it will then go on to explain how you can identify the stages of aggression and provide some tips on how you could de-escalate a pupil before they lash out. It also looks at where the law stands on this subject and finally best practice in theory if you ever do need to restrain a pupil.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The Course StructureModule 2: A Serious Business Module 3: The Aggression Curve Module 4: The SCARF Model Module 5: Government Advice and Guidance Module 6: Making decisions: Duty of Care Module 7: The Law Module 8: Physical Intervention and Restraint Module 9: Screening, Searching, and ConfiscationDuration: 100 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description If you're looking for a comprehensive bundle of practical healthcare programs, then look no further! This program would suit an individual looking at gaining a wide range of practical healthcare skills that are in every day use, or an employer who wanted to provide access to these programs to their staff. CPD Accredited Programs included in this bundle: Basic Life Support CPD Accredited Online Course Blood Transfusion CPD Accredited Online Course Catheterisation CPD Accredited Online Course First Aid CPD Accredited Online Course Infection Control CPD Accredited Online Course Medication Management CPD Accredited Online Course Moving andamp; Handling of People CPD Accredited Online Course Moving andamp; Handling of Objects CPD Accredited Online Course Paediatric First Aid – Level 3 CPD Accredited Online Course Pressure Ulcer Prevention CPD Accredited Online Course Venipuncture CPD Accredited Online Course Verification of Death CPD Accredited Online Course Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?Each course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based courses as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The tests, like the courses, are online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the tests first time then you will get further opportunities to take them again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the tests. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificates any time you need them. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that each program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for each end of course test. Many students ask us why we create our larger course bundles, when some people may not have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description If you're looking for a comprehensive bundle of practical skills for the workplace, then look no further! This program would suit an individual looking at gaining a wide range of practical everyday skills for use in the workplace, or an employer who wanted to provide access to these programs to their staff. CPD Accredited Programs included in this bundle: Age Verification CPD Accredited Online Course AUASP (Award for Underage Sales Prevention) CPD Accredited Online Course Bribery Act Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Complaints Handling CPD Accredited Online Course Conflict Resolution CPD Accredited Online Course Contracts andamp; Written Statements CPD Accredited Online Course Customer Service CPD Accredited Online Course Data Protection CPD Accredited Online Course Discipline andamp; Grievance CPD Accredited Online Course Display Screen Equipment CPD Accredited Online Course Equality andamp; Diversity Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Equality, Diversity and Human Rights - General Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Equality, Diversity and Human Rights - Promoting Understanding CPD Accredited Online Course Fire Warden/Marshal CPD Accredited Online Course Giving andamp; Receiving Feedback CPD Accredited Online Course Information Governance CPD Accredited Online Course Interviewing Skills CPD Accredited Online Course Managing Conflict Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Managing People CPD Accredited Online Course Managing Risk andamp; Minimising Restraint CPD Accredited Online Course Mentoring for Mentors CPD Accredited Online Course Money Laundering Awareness CPD Accredited Online Course Pay andamp; Reward CPD Accredited Online Course Performance Management CPD Accredited Online Course SALPS (Scottish Awareness Ward for Licensed Premises Staff) CPD Accredited Online Course Staff Appraisal Skills CPD Accredited Online Course Time Management CPD Accredited Online Course Working Time andamp; Holidays CPD Accredited Online Course Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?Each course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based courses as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The tests, like the courses, are online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the tests first time then you will get further opportunities to take them again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the tests. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificates any time you need them. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that each program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for each end of course test. Many students ask us why we create our larger course bundles, when some people may not have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Preparation for the CITB Health, Safety andamp; Environment Test Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThis course is for candidates who have completed their Level 1 Health and Safety in a Construction Environment course and want to prepare for the touch screen test. The course reviews the key learning objectives of the Level 1 course including Accident Reporting, Environmental Awareness, Health and Welfare facilities, fire safety and hazardous substances.This course concludes with a 50 question test that has been produced in the style of the touch screen test.Target AudienceThis course is aimed at people who have completed their Level 1 Health and Safety in a Construction Environment course and want to prepare for the touch screen test.AdvantagesOnline training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life.This course can help you to prepare for the CITB touch screen test as it will give you a refresher on all the key learning objectives along with giving you a chance to answer questions that are presented in a similar style to those in the actual test.Further ProgressionOnce you have completed your touch screen test and qualified for your CSCS green card you may be interested in taking some of our other Health and Safety courses that cover common hazards encountered in the construction industry. This could include Asbestos Awareness, Noise Awareness, Working at Height or Working in Confined Spaces.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: General ResponsibilitiesModule 2: Accident Reporting and RecordingModule 3: First Aid and Emergency ProceduresModule 4: Personal Protective EquipmentModule 5: Environmental Awareness and Waste ControlModule 6: Dust and Fumes (Respiratory Hazards)Module 7: Noise and VibrationModule 8: Health and WelfareModule 9: Manual HandlingModule 10:Safety Warning SignsModule 11: Fire Prevention and ControlModule 12: Electrical Safety, Tools and EquipmentModule 13: Site Transport Safety and Lifting OperationsModule 14: Working at HeightModule 15: Excavations and Confined SpacesModule 16: Hazardous SubstancesModule 17: Mock TestDuration: 120 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Preparing for a Job Interview Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionInterviews are two-way processes, where the employer and the interviewee can both decide if they are a good fit. This short course will provide you with some useful tips for how to prepare for an interview including preparing answers to common questions.The course also covers other things to consider in advance of the interview including planning how you will get there. It briefly covers some of the key differences between online and face to face interviews.Target AudienceThis course is aimed at people who are starting out in their careers or those who might need to refresh their interview skills after being out of the workforce for a long time.AdvantagesOnline training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.Further ProgressionOther courses that could be useful for those starting a new job could include Developing Teamwork, Customer Service and Introducing GDPR.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: PreparationModule 2: Preparing for QuestionsDuration: 20 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course is designed for anyone who wants to learn the basics about being a Carer. It will help individuals to understand all that is involved in being a Carer, as well as providing an introduction to the knowledge and learning required for work in the care sector. The content of this course will be of great benefit should you want to: Consider a change of career into care work Develop enough knowledge to help you with interviews for jobs in the care sector or Start a working career in care after full-time education Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding Care And Its Delivery Explain what is meant by the term care and the role of the carer Explain the principles of care Equality, Diversity and Vulnerability Explain the terms values, beliefs, diversity and equal opportunities and how they are promoted for all individuals Identify the issues linked to prejudice, stereotyping, adult vulnerability and protection Skills For Care Identify good communication skills and explain the importance of confidentiality Define the role of the care worker in being dependable and maintaining professional relationships Health And Safety In Care Explain the basic principles relating to health and safety and manual handling Explain the basic principles relating to infection control Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Presentation Skills Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionGiving a successful presentation can be one of the hardest parts of many people's jobsUltimately preparation will be the key to success when it comes to giving a presentation, but how do you make sure you are prepared enough? What about the structure? The content? How should you use visual aids?Being a successful presenter also involves understanding your audience, their expectations, and needs. This course covers the common mistakes people make when preparing for and giving a presentation so you can avoid these, as well as going over good practice and providing some practical advice that you can put to good use the next time you have a big presentation to make.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Presentation and its StructureModule 2: Content Module 3: Visual Aids Module 4: The Presentation Module 5: Listening Module 6: Learning NamesDuration: 55 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The aim of this module is to provide you with a good basic knowledge of acute pressure ulcer management. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES The causes of pressure ulcers: how and why they occur, and which types of patient are most vulnerable to them Current best practice in preventing the development of pressure ulcers How to treat a pressure ulcer when it first appears Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The aim of this module is to enable learners to obtain detailed knowledge of pressure ulcer management, including identifying the main causes of pressure ulcers, as well as the most effective means of preventing them and, if necessary, treating them. Acute Version Available Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is a ‘pressure ulcer’? What causes pressure ulcers? Assessing pressure ulcers Repositioning techniques Managing a grade 1 pressure ulcer Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Prevent Duty Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionIntelligence indicates that further terrorist attacks in our country are ‘highly likely’. Experience tells us that the threat comes not just from foreign nationals, but from terrorists born and bred in Britain. It is therefore vital that our counter-terrorism strategy contains a plan to prevent radicalisation and stop would-be terrorists from committing mass murder. The Prevent strategy, published by the Government is part of the overall counter-terrorism strategy. This course starts with an overview of the Government’s Prevent strategy, and then looks at some of the reasons people become extremists. It goes on to cover the objectives of the Prevent strategy, how to base your actions on a risk based approach, what to do if you are concerned and much more.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introduction to the CourseModule 2: What is Prevent? Module 3: Prevent Objectives Module 4: Delivering Prevent with a Risk-Based Approach Module 5: Extremism, Radicalisation and Terrorism Module 6: What Should You Do If You Are Concerned? Module 7: The Channel Process Module 8: British ValuesDuration: 65 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Approximately 1 in 3 older adults living at home will have at least one fall each year. In most cases, falls do not result in serious injury. However, in some cases, they can have devastating effects. For instance, an older adult with osteoporosis may sustain a serious fracture following a fall. This course will teach you why older people often suffer falls and how falls can be prevented in domestic settings. You will learn practical strategies for adapting the environment and working with healthcare professionals, in order to reduce the risk and promote independence. You Will Learn: Why older people are at particular risk of falls Environmental factors that make a fall more likely What to do if you fall How to prevent falls in domestic settings by adjusting the environment Getting help with day-to-day tasks and investing in safety aids Why strength and balance training can reduce the risk of falls How to start an effective exercise programme Why regular sight tests can minimize an individual’s risk of falls The link between medication, alcohol, and falls Benefits of Taking this Course If you are an older adult at risk of a fall, this course will help reduce your risk of injury If you live with or care for an older adult, this course will help you safeguard their wellbeing If you work with older adults in a supported or residential living facility, this course will help you contribute to a safer environment If you work in a business that manufactures or sells independent living aids or equipment, this course will give you valuable insight into the problems faced by older adults at risk of falls Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: The Causes andamp; Consequences of Falls in Older People Module 02: How to Prevent Falls at Home Module 03: How Strength andamp; Balance Training can Reduce the Risk of Falls Module 04: The Impact of Other Lifestyle andamp; Medical Factors Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course has been specifically designed to help learners identify indicators of radicalisation, along with providing familiarisation of strategies designed to prevent radicalisation. This module will help you learn effective management in Preventing Radicalisation, taking approximately 30 minutes to complete, and your understanding will be tested at the end of it. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Being a victim of workplace discrimination and harassment is an unfortunate reality for too many workers across the UK. Recent statistics show that over 50% of women have been the victim of harassment, with similar numbers being reported by many individuals with protected characteristics. High levels of discrimination and harassment can have a detrimental effect on your workforce, including reduced productivity, higher turnover and low public opinion. Learning how you, as an employee, can prevent discrimination and harassment in the workplace can lead to a healthier and more empowering environment. This course provides you with important information about preventing workplace discrimination and harassment, focusing on the role of the employee. It begins by giving you the legal background behind those terms. Next, it covers the patterns that are evident in workplaces with permissive attitudes towards discrimination and harassment. Specific strategies that employees and employers can implement are discussed next. Finally, the last module outlines what to do, if you witness or are a victim of workplace harassment or discriminatory hiring or promotion practices. What You Will Learn What a ‘protected characteristic’ is; Details about the legislation that covers harassment and discrimination at work; Tips on how to recognize a toxic working atmosphere; How reviewing the hiring and promotion practices of a company can indicate the level of discrimination that you can anticipate encountering; What a zero-tolerance policy is, and why your company should have one; Information on what constitutes a fair complaints process. The Benefits of Taking This Course: Learning more about workplace discrimination and harassment, including the definitions of each term; Understanding how corporate culture and retention rates reflect the likelihood of encountering discrimination or harassment at work; Learning what information should be in employee training programmes, if a workplace is serious about preventing harassment and discrimination; Learning how to develop a complaints process that is fair for everyone involved; Understanding what steps you should take, if you witness or are the victim of harassment or discrimination at work. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Discrimination, Harassment and the Law Module 02: Signs of Workplace Discrimination and Harassment Module 03: Discrimination and Harassment Prevention Strategies Module 04: What to do if you See or Experience Discrimination or Harassment Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Principles of Communication Online Course CPD ApprovedWhen working in the adult social care sector, communicating is essential to develop your understanding of a service user's needs, so you can provide them with the support they require. If the information exchanged is inaccurate or misleading, mistakes can be made which can result in ineffective care and a negative view of the service. Professionals will form many different relationships in their work. Some will be formal and others more informal. Whoever you are communicating with and whatever the method you use it is essential that you make sure your communication is appropriate and effective. This course covers some of the different ways of communication, how to identify barriers to communication and how to reduce these, making sure the person you are communicating with understands what you are communicating, how to get help with communication issues, and much more.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Reasons People CommunicateModule 2: Ways of CommunicatingModule 3: Identifying Communication BarriersModule 4: Reducing Communication BarriersModule 5: Checking UnderstandingModule 6: Getting Help With Communication IssuesModule 7: Confidentiality Duration: 75 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Are you naturally inclined toward holistic health treatments? This specially designed course on aromatherapy provides all the information you’ll need in order to understand aromatherapy. Aromatherapy is now increasingly recognised for its potential to promote health and wellbeing. By using the right essential oils, you can help release stress and aid relaxation. As with all holistic procedures, it’s important to be familiar with the principles of aromatherapy and the properties of each essential oil. There are hundreds of essential oils and each one has its own set of distinctive characteristics as well as contra-indications. This course on aromatherapy provides in-depth information on the unique properties of every essential oil and how they should be used. What You Will Learn How essential oils are extracted and prepared for use in their concentrated forms including enfleurage, hydro-distillation, percolation and so on Composition of essential oils and types of essential oils based on individual composition and extraction processes Unique properties of commonly used oils in aromatherapy and how you should choose the right one for your requirements The correct techniques to follow while blending essential oils for the best results How to create special recipes with aromatherapy oils for different requirements and how every essential oil possesses different healing properties Benefits of the British Cleaning Certification Award (BCCA) You can offer professional aromatherapy treatments to clients and establish a successful career If you wish to make your own essential oils, you can contribute to safety in handmade products In-depth study of essential oils can help you implement precautions during massage or aromatherapy procedures You can do this as a stand-alone course or in addition to other holistic health courses Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 8 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What is Aromatherapy Module 02: The Chemistry of Oils Module 03: How to Choose Essential Oils Module 04: How to Blend Essential Oils Module 05: Recipes Module 06: Storage Module 07: The Starter Kit Module 08: Starting an Aromatherapy Business Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Safeguard your staff, your service users, and your organisation by establishing professional boundaries within a supporting or helping relationship and ensuring that the highest quality of care is provided with this online Professional Boundaries training course.Professional boundaries are put in place and maintained in all industries to help guarantee that customers, clients, and patients receive the best possible service, whilst ensuring staff can perform their responsibilities safely and effectively. The duty of anyone working in health and social care is to ensure that the dignity, privacy, health, wellbeing, and rights of the service users are promoted and upheld. Establishing professional boundaries is a key way to ensure this. Our online Professional Boundaries training with teach health and social care workers the core professional standards, what professional boundaries are, how to identify poor practice and its consequences, and a greater understanding of adherence to a professional Code of Conduct. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this Professional Boundaries online training course, learners should know and understand the following: The need for professional boundaries- Identify how the need for professional boundaries aroseThe core professional standards present in health and social care settings- Be able to outline the core professional standards present in health and social care settingsWhat are professional boundaries?- Know and describe what professional boundaries arePoor practice- Identify poor practice and its consequencesA professional Code of Conduct- Develop a greater understanding of adherence to a professional Code of ConductCreate stronger professional boundaries- Know how to create stronger professional boundariesDuration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Painting and Decorating Diploma course is designed for individuals who would like to work in the decorating industry. This course is filled with information that will put you on the right path to starting a career in this field. Painting and decorating is a broad industry, which provides students with a wide range of possible skills to learn. As you work your way through this course, you will gain a full overview of the skills you will need to learn to work in the painting and decorating business, and how you can start your own business. Introduction to the Painting and Decorating Diploma Course This is an online course, which provides students with the unique ability to study the curriculum in their own time and at their own pace. Most students can continue working full time and finish the course in a reasonable amount of time. The course is accessible from any internet-enabled device and you will receive online support while you train. Furthermore, you will find the course to be incredibly easy to go through thanks to the flexible modules. Upon course completion, you will be required to complete and pass a multiple-choice exam and then you will be awarded your certificate. You can download and print the certificate from home. What You Will Learn The Painting and Decorating Diploma course has been written to give students a full overview of the industry and will put you on the fast track to success. The course covers the following: What a painter and decorator does The common tools, equipment, adhesives, paints and varnishes The risks you may face in the industry Information about personal protective equipment How to store and clean up your equipment How to set up an emergency plan How to identify different wall surfaces How to paint and prepare different surfaces How to cut and apply wallpaper How to measure, cut and lay tiles What it takes to run your own business Resources for small business owners Benefits of the Painting and Decorating Course There are several benefits that students will experience when taking the painting and decorating diploma course. These include the following: The ability to study from anywhere there is an internet connection, at any time that is convenient for you. Study at your own pace. There is no time limit, so if it takes you days or months, you can still complete the course. You can study from any device including a tablet, PC or mobile phone. Short, easy to manage course modules. Online support to help you stay on track. Learn through a comprehensive syllabus, which guarantees that you receive the knowledge necessary to become a painting and decorating professional. Improving your prospects while applying for work in the field. Receive a verifiable and recognised certificate. An affordable pricing structure. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Outline Module 1: Introduction to Painting and Decorating Module 2 : Health and Safety in the Painting and Decorating Industry Module 3 : Painting: The Basics Module 4 : Painting and Wallpapering Module 5 : Tiling, and Owning Your Own Business Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Project Design Certificate A project, often purposely designed with an aim to achieve an end goal, relies heavily on its earliest stage of life: the design phase. Key elements such as project description, primary features, goals, outcomes, and major deliverables are all identified during the project design stage. The proper project design can assist in avoiding mistakes and forecasting potential pitfalls. This helps build a strong foundation and better prepares the Project Manager and the team members for unexpected issues. Additionally, the design phase is crucial in determining the budget or budget estimates. Hence the reason as to why the planning phase is thought to play a vital role in a project’s success. To implement the necessary elements of a project design, it is important to understand what a successful project design phase looks like. You Will Learn: How to define project goals How to determine outcomes and deliverables How to identify the risks The importance of a visual component Benefits of Studying This Course Why defining the project goals is essential to a successful project outcome The ability to determine outcomes and deliverables beforehand to allow for better preparation The ability to identify the risks associated with a project You will learn about the importance of a visual component and the types of visual aids to use to positively support the project The project design has many benefits, other than ensuring a successful project outcome. It provides people with work and teaches individuals to work together with colleagues to achieve the same end goal. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: How to Define Project Goals Module 02: Identify the Stakeholders Module 03: Risk Management Module 04: How to Prepare a Visual Component Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Once a project officially kicks-off, it enters the development stage. This is essentially the phase at which the project begins to slowly materialize, with team members actively working towards achieving the goal. At this point, stakeholders have been consulted, the project has been pitched and accepted, and it is now time to move into the development phase. During the development stage, a project will go through its conception, initiation, implementation, and follow-up phases. At some point during the development stage, team members will begin to create test scenarios, which will lead to the testing phase. The testing phase is the examination and investigation period of a project, which is intended to inform stakeholders of performance levels and allow them to evaluate potential failure risks. In this course, we will identify and study the key aspects that are needed for the successful completion of a project and the importance of project testing. What You Will Learn The phases of project development: initiation, planning, design, execution, implementation, testing, and monitoring How to develop a project concept The importance of time and communication management The need for project testing The benefits of this course are: You will understand the phases of project development and testing, which will help in building a proper project plan You will learn how to put together a project concept easily and effectively You will learn how to implement a time and communication management plan that will help team members stay on track You will understand the importance of project testing and what happens if parts of the project are neglected Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: The Seven Phases of Project Development Module 02: How to Develop a Project Concept Module 03: The Important Role of Time Management and Communication Module 04: The Need for Project Testing Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes - Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Our Project Management 8 Course Training Bundle includes 8 separate Project related courses including: PMP, CAPM, CSM, PMI Risk Management, ITIL®, Six Sigma Green Belt andamp; Six Sigma Black Belt. On-demand instructor-led classroom sessions with full audio and video are combined with printable course ware to provide the theory, while self-assessment reviews and practice exams are also included with selected courses to help monitor progress.ITIL® is a Registered Trade Mark of AXELOS limits, used under permission of AXELOS Limited and is provided in partnership with Balance Global. The Project Management 8 Course Training Bundle contains all the following courses: Project Management Professional PMP - 6th Edition - New Version Certified Associate in Project Management CAPM - PMI - PMBOK 6th Edition - New Version Scrum Master Training PMI Risk Management Agile Project Management ITIL® Foundations v3 Six Sigma Green Belt Six Sigma Black Belt ** Please Note - Exam costs are not included. Official Certification Exams can be obtained through appropriate governing body. Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Project Management Introduction Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThe effective management of projects is an essential skill in many workplaces. Correct control of stages and different aspects of projects helps to increase the chances of projects being successful. There are many tools and approaches to managing projects, from a simple ‘to do’ list, to complex methodologies.When a project is managed correctly it ensures that there’s a sound business reason for undertaking the project, that it’s clear who’s involved in delivering the project, what the expected outcomes are and how resources and risks will be managed throughout the project. When it’s done poorly the project can suffer from feature creep, delays, go over budget, or not get finished at all.This course covers some of the common project management methodologies, setting goals, and actually achieving them, identifying the need for a project to be started, using key project management tools, and much more.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introducing Project Management Module 2: Terminology and Project LifestyleModule 3: Identifying Needs, Project Aims and Objectives Module 4: Project Aims, Objectives and Initiation Module 5: Gantt Charts, Budgets, Risks and Issues Module 6: Monitoring Change, Stakeholders and TerminologyDuration: 90 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Master the latest project management principles with a PMP v7 Certification course. Learn updated frameworks, agile practices, and key strategies to deliver successful projects and drive value in any industry. Course Description for PMP v7 Certification Training – Master Project Management The PMP v7 Certification Training offers a comprehensive guide to mastering the Project Management Professional (PMP) certification exam, aligned with PMI’s latest PMBOK (Project Management Body of Knowledge) standards. This course equips project managers with in-depth knowledge of key project management processes, tools, and methodologies essential for successful project execution. From initiating and planning projects to monitoring and controlling work, you will gain a thorough understanding of both predictive and agile approaches to project management. The course delves into the three key domains—People, Process, and Business Environment—ensuring you develop the critical skills necessary for leading teams and managing projects in various industries. Additionally, practical exam tips, techniques, and real-world applications are integrated into the course to enhance your readiness for the PMP certification exam. By the end of the course, you will have a solid grasp of project integration, scope, schedule, cost, quality, and risk management—skills that will propel your career as a certified PMP professional. What You Will Learn in PMP v7 Certification Training This course ensures that you are fully prepared for the PMP certification by covering the following topics: Key updates in PMBOK 7, including new performance domains and agile integration. Mastery of project process domains, such as integration, scope, time, cost, and quality management. Detailed understanding of project life cycles: predictive, iterative, and agile frameworks. How to create and manage project schedules using the Critical Path Method (CPM) and agile planning. Comprehensive risk management processes, including qualitative and quantitative risk analysis. Procurement management essentials, including contract management and agile procurement strategies. Techniques for effective communication, resource management, and stakeholder engagement. Exam Objectives for PMP v7 Certification Training This course is structured to help you master the PMP v7 Exam by covering the official exam objectives: People Domain (42%): Focus on team leadership, conflict resolution, and stakeholder management. Process Domain (50%): Expertise in integrating agile practices with traditional methodologies across scope, schedule, cost, and risk management. Business Environment Domain (8%): Understanding the organizational context, including project alignment with strategy, governance, and business value. The certification exam is conducted by the Project Management Institute (PMI), and this course provides in-depth coverage of all exam sections, including agile techniques introduced in PMBOK 7. Who This PMP v7 Certification Training Is For This course is ideal for: Aspiring Project Managers looking to gain a globally recognized certification. Experienced Project Managers seeking to formalize their skills with PMP certification. IT and Software Managers who want to apply agile and hybrid project management frameworks. Business Professionals aiming to enhance their project management capabilities across industries. Consultants responsible for implementing project management best practices for clients. Possible Jobs You Can Get With PMP Certification Knowledge By earning your PMP certification, you will open doors to a wide range of project management roles, including: Project Manager Program Manager Operations Manager Project Coordinator Portfolio Manager Scrum Master Agile Project Manager These roles span across industries like IT, construction, healthcare, finance, and manufacturing. Frequently Asked Questions Related to PMP 7 What is PMP v7 Certification Training?PMP v7 Certification Training is a comprehensive course that prepares individuals for the Project Management Professional (PMP) exam, based on the latest PMBOK 7 guidelines. It covers project management processes, agile methodologies, and essential tools and techniques to manage projects effectively. What are the key updates in PMBOK 7?PMBOK 7 introduces new performance domains, greater integration of agile methodologies, and a shift from process-based to principle-based guidelines. These updates help align project management practices with real-world project demands and emphasize the importance of adaptive project life cycles. What are the exam objectives for PMP v7 Certification?The PMP v7 exam focuses on three domains: People (42%), Process (50%), and Business Environment (8%). It tests your ability to lead project teams, integrate agile practices with traditional methods, and align projects with business strategy and value. Who should take PMP v7 Certification Training?PMP v7 Certification Training is ideal for aspiring project managers, experienced project managers, IT and software managers, business professionals, and consultants who want to enhance their project management skills and earn a globally recognized certification. What are the benefits of PMP certification?PMP certification validates your project management expertise and increases your earning potential. PMP-certified professionals typically earn 20% more than their non-certified peers and are in high demand across industries such as IT, construction, healthcare, and finance. Project Management Professional PMP PMI V7 Course Outline Module 1: Preparing for and Taking the PMI PMP v7 Exam1.1 Preparing to Take the PMP v7 Exam From PMI1.2 PMI PMP v7 Exam Characteristics Module 2: Process Domain - PMI - PMP v72.1 What's New in PMBOK 72.1.1 Performance Domains2.2 Process Domain and Framework defined2.3 Predictive, Iterative, Incremental and Adaptive Project Life Cycles2.4 Framework Definitions2.5 Project Manager Skills2.6 Framework Key Points to Remember2.6.1 Framework Key Points to Remember -Incorporating Agile2.7 Framework Example Questions Review2.8 Project Integration Management Knowledge Area Defined2.9 Develop Project Charter and Develop Project Management Plan2.10 Direct and Manage Project Work, Manage Project Knowledge, and Monitor and Control Project Work2.11 Perform Integrated Change Control2.12 Close Project or Phase2.13 Integration Key Points to Remember2.13.1 Integration Key Points to Remember - Incorporating Agile2.14 Integration Example Questions Review2.15 Project Scope Management Knowledge Area Defined2.16 Plan Scope Management and Collect Requirements2.17 Define Scope and Create WBS2.18 Breakdown Structures used in WBS Dictionary2.19 Validate Scope and Control Scope2.20 Defining Requirements in Agile2.21 Prioritizing requirements in Agile, Definition of Done and Rolling Wave Planning2.22 Scope Key Points to Remember2.22.1 Scope Key Points to Remember - Incorporating Agile2.23 Scope Example Questions Review2.24 Project Schedule Management Knowledge Area Defined2.25 Plan Schedule Management, Define Activities, and Sequence Activities2.26 Dependencies, Predecessors, Leads, and Lags2.27 Estimate Activity Durations2.28 Develop Schedule2.29 Critical Path Method2.30 Schedule Compression2.31 Resource Leveling, Schedule Format, and Control Schedule2.32 Agile Estimating2.33 Agile Schedule Planning and Reporting2.34 Schedule Key Points to Remember and Example Question review2.35 Project Cost Management Knowledge Area Defined2.36 Plan Cost Management and Estimate Cost2.37 Types of Cost, Expected Present Value, Sunk Costs, and Depreciation2.38 Life Cycle Costing, Status Reporting, and Determine Budget2.39 Control Costs, and Earned Value Management2.40 Earned Schedule, and Agile Cost Control2.41 Cost Key Points to Remember2.41.1 Cost Key Points to Remember - Incorporating Agile2.42 Cost Example Questions Review2.43 Project Quality Management Knowledge Area Defined2.44 Plan Quality Management2.45 Manage Quality2.46 Control Quality2.47 Continuous Improvement in Agile-Adaptive Life Cycles - Kaizen and Process Analysis2.48 Continuous Improvement in Agile-Adaptive Life Cycles - Retrospectives2.49 Quality Key Points to Remember2.49.1 Quality Key Points to Remember - Incorporating Agile2.50 Quality Example Questions Review2.51 Project Risk Management Knowledge Area Defined2.52 Risk Management Plan and Identify Risks2.53 Risk Register and Issues Vs Risk2.54 Perform Qualitative and Quantitative Risk Analysis2.55 Plan Risk Responses2.56 Implement Risk Responses and Monitor Risks2.57 Agile Risk Tools and Risk Key Points to Remember2.57.1 Agile Risk Tools and Risk Key Points to Remember - Incorporating Agile2.58 Risk Example Questions Review2.59 Project Procurement Management Knowledge Area Defined2.60 Plan Procurement Management and Conduct Procurements2.61 Contracts2.62 Share and Point of Total Assumption2.63 Procurement Documents2.64 Non-Competitive Awards and Control Procurements2.65 Agile Contracts2.66 Procurement Key Points to Remember and Example Questions Review2.66.1 Procurement Key Points to Remember - Incorporating AgileModule 3: People Domain - PMI - PMP v73.1 People Domain and Project Communications Management Knowledge Area Defined3.2 Plan Communications Management3.3 Manage and Monitor Communications3.4 Agile Communications3.5 Communications Key Points to Remember3.6 Communications Example Question Review3.7 Project Stakeholder Management Knowledge Area Defined3.8 Stakeholder Position Descriptions3.9 Identify Stakeholders3.9.1 Identify Stakeholders - Incorporating Agile3.10 Plan Stakeholder Engagement and Manage Stakeholder Engagement3.11 Monitor Stakeholder Engagement and Agile Stakeholder Engagement Techniques3.12 Stakeholder Management Key Points to Remember3.12.1 Stakeholder Management Key Points to Remember - Incorporating Agile3.13 Stakeholder Management Example Question Review3.14 Resource Management Knowledge Area Defined3.15 Plan Resource Management and Estimate Activity Resources3.16 Acquire Resources and Develop Team3.17 Manage Team3.17.1 Manage Team - Focus on Servant Leadership3.18 Control Resources and Agile Teaming Concepts3.19 Other Agile Teaming Concepts3.20 Agile team roles and challenges3.21 Resources Key Points to Remember3.22 Resources Example Question ReviewModule 4: Business Environment Domain - PMI - PMP v74.1 Business Environment Domain Defined4.1.1 Business Environment Domain Defined - Focus on Organization Chnge Management4.2 Project Selection Tools4.3 PMO, Organizational Structure, and Reports4.3.1 PMO, Organizational Structure and Reports - Matching PMO's to PMBOK Terms4.4 Agile in the Business Environment4.5 Business Environment Key Points to Remember and Example Question Review4.6 Test Taking Tips and Techniques for PMI PMP v74.6.1 Question Formats for PMI PMP v74.6.2 Post Certification Requirements for PMI PMP4.7 Course Closing LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Undesirable behavior in the workplace or home can weaken relationships, lower morale, and create a toxic, unproductive atmosphere. Unfortunately, promoting positive behavior in others can be a challenge. Simply asking them to change seldom yields the results you want. The good news is that, when you reframe your approach to behavioral change, you can promote positive behavior in any setting. This course will give you practical tips and strategies to aid others in adopting more constructive behaviors, while strengthening your relationships. You Will Learn: Why workplace and family culture has a big effect on a person’s behaviors, and how to make changes that promote positive Why clarifying your values and expectations promotes positive change How to model desirable behaviors, and why you must remain consistent in your approach How to encourage individuals to repeat positive behaviors, and how to recognize progress Guidelines to follow when steering individuals towards their goals, and how to help them reach their full potential Benefits of Taking this Course If you work in a managerial or supervisory role, this course will help you promote positive change in your team If you are a parent, this course will help you promote positive behaviors in your children If you want to improve your personal and professional relationships, this course will help you by deepening your understanding of human behavior in general If you have an interest in psychology, this course will provide you with a useful introduction to behaviorism, reinforcement, and modeling, key concepts in this field Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Creating an Environment that Promotes Positive Behaviour Module 02: Modelling Positive Behaviour Module 03: Reinforcing Positive Behaviour Module 04: Coaching Techniques that Promote Positive Behaviour Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Property development is an industry that can make you very successful when you know all the elements involved. There is more to becoming a developer than just buying and selling. The leaders in this field have come up with strategies to help them reach their goals, no matter what the project is. In this course, we are going to layout for you all the major steps and processes you should know before you make your first purchase. The ideas aren't complicated, but they do set up the necessary foundation for a profitable business. It is important to implement these ideas in your business plan to guarantee you are doing everything you can to become successful. Property development is not something to be taken lightly. By preparing yourself with best practices, you can begin to understand what is needed to make your business grow and last in every type of market and economy. What You Will Learn The steps you need to follow before you make a purchase Who should be involved in all of your transactions, from start to finish Why the selling process is crucial to your long-term success How to include all financial costs in your business plan Benefits of the British Cleaning Certification Award (BCCA) It gives you a background on what you can expect as a property developer It provides advice for you to include in your property development business It enables you to think like a buyer and a seller at every level It carves out a path for you to take to help you become successful Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 3 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: The Preliminary Buying Process Module 02: The Selling Process Module 03: Property Development Costs Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Don’t have time to sit in a class? Working full time, but still want to advance your education? Look no further – this course can be done anywhere, at any time! This Intro to Psychology course offers up-to-date information about the world of psychology, with an easy-to-follow design. Touching on various branches, including social, cognitive, educational, biological and developmental psychology, as well as the many career options makes this the perfect choice for the student on the go! Each module within the course covers a different aspect of psychology, including the unique and colourful history and its philosophical origins, failed research studies and their impact on psychological ethics and how the wider discipline has changed over time. Learn about the key figures and history of psychology, while gaining an in-depth understanding of the many processes and theories that are used to develop the field of psychology. Aside from the theoretical components of the course, which will help you to develop your foundational understanding of psychology, you will also be given opportunities to put them into practice. Through several activities, which are included in each module, you are given an opportunity to think about the concepts you are learning and apply them on a practical level. You will also be tested throughout the material, which will help you to check your knowledge and develop your understanding. What you will learn An overview of psychology, including several branches of this discipline The history of psychology and the key figures that have contributed to each branch The main theories and processes of psychology Some of the triumphs and failures of past psychological studies How the brain shapes human behaviour The leading research in the field of psychology The strengths and weaknesses of each branch covered within this course How to conduct psychological research The importance of psychology within human development How this course work can be applied to a career in psychology Benefits of the course Learn about a dynamic field Activities and quizzes throughout each module to check your knowledge Easy to follow course material Learn about a variety of psychologies and their real-world applications You will gain the foundation required to begin a career in psychology The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines. Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 18 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction to Psychology Module 2: Social Psychology Module 3: Cognitive Psychology Module 4: Educational Psychology Module 5: Biological Psychology Module 6: Developmental Psychology Module 7: Individual Variations Module 8: Conceptual and Historical Issues in Psychology Module 9: Psychological Research Module 10: Putting Psychological Skills into Practice Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The ability to inspire, engage and enthuse others with your words and passion is a vital tool for leadership, sales and virtually all aspects of business. Great public speakers are able to communicate in a way which captures attention and drives action. Conversely, poor public speakers can damage their own reputation as an expert and tarnish others’ opinion of the organisation they represent. While we all know how to speak, it is a common mistake to assume the same methods can effectively transmit important ideas and persuasive content to large groups of people. Public speaking is a skill, not a natural talent, and most people are petrified of it simply because they have never been taught how to do it well. Set aside your fears and calm your nerves while you learn exactly how to master the art and science of persuasive public speaking. This course has been designed for anybody wishing to improve their confidence and capability in this essential business and personal skill. The information presented is supported with practical opportunities to enhance the skills, aptitudes and emotional mastery needed to successfully wow your audience. By taking this course you will learn the methods, tools and knowledge needed to successfully present your ideas and expertise to an audience of any size. This course takes you on a journey through the essential knowledge, psychology, practical steps and personal development needed to optimise your public speaking performance. Worksheets, quizzes, tests and interactive exercises are provided to support your learning and enhance your abilities. What you will learn: How to prepare yourself emotionally and practically to deliver a great speech Methods to enhance your credibility, authority and appeal as a public speaker Planning tools and preparation techniques which enhance the quality of your speech How to use your voice and body to authentically connect with your audience Best practices for opening and closing speeches to optimise their effectiveness Psychological techniques which help you relax and influence your audience How to prepare presentation materials and visual aids suitable for your audience Benefits of taking this course: Learn how to identify and overcome the common fears and anxiety associated with public speaking Gather practical experience, feedback and data which will improve your skills and confidence Identify and upgrade your vocal qualities to make your delivery more interesting and appealing Receive detailed processes and emotional guidance to support speech preparation and delivery Develop your own unique style of presenting which allows your personality and expertise to shine Taking this course will empower you to calmly and confidently speak in public in ways which your audience will greatly appreciate. The power of successfully captivating and inspiring crowds of people cannot be underestimated. Learn how to be an effective and enjoyable public speaker. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Preparation and Delivery Understand what it takes to prepare a great speech Establish the importance of personal credibility and integrity as a public speaker Know how you can generate ideas and topics for an upcoming presentation Investigate the importance of storyboards in speech preparation and delivery Module 2: Delivering Your Speech Investigate the tenets of successful speech delivery Understand the importance of saying yes to the microphone Establish the best practice when opening a speech Pinpoint the mistakes to avoid when opening, delivering and closing a speech Module 3: Overcoming the Fear of Public Speaking Uncover why so many people are afraid of speaking and learn practical steps to reduce anxiety Understand how and why to gather feedback or data from a variety of speaking opportunities Learn methods to improve the effectiveness of rehearsals and comprehend why they are so crucial Develop confidence in personal, emotional mastery and apply it to the speech preparation process Module 4: How to Become a Proficient Public Speaker Learn how to build up your vocal variety Identify what type of speech delivery technique works for you Prevent common mistakes in speech preparation and delivery Understand how to communicate with clarity and colour Module 5: Personal Development Learn how to prepare for a speech with very short notice, or none at all Analyse and implement the SMART speech preparation steps and process Understand the benefits of presentation enhancement and how to make it work for you Know how and why you need to review your speech and what happens if you do not Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Python is developed under an OSI-approved open source license, making it freely usable and distributable, even for commercial use. Python is a general-purpose programming language.Created nearly 30 years ago, it is now one of the most popular languages out there to use. Its popularity is particularly important in the data science and machine learning fields. But it is also a language that is easy to learn, and that’s why it has become the language most taught in universities.Python interpreters are available for the main operating systems as well (Linux, Mac OS, Windows, Android, iOS, BSD, etc.) so it’s very flexible in where it is used. Python has a simple syntax that makes it suitable for learning to program as a first language. The learning curve is smoother than other languages such as Java, which quickly requires learning about Object Oriented Programming or C/C++ that require understanding pointers. Still, it's possible to learn about OOP or functional programming in Python when the time comes. Where is Python Used?• Web Development, using the frameworks Django, Flask, Pylons• Data Science and Visualization using Numpy, Pandas and Matplotlib• Machine learning with Tensorflow and Scikit-learn• Desktop applications with PyQt, Gtk, wxWidgets and many more• Mobile applications using Kivy or BeeWare• Education: Python is a great language to learn programming!How much can you make?The average salary for a Python Developer is $117,155 per year in the United States. You can just search for Python jobs and see the ranges from $20/hr to over $40/hr. This course will teach you and show you the basics of Python programming. We will go over concepts like loops, variables, operators, syntax and coding practices. With each module, we will build upon your knowledge from the previous module. This reinforces all the concepts along the way and at the end of some modules you will work on exercises to prove to yourself you can do this.After taking this course you will be ready to move on to a move advanced course allowing you to build on the foundation this course provides. You will be making more sophisticated and more robust programs in no time using your new skills. Course Content 25 different modules and 8 final projectsWho is this course for?• Anyone wanting to get into programming• Students and Professionals looking to enhance their programming skills or learn their first language• Professionals wanting to expand their skillset and learn the fundamentals of this fastgrowing languageWhat will we cover?• Getting Started with Python• Working with Primitive Data Types• Working with Multiple Assignment Statements• Convert Types in Python• Creating Lists• Modifying Lists• Sorting and Reversing Lists• Slicing Lists• Working With Operators• Determining Operator Precedence• Working with IF Statements• Working with For Loops• Working with While Loops• Nesting for Loops• Reading Files• More on Files• Merging Emails• Reading Console Inputs and Formatting Outputs• Reading Command Line Argument• Defining Functions• Using Default Argument• Using Keyword and Positional Arguments• Handling Exceptions• Using Math and random Modules• Displaying Daytime Working Directory and File MetadataFinal Projects• Alphabetic Order• Area of a Triangle• Calculator• Find Largest• Multiplication Table• Random Word• Rock Paper Scissors• Roll the Dice LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Questioning and listening skills are pivotal to effective communication and creating mutual understanding. These vital communication tools are requisite for building effective working and personal relationships. Interpersonal communication skills are the foundation of business success and the most highly sought after employees are those who are able to capitalise on these abilities. Unfortunately, most people have no idea of the importance of communication skills in the workplace. However, research has clearly demonstrated that the ability to accurately communicate requirements, express needs, give and receive feedback and listen with empathy builds confidence and charisma and propels personal development. Conversely, the costs of poor communication are astronomical from both a financial perspective and the cost to morale and productivity. What you will learn This practical course will support you to enhance existing skills and develop new ones with expert guidance and supportive exercises. This course will guide you through the process of understanding and implementing these highly prized communication skills. You will rapidly learn how to communicate more effectively with those around you and vitally deepen your understanding about the causes and consequences of costly miscommunications. In addition to teaching you about the significance of quality communication, in everyday personal and business activities, this course will deliver focused and actionable advice which you can easily implement in all areas of your life. You will delve into the often hidden meanings buried in confusing communications and gain new insight into the emotional nature of expression. This course focuses specifically on the two most significant areas of communication: the skills of listening and questioning. The secret of listening is far from obvious and without in-depth study many people merely scrape the surface of this valuable skill. In addition to learning how to get the most from colleagues, employers and personal relationships learning to actively and reflectively listen will reveal previously unavailable information and insights. The root cause of the breakdown of many personal relationships, including marriages, is cited as being poor communication. Specifically this is the inability to effectively listen – many divorces could be prevented if couples learned how to really hear each other on a practical and emotional level. Effective questioning is another valuable tool which will enable you to find and analyse the information that others hold. Knowing how to accurately and effectively ask various types of questions, and under which contexts, will minimise the effort and maximise the results in your interpersonal interactions. This course will also teach you techniques to enhance your understanding of the information you receive to ensure clarity and prevent ambiguity. Feedback is another skill which you will learn; specifically you will receive guidance and undertake exercises to facilitate effective and honest feedback without the emotional ‘sting’. Harnessing the power of quality feedback is one of the most significant leaps you can take in your own personal development. Finally this course supports you to implement a personal action plan which will help you assess your skills and define strategies to enhance your strengths and build on your knowledge. You will be amazed at the increase in confidence and esteem you will naturally experience as a result of improving these vital communication skills. This course is designed for professionals who wish to enhance their knowledge of effective communication and significantly improve their practical skills. Taking this course will support your ability to gather information, build relationships, communicate with people at all levels and vitally understand both the logical and emotional facets of communication. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Effective Communication Module 2: Listening Skills Module 3: Questioning Skills Module 4: Information and Understanding Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Racism is a social, economic and ethical problem that has existed for several centuries. Although awareness is on the rise, and the overt, aggressive incidents are fewer in number, racism continues to exist in the UK. Minority groups and individuals belonging to different ethnicities face subtle, indirect racial discrimination in several ways. Racial discrimination exists in schools and offices and affects diverse populations in many ways. It not only affects mental, emotional and physical wellbeing but also impacts other spheres of life. As a nation, the UK stands to benefit greatly by harnessing the talents of ethnic minorities and ensuring that every individual is treated with respect and dignity. Whether it’s a tourist visiting Britain or an immigrant who has settled here, minority populations should be able to enjoy equal rights and opportunities. What You Will Learn What racism is, and how it manifests itself in different ways Common jargon and related terms that are often used to describe issues related to racism Legal acts and laws in the UK that are designed to combat racism How racism originated from colonial times and evolved into its present form The effects and types of racism Racism in schools and workplaces and steps to mitigate the problem Benefits of Taking This Course You can examine your own beliefs and attitudes about others You will be able to acknowledge the problem and become more alert to indications of it As a parent, you can train your child to develop an anti-racist attitude You will learn to treat people from other cultures with respect and dignity As a boss or manager, you can create a harmonious culture that promotes equal opportunities for every employee Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 4 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: An Overview of Racism The definition of racism Types of racism Common terms used when discussing racism Module 02: The Evolution of Racism and Cultural Awareness The development of racism Why racism still exists The effects of racism The importance of being culturally aware Module 03: Anti-Racism Laws in the UK The laws in force to address racism in the UK The types of racial discrimination How to tackle racism in schools Module 04: How to Combat Racism at Work The common signs of workplace racism How to eliminate racism in the workplace Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course has been designed for dentists and dental health professionals. The course is made up of 4 modules, with short multiple choice tests after each module, providing 5 hours of verifiable CPD, including the Ionising Radiation (Medical Exposure) Regulations (IRMER) 2000 and IRR99 and other regulations for continuing education and training in radiation protection. The GDC recommends that you do at least five hours in every CPD cycle. If you are a Dental Technician you can do CPD in materials and equipment instead of radiography and radiation protection: at least five hours in every CPD cycle. After working through these modules and passing the associated tests you will have satisfied the ionising radiation regulations (IRMER) and IRR99 for continuing education in radiation protection. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course? We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES The course is made up of 4 modules, with short multiple choice tests after each module, providing 5 hours of verifiable CPD, including the Ionising Radiation (Medical Exposure) Regulations (IRMER) 2000 and IRR99 and other regulations for continuing education and training in radiation protection. The GDC recommends that you do at least five hours in every CPD cycle. If you are a Dental Technician you can do CPD in materials and equipment instead of radiography and radiation protection: at least five hours in every CPD cycle. After working through these modules and passing the associated tests you will have satisfied the ionising radiation regulations (IRMER) and IRR99 for continuing education in radiation protection Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Every day, we make hundreds of decisions. For the most part, the outcomes are inconsequential. However, some decisions have significant, long-term ramifications. Therefore, we need to understand how to make good choices. In this course, you will learn about the common pitfalls that you need to avoid when making decisions. You will discover how to use a rational decision-making process that will allow you to resolve problems in both your professional life and your personal life. You Will Learn: Why rational decision making is an important topic, and why humans often behave in an irrational manner How to use a rational decision-making model to devise and implement the best solution for your needs The limitations of the rational decision-making model and their implications The role of ethical considerations in rational decision making Benefits of Taking this Course It will allow you to work alone or with others to make better decisions at work, which will improve your performance and career prospects It will give you the background information that you need to lead a team through a decision-making process; thus, strengthening your credibility as a leader If you have a general interest in psychology, you will benefit from this introduction to the mechanics of decision making Understanding how people make choices will empower you to question others’ decisions if you are uncertain how or why they arrived at their final decision Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: What is Rational Decision Making? Module 02: The Rational Decision-Making Model Module 03: Limitations of Rational Decision-Making Models Module 04: Ethics and Rational Decision Making Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This one day course is not just aimed at Reablement workers but is useful for those carers who may take over the care of some partially reabled clients who will need to maintain the gains by knowing when to ‘do for’ and when to ‘do with’. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Create a shared understanding of what is meant by the term reablement Understand the benefits and drawbacks of independence Describe the merits and demerits of; ‘doing for’, ‘doing with’ and ‘not doing’. Discuss the principles of sensible risk management Identify the: physical, psychological, social andamp; spiritual blockages that can impede recovery Appreciate how respecting personal choices increases motivation Learn how to deal with resistance Explore what interventions increase personal confidence Demonstrate how to give effective feedback Create a person-centred reablement care plan Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Does a career working in an office environment as a receptionist sound like the perfect way for you to move into a completely different industry? Are you aware of what is involved in such a role or perhaps you already believe that you understand it and yet have no idea how to move into this particular type of job? If any of that applies to you then our reception diploma course will be able to provide you with all of the answers and information that you will need to go on and have a successful career within this particular field. Introduction to the Reception Diploma Course Our reception diploma course is broken down into 17 easy to follow modules that will take you through the entire position and everything that you need to know in order to become a high-flying receptionist. This course has been designed to guide you through each and every part of being a receptionist from the tasks you will often have to carry out to dealing with people, the business environment and even the importance of correct communication. By the end of the course you will have gained a wide range of skills that will allow you to not only work within this environment, but also do the job to a higher standard than before. It will allow you to get your foot on this particular career ladder and also help you to plan your future thanks to the skills and knowledge that you will gain from this diploma course. What You Will Learn As stated above, there are a number of areas that will be covered throughout this course. The modules take you through various aspects of the job including the different types of receptionists. After that, you will spend time looking at communication with particular interest in the art of talking on the telephone as well as how to leave messages. Communication forms a key role in the job and you will learn how to get your message across and do so in a professional and effective manner. Furthermore, you will be taken through the use of databases as well as how to make appropriate bookings or reservations with this forming a key part of the entire job. Also, administration is a major part of the job with modules dedicated to that part of the industry as well as covering the legal aspect of things from confidentiality to health and safety issues as well as much more. This is often a role that is overlooked by those unaware of what is included in the job which is why those modules are of the utmost importance. In addition, you will be taught how to run the reception area in an appropriate manner and also how to help your career to develop from being a receptionist to moving up higher in the administrative industry of which this is playing a key role. There is also a module that will teach you how to be a team player. Finally, you will be taught the importance of technology and the role it plays in the job as this is something that has a central role and failure to understand technology will certainly impede your ability to perform your job to the best of your ability. In other words, you will learn: The key roles of a receptionist. How to run the reception area. How to communicate effectively. How to deal with administration. How to further your career. How to be a team player. How to use technology to your advantage. How to handle databases. How to make bookings and reservations. How to organise things correctly. And much more. Benefits There are a number of major benefits of completing our receptionist diploma including the following: Easy to follow modules from start to finish. Work on the modules at your own pace. Work from the comfort of your own home. Get an industry recognised certificate. Get full support during your studies. Have the chance to work in a brand new industry. Use any device in order to access the modules. Be able to work in a rewarding environment. Our receptionist diploma will make it easier for you to change career and to make the kind of progress that you perhaps thought would be impossible for you. Our modules are carefully planned to help guide you through everything you need to know about the role allowing you to flourish. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 17 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: The Role of the Receptionist Module 2 : The Different Types of Receptionist and the Subtle Differences Between Them Module 3 : The Essentials of Communication Module 4 : Practice Good Telephone Skills Module 5 : Sending Formal Messages/Sending Informal Messages Module 6 : Database Management and Booking/Reservation Procedures Module 7 : Following Routine Administrative Procedures and Developing Filing Systems Module 8 : Security andamp; Safety Issues / Health andamp; Safety Considerations in the Workplace Module 9 : Confidentiality Module 10 : Successful Meetings andamp; Minute Taking, Meeting andamp; Accommodation Arrangements Module 11 : Organisational Skills andamp; Time Management Module 12 : Effective Business Communication Module 13 : How Technology is Important in Reception Work Module 14 : The Importance of Team Work Module 15: Reception Area Appearance Module 16: Career Progression / From Receptionist to… Module 17: To Sum It All Up: Reception Work Explained Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Are you thinking of joining the fast paced recruitment industry? Our online course provides you with the knowledge and skills you need to work or own your own company within the industry to provide clients and candidates with results. The course covers an extensive range of topics including how to attract clients and candidates. You will learn about the regulatory bodies and the required standards that you must meet at all times. Recruitment Diploma Introduction This course is available online, which provides you access to modules at any time from any device via the internet. It is broken down into eleven modules, each one taking approximately thirty minutes to study, though you can study at your own pace. All in all it should take around ten hours to complete this informative and essential course in recruitment. In addition to this, we provide online support at all times in the event you experience any problems, whether it's signing up for the course, issues accessing the modules or even downloading and printing your certificate on successful completion. When you have completed your recruitment diploma, you will be able to download and print your certificate and start using it straight away to secure a position within the recruitment industry. The certificate is recognised by recruitment companies throughout the country. What You Will Learn The Recruitment Diploma is broken into eleven modules and is brimming with valuable information covering a wide range of topics relating to this busy and fast paced industry. During study, you will learn the following: Introduction to Recruitment – the history, importance and implications involved. Sales and selling within the recruitment industry. Learn essential selling skills to help you secure new clients and build your database to success. Recruitment Bodies and Standards. Identify what you need to know and what standards you must adhere to when working within the recruitment industry. The recruitment process. Get a good understanding of the process involved so you can manage it effectively each and every day. Get to identify and know the key performance indicators for the recruitment industry. Learn how to attract top candidates for positions you have available. Learn what you need to do to attract new clients to build up your database. Get information and skills to help you with candidate management. You will learn the best candidate interview processes. You will also get valuable insight for client acquisitions. Benefits of a Recruitment Diploma Deciding to take the course and complete your recruitment diploma can provide you with a host of benefits, from the way you learn to what you can use your new knowledge and skills for within the recruitment industry. The benefits of completing this recruitment diploma includes: You will get to develop and progress your career. You will be given the tools you need to start and manage your own recruitment agency. You will have the confidence to apply for positions within the recruitment industry. The course will give you the knowledge you need to attract top candidates and clients. When you start in the recruitment industry you will already have essential knowledge about the various recruitment bodies and the standards that must be adhered to. You will have the ability to study anywhere at any time on any device online by simply logging into the course from your PC, tablet or even mobile phone. Study at your own pace and in your own time. Take a quick thirty minute multiple choice test at the end to see if you pass, with the pass rate set at seventy percent. An opportunity to retake the test in the unlikely event you do fail the first time, giving you time to revisit the eleven modules. Download and print your certificate immediately to use when applying for positions within the recruitment industry Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 11 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Recruitment: History, Importance and Implications Module 2 : Sales and Selling in the Recruitment Industry Module 3 : Recruitment Bodies and Standards Module 4 : The Recruitment Process Module 5 : Key Performance Indicators for the Recruitment Industry Module 6 : Candidate Attraction for Recruitment Module 7 : Candidate Management Module 8 : Candidate Interview Processes Module 9 : Client Acquisition Module 10 : Comprehensive Guide to Client Strategy in the Recruitment Sector Module 11 : Steps to Starting and Running a Successful Recruiting Service Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Now, more than ever, attracting and retaining the right type of staff is vital to the ongoing success of your business. High turnover, poor morale, and employees who fail to pull their weight can all be issues if you do not spend the time and money necessary to recruit properly. Understanding the various recruitment strategies available to you can help you find the best possible employees. This course provides you with comprehensive information about the various recruitment strategies that are available to you as a company owner. It begins by introducing you to the topic of recruitment, along with why it is an important area to focus on. Next, the course covers the options available to you in terms of recruitment methods. It also covers the best ways in which to find ideal candidates for an open position. Finally, the course covers interview styles that you may wish to incorporate into your own hiring practices. You Will Learn: How to write a job description; Details about choosing the right amount of compensation for open positions; Information about three of the most popular recruitment options; Information on where to place your job adverts, in order to guarantee success; The ethical and legal considerations that you need to keep in mind; Information about the most common interview style that is used today; Benefits of Taking this Course Learning about the first steps that you need to take, in order to ensure successful recruitment; Understanding the differences between and benefits of direct hiring, turning to a recruitment agency, and using a headhunter to fill open positions; Learning how to conduct due diligence on applicants to whom you are considering extending a job offer; Gaining knowledge about the legislative requirements governing the recruitment and hiring process, including information about anti-discrimination laws that you need to know; Learning about additional interviewing styles, including competency interviews and behavioral interviews, along with the benefits of each approach. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Recruitment and Important First Steps Module 2: Recruitment Options Module 3: Finding the Best Candidate Module 4: Interview Techniques Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Reducing Stress (Techniques to Relax) Certification Learning relaxation techniques to reduce stress is absolutely essential for everyone. As the pace of modern life increases, so does our stress - and learning to deal with it properly makes you happier and more productive. This course provides a comprehensive insight into the relaxation techniques you need to reduce your stress levels - why they work, how they work, and most importantly, how you can use them to your advantage. From proper breathing, exercise, and meditation techniques to how to unplug from technology and truly express yourself, this course covers the most effective stress-relieving techniques available. You Will Learn: How to use breathing and meditation to relieve stress All about Tai-Chi, Yoga, and other relaxation disciplines The everyday ways to unplug from technology and take proper breaks How to reduce stress by expressing yourself properly Alternative stress relief through laughter, dance, and animal therapy Benefits of Taking this Course You will be able to handle any type of stressful situation You will learn how to be more productive by minimizing distractions You will learn how to be more comfortable and confident in everything you do You will improve your relationships at home and at work You will learn techniques to reduce specific stress as it happens Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Meditation andamp; Breathing Module 02: Relaxed Body, Relaxed Mind Module 03: Unplug and Escape Module 04: Expressing Yourself Module 05: Alternative Relaxation Techniques Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning how to reduce stress using meditation and visualization is absolutely essential for everyone today. As the pace of modern life increases, so does our stress, and learning to deal with it properly makes you happier and more productive. This course provides a comprehensive insight into both the meditation and visualization techniques you need, in order to reduce your stress levels; why they work, how they work, and, most importantly, how you can use them to your advantage. From the full definition and benefits of visualization and meditation to powerful techniques for you to achieve full relaxation, this course covers everything you need to know about reducing stress through meditation and visualization. You Will Learn: The full definitions and benefits of both visualization and meditation; Effective meditative techniques and styles to help you reduce stress; How to successfully use visualization to achieve relaxation; How to harness the de-stressing power of Mettā Meditation, which combines meditation and visualization; All the steps you need to take, to successfully use meditation and visualization, in order to reduce stress. Benefits of Taking this Course You will be able to handle any type of stressful situation; You will improve your relationships at home and at work; You will learn how to be more productive, due to dealing with stress; You will learn how to apply powerful and versatile meditation and visualization techniques; You will be happier, more relaxed, and completely at peace in your life; Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction and Background Module 02: Meditation to Reduce Stress Module 03: Visualisation to Reduce Stress Module 04: Visualisation Meditation Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Reflexology course is ideal for anyone who would like to learn more about holistic therapies. This course is filled with information that will put you on the right path to beginning a career as a reflexologist. Reflexology is a holistic healing technique that works on precise reflex points on the feet. This method helps to reduce stress, relieve pain, improve bodily functions and restore the body to a better state of balance. As you work through this course, you will learn the many ways that you can use reflexology in your personal and professional life. Introduction to the Reflexology Course This is an online training course that offers students the unique ability to learn the curriculum in their own time and at their own pace. Many students who take the course still work full time, which helps you to maintain your current lifestyle whilst working towards your goals. To access this training course, you will need a device with a valid internet connection. While you are training with our flexible course modules, you can access the convenient online support feature. In order to complete this course, you must pass a comprehensive test, which will award you with your certificate that you can download and print at home. What You Will Learn The reflexology course offers a comprehensive overview of the holistic healing technique in order to fully prepare you for your new career in the field. The course covers the following: An introduction into reflexology The history of reflexology The benefits of reflexology How reflexology affects the body Foot reflexology Reflexology techniques Reflexology treatments Aftercare instructions Hand reflexology The do’s and don’ts of reflexology Benefits of the Reflexology Course When you work towards earning your reflexology diploma online you will find several advantages. These include the following: The choice of studying from any location at any time, both at home and while you are away. The ability to study at a pace that is comfortable for you. There is no time limit for this course, so if it takes you days or months, you will still earn your certificate. You can study from any internet-enabled device, including a tablet, PC and mobile phone. Easy to manage course modules, which help to make studying enjoyable. Online support available while you train. Access to a comprehensive syllabus, which puts you on the fast track to becoming a reflexologist. Improve your prospects while applying for work in the industry. Upon completion of the course, you will receive a certified and recognised certificate. A pricing structure that is affordable. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience.Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Reflexology Module 2 : The Effects of Reflexology on the Body Module 3 : Foot Reflexology Module 4 : Foot Reflexology – The Treatment Module 5 : Hand Reflexology Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Reiki course is ideal for individuals who are interested in learning more about becoming a reiki healer. This course is filled with information on how to utilise the principles of reiki for a variety of different healing purposes. Reiki is an ancient form of holistic healing that works on the mind, body and spirit through the stimulation of your own natural healing abilities. As you work your way through this course, you will obtain a comprehensive overview of this form of holistic healing and the different career options available to you. Introduction to the Reiki Course This online training course offers students the opportunity to study course information whenever and wherever it is convenient. You can access course material 24 hours a day and study at a pace that is comfortable for you. Many people who take this course are still able to work a full-time job while they study, which allows them to easily achieve their goals of learning about reiki. You can conveniently access course material from any device that allows you to access the internet, and receive online support while you train. Furthermore, thanks to the flexible modules, you will find the course incredibly easy to navigate. Upon course completion, you will be required to pass a multiple-choice exam, and then you will be awarded your certificate. You can download and print the certificate at home. What You Will Learn The Reiki course will provide you with a complete overview of the ancient art of reiki healing and prepare you for your career options. The course covers the following: An introduction into first-degree Usui Reiki What is reiki? An overview of how reiki works A review of the seven major chakra points The five reiki principles How to treat with reiki An introduction into second-degree Usui Reiki A summary of the pillars of reiki An introduction into third degree Usui Reiki An overview of reiki and symbolism Benefits of the Reiki Course There are several advantages for those who work towards earning a reiki course certificate online. These include the following: The ability to study from anywhere and at any time, even when away from home. Since there is no time limit for this course, you can study at a pace that is comfortable for you. If it takes you days or months, you can still complete the course. The capability of studying from any device, including a tablet, PC or mobile phone. Easy to manage course modules, which aid in making studying an enjoyable experience. Convenient online support available while you train. Access to a full syllabus, which virtually guarantees you the knowledge necessary to use reiki in your personal and professional life. The ability to improve prospects while applying for work, or volunteer opportunities as a reiki healer. A recognised certificate upon course completion. A pricing structure that is affordable. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 17 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : An Introduction to First Degree Usui Reiki Module 2 : Reiki Principles and Preparing for Reiki Module 3 : Treating Yourself and Others with Reiki Module 4 : Group Treatment, Reiki in Pregnancy and Reiki for Animals Module 5 : An Introduction to Second Degree Usui Reiki Module 6 : New Possibilities with Reiki 2 Module 7 : Distant or Absent Reiki Healing Module 8 : Examples of Sending Distant Reiki Healing and Working with Reiki 2 Module 9 : Non Traditional Reiki Symbols and Extra Reiki Hand Positions Module 10 : Combining Reiki with other Healing Disciplines Module 11: An Introduction to Third Degree Usui Reiki Module 12: Non-Traditional Usui Reiki Master Symbol and the Reiki Attunement Ceremony Module 13: Reiki 1 Attunements Module 14: Reiki 2 Attunements Module 15: Reiki 3 Attunements Module 16: Fast Track | Combined Reiki 1, 2 and 3 Attunements and Distant Attunements Module 17 : More Advanced Reiki Techniques Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Now, more than ever, employees are working outside of the office. Whether they are keeping in touch while on the road or working from home, nearly 1.5 million UK residents consider themselves remote workers. By 2020, this figure is expected to rise to represent 50 percent of the workforce. With this change in work structure comes new and unique security and data protection challenges. Employers and employees alike need to be able to identify potential security risks and find ways to mitigate them. This course provides you with a comprehensive guide to remote workers and business travel security. It begins by introducing you to the topic and discussing the benefits to both businesses and employees of this type of arrangement. Next, the course covers the security risks present for at-home remote workers, along with suggestions on how to keep your data safe. The risks associated with working while traveling on business are also covered. Finally, we talk about the security measures all companies should take to keep their data protected, including the importance of backups. You Will Learn: The prevalence of remote work and working while traveling abroad Risks associated with remote working in an at-home or social environment Risks associated with working remotely while traveling for business Important security measures all companies need to take The importance of regular backups Benefits of Studying This Course Learning about working remotely, including its many benefits Gaining insight into the risks that this type of working arrangement presents to those who primarily work at home Understanding the risks remote working can have for those who stay in touch with the office while traveling for business Understanding the three important security measures your company needs to put into place to protect your data Know the best ways to keep your information safe Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Remote Working and Business Travel Security Module 2: Risks of Remote Working at Home Module 3: Security Risks When Travelling for Business Module 4: Security Measures You Can Take Module 5: Backing Up Your Data Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Resolving conflicts is essential to the function of all businesses. Conflicts are inevitable; how they’re dealt with is optional. Conflicts can either reduce productivity or create a hostile working environment, or they can be resolved in a manner which strengthens working relationships. To get the best results you need to know how to approach them. This course tells you exactly how to transmute negative encounters in the workplace into a beneficial opportunity for growth. This course has been created for management, staff and anyone interested in possessing the knowledge and skills to resolve workplace conflicts. This course covers key themes vital to resolving conflicts. All the information is based on up to date scientific research, and has been successfully applied in the workplace to resolve real life conflicts and is presented in easily understandable language. What you will learn The skills, tools and knowledge contained in this course are illustrated with examples to help you grasp the fundamental concepts of conflict resolution. Worksheets, quizzes, tests and interactive exercises are provided to reinforce and aid your learning. This course will teach you: How to identify the primary causes of conflict within the workplace The impact of conflict in the workplace How to manage conflict in the workplace The importance of positive workplace behaviours How to identify and properly resolve interpersonal conflicts in the workplace How to identify different communication styles and how they impact workplace conflicts The skills needed to address conflicts in the workplace How to deal with angry people in an effective and calm manner How to be assertive and communicate your needs without aggression How to create win-win resolutions which resolve conflicts and create harmony How to take personal responsibility for conflict resolution Benefits of taking this course: Promote a harmonious working environment and reduce tension in the workplace Be able to confidently handle difficult interpersonal conflicts Increase productivity, morale and rapport among colleagues Build and sustain fruitful working relationships Increase empathy and people skills Taking this course has tangible time and resource benefits - reducing the significant time spent in stress and conflict and replacing it with the skills and tools to work together with ease. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Understanding Behaviour Module 2: Communication and Perspective Module 3: Aggression in Others Module 4: Managing and Reducing Conflict Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Health and social care professionals working within the delivery of any service are required to maintain professional standards and competencies with regard to their professional registration. This course is intended for health and social care professionals; it is relevant to all health and social care professionals, including ancillary and administrative staff; those who are responsible for operational management or strategic management across services. To develop and strengthen your understanding in relation to promoting respect and dignity through practice with your patients, clients and colleagues across health, social care and the voluntary sector. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The restaurant management diploma is a comprehensive online course to provide you with everything you need to know to become a successful restaurant manager. The course provides you with insight, information, skills and advice to help you fulfil your role as a restaurant manager and exceed your clients' expectations on a daily basis. Introduction to the Restaurant Management Diploma This course is broken into manageable modules which you can access online. The course is accessible on any device, so you can study from anywhere with an internet connection using your PC, laptop, tablet or phone. During your studies you will have access to online support who can guide and assist you and provide you with the support you need to complete your studies and obtain your certification. When you reach the end of the modules, you will be required to pass a multiple choice test. The test has questions on what you have learned. On passing, you will be able to immediately download and print your certificate. In the event that you don't pass the test the first time, you will be given a second chance to take the test once you have reviewed the modules again and are confident that you know everything you need to know. What you Will Learn This comprehensive Restaurant Management diploma will teach you the following: An introduction to the front of house of a restaurant. The role of a restaurant manager in all types of restaurants anywhere in the world. Learn about the different types of restaurant establishments and layouts. Know the importance of excellent customer service within the hospitality industry. Learn how to deal with customer complaints in a calm and effective manner to ensure the client will return again in the future. Know your drinks. Knowing your drinks is imperative as a restaurant manager, along with how to serve them correctly. Get to know your food. The importance of knowing every aspect of the menu, what is in each dish and food allergies. Know the different restaurant licensing laws. This also covers the importance of age verification and what you can accept to verify the age of your clients. Learn various restaurant system checklists. Know what checklists you need, how to put them in place and how to monitor them to ensure the restaurant runs smoothly at all times. Know the health and safety laws associated with a restaurant from front of house to the kitchen, food safety and more. Be up to date with restaurant terminology that you may encounter from time to time. Benefits of the Restaurant Management Diploma This diploma is designed to provide you with the information, insight, knowledge and skill you will need to manage any restaurant. You will have the ability to work as a restaurant manager at a five star hotel or a local eatery. The benefits of this training course include: Improve your career prospects. Fast track your career if you are already working within the restaurant industry. Appeal to potential employers with an industry recognised certification. Know what is expected of you and complete your duties with complete confidence. Easy and comprehensive syllabus that you can rely on. Study at your own pace with no deadlines or set schedules. Study from anywhere with internet access using any device. Have online support throughout your studies to guide and assist you. No entry requirements. You don't have to have restaurant experience in order to complete this course. Affordable one-off fee. Second chance to complete the test in the event you do fail. You will have time to review the modules and retake the test in your own time. Work full time and study in your spare time. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 21 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Introduction to Front-of-House Hospitality Module 2 : The Role of Restaurant Manager Module 3 : Types of Dining Establishments, Restaurant Layouts, and Decor. Module 4 : Customer Service Module 5 : Dealing with Customer Complaints Module 6 : Know Your Drinks Module 7 : Know Your Food Module 8 : Restaurant Licensing Laws Module 9 : Building Guest Services Around Excellence Module 10 : A Restaurant System of Checklists Module 11 : The Importance of Teamwork Module 12 : Health and Safety Laws Module 13 : Health, Safety and Restaurant Management Module 14 : Dealing with Inspections Module 15 : Digital Technology and Restaurant POS Systems Module 16 : Dealing With Staff Module 17 : Planning and Pricing a Menu Module 18 : Restaurant Operations Module 19 :Upselling Strategies Module 20 : Restaurant Entertainment and Music Licensing Module 21 : Restaurant Branding, Marketing, Promotions and Decor Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Restraint is a specialist course covering terminology, legal requirements and techniques used to prevent and de-escalate aggressive behaviour. The aim of this course is to enable the readers to familiarise themselves with relevant terminology, and both theory and practical application so that they can respond calmly and professionally to any violent or aggressive incidents. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES The aim of this course is to enable the readers to familiarise themselves with relevant terminology, and both theory and practical application so that they can respond calmly and professionally to any violent or aggressive incidents. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment.Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Every retail business aims at luring new customers, retaining them and selling more to each of them. However, retail businesses must provide customers with the products or services they want at appropriate prices to achieve this goal. They must also ensure that customers have the right shopping experience. Data analytics comes in handy, helping retail businesses to attain their objectives. Brand power and customer feelings are major retail industry drivers, hence the essence of retail analytics. With benefits ranging from survival in a competitive market to staying ahead of consumer trends, retail analytics is critical for retail businesses. They depend on metrics and factual and up-to-date data to make important business decisions. This course covers four modules to help you understand the fundamentals of retail analytics. You Will Learn: The definition of retail analytics Benefits of retail analytics Commonly deployed analytics in retail Analytics software Retail predictive analytics Types of retail data for analysis How to win more customers and sales using data Current retail analytics trends Benefits of Taking this Course Understand retail analytics and its role in businesses operating in the industry Know the benefits of retail analytics to businesses Learn how to use retail analytics to improve business performance and productivity Learn how retail analytics help with predictive analytics Learn how to attract more customers and increase sales using big data Learn current retail analytics trends into the future Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Retail Analytics and the Benefits of Retail Analytics Module 02: More Benefits of Retail Analytics and Commonly Deployed Analytics in Retail Module 03: An Overview of Analytics Software and Retail Predictive Analytics Module 04: How to Win More Customers and Sales Using Data and Current Retail Analytics Trends Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Retail banking is increasing in popularity throughout the world as banks compete to take market share of private clients. Retail banking is unique and different to traditional banking, this type of banking focuses on the customer and their needs, putting packages and plans in place to ensure the clients financial needs are met at all times. Anyone already in the banking industry or anyone interesting in a career within the banking industry can gain insight and benefit from this information packed course. Information on the Retail Banking Course The retail banking course is an information packed online training course that you can access at any time of the day or night. This enables you to study at your own pace, either studying full time or working full time and studying in the evenings. During the course you have access to online support and as long as you have internet connection, you can use any device, so you can even study on the bus or tube on your way home from work each day. On completion of the course, you will be required to complete and pass the multiple choice test. You have two chances to complete the test. In the event you don't pass the first time, you will have the chance to revisit your modules, go over the areas you feel you didn't know and then retake the test. Once you pass you will be able to download and print your certificate immediately. What you will learn This course is designed to provide you with all the knowledge and skills you need to be effective when it comes to retail banking. This is still a relatively new sector of the banking industry, so learning how it works and how to incorporate into your current bank can help you achieve success moving forward. Some of the things you can expect to learn include: Get an introduction into retail banking, understand what this type of banking is and why it is becoming so important to banks now and moving forward. Learn about the various financial systems and how they link to retail banking. Identify the different types of banking and banking channels. Understand the different retail banking products and how these differ from traditional banking products. What sets this apart from banking that has been used for years? Get an understanding on retail mortgages and loans and why this is important in today's market place. Learn about various banking services and how these relate to retail banking. Identify the different banking payment systems to improve customer experience and meet their unique banking and financial needs. This module will teach you about various banking operations which will be beneficial to you in the retail banking sector. Learn about Islamic banking, what it is and how it can benefit you. Get valuable insight into customer service and the importance thereof. Customer service can make the difference on whether the client opens an account with your bank or one of your competitors. Understand money laundering, what it is, how it is carried out and what to watch for to reduce the risk of this happening on your watch. Benefits There are so many great benefits to completing the retail banking course online. Some of the benefits you can expect to take advantage of include: Study online from anywhere at any time. Use any device to study – computer, laptop, tablet or phone. Comprehensive course broken down into manageable modules, making it easier to study. Study at your own pace whether you choose to study full time or part time, complete the course in a matter of days or weeks, the choice is up to you and the time you have to dedicate to your studies. Enjoy the convenience of online support during your studies. Gain a lifetime access to all modules to revisit as and when needed. On successful completion instantly download and print your industry recognised certificate. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 14 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to the Concept of Retail Banking Module 2 : Financial Systems and an Overview of Banking Systems Module 3 : Definition of Banks and Different Types of Banking with an Emphasis on Banking Channels Module 4 : Job Opportunities and Careers in the Retail Banking Industry Module 5 : Retail Banking Housing Loans and Mortgage Services Module 6 : Retail Banking Services and Products Module 7 : Understanding the Features of Credit Cards and Debit Cards Module 8 : Retail Banking Services and Operations: Funds Transfer and Remittances Module 9 : Financial Services offered by Retail Banks Module 10 : Financial Services offered by Retail Banks – Insurance Products and Bancassurance Module 11 : Banking Services in the Retail Sector Part III Gold, Safekeeping of Valuables, SIPP/Pension Funds, Payment of Utility Bills and Taxes, etc. Module 12 : Banking Practices in the Retail Sector Part IV: Customer Relationship Management and Marketing of Banking Services Module 13 : Islamic Banking Overview, Important Principles, and Benefits Module 14 : Money Laundering Definition and Techniques, Adverse Effects and Countermeasures Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Are you looking to improve your prospects in retail management or maybe you are looking to join this exciting industry, this course may be just what you have been looking for. The retail management course is brimming with information and offers a host of benefits, all with the convenience of distance learning, enabling you to learn anywhere and at any time. Introduction to Retail Management Course The retail management course is an information packed course that is offered one hundred percent online, so no need to travel to a classroom; you get to study in the comfort of your own home. The great thing with studying the retail management course online is that you can access the information packed modules from any device. This enables you to study at home using your computer or laptop or travelling to and from work, using your tablet or phone. Each module is brimming with useful information, making it easy to learn and gain the insight you need to enjoy a successful career in this industry. You will receive an industry recognised certificate once you have completed your training and passed the multiple choice test. You can choose to download and print your certificate immediately. What you will learn This course is brimming with informative and interesting learning modules, each one designed to teach you everything you need to know about retail management so you can take what you have learned to the office with you and start using your new knowledge without delay. Some of the things you can expect to learn include: Gain an insight into retail management, what it is and why it is important. Understand the importance of merchandising and pricing within the business. Get information on what this is and what it entails to ensure success moving forward. Learn about sales, working at a point of sale, attitude, service and more. Identify the different customer behaviours you need to know to ensure you provide your clients with the best service at all times. Learn about customer behavioural trends, how to target customers and collect information to help you appeal to your customer base on a daily basis. Gain insight into customer communication and how important this is to your success. Understand the retail environment and what to expect. What you should and shouldn't do and so much more. Learn how to build a long term relationship with your customers, how to form and maintain a relationship in the long run. Identify the importance of stock management and how to manage your stock effectively. Get insider knowledge into choosing an effective store location to ensure success. Learn the importance of proper store layout and design, along with some insider tips to take advantage of. Understand the logistics of supplying and receiving stock. Learn about various retail security systems and procedures you should have in place. Identify how to build a successful team and the importance of team communication. Learn about multi-channel retailing and retail marketing and how this can help you boost the business and achieve success. Understand the importance of brand management. Learn the essential health and safety procedures you must have in place at all times. Learn the trading constitution and customer laws relating to your business. Benefits There are so many benefits to completing this retail management course online, these include: Fast track your career with the knowledge, insight and information you will learn by completing this course. Enjoy the convenience of being awarded an industry recognised certification on successful completion and passing. Have potential employers confirm your credentials by using the unique verifiable code on your certificate. Enjoy the convenience of studying from anywhere at any time, using any device. Study online at your own pace and in your own time. Get lifetime access to your learning modules. Have online support. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 19 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: A Short Introduction to the Concept of Retail Management Module 2 : Understanding the Role of Merchandising and Pricing Module 3 : The Sales Process and Dealing with Customers at the Checkout Module 4 : Getting to Grips with Consumer Behaviour Module 5 : Taking Trends and Targeting Customers Effectively Module 6 : The Importance of Communicating with Customers Module 7 : Getting to Grips with the Retail Environment Module 8 : Buying Products and Building that Relationship Module 9 : Dealing with the Management of Stock Module 10 : Selecting the Store Location Module 11 : The Psychology of the Retail Layout Module 12 : Dealing with Suppliers and Receiving Goods Module 13 : Considering Security and Security Procedures Module 14 : Getting your Team Together and Communicating Module 15: Selling in Multiple Channels Module 16: The Keys to Basic Retail Marketing Module 17: Managing Your Brand Module 18: Health andamp; Safety for Retail Stores Module 19: Customer Rights and Your Position as a Trader Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices / browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations) places a legal duty on employers, self-employed people and people in charge of premises. Under RIDDOR individuals are required to report: work-related deaths, major injuries or over seven day injuries, work related diseases and dangerous occurrences. The course will help the learner understand the necessary requirements of RIDDOR. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Know what RIDDOR stands for Be aware of what is reportable under RIDDOR Be aware of the various methods of reporting Be familiar with the roles and responsibilities with regards to RIDDOR Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course covers the principles and legal implications of risk assessment and how to contribute towards the effective control and management of risk through undertaking risk assessment. In this course, we will examine risk assessment in the health and social care setting and study why health and safety and in particular risk assessment is so important. We will understand the process for checking that the workplace is safe through the use of a risk assessment. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding Risk Assessment Explain the concepts and legality of Safety, Hazard, Risk and Accident Describe the process and stages of effective Risk Assessments Carrying Out Risk Assessment Be able to conduct risk assessments and make judgements on risk control measures Identify a range of risk assessment related issues Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Risk Assessment Introduction Online Course IIRSM ApprovedCourse DescriptionRisk assessment is a systematic method of looking at work activities and considering the things that could cause significant harm to people, property, or the environment.The most important purpose of risk assessments is to help prevent accidents and ensure the safety of employees and anyone affected by workplace activities. At the end of this course, candidates will have an understanding of what a risk assessment is and how to complete one. To achieve this the course will define important terms, provide some basic background information to explain how important risk assessments are and discuss some of the legislation that applies. It will then go on to provide practical advice on how to identify hazards and analyze risk before finishing off by explaining the responsibilities of both employers and employees with regards to risk assessmentCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The BasicsModule 2: Legislation, Regulation and Civil LawModule 3: Strategy - Options and Elements Module 4: Identifying Hazards Module 5: Who Might Be Harmed and Evaluating the Risks Module 6: Evaluating Risk – The Practicalities Module 7: Recording and Reviewing Module 8: Management and ResponsibilitiesDuration: 90 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Romantic Writing Diploma course has all of the knowledge required to break into the romance writing industry in the United Kingdom. This training course is filled with all you need to know to become a successful writer and to push yourself to create books and stories. From learning about what is required to become a romance writer to creating the plot and illustrating your romance story, this course has it all. You will receive a full introduction to writing romance stories, and will obtain a deep understanding of how to become a successful writer in the romance genre. Introduction to the Romantic Writing Diploma This is an online course that will give all students the unique ability to learn the curriculum in their own time and at their own pace. Most students are able to continue working full time, and still finish the course in a reasonable amount of time. Since this is an online course, this diploma is accessible from any device with an internet connection, and you will also have access to online support during the time you train. Before completing the course, you must pass a comprehensive test, which will award you with your certificate. You can download and print the certificate from home. What You Will Learn The Romantic Writing Diploma course has been written to give students a full overview of becoming a romance writer, and will put you on track to succeed. This course will cover: An introduction to becoming a romance writer What is required to become a romance writer How looking at other successful romance writers can help one to advance their career How to select a demographic and point of view when writing How to establish the setting for any romance story Ways to build up characters and plots when writing a romance story How to use a backstory without being boring Writing dialogue to keep flow in the story Improving confidence when writing Writing exercises to improve writing Choosing illustrations and/or illustrators How to work with publishers and sell romance stories Benefits of the Romantic Writing Diploma When taking the Romantic Writing Diploma course, there are a number of benefits that you will experience. These include: The option to study from any location at any time, both at home and away or out and about Studying at your own pace; there is no time limit, so you can take days, weeks, or even months to finish the course Using any internet-enabled device to study from, including mobile phones, tablets and computers Easily reading the course, thanks to the short modules, which make studying more enjoyable Experiencing the convenience of an online support system, which allows students to stay on track during their studies Learning from a comprehensive syllabus, which helps to guarantee that you get the knowledge necessary to begin writing romance themed stories Improving prospects when seeking out publishers Earning a certified and recognised diploma An affordable cost Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 13 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Becoming a Romance Writer Module 2 : What do you need to become a Romance Writer? Module 3 : Be Guided by the Best – A Look at Successful Romance Writers Module 4: Selecting a Demographic to Write for and Deciding on Your Specific Point of View Module 5 : Overcoming the First Page and Establishing Your Story’s Setting Module 6 : Building Your Romance Story’s Characters Module 7 : Planning Your Romance Story’s Plot Module 8 : Using a Backstory without Being Boring Module 9 : Writing Dialogue to Keep Your Story Flowing Module 10 : Improving Confidence and Sense of Purpose Module 11 : Practical Writing Exercises in the Romance Writing Niche Module 12 : Illustrating Your Romance Writing and Working with Illustrators Module 13 : Dealing with Publishers and Selling Your Romance Story Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Safe Handling of Medicines Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThis Introduction to the Safe Handling of Medicines course will start by explaining the key terminology used when handling medicines. It then goes into detail about the roles of the people involved, some of the different groups of medicines, providing different levels of support to patients, infection control, label interpretation, and much more.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introduction to the courseModule 2: Terminology explainedModule 3:The roles of those involved, legislation and licensingModule 4: Groups of medicinesModule 5:Levels of support and routes of entryModule 6:Infection Control and equipment for dispensingModule 7:Label interpretation, record keeping, and The Seven RightsDuration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Safeguarding Adults Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionOur Safeguarding courses have been created because, first and foremost, each and every one of us has basic human rights. Chief among these is the right to be healthy, happy, and treated well, regardless of race, age, gender or location. When these rights are abused in some way it’s wrong, and it is therefore vital that guidelines, policies, and procedures are followed to enable everyone, without exception to live a life in which these basic values and rights are maintained and upheld. This course is aimed at anyone who has a duty of care for or comes into contact with, adults in need of care and support, either as a paid professional or a volunteer. This includes, but isn’t limited to, those that work in domiciliary care, the NHS, community centers, prisons or with a family member at home, and sets out the roles and responsibilities everyone must undertake to protect an adult’s right to live in safety, free from abuse and neglect. You and the organization you work for must take appropriate and proportional measures necessary for the protection of adults in your care, while still ensuring they are supported and empowered to have control over how they want to live their lives and this course can bring you one step closer to being able to do this.This means that whatever the circumstance, you and the organization you work for must take appropriate and proportional measures necessary for the protection of adults in your care, while still ensuring they are supported and empowered to have control over how they want to live their lives. During this course, you will hear many facts, figures, and details surrounding the risk to adults in need of care and support, the types of abuse suffered, and key safeguarding legislation put in place to minimize the abuse of adults with care and support needs. By the end of this course, you will have learned a better understanding of safeguarding principles and be able to apply them to your role.This includes being able to define the key terminology in relation to safeguarding; identify the principle laws that relate to safeguarding and why they have been put in place to minimize abuse; recognize and respond to the ten types of abuse suffered by vulnerable adults; identify and report concerns of abuse or neglect; describe your role, responsibilities, and boundaries; ensure people are supported and encouraged to make their own decisions and give informed consent, and finally manage the environment to minimize the risk of abuse.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introduction and DefinitionsModule 2: Types of Abuse and the Rights of Vulnerable AdultsModule 3: Recognising the Signs of Abuse Module 4: What to Do if you Suspect Abuse Module 5: Safeguarding LegislationDuration: 80 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course aims to provide you with some of the basic knowledge and skills necessary to understand key issues related to ‘safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children and young people’. This involves understanding key safeguarding definitions and types of abuse, basic legislation, professional responsibilities towards children; knowing how to react and prevent child abuse; handle information about a child and their guardian; working with other professionals and record keeping. Risks posed to children through the act of abuse and neglect has been increasingly exposed by the press and by government sources. High profile cases have prompted a response to both a perceived and real threat that seeks guidance from key legislation. As a result, all those in contact with children, particularly healthcare professionals, are required to be aware of this legislation governing Child Protection, the welfare of children, and understand one's own professional responsibilities. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES This course provides a up to Level 2 knowledge and understanding of the principles held within the "Safeguarding Children" competency framework, including: An introduction to "Safeguarding" Key legislation encompassing Child Protection Professional responsibilities towards children How to recognise and respond to child maltreatment How to handle information about a child and their guardian Information about the training framework for "Safeguarding" The courses conclude with a short question and answer session to assess your learning. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Each section is followed by a test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course aims to provide you with some of the basic knowledge and skills necessary to understand key issues related to ‘safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children and young people’. This involves understanding key safeguarding definitions and types of abuse, basic legislation, professional responsibilities towards children; knowing how to react and prevent child abuse; handle information about a child and their guardian; working with other professionals and record keeping.This course is aligned to the UK Core Skills Training Frameworks subject "Safeguarding children". Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. The courses conclude with a short question and answer session to assess your learning. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Each section is followed by a test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course has been written to introduce its reader to the ADVANCED level of Safeguarding Children andamp; Young Adults. This involves understanding safeguarding definitions, legislation, inter-agency framework and policies; recognising types of abuse; professional responsibilities towards children; ways of recognising, responding, recording and preventing child abuse; handling information about a child and their guardian; clinical knowledge, skills and responsibilities, working with other professionals. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Module 1• Safeguarding Definitions• Safeguarding Framework and Nursing Staff Groups• Introduction to Maltreatment• Recognising Types of Abuse• Reporting Maltreatment• Ethics and Handling InformationModule 2 - Legislation, Guidelines and Frameworks• Key Legislation, Rights and Needs• Implication of Legislations and Inter-agency Policy• Inter-agency Frameworks and Assessment Processes• Role and Importance of LCSB• Policies and Practice Between LocationsModule 3 - Clinical Knowledge, Skills and Responsibilities• Applying Clinical Knowledge in Context of Safeguarding• Communicating with Children and Family• Assessment and Escalation• Management of Cases• Patient, Death and Forensic ManagementModule 4 - Working with Other Professionals; Legal and QA Responsibilities• Promoting a Supportive Environment• Communicating Productively• Recognising Who to Work With• Issues Directly Affecting Professionals• Active Participation in Assessment and Planning• Advanced Documentation• Contributing to Legal Processes• Contributing to Audit ProcessesThis will be tested by a multiple choice quiz, with a pass mark of 75%. This will only appear once all pages have been clicked on and read. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Safeguarding Children Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionOur Safeguarding courses have been created because, first and foremost, each and every one of us has basic human rights. Chief among these is the right to be healthy, happy, and treated well, regardless of race, age, gender, or location. When these rights are abused in some way it’s wrong, and it is therefore vital that guidelines, policies, and procedures are followed to enable everyone, without exception to live a life in which these basic values and rights are maintained and upheld. Everyone, regardless of their age, gender, religion, ethnicity, or background has the right to a healthy, happy life. Safeguarding is about minimizing and managing the risks to vulnerable individuals.This course, ‘Safeguarding Children’, is aimed at anyone who has a duty of care for, or comes into contact with children in their chosen profession.Although most children are brought up in loving, nurturing environments and grow up to lead happy lives, the subject has to be discussed in order to better protect those children that need it most. During this course you will hear many facts, figures and details surrounding the risk to children, the types of abuse suffered, how to recognize the signs of abuse, and key safeguarding legislations put in place to minimize the abuse of children.Once you are able to recognize the signs of possible abuse and know the steps you should take if you suspect it you will be better able to protect the children in your care.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introduction to Safeguarding ChildrenModule 2: Types of Abuse, who may carry it out and why children may not tellModule 3: How to Recognise the Signs of Abuse Module 4: What to do if you suspect a child is being abused Module 5: Safeguarding LegislationDuration: 75 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Bundle Description This bundle includes 2 courses: SOVA Level 2 POCA Level 2 Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 4-8 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Bundle Description This bundle includes 2 courses. A complete description of each course can be found by clicking on each course link below: Safeguarding Vulnerable Adults (SOVA) Level 3 Safeguarding Children andamp; Young Adults (POCA) Level 3 Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 4-8 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Healthcare Professionals working with adults are required to complete a training course for the Safeguarding Adults at Risk (Vulnerable Adults), often referred to as POVA. This course aims to provide workers with some of the basic knowledge and skills necessary to understand key issues related to safeguarding and promoting the welfare of Vulnerable Adults. This involves understanding key safeguarding definitions and types of abuse, basic legislation, professional responsibilities towards vulnerable adults; knowing how to react and prevent abuse; record keeping and working with other professionals to promote safeguarding Vulnerable Adults. This course will cover Types of Abuse- Physical, Emotional , Sexual, Financial, Institutional, Abuse reporting and Prevention of Abuse, Risk Assessment, Health andamp; Safety, the No Secrets Act, rules Neglectful and Discriminatory and we will look at some Case Studies followed by a short test. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Legislation and official guidance references, including:• Safeguarding Vulnerable Adults (POVA) Scheme 2004• Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006• No Secrets – The Protection of Vulnerable Adults 2000 andamp; 2009 (official guidance published by the Department of Health and the Home Office)• Care Standards Act 2000.• The Mental Health Act 1983 and the Mental Capacity Act 2005• The Human Rights Act 1998• The Equality Act 20102. Definition of the term ‘Vulnerable Adult’ and understanding of the context of safeguarding and protection from abuse3. Different types of abuse, evidence and the key signs of abuse4. Case studies and examples how to respond to suspected or alleged abuse5. Different ways to minimise the risk of abuse6. Reporting abuse if there is a suspicion that abuse has occurred (recognising and report unsafe practices).The course consists of three sections. Each section is followed by a test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course aims to provide ancillary workers with some of the basic knowledge and skills necessary to understand key issues related to safeguarding and promoting the welfare of Vulnerable Adults. This involves understanding key safeguarding definitions and types of abuse, basic legislation, professional responsibilities towards vulnerable adults; knowing how to react and prevent abuse; record keeping and working with other professionals to promote safeguarding Vulnerable Adults. This course is aligned to the UK Core Skills Training Frameworks subject "Safeguarding adults". Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. The courses conclude with a short question and answer session to assess your learning. Please ensure you have read every page of the course (numbered at the bottom of the screen), otherwise you will not have the option of taking the test. Each section is followed by a test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Healthcare Professionals working with adults are required to complete a training course for the Safeguarding Adults at Risk (Vulnerable Adults), often referred to as POVA. Section 1 Will Cover Types of Abuse- Physical, Emotional , Sexual, Financial, Institutional, Neglectful and Discriminatory and we will look at some Case Studies. The module will be followed by a short test. Section 2Will cover Abuse reporting and Prevention of Abuse, Risk Assessment and Health and Safety and the No Secrets Act and rules, followed by a short test. Section 3Health and social care professionals working with adults are required to complete a training course for the Safeguarding Adults at Risk (Vulnerable Adults), often referred to as POVA. This course draws upon legislation and official guidance references, including:• Safeguarding Vulnerable Adults (POVA) Scheme 2004• Safeguarding Vulnerable Groups Act 2006• No Secrets – The Protection of Vulnerable Adults 2000 andamp; 2009 (official guidance published by the Department of Health and the Home Office)• Care Standards Act 2000.• The Mental Health Act 1983 and the Mental Capacity Act 2005• The Human Rights Act 1998• The Equality Act 2010 This course is intended for health and social care professionals; designated referrers; investigators; managers of staff who may refer; those who chair investigations; those who are responsible for operational management of safeguarding issues or strategic management across services. It draws upon good practice guidance, in particular, the Sussex Multi-Agency Policy and Procedure for Safeguarding Adults at Risk. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Bundle Description This bundle contains 6 courses. A complete description of each course can be found by clicking on each course link below: Achieving Sales on the Telephone Advertising andamp; Marketing Diploma Key Account Management Negotiation Skills Sales Skills Diploma Telephone Techniques Who can take theses courses?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take theses courses. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the courses?Each course is broken down into individual modules. Each module takes between 5 and 60 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the courses at your convenience. Where / when can I study the courses?You can study the courses any time you like. Simply log in and out as often as you require. The courses are compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the courses?Once you have completed all modules of each course, there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed each test you can log in to your account and download/print the certificate any time you need it. Course Details Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In this course, you will learn how to maximise your chances of closing a sale, using various techniques that will help you to sell with confidence. Specifically, you will learn:- What is meant by the term “closing positively”. Why it is so important to learn how to bring about positive sales closure. The importance of timing and pace, in a successful sales pitch. How to encourage your prospects to consider future opportunities, by developing a strong customer-vendor relationship. General factors to bear in mind when making a sales pitch, regardless of the audience demographic or the pitch format. Why you need not feel put off at the first sign of a “No”. The most common sales objections and how to move past them. How deadlock situations arise in sales situations and how they can be resolved. How to tell when you should walk away and when you should negotiate. How to defend an offer and emphasise the benefits of the stated terms and conditions. How to ask the right questions, so that you understand your buyer’s place within the buying process. How to use timing, to increase the chance of closing the sale. Why you must sell the benefits to the buyer, exceed their expectations and not restrict your focus to the product or service you are selling. How you can cross sell products or services. How to diffuse tension and misunderstandings that may occur during the buying process. Why credibility is vital, when it comes to making sales. How to increase your credibility via a number of techniques, such as non-verbal communication, appropriate use of statistics and case studies. How you can mirror prospects’ body language, to increase feelings of rapport. The psychological stages buyers move through, as they get ready to buy from you - and how you can use this process to your advantage, when closing a sale. How to use active listening, to ensure a customer feels respected and heard, whilst reading the signs that let you know when a prospect is about to declare an intention to buy. Three key issues that influence a buyer or potential buyer and how these can impact upon the sales process. The purpose of a sales brief and why a good sales brief is an important first step in writing a sales pitch. How to write and present a sales pitch. How to react to a potential buyer’s comments, concerns, or suggestions. How to sharpen your communication skills and increase the chance that you will close the sale. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Closing Positively Module 2: Understanding Factors That Drive Buying Decisions Module 3: Building Credibility Throughout the Sales Process Module 4: Advanced Sales Techniques Module 5: Negotiating in Sales Situations Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Sales Skills Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThe course will start by providing an overview of the basic rules for sales people, along with the right mindset, self-assessment and the goals you’ll need in the short, medium and long term. It’ll cover cold calling, including how to prepare, what to say and how to deal with gatekeepers as well as walking you through a typical face-to-face meeting. You’ll learn how to start a meeting, the questions you need to ask your prospect, practical tips for presentations including, staying relaxed, getting across your main messages, handling questions and using presentation aids. We’ll also be analysing how you can sell by stressing the results prospects can expect if they buy, and how best to play to their emotions. We’ll take a look at negotiation. We’ll highlight how you can avoid it, what to say if you’re drawn into it, and how you can use your negotiating skills to land the sale and much more.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Basic Rules for Sales PeopleModule 2: Cold CallingModule 3: Face-to-Face Meetings Module 4: Rapport Building Module 5: Sales Presentations Module 6: Results Selling Module 7: Handling Negotiations Module 8: Dealing With Objections Module 9: Closing the SaleDuration: 120 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Completing a sales diploma can provide you with the necessary skills for all types of positions in a host of industries. Are you in a position where you need to have strong communication and negotiation skills? Do you need to generate leads in order to reach your goals? Do you know how to set goals and achieve them? The sales diploma is the ideal choice whether you are opening your own business, looking for a course that can provide you with a host of skills you will use at work each and every day or whether you are looking at joining a dynamic sales team. Introduction to the sales diploma The sales diploma is an information packed course designed to provide you with all the knowledge and skills you need to succeed in a dynamic and fast paced sales environment. This course is broken down into nineteen easy to manage modules, which should take around fifteen hours to complete. The good news is that you can study at your own pace, as the entire course is completed online with access to study modules from any device at any time. Once you have completed the course you will need thirty minutes to complete the multiple choice test. On passing, you will be able to download and print your certification without delay. In the unique event that you don't pass your test the first time round, we will give you a second chance. This enables you to revisit the modules and then retake the test. What you will learn The sales diploma is designed to give you everything you need in the real sales environment. The course is overflowing with valuable information, interesting advice and more to help you achieve your sales goals and enjoy a successful sales career moving forward. In this course, you can expect to learn the following: Understand the psychology of selling. Learn what selling really is and learn about buyer and seller motivation. Identify what the sales skills are that everyone needs, how to develop them and what you need to avoid at all times. Get an understanding of sales jargon. Learn the key terms, know when you should use jargon and when to avoid it. Learn the evolution of sales. History, current status and where it is heading. Know what skills you will need to succeed in sales. Learn how to identify your weak points and how to improve your skills to ensure sales success. Learn everything you need to know about goal setting and achieving your goals. Get a good understanding of the selling process. The steps of the process and where things can and will often go wrong. Know what prospecting is and the importance of lead generation. Learn the basic steps to prospecting, what to avoid and how to take advantage of new leads. Learn how to prepare to sell and the importance of planning. Identify what sales proposals are and learn how to write an effective proposal. Identify key points and general structure. Learn how to prepare an effective sales pitch. Learn about the power of influence and negotiation. Identify the three “P's.” Understand how to deal with barriers and overcome objections. Learn how to close effectively. Understand why aftercare is so important and get insight into following up after the sale. Get valuable insight into cold calling, sales tools and technology. Learn how to effectively manage a sales team to achieve sales success. Benefits The sales diploma comes with a host of benefits that you can enjoy during and after your studies. This course will provide you with the following benefits: Easy to manage information packed modules. Ability to study from anywhere at any time. Study using any device connected to the internet. Online support. Lifetime access to course modules online. Instant download and print certificate which is industry recognised. Fast track career and boost knowledge and skill in sales industry. Improve chances of securing promotion at work. Develop new skills and boost confidence when dealing with clients. Improve negotiation and selling skills which you can use daily in all industries. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 19 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Understanding Sales andamp; the Psychology of Selling Module 2 : Developing Sales Skills Module 3 : Sales Talk – Understanding the Jargon. Module 4 : The Evolution of Professional Sales Module 5 : The Skills you Need to Succeed at Selling Module 6 : Setting and Achieving Goals Module 7 : Understanding the Selling Process Module 8 : Prospecting and Lead Generation Module 9 : Preparing to Sell Module 10 : Writing Sales Proposals Module 11 : Making Your Sales Pitch Module 12 : The Power of Influence andamp; Motivating People to Buy Module 13 : Negotiating and the Concept of the Three P’s Module 14 : Handling Objections and Overcoming Barriers to a Sale Module 15: Effective Closing Module 16: Following Up, the Importance of Aftercare and Developing the Relationship Module 17: Cold Calling Module 18: Sales Tools and Technology Module 19: Managing a Sales Team Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description SALPS is designed to assist you in understanding your responsibilities as a personal license holder, covering the legal basis of the required training of staff selling or serving alcohol under the Licensing Scotland Act 2005. The course also provides good practise in managing conflict situations and the standard of service Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Licensing and the licencing objectives The definition of ‘alcohol’ in the Act What constitutes an unlicensed sale The functions of licensing standards officers and their powers The nature of an operating plan and it place in the licensing system Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Epilepsy is a common condition that affects the brain and causes frequent seizures. Seizures are bursts of electrical activity in the brain that temporarily affect how it works. They can cause a wide range of symptoms. This course will look at what a seizure is, different types of seizures among many other things and could be useful for anyone who wants to know more about seizures. CSTF (Core Skills Training Framework) Aligned. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES What is a Seizure? Types of Seizure Types of NES Epileptic seizures Epilepsy Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Self harm is an extremely complex issue, both for those who self harm and the professionals who support them. This module will raise your awareness of self harm, help you to develop an understanding of the issues faced by self harmers, and what you can do to help them. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understanding what self-harm is and how people typically do it Facts and myths of Self Harm Possible reasons behind Self Harm How to offer support Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
We invited the very best CompTIA Certified Trainers from around the globe to help us develop the ultimate training and certification program. Everything you need is included to fully prepare for and pass your exams. Millions of desktop PC's used in the business world have generated a huge demand for Support Technicians who can install, configure, test and support PC andamp; Network hardware. Support Technicians also need the ability to analyse, diagnose, troubleshoot and resolve various hardware and software problems, ranging from simple user errors to sophisticated hardware issues. A+ Certification is the computer industry recognised credential that certifies the competency of PC Service Specialists. It's sponsored by CompTIA - the Computing Technology Industry Association, and tests are administered by Prometric. This program is backed by over 50 major computer hardware and software manufacturers, vendors, distributors, resellers and publications. The CompTIA Network+ accreditation is also covered, giving an effective starting platform together with the A+ for finding your first IT job. Your successful computer career can start with this course, or it can serve as proof of your computer hardware and operating system knowledge as a professional already in your field. The Security+ covers many vendor neutral topics including different types of threats and attacks, networking technologies and tools, secure design and architecture, identity and access management, risk assessment and management, cryptography and Public Key Infrastructure, the ever-expanding virtualization of various computing systems, and industry management of smart devices. The Linux+ Course confirms an IT professional's proficiency in the everyday management of Linux-based clients and basic management of server systems. Students will learn the knowledge and tools necessary to manage Linux systems from the command line, as well as how to manage user administration, file permissions, software configurations, and Linux-based clients, server systems and security. The Cloud+ certification validates the knowledge and best practices required of IT practitioners working in cloud computing environments, who must understand and deliver cloud infrastructure. "A+ training and certification can provide a pathway to a good job. It can also lead to a very good job for people without strong educational credentials or previous work experience." -CompTIA Research The Senior IT Support Technician Training Bundle contains the following courses: CompTIA FC0-U61: IT Fundamentals CompTIA A+ Certification 220-1101 andamp; 220-1102 CompTIA Network+ Certification (Exam N10-008) CompTIA Security+ Certification (Exam SY0-701) CompTIA Linux+ Certification (Exam XKO-004) CompTIA Cloud+ Certification (Exam CVO-003) Also available : Junior IT Support Technician Training Bundle Many students ask us why we create our larger course bundles, when some people may not have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description 40% of all sepsis survivors are left with life-changing effects and 5 people die of sepsis every hour in the UK. This Sepsis Awareness course will increase learners knowledge of sepsis and infections.Sepsis is the body’s extreme response to an infection. It is a life-threatening medical emergency. Almost any type of infection can lead to sepsis. Infections that lead to sepsis most often start in the lungs, urinary tract, skin, or gastrointestinal tract.This online Sepsis Awareness training course teaches your employees the signs and symptoms of sepsis, NEWS scores and NEWS2 chart, sepsis indicators and markers, and the correct treatments and actions to take. Upon successful completion, learners will gain an instant downloadable Sepsis Awareness certificate. Learning Outcomes: On completion of this Sepsis Awareness course, learners should know and understand the following:What is sepsis and what causes it- Understand how sepsis is identified and what can cause itNEWS scores and NEWS2 chart- Understand the NEWS scores and NEWS2 chartSigns of sepsis- Understand the sepsis indicators, signs, and markersThe process after identification- Understand the actions to take following identificationCourse OutlineThe aim of this Sepsis training course is to help you understand what causes sepsis and how to spot it.The key points covered in this course are: What is sepsis What causes sepsis Signs of sepsis NEWS scores and NEWS2 chart The process after identification Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Sexual Harassment in the Workplace Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionSexual harassment is unwanted conduct of a sexual nature. Experiencing sexual harassment can be one of the most difficult situations a worker can face, however it should not be happening and all workers are protected by law from sexual harassment. Handling accusations of sexual harassment can be difficult, and if not done correctly can lead to the company being held liable along with the perpetrator of the harassment. This course will start by defining sexual harassment and explaining how protection comes from both employment law and criminal law. You'll see from workplace statistics how widespread and serious the problem is, and how the management response to concerns raised is often poor or non-existent. It also addresses how allegations should be handled, explains the importance of having clear and robust policies and the role line managers tend to take when it comes to dealing with these situations. The course also coves investigation from the employer's perspective, the role of employment tribunals, and concludes with some case studies that will give further insight into what constitutes harassment and the outcome of cases where the businesses did not act appropriately to deal with this behaviour.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What Is Sexual Harassment?Module 2: Examples and ResearchModule 3: Dealing With A Complaint Module 4: Policies and The Role of The Line Manager Module 5: Handling Sexual Harassment in the Workplace Module 6: The Law and Sexual Harassment Module 7: Case StudiesDuration: 55 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Sharps Awareness Online Course IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThere is a common misconception that sharps injuries are only of concern to medical and care staff. However, it is not uncommon for people in other industries such as waste disposal to come into contact with used sharps. In this course, we'll start by looking at some statistics relating to discarded needles, then define 'sharps' and look at the different types that can be found in 'sharps litter', ranging from needles, syringes, and scalpel blades to broken glass, knives, scissors, and nails. It then covers the primary and secondary risks from sharps. It'll look at the responsibilities of employers and how they must use risk assessment to ensure worker's safety, as much as possible. Then, the course will take a detailed look at Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, HIV, and Tetanus There'll be a section on the Chain of Infection, helping you to understand how an infection gets passed on, and what steps can be taken to break the chain and stop the process. It'll look at the probability of picking up an infection from a needlestick injury, and the factors that can affect this. It's important to always handle discarded sharps safely so the course will take you through the equipment you need, including litter pickers, forceps, disinfectant sprays, and gloves, along with the correct techniques you should employ to avoid injury. This subject will be further expanded on by detailing the correct sharps handling procedures, including how to dispose of discarded sharps safely, how to remove disposable gloves to minimize cross-contamination, and correct handwashing procedures. Finally, it'll cover how to report discarded sharps and the correct procedures to follow if you're unlucky enough to receive a sharps injury.DEMO VIDEOTarget Audience This course is aimed at anyone who may come into contact with sharps waste whilst performing their day to day working activities. This ranges from people working in healthcare to those in waste disposal with a wide range of other Advantages Knowledge of the dangers associated with sharps, safe handling techniques, and the use of appropriate PPE will help you to protect yourself from the dangers. CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves. Online training is flexible, efficient, and cost-effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life. Further Progression There are a lot of courses in our health and safety and health and social care suites that would make great follow-ups to this course and if you are in the adult social care sector then they would all provide valuable additions to your knowledge. Specific topics that complement this directly are Diabetes Awareness and Introduction to Personal Safety for Lone Workers.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Sharp Safety, the BasicsModule 2: Needlestick InjuriesModule 3: The Chain of InfectionModule 4: Chances of InfectionModule 5: EquipmentModule 6: Safe Handling Procedures’Duration: 55 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Slips and trips are the biggest cause of serious injuries to people who work in care industry. Slips and trips can happen anywhere but most accidents happen in and around the kitchen. Our online Slips, Trips andamp; Falls course is aimed at all members of staff in the care environment. This e-learning course will raise learners awareness of why slips and trips happen and how to prevent them. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Why slips and trips are a problem. Why they happen. How you can help to stop them Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Slips and trips are the biggest cause of serious injuries to people who work in catering and hospitality. Slips and trips can happen anywhere but most accidents happen in and around the kitchen. Our online Slips, Trips andamp; Falls course is aimed at catering assistants, chefs, cooks, waiters andamp; bar staff, as these are the worker most at risk. This e-learning course will raise learners awareness of why slips and trips happen and how to prevent them. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Why slips and trips are a problem Why they happen How you can help to stop them Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Slips, Trips and Falls Online Course IIRSM, IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionSlips, trips and falls account for almost a third of non-fatal injuries at work. It is a widely held belief that with just a few minor changes to working practices and attitudes this could be reduced significantly. This course will introduce you to some of the statistics relating to slips, trips and falls and dispel some of the myths surrounding them. It also touches on the law as it relates to slips, trips and falls. It contains real examples of where things have gone wrong and some practical steps that could have been taken to prevent these incidents. The course also covers some of the straightforward changes that can be made in most businesses to significantly reduce the risk of a slip, trip or fall incident occurring. The final module takes this to the next level and looks at it from a management perspectiveDEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Serious Facts and the LawModule 2: Slip Hazards: Causes and ControlsModule 3: Trip Hazards: Causes and Controls Module 4: Management IssuesDuration: 60 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Social Media Marketing for Business CPD Certified Online Course COURSE DESCRIPTIONThis newly updated online course examines the main social media platforms and their use as marketing tools. In particular, we'll look at Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn and Twitter. We'll cover the main business benefits, along with how social media can provide increased market insight and help establish your company as an 'influencer'. We'll discuss the sectors that use social media marketing the most and there’s advice on how to get started with social media marketing, and how to choose the right platforms. You'll see how to run campaigns with great content and compelling visuals and measure the effectiveness of your campaigns. We'll show you how to create a Social Media Policy and use social media for internal communications. You'll learn how to build social media into your recruitment campaigns, and train employees to use social media to promote your company. Online security is crucial and we'll cover the basic aspects everyone needs to know. Finally, you'll learn how to handle negative feedback on social media, and the T-E-A approach to handling complaints successfully.Learning ObjectivesBy the end of this course, you will be able to: Understand the major social media platforms and their benefits as a marketing tool. Recognize the effectiveness of social media campaigns. Learn to deal with the positives and negatives of social media campaigns. Create and implement a social media Policy. Recognize the importance of online Safety. Target Audience This course is aimed at anyone who is responsible for the social media activities of their company, or who is wanting to get an overview of the subject to support their existing marketing activities. Advantages Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training around their work and personal lifeCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: Business BenefitsModule 3: Getting StartedModule 4: Managing CampaignsModule 5: Social Media PoliciesModule 6: Handling Negative FeedbackDuration: 50 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Are you interested in working with people who have special needs, especially when it comes to dealing with their education? Would you like to experience the amazing feeling of knowing that you have helped an individual with specific needs to overcome adversity and to be able to teach them brand new skills? If so, then our Special Educational Needs course will be perfect for any individual wishing to learn more about working within this field. Introduction to the SEND CourseOur SEND course consists of 22 individual modules that will take you through the entire process of teaching individuals with special needs.The course is designed to provide you with the tools that you will require in order to make a difference in how individuals are taught and give you a better understanding of their requirements and the challenges they face.By the end of the course, you will be asked to take a test in order to show that you have understood the information provided throughout the various modules.What you will learnEach module is designed to give you a real insight into the Special Educational Needs industry from start to finish. In addition, the modules will also cover the relevant code of practice that any practitioner within this field needs to be aware of to ensure that potentially vulnerable individuals are being taught in the correct manner.Please note that as SEN systems vary in each nation of the UK - the code of practice implementation covered in Module 4 refers only to the system in England.As you move further into the course, you will be taken through various disabilities, both physical and mental, to provide you with a better understanding of how to handle their issues allowing them to make better progress than ever before. There will also be specific details on issues such as autism, dyslexia, dyspraxia and ADHD, due to the complexities surrounding the handling of these issues.Furthermore, our Special Educational Needs course is designed to help you deal with issues that may arise at various times, including anger from the individuals you are dealing with on a daily basis. This is regarded as being an important skill for any educator to have at their disposal due to the nature of the work that they do, hence, it has its own module to give you the best possible insight into handling that situation.We will also provide you with information on psychological issues and behaviours to give you an all-round understanding of their needs. Finally, you will be taught the latest and best teaching methods and strategies for this particular field, allowing you to better prepare each and every lesson to make sure that the individuals will be able to get the absolute most out of each session.Once the course is completed, you will be better placed to work within this field and able to handle any situation that may arise throughout your working day. (Please note, each school/organisation sets its own entry requirements, so you will need to check the job description to find out what skills/qualifications are required when applying for jobs in this field - this certificate does not guarantee a job).You will learn: An understanding of what is involved in SEND The code of practice that you must abide by How to understand various disabilities How to cope with anger issues The psychological impact and dealing with problems How to best structure a class for each individual The latest teaching methods and strategies The outcome of education Your responsibility as a teacher Benefits With our SEND Course there are a number of benefits of using Learning247. Learn at your own pace Learn from the comfort of your own home Easy to follow modules broken down into easy to follow segments Industry recognised certificate Change your career thanks to our course Work in a rewarding environment Use any device to study the course, anywhere and at any time Get online support when you study via our academy Lifetime access to the modules By studying our SEND course you will open up the doors to a brand new career and one that will be extremely challenging and yet also extremely rewarding. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 22 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Special Education NeedsTo understand Special Educational NeedsTo understand who may have Special Educational NeedsTo understand the most common learning disabilities that you may face in the workplaceTo know and understand the characteristics required to work in this fieldModule 2 : The History and Evolution of SENTo learn and understand the legal definition of special education needsTo learn and understand the legal definition of disabilityTo learn how SEN education has evolved since the 19th centuryTo learn about the importance of the inclusion-exclusion debateModule 3 : Constructivist Theories of LearningTo understand the theory of constructivism and how it can be applied in the classroomTo know the role of the teacher and the role of the student within a constructivist classroomTo understand the theory of social constructivism and know how it can be applied within a classroomTo be able to compare and contrast constructivism with social constructivismModule 4 : SEN Code of Practice and Its Implementation in EnglandTo learn what the UK SEN Code of Practice isTo understand who the SEN Code of Practice applies toTo learn about the key points of the SEN Code of PracticeTo understand ways to implement the SEN Code of Practice Module 5 : SENCO Support for SEN StudentsTo understand who the SENCO is and what their role entails in a school settingTo know what SEN Support isTo be able to identify the steps required in making a plan to meet the pupil's educational needsTo know the definitions of leadership and inclusion, and be able to apply each of these qualities in a school settingModule 6 : The Different Types of NeedsTo be able to define autism, and know the ways that you can accommodate its needsTo understand what a severe learning difficulty is, and how its needs can be accommodatesTo know how a specific learning difficulty differs from a severe learning difficulty, and understand how it can be accommodated in the classroomTo be able to identify the different types of physical difficulty, and how each can be accommodated in the classroom and school environmentModule 7 : Identification, Assessment and Support of SEN PupilsTo learn how to identify SEN pupilsTo learn about the support children may require by ageTo learn how to assess SEN pupilsTo learn how to create a support plan for SEN pupilsModule 8 : Behaviours: Reasons and Restorative PracticesHow to manage your time at work efficientlyTo have the ability to identify the different factors that can affect a student's emotional behavioursTo understand the consequences of bad behaviour and be able to identify their underlying elementsTo know the recommended methods for teaching social skills, and how they can be applied in the classroomModule 9 : Understanding Sensory Impairments and Physical DisabilitiesTo learn about different physical disabilitiesTo learn about different sensory impairmentsTo learn when these impairments and disabilities can be identifiedTo understand how educators can support disabilities and impairmentsModule 10 : Understanding and Addressing Difficulties in Cognition and LearningTo be able to identify the things that cognition is responsible for in our daily livesTo understand the concept of cognitive development and have a basic understanding of the stages introduced in this moduleTo be able to apply your knowledge of cognition to the special education needs environment, and associate the relationship between the twoTo know the different types of cognitive disabilities, and how you can accommodate them in the classroomModule 11 : Speech, Language, and Common Communication IssuesTo learn what speech, language, and communication areTo learn about different needs and difficulties in speech, language and communicationTo learn how to support the needs of pupils with difficulties in communicationTo learn how to foster clear communication in the classroom as a wholeModule 12 : Learning Difficulties: AutismTo be able to define autism for what it is and how it is experienced by individuals who have itTo know the difficulties that can be experienced by autistic people, as well as the common characteristics that are exhibitedTo understand the diagnosis process for autismTo understand what the main causes for behaviours in autistic individuals are, as well as the best ways to deal with difficult behaviourModule 13 : Learning Difficulties : DyslexiaTo learn what dyslexia isTo understand some of the primary difficulties dyslexic learners faceTo learn different methods for supporting learners in literacyTo learn different methods for support learners in numeracyModule 14 : Learning Difficulties: DyspraxiaTo understand what dyspraxia is and know the areas of life that it can affect for an individualTo know how dyspraxia is diagnosedTo be able to identify the signs and symptoms of the conditionTo understand how the condition affects an individual's brainModule 15: Learning Difficulties: Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)To learn what ADHD isTo learn the causes and treatments for ADHDTo learn about the identification of pupils with ADHDTo learn about ways to support pupils with ADHD in the classroomModule 16: The Importance of SEN KnowledgeTo understand what SEN knowledge isTo understand how SEN knowledge is disseminated to educatorsTo understand the three levels of recommended SEN knowledgeTo understand why SEN knowledge is importantModule 17: Specific Learning DifficultiesTo be able to define what a specific learning difficulty isTo compare and contrast dyslexia, dyscalculia, and dysgraphia, and be able to understand what each of the disorders impliesTo understand the limitations of dyspraxia and the different diagnosesTo know the characteristics of Asperger's syndrome, how it differentiates from autism, and the difficulties experienced from this disorderModule 18: Psychological Perspectives on BehaviourTo learn what the psychological perspectives on behaviour areTo learn the differences and similarities between the perspectivesTo understand how to apply the perspectives in the classroomTo understand how different intervention methods apply to specific perspectivesModule 19 : Understanding and Managing AngerTo be able to define anger, and understand its causes and ways of expressionTo know how anger can be a prominent characteristic in special education needs settings, and the approach you should have towards itTo understand the different methods of anger management, and know the appropriate situations to use each given methodModule 20 : Teaching Approaches and StrategiesTo learn approaches and strategies for communication and interactionTo learn approaches and strategies for cognition and learningTo learn approaches and strategies for behaviour, emotional and social difficultiesTo learn approaches and strategies for physical and sensory disabilitiesModule 21 : Educational OutcomesTo understand the definition of an educational outcome and what it means in terms of a student's learning capacityTo know how to assess a limitation and evaluate an educational environment in order to predict the educational outcome of a studentTo be able to relate the dimensions of wellbeing to educational outcomes, and understand how these dimensions can affect such outcomes both positively and negativelyTo know the different ways to target these dimensions in order to facilitate an improvement upon themModule 22 : Every Teacher's ResponsibilityTo learn about the different responsibilities a teacher has at schoolTo understand what role teachers play in different areas of the schoolTo understand the importance of the SENCO roleTo learn about the management of resources and finances Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices andamp; browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Special Effects Makeup can be defined as the use of prosthetic sculpting, molding, casting and painting to create advanced cosmetic effects. Special Effects Makeup can be seen in most popular TV shows and movies and even at conventions and Halloween. It can go from scary movie monsters like werewolves, aliens and zombies to changing someone appearance to look younger, older, and different facial features or weight. In this Level 1 Special Effects Makeup course, you will be led by Hendrickje (pronounced Hen-Dree-Ka) Matthews, a professional makeup artist, who has been in the industry for over 20 years. She will start off the course with the basics of special effects makeup from a cheek gash to slit throat. In the second section you will go into a little more intermediate and popular makeup design, the zombie. The last section will go into aging with prosthetics and subtle aging with only makeup. Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Content Fundamental Concepts of FX Makeup FX Airbrushing Body Painting Prosthetics Pros Aide Transfers Mask Making Sponge and brush work Creating horror effects and crime scenes Creating Zombies, Monsters and Aliens Age changing techniques And, many other exciting special FX makeup application techniques! LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Special Effects Makeup can be defined as the use of prosthetic sculpting, molding, casting and painting to create advanced cosmetic effects. Special Effects Makeup can be seen in most popular TV shows and movies and even at conventions and Halloween. It can go from scary movie monsters like werewolves, aliens and zombies to changing someone appearance to look younger, older, and different facial features or weight. In this Level 2 Special Effects Makeup course, you will be led by Hendrickje (pronounced Hen-Dree-Ka) Matthews, a professional makeup artist, who has been in the industry for over 20 years. Level 2 features 4 sections of more advanced special effects applications that Hendrickje will give step by step instructions. The first section will be a bald cap application with fantasy makeup. Second section will be feminine and masculine skull makeup. The next section will show a tattoo cover-up and animal makeup. The last section will be a casualty special effects makeup demonstration and removal. This course will teach the exciting and creative intricacies of creating Special Effects Makeup and get you started on your career as an FX artist! Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Course Content Aging using latex Aging using greasepaint makeup Bald cap application High editorial makeup (including bald cap) with hand painting and airbrush Trauma / casualty makeup (incl. applying a range of adhesive andamp;amp; prosthetics ) Fantasy makeup (animal themed) Day of the Dead looks Sugar skull using Stencils and hand paint Skeleton makeup using hand paint / airbrush and Stencils LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description It is now common knowledge that traditional tanning and sunbed treatments are harmful to health. As a result, spray tanning is now one of the most sought-after beauty treatments in the UK. In this course, you will learn how to take advantage of this development by acquiring the skills you need to pursue a career in this field. During this course, you will become familiar with the equipment used by tanning technicians, the techniques used to apply tanning solution, how to prepare clients in advance of their treatment and how to prolong a tan. Good technique is essential, but spray tan technicians also need to be mindful of health and safety legislation. You will explore the steps you must take to comply with UK law, including the Health andamp; Safety at Work Act and the Data Protection Act. You Will Learn: How spray tanning works and why it is now a popular beauty treatment. Why all spray tanning technicians need to be mindful of health and safety legislation. How to ensure your own safety and that of your clients. How the skin is structured, how it functions and the most common skin diseases seen by dermatologists and beauty therapists. Contraindications to spray tanning that make treatment inadvisable under any circumstance, and contraindications to tanning that may be negotiated. How to undertake a client consultation, keep client records and build a strong professional relationship with a client. How to prepare a client for a spray tan and how to select the correct concentration of tanning solution. How to operate a portable spray tanning machine, how to maintain it and how to choose the best machine for your business needs. How to prevent and resolve the most common problems associated with spray tanning. How to provide aftercare to clients who have received a spray tan treatment. Benefits Of Taking This Course You will gain a solid grounding in the skills and knowledge you need to build a career as a self-employed mobile tanning technician. You will be familiar with the practical and legal aspects of running a spray tan business. You can study from any location with an internet connection. Learn the material at any time and at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines. Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Health and Safety For Spray Tanning Technicians Module 2: Skin Anatomy and Spray Tanning Contraindications Module 3: Client Consultations and Preparation for Spray Tan Treatments Module 4: Spray Tan Application and Aftercare Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Get the Business Intelligence Skills to Deliver Breakthrough Insights with SQL Server... Now Updated with the latest SQL Server 2019 CoursesProve your knowledge and skills in designing, building, and maintaining the next wave of cloud-ready database and information solutions. Mastering SQL certifications series covers the essential skills needed for administering and developing database solutions and for leveraging business intelligence (BI) tools. Whether your focus is SQL Server administration, programming or business intelligence and reporting, we help you to prepare for your SQL certification exam through these series of courses. The SQL Server Master Training Bundle contains all of the following Microsoft SQL Server Training Courses. The following courses are included in this Microsoft SQL Server Master Training Bundle: Microsoft SQL Server 2019 - Introduction to Data Analysis Microsoft SQL Server 2019 - Querying SQL Server Microsoft SQL Server 2019 Database Design Microsoft SQL Server 2019 Analysis Services (SSAS) Introduction to Microsoft Power BI Microsoft SQL Server 2019 - Big Data Microsoft SQL Server 2019 Administration Microsoft 70-765: Provisioning SQL Databases Online Course Microsoft 70-764: Administering a SQL 2016 Database Infrastructure Online Course MS Exam 70-467 - Designing Business Intelligence Solutions with Microsoft SQL Server 2012 MS Exam 70-466 - Implementing Data Models andamp; Reports with SQL Server 2012 MS Exam 70-465 - Designing Database Solutions for Microsoft SQL Server 2012 MS Exam 70-464 - Developing Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Databases MS Exam 70-463 - Implementing a Data Warehouse with SQL Server 2012 MS Exam 70-462 - Administering SQL Server 2012 Databases MS Exam 70-461 - Querying SQL Server 2012 Example Training Video (Not From This Course) Many students ask us why we create our larger bundles, when most people probably wouldn't have time to complete all the courses inside the 12 month subscription window...Well, essentially they're created to enable you to dip in and out of multiple related programs and obtain cross-referenced knowledge; the intention is not for you to study it all or sit all the exams! With any kind of technical learning, building your background knowledge on closely related areas makes a lot of sense. Therefore, having access to a wide range of connected programs enables you to research related topics to the actual program you're studying for (often just watching the video/tutorial), enhancing your overall understanding. This is why we create the larger bundles; to build the breadth of your knowledge. Also, many IT professionals use them as reference material after certification, as we usually provide discounts on subsequent re-subscription - to enable you to have the material as a constant professional reference. LEARN365 Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to: Expert Instructor-Led Training: Learn 365 uses only the industry's finest instructors in the IT industry. They have a minimum of 15 years real-world experience and are subject matter experts in their fields. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7. Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes instructor-led demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor. Learn 365 always focuses on real world scenarios and skill-set development. Quizzes andamp; Exam Simulators: Learn 365's custom practice exams prepare you for your exams differently and more effectively than the traditional exam preps on the market. You will have practice quizzes after each module to ensure you are confident on the topic you have completed before proceeding. This will allow you to gauge your effectiveness before moving to the next module in your course. Learn 365 courses also include practice exams designed to replicate and mirror the environment in the testing center. These exams are on average 100 questions to ensure you are 100% prepared before taking your certification exam. Social Learning andamp; Networking: Learn 365 has designed a world class Learning Management System (LMS). This system allows you to interact and collaborate with other students and Learn 365 employees, form study groups, engage in discussions in our NOW@ Forums, rate and like different courses and stay up to date with all the latest industry knowledge through our forums, student contributions and announcement features. Flash Cards andamp; Educational Games: IT online learning knows that education is not a one size fits all approach. Students learn in different ways through different tools. That is why we provide Flash Cards and Education Games throughout our courses. This will allow you to train in ways that keep you engaged and focused. Each course will have dozens of Flash Cards so you can sharpen your skill-sets throughout your training as well as educational games designed to make sure your retention level of the materials is extremely high. Navigation and Controls: Learn 365's self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule. Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The aim of this E-Learning course is to enable the learner to provide appraisals through effective communication and reviews. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Recognise the benefits of effective appraisals. Understand how to tailor the appraisal process to suit your organisation and management style. Demonstrate how to manage performance. Establish appraisal style. Identify different approaches to appraisals. Give and receive feedback. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Staff retention is a growing concern, but by having a proper staff retention strategy in place you’ll be able to keep your top employees. Recruiting and training a new employee is time-consuming and costs a great deal of revenue – it’s much more beneficial to the business to keep current employees satisfied in their job. Understanding your employees and having proper retention strategies in place is key to retaining employees long-term. This course on staff retention will look at the four main trends that contribute to employees leaving their jobs, including compensation and benefits, career growth, flexible working schedules, and training and development, and how you can create a strategy to improve these areas and retain your employees. You will Learn: What the main factors are that lead to employees leaving their jobs and what you can do to prevent this. How to come up with competitive compensations and benefits plan. How to encourage career advancement and growth opportunities in your company. The benefits of flexible working, both to the employer and employee. How to implement various training and development techniques and the benefits of encouraging training in the workplace. Benefits of Studying This Course You will learn what drives employees to leave and with this knowledge be able to implement preventative measures. You will learn how implementing employee retention programmes can help reduce unnecessary turnover costs. You will gain insight into retaining a positive and motivated body of staff. You will learn the benefits that retaining your staff can bring to your business. Your knowledge will allow you to formulate an effective retention plan that works for your employees and business. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Staff Retention Techniques Introduction Module 2: Compensation and Benefits Module 3: Career Advancement and Opportunities for Growth Module 4: Flexible Work Schedules Module 5: Training and Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The ironing diploma is the perfect course choice for anyone who wants to improve their career prospects or open their own ironing service business. The course teaches you everything you need to know about ironing and running your own successful business. Introduction to the Ironing Diploma The ironing diploma is an industry recognised certification which is broken down into eleven manageable modules, taking approximately five hours to complete. The course teaches you how to use your new skills and how to implement the skills into your own business to achieve success. This course is offered online, which enables you to study at your own pace without any schedules or deadlines. If you like you can take months to complete the course while working full time. An affordable one-off payment gives you access to all eleven modules, online tutoring and on successful completion and passing of the multiple choice test at the end, you can download and print your certificate. What You Will Learn This course is going to take you through eleven information packed modules, each one providing you with knowledge, skills and guidance to improve your career prospects or start your own ironing services business. The modules cover the following: A basic introduction to ironing where you will learn about the demand for this service, why you should consider opening your own business and how to get up and running in the shortest space of time. Learn the importance of a business plan and what to include in your plan. Also get valuable advice on the five financing options to get your business off the ground. Understand how working from home can be the most cost-effective solution when starting your own business, but also pitfalls you may encounter along the way. Get a good understanding of the types of items you will be asked to iron, what pricing structure you should put in place, along with services you may want to offer, such as drop off and collection services. Know about ironing equipment from the type of iron you should buy to choosing the right ironing board and so much more. Learn the art of ironing from ironing various clothing items to speeding up your ironing abilities to complete more items in the shortest space of time. Understand the importance of customer care. You will learn how to improve your service levels and how to ensure you enjoy repeat business. Learn all there is about advertising. You will learn how to set advertising goals, where to advertise, what your adverts should include and how to advertise your business effectively to achieve the best results. The course will teach you how to name your business to create a name that is memorable. You will learn how to register your business and whether registration is essential. You will also learn where you must display your name. Learn the ins and outs of insurance and tax from registering as self-employed and operating as a sole trader to income tax and national insurance requirements. You will also gain some valuable insider tips and advice from time management tips to the importance of ironing in an odour free environment. Benefits of the Ironing Diploma Completing this course will provide you with a host of benefits, these include: An easy syllabus broken down into eleven information packed modules to help you achieve success. Improve your career prospects by using the skills and knowledge you learn when completing this course. Carry an industry recognised certification which you can use to push your own business or to improve your career prospects with your existing employer. Learn how to run your own successful ironing services business. Identify what you need to promote your business effectively. Gain insight, information and tips to help you grow your business and achieve success on a daily basis. Learn how to exceed your clients' expectations to enjoy a high percentage of repeat business. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 11 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Getting Started Module 2 : Research, Planning andamp; Finance Module 3 : Working From Home Module 4 : Services andamp; Pricing Module 5 : Equipment Module 6 : How to Iron Module 7 : Customer Care Module 8 : Advertising your services Module 9 : Naming andamp; Registering Your Ironing Service Module 10 : Legal andamp; Tax Module 11 : Hints, Tips andamp; Troubleshooting Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This module will explain how to be prepared for the first day in your new job, it will look at your basic employment rights, and you will be able to see what is expected of you at work. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES How to prepare for your first day at work Appropriate attire What your expectations of work are What your rights are Pay and deductions from your pay. Working hours – holidays and breaks. Contracts of employment Timing keeping Maintaining a professional attitude Health and safety Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description All behaviour happens for a reason and there can be many reasons why a person behaves the way they do.These include: Physical needs Communication needs Mental health needs In this course We will look at an approach called positive behaviour support (PBS). This is something that should be expected from any professional or practitioner supporting people who may behave in a way that others find challenging. Benefits Know more about positive behaviour support (PBS) Know a range of proactive approaches that support disabled people of all ages. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. You get 9 months to complete the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 9 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Workplace accidents can have serious consequences for both the casualty and their organization. It is important that both employees and their employers understand the risks associated with working from height and that they know how to use equipment in a safe, appropriate manner. An individual can sustain an injury falling just a couple of meters. They can also suffer a back injury if they fail to take precautions when moving and positioning equipment. Stepladders are used frequently in the workplace, so it is essential that employees know when and how to use them. This course will provide you with a comprehensive overview of the risks associated with stepladders, how to put in place effective precautionary measures, and how to ensure that equipment is fit for purpose. Not all accidents are preventable, but when everyone knows how to work safely, the majority of incidents can be avoided. You Will Learn: Why you need to take the risk of accidents and injury seriously and why the proper use of stepladders should be of concern to all employees and employers. How to assess whether a stepladder is the most appropriate form of equipment for a task and the factors you must take into consideration when conducting a risk assessment. How to check that a stepladder is fit for purpose, how to spot the signs that indicate it should be withdrawn from use and how to ensure that a faulty piece of equipment is not used by mistake. What you need to remember when working with a stepladder, including how to position your body and work effectively with tools whilst carrying out a task. How to move and store a stepladder safely and securely, taking into account its material, intended purpose, and points of structural vulnerability. Benefits of Taking this Course You will be able to use a stepladder confidently and safely, both at home and in the workplace. You will be able to offer guidance to others who are inexperienced in stepladder use. You will have a greater understanding of health and safety concerns at work, which is especially beneficial if you are in a management or HR role. You will be in a position to advise your organization regarding stepladder and work at height policies, which may make an appreciable difference to the number of accidents recorded at your place of work. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course.What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: The Importance of Stepladder Safety Module 2: When is a Stepladder the Most Appropriate Piece of Equipment? Module 3: What Should You Check Before Using a Stepladder? Module 4: Using a Stepladder Safely Module 5: How to Store and Handle a Stepladder Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In this CPD Accredited Course, we look at the different types of Stomas and how they are used. We will cover what a healthy stoma looks like, the problems that might be encountered, and changing a stoma bag.The course covers the following: What is a stoma? Why and when stomas are needed Different types of stoma and bags Daily stoma care Changing a stoma bag Dietary advice Healthy vs unhealthy Stoma Advice for getting back to work, exercising and travel Problems associated with stomas By the end of the course, you’ll be able to: Know the reasons why a stoma is required Explain the different types of stoma Understand the educational needs of patients to address their concerns Understand the care involved with stomas and the bags used Understand how life continues for users Support users with dietary advice Suggest ways to manage diet when issues arise Recognise stoma issues as and when they arise Know how to address or escalate problems. This course will take around three hours to complete and will provide three CPD points. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Stress Awareness course is designed to enable participants to recognise the different signs and causes of stress, what affects it can have on the work place and different ways to relieve stress. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Causes of stress and identifying the signs How this affects your team Different ways of coping with stress Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Stress Management Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThe Health and Safety Executive states that ‘work related stress develops because a person is unable to cope with the demands being placed on them’. This can come from any aspect of their life but it often comes from demands placed on them at work. So why is stress a problem in the workplace?Well the latest estimates show the total number of cases of work related stress depression or anxiety account for 39% of all work-related illnesses. Some occupations may be more susceptible to stress but it can affect anyone and can impact on health, ability to function effectively at work and at home and in relationships. This course will cover an introduction to stress and why it’s a problem, some of the causes of stress and some ways to minimise the risk of stress.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What is Stress and Why is it a ProblemModule 2: The Causes and Symptoms of StressModule 3: The Law on Stress and its Contravention Module 4: Minimising the Risk of StressDuration: 30 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Stress Management Diploma course will arm you with the knowledge and tools you will require to manage stress in any situation, including work. This course is a comprehensive course focusing on stress management, and it will help you to find success when dealing with stress and eventually overcoming stressful situations. We encounter stress each and every day, and many people work in highly stressful environments. Stress is good in some situations, but in others, it can deter one from doing their best when at work. In other cases, stress can become debilitating to the point where it can affect your well-being. In any case, this course will give you the tools required to manage the stress you have in your life. Introduction to the Stress Management Diploma This is an online course, which will allow you to work when it is convenient for you and gives you the ability to study at your own pace. It is possible to still work when taking this course, and many people do so, as you can apply what is learnt in this course to your day to day life. You can access the course on any device, as long as you have access to the internet, and you will also have access to online support via our website. The course also has a comprehensive syllabus, which is broken down into manageable, easy to do, modules. When you complete the course, you will be required to pass a multiple choice test. When passed, you will have earned your certification, which you can both download and print. What You Will Learn The Stress Management Diploma course will give you a full overview of how to manage your stress, and then apply these skills and information to your everyday life. This course includes: An overview of what is considered stress. Dealing with stress at work Understanding burnout and the formation of stress Coping with stress and the effect stress has on the body Developing confidence to deal with stress Encouraging and responding to both positive and negative feedback Learning how to manage stress in a positive way Creating a personal action plan to deal with stress Benefits of the Stress Management Diploma You will find a number of benefits to earning your stress management diploma online. These benefits are: Study from anywhere including at home, at work on your lunch break, and at any time that you find to be suitable. The ability to study at your own pace, which allows you to complete the course when and how you want to. Complete it in a few days, weeks, or months. Use any internet-enabled device to access the course, including tablets, mobiles and pcs. This course is broken down into different modules, which are not only easy to manage, but also help to make studying more enjoyable. You will have access to online support throughout the course, which helps to ensure that you always stay on track. Once you learn these tips and hints, you will notice a great difference in how you are managing and dealing with stress in your life. Affordable course that will benefit you for years to come. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 6 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 7 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : What Is Stress? Module 2 : Individual Perceptions of Stress Module 3 : Developing Face-To-Face Confidence Module 4 : Handling Objections Module 5 : Encouraging and Responding to Positive and Negative Feedback Module 6 : Using Your Body Language for Impact Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The stroke awareness training course is aimed at anyone currently or seeking to work within the health care sector. Candidates will benefit from having knowledge of symptoms, treatments and side effects. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand the symptoms of strokes Who is at risk Treatment for strokes Rehabilitation methods Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Stroke Awareness Video Based Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionStrokes are the fourth single leading cause of death in the UK, as well as a leading cause of disability. Being aware of the causes and symptoms will help you act fast in a situation where you suspect someone is having a stroke and provide them with the best chance of receiving the treatment they need and minimizing the long-term impact of the condition. This course will cover the types of strokes, the symptoms, and risk factors. It will also cover the treatment options and the longer-term impact of the condition. DEMO VIDEOTarget Audience This course is aimed primarily at people working in adult care as they are likely to be working closely with people that are most at risk of having a stroke. Advantages Having a knowledge of the symptoms of stroke can equip you to identify these and act quickly if you are in contact with someone who has a stroke. The quicker medical treatment can be administered to the person suffering a stroke the better the outcome is likely to be. Online training is flexible, efficient, and cost-effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life.Further Progression There are a lot of courses in our health and social care suite that would make great follow-ups to this course and if you are in the adult social care sector then they would all provide valuable additions to your knowledge. Specific topics that complement this directly are Diabetes Awareness, Dementia Awareness, and Epilepsy Awareness as these are all conditions that can either increase the risk of having a stroke or develop after someone has had a stroke.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Signs and SymptomsModule 2: Types of Stroke and Their CausesModule 3: Diagnosis, Treatment, and RecoveryModule 4: Post Stroke Problems and CareDuration: 55 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This course is about the misuse and abuse of substances such as drugs and alcohol that are used to change a person's state of body or mind, for reasons other than a medical need. Substance misuse often leads to addiction, which can be defined as the continuing and compulsive misuse of substances despite physical and/or psychological harm to the user, family or society and includes both legal and illegal substances. The term 'substance abuse' is now often used because of the broad range of substances (including alcohol and inhalants) that are addictive. This course explores Psychological dependence and Physical dependence. Substance Misuse Awareness Level 3 Course Overview Aims andamp; Objectives Causes and Types of Substance Misuse Explain the major social, personal and medical factors that can lead to substance misuse Discuss the patterns of misuse that often occur, the types of dependence that substance misuse can lead to and the stages of substance misuse that lead to addiction Describe the range of substances commonly misused and their effects Signs and Effects of Substance Misuse Explain the physical, behavioural and psychological signs of substance misuse Describe the effects of substance misuse on health Treatment, Rehabilitation and Legal Issues Explain the principles behind the range of treatments used with individuals who misuse substances Identify the range of treatments, the purpose of rehabilitation and tips for helping individuals remain drug-free Explain the main legislation relating to substance misuse including the National Harm Reduction Strategy Course Features Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Causes and Types of Substance Misuse Explain the major social, personal and medical factors that can lead to substance misuse Discus the patterns of misuse that often occur, the types of dependence that substance misuse can lead to and the stages of substance misuse that lead to addiction Describe the range of substances commonly misused and their effects Signs and Effects of Substance Misuse Explain the physical, behavioural and psychological signs of substance misuse Describe the effects of substance misuse on health Treatment, Rehabilitation and Legal Issues Explain the principles behind the range of treatments used with individuals who misuse substances Identify the range of treatments, the purpose of rehabilitation and tips for helping individuals remain drug-free Explain the main legislation relating to substance misuse including the National Harm Reduction Strategy Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Supervising Food Safety - Level 3 Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionThis course is designed for managers and supervisors to help them understand their essential dayto-day responsibilities. When a candidate passes this course, they will receive a certificate which demonstrates that they can supervise and train staff to handle food safely and hygienically. This is a comprehensive course which starts with basic definitions of key words, then follows a logical path through other topics including the types of food hazards, personal hygiene, pest control, legislation, enforcement, and the design and cleaning of food premises and equipment. It also discusses how to implement a successful food safety management system.There's a wide range of topics because maintaining food safety and food hygiene is vital if you're to reduce the risk of food poisoning. The correct Food Safety Management System, professionally run, protects your customers, your staff, and the reputation of your company.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience This course is aimed at supervisors and first line managers working in the food industry as well as small business owners responsible for running their premises and ensuring their staff are working safely and to the expected standards. It is also a natural progression from the level 2 courses in food safety and HACCP management for those who are taking on more responsibilities. Advantages Food business owners, supervisors and managers have legal duties in UK and EU law to ensure that they and their staff work and prepare food safely and in compliance with good practice. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost-effective, so candidates can progress through the modules at their own pace, in their own time, making it easy to fit the training around their work and personal life. Further Progression We offer a wide range of health and safety courses that would be appropriate for people working in the food industry.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1:Introduction to Food SafetyModule 2:Food Poisoning, Spoilage andamp; PreservationModule 3:Microbiology Module 4: Microbiological Hazards andamp; Controls Module 5: Chemical Hazards, Controls andamp; Prevention Module 6: Allergen Hazards andamp; Controls Module 7: Physical Hazards andamp; Controls Module 8: Personal Hygiene Module 9: Design and Use of Food Premises and Equipment Module 10: Cleaning andamp; Disinfection Module 11: Pests andamp; Pest Management Module 12: HACCP andamp; FSMS Module 13: Implementation of HACCP Module 14: 7 Principles of Hazard Contro Module 15: Food Safety Legislation andamp; Enforcement Module 16: Final TestDuration: 260 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This online Level 3 Supervising Food Safety course is designed to staff working at a supervisory level in the food industry, the course will provide candidates with essential knowledge and understanding of good Food Safety Practice for themselvies and their staff. The aim of this training course is to provide candidates with a fundamental knowledge to address the food hygiene and safety needs of your business.This course is ideal for Supervisors, Line Managers, Potential Managers and owners of small businesses who need an in-depth knowledge of food hygiene and safety.The course expands on basic knowledge and gives a good understanding of food hygiene and safety issues and the prevention of food safety problems. An Introduction to Food Safety An introduction to Food Safety Legislation Microbiological Hazards Contamination and it’s Prevention Food Safety Management Systems The Supervisors Role Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 4-6 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Legislation Supervisory management Temperature control (chilling, cooking). Cleaning Contamination control Applying and monitoring good hygiene practices Implementing good food safety procedures Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Supervising Mental Health at Work Video Based Online Course CPD ApprovedCOURSE DESCRIPTIONThis course will look at supervising stress and mental health at work and show you how to create a good mental health culture in your workplace.The course starts by examining the negative effects of poor mental health on individuals and also considers the many benefits of mental health interventions by employers.You'll learn the six main areas that can lead to work-related stress and discover how to recognise when individuals and teams are under stress. Companies are legally bound to assess health risks from stress at work, and we'll show how to assess those risks, along with how to recruit, and train Mental Health First Aiders.You'll learn how to create a good mental health culture within your workplace and how to conduct a Mental Health Audit and produce a Mental Health Policy and Action Plan. Finally, you'll learn a number of proven ways to promote a good mental health culture within your workplace.LEARNING OBJECTIVES By the end of this course, you will be able to: Define the term Mental Health and understand the impact of poor Mental Health in the workplace. Understand workplace factors relating to Mental Health issues. Learn how to create Risk Assessments and how to implement them successfully. Introduce the role of a Mental Health Aider and how they can help to implement successful mental health policies and work culture. TARGET AUDIENCE This course is aimed at supervisors and line managers who are interested in getting a basic awareness of mental health at work and want to use this knowledge to create a positive mental health culture in their workplace.ADVANTAGES Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life. COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: IntroductionModule 2: Implementation DURATION: 25 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) DEMO VIDEO Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This online Suppository Administration training course provides carers and nursing staff guidance on the administration of suppositories, medication, and protective measures.This Suppository Administration course is great for any care worker who may need to provide care to a person with medication by this route.Learners will be taught the preparation steps and equipment required for administering suppositories, how to administer medications, the protective measures to be taken, different insertion methods, and identify the correct method of insertion.Upon successful completion, learners will gain a downloadable and printable Suppository Administration certificate. Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of this online Suppository Administration training, learners should know and understand the following: Administering suppositories- List the preparation steps and the equipment required for administering suppositories.How to administer medication- Understand how to administer medications using a rectal suppository for absorption in rectal mucosa.The protective measures- Describe the protective measures to be taken along with patient safety and care needs.Insertion methods- Discuss the different insertion methods and identify the correct method of insertion.Course OutlineThe aim of this online Suppository Administration training course is to greater increase your knowledge of catheterisation.The key points covered in this course are: Administering suppositories How to administer medication The protective measures Insertion methods Duration:This course takes between 1-2 hours to complete and gain your certificate.Entry and Level:There are no barriers to entry on this training online course. This is an awareness course, suitable for all.Certification:On completion of this online course, either download your certificate or access it at a later date online. Accreditation:This course is CPD accredited and delivered by a Skills for Care endorsed provider. It meets accepted Continuing Professional Development (CPD) guidelines. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course provides information on the use of syringe pumps, the benefits, and understanding concerns about operating the pump and what to do if there are problems. It includes a very useful video and a free booklet that can be downloaded.COURSE OUTLINE When to use a syringe pump and how it can be used to manage symptoms when other routes are ineffective Which medicines are used and symptoms treated Description of setting up a syringe pump to deliver the medicines Criteria used in choosing to select a syringe pump as a way of delivering medicines How to support a person who is using a syringe pump Advice on what to do if a syringe pump stops working Useful Video for people using a syringe pump A free useful booklet available to download giving information about using a syringe pump Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Hate crimes and hate incidents are on the rise across the globe. The UK alone has seen almost a 30% increase in the number of hate crimes in one 12 month period. This leaves many people across society wondering what can be done to tackle these types of crimes. There is also some confusion about what a hate crime is and which affected communities are covered under existing legislation. Without accurate information, it can be hard to fight this type of attitude in society. This course provides you with comprehensive information about hate crimes, including their prevalence in today’s society. It begins by introducing you to the topic of hate crimes in a general overview, identifying relevant legislation and statistics. It then moves on to cover hate crimes and hate incidents in more detail, as well as letting you know which affected communities are covered by legislation. The role of the bystander as well as the importance of victim support are also discussed. Finally, it gives you a few tips on how to prevent hate crime in your neighbourhood. You Will Learn: A brief overview of hate crimes, including the relevant legislation The difference between a hate incident and a hate crime Information about the affected communities covered by existing legislation The role of the bystander when witnessing hate crimes How to best support victims of these types of offences Tips on how to prevent hate crimes from happening in your community Benefits of Taking this Course Understanding what hate crimes are and how often they occur Learning about the forms of hate incidents as well as the groups affected by these types of crimes Gaining insight into the value of the witness in these interactions Learning how to help victims and when to get the authorities involved Knowing how to prevent hate crime in your neighbourhood Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course.What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What is Hate Crime? Module 2: Forms of Hate Incidents Module 3: Role of the Bystander Module 4: Supporting Victims Module 5: Preventing Hate Crime Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This Tarot Card Reading course gives you everything you need to know about reading Tarot cards for fun, for friends and family, and professionally. At the conclusion of this course, participants have the tools they require to confidently pursue a career in Tarot card reading, or to offer their skills to loved ones in times of need. This Tarot Card course covers many topics related to Tarot reading, from the history behind the Tarot deck, to tips on how to select the ideal spread to suit individual concerns. We have developed this course to give students important information about this popular form of divination. Throughout the course, students receive a full explanation of Tarot card reading, as well as detailed information about each one of the cards in the Minor Arcana and the Major Arcana. The course also covers how Tarot card readers can help and empower their clients. Students of this course learn important skills needed to read Tarot cards professionally, as well as other tax and legal implications of running your own small business. At the conclusion of the course, students receive a certificate, proving they have successfully completed each module. What You Will Learn This course was designed to give students a total overview of what is involved in Tarot card reading. Here’s what the course covers: An introduction to Tarot Card reading, along with its history Detailed descriptions about each one of the cards in the Suit of Cups Information about the Suit of Swords and the messages behind each card The meanings and messages behind the Suit of Pentacles, as well as common misconceptions about this suit Descriptions of the Wands and the meanings, including a discussion about reversed or inverted cards Information about each one of the cards in the Major Arcana, along with a brief history of the ‘trump suit’ Details about the most common Tarot spreads, including when to use which one Information about performing readings for yourself Tips on reading for friends, family and strangers How to open a small business reading Tarot cards professionally Benefits of the Tarot Card reading Course This Tarot card reading course includes the following benefits: An affordable course that gives you the background you need to pursue a career as a Tarot card reader A curriculum that is easy to understand, divided into 10 complete modules Fully understand the meanings behind each one of the cards, allowing you to offer help and guidance to friends and family in need Learning new skills, such as how to cleanse your cards properly and when to use certain spreads to address specific questions Important tax and legal considerations to keep in mind as you begin to read professionally The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction and History of Tarot Module 2: The Minor Arcana – Cups and Their Meaning Module 3: The Minor Arcana – Swords and Their Meanings Module 4: The Minor Arcana – Pentacles and Their Meanings Module 5: The Minor Arcana – Wands and Their Meanings Module 6: The Major Arcana – Part One Module 7: The Major Arcana – Part Two Module 8: Understanding the Most Common Tarot Spreads Module 9: How to Do a Tarot Reading for Yourself and Others Module 10: Working as a Professional Card Reader Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Tax Accounting course aims to improve your understanding of the way tax and accounting systems in the UK work which would be particularly useful to small business owners, entrepreneurs, employed people and anyone looking to improve their general knowledge on the wide subject of tax. The course is split into ten different topics sorted in a logical progression from fundamental knowledge of the various taxes applicable to companies and individuals in the UK, to the advanced accounting methods and financial analysis techniques. In order to define the complex tax terms, we have used real-life examples throughout the course that illustrate each tax concept and give you a practical perspective on the theory that the course covers. Furthermore, you can check what you have learned with a carefully prepared test. In this course, you will be able to learn about Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs and gain a unique overview of taxation laws and rules in the UK. Employment is another area that the course covers as it outlines the rights and responsibilities both for employers and employees with regards to tax. There are numerous benefits and allowances as part of the UK’s welfare system that is funded by the taxpayers in the UK and comes from National Insurance contributions and Income tax, the two primary methods of taxing individuals. People in hardship as well as individuals who perform special duties can benefit greatly from claiming such allowances to help them make ends meet. However, the primary focus of this course is taxation from a business point of view, making it a great piece of reference for just about any business owner or entrepreneur. Tax responsibilities as well as the most important dates and deadlines have been noted down and instructions on registration and payment have also been included, making sure you have all the knowledge to successfully manage company tax returns, corporation tax and claim business reliefs that can help your business. The course outlines the PAYE scheme in detail and explores what it is like to run a payroll, choose payroll software, produce payrolls for your employees and make the appropriate deductions. One of the most common business taxes in the world and in the UK is the Value-Added Tax or VAT. This course is your primary detailed guide to the various rates of VAT, when to charge them and how to claim back VAT that has been charged on your own purchases. Further, it explores the rules, regulations and taxes for trading internationally as well as exporting and importing to and from the UK. The last sections of the course aim to teach you practical accounting, starting from defining the basic accounting concepts for beginners and taking it further to how to prepare financial reports, calculate various financial ratios and analyse how successful the business is performing. Finally, there are a number of international standards when it comes to taxation and accounting reporting and the course provides an overview of how the existing tax standards came into being and which international and British organisations enforce these regulations. Keeping up with the recent news, it also outlines the possible impact that the upcoming exit from the European Union may have on taxation in the UK. What you will learn: What tax is and how the taxation system in the United Kingdom operates What taxes apply to individuals residing in the United Kingdom What benefits and allowances exist to support people in underprivileged positions How to calculate National Insurance contributions based on individual earnings What the different National Insurance classes are and who they apply to How to calculate Income Tax and demystify tax codes What income can be tax free and the various tax reliefs for individuals How to calculate Corporation Tax that companies get charged on their sales The mechanics of VAT and the VAT schemes are used to reclaim VAT on purchases What charges apply to international imports and exports in the EU and outside the EU How to import and export goods and services and prevent double taxation What double entry accounting is and how debit and credit operations affect accounts How to do your own company accounting, preparing and submitting Annual Returns What financial organisations set international standards that influence laws in the UK What international standards of tax reporting apply in the UK Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 16 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: UK Taxation, Tax on Individuals Module 2: Benefits and Allowances Module 3: National Insurance andamp; Income Tax Module 4: Business Taxation, Corporation Tax Module 5: PAYE, Payrolls and Wages Module 6: Value Added Tax (VAT) Module 7 : Exporting and Importing goods and services Module 8: Double Entry Accounting Module 9: Management Accounting and Financial Analysis Module 10: Tax Organisations and Standards Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The teaching assistant diploma will provide you with all the knowledge you need to succeed as a teaching assistant in the United Kingdom. This information packed training course gives you everything you will need to know to secure a position within the teaching industry and push yourself forward in your chosen career. Introduction to the Teaching Assistant Diploma This training course is offered online, which gives you the ability to study at your own pace and in your own time. You can still work a full time position while studying to get the certification you need to secure your dream position in the teaching industry. The teaching assistant diploma is accessible on any device with access to the internet, complete with online support throughout your training. The course comprises of a comprehensive syllabus broken into easy and manageable modules. On completion of the course you will be required to complete a multiple choice test and once passed you will be awarded with your industry recognised certification, which you can download and print. What You Will Learn The teaching assistant diploma is designed to provide you with a complete overview, enabling you to start your new position in the education industry in the shortest period of time. This course includes: The role of the teaching assistant along with valuable information about the position. Get a good understanding on schools, including hierarchy and curriculums throughout the country. Learn best practices when working in a classroom. Identify different student behaviours and how to deal with them. Understand various learning activities and how to use them to support the curriculum. Learn the different school policies, laws and welfare of children in the United Kingdom. Have a good understanding of literacy and how to support pupils. Learn about numeracy and its importance in everyday life. Get a good understanding on why play is so important and how it is important in education. Learn about health and safety and first aid in the school environment. Get information on working with children with special needs. Learn how to support talented children in your classroom. Get valuable insight into working with children whose first language is not English, along with the benefits of being bilingual. The course will teach you how to handle children with different behavioural issues, along with the personal development of children moving forward. Understand how to engage parents in their children's learning and the importance thereof. Get an understanding of various extracurricular activities and how you can assist with them. Learn the importance of working as a team and how to support your teacher to ensure that the children receive the best education at all times when in your care. Benefits of the Teaching Assistant Diploma There are so many benefits of completing your teaching assistant diploma online, these include: Study from anywhere and at any time that is suitable to you. You can study at home after work or during your lunch break. Study at your own pace, complete the course within days or months based on your current schedule and workload. Study using any device, from your PC when at home, to your tablet or mobile phone when on the move. The course is broken into easy to manage modules to ensure the most enjoyable learning experience at all times. Enjoy the convenience of online support throughout your study experience to ensure that you stay on track at all times. Learn from a comprehensive syllabus, which is guaranteed to give you the knowledge you need to fast track your career within the education industry. Improve your prospects when applying for teaching assistant positions. Enjoy the added benefit of a certified diploma that you can trust. Affordable pricing structure. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 20 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Defining and Explaining the Role of a Teaching Assistant Module 2 : Understanding Schools as Organisations Module 3 : Supporting Development in Pupils: Practice and Policies Module 4 : Supporting the Teacher and the School Module 5 : Applying Learning Activities to Support the Teaching of the Curriculum Module 6 : Legislation, Legal Obligations and School Policies to Ensure Pupil Wellbeing Module 7 : Learning Literacy Skills with Teaching Assistant Support Module 8 : Learning Numeracy Skills with Teaching Assistant Support Module 9 : Supporting the Use of Information and Communication Technology Module 10 : Supporting Play and Learning Module 11 : Supporting Pupils with Disabilities and Special Education Needs Module 12 : Supporting Gifted and Talented Pupils Module 13 : Working With Children Who Don’t Have English as a First Language Module 14 : Managing Behaviour, Providing Pastoral Support and Engaging in Personal Development Module 15: Engaging Parents in Their Children’s Learning Module 16: Planning and Delivering Learning Activities Under the Direction of the Teacher Module 17: Leading Extracurricular Activities Module 18: Working Effectively as a Team and Promoting Good Working Relationships Module 19: Confidentiality, Equal Opportunities, Safeguarding, Promoting Equality andamp; Diversity With Students Module 20: Health, Safety and First Aid Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Phonics is one of the most important building blocks in a child’s English education, and it’s essential for teachers to be well-versed in it. In this course, you will be introduced to phonics and how you can effectively teach it. There are so many different approaches to phonics, as well as different ways that teachers can tackle challenges that they are faced with. In this course, you have the chance to learn about the details of phonics and the many ways that it is taught. Throughout the four modules, your e-learning will take you through the UK’s research and testing standards. This is an essential element of any teacher’s skill set, and the Teaching Phonics course aims to provide you with a well-rounded set of abilities. Phonics may seem simple to the native English speaker, but it’s actually full of challenging ideas for young learners and new English speakers to grasp. This course will give you the tools to teach phonics to anyone, no matter what their skill level. You will Learn: What phonics is and how you can effectively teach it The different types of phonics lessons and what they focus on The different phases of phonics education and the ways they are evaluated The challenges that you may encounter when you’re teaching phonics How to use confidence and unique approaches to help struggling students Benefits of Studying This Course You will understand the important aspects of phonics education in the UK You will gain valuable information about the proven approaches to phonics You will become confident in your teaching skills and use the right approaches for each situation You have the opportunity to test your knowledge and gain a sense of the challenges you may encounter Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01 – Introduction to Phonics Module 02 – Working with Phonics Module 03 – Common Challenges of Teaching Phonics Module 04 – Approaches to Phonics Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This training course is designed to support care team leaders and seniors with their role. It will cover: - Your role as a senior/ team leader - How to complete care plans - The Mental Capacity Act and Deprivation of Liberty - How to complete risk assessments - The out-of-hours procedure - Compliance On satisfactory completion of this course you will have an understanding of your role as a team leader in the care industry, how to successfully complete a care plan and risk assessment, knowledge of the Mental Capacity Act and Deprivation of Liberty, and how to successfully communicate with service users, staff and other professionals in your role. This course is split into two sections: Section 1 will overview the main responsibilities of a team leader, focusing on completing care packages (including communication and the Mental Capacity Act). Section 2 will cover the other key responsibilities of a team leader such as risk assessments, compliance, and the out-of-hours procedure. COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The Senior Role and Care PlansThis module will outline the key responsibilities of a team leader, and focus upon completing care plans and care packages. Your role as a senior/ team leader How to successfully complete care plans Guidelines for completing an action plan, addressing needs, solutions, resources and outcomes Your rights and responsibilities as a care worker Awareness of equality and diversity How to improve communication skills The Mental Capacity Act and Deprivation of Liberty Module 2: Other Key ResponsibilitiesThis module is designed to increase your understanding of some of a team leader’s key responsibilities in the care industry.This section will cover: Risk assessments Compliance The care certificate framework Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Telephone communications are an integral part of most businesses, and sometimes these interactions are the only impression a company makes on its customers. Learning how to get the most from these interactions gives you the opportunity to create a lasting, positive impression with customers and increase trust and customer loyalty. To get the most out of phone interactions you must understand the techniques and methods for excellent professional customer service. This course is for employers and employees of businesses who want to strengthen their professional relationships with customers and reap the many rewards of doing so. The contents of this course will reveal everything you need to know to handle phone calls. The content of this course is written in a clear, concise way and is broken down into manageable modules centred on key themes. The information is built on evidence based scientific studies and proven techniques to allow you to confidently deal with any professional telephone interaction. The course contains illustrated examples of the concepts, tools and techniques for you to practically apply the knowledge, as well as exercises, tests and worksheets to compound and help you evaluate what you learn. This course will teach you how to: Create a professional image over the telephone Use highly professional telephone etiquette Form positive and lasting initial impressions on the phone Sound professional, confident and in control over the phone Handle every key phase of a business call Improve the clarity of your communication Improve your listening skills Effectively handle difficult or demanding customers Identify, negotiate and resolve issues over the phone Confidently handle threats, abuse and phone rage Gather and apply tools to help overcome anxiety and stress relating to telephone calls. The knowledge and information this course offers can be used by any business and can also be applied to your personal life, allowing you to get the most out of all telephone based interactions. Benefits of the Telephone Techniques Course Students enrolled in the Telephone Techniques course experience many benefits. These include the following: The convenience of studying from anywhere with an internet connection at any time. Study course material at your own pace. There is no time limit, so you can complete the course, regardless of how long it takes you to complete it. The option of studying from any internet enabled device including a tablet, PC, or mobile phone. Short, easy to understand course structure. Convenient online support available while you study. A comprehensive syllabus that helps you increase your knowledge in telephone techniques. Upon successful completion of the course, you will earn a certified and recognised certificate. An affordable pricing structure. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 7 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Creating a Professional Image Module 2: Developing Your Telephone Style Module 3: Controlling the Telephone Process Module 4: Developing Flexibility Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Terminating employment is an unfortunate part of any manager’s job. While you may strive to only recruit the best staff, the reality is that not everyone is a good fit for your company or its needs. After you go through disciplinary measures and put staff through coaching, there is a point where you simply need to move on. This is a very difficult task job, one that many managers actively avoid, which can put a strain on the rest of the office. Learning about the legal and practical aspects of employee termination can help make the process easier. This course goes into detail about each aspect of employee termination. It begins by giving you a brief overview of the legal aspects that you need to keep in mind, when considering termination of employment. Next, it covers the financial implications of dismissing an employee, helping you understand the costs involved. The level of involvement that your human resources department should have is also discussed in detail. Finally, we review the more practical aspects of termination of employment, giving you the tools that you need, in order to have that conversation. What You Will Learn The reasons for a fair dismissal Information regarding required notice periods, including statutory and contractual ones The steps that your human resources department needs to take before you can terminate employment Why there is paperwork required, and what you should prepare before your meeting How to tell a staff member that they have been dismissed Who should be with you in that meeting Benefits of Taking this Course: The reasons for a fair dismissal Information regarding required notice periods, including statutory and contractual ones The steps that your human resources department needs to take, before you can terminate employment Why there is paperwork required, and what you should prepare before your meeting How to tell a staff member that they have been dismissed Who should be with you in that meeting Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: General Information and the Law Module 02: Financial Implications of Termination of Employment Module 03: Human Resources Aspects of Termination of Employment Module 04: Practical Aspects of Termination of Employment Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Fraud is a serious crime that has far-reaching implications for everyone in the country. It can ruin your credit rating, lead to impersonation attempts online, and even bankrupt businesses. In fact, the overall cost of fraud in the UK is nearly £200 billion per year. Everyday citizens, employees, managers and CEOs all need to be armed with the knowledge to reduce the devastating impact fraud can have. This course bundle includes everything you need to know about fraud, beginning with the behavioural cues and other signs that may indicate fraud is occurring. Progressing through the bundle gives you essential information about your rights, responsibilities and obligations when it comes to prevention, detection and reporting suspicious activity. Other related topics include identity theft and money laundering, two crimes that are on the rise across the globe. If you are searching for ways to protect yourself, your company and your staff from the harmful effects of fraud, this bundle is for you. You Will Learn: This fraud course bundle includes: Fraud Detection Fundamental Concepts of Fraud Global Anti-Bribery HMT Sanctions List Human Element of Fraud ID Theft Proceeds of Crime and Terrorism What is Money Laundering? Fraud Detection There are two main ways that a company can protect itself against fraud: putting preventive measures in place and having a comprehensive fraud detection programme. This course gives you everything you need to know about fraud detection, including practical tips you can put into practice at your place of work, regardless of your specific industry. Fundamental Concepts Fraud While fraud is a common crime, the fundamental concepts behind it are less understood. This is to the detriment of many organisations, as the existence of fraud can be incredibly destructive. This course goes over the important elements you need to know about fraud to stay safe, including the categories of fraud, the points at which fraud is likely to occur, and what to do if you suspect it is happening at your company. Global Anti-Bribery Another unethical and illegal business practice that is unfortunately common is bribery. While there are legal consequences for those engaged in this practice, they can only work if others in the business world understand the rules and policies relating to this crime. This course reviews global anti-bribery practices and legislation in detail, giving you the tools you need to spot warning signs and continue running an ethical company. HMT Sanctions List UK companies are prohibited from doing business with countries, individuals, and organisations contained on the HMT Sanctions List. However, compliance with the legislation behind the list can only be done if you are fully informed of its contents. This course goes over the Sanctions List in detail, explaining why those bans are in place and what the consequences are if you violate those terms. Human Element of Fraud Organisations can spend hundreds of thousands of dollars, if not more, on fraud detection and prevention. However, one of the most successful strategies is also the least expensive: examining the human element. This course reviews the possible motives for fraud, while also talking about how to identify fraudulent activity by paying close attention to human behaviour. ID Theft Identity theft is a shockingly common crime – one that can impact you years after the fact. Not only can it destroy your credit, becoming a victim can even make it harder to land your dream job or get an amazing apartment. Understanding the steps you should take to protect yourself as well as the signs that may mean you have been victimised are just two of the key topics covered by this course. Proceeds of Crime and Terrorism The UK has developed multiple pieces of legislation designed to fight terrorism and money laundering. All companies, regardless of industry, have specific reporting rules that must be followed. Learn how to comply with the Proceeds of Crime Act and the Terrorism Act while protecting your company from unethical practices by taking this in-depth course. What is Money Laundering? Money laundering is the process of making money obtained through illegal means seem legitimate. It is one of the most common forms of fraud, with a huge impact on the financial industry. Learn more about this serious crime, including the steps criminals take when laundering their cash, by taking this course. Benefits of Taking this Course Learning about the numerous types of fraud that exist is one step in keeping yourself and your family safe Learn more about how fraud impacts almost every aspect of the economy If you are currently working in law enforcement, or are interested in a career in the field, learn about the early signs of fraud and what to do if you encounter it If you are involved in banking or finances, learn what your legal obligations are when it comes to overseeing and facilitating financial transactions If you are in real estate or the legal industry, learn more about what your obligations are in terms of verification of identity and fraud prevention Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course.What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 8 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 7.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Fraud Detection Certificate Fundamental Concepts of Fraud Certificate Global Anti-Bribery Certificate HMT Sanctions List Certificate Human Element of Fraud Certificate ID Theft Certificate Proceeds of Crime and Terrorism Certificate What is Money Laundering Certificate Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This training package includes 13 courses suitable for staff working in the domiciliary care sector. The included courses are: Safeguarding Vulnerable Adults SOVA - Level 2 Safeguarding Children andamp; Young Adults POCA - Level 2 Food Safety and Hygiene Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Respect and Dignity First Aid Awareness Fire Safety Dementia Awareness Health and Safety Including Risk Incident Reporting Infection Control and Standard Precautions, HAI (MRSA and Clostridium Difficile) Lone Worker Working in a Person Centred Way Falls Awareness. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is designed to refresh the learning of domiciliary carers on: Module 1 Keywords: Equality, Diversity, Inclusion, Discrimination, Respect and Dignity, Duty of Care and Record-Keeping Module 2 Health and Safety: health and safety, Lone Worker Policy, fire safety, basic life support (including CPR) and falls awareness Module 3 Food Hygiene and Infection control: including safe preparation, chilling, safe cooking, personal hygiene, PPE, infection control. Module 4 Dementia and Challenging Behaviour: dementia awareness, Mental Capacity Act, nutrition and hydration, Positive Behaviour Support, handling violence and aggression, communication, person-centred care. Module 5 Safeguarding of Children and Adults: definition of safeguarding, who is at risk from abuse, what is abuse, types of abuse, signs of abuse in children, reporting abuse (in adults and children), risk assessments, documentation, reporting concerns, whistleblowing. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Secretaries are an integral part of any team. What once started as a simple role of keeping secrets and relaying messages has over time progressed into a career in and of itself. Secretaries are the ones who are responsible for keeping the team organized, informed, and working towards the set goals determined by upper management. But there is definitely far more to this simple role than meets the eye. People who take the time to understand what it means to be an effective secretary often benefit from a deeper understanding of the job, develop a better sense of professionalism, and get to perfect their office skills, among many other benefits. Being a secretary is more than paperwork, it comes with many responsibilities and opportunities for growing professionals. This course will give you all the information you need to become an effective secretary. You Will Learn: About the different types of secretaries and related professions About the role of an effective secretary and their responsibilities About the certifications, qualities, and skills needed to become an effective secretary About the various challenges and perks of working as a secretary for both men and women Benefits of Studying This Course Understand how to develop your skills which will help in various office settings Understand how different industries use secretaries with different skill sets Gain knowledge that can help you become an integral part of any office team Gain a deeper understanding of business, business protocols and the day to day business interactions with clients Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Types of Secretarial Positions Module 02: The Role and Responsibilities of a Secretary Module 03: Certifications, Skills, and Qualities of an Effective Secretary Module 04: The Perks and Challenges of Working in a Secretarial Position Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
The Principles of Performance Management Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionIn any organisation, the traditional model of strict command and control wastes a significant amount of time and money. Mutual trust, employee motivation and readiness to perform can easily be undermined. Performance management, on the other hand, offers a different, much more effective approach. In formal terms, performance management involves the achievement of performance targets through the effective management of people and the environment in which they operate. It’s about setting achievable goals for the organisation and targets for individuals and teams.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The Course StructureModule 2: Definition and BenefitsModule 3: Successful Performance Management Planning Module 4: Setting Goals, Objectives and Targets Module 5: Implementation Module 6: Motivation Module 7: Evaluation, Monitoring, Feedback and CoachingDuration: 55 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Time Management at Work Certificate course will teach you essential time management skills that you can apply in any situation. This is a training course that is filled with tips and knowledge that you can use at work to become more efficient and effective, no matter what your career. When you learn to manage your time in the workplace, you can be a better worker, get more done, and be an example to others around you. Additionally, you will learn how to manage yourself and those around you in regards to time management, and learn how to prioritise your responsibility. Finally, with good time management, you will find that you can better organise yourself and your tasks. Introduction to the Time Management at Work Certificate The Time Management at Work Certificate course is an online course, which allows you to study when and where you please. You do not have to take time away from work for this course, and you can immediately begin applying the skills you learn to your current job or situation. Since this is an online course, you can access it on any device, as long as you can access an internet connection. This includes accessing online support and the course syllabus, which is broken down into manageable and easy to understand modules. When you complete this course, you will have access to a multiple choice test. When you pass the test, you will receive your Certificate in Time Management at Work, which you can download and print at home. What You Will Learn We designed our Time Management at Work Certificate course to give you all of the tools you will require to start being more efficient and effective in the workplace. This course includes: An introduction to time management. Information on how to plan and schedule your time in the workplace. Learning to prioritise tasks based on importance. Teaching how to schedule discretionary time at work. Information on investing in yourself and determining your working style. To learn how to manage others with time management skills. Understanding how to assess your time management skills. Benefits of the Time Management at Work Course When you earn your certificate in Time Management at Work, you will find a number of benefits including the following: Flexibility to study whenever and wherever you choose. Study at lunch, study at home, or even study in the local park. The ability to work at your own schedule. There is no time limit for this course, so whether it takes you days or months, it doesn’t matter. You can use any internet-enabled device, such as a PC, mobile phone or tablet to access the course. This course has several modules, which make it easy to manage and more enjoyable to complete. Easily access online support while you take the course, which allows you to stay on track at all times. Get the knowledge you require by following the comprehensive syllabus. Improve your work performance as soon as you begin the course by applying what you learn, immediately. Access to a course that is affordable and beneficial; a good investment into your future. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Time Management at Work: Managing Yourself and Your Resources Module 2 : Planning and Scheduling Module 3 : Investing In Yourself and Understanding Your Working Style Module 4 : Managing Others and Time Management Module 5: Reviewing Time Management Skills Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Time Management enables users to prioritise their work and manage it electronically, manage and plan their time to achieve goals in a manner that reduces stress, identify and eliminate time wasters and/or stealers and implement effective planning. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Barriers to successful time management Managing answer phone systems minimising checking times Establishing SMART goals andamp; understanding their benefits Eliminate time-wasters Developing action plans for better time use Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Time Management Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionGood Time Management will improve and enhance the time spent in the workplace and can even go a long way to improving the quality of the work you produce. For most people, however, this is easier said than done. We’ve all experienced that feeling of having more work to do than we can possibly complete in the time we have. This can lead to increased stress… dissatisfaction… and demoralisation… This course can help, by introducing you to some of the theories and techniques of time management that can really make a difference.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Key Terms and the Benefits of Time ManagementModule 2: The 6 Laws of Time ManagementModule 3: Time Stealers and Interruptions Module 4: Time Saving Methods Module 5: Monkey Management Module 6: Meetings and Summing upDuration: 105 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questionsRecommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description The Wound Assesment Traning course is staff currently working within the health care sector. Candidates will benefit from having knowledge of wound assessment and an understanding of causes, stages, treatment and risk factors associated with a service user with a wound. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Introduction to wound assessment Document and record keeping Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Our online Wound Assessment Training course is aimed at staff currently working within the health care sector. Candidates will benefit from having knowledge of wound assessment and an understanding of causes, stages, treatment and risk factors associated with a service user with a wound. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Wound Management Composition of the skin and its functions Wounds Assessments Stages of ulcers Treatment of wounds Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Our online Wound Assessment Training course is aimed at staff currently working within the health care sector. Candidates will benefit from having knowledge of wound assessment and an understanding of causes, stages, treatment and risk factors associated with a service user with a wound. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Introduction to wound assessment Definition of a wound Wound Management Composition of the skin and its functions Wounds Assessments Stages of ulcers Treatment of wounds Deep tissue injuries Risk factors Healing Document and record keeping Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This e-learning module on Wound Care has been designed to help you understand how to prepare the wound bed, how to assess wounds, the specific issues about fungating wounds and the key elements of the NICE Clinical Guidance. This has been developed using the latest guidance from the medical and nursing Royal Colleges, the Department of Health and the National Instute of Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Wound Management Composition of the skin and its functions Wounds Assessments Stages of ulcers Treatment of wounds Healing Document and record keeping Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This e-learning module on Wound Care has been designed to help you understand the factors that affect wound healing, the types of wounds, wound classifications, specific surgical wounds and pressure ulcers. This has been developed using the latest guidance from the medical and nursing Royal Colleges, the Department of Health and the National Instute of Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE). Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Factors affecting wound healing Types of wounds Surgical wounds Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Touch typing is a skill with powerful benefits, including: enhanced productivity, improved focus, increased speed, accuracy, job opportunities and even health. When you know how to touch type you open up a whole new world of productivity and information management capability. Shorthand is a skill and an art. Many people have no idea of it’s incredible potential for recording information, whether this is for note taking during lectures, meetings and official events, or for recording interviews. Learning shorthand allows you to take down notes at double the speed of longhand writing used by most people. This skill is not only helpful, it’s actually essential for certain professions, including journalism, minute taking and stenography. This course has been designed for office workers, typists, writers, journalists, professionals, employers, business owners and anyone who wants to work in one of these fields or individuals who simply want to improve their typing or note taking ability. This comprehensive course covers everything you need to know about touch typing and shorthand, delivered in an accessible, straightforward tone and divided into different modules that you can progress with at whatever pace suits your needs. The course includes diagrams and reference material to help you understand the technical aspects such as keyboard layout, and tools and techniques for you to apply the knowledge you learn practically, including exercises, tests and worksheets to reinforce the knowledge. What you will learn Different styles of typing and how they impact speed and quality How to train your fingers and brain to create muscle memory for effective touch typing The basic finger position and posture needed to prevent injury and aid typing speed Key drills for each hand to gradually build up the neurological connections needed for touch typing The ancient origins of shorthand and why written script is inefficient The theories and practical development of your own short hand style Benefits of taking this course After taking this course you will: Have an enhanced typing speed and a foundation for accuracy and quality Undo bad typing habits and develop a posture that ensures long term safety Understand exactly how to enhance your note taking speed and apply it to your role Have a personal reference book of shorthand abbreviations you can use immediacy Have systematic and regular practices to continually improve typing and shorthand Feel confident in your ability to effectively and efficiently take notes and record information Modern business relies on the effective capture of information, but most people are wasting time and effort doing it ineffectively. Learning to touch type and write with shorthand can easily double your productivity, while empowering your fingers to do the hard work frees up your brain to think more clearly. Free you mind and speed up your work with touch typing and shorthand today. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience.Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 7 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. But, of course, practice will go on much longer! Course Content Module 1: Touch Typing Fundamentals Module 2: Touch Typing Practice Module 3: Shorthand Fundamentals Module 4: Shorthand Theory and Practice Module 5: Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Transport Management Diploma course contains all the knowledge and information necessary for anyone who wishes to work in the transport industry in the UK, and even abroad. This training course contains all of the facts required to become a successful transport manager in any sector of the industry, whether freight or passenger, on land, rail, water, or in the air. From learning about what transport management is and the skills needed to make a success of the role, to an overview of the transport infrastructure in the UK, through to understanding the challenges and trends facing the transport industry, and the transport manager’s role in health and safety, this course will guide you through all you need to know. You will receive a full and comprehensive introduction to the wider industry and will develop a good understanding of how to make a success of your career as a transport manager. This is an online course that provides students with the unique ability to follow the curriculum in their own time and at their own pace. Most students are able to manage working full time and still complete this course in a reasonable timeframe, although there is no limit on how long students can take. After completion of the course, you will be awarded your Transport Management Diploma certificate. This certificate can be downloaded and printed at home. What You Will Learn The Transport Management Diploma course has been written to provide students with a full, comprehensive overview of how to become a transport manager, and their role, and will set you on the road to a successful career in the industry. This course will cover: An overview of transport management The skills and attributes of a successful transport manager The sectors that require transport management The ongoing challenges within the transport industry A guide to the UK transport infrastructure, including road, rail, water and aviation Bidding for the rights to operate passenger services Guidance on safely operating freight services nationally and internationally Health and safety requirements within the transport industry National and international transport regulations Benefits of the Transport Management Diploma Taking the Transport Management Diploma course offers a range of benefits to students. These include: The option to study from any location, whether at home or away, and at times to suit your schedule Studying at your own pace, with no deadlines or time limits for completing the course Use any internet enabled device to study, from mobile phones to tablets, to computers Short modules make reading and studying easy and enjoyable A thorough and comprehensive syllabus that helps to guarantee that you develop the knowledge necessary to facilitate work in transport management Earning a certified and recognised diploma A cost that is affordable to all. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: An Introduction to Successful Transport Management Module 2: The UK’s Travel Infrastructure – Road and Rail Module 3: The UK’s Travel Infrastructure – Waterways, Ports and Airports Module 4: Road Freight and Transport Management Module 5: Passenger Road Transport and its Management Module 6 : Rail and Transport Management Module 7 : Transport Management for Ports and Inland Waters Module 8 : Transport Management for Airlines Module 9 : Trends, Challenges and Best Practice in Transport Management Module 10 : Transport Management and Health and Safety Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The Travel and Tourism Diploma course is ideal for anyone who is looking to work in the travel industry in the United Kingdom. This course is filled with information that will put you on the right path to begin a career in this field. Travel and tourism is a booming industry, and those who wish to travel always require assistance when planning their holiday and travel plans. As you work through this course, you will obtain a full overview of working in the travel and tourism field and how you can even start your own business. Introduction to the Travel and Tourism Diploma As this is an online course; all of the information is available to you whenever and wherever your require it. You can study at a pace that is comfortable for you, and access the information in the course 24 hours a day. Most people who take the course still work full time, which helps you maintain your current lifestyle whilst working towards achieving your dreams. To access the course, you will require a device that allows you to access the internet, and not only can you see the course, you can also use the online support feature. Furthermore, you will find the course to be incredibly easy to go through thanks to the individual modules. When completing the course, you must pass a multiple choice test, and you will then be awarded your diploma, which you can download and print at home. What You Will Learn The Travel and Tourism Diploma course will give you a full overview of working in the travel and tourism industry, and it will fully prepare you for your new career. The course covers the following: An introduction to travel and tourism Customer services in the travel and tourism industry Developing your career in the travel and tourism industry The different sectors of the travel and tourism industry Understanding why people need the travel and tourism industry Promoting travel and tourism services Planning and development in the tourism industry Ecotourism, short haul and long haul destinations Domestic tourism in the UK How to deal with issues within the travel and tourism industry Benefits of the Travel and Tourism Diploma When you work towards earning your travel and tourism diploma online, you will find a number of benefits. These include the following: You can study from anywhere there is an internet connection, and you can study at a time that is convenient for you. You can also study at a pace that is comfortable for you. There is no time limit, so if it takes you days or months, you can still complete the course. You can study from any device including a tablet, PC or mobile phone. There are easily manageable modules, which help to make studying an enjoyable experience. Online support is available to help you stay on track. Access to a comprehensive syllabus, which helps you to stay on the fast track while learning how to become a travel and tourism expert. Improving your prospects when applying for work in the field. When completing the course, you receive a certified diploma that is respected in the industry. A pricing structure that is affordable. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 15 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to the Concept of Travel and Tourism Module 2 : Customer Service within the Tourism Industry Module 3 : Career Development within the Industry Module 4 : Sectors in the Industry Module 5 : The Fundamentals of Tourism Management Module 6 : Understanding the Reasons for Travel and Tourism Module 7 : Travel and Tourism Promotion Module 8 : Social Media and Tourism Module 9 : Understanding Tourism Policy and Strategy Module 10 : Tourism Planning and Development Module 11 : The Emergence of Ecotourism Module 12 : Long and Short Haul Destinations Module 13 : Domestic Tourism andamp; the UK Market Module 14 : Current Trends in the Travel Industry Module 15: Travel and Tourism Issues to Contend With Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description ‘Understanding Mortgages and Personal Finance’ is an essential guide for everyone from all walks of life. No matter what stage of life you’re at, the way in which you conduct your finances and handle mortgages can either guarantee you prosperity and peace of mind financially or land you in very deep financial trouble. This course covers everything you need to know regarding managing your finances, such as understanding debt and how to handle it effectively; how to draw up an effective budget, and the importance of regularly saving and having good insurance policies in place. You will also learn everything you need to know about mortgages, including the different mortgage options and how to choose the best one for your needs, and the various steps you need to take during the process, with expert tips, to help you make the best choices! If you’ve always dreamed of making the most of your money, getting out of debt and achieving financial freedom by buying property, then this is the ideal course for you! What You Will Learn The pros and cons of debt How to effectively manage debt Drawing up the perfect budget, and how to stick to it The importance of saving Which insurance policies you need to have in place All about mortgages, and how to choose the best one for your specific needs The various steps to take, to secure your mortgage, and expert tips for each step Benefits of Taking This Course You will become wealthier You will eliminate financial wastage from your life You will have a higher quality of life, without getting into unnecessary debt You will provide yourself and your family with more opportunities in life You will avoid serious legal issues and the inconvenience of becoming blacklisted Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 3 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Personal Finance: Managing Debt and Budgeting Module 02: Personal Finance: Being Prepared and Saving Module 03: Introduction to Mortgages Module 04: Mortgages Part 2 Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course is suitable for someone who works within the Social Care Sector. Often people you will be supporting are vulnerable so you will learn your responsibility towards them. Your responsibilities towards the people you work to support are based on the social care value. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMEThis course will cover the areas in social care settings where you will work with people to help them with their daily lives. Often these people are vulnerable, so you need to understand your responsibilities towards them. Within this course you will learn how your responsibilities towards the people you work to support are based on the social care values. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Understanding Your Role in Care Online Course CPD ApprovedSocial care is the provision of social work, personal care, protection or social support services to children or adults in need, or at risk, or adults with needs arising from illness, disability, old age or poverty. Choosing a job in health and social care means you want to make a difference to other people's lives by supporting and caring for them, so they can thrive and their quality of life is enhanced. To work in a professional manner and provide the best quality of care, you need to know the duties, responsibilities, and boundaries of your job. This course will define social care and talk about why people choose it as a career and what its goals and objectives are. It will also cover job descriptions, person-centered care, understanding the code of practices, and the basics of government legislation. Finally, it will touch on dealing with conflicts at work.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The course structureModule 2: Understanding social careModule 3: RelationshipsModule 4: Agreed ways of workingModule 5: Keeping up-to-dateModule 6: Working in partnershipModule 7: Resolving conflicts Duration: 40 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions) Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This Urban Gardening course is designed to give you all the information you need to start a garden in an urban area. Upon completing the course, not only will you be ready to create a garden from scratch, you will know how to keep up and expand your garden year after year. This course includes everything from choosing a location for your urban garden to collecting seeds from your garden for the following years. We have created this course to ensure that you understand what creating an urban garden entails and how to care for the garden you create. The course is online and provides you with a convenient way to study the course material when it is most convenient for your schedule. Students who take the course still have time to continue working. You will have access to the urban garden course material from your computer or any mobile device with internet access. We also offer access to online support 24/7. When you complete the course, you will obtain a course certificate, which proves that you have successfully completed the Urban Gardening course. You can download the certificate from home immediately. What You Will Learn We created this Urban Gardening course to offer students a full overview of how to create an urban garden. When you complete the course, you will be ready to create an urban garden of your own. The course covers the following information: A history of urban gardening Choosing the right location for your urban garden Determining how much sun your garden gets The tools and supplies you need for your garden Understanding plant hardiness The difference between annuals and perennials Creating a budget for your garden Appropriate plants for urban gardens Preparing the soil for an urban garden Crop rotation Watering and fertilising Tackling weeds, pests and disease How to transplant plants Creating compost for your urban garden Preserving fruits and veg Drying flowers and collecting seeds Benefits of the Urban Gardening Certificate The ability to study wherever you wish at any time. Study from home, from a park, a restaurant or anywhere there is internet access. There is no time limit, so you can study at your own pace. You can finish the course in days, weeks or even months. Study from any internet-enabled device. This includes mobiles, tablets and computers. Easy to understand course that is divided into digestible modules. This makes studying an enjoyable experience. Access to support online, which helps you to continue to stay on track as you work through the course. Course training that is all-inclusive; worksheets, activities and quizzes help to keep you on track. Improve your odds of success when starting an urban garden. Earning a recognised certificate upon completion of the course. Affordable material. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Urban Gardens Module 2: Choosing Plants for your Urban Garden Module 3: Planting and Maintaining an Urban Garden Module 4: Caring for and Getting More Out of an Urban Garden Module 5: Beyond the Urban Garden Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning about urinary tract infection sepsis is essential for everyone, from all walks of life and all age groups, who care about the wellbeing and physical health of both themselves and their loved ones. Urinary tract infection sepsis or UTI sepsis is a potentially fatal condition that can easily be avoided with the right knowledge. This course covers everything you need to know about urinary tract infections, as well as the sepsis that can develop if it is left undiagnosed and untreated. You’ll gain a deeper understanding of the symptoms to look out for and when to seek medical attention, as well as the bacterial and fungal causes and complications of UTI sepsis. From how it’s diagnosed, using different blood and urine tests, and the risk factors to look out for, to practical prevention tips and treatment methods, this course covers everything you’ll ever need to know about UTI sepsis. You Will Learn: The full definitions and various symptoms of both UTIs and UTI sepsis The bacterial and fungal causes and complications that can arise from UTIs and UTI sepsis A step-by-step guide to diagnosing UTI sepsis and the different urine and blood-based testing methods The various risk factors to look out for, prevention strategies to implement, and life-saving treatment methods involved Benefits of Taking this Course You will avoid serious illness, by diagnosing early UTI warning signs and getting the right medical attention You will understand, develop and share good daily habits, to avoid infection and stay healthy You will protect yourself and your loved ones, by understanding the risk factors and how to avoid them You will potentially save lives, by implementing prevention strategies Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course.What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 4 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 2.5 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction and Symptoms Module 02: Causes and Complications Module 03: Diagnosing and Testing Module 04: Risk Factors, Prevention, and Treatment Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course will give learners key knowledge to perform Venipuncture within your health or social care setting. It will give staff the theoretical awareness to undertake a competency assessment in simulated practice that will deem them competent to take blood safely and appropriately. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand the steps in a safe venipuncture Describe the anatomy and physiology of veins Explain the good practice guidelines for venepuncture Understand potential complications surrounding the techniques Recognize safe practice for venipuncture Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This learning resource is aimed at nurses working in primary care, supportive care and care homes. It will support the development of your knowledge and skill to competently verify death of adults. It is not limited to any particular setting or situation, but enables the nurse to understand the procedure to verify death within the contexts of both expected and unexpected death (and the particular considerations for both situations) Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand the legal and professional context related to death verification and certification Differentiate between an expected and an unexpected death, and any policies or procedures related to these Develop knowledge, skill and competence to sensitively perform verification of death Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This course will give you an overview of the veterinary industry, the role played by Veterinary Support Assistants (VSAs), and the most common issues and challenges faced by those working in the profession. It will equip you with the knowledge you will need to communicate effectively with other members of the veterinary team and further your career in this sector. Working as a VSA is a great way of making a real difference to the lives of sick and injured animals on a daily basis. However, the terminology and technical knowledge required to succeed as a VSA can seem intimidating to industry newcomers. This course presents key concepts in animal care in a straightforward manner, so that you can begin your career with confidence. You will also obtain a working knowledge of key legislation necessary to keep you and your patients safe. From administering first aid to routine surgery, you will learn what happens in the consultation rooms and operating theatres in a typical veterinary practice. The course addresses patient care at every stage of treatment, from diagnosis to surgery and post-operation recovery. It focuses primarily on the treatment of common domestic species, but the needs of exotic animals and horses are also addressed. In light of the increasing emphasis on customer service within the industry, the course also examines the typical customer’s experience as they seek out the best possible care for their pet. Owners can become highly stressed when their beloved pet is ill, and this course contains practical advice for communicating effectively with customers facing emotional strain both in person and on the telephone. This course will provide anyone looking to work as a VSA with a realistic insight into the workings of a veterinary practice and future options for career progression. It will also be of interest to anyone who wishes to learn more about animal care or further their knowledge of the veterinary industry in general. What you will learn: An introduction to veterinary medicine and job roles available within the industry How to improve your chances of getting a job as a VSA and how to undertake further training once you have obtained a position Health and safety issues that affect VSAs including the pieces of legislation addressing animal welfare and workplace safety How veterinary patients are cared for and monitored by veterinary staff during their stay An overview of animal welfare issues, including common ethical dilemmas and frameworks for making difficult decisions Common terminology and equipment used by veterinary staff in consultations and during surgery The most common procedures, including diagnostic tests, used in veterinary medicine How to handle a variety of animal species, including cats, dogs, horses and small mammals How emergency situations are handled, from initial assessment through to the administration of first aid and treatment The role of customer service in a modern veterinary surgery and how a practice can establish a positive role within the wider community Benefits of taking this course: You can learn the material any place, any time, and at your own speed. All you need is an internet-enabled device. Content is presented as brief modules, making learning easy. Access to an online support system. A complete overview of the issues faced by those working as VSAs in modern veterinary practices. Affordable cost. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction To The Veterinary Industry Module 2: Qualifications For Veterinary Support Assistants Module 3: Health And Safety Laws And Regulations Module 4: Care and Monitoring of Inpatients Module 5: Animal Health And Welfare Module 6: Key Veterinary Terminology And Equipment Module 7: Common Procedures Module 8: Animal Handling Module 9: Dealing With Emergencies Module 10: Customer Service In The Veterinary Practice Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Visual merchandising is one of a retailer’s most valuable assets. When done well, it can drive sales, inspire loyalty in customers, improve the buying experience and communicate a brand’s core values and ideals. This course will provide you with a comprehensive overview of the principles and practices of visual merchandising. Although the content focuses primarily on visual merchandising within a traditional retail environment, much of the material is also relevant in other art and design-based contexts, such as exhibition design, interior design, ecommerce-related web design, and event planning. This course addresses numerous practical aspects of visual merchandising, including the proper use of planograms, brand communication, the launching of sales campaigns, and arranging seasonal displays. You will learn exactly what drives a customer to make a purchase, and how to harness the shopper’s senses in such a way that they feel inclined to buy a product. Whether you are a small business owner wanting to learn how to show your products to their best advantage, an individual looking to break into the retail industry, or simply someone with a passion for the visual arts, you will soon develop a working knowledge of all key areas of visual merchandising. The knowledge you gain during this course will prepare you to enter this challenging yet rewarding and highly creative profession. What You Will Learn What visual merchandising is, why visual merchandising plays a vital role in the retail industry, and the ways in which visual merchandising practices have changed over time. The various kinds of internal and external displays a visual merchandiser will create, the principles underlying good display design, and how planograms are used to guide visual merchandisers in their day-to-day work. How visual merchandisers choose, dress and style mannequins when designing displays. The most common types of fixtures and fittings used by visual merchandisers and how they are used to construct eye-catching displays. Why a visual merchandiser needs to understand the principles behind an effective store layout and how these layouts are put together. How visual merchandisers display home furnishings and related products in a way that promotes sales and improves customer engagement. The challenges that come with displaying shoes and accessories, together with an overview of the most common techniques used to present items in these categories. How visual merchandisers can play a key role in ensuring the success of sales and promotions. The most pressing issues confronting retailers today and how they are shaping visual merchandising roles. How to begin and develop a career in visual merchandising, together with an overview of alternative career paths for those with previous experience in retail merchandising. Benefits of taking this course You will gain an insight into the necessary qualities and qualifications needed for a career in visual merchandising, which will help you make informed choices when seeking training and employment in this sector. You will be in a position to put together effective, attractive displays that incorporate both merchandise and props. You will be able to apply for entry-level assistant merchandising roles, confident that you have knowledge of the underlying principles of contemporary retail displays. You will be able to begin a career that could give you the opportunity to manage a visual merchandising team, and to assume considerable creative responsibility within a retail environment. You can learn the material in any place, at any time, and at your own speed. All you need is an internet-enabled device. Content is presented as brief modules, making learning easy. Affordable cost. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: What Is Visual Merchandising? Module 2: General Principles in Putting Displays Together Module 3: Mannequins Module 4: Stands and Other Store Fixtures Used in Visual Merchandising Module 5: Planning Store Layouts Module 6: Displaying Home Accessories, Homeware and Food Module 7: Merchandising Shoes and Fashion Accessories Module 8: Creating Effective Sales and Clearance Campaigns Module 9: Issues in 21st Century Visual Merchandising Module 10: Starting and Furthering Your Career as a Visual Merchandiser Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This vlogger course is full of all the information you will require to get your very first vlog channel up and running. After completing this course, you will be ready to not only record your first video vlog, but you will know how to create a full vlogging channel. This course covers everything from the available vlogging platforms and necessary equipment to the secrets of making better vlogs and promotion of your channel. We have designed this course to give you a clear understanding of what being a vlogger entails, as a well as how to proceed in the vast world of vlogging. Introduction to the Vlogging Course This vlogging course is an online course and it will provide you with the ability to read and understand the course material at a time when it is most convenient for you. Most students who take this course continue to work a full time job and do the course in a reasonable amount of time. You will have access to the vlogging course training material from any mobile device or computer with internet access. You will also have access to online support when you need it. Upon completing this course, you will be awarded with a course diploma. This will show that you have completed the course successfully and will certainly be a sense of pride in your accomplishment. When you complete the course, you can download the certificate and print it at home. What You Will Learn This vlogger course has been created to offer all students a full overview of how to become a successful vlogger. Upon finishing the course, you will have the skills and knowledge that will set you apart from the rest of the new vloggers out there. This course covers the following information: Introduction to what vlogging is Information on famous vloggers and how they did it Different vlogging platforms What equipment you will require The secrets of successful vlogging Editing vlogs Creating an on-screen presence How to vlog both indoors and outdoors Creating your first vlogging channel Promoting your vlog Making money as a vlogger Benefits of the Vlogging Diploma When you start studying for the vlogger diploma, you will receive many benefits, including: The opportunity to study from any place at any time. You can study at home or when you are out and about. Since you are not held to a time limit for this course, you can study at a pace that is comfortable for you; you can take days, weeks or even months to finish the course. You can study from any device with internet access including tablets, mobile phones and computers. Easy to read course divided into short modules, which makes studying a good experience. Access to online support, which will help you to stay on track whilst you study. Training from a course that is all inclusive with activities, worksheets and test to keep you on track. Improve your prospects when starting your first vlog channel. Earning a recognised and certified diploma when completing the course. Affordable course material. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 14 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module #1: Introduction to Vlogging Module #2: Famous Vloggers Module #3: Vlogging Platforms Module #4: Equipment for Vlogging Module #5: Different Types of Vlogging Module #6: Secrets of Film Making and Videotaping Indoors/ Videotaping Outdoors Module #7: Editing Vlogs Module #8: Creating Your On-Screen Presence Module #9: Creating a Vlogging Channel Module #10: Growing and Promoting a Vlogging Audience and Making Money as a Vlogger Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This warehouse management course offers all the information necessary to successfully manage any warehouse in the UK. Once you complete the curriculum, you will be well on your way to a career in warehouse management. This course includes content from understanding how a warehouse works and functions, to managing employees and warehouse safety. We have created this course to ensure that students have the knowledge necessary to find success in their chosen career path. When taking this course online, most students find that it is highly convenient. This is thanks to its layout, as it is easy to find time to both focus on the curriculum as well as the other responsibilities that you might have each day. The course is accessible from any computer or mobile device that can connect to the internet. It also includes 24/7 online support. When the course is completed, you will earn a diploma to prove that you successfully completed each part. What You Will Learn This course was designed to give students a total overview of what is necessary to manage a warehouse. Here’s what the course covers: The main function of warehouses in today’s modern business structure The equipment found in warehouses and how technology supports it The processes often used in warehouses for maximum flow The importance and process of picking in a warehouse Successfully managing the inventory of a warehouse Managing and controlling stock in a warehouse The functions and processes of supply chains and how to optimise them The management of your staff whilst managing the operation of a warehouse Promoting safety in a warehouse and developing a health and safety policy Controlling costs when managing a warehouse Benefits of the Warehouse Management Course When you start studying this warehouse management course, you will experience numerous benefits, including the following: An affordable course that gives you a solid start in your warehouse management career. An easy to understand curriculum that is divided into easy to read modules. In-module quizzes to ensure that you understand the material before moving forward. 24/7 online support. Course materials that are all-inclusive, including worksheets and activities. The ability to study when it is convenient for you, as long as you have a connection to the internet. No time limit. This course material can be studied whenever you like at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course. Once you buy it, you can access it at any time. When completed, you get a recognised diploma, which can help to improve your prospects in warehouse management. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: The Basic Principles of Warehouse Management Module 2: Technology and Trends in Warehouse Management Module 3: Warehouse Processes Module 4: Picking and Warehouse Management Module 5: Managing Warehouse Inventory Module 6: Controlling, Verifying, and Reporting Stock Module 7: Inventory and Supply Chain in a Warehouse Module 8: Managing People in a Warehouse Module 9: Safety in a Warehouse Module 10: Warehouse Cost Management Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Are you currently working in the beauty industry and you want to gain further knowledge, learning how to provide your clients with a waxing service? Do you have a passion for beauty and want to help your clients enjoy a hair free life? Waxing is a high demand service throughout the world and if you have an outgoing personality, you love interacting with different people each day and you want to provide them with a service that has you talking to clients and enjoying some fun chit-chat, then this may just be the career you are looking for. Introduction to the Waxing Diploma The waxing diploma is a convenient online study course, which enables you to work full time and study in your own time. There is no set time limit to complete this course, you can take a week or more to complete it, or if you are really short on time, you can spread the modules over a few years. The course is broken into easy to manage modules which are overflowing with useful information. Each module teaches you new skills, knowledge and information on waxing, helping you identify what you need to know and what product you need. You will learn techniques, styles and what waxes to use to achieve the best results. On successful completion of the course you will have the ability to download and print your certificate which is accepted throughout the country. The certificate can become part of your CV when applying for positions within the beauty industry or it can be for your own benefit, so you know you have taken steps to push your career forward or even open your own salon in the future. What you will learn This course has been broken into multiple easy to manage and information packed modules. The modules will teach you: Get a sound understanding of hair, waxing and the benefits waxing provides. Learn why we have hair, what its function is and the anatomy of hair to help you get a better understanding on how to remove it. Identify the different hair removal methods you can use along with the advantages and disadvantages of each of the methods. Learn how to conduct a client consultation correctly. Know what to ask, what forms should be completed and more. Understand the health and safety regulations and what you need to do to ensure your client’s safety at all times. Know how to create a professional working environment and how to keep clients' records safely. Learn the importance of a professional image from dress code to grooming. Get an understanding on how to set up for each client, what written information to provide and more. Learn about various waxes, waxing strips and spatulas. Get a good understanding on why disposable products are advantageous in this industry. Know the precautions you should be taking when waxing clients from side effects to dealing with problems. Learn about the skin's function. Understand sanitation and sanitization and why these are important in this industry. Gain information on techniques and tips to ensure effective waxing at all times. Learn how to wax the face, lip, chin and more. Identify the best method to wax underarms and arms. Know how to wax the back and chest. Understand how to wax the legs and bikini line Identify the best after-care solutions for your clients. Learn what you should do when things don't go according to plan. Benefits This waxing diploma will provide you with a host of benefits you can take full advantage of as you work your way through the study material, complete the test and start putting your new knowledge to the test. The benefits include: Fast track your career Boost your promotional opportunities Start your own salon Enjoy the benefit of online support throughout your study process Study using any device linked to the internet Study at your own pace Study while working full time Successfully pass a multiple choice test to download and print your certification. Industry recognised certification. Easy to manage and information packed modules. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 25 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 20 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Waxing and Hair Removal Module 2 : Anatomy and Physiology relating to this treatment Module 3 : Hair Removal Methods Module 4 : Completing Client Consultation Module 5 : Health, Hygiene, and Safety Legislation Module 6 : Professional Ethics andamp; Client Records Module 7 : Professional Image Module 8 : Preparation of Products, Equipment, and the Client Module 9 : Materials Required Module 10 : Safety Precautions Relating to Wax Module 11 : Function of the Skin Module 12 : Sanitation and Sanitization Module 13 : Preparing for Application and Removal Module 14 : Face Module 15 : Above the Lip Module 16 : The Chin Module 17 : Eyebrows Module 18 : Underarms Module 19: Arms Module 20: Chest Module 21: Legs (Upper and Lower) Module 22: Back Module 23: Bikini Area Module 24: Aftercare Module 25: Do's and Don’ts and What to do When Things Don’t go to Plan Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description If you have ever used Netflix, listened to Spotify or purchased goods via Amazon, then you know well the smooth experience of using a web application. In fact, web apps are becoming even more sophisticated and ubiquitous. A fast growing industry, web app development is driving a demand for quality Web Developers and predictions are that this demand is likely to grow exponentially in the next decade! The time is now to learn to develop applications for the Web and with the huge variety of web technologies and frameworks available, web application development is now easier than ever. Whether you are excited at the possibility of developing web applications for your commercial or personal needs, you will find this course useful. We have covered the basics of web apps and included tips and example code to get you on your way to your first web application in no time. In this course we cover the basic elements of web applications including front end, back end, databases and the code needed to connect all of these into a working app. We have included guidelines for application development, outlined the process with its individual stages from feature definition to publishing your app to a web server. Along with that, we cover a lot of frameworks – both for the front end and the back end of your web app that will accelerate the process of development and save you time and stress. We also discuss cutting edge technologies for developing web apps and some latest trends. By the end of the course you will be familiar with key web technologies including HTML, CSS, JavaScript, AngularJS, MySQL and PHP. What you will learn: The aim of the course is to equip you with the knowledge and tools to build your first web application. It is a practical course with code example, coding activities and plenty of guidance material to help you complete them. You will learn: What a web application is and how it works with browsers and servers The development methodologies, their differences and the different stages in web app development How to define the features, technical requirements and plan your web app project What a front end is and the languages used for front end coding The most popular JavaScript frameworks and their differences What User Interface, User Experience and Material Design are and why they matter The difference between relational and non-relational databases and how to create them The elements that make up a typical backend and the most popular frameworks Benefits There are a number of benefits, which include: Comprehensive, practical and easy-to-understand course material Example code with broad explanations using HTML, CSS, JavaScript, AngularJS, SQL and PHP coding languages End of module activities and a final test which are designed to expand your overall understanding and put what you’ve learned into action Can be completed anywhere with an Internet connection. Gaining relevant knowledge about an ever-growing industry, which will provide you with practical skills for the workforce. Being able to write simple web pages and elements using HTML, CSS and JavaScript at the end of the course Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1 : Web Applications Overview Module 2 : Lifecycle Models and Development Process Stages Module 3 : Feature Definition, Wireframing and Planning Module 4 : Front end basics overview Module 5 : Choosing a suitable front end framework for your web app Module 6 : User Interface, User Experience and Material Design Module 7: Data modelling and database using SQL Module 8: Backend Frameworks Module 9 : AngularJS Front end Implementation Module 10 : PHP Back End Implementation Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Web Development is one of the fastest growing industries in the world and predictions are that the demand for quality Web Developers will only continue to grow! Never in the history of the Web has it been such an opportune moment to join millions of people around the world who are involved in building web products. Whether you are excited at the possibility of becoming a Web Developer or you are just a curious person who wants to build websites as a hobby, you will find this course useful. We have covered Web Development as a corporate career as well as included tips on launching your own freelance Web Development practice. Introduction From front-end to back-end, HTML to CSS, JavaScript to its helpful frameworks - this course is packed with information to take you from square one to Web mastery. The material covered in the course is vast but fear not - it is after all a course for beginners and we will guide you through the hard concepts with witty humour and illustrative code examples. By the end of the course not only will you be familiar with the scripting languages HTML, CSS and JavaScript but they are going to become your best friends in your Web journey. What you will learn The aim of the course is to equip you with the knowledge and tools to build your first website. It is a practical course with code example, coding activities and plenty of guidance material to help you complete them. The past, present and future of the Internet and the Web What terms client-side and server-side mean in the context of Web Development How to create a simple HTML document and setup the basic skeleton of a web page How to use various HTML elements to create the different sections of the web page How to add styling code to HTML in internal and external style sheets using CSS Why you should use CSS alongside HTML to build beautiful pages Important concepts of coding for the Web including the CSS Box Model, the HTML DOM model and JavaScript’s Object Orientation How to use JavaScript code into HTML documents in order to change and modify the structure as well as adding interactivity to the web page Benefits of taking this course There are a number of benefits, which include: A comprehensive, practical and easy-to-understand course material Example code with comprehensive explanations using HTML, CSS and JavaScript coding languages End of module activities and a final test which are designed to expand your overall understanding and put what you’ve learned into action Can be completed anywhere with an Internet connection. Gaining relevant knowledge about an ever-growing industry, which will provide you with practical skills for the workforce. Being able to write simple web pages and elements using HTML, CSS and JavaScript at the end of the course Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 12 hours hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: The Internet and the Web Module 2: What is Web Development? Module 3: Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) Module 4 : Advanced HTML elements Module 5 : Introduction to CSS Module 6 : HTML andamp; CSS in Action – Part I Module 7 : HTML andamp; CSS in Action – Part II Module 8 : HTML andamp; CSS in Action Part III Module 9 : Introduction to JavaScript Module 10 : JavaScript in Action Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Whether you are in the process of planning your own wedding or you have always wanted to help couples plan the perfect day, then the wedding planning diploma is the right choice for you. This course provides you with everything you need to know to plan the perfect wedding from start to finish to ensure the day runs smoothly and according to plan. Introduction to the Wedding Planning Diploma This diploma is broken down into manageable modules which are information packed to provide you with everything you need to know, whether you intend running your own wedding planning business or you want to plan your own wedding to perfection. The course is studied online, which provides you with the ability to study from anywhere and at your own pace. The modules are compatible on all devices, so you can study day or night as and when wanted. Studying the wedding planning diploma enables you to still work full time while you obtain your diploma, which is industry recognised. On completion of the course and passing of the multiple choice test at the end, you will have the ability to download and print your certificate. What You Will Learn The course is brimming with valuable information, advice, tips and guidance to help you plan the perfect wedding. The modules include the following: Know what activities you will be responsible for as a wedding planner. Learn what will be expected of you from your clients. Understand why couples rely on wedding planners around the world. Learn about different ceremonies and customs. Get an understanding of the process in planning a wedding along with essential time lines. Learn how to book the right venue based on your or your client's unique wedding requirements. Understand different ceremonies and legalities. How to plan the itinerary for the day. Know different themes and how to execute them. Understand different clothing options. Get insight into finding and booking the perfect caterers based on your client's tastes and requirements. Learn about wedding cakes and identifying which baker to use to create the perfect cake for each event. Understand the different forms of wedding entertainment from bands to solo singers to DJs, and how to choose the right one. Get a good understanding of wedding flowers and where to place them. Learn about the various transport options for the bride, groom and wedding party. Identify if you need to arrange transport for visiting guests. Benefits of taking this course The wedding planning diploma provides you with all the information you will need to plan the perfect wedding day, whether you are planning your own wedding or you want to start your own business. You will learn all the important aspects to help with your involvement from the beginning to ensuring the day is executed to perfection. The benefits of this particular course include: Enjoy a comprehensive syllabus broken into manageable modules. Study at your own pace, there is no schedule to adhere to. You can complete the course within days or months, depending on the time you have available to study. Compatible with all devices, enabling you to study from anywhere with an internet connection. You can even study on the bus or tube on your way home from work. Flexible studying. Study after hours and still manage a full time job. Enjoy the convenience of online support throughout your study process. Improve your career prospects. Start your own wedding planning business. Enjoy an industry recognised certification. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 24 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 15 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Wedding Planning Introduction Module 2 : Types of Weddings Module 3 : Wedding Customs of the World Module 4 : The Wedding Planning Process Module 5 : Choosing a Wedding Venue Module 6 : Wedding Ceremonies andamp; Wedding Legalities Module 7 : Order of the Day – Ceremony Speeches, Readings andamp; Music Module 8 : Planning a Wedding Theme Module 9 : Clothing, Beauty and Attire for Weddings Module 10 : Wedding Catering Module 11 : The Wedding Cake Module 12 : Wedding Entertainment Module 13 : Printed Materials and the Gift List Module 14 : Wedding Transport Module 15: Wedding Photography and Videography Module 16: Wedding Flowers Module 17: Wedding Favours Module 18: Wedding Gifts Module 19: Weddings Abroad Module 20: Planning the Honeymoon Module 21: Stag and Hen Nights Module 22: Owning a Wedding Planning Business Module 23: Dealing with Suppliers Module 24: Marketing, Insurance andamp; Tax Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description Learning about Wills and Probate is absolutely essential for everybody - whether you need to help a loved one, or would like to take control of your own affairs and avoid common mistakes. This course covers everything you need to know about Wills and Probate, including how to write a valid Will, understanding the special conditions, following correct probate procedures and the rules regarding intestacy. From the roles and responsibilities of lawyers and estate executors to the importance of granting power of attorney, this course covers everything you need to know about Wills and Probate. What You Will Learn The full definition of a Will and the various types to choose from How to write a valid Will and include all the relevant special conditions A full definition of probate and all of the procedures involved What happens when a Will is not left (intestacy) and what you need to do The role of lawyers, estate executors and the importance of ‘power of attorney’ Benefits of Taking This Course You will save time, money, and effort You will be able to assist loved ones who rely on you in difficult times You will take control of your own affairs and have peace of mind You will avoid costly legal errors which have serious repercussions You will ensure that your estate is divided as per your wishes Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 8 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 4 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Wills and Probate Module 02: Living Wills Module 03: Writing Your Will Module 04: Will Validity and Special Conditions Module 05: Probate Module 06: Intestacy Module 07: Lawyers Module 08: Estate Executors and Power of Attorney Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This comprehensive WordPress course is the ideal companion for those who want to learn more about setting up and managing their own website and master the key skills that they need to use the main functionalities of WordPress easily and effectively. Consisting of thirty interactive video-based modules, the course will equip you with all the knowledge and information that you need to hit the ground running and begin working with WordPress with ease. Upon completion of the course content, you will feel confident in using and operating the WordPress site and will have a good grasp of the key features and tools that you need to create a professional and effective website, whatever your purpose. What You Will Learn The course covers these key areas in detail, plus much more. An overview of the key features of WordPress and how to install it to your PC How to navigate around the WordPress site, including familiarisation with the Updates and Settings areas and how to use and create Menus How to create, manage and publish posts on your website, including how to use the preview function Using categories and tags to organise your website, including how to create a new category and how to categorise and add tags to posts How to create and publish new pages in your website, including adding headings, media and content How to install, customise and manage website themes, including formatting text and inserting lists, links and tables Working with the Media Centre, including making the best use of images and videos on your website and working with photo galleries and sliders How to administer permissions for different types of user on your WordPress site Using widgets and customising them to enhance the look and feel of your website Choosing and installing the most appropriate Plugins for your site Managing user comments and contact forms Benefits of the Course New users to WordPress will benefit from the all-encompassing scope of the course and the practical application that it offers. Students with some existing working knowledge of WordPress will find that this course enhances their knowledge and allows them to further access and work with additional functionalities and features of the site. The step by step video clearly structures the learning pace throughout each of the thirty easy to follow modules. The ability to study from any location with an internet connection Learn the material at any time and at your own pace. Lifetime access to the course – no deadlines. Obtain a recognised certification when completing the course, which will improve your career prospects Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 30 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 10 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to WordPress and Resources Required to Install it Module 2 : Installing XAMPP Server on Local Host Module 3 : Installing WordPress on Local Host Module 4 : Overview of WordPress Navigation Module 5 : What is a Post and Creating Your First Post Module 6 : What is a Category and Creating a Category Module 7 : What is a Tag and How to Use a Tag Module 8 : What is a Page and Creating a Page Module 9 : Publishing Posts and Pages Module 10 : Editing Pages, Deleting Pages, Using Preview Module 11 : Editing Posts, Deleting Posts, Using Preview Module 12 : Formatting Text Module 13 : Working with Images Module 14 : Working with Video Module 15: Insert Lists, Links and Tables Module 16: Understanding Users Module 17: Understanding Tools and Set Up Site on Live Server from Local Host Module 18: Understanding Settings Module 19 : Installing a WP Theme Module 20 : Customise Themes Module 21 : Theme Settings Module 22 : Using Widgets Module 23 : Using Menus Module 24 : What is a Plugin? Module 25: Finding and Installing Plugins Module 26: Using a Contact Form Module 27: Adding a Photo Gallery Module 28: Adding Sliders Module 29: Comments and Settings Module 30: Security and Maintenance of WordPress Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description In this course you will learn no two people are the same or have the same needs. As a social care worker, you need to provide care that is centred or focused on individuals you are supporting. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description This general working at height course is designed for anyone whose job requires them to work at height. The course focuses on what you need to know to use the right working at height safety equipment in order to create the safest working environment possible. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Understand the Relevant Health andamp; Safety, Working at Height Regulations and Legislation Knowing and Avoiding the Hazards of Working at Height Understanding the Importance of Carrying Out Risk Assessments Identify and Select the Correct Type of Safety Equipment and PPE (Personal Protective Equipment) for Each Task Inspection, Maintenance and Record Keeping Employers and Employees Responsibilities Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Working at Height Online Course RoSPA ApprovedCourse DescriptionThis course is aimed at anyone who undertakes work at height, or who employs people who regularly work at height. The term work at height applies to a wide range of situations ranging from the obvious ones like working on platforms, ladders, scaffolds or stages to working alongside deep trenches. This is because the crucial thing to understand about work at height is that it’s not how far you climb, but how far you can fall. ‘Falls’ doesn’t just mean people falling from heights. If materials or equipment fall, that will obviously present an equally dangerous hazard to anyone below. All working at height situations are covered by health and safety legislation. Chief among these is the Work at Height Regulations 2005. These regulations confer legal duties on employers and employees to assess, control and minimise risks and hazards from work at height.This course covers topics including the dangers of working at height, the regulations, the hierarchy of controls, assessing risk and much more. It’s vital to understand all this because as I’m sure you’ll know, working at height can be extremely dangerous. Please note that this is an awareness course only, if your duties include working at height you will also need further practical training, you can get in touch with us to arrange this.DEMO VIDEOCOURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introducing Work at HeightModule 2: The Dangers of Work at HeightModule 3: The Work at Height Regulations Module 4: Summary of Duty Holder's Responsibilities Module 5: Employer's Responsibilities Module 6: The Hierarchy of Control Module 7: Avoiding Work at Height Wherever Possible Module 8: Prevent Risk of Falls Module 9: Minimise Consequences Module 10: The Risk Assessment Module 11: Course SummaryDuration: 105 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Working in Confined Spaces Online Course IIRSM, IOSH andamp; CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionAt the end of this course you’ll be able to demonstrate your understanding of the control measures to be followed when working in, or near to, confined spaces as detailed in a safe working procedure This course will cover the legislation associates with working in confined spaces. What counts as a confined space, the potential hazards, safe operating procedures, emergency procedures and rescue. Important note: This is an awareness course only, designed for people who need to be aware of the hazards and risks of confined space working but are not required to enter a confined space. If you are required to perform any work activity in, or in the proximity of, a confined space then you will also need to have an 'approved' standard of practical training at the 'appropriate' level.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The Law Module 2: Confined Space and the Dangers?Module 3: Safe Procedures Module 4: Communication, Emergencies and Paperwork Duration: 25 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Enhancing collaboration and developing high performance teams is the single most effective way of increasing organisational productivity and efficiency. For forward thinking organisations, there exists an immense opportunity to improve quality, increase customer satisfaction and enhance profits, by simply maximising the collaboration between existing resources. This course is for managers, leaders and facilitators, who wish to develop the skills and knowledge to support collaborative working and enhanced communication. The content is designed to aid both organisations and individuals in understanding and advancing the leadership skills and awareness needed to maximise the potential for teamwork and the huge benefits it affords. You will discover simple yet effective strategies, which can be immediately implemented to transform the efforts of individuals into high performing and strategically aligned teams. You will learn how to empower and inspire individuals to follow your leadership and grow together, creating a supportive environment in which to thrive. This course covers in-depth, the practical tools, background information and strategies needed to radically transform individual performance and harness the power of collaborative working. You will be taken on a journey through the key knowledge needed to optimise your skills, using scientifically proven leadership styles and methods which maximise potential. What you will learn Create an environment that nurtures growth and personal transformation Enhance team morale, motivation, enthusiasm and cohesion Improve personal job satisfaction and that of your team Communicate in ways which are the most effective and inspiring Develop your own style of authentic and empowering leadership Evaluate and enhance your own performance and development Adjust and adapt your leadership style to suit the situation and resources Support deeper connections and richer interpersonal interactions Design and develop high performing teams that deliver exceptional results Bring out the best in yourself and those you lead After taking this course, you will be equipped with the knowledge, skills and desire to be an outstanding leader, who inspires action and enthusiasm, whilst delivering exceptional results. The principles and practices covered in this course can be applied to any aspect of leadership and collaboration. Great leaders are not born, contrary to popular myth - they are crafted. This course provides you with the foundations upon which leadership is built and will help you to identify and enhance the skills, qualities and strengths of you and your team. Whilst many organisations see the value in quality leadership, most do not apply the latest models and techniques that could give them the much needed competitor edge. Take your skills and confidence to the next level and learn how to get the best from your team, whilst championing your own personal development and growth. With the help of this course, you have the potential to become a leader of the future and help to ensure the long term success of your organisation, whilst driving your career forward into new and exciting challenges and opportunities. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: High Performance Teams Module 2 : Team Development Module 3 : Team Communication Module 4 : Team Leadership Module 5 : Personal Development Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Working Safely Online Course ROSPA andamp; IIRSM ApprovedCourse DescriptionWorking safely is in the interest and concern of all staff, both employers and employees. Health and safety is one of the few areas where the law places specific duties specifically on employees so a knowledge of where this applies and how to ensure that it is adhered to is vital to protect individuals and businesses. Most workers feel that accidents are something that only happens to other people. The reality is that too many workers are coming to harm by not observing Health and Safety laws and not working to safe systems of work - the physical, mental and financial burden of these accidents can have a huge impact on themselves, their families and their colleagues. The course covers a wide range of topics including fire safety, asbestos awareness, working at height, COSHH, PPE and electricity. It also covers methods for improving safety performance and methods of protecting the environment.DEMO VIDEO Target Audience This course is a great induction course in relation to health and safety as it covers a wide range of topics in some detail. Most of the examples relate to the construction industry so this course is perfect for people starting out working on a site for the first time. Advantages As this course covers a wide range of health and safety situations the course provides a strong basis to further build on with more training. ROSPA and IIRSM approval mean that this course meets the rigorous standards of this leading industry body. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life. Further Progression Other health and Safety courses that cover specific aspects of the candidates role for example if they are likely to be required to work above the ground then Working at Height would be a useful follow up. If they are going to be handling chemicals then the more detailed COSHH course would cover this more thoroughly, and if they are going to be working alone at any point then the Introduction to Personal Safety for Lone Workers course would be a great next step.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Introducing Working SafelyModule 2: Defining Hazard and RiskModule 3: Identifying Common Hazards Module 4: Improving Safety Performance Module 5: Protecting the Environment Module 6: Final Assessment Module 7: Hazard PerceptionDuration: 150 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions)Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description This module will examine the key issues in the important areas of Working Time and holidays. This includes how many hours employees are expected to work each week, entitlements to lunch, rest breaks and holidays. The course will look at situations such as:- when time off may be paid or unpaid, including time off for sickness how many days holiday employees are entitled to, and when they can be taken how leave should be booked, what happens if you are new or too many people request leave for the same time how holiday pay should be calculated and what happens to holiday pay on termination of employment Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Working time The law Working hours Different groups of workers Time off Paid or unpaid Time off for sickness Holiday entitlement Bank holidays Accrued leave Booking annual leave Requesting leave Restrictions Leave on termination Extended leave Calculating holiday pay Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Working Within the Private Security Industry Online Course CPD ApprovedCourse DescriptionIn the UK, the private security industry provides manned, physical and technical systems to help protect people, premises and property. It can also help prevent and detect crimes and any activities that could be considered unauthorised as well as offering expertise in monitoring and responding to safety risks. This course is an introduction to the private security industry, and the main services it covers. It discusses the body which regulates the industry, highlights the standards of behaviour expected from security operatives, and the law as it relates to the industry.It includes an in-depth look at health and safety issues, the concept of duty of care and examines a range of emergency situations which security operatives might be involved with. The course also covers communication skills, including tips for effective radio communication and instructions on how to use the phonetic alphabet.DEMO VIDEO Target AudiencePeople wanting to start a career in the Private Security Industry, or those in the early stages of their career that want to broaden their knowledge of the industry. Advantages This course covers a wide range of roles in the Private Security Industry, their various responsibilities and how these are affected by the law. It also includes a wide overview of the health and safety concerns that should be considered by those working in the industry. CPD approval means that this course can be used by those that need to prove they are continually developing themselves. Further Progression Other courses that could compliment this one are: Emergency First Aid, as first aid is a useful skill for security operatives to have. Fire Marshal Training, in emergency situations people will look to security operatives for guidance on what to do, so having a higher level of training in this area may prove useful.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: Working in the Private Security IndustryModule 2: Civil and Criminal LawModule 3: Health and Safety Module 4: Fire Procedures Module 5: Emergencies Module 6: Communication Skills and Customer ServiceDuration: 90 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Workplace Health and Safety Online Course IIRSM ApprovedCourse DescriptionThis course covers general health and safety issues that apply to a wide range of types of businesses and sectors, from office and retail environments to workshops and factories. The wide range of topics covered makes this a great course to act as an introduction to health and safety in the workplace that can then be built on with more detailed courses that cover specific hazards that employees might come into contact with in specific workplaces. This makes it a useful part of the induction process. By the end of this course the candidate will have an understanding of health and safety legislation and definitions of common terms associated with health and safety. This is followed up with some statistics outlining the most common causes of accidents in the workplace.They will also understand good practice in relation to electricity, display screen equipment and the use of safe manual handling techniques. The course also introduces best practice associated with the control of substances hazardous to health regulations, the importance of using appropriate PPE as instructed and the most common procedures to follow in the event of a fire. The course contains specific case studies that outline the seriousness of health and safety in the workplace and potential consequences if there is a health and safety breach. Along with all this it introduces the concept of risk assessment and concludes with the actions that should be taken in the event of an emergency situation occurring. Target Audience The course has a very wide audience as it applies to a wide range of sectors and can be included as part of the induction process in most businesses, especially when combined with other more specific health and safety courses that apply to the candidates role. Advantages As this course covers a wide range of health and safety situations the course provides a strong basis to further build on with more training. IIRSM approval means that this course meets the rigorous standards of this leading industry body. Online training is flexible, efficient and cost effective meaning the candidate can progress through the modules at their own pace and in their own time, so they can fit the training in around their work and personal life Further Progression Other health and Safety courses that cover specific aspects of the candidates role for example if they work a lot with computers then the DSE Awareness course would be useful to them. If they are going to be handling chemicals then the more detailed COSHH course would cover this more thoroughly, and if they are going to be working alone at any point then the Introduction to Personal Safety for Lone Workers course would be a great next step.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: What Is Health and Safety?Module 2: Case StudiesModule 3: Corporate Manslaughter Module 4: Accidents Module 5: Fire, Electricity, DSE and Manual Handling Module 6: Emergencies, CoSHH, PPE and StressDuration: 45 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions).Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description Please note that we have no affiliation with Xero - this course is entirely run by New Skills Academy. Welcome to your Xero Video Course. This course is an all-encompassing overview of Xero accounting software, focusing on the UK version. Xero offers several versions of its software that differ slightly from country to country. If your business is based in the UK, or that’s where you file your business taxes, this is the right course for you! Throughout this course, we will go over every aspect of the software that you need to know when considering purchasing Xero, or as you begin to navigate using the software. Xero UK is an extensive software, so this course will be useful even if you have already been using it for some time. This online training course will begin with an introduction to Xero’s business itself and bring you all the way through the steps of setting up and using your account. From every aspect of navigating the website and the mobile site, to every aspect of Xero’s pricing, features, and hidden tools. You will also learn about how Xero UK stacks up against its main competitors in the UK and why it’s the right choice for your business. You Will Learn: What Xero UK is and how their business operates What accounting software is in general and what you should look for in your company’s accounting software How to navigate every part of the Xero UK website on both the desktop and the mobile versions How Xero compares to the other prominent UK accounting software What Xero UK’s pricing options and subscriptions are available for your business Benefits of Studying This Course Learn extensively about Xero UK as a business and what their software has to offer You won’t miss out on anything that Xero UK features You will gain a comprehensive understanding of how to use your Xero software and get the most out of it Navigating the Xero UK website and mobile app will be made simple You will understand how Xero UK compares to other types of software and why it’s such a great option Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 10 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices, and smartphones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test the first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 6 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 01: Introduction to Xero Module 02: Getting Started and Setting Up Your Account Module 03: The Xero Dashboard for Desktop Module 04: Using the Business Tab Module 05: Using the Accounting Tab Module 06: Using the Payroll Tab Module 07: Using the Contacts Tab Module 08: Comparing Xero to Other Accounting Software Module 09: Xero Subscription Options Module 10: The Xero Dashboard for Mobile Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers/devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description An introduction to a career in healthcare, and how the learners role fits within their organisation, whilst building their professional relationships, and understanding different ways of working. This content aims to encourage learners, particularly those who are new to healthcare, to reflect on their role and various aspects of their role, including codes of conduct, working with colleagues, developing their skills through shadowing and mentoring, and the importance of raising concerns within their organisations or with relevant supervisory bodies. This session makes use of reflective learning techniques and encourages learners to use the reflective note-making facility to consider the different aspects of their careers. Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. LEARNING OUTCOMES Describe your role at work, your responsibilities and the limits of your role Name any codes of conduct related to your role Describe what is expected of your professional relationship with your colleagues Explain the importance of professional development Describe how professional development can be achieved through informal practices such as mentoring Explain why it is important to raise concerns Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description To be able to do your job well, it is important to understand the main duties and responsibilities of your role, which include: Safeguarding Support Decision Making Partnership Working Respect Diversity Promote Independence Promote Dignity And Respect Challenge Discrimination Support Equality And Inclusion Benefits Improve your career prospects. Learn valuable knowledge, skills, advice and guidance to help you achieve success. Study online from anywhere. Study at your own pace. Download and print your industry recognised certificate on successful completion. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at a time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the entire program is likely to take around 2-4 hours to work through initially, but you may want to allow more time to repeat some areas. You should allow an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Courses Include 12 Months Unlimited Online Access to:Expert Online Training: Our courses use only the industry’s finest instructors. Unlike a live class, you can fast-forward, repeat or rewind all your lectures. This creates a personal learning experience and gives you all the benefit of hands-on training with the flexibility of doing it around your schedule 24/7.Visual Demonstrations andamp; Multimedia Presentations: Our courseware includes demonstrations and visual presentations that allow students to develop their skills based on real world scenarios explained by the instructor.Navigation and Controls: These self-paced training programs are designed in a modular fashion to allow you the flexibility to work with expert level instruction anytime 24/7. All courses are arranged in defined sections with navigation controls allowing you to control the pace of your training. This allows students to learn at their own pace around their schedule.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a Certificate of completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Your Personal Development Online Course CPD ApprovedA key part of your progression within the adult social care sector will be focused on your personal development. In a number of sectors, it is even a legal requirement to continue to develop your skills and knowledge and it is essential to ensure you are working to the most up-to-date standards and guidance. The course will start by looking at the way standards are set, monitored, and regulated for social care organizations and workers throughout the UK. It then goes on to cover the codes of practice and legislation, reflecting on your work to ensure continued improvement, communication, feedback, and much more.COURSE OUTLINEModule 1: The course structureModule 2: Setting StandardsModule 3: Codes of Practice and LegislationModule 4: Reflecting on your Work ActivitiesModule 5: Personal Attitudes and BeliefsModule 6: Formal and Informal LearningModule 7: FeedbackModule 8: Personal Development Plans Duration: 35 minutes (Note: This is based on the amount of video content shown and is rounded off. It does not account in any way for loading time or thinking time on the questions). Recommended System Requirements Browser: Up to date web browser Video: Up to date video drivers Memory: 1Gb+ RAM Download Speed: Broadband (3Mb+) What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into bite-sized modules. You're free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each section, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web-based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers and most tablet devices etc. so you can even study while on the move! As long as you have access to the internet, you should be able to study anywhere that's convenient. Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all the modules there is a multiple-choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken at the time and location of your choosing. What if I don't pass the test?If you don’t pass the test the first time then you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course.Certificate of Completion: Upon completion of your training course, you will receive a CPD Certified Certificate of Completion displaying your full name, course completed as well as the date of completion. You can print this out or save it digitally to showcase your accomplishment. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it. Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases
Course Description We have created this Zen Gardening course to give students all the information they require to build and care for a Zen garden. When you complete this course, you will know all you need to know about creating a Zen garden as well as how to keep it up over the years. The course contains topics ranging from understanding Zen and Buddhism to general garden maintenance and pest control. We have worked to ensure that this course allows you to create a Zen garden that you will love, and one that you can care for year after year. The course is totally online and offers students a convenient way to work through the course material that works best for their personal schedules. Students can continue to work full time while taking the course. By taking the Zen Gardening course, you will have access to the course materials from any internet-enabled device, including mobile phones, computers and tablets. You can also access our online support feature day or night. When the course is completed, you will get a course certificate to show the successful completion of the course. The certificate can be downloaded and printed from home. What You Will Learn When this course is completed, you can easily create a Zen garden on your property. This course includes the following: A history of Zen gardening Understanding Zen What makes a garden Zen How Zen gardens create harmony Understanding the different elements of a Zen garden How yin and yang affect a Zen garden Understanding symbolism in a Zen garden Gravel in a Zen garden Creating a budget for a Zen garden Planning for a Zen garden Using Feng Shui in a Zen garden Laying a foundation for your Zen garden Putting plants in a Zen garden Symbolism in a Zen garden Water features in a Zen garden Tools required for a Zen garden Raking and maintaining a Zen garden Benefits of the Zen Gardening Certificate The chance to study anywhere you wish, 24/7. You can study from anywhere that has an internet connection. No set time limit. This allows you to study when it is convenient for you. You can take days, weeks or months to complete the course. Study from any device with an internet connection, including tablets, mobiles and computers. An easy to understand course format that is divided into short modules. This keeps the study experience enjoyable. Online support that is accessible 24/7. This helps you to stay on track. Course training that includes activities, quizzes and worksheets. Your odds of success are improved when you create your own Zen garden. Earning a recognised certificate when finishing the course. Affordable course material. Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 8 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end of course test. Course Content Module 1: Introduction to Zen Gardening Module 2: Elements in a Zen Garden Module 3: Creating Your Zen Garden Module 4: Water Features in a Zen Garden Module 5: Caring for Your Zen Garden Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major devices and browsers Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
Course Description The technological changes within the world have led to many activities being conducted in an online forum. Examples of these activities include conducting meetings and conversations online. Zoom is an online communication tool that provides users with the ability to perform such meetings. These are a variety of excellent features incorporated into the design of the Zoom platform to provide the best performance and help eliminate the adverse effects of communicating in an online forum. These features help deliver real-time solutions during meetings and enhance the overall performance of these meetings. However, the platform's wide array of features can be incredibly confusing for new and experienced users to navigate. The purpose of this course is to help familiarise users with these features and show them how to effectively implement the functionality of these features into their meetings and gain the best performance. Moreover, we also provide tips on using these features in the best way possible to ensure that you and the participants attending these meetings have an enjoyable and seamless experience. The negative aspects of the Zoom platform are also addressed with solutions to combat these negative aspects. This includes 'Zoombombing' and many other technical issues that come with conducting meetings in an online forum. What You Will Learn The Five modules are overflowing with valuable information that you can use in your cleaning career, this includes: What Zoom is How to use all of the basic Zoom Meeting features (with step-by-step guides) You should follow the correct procedures when using the recording feature, Zoom microphone, and the entire Zoom platform What is Screen Sharing, Zoom Phone, and Zoom Rooms, along with how to effectively use these features Benefits of Taking this Course You can assist others who wish to navigate the Zoom platform You can use skills that can be used to enhance the effectiveness of your meetings Better methods of conducting meetings can help create more informed, knowledgeable, and motivated team members Who can take the course?Anyone who has an interest in learning more about this subject matter is encouraged to take the course. There are no entry requirements to take the course. What is the structure of the course?The course is broken down into 5 individual modules. Each module takes between 20 and 90 minutes on average to study. Although you are free to spend as much or as little time as you feel necessary on each module, simply log in and out of the course at your convenience. Where / when can I study the course?You can study the course any time you like. Simply log in and out of the web based course as often as you require. The course is compatible with all computers, tablet devices and smart phones so you can even study while on the move! Is there a test at the end of the course?Once you have completed all modules there is a multiple choice test. The questions will be on a range of topics found within the modules. The test, like the course, is online and can be taken a time and location of your choosing. What is the pass mark for the final test?The pass mark for the test is 70%. If you don’t pass the test first time you will get further opportunities to take the test again after extra study. There are no limits to the number of times you can take the test. All test retakes are included within the price of the course. When will I receive my certificate?Once you have completed your test you can log in to your account and download/print your certificate any time you need it.How long does it take to complete the course?We estimate that the course will take about 4 hours to complete in total, plus an additional 30 minutes for the end-of-course test. Course Content Module 1: The Fundamentals Module 2 : Joining and Scheduling Meetings Module 3 : Additional Zoom Features Module 4:Add-Ons and Pricing Plans Module 5: The Correct Zoom Procedures Course Detail Course Access: Lifetime Exams Included: Yes Compatibility: All major browsers / devices Need to train your Team? Contact Us for Discounts on Multiple Subscription Purchases.
